mA thas OF
Opis eet

* Bho & a
THE ANNALS C3)

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND
CHARLESWORTH’ S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

P. J. SELBY, Esa., F.L.S., GEORGE JOHNSTON, M.D.,
CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esa., M.A., F.B.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,
J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Prof. Bot. Edinburgh,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S., F.G.S.

VOL. VIII.—SECOND SERIES.

Ce*
yo
LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY RICHARD TAYLOR.

SOLD BY LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS} S. HIGHLEY AND SON;
SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.; PIPER, BROTHERS, AND CO.; W. WOOD,
TAVISTOCK STREET; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET,

AND PARIS: LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND
STEWART, EDINBURGH: CURRY, DUBLIN:

AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1851.

‘«Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, divitiz felicitatis
fumane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;
ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.
Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper xstimata; a veré eruditis
et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—
LINNZus.

“ Quelque soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir
qu'elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent
toutes ses opérations.’”—BRUCKNER, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 1767.

a 6 iste se es eles bw Re Sylvan Powers
Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute
Of velvet moss. or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute.
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

FLAMMAM.

CONTENTS OF VOL. Vik

[SECOND SERIES. ]

NUMBER XLIiIl.

I. Report upon the Researches of Prof. MULLER into the Anatomy
and Development of the Echinoderms. By Tuomas H. Huxtey,
F.R.S. (With a Plate.) .........csseeecsseeeeeeeeeees Gap caceqercupecseapeanee 1

II. Report on MM. L. R. and C. TuLasne’s “Memoir on the
History of the Hypogeous Fungi.” By MM. Jussieu and Ap.

IEEE can sccancsaannegtaesnene cunves sadcaneseened<epiinnaanvnssuneh andy 19
III. On the Anatomy of Axtiopa Spinole, a Nudibranchiate Mol-
lusk. By ALBany Hancock, Esq. (With two Plates.) .........+ -- &

IV. A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on their
Structure, Functions, iconomy, and Systematic Arrangement. By

JOHN BLACKWALL, F.LAS. — ...cscscseceees Bbevik Kpatexcalsdanexstan ce ee rs 7
V. On the Skeneade. By Witi1am Cxiark, Esq. ...............008 44
VI. Descriptions of new species of Coleopterous Insects. By

EEE, BUM 5 TONG... cawcgesyscnstenensansestenesscasesnpsbo sens senes¥ens 49
VII. Some Remarks on Mosses, with a proposed new Arrangement

of the Genera. By WILLIAM MITTEN, A.L:S. .....cescceseeeneees oe 51

Proceedings of the Royal Institution; Zoological Society ......... 59—73

Notices of one or two of the rarer Birds found in the South of Scot-
land, by John Alexander Smith, M.D.; Acheus Cranchii, by Wil-
liam Thompson, Esq.; Gymneirus Banksii; Carcharias Vulpes,
by William Thompson, Esq.; On the Chemnitzie, by George
Barlee, Esq. ; Meteorological Observations and Table ......... 73—80

NUMBER XLIV.

VIII. On the Hinge of the Fossil Genus Platymya, Agassiz ; with
the description of a new species. By J. Lycert, Esq...-......scssss0es 81

iv CONTENTS.

; z Page
IX. Paleontological Notes. By Joun Morris, F.G.S. (Witha

Plate.) ...... SDApeVsiencbuhieDeeasonesntsiecsonns ses ransnipeseseaspincesate csssecass OD
X. Notice of some new Footsteps in the Bunter Sandstone of Dum-
fries-shire. By RoBERT HARKNESS, Esq. ...ccseccscsscssccoserscessets 90

XI. A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on their
Structure, Fungtions, (Economy, and Systematic Arrangement. By

DOMM DLA CK WEEE, Fels Ss is scctecaccecdas cgnencercocescbenceccvcconee eae 95
XII. Contributions to the Botany of South America. By JoHn

Miens, Baq., FBS... FDS. scccccccavessocssesesstanecvivacssssanavasspesee 103
XIII. Further Observations on the Chemnitzie. By WILLIAM

CLARK, Esq. cosvecscccccscscoveevsesscvecntvsceceusesecess savannas cand beaenNinnnns 108
XIV. On the Reproductive Organs of the Lichens and Fungi. By

M. L. R. TULASNE ooe. eee eeee ese oe SaseVeumenceonsess ouesousesdaicneunohielenen 114

New Books :—Manual of British Botany, 3rd Edit., by Charles Cardale
Babington, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S. &¢e.— Hymenopterologische
Studien, by Arnold Foerster ...-ccscoccsveesersescnssecnesssnese 121—129

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Linnzan Society; Royal Irish
VA SaIMOTE TUNA Dschesvesasciasase javbeudecveeenciuse caceus onmnseie 129—152

On Wolves Suckling Children, by the Honourable F. Egerton; Car-
charias Vulpes, by William Thompson, Esq.; Preservation of
Preparations for the Microscope; Notice of a Sea-Beach during
the Silurian Epoch, by R. Harkness; On the Cell-membrane of
Diatomaceous Shells, by J. W. Bailey; A Comparative Exami-
nation of the Objective Glasses of Microscopes from Mr. Ross of
England, Mr. Spencer of America, and M. Nachez of Paris, by
J. Lawrence Smith, M.D.; Note on Antiope costata, by J. G.
Jeffreys ; Meteorological Observations and Table ............ 153—160

NUMBER XLV.
XV. Observations on the Affinities of the Olacacee. By JoHN

macene, Esq., F.RS., F.US. Osiris inate GA Nocns cunee Wel dasuacee tate 161
XVI. Geographical Notices, and Characters of fourteen new species
of Cyclostoma, from the East Indies. By W.H. Benson, Esq. ...... 184

XVII. Descriptive Characters of two species of the Genus Ptero-
cyclos, discovered by Dr. Bhanp. By W. H. Benson, Esq. (With
IINIESD Situs peaspanvcvsccconaseosaccnseeessabanpn Ness pnenINNGRAI IRENE IEEIEEE 195

XVIII. A Catalogue of Rotifera found in Britain ; with descriptions
of five new Genera and thirty-two new Species. By PaHinip Henry ~~
CN Ia yo Soe asd daa aks tn eh eRe pcdawon cisake she vananinen aah Siaecks 197

:

a

CONTENTS. x

Page
XIX. Remarks on Dickieia. By Joun Ratrs, Esq. (Witha Plate.) 204

_ XX. A few Remarks upon the Crag of Suffolk. By W. B. Clarke,
AE ee Fo cn enansecareseeiaingh ve 205

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Linnzan Society; Botanical
NERY OF MMINOIIT, anos s ven nscesacudcapesspandescossdpyansesexss 211—235

Holostomum cuticola, by Robert Wigham (with a Plate) ; On the Oc-
currence of Trigonellites in the Upper Chalk at Norwich, by T.
G. Bayfield; Localities of rare British Crustacea, by Alexander
G. Melville ; Note on Pedicellaria, by Arthur Adams; Addendum
to Mr. Benson’s Paper on Cyclostoma; Terebella medusa, by C.
Spence Bate ; Meteorological Observations andTable ...... 235—240

NUMBER XLVI. :

XXI. On the Cidaride of the Oolites, with a description of some
new species of that family. By Toomas Wricut, M.D. &c. (With
ED dian cin Sv axnsunaeycussavesssepbass soaseontesaneaspuaihas sasuaiing 241

XXII. Observations on the Connexion between the Crinoidee and
the Echinodermata generally. By THomas AUSTIN, F.G.S., Fort
IRI citzcccsiocccclscescscasese Secendgavesnvax duu avesnsseaubonas siaunsenaews 280

XXIII, Descriptions of two new species of Nudibranchiate Mollusca,
one of them forming the type of a new genus. By JosHua ALDER
and Atpany Hancock. With the’ Anatomy of the Genus, by

AvBany Hancock. (With two Plates:) .........cccccccscccscessecescese 290
XXIV. On Chantransia, Desy. By Joun Ratrs, Esq. .......... «. 302
XXY. A List of all the Mosses and Hepatice hitherto observed in

Sussex. By WILLIAM MITTEN, A.L.S. ......0:....-0ecccccsssscoreeses 305
XXVI. On the Development of the Cirripedia. By C. Spence

SE PE TAM CHEEG PALO), oo a5 5 ick. ossahiaorcrvick «couvsendicswaectsaccess 324

XXVII. A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on their
Structure, Functions, Zconomy, and Systematic Arrangement. By
SE UR WAR BTM, 5 i vevssncnvcneesvenbsdectaler desk cadanaaasncks 332

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-
burgh | .0.....0200 Rashad tsgAas aghattl saplnnvtanduexbbescexeccueceiaeds 339—346

Orthagoriscus mola, by Dr. John Alex. Smith; Carcharias Vulpes, by
Dr. J. Harvey; On the Arrangement of Fossil Animal Remains
in Collections, by J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.; Early

vi CONTENTS.
Page
Notices of the Royal Menageries in London, by Richard Taylor,
Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S.; A Monograph of Macrochisma, a genus of
Gasteropodous Mollusca belonging to the family Fissurellide, by
Arthur Adams, R.N., F.L.S.; Meteorological Observations and
MID ecalaceseeoddnvact-csebriccscpavvacscpnekvaheesacneneis) saueea 346—352

NUMBER XLVII.

XXVIII. Notes on British Zoophytes, with descriptions of some
new species. By the Rev. Toomas Hincxs, B.A. (With a Plate.) 353

XXIX. A List of all the Mosses and Hepaticze hitherto observed in

Sussex. By WiLL1AM MITTEN, A.L.S. .........ceeceeneee de casBbedee ose 362
XXX. On the Branchial Currents in Pholas and Mya. By Josuva
ALDER and ALBANY Hancock. (With a Plate.) ..........ssssecsceee 370

XXXI. Notice of a Barytic Deposit in certain Testacea from the
London Clay. By N.T. WeTHeERELL, Esq., F.G.S., M.R.C.S. ...... 378

XXXII. An attempt to arrange the species of the family Pholadide
into Natural Groups. By Joun Epwarp Gray, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-
President of the Zoological Society ..........ssesesessesscevseessons tovnapese 380

XXXIIT. On some new Cambro-Silurian Fossils, By Frepmrick
M‘Coy, Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in Queen’s College,
IMR aie cc uycendscvencde thas sWinesens vides Weacecteneiacig cvusevepeespecemabet 387

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-
burgh — .e.eerecoeee sarespanedarbe=sud ses ph psiiies» cwqpmngneah woliraeias 409—425

On Parasitism, by M. Léon Dufour; Rare Irish Mollusca, by Alex-
ander G. Melville; On the Umbrella Bird (Cephalopterus or-
natus), ** Ueramimbé,” L. G., by Alfred R. Wallace ; On the Ge-
nera Hewapus and Arges of De Haan, by J. D. Dana; Note on
the Reproduction of Leeches, by M. Fremond; Meteorological
Observations and Table | ccscesssssicescesesehstcusin makduntesuiny 425—432

NUMBER XLVIII.

XXXIV. Zoological Notes and Observations made on board H.M.S.
Rattlesnake.—Upon Thalassicolla, a new Zoophyte. By THomas
H. Hux.ey, F.R.S., Assistant Surgeon R.N. (With a Plate.) ...... 433

XXXV. A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on their
Structure, Functions, @conomy, and Systematic Arrangement. By
JOHN BLACKWALL, F.L.S. ........0008 PONTE Enya he 442

XXXVI. Description of a new species of Pterocyclos, Benson, from
Southern India. By W. H. BENSON, Esq. ...sseccccssecseessenee pedsiss 450

=,
=
a

CONTENTS. vii
Page
XXXVII. Note on the Genus Lithostrotion. By Witi1am Lons-
MUPPETS coche ssauccdcsstesences ies des dbus cachaavenenaens Aitualsncacpis os 451
XXXVIII. Observations on the Genus Rhizochilus of Steenstrup.
By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &c. (With a Plate.) ......... 477

XXXIX. On the Germination of the Spore in the Conjugate. By

Setneee WILT LAM SMUTH, FOES, caccscesscoracsedesaniectcceesseescaccsced 480
XL. On some new Devonian Fossils. By FREDERICK M‘Coy, Pro-
fessor of Mineralogy and Geology im Queen’s College, Belfast ......... 481
New Books :—Contributions to the Natural History of the Turbel-
farsa, by Dr. Max. Si Sebiulze: .....00.cc.cosccossccessccccoscssecosers 490
Proceedings of the Zoological Society .........sesessseceeerserere 493—499

A Description of some of the Objects which cause the Luminosity of the
Sea, by Charles William Peach (with a Plate) ; Time of Spawning
of British Crustacea, by William Thompson ; Geographical Distri-
bution of Hymenoptera in Arctic North America, by Adam White,
F.L.S.; Acanthus mollis, by Charles C. Babington, M.A.; Mete-
orological Observations and Table .......... Aéskaoesant ieakcises 499—507

REET inrhn kha icacnssés\<ancrestosesonsessecedcssans eoveccccnccbenccseusscsenshe 508

PLATES IN VOL. VIII.

PiaTE I. Development of the Echinoderms.
a } Anatomy of Antiopa Spinolz.

TV. New Fossils from the Chalk.
V. New species of Pterocyclos.—British species of Dickieia and
Spirulina.—Holostomum cuticola.

VI.
Vil; } Developmen of the Cirripedia.
VIII.

eS } Anatomy of Oithona nobilis.

XI.
XII. } Cidaridz of the Oolites.
XIII.

XIV. New British Zoophytes.
XV. Anatomy of Pholas crispata.
XVI. Structure of Thalassicolla.
XVII. Animals causing the Luminosity of the Sea.—-Rhizochilus anti-
pathicus—Ammonites Braikenridgii—Vermetus subcancel-
latus.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

per
Naiades, et circlm vitreos considite fontes : -
Pollice virgi teneros hic carpite flores

At vos, o Nymphz2 Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’
N. Parthenii Giannettasii Fel...

No. 43. JULY 1851.

SS Fesert upon the Researches of Prof. MULLER into the Anatomy
and Development of the Echinoderms. By Tuomas H. Hvux-
Ley, F.R.S.

[With a Plate.]

1. MUuLuer, JoHann. Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der
Ophiuren. Transactions of the Berlin Academy, 1846.

. Mttier, Jonann. Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose

der Echinodermen. Ibid. 1848.

. Mttuer, Jonann. Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der
Holothurien und Asterien. Ibid. 1849-50.

Mu.uuer, Jonann. Anatomische Studien iiber die Echinodermen.
Miiller’s Archiv, 1850, Heft ii. ;

. Mtcier, JoHann. Berichtigung und Nachtrag zu den ahatomis-

chen Studien iiber die Echinodermen. Ibid. Heft iii.

-. Mtiter, Jouann. Fortsetzung der Untersuchungen iiber die
Metamorphose der Echinodermen. Ibid. Heft v.

- Mtuxter, Joann. Ueber die Ophiuren-larven des Adriatischen
Meeres. Ibid. 1851. Heft i.

WE purpose in the present article to give some account of the
_ results at which the illustrious author of the works whose titles
are prefixed has arrived, in the course of a series of elaborate
_ ‘and patiently conducted researches in one of the most remark-
able and most obscure provinces of zoological and physiological
____-seience. It is a province too in which Professor Miiller is at
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. ]

a ws & &

“I

2 Prof. Miiller on the Anatomy and Development

once Columbus and Cortez. The discoverer—he has gleaned all
its riches. For it so happens that Sars, the only investigator
who preceded him in the study of the development of the Echi-
noderms, had not the good fortune to meet with instances of the
ordinary course of development, but only with a case, excep-
tional among the Echinoderms, but differing less from the em-
bryogenic phenomena of other animals.

Nor are we indebted to the Professor for a widening of our
embryological knowledge alone. .A more exact knowledge of
development involved the necessity for, and at the same time
furnished the key to, a more accurate idea of the adult structure
of the Echinoderms.

The ordinary Echinoderms sufficiently try the patience of the
anatomist; and any one who has ever endeavoured to dissect a Ho-
lothuria, must recollect the feeling of despair with which he re-
garded the knotted, glairy, eviscerated mass, which was too often
the reward of all his care and caution. Undaunted by the great
practical difficulties, however, Prof. Miiller has entered into these
complementary investigations (which are contained in the fourth
and fifth treatises of the foregoing list) ; the errors, difficulties,
and contradictions which formerly infested the subject have been
cleared up and rectified, and the structure of the Ophiuride,
Asteridee, Echinidie, and Holothuriad is now capable of being
reduced to broad general propositions. Without by any means
claiming for the celebrated Berlin physiologist the merit of dis-
covering facts of organization, due to'Tiedemann, to Valentin, to
Krohn and others, it yet cannot be denied, that under his hands
these facts have first assumed their due importance, and become
moulded into a consistent whole. Under his authority, then,
without always caring to indicate the original sources of infor-
mation, we shall give the following summary of some points of
the organization of the Ophiuride, Asteride, Echinide and Ho-
lothuriadee, as preliminary, and indeed necessary, to a proper
comprehension of their genetic phenomena.

It is not, however, necessary for our present purpose to enter
upon the anatomy of any other systems of organs than the water-
vascular system, the blood-vascular system, and the nervous
system.

In all the families cited, the fundamental part of these three
systems consists of three distinct rings, surrounding the ceso-
phagus ; the blood-vascular ring lies innermost, the water-vas-
cular ring next, the nervous ring outermost.

The blood-vascular ring, besides the branches which it gives
off, is always connected with two vessels which run along oppo-
site sides of the intestine (Holothuria); and in Asteride and
Echinide there is a distinct tubular heart which connects the vas-

.
‘|
=
te

of the Echinoderms. 3

cular ring round the cesophagus with another vascular ring sur-
rounding the anus, from which branches pass to the ovaria, &c.

Branches are given off from the principal blood-vascular ring
towards the ambulacra, and in the Holothuriadz it appears very
probable that these branches accompany and indeed inclose the
nerves.

The blood-vascular system is everywhere totally unconnected
with the water-vascular system.

The water-vascular system, whose real disposition it is of great
importance to understand, with reference to embryonic states,
lies, it has been said, superficial to the blood-vascular system. It
forms a ring, which lies close to the integument of the mouth in
the Ophiuride and Asteridz, surrounds the cesophagus at the
base of the lantern in Echinide, and encircles it beneath and at
some distance from the calcareous ring in the Holothuriade.

From this ring a series of vesicles, varying in number from
four (Ophiura) to .a hundred (Cladolabes peruanus), depend.
These are the Polian vesicles ; they open into the water-vascular
ring, and appear to be in some way connected with the distri-
bution of fluid through the water-vascular system.

Connected also with the circular water-vascular ring is the
famous sand-canal, of which one or more are found in all the
families enumerated. In most there is only one sand-canal, but
in some Asteride there are several, and m Synapta serpentina
there are a great number.

The sand-canal is a membranous tube having calcareous par-
ticles imbedded in its parietes, which are sometimes (Holothu-
riadee) pierced by distinct apertures.

Now the extremity of the sand-canal may be either adherent
to some part of the parietes of the animal, as in Ophiuride, As-
teridze, Kchinidee, or it may hang loose in the abdominal cavity,
as in the Holothuriade. In the former case the spot to which
it adheres is either entire (Ophiura), or perforated by many aper-
tures which communicate with the interior of the canal (Aste-
rid, Echinidz), in which case it forms the “ madreporic plate.”

But in all cases it is important to recollect that the sand-canal
is nothing more than a part of the water-vascular system in
which a calcareous deposit has taken place.

Besides all these appendages the circular water-vessel is con-
nected with five vessels, the water-canals, which supply the ten-
tacles and feet and run down the sides of the body in the ambu-
lacral spaces.

The nervous ring is formed by a simple cord without gan-
glionic enlargements, encircling the cesophagus superficial to the
water-vascular ring, and giving off five cords which run with, but

superficial to, the water-yascular canals in the ambulacral spaces.
1*

4 Prof. Miller on the Anatemy and Development

The position of the water-vascular canals and of the nervous
cords is apparently different in the Asteride from what it is in
the Echinide, masmuch as in the former these organs are ouf-
side the bony skeleton, in the latter inside it; but this apparent
difference arises only from a difference in the mode of eersl ie
ment of the ambulacral plates.

The ambulaeral plates in the Asteride, befween which the ca-
nals lead from the ampullee to the feet, are homologous with the
ambulacral plates in the Echinide through which they pass.

But in the Asteride the ambulacral plates develope internal
processes which unite above, or internal to, the water-vascular _
canals and nerves, while in the Echinide the ambulacral plates
unite below or external to the water-vascular canals and nerves.

In the Echinidz, the only parts that represent the internal
processes of the Asteridz are the “ auricule”’—arched processes
which give attachment to the suspensor muscles of the lantern,
and under which the vessels and nerves pass.

In the Ophiuride both internal and external processes of the
ambulacral plates exist, and the vessels and nerves are contained
in a complete bony canal.

In the Holothuriade the arrangement of parts is as in the
Echinide. The ring, composed of ten to fifteen bony pieces,
encircling the cesophagus, is not homologous with any part. of
the skeleton of the Echinide, but with the Tantern or masticatory
apparatus.

Five of these pieces, are always either notched (as in the
Holothuriadze) or pierced (as in the Synaptee) for the passage of
the water-vessels and nerves, and these pieces correspond homo-
logically with an equal number of calcareous pieces of the lantern
of the Echinide (falces of Valentin) which cover in the termina-
tions of the radial water-canals in the circular canal.

Every Echinoderm commences its existence as an oval ciliated
body like an infusory animalcule, without organs or distinction
of parts.

In some genera, such as Asteracanthion and Echinaster, it
appears from the observations of Sars, Agassiz and Desor, that
such a germ as this developes at one part one, three, or four short
processes or peduncles, by which it is enabled to adhere to other
bodies; among these Prof. Miiller thinks he has discovered an
aperture. The remainder of the germ gradually enlarges and
assumes the form of a starfish. The feet appear on its under side
whence the peduncle or peduncles proceed. The latter become
smaller, and eventually appear as mere processes on one side of
the mouth of the young starfish, finally vanishing altogether.

Now in these larve, their inner structure and the mode in

NO ee Oy ee ee Oe RN ee, 0) a

~ of the Echinoderms. 5

which the disc of the starfish is developed do not appear to have
been clearly made out, so that points of comparison with the
embryological phenomena to be described subsequently are want-
ing. One thing however appears evident, viz. that, as in the other
forms, the axis of the starfish is oblique to the axis of the larva
from which it proceeds.

The larve whose development has been observed by Prof. Mul-
ler are widely different.

These larve may be reduced to two kinds: Ist, those of the
Ophiuride and Echinide (fig. 1, 2, 3); 2nd, those of the Aste-
ride and Holothuriade (fig. 4, 5, 6, 7).

1. The larve of the Ophiuride and Echinide are somewhat
hemispherical bodies, having one edge of their truncated side
prolonged into a single flat and wide process, which carries the
mouth and cesophagus.

_ On the hemispherical portion—not at the extremity, but on the
side opposite to that which is prolonged into the wide process—is
a circular anus. The cesophagus leads from the mouth, which
looks in the same direction as the anus, and opens into a glo-
bular stomach placed in the hemispherical portion of the larva ;
a short intestine runs from this at right angles with the direction
of the cesophagus to the anus.

The extremity to which the mouth is turned may be considered
anterior, the anal side inferior, and it is this position which the
animal has in swimming*.

_ In this general description of the form of the larvee, however,
some most important and characteristic features have been
omitted. These are, the calcareous rods which form a sort of in-
ternal skeleton or framework, and the ciliated fringe which is
the organ of locomotion.
. The rods are four, eight or more in number ; they run for-

_ wards, diverging from the most convex or posterior portion of the

hemispherical part of the larva, and still clothed by the substance
of the larva, form processes of a considerable length: some of
them pass through the margins of the hemispherical part of the
larva, some run through and support the buccal prolongation +t.

~ The ciliated fringe is a sort of ridge, thickly covered with large
cilia (which however do not exhibit the wheel motion), which
forms the edge of the flat anterior side of the hemispherical part
of the larva and of the buccal prolongation. It therefore passes
above the mouth and before the anus, completely encircling the

_*® These determinations of anterior and posterior, &c. are altogether dif-
ferent from those of Prof. Miiller. The mode of description adopted by
the latter is quite accidental, and we have changed it to make the general
homologies more elcar.

+ See the figure given in the ‘ Annals,’ anfe, vol. xix.

6 Prof. Miiller on the Anatomy and Development

body in an oblique manner. It is continued forwards on one
side and back on the other, upon the processes of the calcareous
rods, and thereby attains a great length and complicated appear-
ance, but fundamentally its relations are such as have been de-
scribed. In some of these larvee Prof. Miiller considers that he
has detected, in front of and above the mouth, a rudimentary
nervous system, consisting of two little ganglia connected by
a commissure, whence branches proceed*.

We have described the structure common to all the larve of
this division; there are certain peculiarities in some, however,
which are deserving of notice. Thus in some Echinus-larve
three long processes containing calcareous rods are developed
from the convex posterior extremity of the larva (fig. 8).

In other Echinus-larvee (fig. 2) these do not exist, but four
little prominences, richly ciliated, are developed on the hemi-
spherical portion just where the long processes leave it. These
are the “epaulettes” of Miiller.

In Ophiurid-larve the convex side of the larva bears a circlet
of cilia (fig. 1).

2. The second form of larvee has no internal calcareous skeleton.
It falls into two subdivisions : (a.) the form of the Holothuriade,
and (b.) the form of the Asteride.

a. These larvee, the Auricularia of Miller (fig. 6 & 7), are at
first bean-shaped, convex on the dorsal side, concave on the
ventral side. An irregular transverse fissure answers to the hilum
of the bean, and in this the mouth is placed. The margins of
the fissure are edged by a ciliated fringe exactly similar to that
of the former kind of larvee. The anus opens on the ventral sur-
face of the larva, behind the fringe, the posterior portion of which
runs between it and the mouth. The fringe forms a continuous
circle, the anterior part of which is bent vack to form the ante-
rior margin of the fissure in which the mouth lies.

In the course of its growth the margins of the larva and the
corresponding parts of the fringe are thrown into numerous late-
ral processes which give it a scolloped appearance.

The disposition of the imtestine, stomach, &c. is as in the first
kind of larvee.

As the larva increases in size and becomes more elongated in
form, the primary fringe becomes replaced by a number of ciliated
rings which encircle the now cylindrical body of the larva (fig. 7).

b. The Asterid-larve.—The Bipinnaria (fig. 4), which is the
commoner form of Asterid-larva, closely resembles Auricularia in
its young condition, except that there is a distinct ciliated circle
developed upon the surface of the larva in front of the mouth.

* In the Pluteus from Heligoland, but not in other larve.

~_ ee ee

ee ae eae ee

‘i of the Echinoderms. Zz

Instead therefore of the anterior boundary of the fissure
of the mouth being formed as in Auricularia by the recurved
anterior part of the “ciliated fringe,” it is formed by the poste-
rior part of a distinct band of cilia.

_. Itis particularly to be observed that this “ band,’’ like the extra
band in the Ophiura-larva, does not encircle the body—it is alto-
gether in front of and above the mouth.

The position of the anus is as in Auricularia. A variety of the
Asterid-larva, described by Prof. Miiller under the name of Tor-
naria, resembles this condition of Bipinnaria, but subsequently
adds a ciliated ring like one of those of Auricularia, which encircles
the body near the anal end* (fig, 5).

Bipinnaria increases greatly in size, attaining the length of an
inch or more, chiefly by the increase of the anterior part of the
body. This assumes a very extraordinary form, both the “band”
and the “ fringe ” throwing out long processes on each side to
the number of half a dozen, and at the anterior extremity they
form two fin-like expansions placed one above the other.

Another Asterid-larva, Brachiolaria (Diag. V.), resembles Bi-

innaria in general form, but developes three processes anteriorly
co sades the anterior part of the ciliated “ fringe ” and the ante-
rior ciliated “band.”

These are all the forms of Echinoderm-larve enumerated by

Prof. Miiller. Complicated as they seem to be at first sight, it
seems to us that they may all be readily reduced to one very
simple hypothetical type ; having an elongated form, traversed by
a straight intestine, with the mouth at one extremity and the
anus at the other, and girded by a circular ciliated fringe ; just
like the larvee of some Annelids (fig. 9).
_ Supposing such to be the typical form of the Echinoderm-
larva, the specific variations are readily derived from it by simple
laws of growth. Let the region before the ciliated fringe be called
the pre-trochal region, the region behind the fringe be called the
post-trochal region. ;

Then the Echinoderm-larve would appear to be characterized
by a disproportionate development. of the dorsal post-trochal re-
gion (Diag. I*.) whereby the anus is thrust downwards, and the
dorsal part of the ciliated fringe downwards and forwards; pro-
cesses are then developed from the ciliated fringe as previously
described.

__ As in the Annelid-larvee patches of cilia are frequently deve-
loped elsewhere than in the principal circle, ¢. g. on the sides of the

* If Prof. Miiller’s conjecture, that his “ wurmférmige Larve” (Larven
und Metamorphose der Holothurien und Asterien, p. 27) is a further stage
of development of Tornaria, be correct, it ultimately assumes a still more
worm-like shape, and more closely resembles a Holothurid-larva.

8 Prof. Miiller on the Anatomy and Development

body, at the bases of the fect, &¢., so in the Echinoderms, ciliated
elevations and circles (not encircling the body), and even long
processes (Echinus, Brachiolaria), are developed upon other parts
of the body of the larva than the “ ciliated fringe.”

In the Echini and Ophiuridee these additional parts are deve-
loped in the post-trochal region (Diag. I. II. III.) ; in the Aste-
ride they are as invariably developed in the pre-trochal region
(Diag. IV. V. VI.).

The ciliated circle of the Ophiurid-larva on the dorsal side of
the post-trochal region answers precisely to the ciliated “band”
on the dorsal side of the pre-trochal region of the Asterid-larva.

We have ventured here to give a general view of the Echino-
derm-larvee different from that put forth by Professor Miller
himself, who, we would with all deference suggest, loses sight of
the real position of the ciliated fringe in its apparent bilaterality.
Speaking of the ciliated fringe he says, “‘ We may namie this cir-
cular ciliated fringe (Wimper-schnur), to distinguish it from such
as encircle the body transversely, the bilateral ciliated fringe”
(Metam. d. Holothurien u. Asterien, p. 35).

We maintain that this “ bilateral” fringe itself does, in truth,
encircle the body transversely, however distorted it may have
become, and the reader is referred to the diagrams for a demon-
stration of the truth of this position.

A strong confirmation of this opmion 1s afforded by the struc-
ture of the larva of Sipunculus described by Max. Miiller (Miill.
Archiv, 1850, v.). (Fig. 8.)

In this remarkable larva there is a single even band of
strong cilia which encircles the anterior part of the animal, and
evidently represents the “ciliated frmge” of the other Echino-
derm-larve. Except that the intestine is bent upon itself, it
agrees precisely with our hypothetical type of the Echinoderm-
larva. .

The Echinoderm larva, we repeat, may be considered as an
Annelid-larva, which has become distorted by the excessive deve-
lopment of the dorsal part of its post-trochal region*,

Out of these larvee, all of which have a strictly bilateral sym-
metry, the more or less radiate adult Echinoderms are developed
by a process which is a sort of internal gemmation.

Now the result of this process is twofold; either the new

~ * The only other animals which possess a larva at all resembling that of
the Echinoderms and Annelids are certain Trematoda (see Miller, Ueber
eine eigenthumliche Wurmlarve aus der Classe d. Turbellarien, Miill. Areh.
1850). Here it would appear that by an excessive development of the
pre-trochal region, the ciliated fringe has the concavity of its bend posterior ;
but the difficulty, from the absence of an anus, of determining the real axis
of the body, renders this determination doubtful.

miata of the Echinoderms. - 9

structure ultimately throws off more or less of the larva in which
it-was developed, or it unites with the larva to form the adult
animal, no being thrown off.

ee ca tie somata tha pherin deeelcard hac
ride, for the most part—the latter in the Holothariadz.

~The latter process, as the simpler, shall be described first.

A portion of the dorsal integument of the larva becomes as
it were thrust inwards (fig. 10.) towards one or other side
of the stomach, as a tube terminated by an enlarged globular
a whose any eommppiedes with the exterior and is

The cocks which terminates this “internal bud ” now sends
forth. so as to form a sort of “ rosette,” which lies close
to and above the stomach.

The “ rosette” becomes a cireular canal (the circular canal of
Ti ilaemenenler syncs). from which cea are given off ante-
— to form the tentacles, posteriorly to the parietes, in which

become the water-canals.
former mouth of the larva is obliterated, and a new one
is formed in the centre of the circular canal and its tentacular
appendages. This is the permanent mouth of the Holothuria,
which is therefore a new structure formed upon the dorsum of the
larva.

Im the meanwhile, vesicles, the Vesieule Polianz, are deve-
Joped from the cireular canal, ‘and a deposit of calcareous matter
takes place round a portion of the tubular canal, from whose
; spherial extremity the water-vascular system has been formed.

portion of the tubular canal which lies between the dorsal
parietes and the caleareous deposition dies away, and the re-
‘mainder hangs freely from the cireular canal of the water-vas-
_eular system as the “ sand-canal.”
~ The process in the Echimide, Asteridz, and Ophiuride is es-
_sentially the same ; only, as in these the old body is to be more or
_less completely disearded, the development of the water-vascular
system is attended, pari passu, by that of a mass of cells from
which the new body is to be formed.
». We cannot do better than adduce in illustration Prof. Miiller’s
description of the development of the Echmoderm in the Asterid-
Jarva Bipinnaria (Fortsetzung der Untersuchungen tiber die Me-
d. Echinodermen, Mill. Archiv, 1850).
__ In Jarve which are not 0-15 of a line in length, the dorsal pore
and the tube which proceeds from it are perceptible. It passes
into a longish sac, in which, as in the tube, there is a ciliary
‘motion. The sac hes behind, at the side of the cesophagus
y+ #4\8
* Soon after the appearance of these paris, a hyaline mass, in which

10 Prof. Miiller on the Anatomy and Development

very small cells are imbedded, is seen lying like a mantle upon
the dorsal side of the stomach.

The sae becomes developed into a rosette of five ceeca, the first
foundation of the water-vascular system.

The mantle-like mass curves over and covers in the stomach
and foundation of the tentacles like a cap, widely open below.
The dorsal pore becomes invested by it, and it extends round
the anus ; but the cesophagus remains outside it (Diag. XL.).

A crest or elevation now appears on the mantle-like mass, and
runs obliquely over it in a curved line, whose ends become even-
tually united. It then forms the margin of the starfish.

What lies beneath. this thickened margin belongs to the dor-
sum of the starfish, what lies above it to its ventral surface.

The young starfish now attains a diameter of 4th of a line,
becomes slightly pentagonal, and retains only a narrow connexion
with the Bipinnaria.

The digestive canal, and with it the rosette-like rudiment, of
the water-vascular system, becomes turned so as to present the
latter towards the ventral surface of the starfish, at that. point
where its mouth is subsequently formed. The tube which con-
nected the rosette with the pore, which is now imbedded in the
dorsal surface of the starfish, receives a calcareous deposit and
becomes the sand-canal, while the “ pore ” is converted into the
madreporic plate.

The cesophagus of the larva is obliterated, whilst its rectum
projects as an anal tube subcentrally from the dorsal surface of
the starfish (Diag. XIII.).

The slightest touch now separates the starfish from the lary
in which it was developed ; the former sinks to the bottom and
creeps by the aid of its newly-developed feet ; the latter swims
about as before for some time, but eventually perishes. .

In the Echinide the process is essentially the same. An in-
ternal diverticulum of the mtegument of the larva is formed, but
from a somewhat different spot*, namely in front of the ciliated
fringe and on one side. It is connected with a vesicle which lies
close against the cesophagus, and from which the water-vascular
system is developed. :

At this place the shell of the Echinus subsequently makes its

* Tt is remarkable that in the Asterid-larvee, while the development of
accessory ciliary processes, &c. takes place in the pre-trochal dorsal region,
the bud of the Echinoderm is developed from the post-trochal region. In
the Echinus-larvee we have just the reverse—the bud is developed from the
pre-trochal region (‘“ below the lateral arch of the ciliated band,” Miller),
while the processes, &c., as we have seen, are developed from the post-
trochal region. The Ophiure appear to present the same relations as the
Echinide, though Prof. Miiller has not been able to make out the pomt
with certainty.

a ee

of the Echinoderms. 11

appearé as a cireular dise, which gradually envelopes the
stomach, and developes tentacles and spines. A new anus is
formed as well as a new cesophagus, in the young sea-urchin.

The development of the Ophiuride has not been traced so far
back as that of the other groups. The dorsal pore and tube have
not been observed; but the development of the “ rosette” and
its accompanying mass of cells into the Echmoderm takes place
as in the Asteride.

_ The observations of Dr. Busch (Mill. Arch. 1849) have shown
that the larva of Comatula very early assumes the form of the
Holothurid-larva with ciliated rings, but its internal structure
and the development of the Echinoderm are not understood.

To sum up, in Prof. Miiller’s words, the variations of the me-
tamorphosis of Echinoderms :—

“1. The change of the bilateral larva into the Echinoderm
takes place when the larva yet remains an embryo, and is uni-
versally covered with cilia, without a ciliated fringe. A part of
the body of the larva takes on the form of the Echinoderm ; the
rest is absorbed by the latter. (A part of the Asteride, Echi-
naster, Asteracanthion, Sars.)

“2. The change of the bilateral larva into the Echinoderm
takes place when the larva is perfectly organized ; that is, pos-
sesses digestive organs and a special ciliated fringe. The Echi-
noderm is constructed within the Pluteus like a picture upon its
canvass, a piece of embroidery in its frame, and then takes up
into itself the digestive organs of the larva. Hereupon the rest
of the larva vanishes * (Ophiura, Echinus), or is thrown off (Bi-

«3. The larva changes twice. The first time it passes out of

the bilateral type with lateral ciliated fringe into the radial type,

and receives instead of the previous ciliated fringe, new locomotive
larval organs, the ciliated rings. Out of this pupa-condition the
Echinoderm is developed without any part being cast off (Holo-
thuria, some Asteridz). .

“ If we call embryonic type the condition m which the animal
leaves the egg, and when the internal organs are not yet deve-
loped, we have four stages or types—the embryonic type, the larval
type, the pupa type, and the Echinoderm type. The animal may
pass from either of the first three forms into the Echinoderm,
or may run through them all.” (Larven u. Metam. d. Holoth. u.
Asterien, p. 33.)

Furthermore it may be stated that the nature of the change

* It seems questionable how far the integument of the larva over the
Echinoderm can be said to vanish, when it is remembered that the pedi-
cellarix are developed thereon while the Echinoderm is still quite rudi-
mentary.

12 Prof. Miiller on the Anatomy and Development

here called development of the Echinoderm, is, that a process of
the integument of the larva grows inwards and lays the foun-
dation of the future water-vascular system, on which the other
organs of the Echinoderm, whether nervous, vascular or tegu-
mentary, are in a manner modelled *.

It is of very great importance to remember this fact in consi-
dering the homologies of the parts of the Echinoderms.

If the larva of the Echinoderm pursued its normal course of
development, it is obvious that its nervous system, for instance,
would be homologous in form and position with that of other
Annulose forms. There would be a ring with cerebral ganglia
round the cesophagus and a chain of ganglia proceeding there-
from, if the nervous system were of the type of the Annelids.
Or if it resembled that of the Trematoda, there would be an
cesophageal ring with two opposite ganglia, from which a cord
would proceed on each side of the body. But the nervous system
of the adult Echinoderm can be reduced to neither of these types ;
it consists invariably in the Ophiuride, Asteride, Echinide, and
Holothuriade, of a circular or pentagonal cord surrounding the
cesophagus (of the Echinoderm) without distinct ganglia. From
this five cords proceed, in a perfectly radiate manner, following
the course of the water-canals.

The study of development renders the reason of this discre-
pancy obvious. The cesophagus of the Echinoderm is not ho-
mologous with the cesophagus of the larva, nor with the esophagus
of an Annelid, and therefore the nervous ring of the Echinoderm
is not homologous with the nervous ring of the Annelid. Indeed,
since the mouth of the Echinoderm answers homologically to an
aperture in the dorsal wall of the stomach of the larva, and since
the nervous system of the Echinoderm follows exactly in its
form the form of the water-vascular system of the Echinoderm,
which is essentially a process of the dorsal integument of the
larva, we might be tempted to conclude that the nervous system
of the Echinoderm is homologous, not with the ordinary gan-
glionic chain of an Annelid, but with that elaborate system of
dorsal-proboscidean nerves which M. Quatrefages has detected
and described in the latter.

The fact that these nerves supply eye-spots would indeed pre-
sent some difficulties in the way of this hypothesis, if this system
of nerves in the Annelida is truly stomatogastric. But in the
first place it has not been shown so to be; and in the second
place, the existence of well-organized eyes supplied by nerves
from the ordinary ventral ganglia in each segment of Poly-

* Hitherto we have chiefly quoted Prof. Miiller, but for what follows we
must be considered alone responsible, unless direct mention be made to the
contrary.

. of the Echinoderms, a 13

ophthalmus, would lead us to hesitate in drawing any very strict
conelusions from position and structure to function, in the ner-
vous system of these animals *,

Yet one word upon the bearing of the facts of development
now made known, on the affinities of the various groups of Echi-
noderms. .

If we were to arrange the Echinoderms according to the nature
of their larvze, we should have one group formed by the Asteride,
Holothuriade and Crinoidex (Comatula) ; and another composed
of the Ophiuride and Echinide. And if the acute speculation
of Prof. E. Forbes, that the pectmated rhombs of the Cystidee
answer to the “ epaulettes ” of the Echinus-larva, be correct, then
the Cystideze would, as a sort of permanent form of Echinus-larva,
fall into the latter group, in which they would represent the
Crinoidez. 7

Interesting as are the phenomena presented by the larve of
the Echinoderms, taken in themselves, as mere facts, they are
far more important in their bearing upon one of the most com-
prehensive and interesting zoological theories of modern times—
’ we refer to the theory of “the alternation of generations.”
Founded by Chamisso and Eschscholz, extended to a great num-
ber of new cases by Steenstrup, and finally reduced toa fixed and
definite scientific form under the name of “ Parthenogenesis ”
by the celebrated Hunterian Professor of Comparative Anatomy,
this theory has bid fair to unite all the aberrant generative pro-
cesses of the Invertebrata (those of the Echinoderms among the
rest) ander its conditions, and to express them in its terms.

The theory may be generally expressed thus: 1. The ovum
- produces an individual A', whose offspring is another individual
B dissimilar to A'. This again may in the same way produce an
individual C, and so on. The last of the series only contains ge-
nerative organs from which ova are formed, and these reproduce
an individual A? precisely resembling A’. The species therefore
is said to be represented by a number of generations of indiyi-
duals which regularly alternate with one another.

- To this Professor Owen adds— :
2. That the individuals B, C, D, &c. which intervene betwee
the sexual individuals A' and A? are always developed from
masses of cells which are the immediate and unchanged descend-
ants of the embryo cells of the ovum, and which as such, retain
a portion of the original “spermatic force,’ whence they are
enabled to attain a certain independent development without a

renewal of the spermatic influence.

* Again, the eyes of the Acephala are as much supplied from the pal-
Jeal or visceral ganglion as from the cerebral ganglion. "

14 Prof. Miller on the Anatomy and Development

Now the questions to be decided before the alternation theory
can be said to apply to the Echinoderms or any other animals,
are different as regards the two portions of the theory. The
problem as regards the first question is a matter of naming—as
regards the second it is a matter of fact.

We have said that the question involved in the first part of
the theory is a question of naming. It is, whether we can apply
to A, B, C, &c. in the foregoing instance, the name “ indivi-
dual.” For it is quite clear that if they cannot with propriety
be called “ individuals,” their succession cannot be called an
“alternation of generations,” inasmuch as generations are com-
posed of individuals.

We must carefully bear in mind that this inquiry has nothing
to do with the thorny problem of psychical individuality. With
that the zoologist has no concern; his science investigates the
laws of animal form, and in psychological questions he has no
more direct interest than the astronomer has in. the zoology of
the planet Saturn.

Leaving psychological considerations aside, then, and inquiring
into the zoological meaning of the term “ individual,” we find that
anything to which it is applied among the higher and the greater
part of the lower animals, has two principal characters : first, it
has an independent existence ; and secondly, it is the total result
of the independent development of a single ovum.

Now the forms A, B, C, described as “individuals ” by Steen-
strup, have only one of these characters (in the most strongly
marked. cases of “ alternation ”’), that of dependent existence ;
for each of them is only part of “ the total result of the develop-
ment of a single ovum.”

But in predicating “ individuality” of any animal which does
not “alternate,” we predicate both these characters of it.

Hence, unless the meaning of the term “ individual” be al-
tered, the advocates of the alternation theory commit the capital
error of using the same term in two very different senses, accord-
ing as they speak of a Hydra or a Campanularia, a Salpa or a
Cynthia.

It is only by narrowing the meaning of the word “ individual ”
to mere “independent existence,” that it can possibly become
applicable in Steenstrup’s sense. But in this case spermatozoa,
spermatophora, and even cancer cells, would equally be ‘ indivi-
duals.” So that the new meaning would be not only entirely ar-
bitrary, but opposed to the general sense of zoologists.

We propose on the other hand not to alter the ordinary zo-
ological meaning of the word “ individuality,” but merely to de-
fine it more strictly, and give to the relative value of the attributes
which it connotes, and which are conversely a mark of it.

<0 of the Behinoderms. 15

Individuality has so long and so obviously, among the higher
animals, been observed to be accompanied by independent exist-
ence, that the latter attribute has come to be considered as, con-
versely, an indication of individuality—to the neglect of the really
characteristic attribute, which is—-the circumstance of bemg the
total result of the development of a single ovum.

- According to our view, then, the zoological individual = the total
result of the development of a single ovum, whether this total
result consist of one or many independent existences. _ The in-
dividual is the zoological unit, and its value is the same, whether

owe have it as (1) or as (+444). A fraction does not become

equal to the unit by standing alone. The Cyanza and the Polype
from which it proceeds, the two forms of Salpx, the parent
nurses, nurses, and Cercariz, of the Distomata, are not distinct
wate not separately equivalent to an individual beetle
or dog. .

It is their sum only, which is equivalent to the individual
among the higher animals.

~ They are not the individual, but are successive forms by which
the individual is manifested ; standing in the same relation to the
individual, as the incarnations of Vishnu to Vishnu, in the Hindoo
theology.

What then may these independently existing “parts of indi-
viduals ” be properly termed ? They can hardly be called organs,
without doing violence to our ordinary acceptation of the nature
of an organ, in which a certain subserviency and dependence is
understood. The term “ zooid” has been devised ; and as it has
no theoretical meaning, but is merely intended to suggest two
indisputable facts with regard to the creatures to which it is ap-
plied—namely that they are like individuals, and yet are not in-
dividuals, in the sense that one of the higher animals is an indi-
vidual—its use does not appear to be open to any serious ob-
jection.

Instead of saying then, that in a given species, there is an
alternation of so many generations, we should say that the indi-
vidual consists of so many zooids.

Again, where no “alternation” takes place, the individual=the
sum of its organs; where there is alternation, the individual =
the sum of its “ zooids.”

If the view we have taken be correct, the whole doctrine of the
so-called “ compound animals” must be revised, and their termi-
nology altered. A whole tree of Sertularia, a Pennatula, a Py-
rosoma, a mass of Botrylli, must no longer be considered as an
aggregation of individuals, but as an individual developed into
many zooids.

And if the term “compound animal ” is to be retained in its

16 Prof. Miller on the Anatomy and Development

old meaning, we know of only one creature which is entitled to
the name, viz. the Diplozoon paradoxum, which Von Siebold has
Just shown to be really formed by the fusion of two previously
distinct individuals.

We hope that the reader will pardon this long digression into
the regions of abstract thought. Whether he adopt our view or
not, we trust that at any rate, we have pointed out where the real
battle of the alternation theory lies.

The onus of giving a new meaning to the word “ individuality ”
must rest with the advocates of the alternation theory ; we have
endeavoured merely to make a consistent extension of the old
meaning to embrace new facts.

The Echinoderms have been included under the “ Alternation
theory ;” but, if the reasoning above be correct, unjustly, as is
indeed plainly pointed out on other grounds by Prof. Miller in
his second memoir. He justly observes that the process of de-
velopment of the Echinoderm partakes as much of the nature of
metamorphosis as of “alternation.” The larva and the Echino-
derm cannot be said to be two individuals, when they possess
the same intestine.

Nor, as to the question of fact, does the development of the
Echinoderm appear to be a case of “ Parthenogenesis.”

The structure of the integument of the larva, at the place where
the tubular rudiment of the Echinoderm is subsequently formed,
is quite undistinguishable from that of any other spot. There
are here no descendants of the embryo-cells specially set aside to
become developed into the new structure*.

The development of the Echinoderm is then neither a process
of “alternation of generations” nor of “ Parthenogenesis,” but
the individual consists of two zooids—a larva-zooid and an Kchi-
noderm-zooid, the latter of which is developed from the former
by a process of internal gemmation ft.

* The elongated cellular masses which exist on each side of the digestive
canal in the larve, are very possibly the immediate descendants of the embryo-
cells. But Prof. Miiller leaves it very doubtful, whether these masses have
anything to do with the development of the Echinoderm. Certainly they
are not concerned in the development of one most important part of it—the
water-vascular system. Sce Miill. Arch. 1850, p. 466. hid. 1851, p. 4.

+ According to Prof. Miiller (Archiv, 1851, p. 18) the development of
the Echinoderm can only “ figuratively ” (bildlich) be compared to gem-
mation, inasmuch as the “ formative mass ”’ arises independently.

But since he says immediately afterwards that “the rudiment of the
water-vascular system, in general, arises before the rudiment of the parietes
of the Echinoderm,”’ and since he shows elsewhere that the origin of the
water-vascular system is by the development of a bud-like process inwards
—the process may, we think, be called gemmation in much more than a
figurative sense.

of the Echinoderms. 17

The development of the Echinoderms is, as Prof. Miiller ob-
serves, exactly intermediate between the ordinary process of
metamorphosis by ecdysis in insects and the so-called “ alterna-
tion ” of the Trematoda and Aphides.

_ The phenomena of alternation, or as we have called it, “ zooid
development,” take place in two ways—by external gemmation
and by internal gemmation.

The former process is confined to the Polypes and Ascidians,
which form a series leading from the lowest Radiate to the Mol-
luscous types. The latter process on the other hand is restricted
to the Worms and Echinoderms, which form a series leading
from the lowest Radiate to the Annulose types.

‘Now in each series three modifications may be detected. The
deutero-zooid is developed either—1. from a complete segment
of the protozooid, when it is difficult to say whether the process
is one of internal or external gemmation; or 2. from a small
portion of a segment, including a portion of the digestive canal ;
or 3. from a small portion of a segment, an entirely new digestive
eanal being formed.

The following table will illustrate the relations of these modifi-
cations to one another :—

Zooid Development by

pa
External Gemmation. Internal Gemimation.

1. Cyanza. Tenia.
Nais.

We have hitherto considered the various zooids of each form
to be complementary to one another, and all necessary to the
perfect manifestation of the individual.

But the law of “ irrelative repetition ” long since established
elsewhere by Prof. Owen, is illustrated here in the development
of zooid forms where they are not necessary to the manifestation
of the individual.

In the Echinoderm there is one larval-zooid and one Echino-
derm-zooid—the “individual ” would be incomplete without
either.

_ But in the Cyanza the single Scyphistoma-zooid developes
perhaps twenty Cyanzea-zooids, any one of which would haye been
sufficient to complete the individual.

~The development of the hundreds of polypes of a Sertularian
appear to be referable to a similar law. Nay, the “ generation

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. vit. 2

18 On the Anatomy and Development of the Echinoderms.

by gemmation ” of a Hydra or a simple Ascidian, and the fission
of a Microstomum, seem, strictly speaking, to be phenomena of
the same kind. .

As in these cases, however, it is impossible when once the
gemma is separated from the parent stock to distinguish it from
a true individual, it may seem pedantic and unnecessary to insist
upon the distinction.

In concluding, we cannot refrain from remarking upon one
character of Professor Miiller’s researches, of which our imper-
fect notice can give no idea,—it is the singular candour and phi-
losophic impartiality of the writer. In the course of five years,
much that seemed probable at first, had, later, to be rejected—
much that seemed certain, to be overthrown. It was often neces-
sary to make pretty hypotheses give way before stubborn facts—
to re-examine conclusions that had seemed unquestionable.

If any one be curious to know how this has been done, and
desire at the same time to learn in what spirit scientific investi-
gation should be conducted, we cannot do better than refer him
to the works whose titles head this Report—they are models.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

The figures numbered with the Arabic numerals all represent really ex-
isting forms, and are taken, with the exception of figures 8 and 9, from
Professor Miiller’s memoirs. The “ calcareous rods” are omitted for the
sake of clearness.

The figures numbered with the Roman numerals on the other hand are
all to be considered merely as diagrams. They represent what the Echi-
noderm-larve would be if they were, as it were, straightened out and re-
duced to their simplest elements.

Fig. 1.* is given in order to show how a symmetrical Annelid-like larva,
fig. I., may by development of some of its parts at the expense of others
become converted into the Ophiura-larva, fig. |.

Fig. 1. Ophiura-larva ........seseeeseeeee I. The corresponding diagram.
Fig. 2. Echinus-larva with “epaulettes” II. Ditto.
Fig. 3. Eehinus-larva with spines viewed III. Ditto.
from behind.
Fig. 4. Asterias-larva (Bipinnaria), very IV. Ditto.
young. iJ
Brachiolaria, an Asterias-larva.... V. The diagram only is given.
Fig. 5. Tornaria, probably an Asterias- VI. The corresponding diagram.
larva.
Fig. 6. { Auricularia, the Holothuria- VII. Ditt
Fig.7.\ larva in its two forms ......... VIII. ps

In all the figures of larvee the mouth and anus are indicated by the letters
mand a, and the cilia are disproportionately large so as to render the
“fringes” and “ bands ’’ evident.

The Diagram No. I. is similarly lettered, and all the other diagrams have
their anterior and posterior extremities in a position corresponding to it.

MM. Tulasne on the History of the Hypogeous Fungi. 19

Fig. 8. is the larva of Sipunculus after Max. Miiller.

Fig. 9. The larva of an Annelid after Milne-Edwards.

Fig. 10. Auricularia. The larva of Holothuria, after Miiller; to show the
mode of development of the water-vascular system, &c. from the
internal bud, d: e, the oval masses of cells.

Fig. 11. One of the epauletted Echinus-larve, in which the Echinoderm, d,
has already begun to envelope the stomach of the larva.

TX. X. XI. XII. XIII. are diagrams intended to represent the mode of .
development of an Asterias within its larva the Bipinnaria.

The form of the latter is not given; its relation being indicated only by

‘the dotted line.

IX. m, the mouth of the larva; a, its anus; d, the bud-like commencement
of the Echinoderm.

X. XI. The latter has developed the water-canals, and with its acecom-
panying blastema has begun to invest the stomach of the larva.

XII. The investment nearly complete. The position of the mouth of the
Asterias indicated by (0).

XIII. The Echinoderm has become free and separate from the body of the
larva with its primitive esophagus.

It is to be understood that these diagrams do not pretend to be strictly
accurate. They are intended only to render the process of development
more easily comprehensible.

11.—Report on MM. L. R. and C. Tucasne’s “ Memoir on the
History of the Hypogeous Fungi.” By MM. Jussieu and
Ap. BRonenrIART*.

Tue mode of vegetation and reproduction of the Fungi had long
been one of the most obscure portions of the vegetable kingdom,
and, in spite of the progress of this department of botany during
the last fifty years, many points yet remain to be cleared up; but
in this vast class, the anomalous organization of which has caused
some naturalists to regard them as a kind of peculiar kingdom,
nothing perhaps is more singular than the development of the
subterranean Fungi, the whole life of which, the growth and re-
production, goes on in the bosom of the earth, without any por-
tion of their structure coming to the surface.

This existence, entirely removed from the action of light, is an
anomaly even among the plants of the Fungous class, which, ge-
nerally speaking, prefer weakly illuminated situations ; for ordi-
nary Fungi cannot live in complete obscurity without becoming
profoundly altered in form and structure, and being kept im-
perfect and sterile. Light therefore, although in less degree
necessary to Fungi than to ordinary vegetables, is almost always
indispensable to their regular development at least at the period
of reproduction.

For a long period the common Truffle, and a few other equally

* Comptes Rendus, Dec. 30, 1850.
2%

20 MM. Tulasne on the History of the Hypogeous Fungi.

edible species, were the only Fungi in which this unusual mode
of existence had been recognized. Thus, at the beginning of
this century, Persoon, in his ‘Synopsis Fungorum,’ described
only four species, and in 1822 M. Fries enumerated only tweive
species, distributed into four genera.

In 1831 however, the study of the numerous edible species of
northern Italy led M. Vittadini of Milan to a more minute ex-
amination of these Fungi, and to the investigation of those spe-
cies of this group which are not available for food ; through this,
the total number was raised to sixty-three species, arranged in
thirty different genera, eight of which were established by this
author.

The microscopic examination of these very diversified forms
led that able botanist to the recognition of an exceedingly varied
organization, the modifications of which threw light, reciprocally,
on the obscure and often difficultly comprehensible structure of
these Fungi.

But since the anatomical organization, and above all the repro-
duction of Fungi in general, were at this period enveloped in so
much obscurity, the good optical instruments and modes of pre-
paration adapted to microscopic observations of this kind were
still confined to so limited a circle, and so far removed from that
degree of perfection they have since attained, it is not wonderful
that Vittadini, notwithstanding the progress which he caused in
this branch of science, left many points to be cleared up and more
completely studied.

The important discoveries made a few years later in the differ-
ent modes of formation of the spores or reproductive bodies of
the Fungi with external and superficial fructification, such as the
Agarics, the Boleti, the Morels and Pezizas, soon led several bo-
tanists to the recognition of these same diverse modes of forma-
tion of the spores in the Fungi with internal fructification, the
reproductive bodies of which are developed in the cavities of a
peridium or common envelope.

Those observations on the common Lycoperdacee, which we
owe to Messrs. Berkeley, Klotsch, Corda, and in part to Messrs.
Tulasne themselves, at once threw light upon the often rather
obscure descriptions of M. Vittadini; new examinations demon-
strated in fact that the subterraneous Fungi, analogous in their
mode of growth to the Truffle, are referable, in accordance with
the structure of their reproductive organs, and as Vittadini had
already detected, to two essentially different types.

In one type, the Hymenogastrea, the interior of the fleshy mass
of which they consist, presents a number of sinuous cavities lined
by a membrane analogous to that which clothes the gills of the
Agarics, and the superficial cells of which each produce at their

MM. Tulasne on the History of the Hypogeous Fungi. 21

free extremity three or four spores, becoming successively de-
tached, and finally filling the cavities.

__ The other type, comprising the true Truffles and forming the
groups Tuberacee and Elaphomycee, also present a fleshy mass,
the outer surface of which constitutes the common envelope or
peridium, while the numerous narrow, sinuous, not very distinct
cavities are lined and in part filled up by a special tissue, mingled
with cells of a peculiar form, producing in their interior three or
four or from six to eight spores, like the thece of the Pezizee.

Thus in the hypogzous as in the ordinary Fungi, there are two
different modes of formation of the spores; in the one class these
reproductive bodies are developed upon the external surface of
special cells called basidia or sporophores ; in the other they are
formed in the interior of particular cells named thece or spo-
rangia.

This difference in the mode of production of the spores had
already been shown by M. Vittadini’s observations and figures,
although he sought to explain it by an accessory modification of a

- single kind of organization. It was established in a much more
positive manner in different groups of Fungi by various authors
of more recent date, by Messrs. Leveillé, Klotsch, Berkeley, and
Messrs. Tulasne themselves in various memoirs. It now forms
the basis of the divisions both of the hypogzeous and of the ordi-
nary Fungi.

But many essential points in the very obscure life of these
strange plants still remained to be elucidated.

The discovery of numerous species, the comparison of their
form, of their organization, their distribution into well-defined
genera, in a word, the natural history properly so called of this
curious sabterranean flora, has not only resulted in increasing
the catalogue of organisms of this kind ; these discoveries have, in
addition, allowed of a better appreciation being arrived at of their
mode of existence, development and reproduction ; for this diver-
sity of organization has yielded the solution of questions which
would have been very difficult to answer from the study of a
small number of species. .How many physiological questions
have been cleared up in this way by the examination of varied
forms of the inferior members of the scale of organization !

The well-directed investigations of Messrs. Tulasne, in the
neighbourhood of Paris and in different parts of France, have, in
the first place, enabled them to extend the list of these plants
greatly ; thus, while M. Vittadini, in 1831, indicated only sixty-
three species, distributed into thirteen genera, Messrs. 'Tulasne
have carried the number to a hundred and forty-four species
comprehended in twenty-five genera, and have added seventy-
one of these species to the French flora.

SN er

g

22 MM. Tulasne on the History of the Hypogeous Fungi.

The repeated examination of the structure of many of these
plants in different stages of growth, has conducted them to very
interesting results, throwing much light upon the life of subter-
ranean Fungi.

It has long been known that in the ordinary Fungi, the fleshy
body, of such varied form, commonly considered as forming the
whole of the fungus, is only an external development, a tempo-
rary product, analogous to certain compound fruits, origmating
from a filamentous, byssoid, irregular mass extending beneath
the surface of the soil or in the interior of the bodies supporting
these vegetables, comparable to the subterraneous stems of va-
rious plants; this mass, called the mycelium or thallus, is what,
under the name of Mushroom spawn, is commonly used for the
reproduction of the Mushroom in beds.

All Fungi when carefully examined presented this filamentous
mycelium, concealed before the formation and what may be
called the expansion of the Fungus ; the Truffles however seemed
to be devoid of it, and several authors, whose opinions had been
hastily received, had supposed that the Truffles were produced
directly from the spores of these plants, called by them ¢ruff-
nelles, which became increased and dilated in all directions.

Facts observed by Messrs. Tulasne in genera closely allied to
the Truffles had already rendered this view, altogether hypo-
thetical, inadmissible. Thus, in Balsamia, a genus very close to
the true Truffles, Messrs. Tulasne had observed the spores during
germination, emitting, like those of other Fungi, delicate ramified
filaments, which, by their interlacement, would form the myce-
lium, destined to reproduce, subsequently, new fleshy bodies, the
true fructification of these vegetables. In Delastria and Terfezia,
other genera of this tribe, and better still in the Elaphomyces,
which are a little removed, this mycelium reproducing the fleshy
body which constitutes the Fungus properly so-called, persists for
a long time around it, and by its presence proves that these sub-
terraneous Fungi, so near to the Truffles, do not differ in this
respect from ordinary Fungi.

It might therefore have been assumed with nearly perfect cer-
tainty, that the Truffles proper also possessed a mycelium, pro-
ducing these fleshy and fungous bodies, but quickly decaying
‘and allowing them to continue to grow in an isolated condition.
This has been actually demonstrated, in observations carefully
made by M. L. R. Tulasne in the Truffle grounds of Poitou, who
has seen the soil in which they grow traversed, in the course
of September, by numerous white, cylindrical filaments, much
finer than common sowing thread, yet themselves composed of
articulated microscopic filaments three to five thousandths of a
millimetre in diameter. These white threads are continuous with

MM. Tulasne on the History of the Hypogeous Fungi. 23

a byssoid, flocculent mycelium of the same nature, which enve-
lopes the young Truffles and forms immediately around them a
sort of white felt several millimetres thick, the filaments of which
are directly continuous with the external layer of the young
Truffle, scarcely so large as a nut at this epoch. In a short time
the gradual destruction of this byssoid envelope commences ; at
first a part, then the whole is lost, and the Truffle appears com-
pletely isolated in the soul.

Thus, that which was indicated by analogy is confirmed by di-
rect observation, and it is seen that the Truffles, like the other
Fungi, are reproduced by spores which give origin to a fila-
mentous mycelium, the source of new Truffles. These facts, im-

t in a scientific point of view, from the uniformity they
establish in the mode of existence of the whole of a large class of
vegetables, may, like many other scientific discoveries, one day
become a source of useful applications.

These singular plants, thus isolated in the midst of the soil at
the epoch of their reproduction, without apparent external organs,
nevertheless exhibit internally a structure much more compli-
cated than was at first supposed. The observations of M. Vitta-
dini had already indicated the curious arrangement of the black
and white veins which traverse the tissue of the Truffles, and
these had been mentioned by the earliest observers; but the
more varied and more precise investigations of Messrs. Tulasne
have shown much more clearly their relations and destination.
When young, the Truffles exhibit very irregular sinuous cavities,
partly communicating with each other and terminating, some-
times at a single orifice corresponding to a depression or umbi-
licus on the outside, sometimes at several points of the surface
which present no distinguishable character externally. As they
advance in age, the partitions which separate the cavities become
thickened, the tissue composing their surface is developed into:a
kind of white tomentum which obliterates them; hence result
two systems of veins; one set coloured, corresponding to the
partitions which separated the primitive cavities, the other white,
formed by the filamentous tissue which finally fills these cavities.

The former are continuous with the external tissue which
composes the envelope of the Fungus, or peridium; in their middle
portion they are formed of a network of filaments or elongated
cells, running in the direction of the cavities; from this arise
shorter filaments, almost perpendicular to the first, and the in-
flated extremities of these become the sporangia, or sporigenous
cells ; the deep colour is due to the black or brown colour of the
spores. The other veins, the white ones, appear to be formed of
the prolongations of sterile filaments, intermingled with sporige-
nous cells, and originate like them from the primitive partitions.

24 MM. Tulasne on the History of the Hypogeous Fungi.

The veins composed of these filaments and the air interposed, owe
to this structure their dull white appearance, and opacity when
their tissue is examined in thin slices by transparent light, under
which circumstance they appear darker than the tissue filled with
liquid forming the coloured veins. These aériferous white veins
terminate at the external surface, either at a single point to which
all converge, or at several distinct points.

In these plants, therefore, so shapeless and simple in appear-
ance, is formed a double system of veins, or rather of irregular
filamentous lamellx ; one set arising from the cortical tissue,
absorbing the surrounding moisture and serving to transmit this
humidity to the cells in which the spores are formed, being
therefore the organs of nutrition; the others, remarkable for
their white colour and opacity, termimating externally, mtro-
ducing air into all parts of the Fungi and bringing it into con-
tact with the sporigenous cells themselves. This communication
of the external air with the internal lacune of the Fungus is
much more evident in the Truffles and in certain other Tube-
racee, than in the other hypogzous Fungi, where the lacunz ana-
logous to those of the Truffles, although filled with air, do not
appear to communicate with the exterior.

The formation and structure of the spores have also been the
objects of very interesting researches by Messrs. Tulasne. In all
the true Tuberacee, the spores are developed freely in the cavi-
ties of the sporangia, or vesicular cells destined to produce them.
They are limited in number, and not very variable, in each of
these sporangia ; more than eight are never formed in one vesicle,
and in many species the maximum number is four.

These spores exhibit very varied forms, according to the ge-
nera and species in which they are observed, but are perfectly
constant in the same species. This diversity however depends
almost solely upon the structure of the external membrane or
epispore, sometimes smooth, sometimes with points all over, or
variously reticulated. Beneath this external, coloured and rather
resisting membrane, is found a second integument, smooth, trans-
parent, more or less thick, but strongly resisting chemical agents,
and not only colourless in its natural state, but not coloured by the
action of iodine, and easily separable from the external integu-
ment by various reagents. The simple cavity of this internal
utricle of the spore is filled with oleaginous globules suspended
in a liquid which is probably albuminous, and is coloured yellow
or brown by iodine.

These reproductive bodies, although less simple in their strue-
ture than has been sometimes supposed, are still far from repre-
senting on a small scale the organization of the Truffle itself, as
Turpin supposed ; their structure is not more complicated than

ie ee ee ae et WE ee eS ee

‘Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Antiopa Spinole. 25

that of the spores of many other Fungi, and particularly of the
Uredinee, already very well examined in this respect by Messrs.
Tulasne several years ago.

This idea of a Kind of identity between the structure of the
spores of the Truffles and the Truffle itself which they are to re-
produce, was founded on an analogy of form and colour which
exists only in few species, and on the hypothesis that the spores
increased in all directions to form the fungous mass of the Truffle ;
but as we have seen, this very improbable hypothesis is com-
pletely subverted by observation of the germination of the spores
of Balsamia, and by that of the existence of a mycelium around
the Truffles themselves while they are young.

The precise knowledge of the varied and complicated structure
of these subterranean Fungi, the observation of the different
phases of their life, if not in the same species, at least in plants
sufficiently allied to admit of analogy guiding us with safety,
enable us now therefore to appreciate the manner of the nourish-
ment, growth, and reproduction of these plants, so imperfect in
appearance that their mode of existence was long concealed from
the observations of naturalists, and of which, a quarter of a cen-
tury ago, there was but a distant idea of the variety of organi-
zation and the considerable number of species.

Thanks to the extensive and profound researches of Messrs.
Louis René and Charles Tulasne, this group of Fungi, which so
many causes rendered it particularly difficult to study, may now
be considered one of the best known ; for to the general anatomy
and the physiological facts, of which a brief analysis is above
given, are adjoined a detailed monograph of all the species of
subterranean Fungi known at this time, and excellent figures re-
presenting most of those species and the most minute details of
their organization.

III.—On the Anatomy of Antiopa Spinole, a Nudibranchiate
Mollusk. By Avsany Hancock, Esq.

[With two Plates. ]

Tuts paper treats of the anatomy of an animal which was dis-
covered by M. Verany on the shores of Italy, and was described
by that naturalist in 1846 under the name of Janus Spinole.
Shortly afterwards it was taken by Dr. Battersby on the Devon-
shire, and by Mr. Alder on the Cornish coast; and the latter
gentleman and I published an account of it in the ‘ Annals of
Natural History ’ for 1848, where it was named Antiopa splen-
dida. At that time we had seen neither the original description
nor specimens from the Mediterranean; but have since been

26 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Antiopa Spinole.

favoured with some from thence through the kindness of M.
Verany ; and having made careful dissections of them, and of
others from the coast of Cornwall, we have satisfied ourselves
that no character exists to distinguish the Italian from the En-
glish specimens. The anatomy is the same in both, and all the
external parts agree.

In 1849 M. Emile Blanchard gave a full account of the ana-
tomy of Janus Spinole in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’
3° série, t. 10. My dissections, however, have brought to hight
numerous and important details which do not coincide with those
given by that anatomist, otherwise I should not have deemed
it necessary to draw up the present memoir. These differences
will be noticed after the description of each organ; therefore it
is only necessary to state here, that the most important of them
relate to the digestive system and to the reproductive organs.

Antiopa Spinole* (the name by which our animal must be now
designated, the generic appellation of M. Verany having been
previously used) belongs undoubtedly to the family Holididee, as
defined in the ‘ Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mol-
lusca,’ now being published by the Ray Society, though it ex-
hibits some characters approximating it to Doris and Tritonia.
Antiopa differs in many respects from Eolis, both externally and
internally. The body is upwards of an inch long; it is ovate,
a little depressed, and tapers to a point behind, with the sides of
the back carinated, indicating the presence of a cloak. The
branchial papille are arranged along the carine and pass round
in front of the head; extending posteriorly a little behind the
anus, which is placed in the median line of the back, near to the
termination of the body. The generative organs open on the
right side. The dorsal tentacles are laminated and united at
the base by a fleshy crest.

Digestive System.—The oral opening is rather large, and is
placed on the inferior surface of the head; it is guarded by a
fleshy lip divided behind, and leads by a short canal to the
buccal mass (Pls. II. and II. fig. 1 a), which is very large, of a
lozenge-form when viewed from above, and somewhat depressed.
It is very compact and firm, having the jaws exposed at the sides
(Pl. II. fig. 2c), and is provided with numerous powerful mus-
cles for their motion, and for advancing and retracting the whole
apparatus. The jaws (fig. 3) are of great power, being equal in
size to the buccal mass, and give to it its proper form. They are
not mere thin plates as in Holis, but are of considerable thick-

* As this paper was passing through the press, I have learnt that M.
Delle Chiaje was the first to discover this animal, and that he had described
it under the name of Eolidia cristata. is specific denomination will
therefore have to be adopted.

Ae es he ae eee ore eee
r ’ oy o<* = oo ax er

.

Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Autiopa Spinole. 27

ness, of a peculiar horny texture, apparently porous within,
admitting readily the point of a needle; their form is subtrian-
gular when seen in front, each having attached to the anterior
angle a plate or cap (a), which is provided with two parallel
cutting edges, the outer one (b) being denticulated, the mner (c)
smooth. The denticulations are about twelve m number, very
large, compressed and lancet-formed, with their points tipped
abruptly with black: their bases being pale have not a little
the appearance of forming a second row of teeth. This appear-
ance probably deceived M. Blanchard, who describes two denti-
culated plates. The inner edge is quite smooth, and separated
from the outer one by a deep groove: the function of this edge
is rather problematical. The jaws are strongly articulated above
in front, at a point (fig. 5 d) which is furnished with a projecting
process or fulcrum.

The tongue is large, and stands up from the floor of the buccal
cavity in front of the cesophagus ; it is formed as in Doris, being
tubular behind (PI. II. fig. 6, and Pl. III. fig. 2 4), with the
frontal portion (a) turned over, as it were expanded like the
mouth of a trumpet. This is the only portion of the organ that
ean act as a prehensile instrument, the spines being exposed and
turned with their points towards the gullet. The spines behind
line the tubular portion, and are covered by asoft, delicate mem-
brane. Here they are generated, and retained until gradually
pushed forward to make up the deficiency occasioned by the loss
of those in front.

The spines are firmly attached to a stiffish membrane, which
rests upon a muscular support capable of moving backwards and
forwards, and of giving to them the necessary prehensile action.
When the tongue is removed from this muscular support and
spread out, it (Pl. II. fig. 7) is found to be about twice as long»
as it is broad, slightly narrowed behind (a), and a little rounded
at both extremities, with the whole surface covered with trans-
verse rows of plain, stout, recurved spines (figs. 8 & 9) of a deep
amber colour, giving to the rows when seen with a low magnify-
ing power a dark purple-brown hue. There are thirty of these
rows, each containing eighty spines, one spine being central
(fig. 8a), of the same size, plain and recurved like the rest.
From this the lateral portions of the rows, on either side, slope
forward, giving to the tongue a bipartite appearance.

The cesophagus (Pls. Il. & IL. fig. 1 4) is rather wide, very
short and internally plicated; it passes from about the middle
of the upper aspect of the buccal mass, and opens into the lower
portion of the stomach in front. This latter organ (c) is placed
far forward in the visceral cavity, a little on the left side. It is
transversely elongated, of considerable size, exhibiting through its

28 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Antiopa Spinole.

upper wall, which is very delicate, internal, longitudinal plice.
The lower portion of the stomach, towards the left side (PI. III.
fig. 1 d), is covered with a thin coating of a folliculated, glandular
substance. Here the intestine (PI. IT. fig. 1 d & Pl. IIL. fig. 1 e)
leaves the gastric pouch, and doubling back upon it passes
across to the right side of the body, down which it runs for some
distance, and then turning inward dips under the ovary, and
shortly reaches the large, tubular anal nipple (Pl. II. fig. le &
Pl. III. fig. 1 f), placed on the median line of the back, not far
from the posterior extremity of the animal. The intestine is
wide, diminishing slightly in caliber towards its termination ; the
inner surface being longitudinally plicated throughout.

The hepatic apparatus is extensively diffused in this species,
as it is in all the other Eolidide. Two large anterior hepatic
canals open into the upper surface of the stomach, one on each
side. These canals on leaving the gastric organ almost imme-
diately divide into two branches (PI. II. fig. 1 f, f), one of which
curves forward (PI. III. fig. 1 g, 9), the other backward (A, h).
The two that pass forward stretch along the sides of the back, and
turning round in front of the head, are apparently united on the
median line. These branches give off from their outward margin
numerous ramuscules (A), which divide and subdivide, forming
dendritic tufts, some of the twigs of which pass into the anterior
branchial papille. The two posterior branches (%, h) of these
hepatic canals, turning backward, run down the sides of the back,
and communicate, by similar dendritic tufts, with the papille on
the sides for more than half-way down the body. Here these
two latter branches terminate. There is, however, another trunk
canal belonging to the hepatic apparatus. This is the great,
posterior or central duct (Pl. Il. fig. 1 A & Pl. III. fig. 1 7,2);
it is a little larger in caliber than the anterior canals, and opens
into the lower, glandular portion of the stomach a short way in
advance of the pylorus, and passing backward, beneath the
anterior ovarian mass, sends a branch which ascends between the
lobes of the ovary, to communicate with the papille on the left
side in front of the anus. The trunk canal then turning up-
ward between the anterior and posterior masses of the ovary on
the same side, gives off another branch, which crossing the
median line in advance of the anal nipple, subdivides into two
portions, one of which bends forward, the other backward ;
these go to supply the papille along the right side near to the
anal region. ‘The posterior canal then passes backward above
the posterior ovarian mass, and on the left side of the anus. It
now assumes a more central position, and after sending two or
three branches to either side, terminates in a blind sae a little
behind the papille.

a a

ete

ee

Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Antiopa Spinole. 29

- All the branches of the great posterior canal give off dendritic
ramuscules, which communicate with the papille in the same
manner as those from the anterior canals. The whole of the
ramuscules, branches and trunk canals are of a dark chocolate
colour when the animal is alive, resembling in this respect: the
gland of the papille. It is therefore likely that all these parts
assist in the production of the biliary fluid. The walls of the
canals and branches are very firm, retaining their cylindrical
form even when completely isolated.

The great posterior canal has entirely escaped the notice of
M. Blanchard, who after describing the posterior branches of
the anterior trunks to be united by a transverse communication
in front of the anus, states that they pass down to the extremity
of the body*. This we have seen to be erroneous, the transverse.
communication (Pl. III. fig. 17) being, in fact, a branch from
the posterior canal. He has committed this error, probably,
from haying relied too much on the examination of living speci-
mens, in which many of the branches and most of the ramuscules
are distinctly seen through the dorsal skin. In spirit specimens
there is no difficulty in isolating all the principal canals, their
branches, and most of the ramuscules. In this way I have on
more than one occasion demonstrated the existence of the
posterior canal, and the various other ramifications of the hepatic
organ. I have therefore no hesitation in asserting the accuracy
of the above description and of the accompanying illustrations.
I may state, that only the terminal portion of the posterior canal
ean be traced through the dorsal skin, the rest being concealed
beneath the ovary ; and that this portion of it is pretty correctly

nted in M. Blanchard’s figure, but is erroneously con-
nected with the branches of the anterior canals of each side,

The hepatic gland (Pl. III. fig. 1 k & fig. 3) of the papille is
yery simple, being contained within an inner sheath, and extend- ~
ing almost to the apex of the papilla; it is tubular with the
extremity bifid (fig. 3.2), the portions being folliculated and a
little branched. The inner surface is lined with a brown-coloured,

dular matter.

The whole of these glands, together with the numerous den-
dritic branches and canals, form an exceedingly beautiful ex-
ample of an unravelled liver, exhibiting as it were, at a glance,
the complicated mechanism of this highly organized viscus.
These parts, however, do not appear to be the only representative
of the biliary organ in this animal. On each side of the lower
portion of the body, immediately below the skin and in contact
with it, there is a peculiar glandular structure composed chiefly

* M. Delle Chiaje, who has given an account of the anatomy of Antiopa,
appears also to have overlooked the great posterior canal.

30 =Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Antiopa Spinole.

of anastomosing tubes, which form a network (PI. II. fig. 17 &
Pl. III. fig. 4d) across the dorsal aspect in front of the anus.
This network inosculates with the minute twigs of the hepatic
organ leading to the papille, and is apparently connected with
a dense gland-like body (Pl. II. fig. 17 & Pl. III. fig. 4)
surrounding the termination of the intestine. There can be little
doubt that this network of tubes, which is unnoticed by M.
Blanchard, is part of the hepatic apparatus ; and from its inter-
nal position points out Antiopa as one of the intermediate forms
connecting the Kolidids with the other families of the Nudi-
branchs.

The digestive system of this animal thus becomes of great
interest, while it is evident that the hepatic canals are arranged
after the type of those of Eolis, in which the anterior ones always
enter the sides of the stomach from above, and the posterior or
central one from behind and below the pylorus :—the stomach
being, in fact, perforated by three hepatic ducts in the same
manner as it is in Antiopa. The chief differences being that in
this latter animal the anterior branches are excessively developed,
and the central one is below the ovary.

Vascular System.—From deficiency of specimens, I have not
been able to investigate the circulatory apparatus to any great
extent. The heart is placed about the middle of the back im-
mediately below the skin, having the intestine in front, and the
ovary beneath exactly as in Kolis. The pericardium is of excessive
tenuity, and is of a pretty regular oval form. The ventricle
(Pl. Il. fig. 1 4) les in front, and when contracted is irregularly
elliptical ; it is rather large and muscular. The auricle (/) is
delicate, membranous, and is connected to the posterior margin
of the ventricle: at this poimt the two chambers of the heart
communicate. The aorta passes from the front of the ventricle,
and dipping almost directly beneath the intestine, gives off
branches to the generative organs, to the stomach and to the
buccal mass, in the same manner as in Eolis. I did not observe
the pedial artery, though there can be no doubt of its existence
as described by M. Blanchard. The auricle receives in front,
on either side, a large trunk vein which communicates with
numerous small branches from the skin, and is apparently jomed
behind, on the median line, by two other large trunks, that on
the right side being considerably the smaller. There are several
other small vessels, but whether they entered the posterior margin
or belonged to the lateral trunks, I could not determine. This
is so different from what is observed in the other Eolidide, that
I should have doubted the accuracy of my observations, had not
M. Blanchard described numerous vessels entering the posterior
margin of the auricle. It would therefore appear that the

ae Lee eee. eee ee eee Pe

Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Antiopa Spinole. 31

efferent or branchio-cardiac vessels are arranged in a peculiar
manner in Antiopa—differing alike from those in olis, in Doris,
and in Tritonia.

The capillary portion of the vascular system is undoubtedly
as deficient in our animal as it is m the other Nudibranchiata ;
but I cannot speak from observation on this point ; neither have
I ascertained how the blood passes to the aérating surface, on its
return to the heart, though from analogy we cannot hesitate to
believe that it escapes from the arterial twigs into the tissues of
the various organs, thence filters as it were into the visceral cavity,
and then passing through orifices in the walls of that cavity, it
reaches the skin and branchial papillz on its way to the auricle
through the branchio-cardiac vessels.

A small oval vesicle (Pl. Il. fig. 1 m) lies immediately below
the pericardium, and opens into it, through its floor, rather in
front and on the right side of the median line. This vesicle
is the representative of that described by Cuvier, in Doris, as
communicating with the liver, and opening externally by a
minute orifice at the side of the anus; and is the same which Dr.
Embleton and I have designated a portal heart in our commu-
nication on the anatomy of Doris*. In Antiopa Spinole this
vesicle opens into the pericardium in the same manner as it does
in that genus, and in like manner is internally plicated. I have
not been able to examine it further im this species; but from
analogy suppose that it may throw venous blood into the hepatie
network of tubes, and perhaps also within the sheaths that sur-
round the papillary glands. This is, I believe, the first time that
this vesicle or portal heart has been observed in the Eolididey ;
and it proves in a striking manner the connexion of Antiopa
with the other two families of the order.

Respiratory System.—The specialized breathing organ is com-

posed of the papille arranged along the sides of the back, and ©
m front of the head. These in Anticpa are very large and
numerous, their external skin being exceedingly delicate. A por-
tion of the deteriorated blood, on its way to the auricle, will be
made to traverse the surface of the papille ; but doubtless much
of the blood will pass at once through the skin to the heart, and
on its way be there partially aérated, as is the case in Eolis, in
Doris, and probably in all the Nudibranchs.
No ovate vesicle was detected in the terminal portion of the
papilla, similar to that observed in Eolis; though Mr. Alder in-
forms me that when the animal was alive, a distinct orifice was
visible at the apex, opening and closing at intervals.

ir mene at the meeting of the British Association held in Edinburgh,
+ A similar vesicle also exists in Tritonia Hombergii ; and since writing
the above I have likewise found it in Eolis papillosa.

32 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Antiopa Spinole.

Nervous System.—The cephalic or cerebral ganglions are
arranged round the cesophagus in the same manner as in Holis ;
there are five pairs, three supra-cesophageal, two infra-cesopha-
geal; the former are very much the larger and nearly of equal
dimensions. Of these the two central pairs, the cerebroid (PI. III.
fig, 5 a, a) and branchial (4, 4), the latter the “cervicaux” of Blan-
chard, are almost completely fused, forming two elongated,
bilobed masses, one on each side of the median line,—the
branchial lying behind the cerebroid, which latter is united by
a very short commissure to its fellow on the opposite side of the
cesophagus. This is exactly similar to what is observed in Lolis ;
but in this latter genus the masses being less distinctly bilobed,
the constituent parts are not so readily made out. External to
these masses, and in close contact with them, are two rounded
ganglions, the third or pedial pair (c,¢). These lie in a plane
a little below the central masses, and are united to them on the
under surface.

The first and largest pair of nerves are given off from the upper
surface of the cerebroid ganglions in front, next the median line ;
these are the olfactory nerves. Each immediately divides into
two portions,—the inner, generally the larger, of which converge,
and go to the crest between the dorsal tentacles, where they
divide into numerous twigs; the outer portions diverge a little
and enter the bases of the dorsal tentacles, and are there enlarged
to form the olfactory ganglions (d, d), which are quite distinct
and round, and very littie inferior in size to the buccal. The
second, third and fourth pairs come from the under side of the
front margin of the same ganglions, and supply the lip and
channel of the mouth, and probably the oral tentacles. The
fourth pair give off at their roots a nervous trunk ; these trunks
curve round, one on either side of the cesophagus, and are united
to the buccal ganglions; thus forming the commissure (g)
between the supra- and infra-cesophageal nervous centres. The
fifth pair issue from the upper surface of the cerebroid ganglions
near to their junction with the branchial; these are the optie
nerves ; they are very delicate, and are long enough to allow the
eye, which is as well developed as in any of the Nudibranchs, to
pass a little in front of the ganglions. M. Blanchard represents
the eye as almost sessile on the cerebroid ganglion. The sixth,
the auditory, I did not detect; they will undoubtedly be found
behind the optic, as described by M. Blanchard. The seventh
pair of nerves emerge apparently from the pedial ganglions at
their union with the central masses, and supply the skin on the
sides of the body in front. The eighth and ninth pairs pass from
the outer margin of the pedial ganglions, and go to supply the
foot. From the posterior margin of these ganglions emerges a
stout nervous trunk (/), which curving under the gullet, com-

i Ti a aa ea

Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Antiopa Spinole. 33

pletes the great cesophageal collar. Another nervous trunk (?),
but inferior in size, passes below the cesophagus, and has its
extremities attached, at either side, to the under surface of the
ganglions near to the point where the pedial are united to the
a a and branchial. This is the middle or slender collar,
and, as in Eolis, it gives off on the right side a nerve, the tenth,
which, passing to the generative organs, is I believe united to a
ganglion (PI. III. fig. 6 ) which lies on the sheath of the penis.
Of this, however, there may be some doubt, as I was unable to
verify the observation from the want of specimens. Several
nervous twigs radiate from this ganglion, representing pretty
accurately the principal parts of the nervous plexus on the same
organ in Doris, and which has been described, as a portion of
the sympathetic system, by Dr. Embleton and myself in the
communication before alluded to.

This collar, its nerves, and the ganglion situated on the sheath
of the penis have escaped the notice of M. Blanchard, who points
out a branch from a small ganglion, which he calls “ branchio-
cardiaque” in connexion with the right branchial nerve, the
cervico-cardiaque ” of this naturalist, as that which supplies
the reproductive organs. I have not observed this ganglion and
its branch. The eleventh or last pair of nerves, from the supra-
esophageal ganglions, come out of the posterior margin of the
branchial, and pass to the dorsal skin, one on each side, and ap-
parently supply the papille ; these are the branchial nerves.

The two pairs of infra-cesophageal ganglions rest upon the
upper surface of the buccal mass below the gullet, and are con-
nected, as before stated, to the supra-cesophageal by a wide,
slender commissure. The buccal ganglions (fig. 5 e, e) are well
developed, though very much smaller than the principal cerebral ;
they are elliptical, and are connected across the median line by .
a commissure much longer than usual ; the commissure from the
supra-cesophageal being attached to their outer margin. The
twelfth and thirteenth pairs of nerves come from these ganglions ;
the former issue from their outer margin in connexion with the
commissure, and pass into the buccal mass ; these are the buccal
nerves ; the latter come from the posterior margin and dip im-
mediately into the buccal mass behind, and are the same which
in Doris supply the tongue.

The gastro-cesophageal ganglions (f, f), though of sufficient
magnitude to be readily distinguished, are much inferior in size

“to the buccal, to which they are united in front by a longish
pedicle. The fourteenth, fifteenth and sixteenth pairs of nerves
belong to these ganglions ; the two former are applied to the upper
portion of the gullet, one probably going to supply some minate
salivary gland at present undiscovered. The nerves of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 3

34 Mr.A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Antiopa Spinole.

sixteenth pair are larger than those of the other two, and pass
down the under surface of the cesophagus, parallel to each other,
on their way to the stomach.

The gastro-cesophageal ganglions are undescribed by M. Blan.-
chard, who states that they are not isolated in Janus from the
buccal ganglions. In my specimens, however, they were as
distinct as in any of the Nudibranchs, and further removed from
the buccal ganglions than usual. The gastro-cesophageal are
named by this naturalist the ‘“ ganglions aortiques,”’—evidently a
false appellation, as all their nerves are distributed to the ali-
mentary organs.

The Reproductive Organs resemble those of Eolis and Doris, and
are of vast volume and complication ; they (Pl. II. fig. 1 n, 0, p)
lie on the right side of the visceral cavity immediately behind
the buccal mass. The sheath of the intromittent organ, female
channel, and vagina in communication with the spermatheca open
into one common vestibule, the lips of which, when the organs
are fully retracted, form a nipple-like swelling on the right side,
less than half-way down the body. The intromittent organ
(Pl. III. fig. 6 a) lies in front of the other parts, and in its re-
tracted state appears to be of considerable dimensions, of a clavate
form, with the smaller extremity leading to the external opening.
The testis (6) is a rather short, stout tube forming two or three
convolutions, with one end united to the thick or inner termina-
tion of the penis, and the other, which tapers a little, to the
oviduct.

The ovary is very ample, filling the greater portion of the
visceral cavity from the stomach backwards. _ It is composed of
two masses, one (PI. II. fig. 1 p) lying in front and a little to
the left of the other (p’). They are both made up of large
irregular lobules composed almost entirely of eggs. The oviduct
(Pl. III. fig. 6 c) leaves the ovary as a very delicate, slender
tube, and is soon abruptly dilated (fig. 6 d & fig. 7 c) into at least
five or six times its original diameter ; and is so continued on, in
a tortuous course, to the front of the mucus-gland ; then, bending
back upon itself, it again becomes excessively contracted, and
shortly afterwards receives the duct-like extremity of the testis
at a point (fig. 6e & fig. 7d) where the oviduct is on¢e more
suddenly bent upon itself. After this it (fig. 6 f & fig. 7 e) is
slightly enlarged just before it unites with a very short duct
(fig. 7 h) from the spermatheca ; then, passing forward, it divides
ito two portions or branches, one (jy) of which sinks imto the
mucus-gland near to the place of its union with the female
channel (fig. 67 & fig. 7 f) leading to the external outlet, close
behind the penis. It is by this branch that the mature ova pass
on being evacuated. The other branch (fig. 64 & fig. 7 i), which

A PE Sean eer Ce PS

Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Autiopa Spmole. 35

must be considered the vagina, is continued on to the orifice
opening externally between and above the male and female out-
lets. This vagina, or vane passage, we thus see, com-
municates with the oviduct as well as with the spermatheca very
much in the same manner as in Eolts.

The spermatheca (fig. 67 & fig. 7 g), a rather small membranous
sac of a globular form, lies half-buried in a fissure which divides
the two portions of the mucus-gland, and gives off from its
anterior margin the duet above alluded to. The mucus-gland is
a large, pyriform mass, a little flattened, lymg against the
wall of the visceral cavity immediately behind the penis. It is
composed of two parts, one (fig. 6 g) semi-pellucid and without
colour, the other (4) of an opake fleshy hue. These parts are
formed of a convoluted tube, very large and not much folded in
the former, in the latter minute and intricately rolled up. They
both open directly into the female channel (2). This gland se-
cretes the substance forming the gelatinous mucus-like envelope

_ that covers the eggs.

Thus it is evident that the generative apparatus of Antiopa is
very complete, exhibiting the same union of male, female and
an ous parts as observed in Eolis. Here, as in that genus,
the spermatheca will receive the semen of another individual shed
during coitus, and will discharge it, when required, into the
oviduct; and as the latter is in connexion with the testis, it
would appear probable that, in failure of copulation, the ova may
be also fertilized by a species of self-impregnation. In Antiopa
Spinole there is only one spermatheca, though perhaps the
second dilated portion of the oviduct may act as an accessory
receptacle. From this deficiency and from the general arrange-
ment of the androgynous apparatus, the generative organs of
this animal. more closely resemble those of Hodis than of Doris; -
though the form of the mucus-gland approximates nearer to that
of the latter.

M. Blanchard has entirely misunderstood these organs ; his
figure of them is most imperfect, and proves that he has failed
to make out the various parts. He has never seen the sperma-
theea, nor the junction of the testis with the oviduct, and of
course knows nothing of the union of the latter with the sper-
matheca ; he calls the mucus-gland, in connexion with the female
channel, the testis, and the testis the vas deferens.

After this account of the anatomy of Antiopa Spinole, there
can be little hesitation about its true position in the classification.
It must undoubtedly be placed with the Eolididz, as proved by its
digestive apparatus, the hepatic canals being arranged after the

of those of Eolis; while the internal network of hepatic
tubes, the backward and dorsal position of the anus, the character
. 3*

36 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Antiopa Spinole.

of the tongue, the presence of a portal heart, and the form of the
mucus-gland, in connexion with the genitalia, show its relation-
ship to the Doridide. It seems likewise to have some affinity
with the Tritoniadz, as evinced by the great size and character
of the jaws, by the imperfect development of the cloak, and by
the arrangement of the branchial papille, which do not extend
over the sides of the back as in Eolis, but are confined to th
ridges representing the mantle.

In this animal, then, we see blended the characters of the
three great divisions of the order Nudibranchiata.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES II. AND III.

Puate II.

Fig. 1. General view of the viscera of Antiopa Spinole, the dorsal skin
having been removed : a, buccal organ; b, cesophagus; c, stomach;
d, intestine ; e, anus; f, f, f, f, branches from the anterior hepatic
canals ; g, g, branches from the posterior hepatic canal; h, a por-
tion of the posterior hepatic canal; é, internal network of tubes
connected with the hepatic apparatus; j, a gland-like body ap-
parently in connexion with the network of tubes; k, ventricle of
the heart ; 7, auricle ; the oval boundary represents the extent of
the pericardium ; m, portal heart or vesicle opening into the peri-
cardium ; », portions of male organs ; 0, portion of mucus-gland
attached to the female channel; p, p’, anterior and posterior ova-
rian masses; q, supra-cesophageal ganglions.

2. Side view of buccal organ: a, channel of mouth; 6, oesophagus ;
c, jaw.

Fig. 3. Front view of jaws: a, anterior cap or plate; b, denticulated cutting
edge; c¢, inner or plain cutting edge.

4. Side view of jaw: a, anterior cap or plate; }, denticulated cutting
edge.

5. View of jaw with the cutting edges seen in front: a, anterior plate
or cap; 5, denticulated edge; c, plain edge; d, point of attach-
ment or fulcrum.

6. Tongue removed from the muscular support: a, anterior portion
exhibiting rows of spines; 0, posterior tubular portion.

Fig. 7. Tongue spread out, exhibiting the rows of spines apparently inter-
rupted in the centre.

8. Central portion of a single row of spmes from the tongue: a,

central spine. 5
9. A-single lateral spine more highly magnified.

Puate IIf.

Fig. 1. Digestive apparatus: a, buccal organ; 0b, cesophagus; c, stomach ;
d, glandular portion of the same; e, intestine; f, anus; g, g, an-
terior branches of the anterior hepatic canals; h, hk, posterior
branches of the same ; 7,7, posterior hepatic canal, giving branches
to the posterior portion of the body ; 7, branch from the posterior
hepatic canal crossing the back in front of the anus; k’, ramus-
cules leading to glands of papille ; k, three glands of the papille
in connexion with the ramuscules, the rest of the glands having
been removed.

On the Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 37

Fig. 2. Tongue seen from above: a, anterior portion ; 5, posterior portion ;
c, membrane dividing the two portions.

Fig. 3. A gland removed from the papilla, much enlarged: a, terminal

bifid portion ; 6, lower portion or duct, curtailed.

Fig. 4. A portion of the network of tubes in connexion with the hepatic
apparatus: a, anus; 0, intestine; c, gland-like body surrounding
the termination of the same; d, network of tubes.

Fig. 5. Nervous system: 4, a, cerebroid ganglions; 6, 6, branchial ditto ;

ce, ¢, pedial ditto; d, d, olfactory ditto; e, e, buccal ditto; f, f,
gastro-cesophageal ditto ; g, commissure between the supra- and

“o> 5. infra-cesophageal ganglions ; h, great cesophageal collar; 7%, mid-

dle ditto; No. 1, olfactory nerve; 2, 3 and 4, nerves supplying
channel of the faaath s 5, optic nerve; 6, auditory ditto; 7, nerve
to side of body; 8 and 9, nerves to foot ; 10, nerve to generative
organs ; 11, itto to skin of the back and branchial papille ; 12,
ditto to buccal mass; 13, ditto to tongue; 14 and 15, nerves to
cesophagus ; 16, nerve to esophagus and stomach.

Pi. 6. Generative organs: a, sac or sheath of penis; 5, testis; ¢, oviduct

as it leaves the ovary ; d, dilated portion of the oviduct; e, the
point where the testis is united to the oviduct; f, sccond dilated
portion of oviduct; g, semi-pellucid portion of mucus-gland m
connexion with the female channel ; 4, opake portion of the same ;
t, female channel leading to external orifice ; 7, spermatheca; &,
vagina, or copulatory channel leading from ‘external orifice to
spermatheca ; /, visceral ganglion in connexion with nerve No. 10.

nts 7. A portion of the generative organs spread out, exhibiting the con-
nexion of the various parts: a, penis; 0, testis; ¢, dilated portion
of oviduct; d, pomt where the oviduct is connected with the
testis; e, second dilated portion of oviduct ; f, female channel
leading to external opening; g, spermatheca; h, duct of the
same; 7, vagitia leading to external orifice ; Jd bratich from the
oo leading into nemesis

IV.—A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on their

Structure, Functions, Giconomy and Systematic Arrangement.
By Joun Buiackxwatt, F.L.S.

[Continued from vol. vii. p. 452.)

44, Philodromus Clarkii.

Philodromus Clarkii, Blackw. Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. Second
Series, vol. vi. p. 338.

A male of Philodromus Clarkii, having the palpal organs com-
pletely developed, was taken at Southgate in June 1849, and is
preserved 1 in Mr. Walker’s cabinet.

45. Philodromus variatus.

Philodromus variatus, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
Series, vol. x. p. 102.

In summer, when the sun shines brightly, this species may be
seen on rails and gates in the neighbourhood of Llanrwst. Early

38 = =Mr.J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

in June the female constructs a lenticular cocoon of white silk of
a slight texture, measuring ird of an inch in diameter, in which
she deposits about 64 spherical eggs of a pale yellow colour, not
agglutinated together.

46. Philodromus mistus.

Philodromus mistus, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
Series, vol. x. p. 103.

Affecting the same localities as Philodromus variatus, this spider
pairs in May ; and in June the female spins a cell of white silk
in which she constructs a lenticular cocoon of a slight texture,
measuring {th of an inch in diameter, and deposits in it between
60 and 70 spherical eggs of a pale yellow colour, not agglutinated
together. A near resemblance may be traced between Philo-
dromus mistus and Philodromus cespiticolis, Walck. (Hist. Nat. des
Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 555).

47. Philodromus aureolus.
Philodromus aureolus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 556;

Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 223.
Thomisus aureolus, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 57. t. 62. f. 144, 145.

Both sexes of this species, which were captured at Southgate
in July 1849, are in Mr. Walker’s cabinet.

48. Philodromus oblongus.

Philodromus oblongus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 558;

Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 123.

trilineatus, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 227.

Thomisus oblongus, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. i. p. 112 ; Hahn,
Die Arachn. B. i. p. 110. tab. 28. fig. 82.

Thanatus trilineatus, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft,
p. 28.

I have received living specimens of Philodromus oblongus which
had been taken in the north of Lancashire and in Cheshire.

Genus Sparassus, Walck.

49. Sparassus smaragdulus.

Sparassus smaragdulus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.i. p.582;
Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 123.

smaragdinus, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 147, and 1832,

safle

Gilling. Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 28 ;
Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 87. tab. 416. fig. 1019.

Micrommata smaragdina, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. i. p. 115;

Hahn, Die Arachn. B. i. p. 119. tab. 33. fig. 89.

This handsome spider has the tarsi provided with scopulz con-

;
3

;

and Systematie Arrangement of British Spiders. — 39

stituting a climbing apparatus ; it is not uncommon in the south
of England, and has been captured, in an immature state, n the
woods at Tan y Bwlch, in Merionethshire, by Thomas Glover,
Esq., of Smedley Hill, near Manchester. The sexes, when they
have acquired their full development, are very dissimilar, and
have been mistaken for distinct species.

Family Drasside.
Genus Drassus, Walck.
50. Drassus lucifugus.

Drassus lucifugus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 613;
Sund. -Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 138; Koch, Uebers. des
Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 18.

—— melanogaster, Latr. Gen. t. et Insect. tom. i. p. 87 ; Hahn,
Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 11. tab. 41. fig. 102.

Filistata femoralis, Wider, Mus. Senck. B. i. p. 206. taf. 14. fig. 5.

Pythonissa lucifuga, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 54. tab. 194.
fig. 468-470.

According to Dr. Leach (Supplement to the 4th, 5th and 6th
editions of the ‘ Encyclopedia Britannica,’ article Annulosa) the
Drassus melanogaster of Latreille (Drassus lucifugus, Walck.) has
been found in England, under stones; and on his authority I
introduce it here as a British spider, never having seen a native
specimen myself.

Among the new genera proposed by M. Koch, for the recep-
tion of certain groups into which he has separated the Drassi,
are several including British species which I am not prepared to
adopt.

51. Drassus ater.
Drassus ater, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. i. p. 87 ; Walck. Hist. -
Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 618; Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 54.
tab. 61. fig. 142; Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 114.
Melanophora subterranea, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes
Heft, p. 17; Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 85. tab. 201. fig. 491, 492.
—— pusilla, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 17;
Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 90. tab. 202. fig. 496.
— atra, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 88. tab. 201. fig. 493.
Filistata atra, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 202. taf. 14. fig. 2.

In the mountainous parts of Denbighshire and Caernarvon-
shire this species is of frequent occurrence under detached pieces
of rock. When adult, the terminal jomt of each intermediate
spinner is directed downwards at right angles to its base, and
the full complement of papille or spinning tubes connected with
the short terminal joint of each inferior spinner is eight. Six of
these papillz, which are of large dimensions, are probably used

40 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

by Drassus ater chiefly in constructing its cocoon, the remarkably
compact texture of which is best explained on the supposition
that a copious supply of viscous matter in a state of fluidity is
employed in its fabrication ; and the other two, situated on the
inferior surface of the spinner, at a greater distance from its ex-
tremity than the rest, are minute and almost contiguous. The
large papillee vary in number with the age of the animal; and it
is a fact deserving of notice that they are not always developed
simultaneously on both spinners, four, five, or six being some-
times observed on one, when three, four, or five only are to be
seen on the other ; but the two minute ones are present invariably.
In May the female deposits 40 or 50 white spherical eggs, not
agglutinated together, in a cocoon of a plano-convex figure, at-
tached to the under side of stones by its plane surface ; it is of a
fine but very compact texture, and measures 2ths of an inch in
diameter: when newly constructed it is white, but becomes red-
dish before it is abandoned by the young, which, at that early
period of their existence, have each inferior spinner provided with
two large and two small papille. The female usually remains
upon or near the cocoon, to which she is strongly attached.

52. Drassus sericeus.

Drassus sericeus, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 136; Walck.
Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 619; Koch, Die Arachn.
B. vi. p. 37. tab. 190. fig. 457, 45; Blackw. Linn. Trans.
vol. xix. p. 113.

Filistata sericea, Wider, Mus. Senck. B. i. p. 204. taf. 14. fig. 3.

I have met with Drassus sericeus in several of the northern
counties of England and Wales. It frequents the interior of
houses, especially such as are old, and is decidedly nocturnal in its
habits. Having, like other species of the genus, a climbing appa-
ratus consisting of numerous hair-like papillee distributed over the
inferior surface of the tarsi, from which an adhesive secretion is
emitted, it can run with facility on the perpendicular surfaces of
dry smooth bodies. The papillae connected with the terminal
joint of each inferior spinner not only vary in number with the
age of the spider, the full complement being nine large and two
small ones, but a like number does not constantly occur on both
spinners of the same individual.

538. Drassus sylvestris.

Drassus sylvestris, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
Series, vol. iii. p. 440; Research. in Zool. p. 342.
signifer, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 31. tab. 188. fig. 452.

M. Walckenaer has placed the Drassus signifer of M. Koch,

PO

A ee eee eee a

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 41

which is specifically identical with Drassus sylvestris, among the
synonyma of Clubiona lapidicolens, supposing it to be that spe-
cies in an immature state (Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. 1. p. 479).
Now as I have taken adults of both sexes in the woods about
Llanrwst, I am prepared to affirm that they are invariably much
smaller than Clubiona lapidicolens, and that they also differ from
it materially in structure, having the maxillz curved towards the
lip, and all the essential characters of a Drassus. For these rea-
sons the name given to it by me is retained.

In July the female constructs a lenticular cocoon of white silk
of a fine but compact texture, measuring ;5,ths of an inch in dia-
meter, which she places in a cavity formed in the ground beneath
stones and lined with silk, depositing in it about 123 whitish
eggs of a spherical form, not agglutinated together. She is
greatly attached to her cocoon, and is with difficulty compelled
to abandon it.

A specimen of this spider was transmitted to me from Berwick-
shire im the spring of 1849 by Mr. Hardy.

54. Drassus cupreus.

Drassus cupreus, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 345.
— rufus, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 33. tab. 189. fig. 453, 454.

Though the Drassus rufus of M. Koch, identical with Drassus
cupreus;‘is regarded by M. Walckenaer as a variety of Clubiona
livida (Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.ii. p. 479), yet I have ascer-
tained by the inspection of numerous specimens, in every stage
of growth, that it possesses all the characteristics of a Drassus in
so marked a degree that it might be selected as a type of the
genus ; consequently, the name I have conferred upon it is re-
tained.

As regards the papillz connected with the inferior spinners of
this species, which occurs under stones in various parts of Great
Britain, the same law of development holds good to which atten-
tion has been directed in treating upon Drassus ater and Drassus
sericeus ; moreover, I may remark that the number of the papillz
is not uniformly the same even in adults of any of these spiders,
but that the two minute ones belonging to each spinner are
always present.

In June the female constructs a lenticular cocoon of white silk
of a fine but compact texture, measuring ths of an inch in dia-
meter, in which she deposits about 118 spherical eggs of a pale
yellow colour, not agglutinated together. The cocoon is enve-
loped in a large sac of very fine white silk, usually placed in a
eavity of the earth underneath a stone, and this sac generally
comprises the female. ; i

{

42 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

55. Drassus nitens.
Drassus nitens, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. iii. p. 439 ; Research. in Zool. p. 328.
JSormosus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 488.
Macaria formosa, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 97. tab. 203. fig. 501.

In warm sunny weather in spring and summer this small
but brilliant spider may be seen running on the ground in the
woods of Denbighshire and Caernarvonshire. Like many other
species of Araneidea it is partial to moisture and drinks water
freely. A pair confined in a phial having become feeble and
greatly emaciated, I introduced to them a few drops of water,
which they drank with avidity, and speedily resumed their
strength and former plump appearance. In the month of May
1833, females, in a state of captivity, constructed cocoons of a
hemispherical form, measuring about 4th of an inch in diameter,
in each of which they deposited 9 or 10 spherical eggs of a pale
yellow colour, not agglutinated together. The cocoons were com-
posed of delicately white silk of a very fine but compact tex-
ture, and connected with the upper part of each was a tube of
the same material, usually occupied by the female.

Genus Ciusiona, Latr.

56. Clubiona holosericea.

Clubiona holosericea, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i: p. 590 ;
Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. i. p. 91; Sund. Vet. Acad.
Handl. 1831, p. 142; Hahn, Die Arachn. B. i. p. 112. tab. 29.
fig. 84; Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 19.

Clubiona holosericea, in common with other species of the ge-
nus, has a small climbing apparatus situated below the tarsal
claws, by means of which it runs securely on the perpendicular
surfaces of dry smooth bodies. It is most abundant in well-
wooded districts, constructing a cell of white silk, which serves
it for a domicile, on the under side of leaves or behind the exfo-
liating bark of old trees. In June the female spins in this cell
a lenticular cocoon of fine white silk, measuring ith of an inch
in diameter, and deposits in it about 109 spherical eggs of a yel-
lowish white colour, not agglutinated together. From this period
she appears to direct her attention exclusively to her progeny,
constantly remaining on or near the cocoon.

57. Clubiona amarantha.

Clubiona amarantha, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.i. p. 591 ;
Hahn, Die Arachn. B. i. p. 113. tab. 29. fig. 85.

The haunts, habits and ceconomy of this species are similar to

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 43

those of Clubiona holosericea. The female deposits about 145
spherical eggs of a yellowish white colour, not agglutinated
together, in a lenticular cocoon of white silk of a fine texture,
measuring ;3,ths of an inch in diameter. This cocoon, for which
she manifests much solicitude, is inclosed im a cell of white silk
fabricated on the inferior surface of a leaf, the sides of which are
curved upon it and are retained in that position by silken |
lines. Towards the end of June or the beginning of July the
eggs are hatched ; but the young, like those of all other spiders
whose ceconomy is known, do not quit the cocoon till they have

completed their first change of mtegument.

58. Clubiona epimelas.

Clubiona epimelas, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 592;
Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 115.

Crevices in stone walls and the under side of falien leaves are
the usual haunts of Clubiona epimelas, which is found, though
rarely, in the wooded parts of Denbighshire and Caernarvonshire.
The male has the palpal organs completely developed in May,
and in June the female constructs a plano-convex cocoon of white
silk of a very fine texture, measuring ;5,ths of an inch in dia-
meter, in which she deposits about 154 spherical eggs of a pale

ellow colour, not agglutinated together. The cocoon is attached
. its plane surface to the under side of a stone or leaf, and is
inclosed in a sac of white silk, which also comprises the female.

59. Clubiona eorticalis.

Clubiona corticalis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.i. p. 593.
domestica, Wider, Mus. Senck. B.i. p. 214. taf. 14. fig. 9.
Philoica notata, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vii. p. 55. t. 268. f. 631, 632.
Titulus 22, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p. 70.

In the wooded parts of Denbighshire this spider is found
among ivy and lichens growing on trees. It spins a large sac of
white silk on the under side of leaves or behind exfoliating bark,
in which the female constructs a cocoon of a lenticular form in
the month of July ; it is composed of white silk of a very fine
texture, is 5,ths of an inch in diameter, and contains between 30
and 40 spherical eggs of a pale yellow colour, not agglutinated

together.

60. Clubiona brevipes.
Clubiona brevipes, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 603.

M. Walckenaer has confounded this species with Clubiona ama-
rantha (Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 439), from which it

4A. Mr. W. Clark on the Skeneade.

differs in magnitude, in colour, in the relative size of its eyes,
and, as regards the male, in the structure of its palpi and palpal
organs. It commonly occupies a cell of compact white silk, con-
structed on the inferior surface of leaves and of lichens growing
on the trunks of trees in the woods of North Wales. Though
not particularly active in its general movements, yet it can leap
with agility.

61. Clubiona comta.
Clubiona comta, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 16. tab. 185. fig. 440 ;
and B. x. p. 129. tab. 358. fig. 841.
compta, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 478.
fucata, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 605.

Clubiona fucata, Blackw., which is identical with the Clubiona
comta of M. Koch, is placed by M. Walckenaer among the syno-
nyma of Clubiona corticalis (Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv.
p- 439) ; yet it is not only very much smaller than that species,
from which it differs decidedly in colour and in the relative size
of its eyes, but the structure of the palpi and of the palpal organs
also is widely dissimilar in the male.

I have taken this rare spider in the woods of Denbighshire and
Caernarvonshire. It conceals itself among the foliage in sum-
mer, constructing a cell of white silk on the inferior surface of
a leaf, the sides of which are curved towards it and retained in
that position by fine lines of silk. The male has the palpal or-
gans completely developed in June, and in that month females
may be seen haying the abdomen greatly distended with eggs.

A specimen of Clubiona comta, captured by Miss Ellen Clayton
at Church Town, in the north of Lancashire, was transmitted to
me, with some other spiders, in the summer of 1843.

V.—On the Skeneade. By Wiii1am Crarg, Esq.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Exmouth, June 3, 1851.

I PRESENT an account of a highly important unrecorded animal,
that has long been sought for, not only by the simple malaco-
logist, but by the professors of the science, to settle the apocry-
phal family of the Skeneade. To show that its acquisition is
very desirable, I need only mention that Professor Forbes did me
the honour to request that I would include this minute creature
in my researches, as he thought it would in all probability re-
solve a malacological problem. I subjoin a rude sketch of the
animal.

a ee

Mr. W. Clark on the Skeneade. 45

Lower surface of the animal, without the shell, magnified 25-
35 times. .

EXPLANATION. ,
90: see cea a. Genitale.
RRS ry e 5. Semi-serrated neck-lobe.
Co Ook Cc &e Curved auricles of the
heen F foot.
d.----~ e. Shorter plain neck-lobe.
; d,. Anus.

The other organs shown are the eyes and ciliated tentacula.
The vibracula, springing from tubercles of the operculigerous
lobe, which carries an orbicular spiral corneous operculum of
6-8 gyrations, and the sole of the foot.

Trochus serpuloides, Mont. (certe).
Skenea divisa, Fleming et auct.

Animal inhabiting a discoid white shell of three spiral turns,
striated around the umbilicus of the body-volution with fine
capillary les, the upper part of the whorl being plain; it is
pure hyaline white, except the eyes and head-disk. The head is
a rather long, broad, finely wrinkled proboscidal muzzle, with a
vertical fissure, having a pale red or pink disk, from whence the
corneous jaws and lingual riband may sometimes be seen in ac-
tion, but not so conspicuously as-in the Rissoe ; the tentacula
are long, flattish, frosted on the central line of the stamens, not
irregularly setose at the edges, but most elegantly clothed, each
on both sides, with 12-14 long hyaline cilia, arranged in sym-
metrical series, inclining obliquely from base to point, and dimi-
nishing in length in like manner. I have never seen tentacula
so elaborately adorned : the eyes are very large, black, and lateral,
attached nearly at the external bases on round infiations to the
main stems, there being no distinct pedicles : no head-lobes were
detected. There are two neck-lappets of different form, the one
on the right side being narrowish, flat and semiserrated ; that of
the columellar range is shorter, more suboval, and plain. The
foot is subtruncate or subrotund in front, superficially labiated,
forming at the angles long curved linear auricles somewhat of
the shape of the Murex varicosus (Nassa, nonnull.), but longer
in proportion, thin at the edges of the sole, which is not fringed ;
it is moderately long and rather obtusely pointed ; the operculi-
gerous lobe is also plain, the prototype of the sole, though dimi-
nished to be well within its margins; it carries near the extre-
mity the circular corneous moderately close-set spiral operculum
of turns, and on each side, at equal distances, three not very

46 Mr. W. Clark on the Skeneade.

long nor slender flattish tentacular filaments issuing from tuber-
cles of the same elegant structure as the capitular ones ; these
are not vibrated with the usual activity of the tribe, but the
curved auricles of the foot may be said to be “ lete vibrantes.”
The genitale springs under the right tentaculum ; it is flat poimted
and lies horizontally, nearly extending to outside the aperture,
not reflected in the branchial vault. The canal of depuration is
visible at the right side just above the first vibraculum ; it is a
short pendent shoot or cylinder. This animal inhabits the coral-
line zone in fifteen fathoms water, five miles off Budleigh Sal-
terton; it is active, marches with quickness, not at all shy, and
gave me good opportunities of observing its points.

It thus appears that the principal differences between this
species and its congeners are the mere specialties of the want of
distinct eye-pedicles, and the long linear curved auricles of the
foot. Axis =\,, diameter g', uncie.

This very important discovery of a desideratum that has
hitherto escaped detection proves that the animal is nearly a
strict Trochus, which does not in the specialties show a greater
departure from the trochidian type than is often seen amongst
the most classic species. This fact determines the fate of the ge-
nus Skenea: its provisional members, the S. Cuéleriana and 8.
nitens of Philippi, called by some authors “ Trochus pusillus,” are
in all probability Zrochi; but I will not venture to say as much
of S. nitidissima. The S. levis is scarcely a variety of our present
species. The S. costulata is apocryphal.

Professor Forbes, when he deposited these species provisionally
in Skenea, with infinite sagacity predicted that they would pro-
bably prove Trochi ; he is right, at all events, as to the one he
considered would when discovered determine the position of the
others. I did not concur in this opinion, as I thought the en-
tirety of the aperture and its want of angularity did not harmo-
nize with the typical Trochide; my conjectures have not been
confirmed ; but I feel pleasure in having the good fortune to dis-
cover my own error, and verify the acuter perceptions of this
profound naturalist.

Can the genus Skenea be maintained even for the so-called
*¢ ylanorbis” ? which I have for the second time just examined ; it
appears to be absolutely a discoid Rissoa, allowing the necessary
margin for specialties of the shape of the foot, operculigerous lobe,
tentacula and opercula : these organs greatly vary in the Rissoe,
and often differ more with each other, and the type, than even the
discoidal “planorbis.” Ought there not to be two sections in
Rissoa,—one for the olchunaod Cerithium reticulatum, which re-
peated examinations tell me does not exhibit a difference from it
in any material point, and might as respects the animal be the

Mr. W. Clark on the Skeneade. 47

type, instead of R. parva, and the other for the “ planorbis,”
which is equally a Rissoa of another form ?

I have scarcely a doubt that the Adeorbis subcarinaius, from the
aperture being of the same character as the Trochus serpuloides,
T. Cutlerianus and T, nitens, will, when discovered, turn’ out a
Trochus in all essential characters, even if it has a testaceous
operculum like its near relative Phasianella pullus. Surely the
British list may with advantage be relieved from the superfluous
genera Cerithium and Skenea, and ultimately probably from Ade-
orbis. Is it to be contended, that because an animal has an
elongated shell of twelve volutions, and another a discoidal one
of three, it cannot be a Rissoa, and that such a departure from
the type demands that the genus Cerithium be constituted for
the one and Skenea for the other? I would ask, what is the
classic number of yolutions which stamp the Rissoidean ani-
mal? It may be said that the so-called C. reticulatum has a
canal at the base of the aperture; this is scarcely so; it is a
mere contraction and attenuation at that part, giving an effuse
aspect ; the mantle is even with the shell, without a canalicu-
lation: many of the Rissoe have these parts quite as much de-
veloped. Again, it is said that its operculum and that of the so-
called Skenea planorbis are suborbicular: I say, not more so than
some of the Rissoe; and both these animals have very much the
same paucispiral rapidly increasing character of the opercular
increment as in the Litiorine. I think that the C. reticulatum
and S. planorbis differ less from the Rissoidean type, the parva,
than any other of the Rissoe admitted by authors into that ge-
nus. If these positions are not admitted, we ought, to be con-
sistent, to manufacture a separate genus for every petty variation
of each Rissoa, and expunge the term ‘ species’ from the mollus-
can vocabulary.

I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant,

Wirriram Ciark.

Exmouth, 3 p.m., June 3, 1851.

P.S.—I have great satisfaction to say that whilst I am writing,
I have under examination the so-called Skenea Cutleriana, disco-
vered alive within the last half-hour. The animal at first- view
exhibits the general characters of Trochus serpuloides ; the only
differences between the two are, that in the now Trochus Cut-
lerianus the cilia of the tentacula and vibracula are less close-
set, the curved auricles of the foot much flatter and broader,
the foot both anteally and posteally more rounded, and the eye-
prominences may almost be called very short pedicles. The ani-
mal is infinitely more active, exhibiting a three or four times

48 Mr. W. Clark on the Skeneadee.

greater rapidity of locomotion. I fully expect to examine the
Skenea nitens, and perhaps the Adeorbis subcarinatus.—W. C.

Since the above was written, my expectation respecting the
S. nitens has been verified by the occurrence of three live speci-
mens. I have thus had the singular satisfaction of contempo-
raneously examining three rare unrecorded creatures ;—I almost
think a similar concatenation will scarcely again occur to any
naturalist :—

Skenea? now Trochus, nitens, nobis; Trochus pusillus, auct.

The same difficulty in distinguishing the specialties of this
species from those of the two preceding ones exist. I can only
say, that the tentacula and vibracula may be less long in propor-
tion, the foot shorter, broader, and more rounded in front and
behind, with the curved auricles more free or less attached to
the anterior line of the foot, bemg only amalgamated with it by a
broadish central lobe of union, than in either of the others; the
eye-pedicles may also be more pronounced than in 7. serpuloides,
but less so in 7. Cutlerianus. I never saw three animals so similar,
malacologically, with the hard parts so decidedly differing in
most respects. I may say that this species has four lateral
vibracula, and it is possible the other two may have the same
number. In these very minute beings, from the continual change
of position, we cannot always arrive at facts with certainty. My
own impression is that all of them have four vibracula ; but how-
ever this may be, in a generic point of view it is of no moment.
This is the minutest animal of the three, and by far the most
active ; thus again showing, as I formerly observed in the ‘ An-.

nals,’ on Cecum glabrum, that nature, as she diminishes in volume, -

usually accompanies that condition with an equivalent of increased
energy and activity.

And finally, in addition to the three species just noticed, I
give a list of others I have examined, the animals of which I be-
lieve are all unrecorded ones, and will be communicated when
the minutes are reduced to order.

Chem. Sandvicensis.

C. decussata.

C. elegantissima.

C. pusilla: very distinct ; not a var. of C. elegantissima.

Rissoa costata.

R. soluta.

R. reticulata; Beanii, nonnull.

The two following may have been mentioned, but perhaps
fuller accounts will be acceptable.

Rissoa inconspicua, Alder.

Conovulus bidentatus ?

ee ee ee a eee

>

Mr. T. Tatum on new species of Coleopterous Insects. 49

Addendum to the Paper on the Classification of the British Marine
_ Testaceous Mollusca, ‘ Annals,’ vol. vii. p. 469.

Exmouth, June 19, 1851.

In the postscript to this paper, I stated that the foot of, the
Conovulus denticulatus was entire, and beyond doubt it breathed
free air, and that the species usually called the C. didentatus or
albus had the foot divided transversely, and I considered it a
Pedipes, and probably a pulmonifer. Since the above was writ-
ten, I have decisively verified the last condition, and for the third
time, the transverse scission of the foot. The Conovuli may
therefore be regarded as established pulmonifers, and probably
hermaphrodites with mutual congression: perhaps the better
term for the respiratory qualities of this family and the Limneade
would be pulmonibranchiates. Their position in my classifica-
tion remains the same. I beg that Carychium may be added to
the Conovulidan family, and, for the present at least, be regarded
as a dicecious pulmonifer. Its position in the diagram of genera

uires no change—it is only to be deemed a Conovulidan.
With respect to Acme I have greater difficulty; the animal
requires further investigation. 1 would be greatly obliged for
some examples, sent in a half-pint bottle, in fine moss, well
saturated, guarded by a wooden case, per post—moss in such a
sized bottle would for a sufficient period escape exsiccation.

As to Cyclostoma, though much more allied in structure to
the Paludine and Littorine than to the free air-breathing
pers ead be more correct to term it a pulmonifer terres-

[ExRatTa in my paper on the Classification of the Mollusca, ‘ Annals,’

vol. vil. p. 472, Ist column,

FirtuH Division.

For * Oculi ad basin externam tentaculorum, read Oculi ad basin exter-
nam tentaculorum, Assiminia excepta.

And im the 2nd column of the same page, 472, **** proboscidifera et _
eanalifera, for Oculi ad basin erternam tentaculorum, read Oculi ad latus
externum tentaculorum. }

V1I.—Descriptions of new species of Coleopterous Insects.
By T. Tatum, Esq., M.E.S.

Iresia smaragdina.

Or a brilliant green above ; all the joints of the antennz black ;

first joint of palpi fulvous, the two last black; two deep curved

lines between the antennz, the concavities directed outwards and

connected in the centre by a transverse impression. Clypeus
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 4

50 Mr. T. Tatum on new species of Coleopterous Insects.

gray, base dark ; mandibles with the tip dark, the base fulvous.
Head and thorax smooth and of a brilliant green. Elytra with
deep sinuous transverse grooves, at the bottom of some of which
are faint reddish reflections. Under part of body green, last
divisions of abdomen with a slight golden tinge. Trochanters
and femora fulvous. Tibiz and tarsi black. Length 54 lines;
breadth 13 line.

Hab. Brazil.

This species is larger than the Jresia Lacordairei, its thorax is
wider Bahia, and the elytra are wider than in that species.

Odontocheila DeGandii.

Brilliant copper colour with slight bluish reflections. Head
large, covered with fine waved lines ; eyes prominent; palpi and
antennz fulvous; clypeus fulvous with black tip; mandibles
fulvous with black tips. Thorax narrow, shortish, sides slightly
rounded, central furrow well marked; anterior and posterior
furrows indistinct ; surface marked by numerous waved and
irregular striz. lytra parallel, posterior angles well defined ;
posterior margins having a central prominence; the surface
covered with irregular and waved striz ; two well-defined white
marks on each elytron, one a little below the middle, a sinuous
line beginning a little within the margin and ending before
reaching the suture in a hook directed forward ; the second mark
nearly round, situated just beyond the posterior angle and just
within the margin. Under part of the body bright copper, ex-
cept last divisions of abdomen which are reddish, and not metallic.
Trochanters and upper part of femora fulvous, lower part of
femora and tibie darker, tarsi nearly black. Length 4 lines;
breadth | line.

Hab. Minas Geraes, Brazil.

In form like O. nodicornis, but less than half its size, and with
the thorax neither so long nor so cylindrical as in that species.

Tetracha viridis.

Ofa brilliant green. Head with two deep irregular indentations
between the eyes, surface smooth and polished, with a few slightly
marked striz near the eyes; clypeus black ; antennze brown, the
two first joimts black, the two next black, with small brown points
at the root. Palpi reddish brown, with the tips of the last joints
black ; mandibles reddish brown at the base, black at the extre-
mity. Scutellum black. Under part of body black with green
reflections. Femora black. Trochanters, tibie and tarsi pitchy.
Length 8 lines ; breadth 23 lines.

Hab. Minas Geraes (Brazil) ; M. DeGand.

Mr. W. Mitten’s Remarks on Mosses. 51

This species resembles 7. elongata, but differs in colour, in the
head being smaller and the eyes less promiment, in the thorax
being more cylindrical, less cordiform, and with the central de-
pression less marked ; the elytra are narrower, less deeply and
less numerously punctured, and the surface more smooth ‘an
polished.
Myrmecoptera lata.

riyes with a single white mark on each, beginning just below
the shoulder, extending along the middle of the elytron to the

centre, where it gets narrower and inclines to the outer margin,
which it accompanies but does not quite include ; again becoming
broader it terminates at the angle of the suture; puncta very
numerous and metallic. Also a row of larger impressions like-
wise metallic near to, and parallel with, the suture. Trochanters,
femora, &c., black. Length 6 lines.

_ Hab. Abyssinia.

This species resembles M. egregia, Germar, but is much larger,
the head is smaller, and the thorax is longer, narrower, and more
cylindrical.

Carabus Boysit.

Dull black. Head rather large and finely punctured ; mandi-
bles large ; last joints of palpi strongly seeuriform. Thorax cor-
diform and finely punctate, with a well-defined central furrow ;
anterior margin slightly concave and raised into a border ; pos-
terior margin also slightly concave, sides sinuous with elevated
borders, posterior angles considerably prolonged backwards.
Elytra elongate, oval, narrower before than behind, strongly
striated, each stria finely punctated and each interval punctated,
but more coarsely; each elytron with three rows of deep and
regular indentations. Length 14 lines; breadth 43 lines.

Hab. India.

This species comes near to the Carabus sylvestris.

VII.—Some Remarks on Mosses, with a proposed new Arrange-
ment of the Genera. By Wi.1i1am Mirren, A.LS.

Tue author has been induced tv offer to the consideration of
bryologists the arrangement proposed below, from an impression
that it may engage the attention of others more competent than
himself to grapple with the difficulties which continually arise in
endeavouring to strike out new arrangements, and whose more
extensive knowledge of the vegetable kingdom may enable them
at a glance to come to a proper appreciation of the conclusions
he has arrived at.

It was in 1847, whilst examining Phascum multicapsulare of

4

52 Mr. W. Mitten’s Remarks on Mosses,

Smith, that the author’s attention was first arrested by the fact
that all the Cleistocarpous Mosses might be distributed among
the Stegocarpous genera ; since which the subject has been neg-
lected ; and he now publishes his ideas from seeing in the most
recent works on bryology the continued adhesion to the old plan
of keeping up a class of Cleistocarpous genera and species.

In all arrangements of plants, Mosses, Musci, and Liverworts,
Hepatice, are placed after Equiseta, Lycopodia, and Ferns, as
though these tribes were possessed of a higher degree of deve-
lopment ; and even in the last systematic work on Mosses, by
M. C. Miiller, the definition of the order commences with
“ Plante Agame,” a term altogether inapplicable to Musci and
Hepatice, however well it may agree with the tribes above men-
tioned, which, so far as seems known, are truly agamous.

The Musci may be defined as follows :—

Plants with stems bearing horizontal leaves which are mostly
composed of one layer of cells and furnished with thickened
nerves. Inflorescence surrounded by proper involucral leaves.
Male flowers composed of anthers, antheridia : female of pistils,
archegonia, which, as well as the antheridia, are mixed with
slender threads, paraphyses. Fruit an unilocular capsule burst-
ing at the sides or operculate, surmounted by a calyptra.

From this definition it is apparent that the Musci are neither
- agamous nor cryptogamous, but are the highest order of Aco-
tyledons, forming the next link to Monocotyledons, and, with
Hepaticz, are entitled to take precedence of the Filices, Lyco-
podia and Equiseta, in which inflorescence is unknown. On one
side the Musci, with their horizontal nerved leaves and the pre-
sence of stomata in their capsules, approach to Monocotyledons ;
on the other side the Hepatice, which, with their nerveless semi-
vertical or vertical leaves, and the form of their perianths, espe-
cially in Jungermannia, Plagiochila and Radula, resembling very
closely the mvolucra of Hymenophyllum and Trichomanes, come
near to the Filices.

The inflorescence of Mosses is dioicous, monoicous, or her-
maphrodite. In the growth of the species that are usually
termed acrocarpous, the first flower produced appears to be
always male; and it is upon an innovation from beneath, or
rarely through this, that the female flower and fruit are borne. In
some species the antheridia are found in the axils of the comal
without proper involucral leaves; not springing out as a
secondary growth, but appearing to be left there by the elonga-
tion of the axis, which has passed as it were through the first and
male flower to form the female, as seen in Bryum nutans. In
Polytrichum undulatum after the production of a male flower the

a a ee

with a proposed new Arrangement of the Genera. 53

growth is resumed by the axis through the centre of the flower,
and a female flower produced at a considerable distance. It is
only such mosses as these that are strictly acrocarpous. In
Funaria hygrometrica, which in its mode of growth represents
most of the so-called acrocarpous mosses, the plant first forms a
male flower, then bears female flowers on innovations arising be-
low it: but if the female flower had been produced at the point
whence the innovation proceeded, without the innovation, it must
have been considered pleurocarpous, as in Zygodon compactus
(Hedwigia estiva, Eng. Fl.) ; although it would in that case be
as much acrocarpous as it actually is. In Fissidens the flowers
are all terminal, or only the female terminal, or both sexes lateral ;
both of which last cases occur at times in F. bryocides. In the
Hypnoid Mosses the mode of growth appears more complicated ;
the principal axis being in many respects like a rhizoma growing
at one end and decaying at the other, producing roots at the side
and not having the lower end of the axis divided into roots.

The capsules of Mosses are either without a regular opening
and bursting at the sides, astomaée ; or furnished with a persistent
or deciduous lid, operculum, which on its removal leaves the cap-
sules closed by a membrane, stomate: the mouth of the capsule
naked, gymnostomate; or with highly hygroscopic teeth arising
from its inner walls, peristomate ; or with the sporular sac also
divided above into processes and cilia, diploperistomate.

In some well-marked genera, as Encalypta, Orthotrichum and
Zygodon, there exist gymnostomate, peristomate and diploperi-
stomate species, too closely allied in all other respects to be sepa-
rated generically in any natural arrangement. In Weissia, inclu-
ding as of one genus, Astomum Mittenii, Phascum crispum, P. res-
tellatum, and all the Hymenostoma, Gymnostoma, and Weissiea of
* Bryologia Europea,’ are seen species astomate, stomate, gymno- |
stomate, and peristomate ; and most of these mosses without the
presence of fruit would be difficult enough to distinguish as spe-
cies, to say nothing of genera ;—from which the conclusion seems
evident, that as a more or less perfect series of progressive deve-
lopment from astomate to diploperistomate capsules may occur
in a single genus, so any degree of development less perfect than
the diploperistomate may be considered but an imperfect state
of that degree, and of no importance in generic distinctions
whenever it is possible to trace a higher.

The calyptra consists of the enlarged upper part of the arche-
gonium, and is dimidiate, mitriform, or calymperoid, the last form
being as it were a large mitriform calyptra split on one side ; but
it well marks the few genera in which it is found.

__ In the following arrangement, the plan of dividing the genera
into groups dependent on the form of the cells of the leaves, as

54 Mr. W. Mitten’s Remarks on Mosses,

employed by M. C. Miiller in his Synopsis, has been used, with
however some considerable modifications, and, unless otherwise
stated, the genera correspond with those adopted in that valuable
work.

Tribe I. ANDREMACER.

Cells of the leaves parenchymatous, but very minute and re-
mote. Capsule astomate, bursting regularly at the sides near
the apex. Sporular sac adhering throughout to the external wall
of the capsule. Calyptra mitriform. Small mosses, mostly of a
deep brown or blackish colour: growing on rocks.

Genus 1. Andrea, EKhrh.

Tribe II. Dicranaces.

Cells of the leaves partly prosenchymatous and partly paren-
chymatous, lax or more or less incrassated. Capsules mostly
inclining to a cylindrical form, and sometimes arcuate, asto-
mate, gymnostomate and peristomate. Teeth sixteen, each more
or less forked or divided down the middle. Calyptra mitriform
or dimidiate. Small or very large mosses, having mostly narrow
leaves, which are attenuated from a complicate or clasping base,
and with broad flattened nerves: growing on the earth, on rocks,
or on trees.

Sect. 1. Leptotrichoidee.

Leaves without enlarged cells at the base.

Genus 1. Archidium, Brid. .

2. Bruchia, Schw., including Phascum exiguum, Hook. et Wils.,
Eccremidium, eorund., and Garckea phascoides, C. Miiller (Dicra-
num, Hook.).

3. Angstreemia, B. et S., C. Miiller, including Astomum,
Hampe.

4. Trematodon, Rich.

5. Brachyodus, Furnr.

6. Campylostelium, B. et S.

7. Seligeria, B. et S.

8. Symblepharis, Mont.

9. Leptotrichum, Hampe, including Lophiodon, Hook. et Wils.

10. Distichium, B. et S.

11. Eustichia, Brid.

12. Drepanophyllum, Rich.

Sect. 2. Dicranoidee.

Leaves with enlarged and mostly coloured cells at the base.
13. Blindia, B. e¢ S.

14. Eucamptodon, Mont.

15. Holomitrium, Brid.

with a proposed new Arrangement of the Genera. 55

16. Dienemon, Sehw.
17. Pilopogon, Brid.
18. Dicranum, Hedw.

Tribe III. Pormacez.

Cells of the leaves all parenchymatous, often minute, incras-
sated and papillose. Capsules astomate, stomate, gymnostomate,
peristomate, and diploperistomate. Teeth sixteen or thirty-two,
often cohering together: internal peristome of cilia. Calyptra
mitriform, dimidiate, or calymperoid. Small or rather large
mosses with chlorophyllose lanceolate or strap-shaped leaves,
having terete nerves and smooth or striate capsules : growing on
the earth, on rocks, and on trees.

Sect. 1. Trichostomoidee.
Peristome of narrow slender teeth.

Genus 1. Schistidium, Brid., including Acaulon, C. Miiller.

2.? Gonomitrium, Hook. et Wils.

3. Pottia, Ehrh., C. Miiller, including Phascum bryoides, P.
rectum, P. curvicollum, P. cuspidatum, P. subexsertum, P. splach-
noides, P. tetragonum, P. cylindricum, and P. Drummondii ; but
scarcely distinguishable from the next genus.

4. Trichostomum, Hedw.

5. Barbula, Hedw.

6. Streptopogon, Wils.

7. Ceratodon, Brid.

8. Weissia, Hedw., C. Miiller, including Astomum crispum,
A. Mittenii, A. multicapsulare, and A. rostellatum of Bryol.
Europ.

9. Syrrhopodon, Schw.

10. Calymperes, Sw.

11. Tridontium, Hook. fil.

Sect. 2. Zygodontoidee.
Peristome of broad teeth.

12. Coseinodon, Spreng.
13. Glyphomitrium, Brid.
14. Brachystelium, Rehd.
15. Gumbelia, Hampe.

16. Grimmia, Efrh.

17. Cryptocarpus, Dzy. et Molk.
18. Drummondia, Hook.
19. Zygodon, Hook. et Tayl.
20. Orthotrichum, Hedw.
21. Macromitrium, Brid.
22. Schlotheimia, Brid.

23. Encalypta, Schreb.

56 Mr. W. Mitten’s Remarks on Mosses,

Tribe 1V. Funartaces.

Cells of the leaves parenchymatous, lax. Capsules more or
less pyriform, apophysate, astomate, stomate, gymnostomate,
peristomate, and diploperistomate. Teeth sixteen or thirty-two,
sometimes cohering together : internal peristome of processes and
cilia. Calyptra mitriform, dimidiate, or calymperoid. Mosses of
great beauty, with chlorophyllose or pale pellucid leaves, and with
capsules having sometimes remarkably large and coloured apo-
physes : growing on the earth or on decaying animal or vegetable
matter.

Sect. 1. Funaroidee.

Capsules not remarkably apophysate. Peristome of trabecu-
late teeth.

Genus 1. Ephemerum, Hampe.
2. Ephemerella, C. Miiller.
3. Physcomitrium, Brid., including Phascum patens, Hedw.,
and Schistidium serratum, Hook. et Wils.
. Pyramidium, Brid.
Entosthodon, Schw.
Discelium, Brid.
Funaria, Schreb.
Amblyodon, Pal. de Beauv.

Sect. 2. Splachnoidee.

Capsules sometimes remarkably apophysate. Peristome of
mostly geminate teeth, which are not trabeculate.

9. Cidipodium, Schw.

10. Tetraplodon, B. et S.

11. Tayloria, Hook., including Voitia, Hsch.
12. Dissodon, Grev. et Arnott.

13. Splachnum, Linn.

Re ee

Tribe V. | BryacE&.

Cells of the leaves in the upper parts prosenchymatous, in the
lower parallelogram. Capsules pyriform, clavate or cylindrical,
stomate, gymnostomate, peristomate, and diploperistomate. Teeth
sixteen : internal peristome of processes and cilia. Calyptra di-
midiate. Small or rather large and graceful mosses, mostly with
pendulous capsules: growing on the earth, on rocks, and on
trees.

Genus 1. Schistostega, Mohr.

. Meilichhoferia, Hsch.
. Leptochlena, Mont.
. Orthodontium, Schw.
. Bryum, Dill,

OU Cow

*

_ with a proposed new Arrangement of the Genera. 57

Tribe VI. BartTRAMIACE. :

Cells of the leaves parenchymatous. Capsules pyriform or
globose, gymnostomate, peristomate, and diploperistomate. Pe-
ristome as in Bryum, but the processes splitting down the middle.
Calyptra dimidiate. Small or very large mosses, mostly with
rigid papillose leaves, and pyriform or globose capsules: growing
on the earth or on rocks.

Genus 1. Oreas, Brid.

Catoscopium, Brid.
Plagiopus, Brid.

. Meesia, Hedw.
Paludella, Ehrh.
Conostomum, Sw.
. Bartramia, Hedw.

Tribe VII. Mniacez.

Cells of the leaves parenchymatous, with cartilaginous walls.
Capsules oval or cylindrical, gymnostomate, peristomate, and
diploperistomate. Teeth four or sixteen: internal peristome of
processes and cilia. Calyptra mitriform or dimidiate. Small or
very large and beautiful mosses : growing on the earth, on rocks,
or on trees.

Genus |. Hymenodon, Hook. et Wils.

Fissidens,. Hedw.
Octodiceras, Brid.
Mniadelphus, C. Miiller.

. Daltonia, Hook. et Tayl.

. Cinclidotus, Pal. de Beauv.
. Scouleria, Hook.

. Georgia, Ehrh.

. Leptostomum, R. Brown.
10. Leptotheca, Schw.

11. Timmia, Hedw.

12. Mnium, Dill., includimg Cinclidium, Sw.

Tribe VIIl. HyropreryGiace2z.

Cells of the leaves prosenchymatous. Leaves dimorphous.
Capsules gymnostomate ? and diploperistomate. Teeth sixteen :
internal peristome of processes and cilia. Calyptra mitriform
and dimidiate. Very beautiful mosses, with simple or pinnate
stems and tristichous leaves, one row of which are smaller and
resemble stipules: growing on the earth or on trees.

Genus 1. Hypopterygium, Brid.

2. Cyathophorum, Pal. de Beauv.
3.? Helicophyllum, Brid.

NE OUR G9 BO

COND Ore CO

58 Mr. W. Mitten’s Remarks on Mosses.

Tribe IX. Hypnacea.

Cells of the leaves prosenchymatous, but mostly a few quadrate
coloured ones at the base of the leaf. Capsules gymnostomate,
peristomate, and diploperistomate. Teeth sixteen: internal pe-
ristome of processes and cilia. Calyptra mitriform, dimidiate,
or calymperoid. Small or large mosses with simple or much
branched stems, and nerveless or one or more nerved leaves:
growing on the earth, on rocks, or on trees.

Genus 1. Rhegmatodon, Brid.
2. Fabronia, Raddi.

3. Neckera, Hedw.

4. Aulacopilum, Wils.

5.? Wardia, Harvey.

6. Phyllogonium, Brid.

7. Pilotrichum, Pal. de Beauv.
8. Hookeria, Smith.

9. Hypnum, Dill.

Tribe X. PotyrrRicHacEem.

Cells of the leaves parenchymatous, firm. Capsules stomate
and peristomate. Peristome of numerous inarticulate cilia, free
or combined together, and forming short tooth-like processes
which are more or less adherent to the tympaniform expansion of
the columella at the mouth of the capsule. Calyptra dimidiate.
Small or very large mosses, mostly with rigid acute leaves, large,
more or less angular, asymmetric capsules, and calyptras mostly
covered with hair: growing on the earth.

Genus 1. Lyellia, R. Brown.

2. Polytrichum, Dill.

3. Dawsonia, R. Brown.

Tribe XI. BuxBauMIACE.

Cells of the leaves partly parenchymatous and partly prosen-
chymatous. Capsules asymmetric, peristomate and diploperisto-
mate. Teeth beaded, free, or coherent together: mternal pe-
ristome of a plicate membrane. Small ‘but remarkable mosses,
with very large asymmetric capsules : growing on the earth, on
rocks, or on trees.

Genus 1. Diphyscium, Web. et Mohr.

2. Buxbaumia, Haller.

Tribe XII. Levcopryaces.

Cells of the leaves in one or more layers, dimorphous, external
partly parenchymatous and partly prosenchymatous, foraminose
on the internal walls, colourless ; internal cells placed between

al Institution. 59
Roy

the external layers, minute, chlorophyllose and duct-like. Cap-
sules cylindrical, gymnostomate? and peristomate. Teeth eight
or sixteen. Calyptra mitriform or dimidiate. Mosses remark-
able for the pale colour, iridescence, and structure of the cells of
their leaves: growing on the earth, on rocks, or on trees.

Genus 1. Octoblepharum, Hedw.
2. Arthrocormus, Dzy. et Molk.
3. Leucophanes, Brid.

_ 4. Schistomitrium, Dzy. et Molk.
5. Leucobryum, Hampe. .

Tribe XIII. SpHaGnace2z.

Cells of the leaves dimorphous, prosenchymatous, the larger
colourless, perforate, often contaimmg annular fibres ; the smaller
chlorophyllose, placed between the larger. Capsules gymnosto-
mate. Calyptra covering the whole capsule. Large mosses, with
erect stems, pale or rose-coloured leaves, and globose sessile cap-
sules : growiag in bogs.

Genus 1. Sphagnum, Dill.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ROYAL INSTITUTION.
Friday, February 7, 1851.
On Metamorphosis and Metagenesis. By Professor Owen.

Tue Lecturer commenced by passmg under review the Linnean
characters of Minerals, Vegetables, and Animals, and the subsequent
distinctions which had been proposed for the discrimination of the
two latter kingdoms of nature. After discussing those founded on
motion, the stomach, the respiratory products, the composition of the
tissues, and the sources of nourishment, it was shown that none of
these singly define absolutely the boundaries between plants and
animals ; it requires that a certain proportion of the supposed cha-
racteristics should be combined for that purpose.

The individuals in which such characters are combined are specially
defined members of one great family of organized beings, and the
supposed peculiarly animal and vegetable characters taken singly,
interdigitate, as it were, and cross that debatable ground and low
department of the common organic world from which the specialized
plants and animals rise; and there are numerous living beings with
the common organic characters that have not the distinctive com-
bined superadditions of either group.

Between the organic and inorganic worlds the line of demarcation
may be more definitely drawn. The term ‘ growth’ cannot be used
in the same sense to signify the increase of a mineral and of an
organism. The mode of increase is different : there is a definite limit
to it in the organic kingdom, and something more than mere growth

60 Royal Institution.

takes place in the progress of an organism from its commencement
to maturity. This was exemplified by reference to the human sub-
ject, to the lion which acquires its mane, to the stag which gets its

orns, and to the change of plumage in birds during the course of
growth. The changes of form and character are still more remarkable
in the kangaroo; and in the frog they are such as to have received
the name of ‘ metamorphosis.’

The development of the frog was traced to its exclusion from the
egg in the form of a fish, with external gills, a long caudal fin, and
without legs.

The internal skeleton, like the external shape, is adapted for
aquatic life.

Only those parts are ossified which are to be retained in the
mature state. The vertebree are at first biconcave, as in fishes, with
invervening spherical elastic balls filled with fluid : they are converted
into ball and socket joints by the ossification of the sphere, and its
anchylosis to the back part of the vertebree. The pelvis and hind-
legs are progressively developed; and, whilst this change is pro-
ceeding, the tail is undergoing proportional absorption. The chief
change in the skull of the larva is operated in the lower or heemal
arches and their appendages. The maxillary arch is widened and
provided with teeth, and the horny mandibles are shed. The man-
dibular arch retrogrades as well as expands. The hyoidean undergoes
a remarkable change of size and shape, and the branchial arches
are absorbed, excepting a small portion which is converted into the
hinder ‘horns’ of the hyoid for supporting the larynx.

The scapular arch, which at first was connected with the occiput,
whilst supporting the branchial heart—its primary function, begins,
as soon as the fore legs bud out, to retrograde, and the sternum is
developed to complete the ‘ point d’appui’ for the fore limbs.

The food of the larva is chiefly the soft decaying parts of aquatic
plants ; it has a horny beak, a long alimentary canal disposed in a
series of double spiral coils: but, as its frame undergoes the changes
adapting it for life on land, and a purely animal diet, the mandibles
are converted into jaws and teeth, and the long spiral intestine into a
short and slightly convoluted one.

Soon after the external gills have reached their full development
they begin to shrink and finally disappear ; but the branchial circu-
lation is maintained some time longer upon internal gills: by ana-
stomoses between the principal branchial vessels these are converted
into the aortic arches, carotids and subclavians ; the internal gills
with the cartilaginous hoops supporting them are absorbed, and
lungs and glottis for breathing the air directly are developed.

Thus an animal formed for moving in water is changed into one
adapted for moving and leaping on land; a water-breather is con-
verted into an air-breather ; a vegetable feeder into a carnivorous
animal: yet the series of transmutations are limited to the nature
of the species and produce no other. The frogs that croak in our
marshes are as strictly batrachian as those that leapt in Pharaoh’s
chamber ; their metamorphoses have led to nothing higher than their

a ee

Sa ee ae

i tee

Royal Institution. 61

original condition, as far as history gives us any knowledge of it.
With each successive generation the series of changes recommences
from the old point, and ends in a condition of the animal adapted to
set the same series again on foot.

Having traced the principal stages in the metamorphosis of an
animal from a swimmer to a leaper, the Lecturer next took an instance
where one begins life as a burrower or a crawler, and is converted into
an animal of rapid and powerful flight.

Most insects quit the egg in the form of a worm, which masking,
as it were, a different and higher form, is called the ‘larva’ ; it is active
and yoracious—but usually falls into a kind of torpor, during which
the changes take place which issue in the flying insect ; during the
passive stage of metamorphosis it is called a ‘ pupa’ ; the last volant
stage is the ‘ imago.’

_ The chief steps in the metamorphosis were traced as they affect the
outward form, the digestive organs, the circulatory, and respiratory,
and nervous systems.

The main differences in the metamorphoses of insects relate to the
place where, and the time during which they are undergone. The
young cockroach and the little aphis, which were first acephalous
and , and then had thirteen equal segments, with soft un-
jointed legs, proceed to acquire a distinct head with antenne, a
thorax with three pairs of long jointed legs, and an abdomen, before
they quit the egg; they thus enter upon active life under the guise
of a crab, instead of a worm. With regard to the Aphis, that insect,
instead of proceeding to perfect its individual development, may at
once begin the great business of its existence by parthenogenetic
procreation. Bonnet’s experiments, which first brought to light this
marvellous fact, have received uniform confirmation from all subse-
quent inquirers, and no natural phenomenon is now better deter-

From seven to eleven successive generations have been traced
before the individual has finally metamorphosed itself into the
winged male or winged oviparous female. ‘

In autumn, when the nights grow chilly and long, the oviparous
imago completes her duty by depositing the eggs in the axils of the
leaves of the plant, where they are protected from the winter frost,
and ready to be hatched at the return of spring. Then recom-
mences the eycle of change, which being carried through a succes-
sion of individuals and not completed in a single life-time, is a
‘metagenesis’ rather than a ‘ metamorphosis.’ :

This phenomenon, which until very recently was deemed an
exception, and a most marvellous one, in Nature, now proves to be
an example of a condition of procreation to which the greater part
of organized Nature is subject.

The Lecturer was inevitably limited in his choice of illustrations :
and proceeded to an instance of metagenesis from the radiated sub-

i a of animals.
es of this metagenesis have been best and most completely
traced in the Medusa aurita, by Siebold, Dalyell, Sars, and others.

62 Royal Institution.

The first step was made by Siebold, who, in 1839, traced the
development of the Medusa aurita from the egg to a stage resembling
a — monad, then to a lobed rotifer, and next to a long-armed
polype.

This polype stage of the Medusa had been previously recognised
in 1788, but without a suspicion of its true nature, by O. F. Miller,
who called it Hydra gelatinosa.

It was next observed, and its habits more fully described, by Sir
John Dalyell, in 1834, as Hydra tuba: and in 1836 he made known
its singular metamorphoses into forms which Sars had previously
described as Scyphistoma and Strobila; and Dalyell saw the sponta-
neous division of the latter into a pile or series of small Medusze.
All the stages of the metagenesis were independently noted by Sars,
who described them in 1841.

The difficulty of accounting for the presence of Entozoa in the
interior parts of animal bodies is rapidly disappearing as the know-
ledge of their course of development advances.

The principal stages of this development were described in a small
worm (Monostoma mutabile), parasitic in the air-cells, intestines, and
peritoneal cavity of many water-fowl.

The ovum is converted into a ciliated monadiform embryo, which
escapes from the bird, and swims about freely in the water. A clear
mass may be discerned in the interior which exhibits independent
movements. This body is liberated, grows rapidly, and generates in its
interior a number of independent organisms provided with a cephalic
speculum and a caudal appendage, referable by their form to the genus
Cercaria. They are very active and insinuating, could even bore
through the skin by the sharp needle-like armature of the head, and
somehow or other do, under the guise of the Cercaria, again get
access to the interior of the water-fowl; fall into a state of torpor ;
become circular flattened pupz ; and are finally metamorphosed into
Monostomes—a sluggish pendent parasite utterly deprived of the
power of existing in water, or of gaining access, as a Monostome, to
the interior of any animal.

Steenstrup, who has the merit of having first grouped together
and pointed out the analogies of the different stages in the animals
that undergo these successive changes, generalizes the facts under
the phrase of ‘Alternate Generation,’ and he calls the procreant
larvee ‘Amme,’ or Nurses, and ‘Gross-amme,’ or Grand-nurses.
There is no particular objection to these names; but we naturally
desire to know on what power the metageneses depend.

Professor Owen thought the key to the power was afforded by the
process which the germinal part of every egg undergoes before the
embryo begins to be formed.

A principle, answering to the pollen, that fertilizes the seed of
plants, is the efficient cause of these changes: its mode of operating
is best seen in the transparent eggs of some minute worms; the
principle manifests itself as a transparent, highly refractive globule
in the centre of the egg ; it then divides ; and each division, attract-
ing the vitelline matter of the egg about it, divides that matter into

a a, a

Royal Institution. 63

two parts. This division is repeated with the same result, until the
principle has diffused itself by indefinite multiplication through the
whole yelk which then constitutes the ‘ germ-mass.’

The next stage is the formation of the embryo: certain of the
minute subdivisions called ‘nuclei’ or nucleated cells, combine and
coalesce to constitute the tissues of the embryos: they are afterwards
incapable of generating. If all be so metamorphosed, the organism
cannot procreate of itself; but if a part only of the germ-mass be
metamorphosed into tissues, the unchanged remnant may, if nutri-
tion, heat, and other stimuli are present, repeat the same actions as
those that formed the first germ-mass, and lay the foundation of
future embryos.

In proportion to the amount of the substance of an organism
which retains the primitive condition of cells, is the power of pro-
ducing new individuals without receiving a fresh supply of the pollen-
principle.

Thus in a plant, when the seed has received the matter of the
pollen-filament, analogous changes take place to those that have
been described in the animal egg, and the embryo plant appears
in the form of the cotyledonal leaf with its radicle or rootlet. From
this shoots forth another leaf with its stem: and the cellular sub-
stance of the pith with its share of the pollen-principle goes on
developing fresh leaves and leaf-stalks; until a provision for de-
veloping fresh pollen is made by transforming certain individual
leaves into a higher form of the ‘ phyton’ or elemental plant. Thus
a generation or ‘whorl’ of leaves assumes the character of sepals,
another that of petals, a third that of stamens, a fourth that of
pistils: and in the two latter forms we recognise the analogues of
the perfect male and female of the animal.

e development of the compound polype follows very closely
the stages of the compound plant, which we call shrub or tree:
the ovum, like the seed, having received the pollen-principle, is
converted into countless cells and nuclei of cells by the process for
diffusing that principle through, or of assimilating it with, the matter
of the egg. Then certain germ-cells are metamorphosed into a
ciliated integument, and the larva starts forth in a state answering
to the cotyledonal leaf of the plant: the ciliated larva settles,
subsides, and shoots up a stem from which a digestive polype is
developed, answering to the leaf: but the pollen-force not being
exhausted, a second branch and polype are developed, and so on
until a preparation is made for a fresh supply of pollen-force, by
metamorphosing the polype into a higher form of individual; and
this, in many compound polypes, is set free in the shape of a
minute medusa.

The true nature and relation of the individual polype to the
compound whole is well illustrated by the propagations of the
Aphides.

By comparing with the diagrams of the metagenesis of the plant
and polype, that of the Aphis, in which was represented the corre-
sponding stages intervening between the ovum and the perfect male

64 Royal Institution.

and female individuals of the Aphis, the analogy between these
stages in the plant, the polype, and the insect, was shown to be
both true and close. The microscopie fertilizing filament of the male
Aphis answers to the microscopic pollen-filament of the male leaf or
‘stamen;’ the ovum of the female Aphis to: the ovule of the
female leaf or pistil: by their combination the fertile ovum results:
The same processes of cell-formation ensue, and the embryo Aphis
is formed by the combination and metamorphoses of: certain of
these secondary germ-cells; but it retains the rest unchanged in ‘its’
interior, which may be compared with the cells of the pith of the plant,
and with the cells in the corresponding more fluid part of the pith of
the polype. Under favourable circumstances of nutriment and warmth, «
certain of these cells repeat the process of embryonic formation, and
a larval imdividual like that from the ovum is thus reproduced;
which is only not retained in connection with its parent, because the
integument is not coextended with it.

The generation of a larval Aphis may be repeated from seven to
eleven times without any more accession to the primary pollen-force
of the retained cells than in the case of the zoophyte or plant; one
might ‘call the generation, one by ‘internal gemmation’; but this
phrase would not explain the conditions essential to the process,
unless we previously knew those conditions in regard to ordinary
or external gemmation.

At length, however, the last apterous or larval Aphis, so deve-
loped, proceeds to be ‘metamorphosed’ into a winged individual,
in which either only the fertilizing filaments are formed, as in the
case of the stamens of the plant, or only the ovules, as in the case“
of the pistil. We have, in fact, at. length ‘male and female indi-:
viduals,’ preceded by procreative individuals of a lower or arrested
grade of organization, —analogues to the gemmiparous polypes of the
zoophyte and to the leaves of the plant.

The process was described for its better intelligibility im) the:
Aphides as one of a simple succession of single individuals, but itis:
much more marvellous in nature. The first-formed larva of early
spring procreates not one) but eight: larvee like itself in successive
broods, and each of these larvee repeats the process ; and it may be
again repeated in the same geometrical ratio until a number which
figures only can indicate and language almost fails to express, is the
result. The Aphides produced by this internal gemmation are as count-
less as the leaves of a tree, to which they are so closely analogous.

It generally happens that the metamorphosis which has been:
described as occurring after the seventh or eleventh generation takes
place much earlier in the case of some of the thousands of indi-
viduals so propagated ; just as a leaf-bud near the root may develope
a leaf-stem and a flower with much fewer antecedent generations of
leaves from buds than have preceded the formation of the flower at
the summit of the plant ; or just as one of the lower and earlier-formed
digestive polypes may push out a bud to be transformed into a pro-
creative and locomotive polype. The same analogy is closely main-
tained throughout.

Royal Institution. — 65

The wingless larval Aphides are not very locomotive; they might
have been attached to one another by continuity of integument, and
each have been fixed to suck the juices from the part of the plant
where it was brought forth. The stem of the rose might have been
incrusted with a chain of such connected larvee as we see the stem
of a fucus incrusted with a chain of connected polypes, and only the
last developed winged males and oviparous females might have been
‘set free. The connecting medium might even have permitted a
common current of nutriment contributed to by each individual to
circulate through the whole compound body. But how little of
anything essential to the animal would be affected by cutting through
this hypothetical connecting and vascular integument, and settin
each individual free! If we perform this operation on the compoun
zoophyte, the detached polype may live and continue its gemmiparous
reproduction. This is more certainly and constantly the result in
detaching one of the monadiform individuals which assists in com-
posing the seeming individual whole called ‘ Volvox globator’ ; and
so likewise with the leaf-bud. And this liberation Nature has actually
performed for us in the case of the Aphis, and she thereby plainly
teaches us the true value or signification in morphology of the con-
necting links that remain to attach together the different gemmi-
parous individuals of the volvox, the zoophyte, and the plant.

The analogy between the procreating larvee of the Aphis, the
Medusa, and the Coralline is so true and so close, that if the larval
Aphis be a distinct individual and not a part, so must be the strobila,
the planula, and the gemmiparous leaf: if the succession of larval
Aphides be truly described, as a succession of generations, so must
that succession of planula, polype, and strobila which leads to the
oviparous Medusa; and that succession of planule and nutritive
pol which precede the detachment of the free procreative

usoid polypes in the Coryne ; and the like with the plant-gene-
rations preceding the flower.

It would have been easy, if time permitted, to multiply the illus-

trations of the essential condition of these phenomena. That
condition is, the retention of certain of the progeny of the primary
fertilized germ-cell, or in other words, of the germ-mass, unchanged
in the body of the first individual developed from that germ-mass, _
with so much of the pollen-force inherited by the retained germ-
cells from the parent-cell or germ-vesicle as suffices to set on foot
and maintain the same series of formative actions as those which
constituted the individual containing them. ,
_ How the retained pollen-force operates in the formation of a new
germ-mass from a secondary, tertiary, or quaternary derivative germ-
cell, the Lecturer did not profess to explain ; neither was it-known
how it operates in developing the primary germ-mass.

The botanist and physiologist congratulates himself with justice
when he has been able to pass from cause to cause, until he arrives
at the union of the pollen-filament. with the ovule as the essential
condition of development—a cause ready to operate when necessary

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 2. Vol. viii.

66 Zovlogical Society.

circumstances concur, and without which those circumstances would
have no effect.

The chief aim of the present discourse was to point out the cir-
cumstances which bring about the presence of the same essential
cause in the cases of the development of the successive generations
completing the metagenetic cycle of the Aphis, the Medusa, the
Polype, and the Entozoon. The cause is the same in kind though
not in degree, and every successive generation, or series of sponta-
neous fissions, of the primary germ-cell must weaken the pollen-force
transmitted to such successive generations of cells.

The force is exhausted in proportion to the complexity and living
powers of the organism developed from the primary germ-cell and
germ-mass. It is consequently longest retained and furthest trans-
mitted in the vegetable kingdom; the zoophytes manifest it in the
next degree of force; and the power of retained germ-cells to de-
velope a germ-mass and embryo by the remnant of the pollen-force
which they inherited, is finally lost, according to present knowledge,
in the class of Insecta and in the lower Mollusca,

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 11, 1850.—W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

A MonoGrarpH oF SCARABUS, A GENUS OF AIR-BREATHING
Gasteroropous Mouuvusca. By Artuur Apams, R.N.,
F.L.S. etc.

Scarasus, Montfort.

Testa ovata, spira subobtusa, anfractibus compressis, varice utrin-
que instructis ; apertura ovali intus utrinque dentata ; peristo-
mate non continuo, labro simplici, subexpanso.

The Scarabi have the eyes sessile on the inner bases of the ten-
tacles, which are short and annulated ; they live like most of the
other genera of Auriculide, in the damp woods and mangrove marshes.
None have been found. in the African or American regions, but all the
species at present known are from the East Indies.

ScaraBus tmpriuM, Montfort, Conch. Syst. vol. i.; Férussae,
Prodrome, p. 101; Chemnitz, Conch, vol. ix. pl. 136. fig. 1249
& 1250.

Helix scarabeeus, Zinn.—Helix pythia, Miiller.—Bulimus scara-
beeus, Bruguiére.—Auricula scarabeeus, Lamarck.

S. testd ovato-pyramidali, rufo-fusco variegatd, longitudinaliter
valde striatd; spird acuminatd ; aperturd subrotundatd, spiram
a@quante ; labro postice inflexo. :

Hab. Island of Bohol, Philippines; in dry woods, under stones,

and in earth; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.)

The large size, pyramidal form and strongly striated epidermis are
peculiar to this species: the upper tooth on the inner lip is more tri-
angular, and the posterior part of the outer lip is more inflexed than
in S. Lessoni.

Zoological Society. 67

* Scarasus Lessont, Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. pl. 48. fig. 32;
Lesson, Voy. de la Coquille, vol. ii. p. 334. pl. 10. fig. 4.

Auricula Petiveriana, var. Deshayes.
S. testd ovatd, longitudinaliter substriatd, rufo-castaneo varie-
gatd; spird lateribus concavis ; apertura oblongd, spird lon-
giore ; labio subplano, labro posticé arcuato.
Hab. New Ireland; Hinds. (Mus. Cuming.) ees.
The oval form and oblong mouth render this species easily distin-
ished from S. imbrium: the upper tooth on the inner lip is longer,
and two of the five teeth in the outer lip are more prominent than
the others.
Scarasus PerrverraNnus, Férussac, Prodrome, p. 101; Petiver,
Gazophylacia Nature, pl. 4. fig. 10.

Cochlea Bengalensis, Petiver.—Auricula Peteveriana, Desh.

S. testd ovato-oblongd, leviusculd, longitudinaliter tenuissimé
striatd, albidd castaneo variegatd ; aperturd spiram equante ;
labro arcuato. ;

Hab. Borneo; Cagayan, province of Misamis ; Mindanao; in

damp woods, under decayed leaves; H. C. (Mus. Cuming.)

This species is characterized by its smaller size, more ovate form,

smoother epidermis, the arcuated outer lip, and rotundate aperture.

Scarasus TRIGONUS, Troschel, Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1840.

S. testd triangulari, rufo-fusco marmoratd, anfractu ultimo trans-

verso gibbo angulato, aperturd angustatd, labro valdé reflexo.

Hab. Sarsogon ; Luzon ; dense woods, damp places; H.C. (Mus.
Cuming.) .

The triangular form, approaching that of Tomogerus, at once di-
stinguishes this species: the middle tooth on the inner lip is double,
the upper tooth prominent: there are fiye teeth in the outer lip, two
being more prominent than the others.

_ Scarasus piicatus, Férussac, Prodrome, p.101; Chemn. Conch.
vol. ix. pl. 136. fig. 1252, 1253.

_ Helix scarabeeus, var. Chemn.—Auricula plicata, Deshayes.—
Scarabus triangularis, Benson.
S. testd subtriangulari, obliqud, gibbosd, spird brevi, acuminatd,
lateribus concavis, anfractu ultimo postice gibboso anticé sub-
angulato distorto, epidermide longitudinaliter oblique striatd,
castaned, fasciis pallidis confuse ornatd ; aperturd angustd, la-
bio antice flexuoso, labro arcuato, anticé valde dilatatd, reflexd,
rimd umbilicali longa transversd.
Hab. India; Benson. Jaffna, in saline marshes; Dr. Gardner.
(Mus. Cuming.)
Scarasus striatus, Reeve, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842, vol. ix.
p- 220. fig. 9.
Auricula scarabzeus, Quoy, Voy. de [ Astrolabe, Zool. vol. ii. p. 162.
pl. 13. f. 24.
5*

68 Zoological Society.

S. testd ovato-trigonali, fusco variegatd, longitudinaliter valde
striatd ; spird acuminata; labio antico subflexuoso.
Hab. San Nicholas, island of Zebu; H. C. (Mus. Cuming.)
The sharp-pointed spire, striated epidermis and flexuous inner lip,
distinguish this form: in the outer lip two of the teeth are more pro-
minent than the others, the intermediate ones being more or less di-
vided or bifid.

~ Scarasus Cecixutt, Philippi, Zeitsch. fiir Malacol. 1847, August.

S. testd ovato-oblongd, leviusculd, tenuissimée in longum rugatd,
corned ; anfractu ultimo interdum castaneo, superius corneo
bifasciato ; epidermide lineis obscuris ziczac-formibus, punctis-
que, marmorata.

Hab. China. (Mus. Cuming.)

The reticulated epidermis, narrow ovoid form, and angulated outer
lip are peculiar to this species ; the aperture is oblong, equal to the
spire ; the outer lip below the angle is rectilinear, and but three teeth
are visible in the outer lip.

Scarasus unpatus, Lesson, Voy. de la Coquille, Zool. vol. ii.
p. 336. pl. 10. f..6.

Auricula scarabeeus, var. Desh.

S. testd ovatd, fuscd, longitudinaliter valde striatd ; striis undu-
latis subdecussantibus ; anfractu ultimo posticé gibboso ; labio
arcuato, valde. reflexo.

Tab. -? (Mus. Cuming.)

The waved elevated lines which cross each other irregularly on the
back, and the last whorl posteriorly tumid, will characterize this
species: the upper tooth is large and elongated on the inner lip, and
the lower tooth of the outer lip is rather lamelliform.

ScARABUS PYRAMIDATUS, Reeve, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842,
vol. ‘ix. p. 221. fig. 12:

S. testd ovato-pyramidali, pallidd, aurantio-fusco variegatd, lon-

gitudinaliter substriatd; apertura aured, labio eireulari.

Hab. New Ireland ; Hinds. Solomon's Islands; Capt. d Orville.
(Mus. Cuming.)

The pyramidal form, golden aperture, and light yellow-brown mark-
ings distinguish this species, though some specimens are much more
oyate than others: the peritreme is double and thickened, the middle
tooth of the inner lip is simple and thickened, and in the outer lip
two of the teeth are large aud conspicuous.

Scarasus CuMINGIANUS, Petit.

S. testd ovato-trigond, fused, longitudinaliter substriatd ; anfractu
ultimo valde varicoso; apertura aeratd, labio calloso, labro
valde posticé sinuato.

Hab. Boljoon, island of Zebu, Philippines; in earth, among de-

cayed coral in the woods. (Mus. Cuming.)

The upper tooth on the inner lip is thickened with a caleareous

Zoological Society. 69

deposit ; the middle tooth is prominent, with a callosity at the lower
part: on the outer lip three of the teeth are very prominent, the
others are obsolete ; the varix on the last whorl is very prominent ;
the umbilical fissure is wide and deep.

ScaRABUs LEKITHOSTOMA, Reeve, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842,
vol. ix. p. 220. fig. 6.

S. testd ovatd, imperforatd, solidd, fusco variegatd; aperturd

_ aurantiacd, labio incrassato, labro duplicato, posticé subsinuato.

Hab. ? (Mus. Cuming.)

The middle tooth of the inner lip is double ; in the outer lip there
are three prominent teeth, the two posterior being approximated ;
there is no umbilicus, and the spire is concave at the sides; the back,
moreover, is strongly plicated near the sutures.

_ Scarapus castanevus, Lesson, Voy. de la Coquille, Zool. p. 336.

__ pl. 10. fig. 7. .

S. testd oblongd, ovato-pyramidali, leviusculd, longitudinaliter
substriatd, castaned; spird elevatd, acuminata; apertura ob-
longa, spiram equante, labro semicirculari.

Hab. Sibonga, island of Zebu, in the woods ; H.C. (Mus.Cuming.)

This is a smooth, oblong shell, with a regularly arched outer lip

swith four teeth within it, two of which are much larger than the
others.

ScaraBpus potLex, Hinds, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, Moll. p.
pl. 16. fig. 9, 10.
_ S. testd ovatd, compressd, fusco-castaned, longitrorsum valde stri-
__ atd, anfractu ultimo confuse fasciato.

Hab. Feejee Islands; Hinds. (Mus. Cuming.)

Distinguished from S. Lessoni by its coarsely striated surface and
different markings; and from S. castaneus by its larger size and
darker colour, in being more striated, and by two dark yellowish
bands on the upper part of the last whorl.

Scarasus semisutcatus, A. Adams. S. testd ovato-pyramidall,
leviusculd, rufo-castaned, longitudinaliter vie striata, anfracti-
bus convexiusculis semisulcatis, fascid nigricante prope sutu-
ram; aperturd subrotundatd; labio erasso, antice rotundatd,
dilatatd ; labro semicirculari, posticé subsinuato.
Hab. ? (Mus. Cuming.)

' A pyramidal, smooth, dark-brown shell, with the whorls strongly
sulcated longitudinally near the sutures; two of the teeth in the
outer lip are much larger than the others, and the inner lip is rounded
and thickened in front ; the umbilicus is large and deep.

Scarabus sinvosus, Adams. _S. testd ovato-oblongd, flavescenti
nigro-fusco maculata; epidermide tenuissime longitudinaliter
substriatd ; spird obtusd, lateribus convexis ; aperturd oblonga ;
labio anticé rotundato, reflexo ; labro posticé valde sinuoso, in
medio inflexo, peritremate incrassato.

Hab. Island of Negros, Philippines. (Mus. Cuming.)

70 Zoological Society.

The posterior tooth of the inner lip is elongated, the middle tooth
double; in the outer lip three of the teeth are prominent, the two
posterior being approximated ; the umbilicus is partly closed by the
reflection of the inner lip.

ScARABUS IMPERFORATUS, A. pean S. testd ovatd, compressd,
imperforatd ; spird brevi, acuminatd, lateribus concavis, levius-
culd, longitudinaliter tenuissime substriatd, lutescenti fusco-
castaneo variegatd, anfractu ultimo posticée subangulato ; aper-

_ turd oblongd ; labio antice excavato, reflexo, labro semicirculari.
Hab. Borneo. (Mus. Cuming.)
The last whorl is posteriorly gibbous ; the umbilicus is closed by
the inner lip; three of the teeth in the outer lip are prominent, the
two posterior approximated.

Scarasus PANTHERINUS, A. Adams. S. testd ovato-pyramidalt,
tenui, leviusculd, longitudinaliter substriatd, lutescenti, macu-
lis rufo-fuscis ornatd; spird acuminatd, lateribus convewis ;
aperturé oblongd, labio antice rotundato, reflexo, labro semicir-
culari,

Hab. Siquejor ; Philippines, woods, under stones. (Mus. Cuming.)

The aperture is yellowish white ; three of the teeth in the outer lip

are more prominent than the others, the intermediate ones being
sometimes double; the umbilicus is large and deep.

ScARABUS BORNEENSIS, A. Adams. S. testd ovato-pyramidali,
luteo-fuscd, castaneo confuse fasciatd, leviusculd ; epidermide
tenuissime, longitudinaliter striatd ; aperturd oblongd, angustd,
spiram subequante, anfractu ultimo inferné subangulato ; foved
umbilicali angustd, transversd.

Hab. Borneo; Lieut. Taylor. (Mus. Cuming.)

This species is narrower and more ovate than S. plicatus, of a
much smaller size; the outer lip is rectilinear in the middle; the
teeth of the outer lip are connected by an elevated ridge, and three
of the teeth are more prominent than the others.

ScaraBus cHALcostomus, A. Adams. S. testd ovato-pyrami-
dali, spird elevatd, acutd, longitudinaliter substriatd, pallide
luted, rufo-fused variegatd ; aperturd ovali, ened ; labio antic
subrecto; labro semicirculari; umbilico patulo.

Hab. Solomon’s Islands; Capt. D’ Orville. (Mus. Cuming.)

In general appearance this species resembles S. pyramidatus, but
it is more oval, larger, lighter, with the middle tooth on the inner
lip double, and the lower tooth broad and ascending; two of the
teeth in the outer lip are very large and tubercular.

A Monoerapu or PuHos, A GENUS OF GASTEROPODOUS
Mouuvusca. By Artruur Apams, F.L.S., R.N.

Psos, Montfort.

Shell ovately fusiform, spire acuminated, whorls longitudinally
ribbed and cancellated ; columella with a single anterior plait ; outer
lip notched in front, striated within. The animal has a small head ;

Zoological Society. 71

the tentacles connate at the base, with the eyes near their distal
third ; the foot is dilated in front, forming an elevated shield, acutely
auriculate on each side, pointed behind, and ending in a single long
filament. Operculum small, horny, and unguiform. In three species
of this genus in which I have observed the animal, namely Phos
senticosus, roseatus, and Blainvillii, the hind part of the foot ter-
minated in a single median filament, and not, as in Nassa, in a
bifurcate tail.

1. Pos senticosus, Linn. sp.; List. Pl. 967. fig. 22.

Buccinum senticosum, Linn.

Phos senticosus, Montfort.

Hab. Philippine Islands ; H. C.

2. Puos Briarnvitiu, Desh. Chemn. pli. 125. f. 1201, 1202.
Kiener, Mon. Buccinum, pl. 11. f. 38.

Buecinum pyrostoma, Reeve.
_ Hab. Philippine Islands; H. C.

3. Puos Cumrneit, Reeve, Elements of Conchology, pl. 3. fig. 16.

Hab. 2 ,

4. Puos crassus, Hinds, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, Moll, p. 37. pl.10.
f, 1;.2.

Hab. Panama, Gulf of Fonseca.

5. Puos vireatus, Hinds, J. c. p. 37. pl. 10. fig. 11, 12.
Hab. Ceylon.

6. Puos retecosvus, Hinds, /. ¢. p. 37. pl. 190. fig. 3, 4.
Hab. Ceylon.

7. Puos veraGueEnsis, Hinds, J. c. p. 37. pl. 10. fig. 13, 14.
Hab. Pueblo Nueva, west coast of Veragua.

8. Puos articunatus, Hinds, l. c. p. 38. pl. 10. fig. 7, 8.
Hab. Panama.

9. Puos rosgatus, Hinds, /. c. p. 38. pl. 10. fig. 9, 10.
Hab. North coast of Sumatra.

10. Puos Gaupens, Hinds, /. c. p. 38. pl. 10. fig. 5, 6.
Hab. Gulf of Tehuantepec, west coast of Mexico.

11. Paos cancenxiatus, A. Adams. P. testd ovato-fusiformi,
albidd, obsolete fusco fasciatd; anfractibus subrotundatis,
lineis elevatis longitudinalibus et transversis, valdé cancellatis,
cancellis ad angulos acute nodosis; aperturd intus fuscatd,
anticé tuberculatéd, plicd valida.

Hab. ?

This species resembles P. veraguensis ; but the areas between the
cancelli are simple, whereas in P. veraguensis there is an intermediate,
elevated line, crossing them, a circumstance not mentioned in the
description of Mr. Hinds.

12. Paos rurritus, A. Adams. P. testd ovato-fusiformi, tenui,
subpellucidd, spird turritd, acuminata, albido-fuscatd ; anfrac-
tibus rotundatis, costis longitudinalibus angustis numerosis,

72 Zoological Society.

lineis elevatis, transversis, ad costas nodulosis, ornatis; colu-
melld plicd anticd subevanidd.
Hab. Panama, coral sand, 6 to 10 fathoms; H. C.

13. Puos:rextitis, A. Adams. P. testd elongate ovatd, albidd,
spird acutd, costis rotundatis, crassis, infra suturam nodoso-
angulatis, lineis transversis, planis, subconfertis, elevatis, inter-
stitis longitudinaliter subtilissime striatis; columella plicd
anticd validd.

Hab. Dumaguete, Philippines; H. C.

In general form this species approximates P. Blainvillii, but the
elaborate and distinct style of sculpture and white aperture at once
distinguish it.

14. Puos rurocincrus, A. Adams. P. testd ovato- Prey
spird productd, angustd, albidd, fascid rufa ornatd; anfracti-
bus rotundatis, costis crassis, infra suturam rotundatis, lineis
transversis, elevatis, nodulosis, confertis, ornatis ; columella

_. plicd anticd productd.
. Hah. Dumaguete; H. C.
The nucleus of this species is large and papillary.

15. Puos scatariorpes, A. Adams. P. testd ovatd, acuminatd,
turritd, albidd, fusco variegatd, obscure fusco bifasciatd ; an-
Sractibus rotundatis, costis longitudinalibus, distantibus, infra
suturam rotundatis, lineis elevatis, transversis, ad suturas no-
dulosis, interstitiis subtilissime longitudinaliter striatis ; colu-
melld superné eallosd, infernée plicd productd; labro. intus
lirato.

Hab.

A beautiful nae with regular, strong ribs, giving it the appear-

ance of a Scalaria.

16. Puos spinicosratus, A. Adams. P. testd ovatd, spird acu-
minatd, albidd, sparsim fusco nebulosd; anfractibus rotundatis,
costatis, costis distinctis, subdistantibus, infra suturam angu-
latis et spinosis, lineis transversis elevatis ornatis ; columelld
rufo-fusco maculata, plicd anticd productd ; labro intus rufes-
centi lirato.

Hab. Batangas, in insulis Philippinis.

17. Puos nopicostratus, A. Adams. P. testd ovatd, turritd,
acuminatd, albidd, rufo-fusco maculatd ; anfractibus rotundatis,
costatis, costis distantibus, infra suturam angulatis et nodosis,
lineis transversis, elevatis, ad costas nodulosis ornatis ; colu-
melld plicis evanidis, plicd antied valida productd.

Hab. ad insulam Negros; H. C.

The two species, described above, are somewhat. similar, in Sit,

but the peculiarity of the ribs and colour of the apertures readily
distinguish them.

18. Pos cyLtueNoipes, A. Adams. P. testd ovatd, albido-
fused, spird acutd, longitudinaliter plicato-costatd, costis su-
perne nodosis, ad suturam evanidis, linets impressis transver-

Se ee ee

a ee

Miscellaneous. 73

zis suleatd ; columelld plicd anticd, valdé productd ; labro in-
: tus fusco lirato.
_ Hab. in insulis Philippinis.
19; Pos cyanosroma, A. Adams. P. testd elongaté ovaté,
acuminata, albidd, anfractibus rotundatis, costatis, costis cras-
sis, equalibus, infra suturam plicato-nodosis, cingulis elevatis,
\ transversis, subdistantibus, interstitiis longitudinaliter subtilis-
sim striatis ; aperturd cyaneo tinctd ; columelld tuberculatd,
plied anticd validd.
Hab. in insulis Philippinis.

The interstices between the transverse ridges in this species are
very beautifully engraved with fine longitudinal lines, and the aper-
ture is tinged with blue.

».20, Puos tavicatus, A. Adams. | P. testd elongate ovatdé, levi-
gatd, pallide fused ; anfractibus subrotundatis, costatis, costis

»-erassis, distantibus, levigatis, infra suturam valdé nodosis,

lineis tenuibus transversis ornatis ; columella plicé antied pro-
ductd; labro extus plicato, plicis numerosis confertis, intus
substriato.

Hab. Promontorium Bonz Spei.

A large, smooth shell, with thick, simple ribs.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Notices of one or two of the rarer Birds found in the South of
Scotland. By Joun ALEXANDER Smitu, M.D.*

Tue following brief notes of several of our rarer birds, which have
been met with principally in Roxburghshire and Selkirkshire, within
the last few years, will I hope be considered as not altogether un-
worthy of notice. And the first which I shall mention is the
- Great Grey or Cinereous Surike, Lanius excubitor, Linn.
—I need hardly allude to its well-known appearance, its bent and —
toothed bill, its ash-gray plumage, with black wings, and tail bordered
with white; and the striking, large patch of black on its cheek.
Several specimens of this rare bird have been shot in this district of
Scotland. The first instance of its appearance occurred a good many
years ago, near the village of Darnick, about a mile from the town of
Melrose, Roxburghshire. The bird had been observed in the neigh-
“bourhood for several days, and at last was shot as it was flitting back-
wards and forwards on the top of a hedge, with a small bird which
it had killed ;—in all probability looking for some convenient thorn
on which to impale its victim preparatory to making a meal of it.
The second specimen was killed in the adjoining county, several years
after this, near the town of Selkirk, and was in the possession of the
late Mr. Anderson, Surgeon, there. And the third is the one which
I now exhibit : its unusual appearance, and light-coloured plumage,

Pan before the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, 5th February,

74 Miscellaneous.

attracted the notice of the individual, who, after watching it for
some time, got near enough to shoot it, in the neighbourhood of
Newtown, St. Boswell’s Green, Roxburghshire. I was informed by
his brother, that it flew in a peculiarly jerking and undulatory manner,
rising and falling in its flight along the hedge side. This was in the
end of the month of February, or beginning of March; the other
individuals having been killed about the end of winter or beginning
of spring. It seems to be a full-sized bird; but from the slightly
mottled appearance of the breast and belly, instead of white, as it
is described, it may be a young male, or perhaps a female. [I regret
this was not ascertained by dissection. |

Cuvier says, ‘It is rather common in France, where it remains
throughout the year.’ It is however only an occasional visitor in
Britain, and has generally been observed between autumn and earl
spring. Yarrell, in his valuable and beautiful book on ‘ British Birds,’ ~
gives various localities in England, and even Ireland, in which it has
been found, but does not allude to any instance of its occurrence in
Scotland. © MacGillivray mentions in his excellent and elaborate work
on British Birds, that to his knowledge it has been shot in the
counties of Peebles, Lanark, Midlothian and Eastlothian. And that
at the time his book was published, 1840, there were four Scottish
specimens in Edinburgh, including one in his own possession ; and
from having examined the bird in a fresh state, as well as stuffed,
and in skin, he considers himself qualified to state, that when the
wing is closed, as represented by Mr. Selby, and also by Mr. Gould,
two contiguous patches of white are seen, one on the base of the pri-
maries, the other on that of the secondaries, and of this he gives a
figure (vide vol. iii. p. 191). He supposes these gentlemen, in re-
presenting this bird with only one patch on the primaries, have mis-
taken for it the Lanius borealis, or the Lanius ludovicianus. These
birds however are distinguished from the L. exeubitor, which they
considerably resemble, by several characters, one of these being the
different proportional lengths of the quill-feathers; the Lanius
borealis according to Cuvier, having the third primary the longest,
and the fourth equal to the second: the L. ludovicianus has the
second primary the longest, and the first and fifth equal ; while in the
L. ewcubitor the first quill is only half as long as the second, the
second shorter than the third, fourth, or fifth, which are nearly equal,
and the longest in the wing, the sixth being but very little longer
than the second. Yarrell, I may mention, describes this bird as
having the wing primaries and secondaries black, with a white bar at
their base, which when the wing is closed form ¢wo white spots. Now
in the specimen exhibited, which corresponds exactly with all the
characters given of the L. excubitor, there appears to be only one
white spot, on the primaries, when the wing is closed; as figured in
the splendid works of Selby’s ‘Ornithology,’ and Gould’s ‘ Birds of
Europe,’ already alluded to. The woodcut in Bewick’s ‘ Birds’ seems
also to correspond in this respect with this specimen. Whether or
not this may be an accidental variety, I am unable to determine ; and
may I suggest the possibility of its being a mark of a young bird (as

Miscellaneous. 75

in this specimen the point of the beak and the claws are exceedingly

, and the tees and abdomen slightly mottled with dusky or
grayish lines), the white colour probably spreading more and more
oyer the secondaries as the bird gets older?

The next bird to which I shall allude is also an accidental visitor
or straggler ; coming however from a totally different region from the
last,—the frozen north, to spend a milder winter with us. It is the

Wax-Wine or Bonemian Cuatrerer, Bombycilla garrula, Flem.
—This beautiful bird is, I doubt not, so’ well known as to require no
description : I may only remind you that in adult birds, the points of
the secondaries have attached to them the curious vermilion ap-
pendages to which it owes its name. Coming from the north, its
distribution through our island is just the reverse of the last; being
more common in Scotland than in England. About the end of
January, or beginning of February, 1850, a small flock of these birds, .
some seven or eight in number, were seen in the neighbourhood of
Melrose, and instead of being very shy, as they are generally described,
they were so tame that one man shot no fewer than four of them, one
after another, as they were hopping about in some trees, before the
rest became so much alarmed as to take to flight: other two were
shot in one of the cottage gardens of Melrose ; and another was killed
some ten days after in the Abbotsford plantations. From the singu-
larly knobbed or distorted appearance of this bird about the crop,
the person who shot it considered it as diseased, and therefore not
worth preserving, and accordingly his curiosity being excited, he set
to work with his knife to discover if possible the cause, and was asto-
nished to find as many as three large-sized hips of the common dog-
rose in its crop—sufficient fully to account for its peculiar shape.

Although this bird makes its appearance irregularly from time to
time in this country, during the winter months, and often in consider-
able numbers, still it is only as an accidental visitor that it occurs,
and it is undoubtedly to be considered as a very rare bird. I may
mention that in the ‘ Courant’ newspaper of Saturday last, I observed
a notice of a Wax-wing having been killed the preceding day ina
garden at Portobello, in this immediate neighbourhood.

_ About the same time that the Wax-wings made their appearance
near Melrose, a gardener at Dryburgh Abbey, a few miles farther down
the Tweed, shot in his orchard the next rare bird which I shall
notice—

Tue Great Srotrep Wooprrecker, Picus major, Cuy.—This
bird is one of our rare permanent residents ; it is described as being
extensively distributed over Britain, but in all parts is rare, and in
Scotland is rarer than in England ; it is said to occur in some of our
extensive northern forests ; but in the south of Scotland it is very
rarely to be seen. This specimen is now in the possession of J.
Meiklam, Esq., Torwoodlee.

In the beginning of May last, a very fine specimen of an eagle,
described as being the

Cinereovus Eacur, or Erne, Haliaétus albicilla, Cuy., was
shot by a gamekeeper within a few hundred yards of Bowhill House,

76 Miscellaneous.

Selkirkshire, one of the residences of the Duke of Buccleuch. It was
perched on some low alder bushes at the side of the river Ettrick,
and was surrounded. by flocks of crows and other birds, loudly com-
plaining of his presence in that locality, their general feeling of innate
enmity being in all probability increased by the fact of his haying just
lunched on one of them, as shown by the recent remains afterwards
detected in his capacious stomach. This noble bird measured. no less
than 7 feet from tip to tip of his wings. I regret I have not been
able to get a more particular description of it, so as to fix beyond a
doubt the species; but the appearance of any eagle is by no means
a usual occurrence in this part of the country. It is now, I under-
stand, in the possession of the Duke of Buccleuch.
io may also notice‘in passing, that a few months ago a specimen of
the

Woopriceon or Cusuat, Columba palumbus, Linn., closely ap-
proximating to a white variety, was shot on the Gattonside hills,
near Melrose, Roxburghshire; the head and neck being entirely
pure white ; and many white feathers were also scattered over dif-
ferent parts of its body. The bird was plump and in good condi-
tion, and when killed was feeding with a flock of wood-pigeons of the
ordinary kind.

To the kindness of my friend Dr. Dumbreck I am indebted for
being able to exhibit a specimen of the

QuaiL, Coturnizx vulgaris, Flem., which is one of our very rare,
or perhaps from its habits, one of our less seen summer visitors. It
was shot in this county, near the Pentland hills, at Cockburn, about
three or four miles above the village of Currie, by a gentleman whose
dogs sprung it while in search of game, in the autumn of 1847. It
is apparently an adult female, not having the dark semicircular marks
on the sides of the neck which distinguish the male. In the follow-
ing year two nests of the Quail were come upon by the mowers, in a
field on Craiglockhart Farm, about three miles from Edinburgh, near
the village of Slateford ; and the poor hen birds were sitting so closely
at the time, that the heads of both were actually struck off by the
scythe. The nests contained respectively eight and twelve eggs, the
usual range of the number being described as from six to fourteen ;
they are of a yellowish white, blotched and speckled with dark umber
brown (some of which J now exhibit) : and a friend informs me he
has in his collection an egg of this bird, taken from a nest found in
the neighbourhood of Musselburgh.

I may perhaps be allowed in conclusion to trespass on your patience
a very little longer, with the brief details of a circumstance, and cer-
tainly I should think rather an unusual one, connected with the very
peculiar instinct displayed by some birds, in preserving their eggs and
young from threatened danger; for an account of which I am in-
debted to Mr. Whitecross, Gunmaker, Danwick. The subject is one
which I am not qualified by any observations of my own to judge of;
but the facts are stated to have occurred as follows:—A pair of the
Common Sandpipers, Totanus hypoleucos, had a nest with its four
eggs, among the grass of a thinly wooded plantation on the banks of

Miscellaneous. 77

the Tweed ; and this establishment had been pretty frequently visited:
by some lads, who were anxious in their cruelty to capture the dam
on the eggs, but she being on the watch escaped, and the four eggs
were seen to be all in the nest; the lads then retired to a little di-
stance within sight, where they waited patiently for her returning and
settling quietly down again; she did soon return, but this time ac-
companied by her mate, and the two birds soon after flew across the
river apparently fighting, as was supposed, with one another; they
then, after an interval of a minute or two, returned singly to the nest,
and left it again in company, struggling and fighting together as be-
fore; and this was repeated four different times, with the same short
interval between each time; after which there was a wearisome
nes the birds not again making their appearance; when the lads
ving given up hope of catching either of them, went to take what
oF now supposed to be the forsaken eggs, but were astounded to _
the nest empty, and the eggs gone!! Considering it as beyond
a doubt that the birds had carried off their eggs, they immediately
crossed the river to the other side, where they had seen them dis-
appear ; but after a diligent search, could find no traces of them what-
ever; so well did the sagacious birds appear to have hidden their
safely transported eggs! The distance the birds were believed to
haye carried their eggs could not have been less than some 70 or 80
yards! Mr. Yarrell, in his well-known work on ‘British Birds,’ when
describing the Skylark, alludes to the fact of two or three instances
being recorded of this bird’s moving its eggs under fear of impending
danger; and he quotes from Jesse’s ‘Gleanings’ an account of a clergy-
man in Sussex seeing a pair of larks rising out of a stubble-field, and
crossing a road before him at a slow rate, one of them attempting to
carry even a young bird in its claws, which however was unfortunatel
killed by its loosing its hold when the bird was some 30 feet from
the ground. The imstance I have just detailed of the Sandpiper is
the only one of any other bird, as far as I am aware, described as
following this extraordinary plan of removing its eggs to a place of
safety. Perhaps some of the naturalists among your numerous
readers may remember other instances of a somewhat similar kind ;
helping, it may be, to throw some light on this little-known, exceed-
ingly curious, and very interesting subject.—J. A. S.

ACH £US CRANCHIT,
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

; Weymouth, June 10, 1851.
GENTLEMEN,—I have the great pleasure of announcing the occur-
rence of the rare Acheus Cranchii, Cranch’s Spider Crab of Leach
and Bell, as an inhabitant of the Dorsetshire coast. 1 dredged it on
the 27th of May last, in six fathom water, on a shingly and rocky
by with weeds in Weymouth Bay, just off Belmont and the
othe.
The fourth and fifth pair of legs are abruptly curved, falciform,

78 Miscellaneous.

and strongly toothed in their terminal joint. The hands and arms
are much lighter than the body; the fingers are tinged with rose
colour at the base and spotted and striped with a purplish brown,
the terminal joints of the legs with rose-colour ; the eyes are reddish
brown ; the carapace is brownish blotched with red. This is a male
specimen. The abdomen is six-jointed, broad, and slightly hollowed
out opposite the second, third and fourth joints. I do not notice
the carmee on the hands, as mentioned by Mr. Bell; but this may be
occasioned either by my specimen being immature, or my lens not
being perfect : the inner margin of the first and second joints of the
arm strongly and acutely toothed. This individual I caught in com-
pany with Stenorhynchus Phalangium, S. tenuirostris, Inachus Doryn-
chus, Pisa tetraodon, and Hyas coarctatus, all of which nearly
approach each other in their habits. Acheus Cranchii, like its con-
geners, was covered with weeds. ‘This crab is, when first caught, one
of the most handsome.

I am, Gentlemen, yours very obediently,
WiiL1AM THOMPSON.

GYMNETRUS BANKSII.
Berwick, June 21.

A specimen of this extraordinary fish was captured this morning at
the mouth of the river; its length is 8} feet long, and it weighs up-
wards of 10 stone.

CARCHARIAS VULPES.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Weymouth, June 24, 1851.
- GENTLEMEN,—On Saturday the 21st, a specimen of the Fox
Shark, Carcharias Vulpes, was caught at Wyke in a mackerel seine ;
it measured 12 feet. I will try and get further particulars in time
for the ‘ Annals’ for July: this fish had been seen in the Bay some.
days before.
I am, Gentlemen, yours very obediently,

Wi.u1AM THOMPSON.

On the Chemnitzie. By Georcr Barwer, Esq.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Lerwick, June 20, 1851.

GENTLEMEN,—In the paper you did me the favour to publish in
your last month’s ‘ Annals,’ there is an error at page 485, line 24, that
makes my statement appear contradictory, and which I shall feel
obliged by your correcting. Instead of the words, “as I have only
seen three or four of them,” I beg to substitute, ‘as there are three
or four of them I have not seen.’’ Those species are, Chemnitzia
formosa, clathrata, striolata and notata.

Meteorological Observations. 79

I have nothing to add to my former remarks, except that Chem-
nitzia conspicua, which Mr. Clark considers to be a variety of C. in-
sculpta or acuta, is clearly not so, as neither of the two latter species
possess the very conspicuous internal transverse ribs or folds upon the
outer lip, so apparent in the former ; which if it be not distinct, is un-
doubtedly a variety of Chemnitzia conoidea, the only British recent

species, I believe, that has that very peculiar character.

I am, Gentlemen, yours very obediently,
GrorGE BARLEE,

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MAY 1851.

Chiswick—May 1. Very fine. 2. Clear: fine: slight frost at night. 3. Fine:
rain at noon: cloudy. 4. Cloudy and fine: frosty at night. 5. Cloudy and
cold. 6. Slight rain: cloudy and cold. 7. Fine, but cold. 8. Fine. 9. Fine: »
clear. 10,11. Very fine. 12. Cloudy and fine. 13. Fine: clear, 14. Cloudy :
clear and frosty. 15. Very clear: fine: frosty at night. 16. Very fine: densely
clouded: rain. 17. Densely clouded. 18. Overcast: clear. 19. Cloudy: fine:
clear. 20. Clear and cold: fine. 21. Overcast. 22. Cloudy and warm. 23.
Hazy: fine: clear. 24. Very fine. 25. Cloudy: rain. 26—28. Fine. 29—

31. Very fine.
Mean temperature of the month ........... Disitenssss eves vevey- BEG
Mean temperature of May 1850 .........sssseeeseees asxvsnegs GL “A@

Mean temperature of May for the last twenty-five years , 54 °13
Average amount of rain in May .......sce0ceecesereeeeeeeceee 1°89 inch,

Boston.—May 1. Fine. 2. Cloudy: rain p.m. 3. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m.
4. Cloudy : rain and hail a.m. and p.m. 5. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 6. Cloudy:
rain a.m. 7,8. Cloudy. 9. Fine. 10. Cloudy. 11. Cloudy: raina.m. 12,
13. Cloudy. 14—16. Fine. 17. Cloudy. 18. Cloudy: rain p.w, 19. Cloudy:
rain a.m. 20—22. Cloudy. 23, 24. Fine. 25. Cloudy, 26, Cloudy: rain and
hail a.m. 27—31. Fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire— May 1. Frost keen: hail-shower : rain-
shower. 2. No frost, but cold: fairallday. 3. Cold: hail-showers : wind keen.
4, Frost: hail: rainp.w. 5. Cold: dull: quiet. 6. Milder. 7, Mild and slight
showers. 8. Dull and cloudy: rain r.m. 9. Heavy showers, 10. Dry and
parching. 11. Wind high, but fair. 12. Fine: cloudy rm. 13. Fine day.
14. Very fine all day. 15. Fine: cloudy r.s. 16. Dull: slight showers. 17.
Fine: dull y.w. 18. Wet morning: cleared and fine. 19, Hail-showers fre-
quent. 20. Dull and showery. 21. Dull, but fair. 22, Cloudy : cold wind.
23. Fine clear day and fair. 24, 25. Fine a.m.: slight shower rm. 26. Fair
and clear. 27. Fair, butchilly. 28. Fair and fine: wind strong. 29. Fair and
fine: wind keen. 30. Fair and fine: very droughty. 31. Fair and fine: very
warm

Mean temperature of the Month ...,.,...seeeeseeseceeeesers sess, 4809
Mean temperature of May 1850 .......seseseeeserees pele <ala tangs 49 ‘1
Mean temperature of May for the last twenty-nine years ... 50 °9
Average rain in May for twenty-four years —..-...seseeseesee 1°89 inch.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—May.1. Damp: cloudy, 2, Damp: drizzle: showers.
3, 4. Snow-showers. 5. Bright: drops. 6. Damp: drops. 7. Clear: fine:
clear. 8. Bright: cloudy: aurora. 9. Bright: clear. 10. Bright: fine. 11,
12. Cloudy: clear. 13. Fine: hazy. 14. Bright: hazy. 15. Clear: rain. 16.
Fine: clear. 17. Cloudy. 18. Bright: clear. 19. Cloudy: showers. 20.
Bright : drizzle. 21. Hazy. 22. Drizzle: showers. 23. Showers. 24, Fine:
tain. 25. Showers: clear. 26. Bright: fine. 27. Damp: showers, 28. Hazy:
drizzle. 29. Hazy: damp. 30, Showers: hazy. $1. Hazy.

LL-1 |$9-0 |FP-0 PL-0 16-SP 08-8P |9-aP |L-6S iad 90-6€ pete 896-63 |296-62 |16L-62 716-62 | FS-6% |126-6% 90-08
1 i]
toe feet | con feast! a | ve | 09 | 0S | BP 99 09| SE | 89 O£-0€ | 9£-0€ | €£.0€ | OF-0€ | So.0€ \LoF-0€ OLP-0€| ‘1€
ZO |$0-0 J""""""""""") sm lu dkqa| sau! ca | FZ | 6h |foS| bo; €9! Gh | FL sh.0F | ZE-0F | gE-0€ | SE-08 £6.62 ZoP-0€ 117.0€ “of@
reneeelereereleceees ‘mu |‘mum ca | 19 | €9 | of §£9 gS| Le. | SZ | B3.0E QU-0€ | 1€.0€ | 62-0F 06-62 6PE-08 ‘LOL-0£| °6z
fo. ye) sw | cma frum! con | 6P | £19 | Evi shS' FS) 6€ | 89 F1-OF | Z0-0€ |Q1.0€ | O1-0€ | 72.62 '€0z-0F FSz.06| “gz
meee PO. "| sw smu mum mu | LP igh fob! 699-29) oF | £9 96-6 |06-6% | 00.0€ | 26-62 99-62 990-0€ £60.08; “Lz
Lo. }°°33" TO.) *m j-mum) tu cou | fh | Lh | oF) ESSE) FE | ZO FO-0F |00-0€ |€6.6z | Lg.6z 6F-62 206-6 $96-6z| “9%
OT. "1" 80. | tmu | emsm imum cas | SP | 67 | 6P vs 29| SV | GL 78-63 | ¥8-6% 28-64 | 66-62 09-62 |126-6% 80%-0F) “Sz
ZO [eee e| eas |smum| cm | cas | 19] 16 |f2e] LG SS, Lh | IL 99.62 |0z-08 90.08 | z€.0€ | 06.6z ygz-0f BPEL! “bz -
Ot. ye) mw | smu | smu | wa] fob | 6h | 68) 19° SS) gE | 99 0Z-0F | 90-0€ 0.08 | 61-08 £8.62 ‘bSZ-0€ 89%-0F “CoD
ESO) wo | em jem sms | Lb | f6h | Lb] 89 S.S9' sb | OL 00.0€ |98-6% ZI-vE | g0-0€ | LL-6z 122-08 6S2-0€ "2%
Cg. ies" rereristeees| em | om emu cms | $19 | $19 | gb] LG 69 PP | So 86-62 |00-0€ | 11-08 | Lo-0€ SZ-6% '88Z-08 91Z-0£! “1%
Bie |" FO- [eer"""| cas | cms 6 emu | smu | Fgh | $gh | ob] So S-2¢ gh | £9 96-62 | 76-62 20.0 | 86-67 £1-62 910-08 8£z-08 | *0z
€0- |""""""|90- | PO. | -mu j-msm tm cms | Gh} Sh 6€) 1G 19, LE | €9 Y9L-6Z, | 0S-6% 08-62 | 89-62 8&-6z b£g.6z ILO'0E| “61
Soy" OL. | tm | ms tusm cms | Ph | Bk) Lb) ZS 19 OF | £9 ¥S-6% |0S-6% $9.62 | 09-62 PE-62 6F8-62 198-62! “ST
cig «- aang Rac 5 hte *s ‘ss ms ‘ms | 67 | 29 | OF| 8S 19 gh | 69 ZL-6% 06.6% SL.6% 08-62 05-62 Sh6-62.296-62' “LI
Ge. "Go. | sms | cas smu cus | LP | (6h | gh! SS 19: OF | 80 6-62 (96.62 £8.62 | 06-62 09-62 |170-08 660-08 | “OL
Pee VeO | retry seers) og ca | cau | 1G | F6S | OG! €S' 19! 6% | FO 00-0€ |P0.08 02-0€ | Sz-0€ 7zg-6z |ZS1-08 SSz-08| “S10!
Trteeejaseeesisrreerireeee] emg | os | caua cau | PG | fod | Ge; 1G’ ZG Lz | LS 91.0€ 93-08 | 14-08 | Of-0€ . $6-6z |16z-08 SEE.08| “PL |
pesnaeieonase [ie neeledsenl. sagt] vag ‘au vou FLb |) PS | LE) BS ES IE | BG ZOE gs Sz-0F | Zz-0F 08-62 \Zhz-0F 662.06 | “EI
*srreeiereresisreeesi 6g, | cas | a | ca | u | Lb] gh | 1b] gS £0 €b | €9 20.08 91-08 | 11.0 |00.0€ -gb-6z $28.62 OL0.0€| “ZI
he | Boer ‘au | 9 ua su | 8h | bh, OS 19 LE | 99 PIF |80-0€ | 98-62 | £L-6% O€-6z $12.64 SLL.60| “11
““""""/€0. | "as | tas. vasa) *s | fob | TIS | Ob) SS) BS LE | OL | 10.0€ |%8.6% | 29-62% | 19-62 92-62 965-62 €19.62| ‘OI
eee he | ae | cas: | OV | 6F | SV) LV S.SS| fh | OF 08.6% |ZL.62 | 39-62 | 09-6% 92-6% 6£9-64 919.62} °6
cys ae te "as | *s ‘Ss Lp | {Lv | Ph) PS) ES SE | 19 $9.6z |99.6% | zP-6e | 67-62 0€-6z F49.62 OLL-60| *g C
Z0- senegy ‘ms | ‘mu | ‘m | 1b | fgh | ob!) €99.Sb; ge | 9S | $9.6% | 12-62 | 99-62 | 29-62 VP-6% 0£8-6Z|898-62| *L
Po. 90- ‘mu | ‘a | mu) OP | f€h | 9€| 2S) GH} O€ | ZS | £g.6% | 16.62 | 12-62 | 8L-6% 98-62 |SLL.6z ¥g-62| °9
10> [94°21 80: ‘u | cu ‘u ov | fab |fof| LH S-ob| ge | S | 16.6% |$6.62 | €L-62 | 12-62 | Lz-6z |LL9-62 |60L-62| °S
Pi. |°*"""| 90. ‘ouu |*muu| *u ov | fab |fze}ish| 1h) o€ | 0S | L6.6% | $6.62 | ZL-6z | OL-62 £¢.6z |S99-6z |z0L-6z| “F
90. |""""""| Po. ‘ou j-muu| ‘mu | Of | 17 | 6€| LV) SH! ZE | FS | $6-6% | 66-6z | PL-62 | ZL-6% | SP-6z \Z€L-6z |9z8-6z| “€
BO. frrrsee|rrreeriveers'| sma} va jemuu; ca | LE | Fab |For! of] 67| 6% | LS | 68.6% | 98.6% | £L-62 | 69-62 | £€-62 1699-62 |SE8-6z| °*%
gl. 0. jr} ou) smu | tm | ms | EP | OP | IE) ZS) th) ZS | BG | 18-6z | Lo-6z | ZS-6z | 89-62 | OF-6z |Z49-6z|09L-62| “1 @
° | 3. 12 = = | curd | cure | ord | -wre : ; “ACN
Fe sf | 8 |: Ee “2 | B |Z ge | be a ey 5 F [we | |e | 6 | ee] mm | = | cg,
2/82/8212 | 32| 8 | Bi lca, oar [Pe Es)
PATEL PRU RR LTE] FLFR] aug’ |-arattta|?# | comme | BURRG enema] FF] somo | Be
ans ee Ba
“Urey “pul *JOJIULOW IY], *19jaMIOIV > ey

“KANWUQ) ‘asunpy yoimpung yo “uoysno[A *— *Aey 2y7 Ag puy Saurns-sarusMaAc] ‘asunyy yzuvSajddy yo ‘xequng * Ay *Ady 247 Ag {NoLsOg
70 “1[8o.\ “AW 49 fuopuoT avau ‘xoIMsIH Jo Ajaiv0g pounynaysopzy ayy fo uapavy ay zo uosdwouyy, ‘aj 49 apom suoynasasgg jonsoj0u0979 yr

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES. ]

No. 44. AUGUST 1851.

VIII.—On the Hinge of the Fossil Genus Platymya, Agassiz ;
with the description of a new species. By J. Lycert, Esq.*

M. Acassiz proposed to constitute his genus Platymya with
certain flattened and gaping bivalve shells whose figure differs
sufficiently from that of other genera of fossil Myadz, and he
characterized with precision the external features of the group ;
but as the hinge remained unknown to him, the genus could not
be considered as established. Subsequently M. D’Orbigny, from
a consideration of several other species which he described in the
‘ Paléontologie Francaise,’ believing that he had discovered in cer-
tain of their moulds impressions of an internal spoon-shaped pro-
cess, and likewise of the rib which abuts against it, concluded
that some of the species at least were true Anatinas, and therefore
designated them as such. On the other hand, M. Agassiz,
whilst admitting the full importance of the characters noticed
by M. D’Orbigny, and the possibility that in consequence Pla-
tymya may be reduced to the rank of a subgenus only, states
his impression that nevertheless it may be a good genus, and
directs attention to an important distinction between the two
forms, viz. that in the Anatinas the anterior region is the most
produced, but in Platymya it is the posterior which is most pro-
minent. M. Agassiz therefore refused to abandon his genus Pla-
tymya, and reunited the six Anatinas of M. D’Orbigny to his
own as additional species of Platymya. Platymya is exemplified
in the ‘ Etudes Critiques’ by six species only ; the number of in-
dividuals in each species is stated to be but very few, and that
the form altogether had not previously been noticed by palzon-
tologists. All of the species pertain to the Cretaceous system of
rocks with two exceptions, one belonging to the upper, and the

* Read to the Cotswold Naturalists’ Club, June 24, 1851.
+ Etudes Critiques sur les Mollusques fossiles, Myes, Introduction, p. xvi.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 6

82 Mr. J. Lycett on the Hinge of the Fossil Genus Platymya.

remaining one to the middle division of the Oolitic system. The
present species has claims upon our notice beyond that of a new
species merely, inasmuch as it is the first English recorded ex-
ample of the genus,—the first which has been identified in the
lower division of the Oolitic system; and lastly, it has the im-
portant and novel advantage of having its test preserved and the
character of its hinge clearly exposed. Although six years have
elapsed since the publication of the ‘ Etudes Critiques,’ the state
of uncertainty in which the hinges of several of the genera
therein described were left by its distinguished author has not
hitherto been removed ; our own literature more especially is de-
ficient in information relating to the extensive family of fossil
Myadz : these circumstances it is trusted will be deemed a suf-
ficient excuse for presenting a brief description of the genus Pla-
tymya translated from the before-mentioned work of M. Agassiz.
“The Platymyas are near to the Arcomyas in their form and
general physiognomy, but are distinguished by a general flatness
of the valves, by the nearly median position of the umbones, which
are very depressed, by the extremities beg much developed
and very large. The two extremities gape much, more especiall
the posterior one. The cardinal area is much less characteri
than in the Arcomyas; the marginal keel which separates the
area from the sides is not very distinct, and consequently is of
little assistance in the determination of species. The ridges or
folds of the sides are usually distinct, concentric and well marked
upon the anterior side, but more indistinct and irregular upon
the posterior. The lines of growth are not usually observed
upon the exterior of the moulds, neither are they visible upon
the internal moulds. Hinge unknown. The position of the
umbones will always distinguish it from Gresslya, Homomya and
Myopsis ; Mactromya is usually more short and convex.” .
It will be perceived from the above extract, that a comparison
of our new shell with the several species of Platymya must de-
pend upon the external form only, inasmuch as no direct know-
ledge of the hinge has heretofore been obtained, and the remarks
of M. D’Orbigny are based solely upon impressions in the
moulds, Whatever value however may be attributed to impres-
sions in moulds must yield to a disclosure of the hinge itself,
and in the present instance this direct evidence is combined with
a shell whose external characters agree with those of Platymya,
and cannot with propriety be referred to any other known genus.
In two instances we have succeeded in exposing the hinge in
each valve, and our definition of Platymya, derived from these
examples, will be as follows :—
Shell thin, nearly equivalve, transverse, compressed ; umbones
small, depressed, contiguous, submesial ; cardinal area indistinct,

Mr. J. Lycett on the Hinge of the Fossil Genus Platymya. 83

its superior border having in each valve a narrow elongated
groove with an acute edge, as in Mactromya; both sides of the
shell wide, more especially the posterior one, which is truncated ;
both extremities gape slightly, more especially the posterior ex-
tremity; ventral margin regular, curved moderately and éllip-
tically. Hinge plate internally incrassated and lengthened pos-
teriorly, having a single small obtuse cardinal tooth in the left
valve and a corresponding oval pit in the right valve ; lateral teeth
none ; muscular impressions unknown.

The hinge apparatus may be regarded as forming an exception
to the usual characters of fossil Myadz, which are for the most
part edentulous; the present form however can only be consi-
dered as an aberrant modification of the same kind of hinge: the
tooth is small ; it is of an oval figure, its greater length being |
lateral ; it projects but little, and the opposite corresponding pit
consequently is but shallow. This kind of hinge, taken in con-
nexion with the other characters of the shell, will be found to
remove it from all other genera of the Myadz, both recent and
fossil: there is nothing resembling the projecting spoon-shaped

rocess and accessory tricuspid osseous rib supporting an internal

igament, as in Anatina ; on the contrary, there is every reason
to believe that the ligament was external and supported upon the
lengthened posterior grooves. The delicacy of the test and hard-
ness of the matrix have foiled our attempts to expose the mus-
cular impressions.

The tendency of these details then is to support the conclusion
of M. Agassiz with regard to the generic value of Platymya, a
conclusion at which he arrived from a consideration of certain
external characters only; these however constitute a generic
entireness upon which he relied with confidence even after a
palzontologist of eminence had pronounced an adverse opinion,
and he remained without the means of verifying his inductions
by an examination of the hinge. The dental characters however
of the several genera of fossil Myadz would seem to be of much
less relative importance than they acquire in certain other fami-
lies of the Lamellibranchiate Mollusks. In the fossil Myade
the teeth are for the most part absent altogether, the ligamental
support being derived from a thickening internally of the poste-
rior and superior border, forming a kind of lengthened posterior
rib, and it is the only portion of the shell which is not thin and
delicate. Without entering into details respecting the hinges of
the several genera, it may suffice to mention that Mactromya,
Goniomya, Cercomya, Ceromya, Homomya, Myopsis and Arcomya
have all with certain modifications this description of hinge ap-
paratus, which should be regarded as of coordinate rank only
with other characters which are external and are connected with
the general form and markings of the surface. Platymya has a

6*

84 Mr. J. Lycett on the Hinge of the Fossil Genus Platymya.

similar kind of posterior elongated rib terminating anteriorly in
a tooth and opposite corresponding fossa so small as not to form
any projection beneath the hinge plate ; the internal moulds con-
sequently would exhibit little of the structure of the hinge, and
supply no sufficient data whereby its real character could be im-
ferred. The narrow lengthened posterior groove in each valve
resembles those in Mactromya, in which however an hiatus re-
mains between the grooves which does not exist in Platymya.
Arcomya is destitute of these grooves.

Example. Platymya Rodborensis.

Shell compressed, subequilateral, with the posterior side wide,
truncated, gaping moderately, the anterior extremity being nearly
closed. The valves are equal, or with no apparent difference in
their convexity. An obtuse and rather indistinct keel passes
obliquely from the umbo to the infero-posterior extremity ; folds
or ridges concentric and irregular, distinct only upon the two
extremities of the shell, and passing over the keel bent nearly at
a right angle. Young specimens have their lateral diameter
comparatively greater, but like the adult shell the middle portion
is nearly smooth. The general outline has some resemblance to
P. tenuis (Etud. Crit. t. 10 a, fig. 5-6), but in that species the
hinge-line is more nearly horizontal, and the posterior border of
the shell has a much larger hiatus. Our shell has likewise
less convexity, and its posterior aperture is much smaller than in
P. hiantula (Etud. Crit. t. 10 a, fig. 7-13) ; to other species the
resemblance is more remote.

In common with other species of the genus, the general form

Mr. J. Morris’s Paleontological Notes. 85

has some resemblance to several of the shorter Arcomyas, and
more especially to the figure of A. ensis, Etud. Crit. t.9. fig. 4-6
(misprinted A. érevis), but the valves in that shell are less com-
pressed and the umbones are more gibbose : our species however
cannot be an Arcomya, for M. Agassiz has satisfied himself, from
an examination of numerous moulds, that the hinge of that ge-
nus is without teeth ; we have fortunately succeeded in clearing
the hinge of the shell itself in more than one specimen of Arco-
mya, and are enabled to add our humble testimony to the same
effect. There remains to be noticed a shell whose resemblance
to our species is so considerable, that little doubt can exist that
both belong to the same genus ; this is the Psammobia levigata of
Phillips, figured at pl. 4. fig. 1. vol. i. of the ‘ Geology of York-
shire’ The resemblance of the external form to Psammobia must
be allowed, and the hinge characters, though distinct from the
Psammobia, are more nearly allied to its subgenus Psammotea,
which has no tooth in the right valve ; but the figure of the tooth
and pit in the recent shells will be found to be very different to
our fossil ; the Psammobie likewise have an elevated nymphal cal-
losity supporting the ligament which is wanting in the fossil.
ough rare, our species was gregarious; several specimens

wees in near proximity. Height 13 lines, lateral diameter
17 lines.

Locality. Rodborough Hill near Stroud, where it occurs in
the upper ragstone of the Inferior Oolite.

IX.—Paleontological Notes. By Joun Morris, F.G:S.
[With a Plate.]

Tue following notes relate to some new or little-known orga-
nisms of the chalk, and are chiefly contained in the collection of
Mr. Wetherell of Highgate :—

TuecripEA, Defrance. Thecidium, Sow.

The genus Thecidea, established by Defrance for certain Tere--
bratuliform shells with a peculiar apophysary system, is very rare
in a recent state, one species only having been obtained from the
Mediterranean. The fossil species are not numerous: Bronn
enumerates eight species, one from the Jurassic and seven from
the Cretaceous formations. In this country the genus has only
been recently noticed: Mr. Moore of Ilminster has discovered
four in the Lias, and two others have been found in the Inferior
Oolite, all of which are described and figured by Mr. Davidson * ;
to these, another is now added from the Chalk.

* Palzontographical Society, Article Brachiopoda.

86 Mr. J. Morris’s Paleontological Notes.
Thecidea Wetherellii. P\. IV. fig. 1-3.

T. testa parva, tenui, irregulari, sublevigata; valva inferiori tri-
angulari vel pentagonali, interne striata ; area brevissima, del-
tidio magno; valva superiori operculiformi planulata vel sub-
convexa.

A small, thin and smooth shell, nearly as wide as long, of a
pentagonal form, and triangular towards the cardinal region,
rounded laterally and straight on the anterior margin.

The inferior valve is attached by nearly the whole of its sur-
face, the edges only being slightly elevated, and the beak de-
pressed ; the cardinal area is small, and chiefly occupied by a
large triangular, rather elongated deltidium ; besides the cardinal
teeth, the interior beneath the deltidium is furnished with three
laminar processes, of which the central one is generally the long-
est and most elevated ; the inner surface of this valve is marked
by longitudinal granular striz (fig. 3). The smaller valve is flat
or slightly convex, and has a large apophysary system, divided
on each side in a deep, arched or reniform sinus; the cardinal
process is large, and the margin of the valve is minutely gra-
nulated.

This species presents considerable resemblance in its general
form to the recent 7. mediterranea, and more to the T. triangu-
laris, figured by Mr. Davidson, from the Inferior Oolite and Lias
of England, and which is also found in the same formations as
well as in the Great Oolite of Normandy. The apophysary system
differs from that of the recent species in being more simple and
less flexuous, and approaches that of 7. hippocrepis, Goldf. ; but
the dissepiment is not so broad as in that species. It is fre-
quently attached to the shells of Ananchytes, Spatangus, and
Inoceramus from the Upper Chalk of Northfleet, Kent, and has
been dedicated to N. T. Wetherell, Esq., who has succeeded in
preserving this and many other minute and rare organisms from
the same locality.

TALPINA.

Under this name M. von Hagenow has arranged certain pro-
blematical branching bodies which traverse the spathose guard
of the Belemnite, and whose position in the animal kingdom has
not been defined, whether as belonging to the Annelides or to the
boring Sponges. M. Hagenow remarks, that only the cylindric
thread-like channels are left, by which the Belemnite has been
perforated, most likely after the death of the animal, and perhaps
only after the outer shelly substance was decayed, but evidently
before the process of petrifaction commenced. These channels are
close under the surface of the Belemnite, either simple or branched,
and frequently show openings at the surface, and are filled with

Mr. J. Morris’s Paleontological Notes. 87

chalk, and therefore appear in the brownish and half-transparent
Belemnite as fine yellowish threads, which are still more marked
when it is wetted or oiled. M. Hagenow * describes two species
from the chalk of Rugen, and Quenstedt+ has subsequently added
two more ; all the forms are found in the Belemnites of the En-
glish Chalk ; and it is somewhat remarkable that these parasitical
bodies have been hitherto only detected in the section, Belemni-
tella, D’Orb.—no traces of them having been observed in the
Belemnites of the Jurassic series.

Talpina solitaria, Hag. PI. IV. fig. 6a.

Simple, slender, rarely branched, cylindrical or little com-
pressed channels, which either extend along the Belemnite in a
straight or little-curved direction, or follow its cylindrical form
in a spiral manner; they are about the size of a fine knitting-
needle, and have only simple openings.

Talpina ramosa, Hag. PI. IV. fig. 4.

Very fine thread-like channels which are variously branched
or irregularly netted ; the orifices, which are visible to the naked
eye, always exist at the end of the tubes, as well as at those points
where the lateral channels diverge from the main one or from
each other.

The specimen figured is from the chalk at Norwich, and kindly
lent me by Mr. S. Woodward.

Talpina dendrina, Quenstedt. Pl. IV. fig. 64, & 7.

This form has a very dendritic appearance ; the branches are
compressed, closely aggregated, generally arising from a common
centre, and diverging in a somewhat radiating manner, variously
dichotomous and rarely anastomosing. .

This form is very common on the Belemnites from Gravesend
and Norwich, and has been figured with a view of directing the
attention of geologists to the subject, as it is doubtful whether it |
has really arisen from organic action.

Cxirona or Ciionites. Vioa, Nardo, Michelin.

The origin of those singular organic impressions which occur
in the shells of Inocerami and the flinty nodules of the Chalk, long
remained in obscurity, but are now referred to the operations of
a sponge allied to or identical with Cliona.

The excellent monograph by Mr. Hancock on the characters

* Jahrbuch fiir Mineral. 1840, p. 671. + Die Cephalopoden, p. 470.

88 Mr. J. Morris’s Paleontological Notes.

and habits of the recent species, in a late Number of the ‘ An-
nals,’ is well known.

Fossil species have been noticed in the shells of the Crag, Lon-
don clay, the Chalk, and the Gryphza of the Lower Greensand ;
and Prof. M‘Coy has lately described a species under the name of
Vioa prisca, in an Avicula from the Silurian rocks.

Mr. Parkinson (1811) appears to have first noticed these bo-
dies as occurring in the state of siliceous casts, and suggested
that they may have been the work of some animals of a nature
similar to the Polypes ; and subsequently in 1814 the Rev. W.
Conybeare * published a memoir on them, with some excellent
illustrations of the common species, and asserting “ that the ori-
gin of these bodies was widely different from that assigned by
Parkinson, they being in fact siliceous casts moulded in little
hollow cells excavated in the substance of certain marine shells ;
the work perhaps of animalcules preying on those shells and on
the vermes inhabiting them.” At the end of this paper is an
interesting letter from Dr. Buckland which has been generally
overlooked, as showing at that early period his suggestion that
similar organisms which committed the ravages in the recent
oyster, probably also effected the perforations in the shells of the
extinct Inocerami :—

“The hollows that afforded a mould for the formation of these
singular bodies appear to me to have been the work of some mi-
nute parasitical insect. The small aperture, the cast of which
now forms the projecting axis of each globule, was probably per-
forated by this intruder as the entrance to his future habitation ;
having completed this passage, and excavated at its termination
a cell suited to his shape and convenience, he appears by the aid
of a delicate auger or proboscis to have drilled many minute and
almost capillary perforations into the substance of the shell on
every side around him, taking care to leave always partitions suffi-
cient to support the roof of his apartment. Having exhausted
all the nourishment which could in this manner be procured with
safety from the vicinity of this first establishment, the insect
appears to have emigrated, and after working for itself a lateral
passage to a sufficient distance, to have formed a new settlement
in the midst of fresh supplies. In the recent oyster shell which
I have transmitted, you will perceive that this process has been
carried on, to a great extent, in the intermedial matter between
two or three sets of the pearly plates comprising it; and yet
without effecting the destruction of the exterior crust, or in any
degree injuring the inner surface of the shell, which remains un-

* “Qn the origin of a remarkable class of organic impressions occurring
in nodules of flit ’”’ (Geol. Trans. | ser. vol. ii. p. 328. pl. 14).

Mr. J. Morris’s Paleontological Notes. 89

touched, and, notwithstanding these attacks, still equally adapted
to every purpose required by the ceconomy of its inhabitant.”

We have given some illustrations of the most abundant spe-
cies, Clionites Conybearei*, one (fig. 8) in which the siliceous casts
of the cavities cover almost entirely the surface of an Inoce-
ramus—a specimen presented by Mr. R. A. Austen to the Mu-
seum of Practical Geology. Fig. 9 is a specimen filling a por-
tion of the cast of a Belemnite from Norwich ; fig. 10 shows sim-
ply the cavities left in the shell of an Inoceramus from Northfleet,
Kent. Another species in a Norwich chalk-flint, U. glomerata
(fig. 11), which appears to be distinct from the last, consists of
one cell having an irregular globose form, obtusely tuberculated
over the whole surface, and having two large canals diverging
from it.

Pearl-like bodies —Most persons are aware that some forms of
the conchiferous mollusks are subject to certain abnormal se-
cretions, assuming a more or less regular form, and composed
of fibro-calcareous matter generally arranged in a concentric
manner ; sometimes it is solidly attached to the inner layer of
the shell, of which it forms a portion ; at others it is found per-
fectly free in the fleshy substance of the mollusk itself, of a sym-
metrical shape, as in the perfect pearl. Evidence of phenomena
resulting from similar conditions has been detected in certain
fossil genera, but few if any instances have been recorded}. The
collection of Mr. Wetherell contains many illustrative speci-
mens; in one, a Grypheea (fig. 16) from the drift of Muswell
Hill, and probably coming from the Oxford clay, is an irregular
elongated body free at both ends, but attached by a considerable
portion of its surface, the external lamina being continuous with
the shell; the outer layers do not however show the regular .
fibrous arrangement of a pearlaceous body, but this may have
been changed by suhsequent mineralization. In another speci-
men (fig. 12) the pearly body is attached to the interior of an
Inoceramus, and shows the concentric arrangement of the fibrous
substance, and which is better exhibited in the specimen (fig. 14),
showing a complete section of one of considerable size, quite un-
attached to any shell, from the Chalk of Kent, but from which
Mr. Wetherell has obtained a few other specimens of similar struc-
ture, varying in their dimensions.

* Clionites Conybearei ; cells irregular, somewhat polygonal, with one or
more papillz; surface finely tuberculated; connecting threads numerous.
(References: Park. Org. Rem. pl. 8. f. 10; Dr. Mantell’s Pictorial Atlas,
pl. 40. f. 10.)

+ There is an indistinct allusion to the occurrence of pearls in a fossil

ae im Woodward’s ‘ Essay towards a Natural History of the Earth,’ 1695,
p- 23.

90 Mr. R. Harkness on some new Footsteps in the
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Thecidea Wetherellii, magnified.
. , ventral valve magnified.
, dorsal yalve magnified.

of

2

3.

4, Talpina ramosa, Hag.

5. Figure magnified.

6 a. Talpina solitaria, Hag.

6 — dendrina, Quenstedt.

a , figure magnified.

8. Siliceous cast of Inoceramus, with Clionites Conybeare.

8a. Clionites Conybearei, cells magnified.

9. Talpina solitaria and Clionites Conybearei in hse’ of Belemnites
mucronatus.

10. Cells of Clionites in an Inoceramus shell.

11. Clionites glomerata, in cavity of Bel. mucronatus.

. Pearl-like body attached to the imner shell of Inoceramus.

13. Pearl-like body unattached.

14. Section of ditto, showing concentric arrangement.

15. Section of a Belemnite, with cavities of Clionites.

. Pearl-like body attached to a Gryphea.

Eig tina ig

PER
—_
bo

~
for)

X.—Notice of some new Footsteps in the Bunter Sandstone of
Dumfries-shire. By Roserr Harkness, Esq.

Tue quarry which has hitherto furnished the most numerous
and well-preserved impressions of footmarks from the Bunter
sandstone is Corncockle, in the parish of Applegarth, Dumfries-
shire. Some few have also been obtained from the Craigs
quarry near Dumfries; and recently the quarries at Locher- .
briggs, in the same neighbourhood, have afforded tracks of ani-
mals. To these localities there may now be added the quarry of
Green Mill, in the parish of Caerlaverock, which promises to
rival Corncockle both in the number and perfection of its foot-
steps. The nature of the sandstone in these different localities
is similar, consisting of strata, made up of laminz of brownish
and red-coloured sand, regularly bedded, dipping in the same
direction and at nearly the same angle ; the only variation being
at the Craigs quarry, where the stone is of a coarser nature than.
at the other quarries.

With regard to the impressions which have been obtained from
Corncockle, one of them is figured in Buckland’s ‘ Bridgewater
Treatise,’ and referred to a Chelonian reptile ; and others are now
being figured and described by Sir William Jardine in his new
work ‘ The Ichnology of Annandale,’ a publication in which the
footprints are illustrated by coloured lithographs of the size of
the originals, and which will form a valuable addition to our
knowledge of the Triassic fauna, and be the first work devoted
exclusively to Ichnology published in this country. The footsteps

Bunter Sandstone of Dumfries-shire. 91

to which this paper has immediate reference are procured from
the quarries around Dumfries, and differ from those which Corn-
cockle has hitherto afforded. Some of the impressions which are
found in the latter locality are also common to the other quar-
ries, but as these will be described in the work referred to, no
further notice need here be taken of them.

Amongst the most common footmarks which are met with is
one in which in general there is a perfect resemblance between
all the impressions, so much so as to induce the spectator to ar-
rive at the conclusion that the hind and fore feet were identical
in form. On an examination of numerous specimens this opi-
nion would be found to be incorrect ; but, owing either to the
nature of the substance receiving the impression, or from the
structure of the animals which have produced them, it rarely
happens that perfect tracks are found; the fore-feet having
in general left no traces of their imprints, the hind feet only
forming the impression. In a specimen in a good state of pre-
servation from Locherbriggs quarry, in which both markings of
the fore and hind feet are shown, the latter consist of a series of
impressions about 3 of an inch broad by about 4 of an inch in
length, curved gently in front, immediately within which there
occur five impressions, of toes or rounded blunt claws; the two
outer ones being comparatively indistinct, but the three inner
ones being broad and well-marked. At the distance of less
than % of an inch in front of the impression of the hind-foot
there is seen that of the fore one, which is less than } of an inch
in breadth, and commonly presents three claw-like markings
running into each other at their sides. These toe or claw mark-
ings are like those of the hind impression, rounded and blunt,
and afford no other characters. In the case of the hind impres- -
sion, the front part of the foot is much more deeply marked than
any other portion, and the sand has been thrown slightly back-
wards, forming an elevated curved ridge at the back part of the
impression, after the manner of the tracks which are formed by
walking on snow. The interval which separates the impressions
of one hind-foot from the other is about an inch, and the space
between each of the impressions of one foot is about 2 inches.
The distance between the right and left fore-feet markings is
greater than between the hind impressions ; but this results from
the comparatively small size of the former.

This track indicates an animal of small size, but broad in pro-
portion to its length, having its anterior extremities small, and
its posterior ones largely developed. On the whole the characters
are such as bear relation to Chelonia, and the animal probably
bore some relation to the Chelichnus Duncani, Owen, found at
Corncockle, but was probably distinct in species. It is common

92 Mr. R. Harkness on some new Footsteps in the

at Locherbriggs, Craigs and Caerlaverock, and rarely exceeds the
dimensions before given, and to distinguish it may be called the
Chelichnus plancus from its broad hind-feet.

Another form of impression which has been only very recently
obtained from the Green Mill quarry, Caerlaverock, is composed
of a series of steps, consisting of markings of thick, rounded,
blunt claws or toes. The steps, of which a slab in my possession
affords eleven on each side, differ on the one side from those on
the other. Those on the right side are formed of three indents,
arranged almost in a line, but having the centre one slightly in
advance of the other two. Behind the centre and the outer ones
another marking similar to those in front occurs, and about the
same distance from them as they are from each other. The dia-
meter of each of these circular markings is about } of an inch;
and those on the left side differ from those on the right in
having the hinder indents behind the inner one instead of be-
tween the outer and centre ones. The indents in all the impres-
sions are marked in front by a slight elevation, which extends
for a distance equal to about their diameter before them; and
which appears to have arisen from the portion of the foot which
caused the indents having been thrust obliquely forwards. The
difference in the position of the hinder indent has probably been
caused by one of the toes in each foot not having left its impress.
No other portion of the foot has caused any marking, each step
consisting solely of four claw-like impressions. The distance
which separates the steps on each side from each other is less
than the space occupied by the three front indents of each foot, ’
being under an inch ; and the interval between the prints on the
right and the left side is about 2 inches, exceeding the space oc-
curring between the steps on either side by more than double
the distance.

From the impression as seen on the slab it would seem that
the hind and fore foot were similar not only in form but also in
size, both being large; and the evidence which the impressions
afford is such as to show that the animal which formed them
was of much greater breadth than length. Altogether the cha-
racter of the footprint, and the great distance between the feet
on the right and those on the left side, show resemblance to a
Chelonian form ; but this form was widely different from the one
before alluded to, being apparently more nearly allied to Tes-
tudinata than the previous footsteps.

From the tortoise-like form of this step I propose to call it
provisionally the Chelaspodos Jardini, the specific name being in
honour of Sir William Jardine, Bart.

On a slab of sandstone from the same locality as the before-
described impression there are seen two distinct kinds of steps ;

Bunter Sandstone of Dumfries-shire. 93

one of these is of an elongated form, rounded at the anterior ex-
tremity, and immediately within this extremity there are seen im-
pressions of either toes or claws. Two of these on the outer side
are shallow and comparatively indistinct ; the one in front is
deeply impressed, and the inner one contiguous to it is also well
marked. Traces of a fifth may also be seen, but owing to the
nature of the sand, when the animal passed over it, not being in
a condition to receive a perfect impression, these steps are not di-
stinctly shown. From the raised margin in front of the claw-
like markings gradually disappearing behind, it would seem that
the animal in its progress had pushed the sand forwards by the
slopmg manner in which it set down its feet. The breadth of
this form of step is about 3 an inch, and as only the front and
a portion of the sides art seen, its length cannot be determined.
There are only four impressions on the slab, and the interval
between each of these about 8 inches. The position of the steps
is slightly nclmed outwards, but as these are in a line they seem
to belong to one side only, and have probably been produced by
the same foot ; and as no other impressions of the same nature
have been obtained, no conclusion can be arrived at concerning
the form and size of the animal which produced this form of
footprint.

The character of the step appears somewhat allied to the Che-
lichnus, and in order to distinguish this form it may be named
the Chelichnus obliguus, from the oblique direction of the steps.

The other form of impression which is associated with that
just described, shows characters which will remove it from Che-
lonia, and which seem to place the animal which caused it
amongst Saurians.

This impression consists of a line of steps which are furnished
with well-developed toes, three of which are very distinct, and
two others can also be traced. The marks caused by the toes
are much deeper and in a better state than the other parts of
the foot ; but in one case the impress of the posterior part of the
foot is sufficiently perfect to show that it had a rounded form,
and was less than an inch in length, including the toes, which
are themselves about 3 an inch long; these being broad at their
base and tapering rapidly towards the extremity, which is pointed.
The nature of the impressions is such as to show that these toes
were curved ; and the step is devoid of the raised parts which are
seen before the claws of the two preceding forms of footmarks,
and appears to indicate that in progression the foot was put per-
pendicularly downwards. The direction of the steps is inclined
to the path of the animal, and the interval which lies between
them is about 6 inches. These steps, like the preceding form,
occur in a line, and are those of one side only ; they also seem to

94 On new Footsteps in the Bunter Sandstone of Dumfries-shire.

have been formed by the same foot, and therefore no inference
can be drawn from them concerning the creature by which they
were made: the elongated toes however seem to show some ana-
logy to lizards, and therefore it is proposed to form a genus
called Sawrichnis for this form, and in consequence of its pointed
toes to term it S. acutus.

There has been found at the Craigs quarry, not on the surfaces
of the beds, but on the faces of the laminz when the sandstone is
divided, several indistinct impressions of various forms which
the nature of the sandstone does not allow of being properly re-
cognised. Along with these a form of footstep has been seen
differing from those of the other localities, having an elongated
form, about an inch in length, and broader at the anterior extre-
mity than at the posterior. The space between the steps on one
side is about 6 inches, and the interval between the correspond-
ing impression on the right and on the left side is so small in
comparison with the distance which occurs between the steps on
the same side, as to show that the animal which formed them
was of a long and-narrow shape, and probably had a lacertian
nature ; and perhaps was allied to the genus Herpetichnus which
is found at Corncockle. Owing to the imperfect state of this
footprint it would be premature to assign to it any name, and
perhaps other impressions may be found which will enable us to
trace out its affinities.

About a month ago very perfect impressions of a batrachian
foot were found at Green Mill, Caerlaverock, being the first
which has been noticed in the quarries around Dumfries. In
this imstance both the hind and the fore feet have formed beau-
tiful imprints. The former have the five toes distinctly visible,
and the form of the sole of the foot is equally well seen. Its
length is nearly an inch and a quarter, and its breadth about an
inch. The hind part of the posterior impression has a curved
form, resembling a segment of an ellipsis cut across the minor
axis ; and the toes spread outwards and are thick ; the longest
one being about twice the length of the sole.

Immediately in front of the hind footmark the impress of the
small fore-foot is seen, consisting of five thick, short toe-marks,
having a depression behind them. The length of the stride ap-
pears to have been about 3 inches, and the space which separates
those on one side from those on the other is about 2 inches.
The portion of the foot which has pressed most heavily on the
sand is the hinder part, which has caused a deep indent and
forced the sand forwards and upwards ; so that while the heel is
deeply impressed, the toes are above the level of the surface of
the plane over which the animal traversed, showing that the hind
part of the foot came in contact with the ground first.

On the Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 95

This impression seems to belong to the Labyrinthodon, but
differs somewhat from those of the Bunter sandstone of Cheshire,
appertaining probably to another species. I propose therefore to

it the L. Lyelli.

Another impression which seems to partake of a batrachian
character is common at Green Mill; but the animal which has
caused it having been apparently of small size, the steps are
rather indistinct. In this case the same difference obtains between
the impress of the fore and hind step as marks the foregoing form.
In the hind footmark three toes usually occur, two of which are
longer than the sole of the foot, and the other about the same
length. Traces of two other toes are im some instances visible ;
but these are small, and occur one on the inner side and the
other on the outer side of the impression. The whole length of
the foot is commonly less than an inch, and its breadth about
% of aninch. About } of an inch im front of the larger impres-
sion are seen the marks of the fore-feet, which are in the form
of indents; but in some cases they present a foot-like marking
resembling the fore-step of the Labyrinthodon. The length of the
stride is about 3 inches, and the space between the impressions
on the right and those on the left side is about 2 inches, distances
somewhat similar to those in the preceding batrachian ; and the ~
form of the step is such as to show some analogy between these
two forms. The characters are however not such as to lead to
the conclusion that the impression belongs to the Labyrinthodon ;
and I propose to term this form of step Batrichnis, giving to this
impression the name of B. Stricklandi, after Mr. Strickland, who
has at different times noticed the ichnolites of Dumfries-shire.

XI.—A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on their
Structure, Functions, Ciconomy and Systematic Arrangement.
By Joun Biacxwatt, F.LS. .

[Continued from p. 44.]

62. Clubiona lapidicolens.

Clubiona lapidicolens, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 598.

—— lapidicola, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. i. p. 91; Sund.
Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 139 ; Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p- 9.
tab. 40. fig. 100.

The claim of Clubiona lapidicolens to a place among British
spiders rests on the authority of Dr. Leach. See the Supplement

to the 4th, 5th and 6th editions of the ‘ Encyclopxdia Britan-
nica,’ article Annulosa. :

96 Mr.J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

63. Clubiona accentuata.

Clubiona accentuata, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.i. p. 594;
Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1832, p. 268; Blackw. Linn. Trans.

vol. xix. p. 115.

punctata, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 8. tab. 39. fig. 99.

Agelena obscura, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 128.

Anyphena accentuata, Sund. Consp. Arachn. p. 20, 21; Koch,
Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 18.

This active spider is of frequent occurrence in the woods of
North Wales, running with great rapidity among the foliage of
the trees, and sometimes concealing itself under the lichens
which grow upon their trunks and branches. In June the female
deposits about 157 spherical eggs of a pale yellowish white co-
lour, not agglutinated together, in a lenticular cocoon of white
silk of a very fine texture, measuring {ths of an inch in dia-
meter ; it is inclosed in a sac of the same material, attached to
the inferior surface of a leaf, the sides of which are curved down-
wards and are held in that position by silken lines connecting
them with the sac. The female generally places herself on or
near the cocoon, but speedily abandons it on being disturbed.

64. Clubiona nutriz.

Clubiona nutrix, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 601;
Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. i. p. 92; Hahn, Die Arachn.
B. ii. p. 7. tab. 39. fig. 98.

Drassus mazillosus, Wider, Mus. Senck. B. i. p. 209. taf. 14. fig. 8.

Anyphena nutriz, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 18.

Chieracanthium nutriz, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 9. tab. 182.
fig. 434, 435.

According to Dr. Leach this spider has been taken once in
England, near Cheltenham. See the Supplement to the 4th, 5th
and 6th editions of the ‘Encyclopedia Britannica,’ article An-
nulosa.

65. Clubiona erratica.

Clubiona erratica, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 602 ;
Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 115.

Chieracanthium carnifex, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 14. tab. 184.
fig. 438, 439.

Specimens of this handsome species have frequently come under
my observation when exploring the woods and commons of Den-
bighshire. In July the female constructs a cell of white silk of
a compact texture among the stems of gorse, heath, or the leaves
of plants, which she curves about it and secures in that position
by means of silken lines. In this cell she deposits about 140
eggs of a deep yellow colour, not agglutinated together ; they are

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 97

contained in an exceedingly delicate tissue of white silk of a sub-
globose form, measuring ith of an inch in diameter, which is
attached to the surface of the cell. The female, after the depo-
sition of her eggs, does not appear to quit the cell even for the
urpose of procuring food.
: A sallncticia of pis made by the Rev. Hamlet Clark in the
autumn of 1842, at Wappenham, in Northamptonshire, and
obligingly placed by him at my disposal, comprised specimens of
this species.
Genus Arcyroneta, Latr.

66. Argyroneta aquatica.

Argyroneta aquatica, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. i. p. 94;
Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 378. pl. 22. fig. 4;
Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 131 ; Hahn, Die Arachn, B. ii,

. 33. tab. 49. fig. 118 ; Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes
Fett, p- 14; Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 60. tab. 269. fig. 636; Blackw.
Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 116.

Argyroneta aquatica habitually passes the greater part of its
life in the water, not only pursuing its prey in that liquid, but
constructing beneath its surface a dome-shaped cell in which it
places the cocoon containing its eggs ; this cell is supported in a
vertical position, the open part being directed downwards, by lines
of silk connecting it with aquatic plants, and, as it comprises a
considerable quantity of atmospheric air, the spider can at all
times occupy it without experiencing the least inconvenience.
In swimming and diving, the body of Argyroneta aquatica is more
or less enveloped in air confined by the circumambient water
among the hairs with which it is clothed, the supply being always
more abundant on the under than on the upper part in conse-
quence of the greater length and density of the hairs distributed
over its surface.

This species is found in pools and ditches in various parts of
England. It is of frequent occurrence in the fens of Cambridge-
shire, from which locality I transported a pair to Crumpsall Hall,
near Manchester, in the summer of 1833; each was inclosed in —
a small tin box, and did not appear to suffer materially from the
confinement. After the lapse of ten days, during which period
they were without water, I conveyed them to Oakland, in Den-
bighshire, where they arrived in perfect health. On placing one
of them in a large goblet more than half filled with water, it
speedily formed a dome-shaped cell beneath the surface, attach-
ing it to the side of the glass by means of numerous silken lines ;
being well supplied with insects, it lived in this state of captivity
till the commencement of winter, and on the temperature of the
room in which it was kept becoming much reduced, it entered

Amn, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 7

98 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

the cell and remained there in a state of torpidity, with its head
downwards. A gentleman on a visit at the house, whose curio-
sity to examine the spider minutely in its hybernaculum was
greater than his prudence, inclined the glass so much that the
air escaped from the cell, the water flowed in, and before I was
informed of the occurrence the dormant inmate had perished.

The aquatic habits of this species have induced M. Walckenaer
to constitute with it a distinct family; but upon the same prin-
ciple Lycosa piratica and Dolomedes fimbriatus might be sepa-
rated from the Lycoside, as they descend spontaneously into
water and perform the function of respiration in that situation
precisely in the same manner as Argyroneta aquatica does; yet
the position, which in conformity with their organization they
so consistently occupy in the systematic arrangement of the Ara-
neidea, has not been disturbed. Influenced by these consider-
ations, and guided by the relations of affinity predominant in the
structure of Argyroneta aquatica, 1 have included it among the
Drasside.

Family Ciniflonide.
Genus Crn1F1o, Blackw.
67. Ciniflo atrow.

Ciniflo atrox, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 607.

Clubiona atrox, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 605; Latr.
Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. i. p. 93; Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl.
1831, p. 144; Hahn, Die Arachn. B.i. p. 115. tab. 30. fig. 87.

Amaurobius atrox, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p.15;
Die Arachn. B. x. p. 116. tab. 355. fig. 831.

Titulus 21, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p. 68. tab. 1. fig. 21.

Remarkable differences in structure, functions and ceconomy
effectually serve to distinguish the spiders belonging to the ge-
nus Ciniflo from those of the genera Clubiona and Amaurobius
with which they have been associated by arachnologists ; all have.
eight spinners, and have the metatarsus of each posterior leg
provided with a calamistrum, consisting of two parallel rows of
spines, which is employed in the fabrication of their extensive
and curiously constructed webs ; they are also sedentary in their
habits, most frequently occupying crevices in rocks, walls, or the
bark of old trees, between which and their snares a communica-
tion is effected through the medium of one or more slight silken
tubes. Though the importance of these characters is admitted
by M. Walckenaer, yet he still retains the species of Ciniflo
among the Clubione (Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. pp. 444,
445).
The female of this common spider in the month of June de-
posits about 70 spherical eggs of a pale yellow colour, not ag-

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 99

glutinated together, in a cocoon of white silk of a loose texture,
measuring 37,ths of an inch in diameter ; it is nearly of a plano-
convex figure, and is connected with the interior surface of an
oval cell of white curled silk, on the outside of which bits of soil
and other extraneous materials are distributed. This cell is ge-
nerally constructed in or near the spider’s retreat.

On the 14th September 1842 I captured an adult female of
this species in which the left intermediate eye of the posterior
row was entirely wanting.

68. Ciniflo feroz.

Ciniflo ferox, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 116.
Clubiona ferox, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. i. p. 606.
Amaurobius ferox, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 41. t. 191. f. 460,461.

Notwithstanding the superior size of this spider, it is very
commonly confounded with Ciniflo atroz, which it closely re-
sembles in form, colour and ceconomy ; both species are found in
the same localities, and are abundantly distributed throughout
the kingdom.

Genus Ereatis, Blackw.

‘

69. Ergatis benigna.

Ergatis benigna, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 608.

Theridion benignum, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 337 ;
Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 122.

Dictyna benigna, Sund. Consp. Arachn. p. 16; Koch, Die Arachn.
B. iii. p. 27. tab. 83. fig. 184, 185; Uebers. des Arachn. Syst.
erstes Heft, p. 12.

Clubiona parvula, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. iii. p. 437.

Drassus parvulus, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 337.

Titulus 15, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p. 55.

The various places which arachnologists have assigned to the
spiders constituting the genus Ergatis, in their attempts to ar-
range the Araneidea in accordance with the natural relations of
affinity and analogy, afford a sufficient imdication that the task
of determining their true position, before the discovery of those
marked characters which serve to connect them with the Ciniflo-
nide, was attended by no ordinary difficulties. M. Walckenaer,
in his ‘ Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt.’ t. iv. p.500, has formed with
the species belonging to the genus Ergatis, previously included
by him in the genera Drassus and Theridion, a small group which
he has placed at the head of his genus Argus ; but so closely are
they allied to the Ciniflones by their structure and functions,
being provided with eight spinners and calamistra employed in
the construction of their snares, that they cannot be removed

7*

100 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Heonomy,

from the family Ciniflonide, which I have founded upon those
characters, without doing violence to the recognised principles of
classification.

Ergatis benigna fabricates an irregular web of whitish silk at
the extremity of the twigs of heath and gorse growing in various
parts of England and Wales. It pairs in May, and in that and
the succeeding month the female constructs two or three conti-
guous, lenticular, white cocoons of a compact texture, measuring
about 4th of an inch in diameter, on an average, which she at-
taches to the stems surrounded by her web, enveloping them with
the refuse of her prey. Each cocoon contains from 10 to 30
spherical eggs of a pale yellow colour, which do not adhere
together.

70. Ergatis latens.

Ergatis latens, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 608; vol. xix.
p- 117.

Dietyna latens, Koch, Die Arachn. B. iii. p. 29. tab. 83. fig. 186.

Theridion latens, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 340.

Titulus 16, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p. 56. tab. 1. fig. 16.

This species is found in the same localities as Ergatis beniyna,
which it resembles in habits and ceconomy. The sexes pair in
June, and in the following month the female constructs several
contiguous lenticular cocoons of greenish white silk of a compact
texture, measuring about 3th of an inch in diameter, on an
average; these she attaches to a stem of gorse or heath sur-
rounded by her web, distributing about them the refuse of her
prey; each contains from 10 to 16 spherical eggs of a getlos
colour, which are not adherent among themselves.

The statement of M. Walckenaer that this spider has the
fourth pair of legs longer than the second (Hist. Nat. des Insect.
Apt. t. iv. p. 501) requires correction, as the relative length of
its organs of locomotion does not differ from that of its congener
Ergatis benigna.

Family Agelenide.

Genus AgELeNna, Walck.

71. Agelena labyrinthica,
Agelena labyrinthica, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 20;
Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 129; Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii,
p. 61. tab. 65. fig. 150, 151; Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst.
erstes Heft, p. 14.
Aranea labyrinthica, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. i. p. 95.
Titulus 18, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p. 60. t. 1. fig. 18.
In localities suited to its habits, this active spider is frequently
very numerous, constructing among gorse, heath, and coarse
herbage an extensive horizontal sheet of web, having a cylin-

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. VOL

drical tube connected with it which constitutes the abode of its

essor. The web is attached to surrounding objects by its
margin, and derives additional support from fine lines, intersect-
ing one another at various angles, whose extremities are in con-
tact with its surface, and with such objects as are situated at a
moderate elevation above it. The sexes pair in July, and in
August the female fabricates a large sac of compact white silk,
which comprises one or two lenticular cocoons composed of white
silk of a fine texture, measuring about ;4ths of an inch in dia-
meter, on an average. Each cocoon, according to its size, con-
tains from 50 to 120 large spherical eggs of a pale yellow colour,
not agglutinated together, and is enveloped in a lenticular co-
vering of strong white silk, which is made secure to the inner
surface of the sac by silken lines closely compacted in the form
of short strong pillars, evidently alluded to by Lister in the fol-
lowing passage: “ipse autem folliculus stelle in modum for-
matus est ” (De Araneis, p. 62). The sac is firmly attached to
stems of gorse, heath, or long grass, and has usually withered
leaves, particles of soil, and other materials of various kinds dis-

‘tributed over its surface.

In the ‘ Report of the Third Meeting of the British Associa-
tion fer the Advancement of Science, held at Cambridge in 1833,’
p- 445, I have shown that the superior spmners of Agelena laby-
rinthica and some other spiders have the spinning-tubes disposed
along the inferior surface of the elongated terminal joint, and,
consequently, that the opinion previously entertained, that the
function exercised by these organs is simply that of touch, and
that they are employed solely in regulating the application of the
spinners to appropriate objects, is decidedly erroneous.

72. Agelena elegans.

Agelena elegans, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 619; Walck.

Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 463.
Hahnia pratensis, Koch, Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 64. t. 270. fig. 639.

Though M. Walckenaer has placed this species in the genus
Tegenaria, yet he has omitted to change its generic name (Hist.
Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 463) ; and, not perceiving that it
is identical with the Hahnia pratensis of M. Koch, has also pro-
posed to transfer it, together with the Hahnia pusilla ( Agelena
montana, Blackw.) of the latter naturalist, to the genus Argus
(Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. pp. 465, 466, 503); but, as
the generic characters of both these spiders and those of the
Agelene appear to coincide, I can neither adopt the proposition
of M. Walckenaer nor the genus Hahnia of M. Koch.

Agelena elegans occurs in moist pastures near Llanrwst, and
the males have the palpal organs fully developed in August.

102 On the Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders.

73. <Agelena prompta.
Agelena prompta, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 621.

Agelena prompta is included by M. Walckenaer among the
synonyma of Tegenaria emaciata (Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv.
p- 462), from which species it differs in size, organization and
colour. It conceals itself under stones in woods about Llanrwst,
and the male has the palpal organs completely developed in Oc-
tober.

74. Agelena montana.

Agelena montana, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xvii. p. 622.
Hahnia pusilla, Koch, Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 61. t. 270. f. 637, 638.
Argus montanus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.iv. p. 505.

In transferring this spider to the genus Argus, with which it
has no relation of affinity, M. Walckenaer has not perceived that
it is specifically identical with the Hahnia pusilla of M. Koch.

Females of this species were discovered in February 1837
under stones, on Gallt y Rhyg, a mountain in Denbighshire, near
Llanrwst.

75. Agelena nava.

Agelena nava, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 623.
Argus navus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 506.
About midsummer, this species, which, notwithstanding its
close connexion with the Agelene, M. Walckenaer has placed in
the genus Argus (see the synonyma), may be seen in consider-
able numbers running on the ground, and on rails and gates in
pastures near Llanrwst. The palpal organs of the male are fully
developed in May.

76. Agelena brunnea.

Agelena brunnea, Blackw.,Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. iii. p. 351 ; Research. in Zool. p. 351.

Agelena brunnea is of rare occurrence in woods in the valley of
the Conway. The sexes pair in May, and in the same month the
female constructs an elegant vase-shaped cocoon of white silk of
a fine compact texture, attached by a short foot-stalk to rushes,
the stems of grass, heath, or gorse ; it measures about {th of an
inch in diameter, and contains from 40 to 50 yellowish white
spherical eggs enveloped in white silk connected with the inte-
rior surface of the cocoon contiguous to the foot-stalk. Greatly
to the disadvantage of its appearance, the entire cocoon is smeared
with moist soil, which drying serves to protect it from the
weather, and, as an additional security, the extremity is closed
and directed downwards.

aay alee
E

Mr. J. Miers on the genus Liriosma. 103

LiriosMA.

Tus genus, proposed by Poppig, and figured in his ‘ Noy. Gen.’
tab. 239, for a species found by him near the Rio Negro, in Bra-
zilian Guiana, is yet but imperfectly known: its characters there
given are in many respects incorrect or incomplete. That bo-
tanist referred it to Olacacee, it having been at first placed in
Styracee by Endlicher. Two other species were soon afterwards
announced, for which another new genus, under the name of
Hypocarpus, was proposed by Prof. A. DeCandolle, in his ‘ Prodr.’
vill. 245, which he considered to be more related to Styracee ;
but he was soon undeceived, as in the addenda to the same vo-
lume, p. 673, he recognised its identity with Liriosma. From a
plant which I found near Rio de Janeiro in 1830, and which I
then examined, I am enabled to complete the generic character,
as far as regards the details of the fruit and seed, and at the same
time, I now add my analysis of the floral structure of L. Gardne-
riana. Both Péppig and DeCandolle describe the ovarium in
this genus to be half imbedded in the adhering calyx; I find on
the contrary that although the lower moiety of the ovarium is
glabrous, and closely invested by the fleshy cup of the calyx, it
is yet perfectly free from it, even for a considerable period after
the fall of the corolla ; the ovarium now increases more than the
calyx, but at length the latter assumes the greatest increment,
and at last wholly incloses it, becoming agglutinated with it,
and converted into an enveloping pulp, leaving a small umbilical
hollow in the summit and showing there the remains of its epi-
gynous gland. The presence of a fleshy epigynous gland upon
an inferior ovarium is a circumstance of the most ordinary oc-
currence, where it is held to be an abortive whorl of stamens;
its existence upon a perfectly superior ovarium was therefore
considered to be an impossibility, or when noticed it was always
described as a mere basal enlargement of the style; but I have
shown that in Hyoscyamus this anomaly really exists, and have
since met with the same occurrence in several other instances.
In the present case, its development is most decidedly marked,
under the form of a prominent, rounded, fleshy disk, distinct in
colour and texture, and exterior to the true pericarpial mem-
branes. It is still more prominent in Schépfia, and is found
with a greater or less degree of development in most of the ge-
nera of the Olacacee and Santalacee. The internal structure of
the ovarium accords with the character pointed out by Mr. Ben-
tham, as a prominent feature of one of his tribes of the Olacacea,

104 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Liriosmia.

where its central placentation divides at its base into pseudo-dis-
sepiments, leaving the summit of the internal space always free
and unilocular, and the ovules suspended in that free space from
the common apex of these incomplete divisions. This structure
is decidedly marked in Liriosma, where the ovarium is 3-locular
at base, with one ovule in each half-cell, suspended from the in-
ternal angle of these incomplete divisions, and here the apices of
the ovules, rising above the points of suspension, are seen conni-
vent in the perfectly unilocular summit of the ovarium. Of these
ovules, as in the Olacacee and Santalacee, only one is perfected
in the fruit, which becomes an oval crimson-coloured drupe, con-

taining a putamen covered by pulp and inclosing a single albu- -

minous kernel that fills its cavity ; this exhibits externally a di-
stinct raphe-like thread, extending from the base to the summit,
as if the seed were suspended by a funicular support ; but it will
be seen that this thread partakes in no degree of ‘the character
of a true raphe, but is merely the remains of the pseudo-disse-
piments, extended with the growth of the seed, and forced into
a groove formed by pressure along its sides, there being seen at
its summit a small cruciform extremity, resulting from the
abortive ovules, similar to the structure that forms so remarkable
a character of the Santalacea, as first pointed out by Mr. Robert
Brown. This same appearance is well defined, and a true expla-
nation of its origin is given by Mr. Bentham, in his excellent
memoir upon the Olacacee, in the 18th volume of the ‘ Linnean
Transactions’: he had observed the same structure in the genera
Olax, Heisteria and Schépfia, but its true nature had been mis-
taken by other botanists. The development of the seed in Liri-
osma is theretore identical with that of Schépfia, a genus referred
by Mr. Brown to Santalacee, but which Mr. Bentham first
placed among the Olacacee with great reason ; and this proves
that the views of the former, in regard to the close affinity ex-
isting betwen these families, are founded upon truth, and I will
presently adduce other proofs of their validity. The stamens,
both fertile and sterile, in Liriosma, in form and structure
resemble those of Olax: and L. Gardneriana and the typical
species have their three fertile stamens placed in an alternate
position, between each second petal and their six sterile stamens,
intermediate between them, which are of course placed opposite
the six petals. With the exact number and position of the sta-
mens in the other species we are not informed, but I believe that
in this genus, as in Olax, the real normal number of petals is
six, with six fertile and six sterile stamens, the former being
always alternate with, the latter opposite to, the segments of the
corolla.

The following is an amended generic character of Liriosma,

ee ee

Ss /. eC

Mr. J. Miers on the genus Liriosma. © 105

drawn up from my own observations ; and after the enumeration
of its species, I purpose subjoining some remarks upon the affi-
nities of the order to which it belongs :—

Lixtosma, Pépp. Hypocarpus, 4. DC.—Calyz parvus, carnosus,

cupuliformis, disco adnatus, margine libero, crenato, vel obso-

lete 5-dentato, augescens, et ad fructum demum coalitus, eum

tegens. Petala 6, sepe usque ad medium geminatim laxe

connata, carnosa, estivatione valvata, apice processubus toti-

dem inflexa. Stamina fertilia 3, petalis alterna, dimidio bre-

viora, et ante suturam cujusque paris sita, e margine disci cu-

puliformis orta ; filamenia complanata, pilis longis cottoneis

barbata, demum glabra, libera, vel ad petalas imo szpius laxe

agglutinata, connectivo crasso lato continua ; anthere introrsz,

ovate, cordate, 4-lobsze, 4-loculares, 4-valves, valvarum mar-

gine alterutro vicissim dextrorsum et sinistrorsum intrinsecus
soluto, hinc longitudinaliter dehiscentes. Stamina sterilia 6,
petalis opposita, et vix longiora, filamenta carnosula, longe
barbata, demum glabra, apice appendiciformia et bifurcata,
laciniis subulatis, acutis, tenuioribus. Pollen subglobosum,
vesiculis 3 zquidistantibus notatum, integumentis tenuissimis.
Discus hypogynus, cupuliformis, carnosus, calyce brevior et eo
adnatus, ad marginem liberum inflexum petala et stamina suf-
fulciens. Ovarium ovyatum, per dimidium inferiorem disco cir-
cumdatum, et illic glabrum, primo omnino liberum, cito ad-
natum, superne conicum, glandula magna epigyna crassa car-
nosa pilosa undique tectum, imo dissepimentis incompletis

3-loculare, summo 1-loculare. Ovula 3, anatropa singulatim
in loculis spurii sab axi placentifero centrali (cionospermio)

suspensa, apicibus in loculi summo indiviso simul conniventia.

Stylus simplex, inclusus. Stigma capitatum, sub-3-lobum.

Drupa baccata, ovata, monosperma, calyce adnato tecta, apice

umbilicata. Putamen subtenue, coriaceum. Semen loculum
implens, sulco longitudinali pro receptione raphes spurii (e

cionospermio in filum extenso) impressum. Integumentum

tenuissimum. Embryo in albumen dense carnosum infra

apicem inclusus, brevis, cotyledonibus minutis, ovatis, com-

pressis, radicula ovata, umbilico proxima, supera.—Frutices

Brasilienses ; folia alterna, breviter petiolata, ovata, integra (ra-

rius subdentata?), punctata ; racemi azillares, breves, pauciflori ;

flores parvi, pedicellati ; pedicellis ebracteatis, articulatis ; florum

partes premolles interdum sese laxe ayglutinantes.

1. Liriosma candida, Popp. (Nov. Gen. iii. 33. tab. 239) ;—foliis
ellipticis, utrinque acutis, obiter remoteque serratis, vel inte-
verrimis, utrinque glaberrimis; racemis axillaribus, corym-

106 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Liriosma.

bosis, plurifloris, folio dimidio brevioribus, calyce petalisque
lineari-lanceolatis, glabris, istis extus virenti-cinereis.— Prov.
Rio Negro Braziliz, circa fluv. Teffé, confluentem Amazo-
nicum.

The leaves are described as being 5 inches long, 2 inches broad,
the flowers supported by two bracts, the calyx obsoletely denti-
culate, the petals thickened at their summit, 3-nerved, and cori-
aceous.

2. Liriosma pauciflora, A. DC. Prodr. viii. 673; Deless. Icon.
Sel. v. 18. tab. 41. Olax pauciflora, Bth. Linn. Trans. xviii.
678; Lond. Journ. Bot. 1.375. Hypocarpus pauciflorus, A.DC.
Prodr. viii. 246 ;—foliis ovatis, obtusis, junioribus cum ramulis
pedicellisque pubescentibus; pedunculo axillari brevi, 1-3-floro,
et pedicellis calycibusque molliter puberulis.—Proy. Bahia ad
Serra d’Acurua ; v. s. in herb. Hook. (Blanchet, n. 2795).

The above characters are wholly taken from the description of
Mr. Bentham, who also states that the ovarium is adnate to the
calyx; the lower half is without doubt subsequently so, by the
intervention of the cupular disk, but I suspect that at an earlier
stage it is entirely free from the disk, as occurs in L. Gardne-
riana: the upper uncovered moiety, as in that species, is covered
with short erect hairs. The only specimens known were collected
by Blanchet in the Serra d’Acurua or Acgua,—the rich diamond
district discovered a few years ago in the province of Bahia.

3. Liriosma Gardneriana, A. DC. Prodr. viii. 679. Olax Gard-
nerianus, Bth. Lond. Journ. Bot. 1. 375. Hypocarpus Gard-
nerianus, A. DC. loc. cit. viii. 216 ;—foliis lanceolato-oblongis
vel ovato-oblongis, acuminatis, apice obtusiusculo, imo subro-
tundatis, textura teneris, ramulisque glabris; racemulo brevi
4—12-floro, pedicello pedicellisque pulverulentis, calyce petalis-
que extus glabris, ovario pubescente.—Prov. Ceara, Serra de
Araripe, prope Bomjardim (Gardn. n. 1957).

This is a small tree about 12 feet high, with odoriferous
flowers, and with leaves mostly 3 inches long, 1} in. broad, on a
petiole of 2 or 3 lines; the petals are of a sulphur-yellow colour,
linear, 3 lines long, thick, fleshy, and quite glabrous. The six
sterile stamens are two-thirds the length of the petals, and are
always placed opposite to them; the three fertile stamens are
shorter, and situated at points between each second petal, and
are therefore alternate with them; all the filaments are free
above, but adhere at their base to the petals for the length of a
quarter of a line, by which agglutination these are formed into
three distinct bifid petals, cleft nearly to the base ; but the fila-

Mr. J. Miers on the genus Liriosma. 107

ments are easily detached, and then the united petals separate of
themselves, thus showing the corolla to be in no degree gamo-
petalous ; the four anther-cells open by two longitudinal lines, as
above described, and are filled with a number of pollen-grains,
aggregated into a mass, by a quantity of loose yellowish grumous
matter: the pollen-grains are roundish, with three globular
equidistant, marginal vesicles, each terminated by a mammillary
point ; they are extremely thin in texture: all the filaments, both
sterile and fertile, are covered with long white cottony hairs,
which ultimately become glued to the petals. The ovarium is
half immersed in the cupuliform disk; the exserted moiety is
covered by the fleshy epigynous gland, which is hairy: before
estivation, the lower portion of the ovarium is quite free from
the enveloping disk, but it soon becomes agglutinated to it, by
the same mucilaginous exudation (probably evolved by the disk)
that glues the base of the stamens to the petals: even after the
ripening of the flower, the cupuliform disk is most easily separated
from the oyarium, without the slightest rupture of the parts ; but
it cannot be torn away from the calyx without laceration.

4. Liriosma Velloziana, A. DC. Prodr. vii. 673. Olax Velloziana,
Bth. Lond. Journ. Bot. ii. 375 ;—ramulis glabris, foliis
oboyatis, acuminatis, et mucronulatis, basi obtusiusculis, re-
ticulato-venosis, nervis divaricatis, utrinque glaberrimis, petiolo
brevi, canaliculato; racemo brevi, axillari, 3—5-floro; ovario
pubescente ; fructu ovali, incarnato, pulpa molli—Rio de Ja-
neiro. —
The leayes are smaller than the last species, about 2 or 23 inches

long, 1} inch broad, on a petiole 3 lines in length; they are

acuminated from the middle of the leaf, and are more fleshy and
e: the raceme is shorter; the drupe is oval, 9 lines long,

6 lines in diameter, polished, and of a light scarlet colour, with a
circular brownish depression in the apex ; it is soft and fleshy, |
inclosing a thin subosseous putamen ; the details of the structure
of its seed will be found in the following remarks on the affini-
ties of the natural order to which it belongs*. This is a low
growing tree, which I found in the wooded margins of the bay
of Jurujuba; it is among Gardner’s collection, no. 5380+.

TA tation of this plant and an analysis of its fruit, together
with the details :

108 Mr. W. Clark on the Chemnitziz.

XIII.—Further Observations on the Chemnitzize.
By Wittr1am Crark, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Exmouth, July 18, 1851.

Arter the many admissions to the ‘ Annals’ I have lately been
favoured with, I would gladly have withdrawn for a moment
from the invasion of its pages, but an unexpected discovery,
which was so forlorn a hope, that even the Gods would hardly

have dared to promise the fulfilment of, having occurred, I am —

irresistibly led to present myself again to your notice, lest I should
be guilty of a neglect to science, to the ‘ Annals,’ and its readers.
I announce the discovery of one of, perhaps, the rarest of the
British Gasteropodan unrecorded molluscan animals, the shell of
which I found near thirty years ago at this place ; and my then
specimens, I believe, passed into Mr. Jeffreys’ hands, but by some
strange omission this elegant object has until very lately remained
without a name ; the cause has perhaps been its anomalous aspect ;
as soon as I was aware of this circumstance I flew to the rescue
of my own discovery, and in the ‘ Annals,’ vol. vi. p. 459, N.S.,
I hazarded a conjecture of its position, and honoured my protégé
with the name of a lady of distinguished science ; I need scarcely
say that the species I allude to is the Chemnitzia Gulsone. This
rare creature was met with in the coralline zone of the South
Devon coast, at Exmouth, in thirteen fathoms water ; it remained
alive three days, and furnished me with the minutes I now sub-
mit. It is necessary to say, that my friend Mr. Jeffreys did not
concur with me in my opinion of the natural position of the ani-
mal, and announced his conflicting views in the ‘ Annals,’ vol. vii.
p- 27, N.S.

I also send descriptions of four other rare unrecorded Chem-
nitzi@ ; that on the C. Sandvicensis being a continuation of the
paper in the ‘ Annals,’ vol. vii. p. 388, N.S.

Chemnitzia Gulsone, Clark.

Animal inhabiting an elongated, slender, hyper-hyaline shell
of six rounded volutions, the body occupying half the axis, with
a large patulous, sinuated, and a little outwardly reflected aper-
ture, the peristome of which is entire; the animal rarely pro-
trudes the eyes and tentacula; the tip of the effete muzzle, the
mentum of authors, is only seen, and also a part of the foot,
which is so short as almost to allow of progression within the
aperture. The shell is of such hyaline purity as to give a full
view of the organs as if they were without that protection ; the
mantle is flake-white and even with the shell; the neck is very

a) et a ee,

Mr. W. Clark on the Chemnitziz. 109

long, cylindrical, like that of the Chem. spiralis, and finely trans-
versely corrugated, ending at the tentacula, which, though some-
what apart, are united by the usual membrane of the Chemniizie ;
they are thick, broad, short, not very membranous, rounded at
the tips, which have the characteristic minute flake-white lobe or
inflation. The black eyes are not very near together; they are
immersed exactly and close to the base of each tentaculum on
minute white circles; they do not in the least invade the area of
the neck, but rather impinge on the stamens of the tentacula.
The effete muzzle or mentum is undoubtedly the continuation of
the neck, and has no connection with the foot, which position I
pro to show in a separate work ; it is long, slender, grooved
at the margins anteally and on each side, the upper and lower
surface being perfect and unbroken; the vertical fissure of the
mouth is under the tentacular awning. The foot is of the palest
frosted yellow, exceedingly short, narrow, deeply bifurcated in
front, at rest rounded behind, and a little lengthened in action.
The animal exanuned was an “ Alma Venus,” and when fully re-
tracted occupies the fourth volution ; then the light green liver,
and yery pale red granular ovarium, occupy the three prima
volutions ; but when the animal is fully out in the body of the
shell, the liver and ovarium are altogether withdrawn from the
first whorls, leaving them perfectly hyaline, and they are then
deposited in the lower part of the third and the whole of the
fourth volution, the other parts of the body and organs being ‘in
the fifth and sixth. The narrow arcuated branchial plume of

about 15-18 rather coarse, opake, pale drab strands, and with —
the auricle and heart, distinguished by their intense snow-white
colour, is perfectly visible, under a powerful Coddington lens,
at the smaller and posterior end of the branchial plume. I have
been thus particular as to the site of the organs, because I never
met with a shell so perfectly hyaline in which their position
could be so well seen. The operculum is an almost invisible
film, pear-shaped or suboval, with a narrow border of pale bistre —
with a pinkish hue ; the striz of increment radiate as in most of
the other Chemnitzie ; it is fixed on a plain lobe near the pos-
terior extremity. I saw no ornamental appendages to the head
and neck. In this example the apex is subreflexed, and there is
a rudimental denticle on the pillar lip. Axis 75, diameter 3,
unciz.

This very rare animal is an undoubted Chemnitzia, and pro-
bably the first of the species that has ever been seen alive. To
add to the interest of this little narrative, I state, that Mrs. Gul-
son, who last year allowed me the honour of attaching her name

to this elegant shell, examined and saw her namesake in a living
state.

110 Mr. W. Clark on the Chemnitzie.

Chemnitzia Sandvicensis, Walker, Test. min. rariora.
Odostomia dolioliformis, nonnull.

Animal inhabiting a white spirally striated subglobose shell of
four volutions, with a reflexed apex and strong fold on the pillar.
The colour throughout is hyaline pale azure. Mantle even with
the apertural margin, except a slight canaliculation at the upper
angle of the right side. The proboscidal muzzle, which some
call the mentum, is the exact characteristic essential shape of the
tribe ; in quietude it scarcely extends to the anterior margin of
the foot, but on the march it considerably precedes that organ.
The tentacula are proportionately longer than in its congeners,
not so triangular, nor furnished with such broad lateral mem-
branes, nor do they coalesce so decidedly as in some species to
form a veil; nevertheless they are bevelled and subtriangular,
with the eyes at the internal bases. The tip of each tentaculum
has a point of flake-white, giving, I think, only the appearance of
a slight inflation, or it may be real for a limited period, caused
by the contraction of the muscle of the tentaculum.

The foot is a singular deviation from that organ in the typical
species; it is short, broad and blunt, truncate anteriorly, there
often twisting itself into acute angles, which, when they happen
to fall in a line with the true tentacula, give the appearance of a
pair on each side, but a change of position instantly makes that
appearance disappear; the anterior third portion of the foot is
somewhat contracted ; at this pomt a transverse groove appears,
from the centre of which another longitudinal one proceeds to
the posterior end, dividing the foot below the transverse portion
into two suboval lobes, each rounded at its termination and
separated by an emargination: whether these grooves are only
depressions or solutions of continuity, I could not in so minute a
creature satisfactorily determine; but the appearance is a foot
formed of three lobes, an anterior and two suboval lateral ones
with rounded termini. This is the great singularity, and mala-
cologists would constitute a genus for it, but in all the essential
points it is a decided and typical Chemnitzia. The operculum
is fixed on a plain, not extended lobe; it has the flap-process or
apophysis of the tribe, not in the same plane, but inflexed at
right angles ; on each side the notch that receives the tooth it
is cartilaginous and flexible in this species, and the strie of in-
crement range in elliptical curves, as in the typical Chemnitzia
pallida. )

The animal is not lively, at least the only one I have examined
was not so, and it is possible more active creatures, which are
exceedingly rare, may cause some modification of the points de-
scribed. It inhabits the littoral zone, and is unrecorded. Axis

a

Mr. W. Clark on the Chemnitziz. 111

js, diameter ;4, uncie. This description will be the sequence of
my account of the shell in a former Number of the ‘ Annals of
Natural History.’

A second example has shown, that the transverse groove in
the foot does not exist, and that in the first specimen it was
due to contraction, which when it is completely developed dis-
appears ; nevertheless the structure is peculiar: at rest it is sub-
oval, but divided into two portions by an apparent superficial
line due to colour ; when fully deployed, the anterior one is con-
stricted, slender, attenuated, capable of great extension, slightly
auricled and emarginate, subhyaline white ; the posterior portion
is suboval, short, broad, fleshy, of an opake pale drab, divided by
a deep medial longitudinal fissure, that seems almost to penetrate
the integuments into two lobes, forming together a rounded
termination with a narrow central emargination.

Chemnitzia decussata, Montagu.

Animal inhabiting a pale drab spiral decussated shell of 4—5
volutions ; it is hyaline white, except the proboscidal muzzle, that
passes for the mentum with some malacologists, which is pale

ink or red. The mantle is even. The muzzle of this species is
less lobed and more truncate than in its congeners, but it has
at times varying phases; it is small, subcylindrical and narrow,
and on the march, as is the invariable practice in all the species,
it is m advance of the anterior portion of the foot, which, like
the terminus of the rostrum, is truncate and without the auri- .
cular points at the angles ; it is rather broad, and when extended
reaches halfway on the antepenultimate volution, posteriorly be-
coming a little constricted, and has a very rounded termination.
The tentacula are triangular, bevelled laterally, pointed, with the
usual two minute flake-white lobes at the tips, which may be
partly real, but principally simulations that depend on the will
of the animal ; the lateral membranes, which are not so extensive |
as in some species, coalesce and form a shallow veil; the eyes
are very close together strictly at the internal bases, not im-
mersed, but are a little elevated on minute prominences. We
may remark, that in this tribe the membranes on both sides of
tentaculum simulate all kinds of shapes and foldings, which
have been termed auriform or subtubular ; these are deceptions,
and due to the will of the animal, as on the march the tentacula
are always carried in a regular, smooth, triangular, bevelled po-
sition ; these changes from one form to another only occur when
the animal is disquieted by position; then they are frequently
and suddenly made, and as quickly assume a natural form. The
operculum is of a narrow, rather elongated oval shape, carried on
a simple lobe at some little distance from the posterior terminus
of the foot; it has the usual characteristic right-angled semi-

112 Mr. W. Clark on the Chemnitzie.

cartilaginous minute notched apophysis and oblique striz of the
tribe.

The animal is not at all shy, progresses rapidly, and inhabits
the coralline zone at Budleigh Salterton, where we have taken it

in twelve fathoms water, more than once, alive. The animal has

not been described.

Chemnitzia elegantissima, Montagu.

Animal inhabiting a white spiral elongated glabrous shell of
12-16 costated volutions ; it is, except the eyes, hyaline-white
throughout. The produced rostrum, the mentum of some authors,
is on the upper surface deeply medially grooved, and at the ter-
mination imperforate ? there 1s at its clavate extremity a vertical,
and a little below a linear transverse deeply impressed line, both
having the appearance of a breach of continuity, though perhaps
not really so. I mention these circumstances in this species to
excite attention, as they are more developed than in such of its
congeners as | have examined. The rostrum is conspicuously
carried before the foot on the march, when it appears truncate,
but at rest is rounded and sinuated asin C. pallida. The foot is
also truncate, very slightly auricled ; the upper flap-skin or real
mentum does not reach to its margin; it is narrow, not very
long, attenuates and tapers to a rounded broad extremity, car-
rying at a short distance therefrom, on an obsolete lobe, a
narrowish pear-shaped obliquely striated corneous operculum
that has a subelastic rectangular apophysis, not notched in the
centre, as the fold or denticle in this species is not usually
visible; but in those examples where it is more or less pro-
nounced, the notch is proportionately marked. The tentacula
are short, triangular and pointed, having large lateral mem-
branes which coalesce to half their altitude, and are capable of
assuming various shapes, as the auriform, the semitubular, and

longitudinal folds on the stamens, and of again being, as if ma-_

gically, returned to a smooth, pointed, correctly bevelled, un-
folded, symmetrical condition, coalescing regularly at the bases ;
all these phases are effected by the will of the animal; in short,
the tentacula in this creature have an arcuated, leaf-like, broadly
subtriangular aspect, scarcely showing inflations at the obtuse
tips; the eyes are at a little distance from the internal line of

the bases.
This elongated animal of sixteen volutions differs in no essen-

tial point, and scarcely in specialties, from its pigmy congeners -

of three turns, whether they be smooth, costated, toothed, or
edentular ; emphatically pronouncing as impossible, on reasonable
grounds, a generic division of the family: all the species must,
I think, range as Chemnitzie. I have omitted to say, that the
mantle is even, plain, scarcely showing a trace of branchial cana-

P
GAC a tack

*

> Cyne

‘Mr. W. Clark on the Chemnitziz. 113

liculation. This is the first year I have succeeded in obtaining
live examples, which occurred in the littoral zone off Budleigh
Salterton, where in former years I have taken abundance of fresh,
excellent shells, but always without the inhabitant. The-exist-
ing malacological notes on this animal are so meagre, that the
present account may almost be considered as that of an unre-
corded creature.

Chemnitzia pusilla, Philippi, tab. 28. fig. 21.
Chemnitzia var. elegantissima, Anglorum.

A single live specimen of this very distinct species has occurred,
which enables me more decisively than in any of its congeners, to
insist on the position, that the eyes and tentacula are planted
across the rostrum (miscalled the mentum), which is an un-
doubted continuation of the neck. What has led to the idea that
the so-called mentum belongs to the foot, is that the pedal union
with the general body of the animal is in this tribe a little more
anteally advanced than in the Rissoe of similar proportions,
thus giving the neck, and its sequence the rostrum, an apparent
connection with the foot, which, if really organically viewed, it
does not possess.

It will only be necessary to notice the variations of the C. pu-
silla from its more stately congener the C. elegantissima ; it is, as
respects the shell, not half the size, much more tumid, and does
not taper in the decided manner of an example of that species of

imilar size. The variations of the malacology are more pro-
nounced : the foot is much longer, extending on the march to
the third basal volution, and terminating in almost a needle
point ; whilst m the other, in a similar condition, it is quite
rounded, and does not reach beyond the body-whorl. In the
“pusilla,” the tentacula when spread have the membranes united
almost to the extremities, which are minute and pointed, so that
they appear in action a single united leaf ; in its congener they.
are more triangular, less, though greatly, membranous, and do
not unite above half their length, and have very obtuse termi-
nations. The C. pusilla has a palish purple streak on each ten-
taculum, and on each side the rostrum; this little fact is not
without its value, as it proves pretty clearly, that the rostrum,
‘miscalled the mentum, belongs to the neck and tentacula, and
not to the foot : in the C. elegantissima both the same parts are
hyaline-white. The two inhabit together the same littoral levels
at Littleham Cove. I now take leave of the Chemmnitzia, and will
not again allude to them, unless I am compelled, as an “ultima
ratio,” or to communicate decidedly new facts.

’ I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant,

WrittaM CLarK,
Ann. § Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 8

114 M.L. R. Tulasne on the Reproductive Organs

XIV.—On the Reproductive Organs of the Lichens and Fungi
(First Part). By M. L. R. Tutasne*.

Amonc the various products originating on the thallus of the
Lichens, the black points to which the attention of botanists has
been recently directed by M. Itzigsohn, are not those least worthy
of thorough examination. Long known to lichenographers, these
points have been taken sometimes for parasitic Fungi of the order
Pyrenomycetes, sometimes for anomalous fructifications, or even
for peculiar species of Lichens. With regard to their organi-
zation, M. von Flotow, who seems to be the last who has spoken
of them, appears to consider them as little utricles filled with a
mucilage in which swim cylindrical corpuscles of extreme tenuity,
animated with a molecular motion. In his eyes these corpuscles
are spores in a rudimentary condition, destined however subse-
quently to become perfect reproductive organs. M. Itzigsohn,
on the other hand, has been induced to regard the points in
question as antheridia analogous to those of the Mosses and He-
patice, and the corpuscles they contain as animaleules endowed
with a movement of translation. He affirms that these cor-
puscles become developed, like the spermatozoids already known,
within lenticular cells seemingly imbedded in the green tissue
of the Lichen. Like MM. Kiitzing and Von Flotow, I haye not
been able to witness the vital motion attributed to these cor-
puscles, even by employing the means recommended for the pur-
pose ; and far from seeing them originate in special cells like the
spermatozoids of the Muscinee, I have satisfied myself that they
are developed on the surface of a basidigerous hymeniwm, and owe
their origm to an acrogenous vegetation.

Whatever resemblance there may be, at first sight, between
the black or brown points in question and the antheridia of the
stemless Jungermanniz for instance,—that a kind of mucilage, a
white, gray, or brownish pulp is poured out by both,—the ele-
ments of this substance and the structure of the organ in which
it is elaborated are unlike in the two cases. In the Lichens, the
pulp effused from the thallus is composed solely of linear bodies
which are very short and slightly curved, or more elongated and
thin, either strongly curved into an arc or more or less flexuous ;
but these corpuscles never appear to present cilia or appendages
of any kind, and their confused movements do not differ from
the molecular trembling described by Mr. Brown; in a word,
they do not possess the characters whieh distinguish those sin-
gular beings engendered in antheridia properly so-called.

They differ no less, as I have said, in their mode of develop-

* Translated from the Comptes Rendus for March 24, 1851.

al till a

_ of the Lichens and Fungi. 115

ment. The globule or conceptacle which produces them is im-
bedded in the thallus of the Lichen, commonly beneath an ob-
scure point or a prominence which reveals its presence. Some-
times it possesses special walls, and may be extricated entire from
the tissue in which it seems to grow as a foreign and parasitic
body (for example, in Parmelia physodes) ; more frequently it is
intimately connected with the parenchyma of the Lichen, and its
form only marked there by its peculiar colour. In other Lichens
it is divided into a number of loculi, sinuous cavities, by various
processes, or more or less perfect partitions. Whatever may be
the internal organization, it opens on the surface by a rounded
pore, little converging slits or irregular chinks.

The corpuscles which emerge through these orifices originate
like acrogenous spores, isolated or twin, upon the cells which
form the internal walls of the globule, or laterally from monili-
form filaments, or various processes lining the cavity. Sometimes
a long filament, which becomes divided into a variable number
of corpuscles, becomes developed in place of one of these cor-
puscles. This genesis has nothing really in common with that
of the spermatozoids, which all originate in the interior of special
cells, from which they disentangle themselves soon after their
exit from the antheridium. But the circumstance that approxi-
mates the corpuscles in question to true spermatozoids is their
equal tenuity ; for, with a thickness which appears scarcely equal
to a thousandth of a millimetre, the majority measure not less
than three thousandths of a millimetre in length ; some are eight
or ten times as long, but no thicker. ar
_ ‘Taking into consideration the whole of the characters presented
by these point-like conceptacles, which I propose to call spermo-
goni, one would be inclined to regard them as foreign bodies on
the Lichen, as parasites upon its thallus, analogous to the Sep-
toria, Phyllosticta, and other minute Fungi which live upon
fading leaves, aware of course that these latter possess an orga-
nization almost identical with that just described. Yet there
will be hesitation in deciding thus, when it is recollected how fre-
quent these spermogoni are on the thallus of almost all Lichens, a
pec nency sometimes so great as to exclude all normal organs of
fructification (I have seen examples in Endocarpon fluviatile and
E. hepaticum) ; that is to say, if the ascigerous apothecia alone
deserve this name. The examples furnished by Verrucaria and
analogous genera have also much weight on the question. It
may be ascertained in V. atomaria, that its apothecia, when ob-
served at a certain age, inclose at the same time and in great
numbers both corpuscles wholly resembling those contained in
the spermogoni of other Lichens, and fertile spores of the well-
known structure. It is further observable that the development

Sx

116 M.L. R. Tulasne on the Reproductive Organs

of these corpuscles (which might be called spermatia) precedes*

that of the spore-bearing cells, for the young apothecia- are
densely filled with the first before the second have acquired a re-
cognizable form. On the dissociated thallus of V. epidermidis,
seminiferous perithecia and other smaller conceptacles contain-
ing only the linear corpuscles or spermatia occur scattered and
intermingled, and it is impossible to avoid regarding those two
kinds of perithecia as belonging to one and the same plant.

An examination, both of other crustaceous Lichens (e. gr. Ur-
ceolaria scruposa, cinerea, Lecanora atra, circinata, Placodium
murorum, radiosum, Squamaria lentigera, &c.) and of foliaceous
Lichens (e. g. Parmelia tiliacea, atpolia, Acetabulum, Gyrophora
hirsuta, pustulata, Loboria pulmonacea, Sticta glomulifera, her-
bacea, &c.), will in like manner show that the Itzigsohnian cor-
puscles or spermogont which occur in them must belong to them ;
and it is impossible to doubt that they are peculiar organs of
these plants, unfairly neglected by lichenographers hitherto. This
opinion may be expressed with the more assurance since it is by
no means the case, as M. von Flotow imagines, that these organs
occur only on certain Lichens, for they are found upon so great

a number that the list of the species which appear to be devoid

of them is probably very limited.

On the other hand, the extreme dissimilarity of form and size
existing between the spermatia and true spores, the constancy of
these differences, and above all, the mode of generation peculiar
to each of these organs, render the idea that the spermatian cor-
puscles are imperfect or young spores, altogether improbable. If
this be so, neither perhaps does their extreme tenuity allow us to
suppose that they are organs of fissiparous or gongylary repro-

duction, the Lichens being moreover furnished very abundantly

with organs of this nature in their gonidia and the gemme of
various forms of which these are the principal elements. Thus
these reflections tend to increase the probability of the opinion
which regards, with M. Itzigsohn, the brown points observed by
him as organs of the male sex in the Lichens. But it must not
be concealed that their little analogy, in regard to structure, with
the antheridia of the Algee and Muscinez, is unfavourable to
their assimilation with these organs. So that just as the nature
and true functions of the latter seem destined to be for a long
time more or less problematical and questionable, this will doubt-
less also be the fate of the spermogoni in the history of the
Lichens. At the same time it is doubtful whether their dissi-
milarity from the antheridia already known is a sufficient reason
for denying the function attributed to them ; for, if among those
there are some which are similar, as the antheridia of the Mosses
to those of the Ferns, others, such as the antheridia of the Algz

ee Le ee ee

aie

WF the Lichens and Fungi. po ae

and those of the Salviniacez, have scarcely any parity of struc-_
ture either between themselves or with the former.

_. Perhaps the study of the Lichens alone may not proce ire suffi-
cient data for the solution of the question of the nature and phy-
siological functions of the spermatia: this doubt has led me
to make some researches in the class of Fungi, the results of
which, joined to those previously obtained by observations exclu-
sively devoted to the Lichens*, indicate, if I am not deceived, that
the latter, in spite of the name aérial Alge which has been ap-
plied to them, are connected with the Fungi by an affinity much
closer than has been generally believed.

(Second Part.+)

_. The great resemblance between the spermogonia of the Lichens
and the Pyrenomycetes of the genus Septoria or their allies, leads
to the suspicion that these little Fungi are not, as is generally
supposed, autonomous productions—that they do not represent,
alone, an entire vegetable species; and since several of these
have been described sometimes as Spherie, sometimes as Sep-
torie, it is probable that they have been observed at different
epochs of their development, and that each of these ambiguous
Septorie corresponds to a peculiar Spheria or other thecasporous
Pyrenomyces, which succeeds it and forms with it but a single
species of Fungus. What would be true of the Septorie, should
extend to a great number of other genera of Pyrenomycetes or
of Coniomycetes, which in like manner would comprise only the
dissociated members of species composed of several terms. This
assertion is in fact now borne out by several proofs.

The Cytispore, which have so much analogy to the Septoria,
were called by Tode Spherie cirrhifere, and m the most recent
classifications are placed near the Spherie or confounded with
them. The reason of this is not to be sought in their organiza-.
tion, which differs extremely from that of the Spherie, but far
rather in that remarkable correspondence, noted by M. Fries,

een certain species of these two genera of Fungi. _ Patient
research will show that this correspondence is a much more ge-
neral fact than has been imagined, and it sufficiently authorizes
the belief, that far from being the total expression of a species of
Fungus, each of the Cytispores represents merely a particular
state of a Fungus which subsequently presents itself under a more
perfect form as a true Spheria, or at least as a thecasporous
Spheriacean. _ It will be found that. this is the real state of the

* Vide I'fustitut, xviii. année, p. 16; or, Bull. de la Soc. Philomathique,

a 26.
+ Comptes Rendus, March 31, 1851.

118 M.L. RB. Tulasne on the Reproductive Organs

case in Nemaspora, Micropera, Polystigma, Ascochyta, and many
other genera comprehended in the Cytisporacee or Phyllostictee.
Thus, to cite only a few examples, Nemaspora Ribis belongs to
Spheria Ehrenbergi, N., Polystigma rubrum to Polystigma ful-
vum, a thecigerous Fungus, Micropera Drupacearum to Spheria
Leveillei, &e.

Any one attentively following this constant succession of the -
same fungous productions upon the same mycelium will naturally
suppose that they are determined by a law, and that a necessary
relation exists between these vegetable forms; but it will be
found difficult to believe that they are so many different creations,
parasitical upon one another, and it will be more readily sup-
posed that they are connected by some other bond. A proof that
this bond is that which exists between the members of the same >
body or the individuals of a single species, is furnished by the
speciés of Tympanis and Cenangium, which are kinds of cespitose
or coalescent Pezizas, The stroma of these Fungi, before giving
birth to the thecigerous cupules or disks, produces abundantly
upon its surface, borne upon basidia of various forms, not only
naked spores, but also extremely slender cylindrical corpuscles,
exactly like those emitted from the spermogoni of the Lichens,
the Septorie, many of the Cytispore, and other analogous Fungi.
The same corpuscles are observed also upon the edge of the
cupule of various species of Cenangium.

In Rhytisma, a thecasporous genus, of the order Discomycetes,
each species, so to speak, possesses a kind of precursor in a Me-
lasmia, or Fungus with acrogenous spores, which plays towards
it the same part as the Cytispore and their analogues do in re-
lation to the Spherie. According to what Mr. Berkeley says,
Asteroma Ulmi should be a sort of Melasmia to Dothidea Ulmi.
Several species of Hysterium and Phacidium are also joined to
Leptostroma, which evidently belongs to them.

With reference to some genera of the Coniomycetes, it has long
been suspected that the Melanconia and their allies are only
Spherie in a certain state of alteration (Spherie corrupte).
M. Fries, following Link, has raised doubts as to their autonomy,
but no one has yet shown, by a sufficient examination of their
mode of increase, what they really are, that is to say (like Stego-
nosporium, Didymosporium, Stilbospora and analogous genera),
the gonidia of various Spherie (e. g. Spheria stilbostoma, fava-
cea, &c.). ‘The majority of the Tubercularie also represent the
stroma of certain Spherie (v. g. S. cinnabarina, 8. coccinea, &e.),
and their spores must also be received as the gonidia of the latter.
A very exact comparison can be made between the spores of the
Tubercularie and the dissociated elements of the articulated fila-
ments, which by their union constitute the pulvinules called by

sof the Lichens and Fungi. 119

the name of Dacrymyces Urtice, or the margin of the Peziza
fusarioides, which is merely the perfect condition of the same
. Tubercularia persicina, Dittm. (Aicidiolum exanthema-
tum, Ung.) and other analogous productions live intermingled
with Uredines and Afeidie when the sori of these entophytes are
scattered (e. gr. Uredo Euphorbia, suaveolens, Aicidium Cichora-
cearum, Euphorbia), or they occupy the centre of the area bounded
by these sori when they are circular (e. e. Uredo compransor, Mer-
curialis, concentrica, Aicidium Grossularie, crassum, Convallaria,
Paridis, &c.) ; in like manner punctiform productions, which, like
Aicidiolum exanthematum, might well represent the spermogoni of
the Uredinee, are constantly developed upon the opposite surface
of the patch borne by Restelia cancellata, Centridium Sorbi, Cy-
donia, &c. ,

Among the Fungi most decisively proving the thesis now pro-
posed, are the Spherie. 8S. Laburni, Pers., is a very complete
species; its ascophorous perithecia arise like those of a large
number of Spherie, around a cytispore with 2 whitish cirrhus,
mixed, in addition, on the same stroma with conceptacles lined
by a basidigerous hymenium, which would be referable to the
genus Sporocadus or one of its analogues. Thus Spheria Laburni
possesses three kinds of reproductive organs, viz. normal endo-
thecal spores, acrogenous spores very like the fruit, those of the
Sporocadus, and lastly other spores equally acrogenous, but very
different and exceedingly slender, namely those of the Cytispora.
In Spheria hypoxylon and other Xylaria, I have as yet seen only
two kinds of spores, namely the black endogenous spores which
are known to belong to them, and in the second place the white
seminules which cover the young branches of the stroma with a
fine dust. These seminules arise singly from a naked hymenium,
clothed with short, straight basidia. Dothidea ribesia is more
complete ; on the upper face of its pulviniform stroma it produces
white seminules like those of the Xy/arie, and in the substance
of its parenchyma little cavities become excavated here and there,
producing upon their walls acrogenous corpuscles resembling the
seminules of the Septorie. Finally, it is known that it also
possesses an innumerable quantity of superficial conceptacles
filled with eight-spored thece.

The multiplicity of reproductive organs in all these Fungi
requires the invention of a few new words to distinguish them
from each other. The term spores remaining attached to the
most perfect, those developed in the thece, without relation of
continuity with the parent plant; we may apply the name of
stylospores to those which originate naked, that is to say, from
hnear stalk-like cells analogous to the basidia of the Agaricinee.
Then the more delicate seminules, the generation of which is also

120. On the Reproductive Organs of the Lichens and Fungi.

acrogenous, should receive, like the [tzigsohnian corpuscles which
they wholly resemble, the name of spermatia, which merely con-
veys the idea of a body destined, in some manner or other, to
the office of reproduction.

M. Fries applies the name of conidia to all the reproductive
bodies which are not, as he thinks, normal spores, so that after
the foregoing statements, this designation would embrace very
dissimilar organs. I would propose to restrain the application
of it to the gemme properly so-called, if it be agreed to regard
as such the reproductive cells which arise directly from the my-
celium (as in the Erysiphes, Ascophore, and other Mucedinee) and
appear to correspond especially to the gongyli of the Muscinez
and Hepatice. Leaving to it the general acceptation, the term
conidia would be employed whenever it is impossible to determine
the nature of a reproductive body which it is required to describe.
The difficulty of this problem will appear when the fungus
under examination does not present the different kinds of repro-
ductive organs united; but then analogical reasoning will be
usefully adopted. If, for example, Melasmia, the precursors of
Rhytisma, are compared with the first condition of Tympanis,
there will be an inclination to regard the seminules of these Me-
lasmie as spermatia, rather than as stylospores of the future Rhy-
tisme. Spheria Laburni furnishes the interpretation of all the

Spherie constructed upon the same plan; its cytispore, like that .

of its congeners, will represent the receptacle of the spermatia,
and its sporocadus the stylosporous perithecia.

Another difficulty will be found in reuniting the elements of a
single species of Fungus when they are not met with associated
together in nature. Ifthe Fungi above-named prove that these
elements are often assembled together, so that there can be no
doubt of their natural relations; there are others which would
show in different degrees the dissociation of the different con-
stituent terms of the species. For example, we find the yellow
stroma of Spheria stilbostoma sometimes fertile at the same time
in ascophorous perithecia and in Melanconium (conidia) ; some-
times, on the contrary, devoid of one or other of these productions.
The same is true of the stroma of Spheria favacea, although,
more frequently, it developes the Spheria and their conidia
isolated. In Spheria nivea, we find on the same area, cireum-
scribed by the black margin of the mycelium, cytisporous tubercles
and tubercles producing Spherie; we also find, but much more
rarely, tubercles which are cytisporous only in part, one half
giving birth to thecigerous perithecia. The stroma of Spheria
castanea, N., most frequently presents the perithecia and the
cytispora united ; yet it commonly produces the latter to the ex-
clusion of the former, or vice versd, and does not enter into the

Bibliographical Notices. 121

class of the Spheria, among which the cytispore always accom-

panies the ascophorous conceptacles (e. g. Spheria leucostoma,
ambiens, corticis, pulchella, Leveillei, profusa, &c.).

It may be suspected that certain Spherie do not exist at all, or
are only met with commonly under the three principal forms which
they may take on. In Spheria Laburni, even, the stylosporous

form (Spheropsis, Sporocadus) is as frequent as, if not more com-

mon than, the perfect thecigerous state. S. sapinea appears to be

‘known only with acrogenous spores, yet it is sometimes com-
bined with its cytispore. S. Oreades, atrovirens, Hedere, and a

crowd of others, commonly present themselves with merely a
gongylary reproductive apparatus. Hence it might be concluded
with much probability, that the group of the Spheropsides and
that of the Cytisporacei (which claim a great number of Phyl-
lostictei) include a number of Pyrenomycetes, the perfect states
of which are to be sought among the Spheriacee properly

so-called, and which consequently must one day be united to

them, when persevering investigations shall have clearly made
known the constituent elements of each species.
Finally, there is a constant fact to which it is still desirable to

_ call attention, namely the order of development of the different

terms of which we believe the species of Fungus to be composed.
It is such, that the spermatia which may be contemporaneous
with the stylospores always precede the appearance of the perfect
or thecigerous form. This anterior development may take place
even several months before, as is seen in the Rhytisme which
only ripen their spores in spring, while their spermatia (Melas-

_mi@) ave developed at the close of the preceding summer. With-

out in any way prejudging the nature and office of these sper-
matia, it 1s imposible to avoid remarking that they precede the
endothecal spores in the same manner as the antheridia of the
Ferns or Equiseta precede the origin of the seminiferous capsules
of those plants.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Manual of British Botany, containing the Flowering Plants and
Ferns arranged according to the Natural Orders. By Cuares
Carpae Basineron, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S. &c. Third edition,
with many additions and corrections. London: Van Voorst, 1851.-

Pp. 434.

Mr. Basineron’s ‘ Manual’ has become so well known to all Bri-
tish botanists in the two previous editions through which it has

that a third can require of us no formal introduction. The
features which distinguish it most strongly from other works of a

122 Bibliographical Notices.

similar nature are of such a kind as to afford no room for great or-
ganic changes. The book is emphatically a “ Manual” ; and most of
the modifications and improvements introduced in the present edition
tend to make it answer to its name even more thoroughly than before.
We are aware that some persons would always have preferred to have
had it more expanded and less concise ; but in this view they forget
the important distinction between a Manual or Synopsis and a com-
plete descriptive Flora. We have no work on British botany of the
latter class more recent than Smith’s; and, excellent as that is in
many respects, it is quite inadequate to our present wants: but it is
delusive to expect that any mere enlargement of diagnoses with supple-
mentary small-talk, however valuable or interesting, can really make
up the deficiency. An author warmly devoted to his science exercises
no small degree of self-control in forbearing to dilate on points which
have specially engaged his attention: but the wisest plan for him is
to make the sacrifice at once and confine himself to essentials, or at
least to such conditions as are fully compatible with portability and
salient clearness. A formidable difficulty however still remains: a
book written in the vernacular and avowedly intended for the hand
rather than the library must necessarily have somewhat of a popular
character : whose interests then ought to be consulted, the botanist’s
or the botanophilist’s ? Should facility of discovery of names, or strict
scientific truth, be the primary object? The question is not very
easily answered : it is too much the fashion just now to lavish pha-
risaical contempt upon “ mere collectors ”’ : surely their shallow know-
ledge of plants is better than none at all, and we have little chance of
drawing out from among them recruits to the ranks of true botanists,
if we scornfully leave them to the guidance of popular scribblers,
scarcely better informed than themselves. On the other hand, it is
manifestly wrong, though the occasional practice of ‘illustrious
authors may be pleaded in excuse, to sacrifice natural to definite and
systematic but artificial arrangements, or to describe the facts of
nature—not as they are, but—as they appear to the inexperienced
ve without giving warning of the illusion. Mr. Babington seems
always to have had in view the benefit of both classes of readers, but
more distinctly now than before: there is an increase of scientific
rigour; confessedly natural genera are not fused together because
each happens to have only one or two British representatives ; but
English terms are in several cases substituted for Latin ones, new
subdivisions of genera introduced for the sake of convenience, and
alphabetical indices of species appended to the accounts of Rubus,
Hieracium, Salix, and Carex. All the descriptions have been care-
fully weeded of superfluous words or observations, and fewer syno-
nyms, authorities, and localities are given; we observe also that the
abbreviations are increased and some convenient terms borrowed from
Mr. Woods: so that, notwithstanding the number of species disco-
vered or discriminated in the last four years and the addition of an
account of the Characeze (occupying above four pages), there is an
increase of only six pages upon the 2nd edition. It is almost swper-
fluous to say that the descriptions are effectually revised through-

a

_

Bibliographical Notices. 123

out (several useful hints being taken from Hooker and Arnott),
and show marks of constant labour in both the field and the study
along with attention to the work of others up to the latest moment.
Some persons may perhaps be annoyed at seeing the accounts of a
few species, respecting which controversies have lately taken place or
strong adverse opinions been expressed, left unchanged: but it is
unwise, where grave doubts still exist, to make such alterations as
can scarcely lead the way to fuller knowledge. Mr. Babington has
advanced more than a step towards making our lists genuine summa-
ries of British vegetation by including in brackets “a considerable
number of plants which only occur in the Channel Islands, or there is
reason to suppose have never been really detected in Britain ; or have
been added to our Flora by previous writers, but are not now to be
found ; or, although decidedly naturalized, have very slender claims
to be considered as aboriginal natives.’’ But the process of purgation
must be carried further still and extended to nearly all the plants now
marked with an asterisk. It is perhaps better not to banish these
excluded species to the limbo of an appendix, but brackets are by no
means sufficient to distinguish them from genuine natives : the use of
small and insignificant type would probably be the best plan. There
would then be room for an increased number of brief notes on plants
likely to occur : we cannot think that Mr. Babington has done wisely
in cutting them down in this edition.

It is now time to give a brief account of the principal individual
changes, premising that neither we nor our readers can be competent
to judge of the merits of many of them without having seen in Britain
the plants in question. Two new Thalictra are introduced, T. flexu-
osum (Reich., Fries) and T. saxatile (D.C.) which is identical with
T. Kochii (Fries). Ranunculus aquatilis adds R. confusus (Godr.)
to its already large progeny. Submersed leaves are described for
both the yellow Water-lilies: we suspect they are known to but few
botanists, except those whose attention may have been attracted by
their curious appearance, somewhat like lettuces, at the bottom of
clear lakes or slow streams. The Fumitory lately described by Mr.
Babington as F’. agraria (Lag.) is referred as a variety to F’. capreolata
in accordance with Dr. Arnott’s views: the account of the whole
genus is remodelled. Nasturtium anceps of the last edition is wisel
given up. The old arrangement of Brassica and Sinapis is saheated.
The stipulate species of Alsine are transferred, after Hooker and
Arnott, to Paronychiacee: the genus so formed is not however
called Spergularia, but Lepigonum; and reasonably enough, for the
former name was originally affixed to a mere sectional division, and
its generic use is quite recent. Cerastium tetrandrum is allowed to
be a form, probably a young one, of C. atrovirens, but of course
Curtis’s name has the priority. Mr. Babington seems to abandon
the characters drawn from the hypogynous ring in the Gerania; we
certainly have found it very variable. Ulex Gallii (Planch.) is still
kept under U. nanus, but noticed at some length as probably distinct.
As no allusion is made to the supposed Trifolium strictum of Anglesea,
mentioned in an early number of the ‘ Botanical Gazette,’ we presume

124 Bibliographical Notices.

Mr. Babington has discovered some error. Orobus is merged in
Lathyrus. Of the Rudi it is enough to say that they have been eyi-
dently worked up fully anew, and that there are now forty-three species
where four years ago thirty-six were given. Dandelion and the Hawk-
bits have nearly all recovered their old familiar names. Fries’s Mono-
graph has of course rendered necessary a thorough revision of the
Mieracia, but much research is obviously still required: H. Schmidtii
(‘“‘Tausch’’) vanishes, we know not whither : H. Lawsoni divides into
H. anglicum (Fries) and H. pallidum (Biv.): Mr. Babington’s H.
denticulatum becomes H. strictum (Fr.), and Smith’s is referred to
H. prenanthoides: H. inuloides (‘‘'Tausch’’) is now H. crocatum
(Fr.); and several new species are added. The four supposed Armerie
are of course united: the wonder is how they ever came to be sepa-
rated: it is evident that Mr. Babington followed in Boissier’s steps
far too blindly. The Afriplices are better described than before,
but they are not yet in a satisfactory condition. The Salices are pro-
digiously reduced, chiefly according to Mr. Leefe’s views: few thi

are wanted in British botany more than a really good cit
of this genus. Our hapless Blue-bell receives its fourth British
generic name! it seems likely, however, that it really ought to be
called Endymion, and so romantic an appellation is sure to be popular.
Sparganium natans of our ditches becomes S. minimum (Fr.), the
old name being retained for a long-leaved plant which would appear
to be rare with us. The Potamogeton doubtfully referred to Fries’s
P. zosteraceus is apparently considered a new species, called P. fla-
bellatus : Mr. Babington’s words lead us to believe that it is common.
We now come to the complicated question of the arrangement of the
Carices : in the first twenty-eight species the transfer of C. Boenning-
hauseniana and C. axillaris to the Hypoarrhene and the change
of position of C. elongata are the only alterations : may we take this
opportunity of protesting against the received separation of Acro-
arrhenze and Hypoarrhenze? The discrepancy of statements about the
two species above mentioned shows the uncertainty of the characters ;
nor is the grouping at all natural, however convenient : strictly speak-
ing, we have in Britain but three series ; the (more or less) rhizomatous
group from C. incurva to C. disticha (including C. brizoides, lagopina,
and /eporina), the uncoloured group with fruit tending to be squar-
rose from C. vulpina to C. Boenninghauseniana, and the tawny
panicled group (nearly parallel to the last) from C. elongata to C.
teretiuscula: Mr. Babington describes sp. 16-21 as ‘‘ glaucous,”
translated, we presume, from Andersson’s “glaucescentia”’: but he
ought to have seen that the word here means “ becoming glaucous”
(see Andersson himself, p. 56), for several of the species are bright
green when fresh. The distigmatic section is treated in accordance
with Fries’s and Andersson’s views, except that C. pul/a and C. Gra-
hami are unnaturally retained there: whether mere forms of C. vesi-
caria or not, they are at all events most closely allied to it, and except
in size and colour scarcely differ from some of its not uncommon
lowland states. The next division is considerably improyed with
Andersson’s help, except that the fallacious and arbitrary distinction

Oe ee ee a ee ee a ©

oT.

Bibliographical Notices. 125

of erect or pendulous spikes is retained, and C. glauca, though inti-
mately allied to C. panicea, is banished to a distance; nor should
C. strigosa and C. pendula have been separated from C. sylvatica
and C. Pseudocyperus, to which it might be well to add C. levigata and
C. depauperata. Objections will doubtless be made to C. deri
being restored to specific rank, and perhaps rightly : but then they
must not be founded on ordinary small or condensed specimens of
C. flava, which are evidently by no means what Mr. Babington has
in view. Some confusion may arise from several changes of nomen-
clature ; yet they appear unavoidable, and it is quite time for British
anists to cease to ascribe oracular authority to the Linnean Her-
barium. Lastrea uliginosa (Newm.) is retained as a variety of L.
cristata, but Mr. Babington is ‘‘ very imperfectly acquainted ” with
it: is any one otherwise? Cystopteris dentata is again separated so
far as the plants from the “‘ Breadalbane Mountains and Cumberland”
are concerned : they must therefore differ from the common dentate
variety of C. fragilis of Wales and Teesdale. The acconnt of the
Chare is a brief summary of the provisional monograph given in our
a year and a half ago: it is to be hoped that the neglect with
which they have hitherto been treated may now exist no longer.
This sketch gives a very imperfect idea of the volume: but, after
all, it is in the field that the excellences of a Manual can best be tested.
Still let no one suppose that all is done which requires to be done:
even in the most familiar genera there is work for every one for some
years to come : we know very little, for instance, of the different modes
of growth collectively called “perennial ” in the different species, and
the imitation of them in annuals, particularly with refererice to the
relation of the vegetative and reproductive systems. But we are
favourably placed at present for the progressive study of plants: the
differences, which a few years back made wide schisms among British

botanists, have latterly been greatly reduced; and if the reproach,

that ‘it is our custom to study exotics, but dogmatize on native plants,’
has not altogether passed away, its just application is at least much
narrowed.

We subjoin lists of the species introduced and suppressed in Mr.
Babington’s present edition.

Species InrRoDUCED.

-Thalictrum flexuosum, R. Rubus imbricatus, Hort.
—— saxatile, D.C. — incurvatus, Bab.
Ranunculus confusus, Godr. —— thyrsoideus, Wimm.
—— tripartitus, D.C. —— mucronatus, Blor.
cae virens, Jord. —— calvatus, Bloz.
iola stagnina, Kit. —— fuscus, Weihe.

Sagina ciliata, Fr. —— Hystrix, Weihe.
Medicago sylvestris, Fr. —— pallidus, Weihe.
Melilotus arvensis, Willd. —— pyramidalis, Bad.
Poterium muricatum, Spach. —- scaber, Weihe.

Rubus Leesii, Bab. Pyrus scandica (Sorbus, Fr.).
—— fissus, Lindl. Epilobium lanceolatum, Seb. &
— affinis, W. et N. Mauri.

—— latifolius, n. sp. Saxifraga Andrewsii, Harv,

126 Bibliographical Notices.

Filago apiculata, G. E. Sm.

spathulata, Presi,

Gnaphalium norvegicum, Gunn.

Hieracium rupestre, All.

pallidum, Biv.

oreades, Fr.

saxifragum, Fr.

atratum, Fr.

cesium, Fr.

dovrense, Fr.

gothicum, Fr.

corymbosum, Fr.

Orobanche Picridis, F. W.
Schultz.

Teucrium Botrys, L.

Statice Dodartii, Gir,
Anacharis Alsinastrum, Bab.
Simethis bicolor, Kunth.
Luzula Borreri, Bromf.
Sparganium minimum, Fr.
Potamogeton trichodes, Cham.
Naias flexilis, Rostk.
Carex brizoides, L.
Ckderi, Ehrh.
Apera interrupta, Beauv.
Triticum laxum, Fr.
Lolium linicola, Sond.
Cystopteris dentata, Sm.

dual the Charee.

SpEcIES SUPPRESSED.

Nasturtium anceps.
Brassica Cheiranthus:
Viola lactea.
Cerastium atrovirens.
Hypericum maculatum.
Prunus insititia.
domestica.
Rubus fastigiatus.
tenuis.

—— Borreri.
Leightonianus.
Lingua.

— humifusus.
Schleicheri.
Carduus Forsteri.
Hieracium Schmidtii.
Linaria italica.
Atriplex microsperma.
—— prostrata.

Urtica Dodartii.
Ulmus campestris.
major.
carpinifolia.
glabra.

stricta.

Salix decipiens.
Russelliana.
amygdalina.
—— rugosa.

—— ferruginea.
sphacelata.
cotinifolia*, &e.
propingua, &e.
radicans, &e.
retusa.
Zostera angustifolia.
Poa montana.

>

Remarks on “‘ Hymenopterologische Studien by ARNOLD FoERSTER,
1stes Heft, Formicariz, Aachen, 1850.’ By Witit1am NYLANDER,

M.D., of Helsingfors.

Having had an opportunity of seeing the above-named treatise by
M. Foerster, on the species of Formicidee inhabiting the German pro-
vinces on the Rhine, in which he has done me the honour of be-
stowing special attention on my essay on the natural history of this
family +, I have thought that the expression of my opinion concern-
ing the determination of some species in his work would not prove
altogether unserviceable. As Mr. Walker has at the same time kindly

* The changes of nomenclature render it impossible to extricate singly {
the species suppressed in this and the two next groups. ig
+ Adnotationes in Monographiam Formicarum borealium, 1846; Addi- é

tamentum in Monogr. Form. bor. 1846; Additamentum alterum in Monogr.

Form. bor. 1847.

Bibliographical Notices. 127

submitted to me for examination typical specimens of the major por-
tion of M. Foerster’s species, transmitted to him by the author, it is
on them chiefly that the following remarks are based. And I trust
that the author will excuse me, if in some instances I entertaim views
differing from his ; and I hope that he will not consider I have been,
in penning them, prompted by any other motive than the advantage
of our science. M. Foerster generally considers minute, and in my
opinion too obscure characters, as sufficient ground upon which to
found a species. With all deference to him, I must remark, that
the same species of Ant does not always construct its nest of the
same materials nor in the same manner, so that specific distinctions,
taken from such circumstances, cannot be looked upon as very
stable: the hill-making Ants gather the materials they find nearest
at hand ; if they inhabit pine-woods, they make use of the needles of
those trees ; if they inhabit meadows, of bits of grass, &e. Some spe-
cies however (F'. pressilabris, exsecta) prefer meadows or thickets ;
other, dry sterile heaths or fir-woods (F. rufa, congerens). The size is
also very variable in every species, and the colour is frequently more
or less pale or dark. I will now proceed to the remarks on the

1. Under the name of “‘ Formica congerens”’ (1. c. page 17. 5) is
transmitted to Mr. Walker my F. congerens$ and F. rufa? ¢.

2. Under the name of “ F. polyctena” (1. c. 15. 4) I can see only
a form of F. rufa.

3. Under the name of “ F. piniphila”’ I see my F. congerens. To
this may belong F. truneicola, Foerster, 1. c. 21.7, which is certainly
not F. truncicola of my essay.

4. “F. sanguinea” (1. c. 20. 6) is my F. dominula, and perhaps
Latreille’s F’. sanguinea ; but his description agrees also with F. trun-
cicola, whose geographical range is equally wide; for this reason I
was unable to decide on the identity of either ; but as his typical spe-
cimens are in all probability lost, the question will most likely remain
for ever unsettled*. I believe however that M. Foerster’s opinion is
correct, and I can have no predilection for my own names. I may
observe that my F. dominula occurs in all kinds of nests, and on this
account I am induced to consider, that it takes up its residence in the
deserted nests of other species. Thus I have found it living in trunks
of trees, in nests probably previously inhabited by F. truncicola, fusca
or glebaria, or more rarely in old hills of F. exsecta, but most fre-
quently in burrows in the earth, belonging I think to F. glebaria,
whose workers only it enslaves. The F. truncicola also sometimes
makes its nest in the earth.

5. “F. exsecta”’ (1. c. 23.8), “ F. flava” (l. e. 38. 17), F. fuli-
ginosa (1. c. 28. 11), F. glebaria (1. e. 31. 13, F. fusea, Latr.), are
the insects which are described under the same names in my essay.

6. “ F. stenoptera” (1. c. 26. 10) as far as I can judge does not
differ from F. eunicularia, Latr. ) ‘

* I may observe that in the magnified figure of the head given b
Latreille, the clypeus is figured entire, whereas in my F. dominula is ped
stantly notched.

128 Bibliographical Notices.

- 7. © F. fusca,” Foerster, J. c. 33.11, is undoubtedly the same as
F. nigra, LU. This opinion is based not only on the traditional testi-
mony of the northern collections, but also on the characters given by
Linneeus himself: “ Formica minor e fusco nigricans ;”’ whilst on the
contrary he says of his F. fusca: “‘ Formica media, corpus certo
modo ad lucenr videtur nigrum, alias cinereum,” which agrees per-
fectly with my F. fusca or glebaria. [On this subject as well as the
synonomy of the other Linnzean species I have treated in the ‘ Seell-
skap. pro Fauna et Flora Fennica Notiser,’ Heft 1. 239 segg.| Unfor-
tunately there are now no specimens of these two species with the
Linneean tickets in the collection preserved by the Linneean Society.
M. Foerster asserts somewhat too positively, that it is solely on the
authority of Latreille, that I have founded my interpretation of the
Linnean F’. nigra.

8. “ F. timida” (1. c. 35. 15) and “ F. aliena” (l. e. 36. 16) ap-
pear to me only different forms of one species distinguished princi-
pally by their size, the latter bemg the smaller. But whether both
these species are not merely forms of F. nigra, L. (F. fusca, Foerster)
is perhaps a question requiring further examination, for a paler colour,
and the legs and antennze a trifle more naked are, perhaps, characters
too fugitive upon which to establish specific distinctions. I admit
that I should have easily referred the individuals of these species,
which I have seen, to F. nigra, L.

9. “ Tapinoma collina” (l. c. 43.21) is my F. glabrella (Addit. 2.
38) ; and [ cannot understand why M. Foerster has established a di-
stinct genus for it, only on the single character, that in this species
the little scale of the petiole is inclined forwards and almost incum-
bent. My subdivisions of Formica and Myrmica had undoubtedly
afforded more substantial generic characters. Formica glabrella ap-
pears to be a species widely distributed throughout the central and
southern regions of Europe. At Paris it is of frequent occurrence,
and inhabits all kinds of soil, sometimes dry sandy places, and some-
times humid mossy situations, often in very large and numerously
tenanted nests, and is remarkable for its extreme agility and the sweet
nectareous odour which it emits.

10. “ Myrmica ruginodis’’ (1. c. 66. 36), ‘<M. levinodis”’ (1. e.
64.35), “ M. scabrinodis”’ (1. c. 67. 37), are absolutely identical with
my species of the same names.

11. “M. acervorum” (I. c. 61. 32); the specimens sent to Mr.
Walker are a pale form of my species bearing the same name.

12. “M. fuseula”’ (1. c. 56. 29) is likewise mine (i. e. M. cespi-
tum, Latr.). In the male sent I can discover no tooth on the meta-
thorax, but merely an obtuse angle.

13. ‘ M. impura” (1. c. 48. 22) is in my opinion nothing more
than a pale form of M. fuscula, which is very variable both in size
and colour, and colonies are sometimes found consisting entirely of
large individuals, while others are inhabited by small individuals only.
I have observed the same circumstance in other species, more parti-
cularly in F. nigra and F’. herculeana (cf. Addit. 2. p. 28). Perhaps
M. modesta, Foerster, J. c. 49. 23, which I have not seen, is also a

Shaan elaine

Zoological Society. 129

form of my M. fuscula; and possibly by a typographical error its
length has been indicated as 34 lin., since in the description it is com-
ared with “ M.impura,” fuscula and tuberum, which species are
more than a line long.
_ 14. “ M. leviuseula” (1. c. 54. 27) is identical with my M. niti-
dula ; very possibly I have erroneously described its antennz as con-
sisting of twelve jomts ; if so, I shall be happy to rectify my mistake
as soon as 1 have an opportunity of re-examining my northern speci-
mens. It may be remarked that the intermediate articulations of the
i are closely approximate.

M. muscorum, Foerster, 1. c. 59. 31, which I have not seen, I
can scarcely recognise my Myrmica of the same name, for the an-
tennze entirely pale and the abdomen with a fuscous band, appear to
indicate a different species. M. Foerster does not state whether his
species has the thorax continuous above, or with a distinct transverse
suture

.

I shortly I shall have another opportunity of returning to this

subject

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
June 11, 1850.—W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.
The following paper was read :—

SyNOPsIS OF THE SPECIES OF ANTELOPES AND STREPSICERES,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES. By J. E.
Gray, Esa., F.R.S., P.B.S. ere.

The genera in this Synopsis are arranged after the plan, first sug-
m a paper on the genera of the Hollow-horned Ruminants
(Bovide) in the ‘ Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist.’ xviii. 227.

ANTELOPES.

The Antelopes contain a large number of species separated into
several genera, which may be arranged in the following sections :—

I. The AnTeLores or THE Fiexps have a tapering nose, with
the nostrils bald within.

1. The True Antelopes are light-bodied and limbed, and small-
hoofed, with a short or moderate tail covered with elongated hair to
the base ; horns lyrate or conical.

2. The Cervine Antelopes are large-sized, rather heavy-bodied and
ve OO and have an elongated tail with short hair at the base

tufted at the end ; horns lyrate or conical.

3. The Caprine Antelopes are heavy-bodied and limbed, and large-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 9

130 Zoological Society.

hoofed, with a very short, depressed tail covered with hair to the
base ; horns conical.

II. The ANTELOPES OF THE SANDy Deserts have a broad nose,
and the nostrils lined with bristles within.

4. The Equine Antelopes have the nose very broad, soft, spongy,
and bristly.

5. The Bovine Antelopes have the nose moderately broad, with a
black, moist muffle.

I. The ANTELOPES OF THE Friexps. Nose tapering, the nostrils
bald within, close together in front and diverging behind.

1. The Truz AnreLores. Body moderate-sized, elegant; legs
slender ; tail moderately elongate, hairy ; horns placed over the eye-
brows.

A. Horns lyrate (or rarely cylindrical, subspiral), strongly ringed
at the base; nose ovine, without any naked muffle; deep in-
guinal pouches ; and tear-bag generally well-developed.

1. Sarea.

Horns short, strong, annulated, lyrate, white; nose very high,
compressed, rounded ; nostrils very close together ; tear-bag distinct ;
fur soft.

1. Satca Tararica. The Couus or Sate.

Pale yellowish, crown and back greyish washed ; belly and anal
region beneath the tail white ; young, crown greyer.

Capra Tatarica, Linn. 8. N. 97.—Antilope Saiga, Pallas.—Ibex
imberbis, Gmelin.—Antilope Colus, H. Smith.—Colus Strabonis,
Gesner.—Colus Tartarica, Wagner.—Cervicapra, sp. Blainv.—Saiga
tatarica, Gray, Knowsley Menag. 3.

Inhabits Siberia. Cab. Brit. Mus.

2. Kemas.

Horns elongated, rather lyrate ; nose with a dilated pouch on each
side; tear-bag distinct? hair close, erect, spreading ; nose-hole of
skull very large; females hornless.

1. Kemas Hopesonir. The Carrv.

Pale brown ; chest, belly and inside of the limbs white ; front of
face and front of legs blackish.

Antilope Hodgsonii, Abel.—A. Kemas, H. Smith (not horns,
t. 181. f. 6).—. Chiru, Lesson.—Kemas Hodgsonii, Gray, Knows-
ley Menag. 3.

Inhabits Thibet. Cab. Brit. Mus.

3. Gaze.ua, H. Smith.

Horns strong, lyrate, black ; face tapering; nose simple; tear-bag
distinct ; fur short, close-pressed. Females with smaller horns ; teats
four.

a ee ee ee ee | eT ee ee

Zoological Society. 131
. * Knees with tufts ; back and rump brown, vent white.

+ Lower part of side with a dark oblique streak ; feet with a tuft
uearit | of black hair beneath.

_ 1. Gazeiua Dorcas. The GazeLye. '
Fur rather elongate and harsh, grey brown ; outside of fore |
broad oblique streak along the side, edge of anal disc, front of face
and face-streak, dark brown ; face-streak, throat, chest, belly, inside
of thigh and anal disc, white ; tuft at under side of feet and end of tail
black ; knee-tufts blackish ; young, back and side-streak rather paler.
Capra Dorcas, Linn.— Antilope Dorcas, Pallas ; Licht. 3. t. 5.—
A. Gazella, Pallas.—Gazella Kevella, H. Smith, 9 .—G. Corinna,
H. Smith, 2 .—Gazelle, Buffon, H. N. xii. t. 22-25. $ —Kevel, Buf-
fon, H. N. xii. t. 26. ¢. not F. Cuvier.— Corinne, Buffon, H. N. xii.
t. 27. 9. t. 30 (not F. Cuvier) ; Cuvier, Menag. Mus. t. .—Kevel
gris, F. Cuvier, Mam. Lithog. t. 3.— Antilope Cora, H. Smith.—
A. Arabica, Hemprich and Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. t. 5 ; Licht. Saugth.
t. 6.—A. Cuvieri, Ogilby, Proc. Z. 8. 1840, 35 ; Frazer, Zool. Typ. t.
Var. Nose with a dark spot or streak.
Var. Larger, legs thicker.
Gazella Dorcas, var. Gray, Knowsley Menag. t. 3.
~ Inhabits N. Africa; shore of Red Sea; Mogador (Willshire).
The Earl of Derby has specimens which he calls Gazella vera,
figured Knowsley Menag. t. 3; they are rather larger, greyer, and
the legs are much thicker and heavier than the specimens from the
shore of the Red Sea. The fur is similar, but not quite so long on
the under side of the neck. The Kevel gris (F. Cuvier, Mam. Lith.)
well represents this variety.
_ The A. Cuviert of Ogilby, from Morocco, is a much larger animal.
than the common G. Dorcas, but agrees with it in other characters,
t, it is said, in having longer ears.
- F. Cuvier (Mam. Lithog. vii. t. 8. 2 .) has figured and described
an Antelope from Sennaar under the name 4. leptoceros, which he
Says is very like 4. Dorcas, but has larger horns, those of the males ©

being twice’and of the females half as long again as the head. The

horns vary greatly in length in our specimens.
++ Upper part of sides with a pale streak.

_ 2. Gazetva Isapetra. The Isapetta Gazette.

Fur short, very soft ; pale yellowish brown, with a broad, rather

paler oblique streak on the upper part of the side; knee-tufts, front

of face and lower face-streak, darker yellow brown ; upper face-streak,

‘chest, back edge of tarsus, under side of feet, inside of limbs, helly

and vent, white ; tail black. Female, horns very slender, longer than

the head. Young, paler, the lower part of the sides rather darker.
Gazella Isabella, Gray, Aun. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846.— Anti-

lope Iridis (Die Iris Antelope), Licht.—A. Dorcas, Licht. Darstell.

~t. 5.—A. Dorcas, var. a. Sundevall.

Inhabits N. Africa ; Egypt (J. Burton, Esq.), Kordofan (Sundev.).

This species is easily known from the foregoing by the softness and

fineness of the fur, and the lower side-streak being of the same colour
9x

132 Zoological Society.

as the back, and from it and the following by having no dark edge to
the anal disc.

3. GazELLA suBGuUTTUROSA. The JarRON.

Pale brown; upper part of sides with a broad, rather paler streak ;
crown and knee-tufts greyer ; face-streak indistinct ; nose, lower
of sides, belly, hinder side of fore and front side of hinder limbs and
anal dise white ; streak on haunches dark brown ; end of tail blackish.

Antilope subgutturosa, Guldenst.; Pallas; H. Smith, Griff. A. K.
t. 183. f. 5, horns.—Capra Ahu, Keemp.—d. Dorcas, var. persica,
Riippell.—Gazella subgutturosa, Gray, K. Men. 4.

Inhabits Tartary, Armenia and North Persia. Cab. Brit. Mus.

Larger than the Chikara.

** Knees with tufts; rump mark and throat-spots white: no dark
side-streak ; tail slender, compressed, only hairy above (Dama,
Bennett).

4, GazeELLA SOEMMERINGII. The ApysstnrAN Momr.

Pale brown ; nose, forehead and lower edge of face-streak and end
of tail blackish; chest and belly, angular mark on rump above the
tail, face-streak and spot on the throat white; limbs pale. Female,
forehead paler in the centre.

Antilope Soemmeringii, Cretzchm. in Riippell, Zool. Atlas, t.19 ¢.
—Gazella Soemmeringii, Gray, K. M. 5.

Inhabits Lower Abyssinia; Sennaar. Brit. Mus.

5. GazeLuaA Mour. The Mour.

Bay; chin, spot on throat, chest, belly, edge and inside of limbs
and angular spot on rump above the tail white; spot on side of face
and end of tail black. .

Antilope Mohr, Bennett, Trans. Z. 8.i. t. 8; Knight, M.A.N.f. .—
A, Dama, var. occidentalis, Sundevall.—Gazella Mohr, Gray, K.M.5.

Inhabits Morocco. Mus. Zool. Soc. Portendic. There called
Seni-ci (Mr. Whitfield). Mus. Brit.

The specimen in the Frankfort Museum, which was received from
the Zoological Society, is one-third smaller than the Andra. It is
brown, rump mark, lower part of the sides, belly, inside and edge of
legs white, face iron-grey with longer hair at the base of the horns:
horns large, thick, the face-streak indistinct from the pale colour of
the head. ;

There is a fine specimen of this species living at Knowsley, and a
female which died on the passage in the British Museum.

6. GazeLuA Dama. The NanGeur.

Bay ; chin, spot on throat, belly, lower part of sides and hinder part
of the back, inside of the limbs white ; no spot on side of the face.

Antilope Dama, Pallas.—Gazella Dama, Gray, K.M. 5.—A. ru-
bra, Afzelius.—Nangeur, Buffon, H. N. xii. t. 32. f. 3. t. 34.

Inhabits W. Africa; Senegal.

Not seen since Buffon’s time ; may be a bad figure of the former.

Zoological Society. 133

7. GAZELLA RUFICOLLIS. The ANDRA.

Whitish ; neck and front part of the middle of the back reddish ;

no face-streak.
- Antilope ruficollis, H. Smith, G. A. K. v. 205.—A. Andra, Ben-
nett.—A4. Dama, Licht. Saugth. t. 3,4; Riippell, Zool. Atlas, t. 14,
16; Ehrenberg, Symb. Phys. t. 6.— <4. Dama, var. orientalis, Sun-
devall.—Gazella ruficollis, Gray, K. M. 5.

Var. Young? with an indistinct narrow brown streak across the
outside of the thighs, and the forehead iron-grey, with longer hair at
the base of the horns; horns small. Mus. Frankfort.

TInhabits North Africa; Kordofan. Brit. Mus. 2.

These species differ in size as well as markings. The Mofr and
Andra differ from G. Soemmeringii in being of much larger size, and
in wanting the black face and streaks. Bennett’s Mohr has only an
angular white spot on the rump, like G. Soemmeringii ; Bufton’s
Nangeur is smaller, and has more white on the rump, thighs and
sides ; and the dndra, which agrees with the figures cited, is almost
all white, with a reddish neck and withers.

*** Knees without tufts (but with rather longer hair, forming a
linear keel in front); back and rump brown; sides with
dark streak.

8. GAzELLA RuFirrons. The Korin.

Bay brown ; sides above paler, with broad dark streak below ; tail
black ; chest, belly, inside of legs, back edge of tarsus, and under side
of feet and anal dise white ; face bright bay, side-streak broad white.

Gazella rufifrons, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.—Kevel, male,
F. Cuyier, Mam. Lithog. t. 3.—Corine, F. Cuvier, Mam. Lithog.
t. . young ? .—4d. levipes, Sundevall.—Gazella rufifrons, Gray,
K. M. 5. t. 4.

Var. Nose blackish above (adult 2 ).

Young; pale yellowish, side-streak brownish.

_ Inhabits W. Africa; Senegal. Mus. Paris. Gambia (Mr. Whit-
field), called Seni. Brit. Mus. Sennaar (Sundevall).

Buffon mentions a Corine as coming from Senegal, but he says it —
is smaller than the Kevel, and Daubenton says that it has knee-tufts,
so that it cannot be this species. Indeed the Gazelle, Corine and
Kevel of Buffon are clearly all 4. Dorcas of this memoir.

The Kevel figured by M. F. Cuvier well represents this species.
He says it was sent from Senegal, and probably it has not knee-tufts,
for they are not indicated in the figure or mentioned in the text ; for,
like other descriptions of this author, though it occupies more than
two pages, all the peculiarities of the species are left out. The Corine
of the same author, also from Senegal, well represents the young.
M. F. Cuvier says the Kevel and Corine and A. Dorcas form one
species, but afterwards, under Kevel gris, he thinks they may be two.

4. Procapra, Hodgson.
Horns strong, elongate, lyrate, black ; face tapering, nose simple ;

tear-bag none; knee-tufts none; tail very short: female horuless ;
teats two. Asia; not gregarious.

134 Zoological Society.

1. Procapra GuTturosa. The Dseren. ap
: hi yellowish ; hair long, soft, of anal region short, white; tail
ack. es
Antilope gutturosa, Pallas, Spic. xii. 45. t. 2; H. Smith._—
Gazella gutturosa, Gray, Knows. Menag. 3.
Inhabits Mongolia, Siberia. Cab. Brit. Mus., male and female.
Thibet. Mus. Ind. Comp.

2. Procapra prcricaupA. The Racoa or Goa.

Hair sordid, brown with pale rufous tips; under side, inside of
ears, limbs and anal disc, reddish white ; tail black.

Procapra picticauda, Hodgson, J.A.S. Bengal, 1846, 173. 334. t.

Inhabits Thibet; in the plains. Brit. Mus., skulls. Perhaps

same as former in summer fur.

5. Tracors, Hodgson.

Horns lyrate, short, black ; face tapering, nose simple; “ tear-bag
none ;”’ teats two: females with small horns. India; not gregarious.

1. Tracors Bennetrir. The Curkara.

Bay brown; sides uniformly coloured ; knee-tufts, end of nose and
tail black ; streak on haunches blackish ; face-streak, chest, belly and
inside of limbs white.

Antilope Bennettii, Sykes.—<A. Christi, Gray.—A. Bharatensis,
Hodgson.—4. Hazenna, I. Geoff., Voy. Jacq. Mam. t. 6, bad?—

A. Dorcas, var. K., Sundevall.—Tragops Bennettii, Hodgson, 1847.

Inhabits India. Cab. Brit. Mus.
The feet are generally blackish, but sometimes brown like the back.

6. AntTrporcas, Sundevall.

Horns lyrate, short, black ; face tapering, nose simple; tear-bag
not remarkably distinct ; back with an expansile white streak or fold ;
hair close-pressed ; knees not tufted: females with small horns.

1. Antrporcas Evenore. The Sprinesoc or TsEse.

Pale brown; face, throat, chest, belly, broad expansile streak on
back to base of tail, edge and inner side of limbs white; face-streak
and middle part of forehead pale brown, side-streak oblique, dark
brown: young paler; side-streak paler, back-streak distinct.

Antilope Euchore, Forster, Licht. t. 7; H. Smith ; Harris, W. A.A.
t. 3.—4d. saltatrix, Link.—<A. marsupialis, Zimm.—d. Pygarga,
Blumenb.—A. dorsata and A. saliens, Lacep.—A. Ibex, Afzelius,
1810.—Gazella Euchore, Gray, Know. Men. 6.

Inhabits 8. Africa. Brit. Mus.

7. Aipyceros, Sundev. MSS.; Antilope, Gray.

Horns elongate, wide-spreading, lyrate, black ; face tapering, nose
simple; knees not tufted, feet with tuft of (black) hair near pastern ;
teats two; no trace of suborbital sinus (Harris).

1, Aipyceros Metampvus. The Parzian or Rooye Boc.

Bay, sides paler beneath ; belly, anal dise and lower side of tail
white ; crown, anal streak and tip of tail blackish ; tuft above feet
and back of feet black.

oh
te

es

Zoological Society. ; 135

Antilope Melampus, Licht.; H. Smith, t. 181. f. 7; Harris, W.

A. Africa, t. 15.
‘Tnhabits 8. Africa. Brit. Mus.

8. AntiLops, H. Smith; Cervicapra, Gray.

Horns elongate, subspiral, erect, diverging; face tapering, nose
simple ; tear-bag large. India; gregarious.

1, ANTILOPE BEZOARTICA. The ANTELOPE.

Grey brown ; lips, orbits, chest, lower part of sides and belly, edge
and inside of limbs white; nose, front of shoulder and outside of
thigh, end of tail and front of feet blackish; neck redder.

Capra bezoartica, Aldroy.—C. Cervicapra, Linn.,? H. Smith.—
A. Cervicapra, Pallas, Gray, Ill. Ind. Zool. t. .—Antilope, F. Cuv.
Mam. Lith. t. . 2 —Cervicapra bezoartica, Gray, Knowsley Men. 6.

Var. and young. A narrow pale streak on the upper part of each
side.

Antilope bilineata, Temm., Gray, Illust. Ind. Zool. t.

Inhabits India. Brit. Mus.

B. Horns small, slender, straight, conical, tapering, more or less
diverging and often bent forward at the tip; the muffle is
generally large and moist.

+ Tear-bag large ; muffle generally large.

9, TrTracerus, Leach.
Muffle large; tear-bag large, longitudinal; horns, two pair very
short, conical, straight ; knee-tufts none: female hornless.

1. TeTRACERUS QUADRICORNIS. The CHouKa.

Front pair of horns conical, distinct.

T. quadricornis, H. Smith, G. A. K. t. 181. f. 3. t. 186.— Antilope

icornis, Blainv.—A. striaticornis, Leach.—A. tetracornis,

Hodgson.— A. Chickara, Hardw.; H. Smith.—T. Chicara, F. Cuv.
Mam.t. .¢.—Cervus albipes, F. Cuv. Mam. Lith. t. . female.
_ Inhabits India, Himalaya. Brit. Mus. Thibet. Mus. Ind. Comp...

M. De Bilainville in describing this animal has read Moorshadabad,
the habitat, for Hoornadabad, and thought it the name of the animal.

2. TeTRACERUS SUBQUADRICORNUTUS. The JUNGLIBUKRA.
Front pair of horns rudimentary, tubercular ; hinder horns conical,
lindrical ; pale brown; side rather paler; chest, belly, inside

and front of legs whitish ; feet paler, varied.

Var. Female, front of legs blackish.

Antilope subquadricornutus, Elliot, Madras Journ. 35. t. 4. f. 2.—
Brown Antelope, Sykes.

Inhabits Madras. Brit. Mus. Larger than the former.

Mr. Hodgson, in MacClelland’s Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist. 1847,
notices and figures five species of this genus: 1. 7’. Jodes (rusty-red),
t. 4. f. 3, and 2. T. paccerois (full-horned), t. 4. f. 1, 2, from skull.

136 Zoological Society.

10, CaLtorraeus, (part) Sundevall; Oveotragus, (part) Gray; Re-
dunca, (part) H. Smith; Tragulus, H. Smith; Cervicapra, sp.
Blainv.

Muffle large; tear-bag arched, transverse ; horns subulate, elon-
gate, erect ; hoofs triangular, flattish beneath, acute in front ; crown
smooth ; tail very short; groin and orbit nakedish: females horn-
less ; teats four; the knees not tufted ; inguinal pore none; ear elon-
gate; false hoof small or none.

2 * False hoofs none.
1. CaLtorracus Tracuius. The STEINBOC.

Fulvous, ashy ; hair uniform; small spot on nose, and two diver-
ging streaks on crown to nape blacker; upper part of throat, chest
and abdomen white ; ears three-fourths the length of the head ; false
hoofs none.

Antilope Tragulus, Forster, Licht. t. 14.—A. rupestris, H. Smith ;
Harris, W. A. A. t. 25. f. 2.—A. campestris, Thunb. 1811 ; Afzelius,
1815.—A. pallida, H. Smith.—A. Pediotragus, Afzelius.—A. fulvo-
rubescens, Desmoul.—A. rufescens, H. Smith, G. A. K. t. 188.—
Calotragus tragulus, Gray, Knowsley Menag. 7.

Var. Without the black crown-streaks, throat whiter.

Inhabits S. Africa. Brit. Mus.

This species varies much in colour, perhaps according to the season :
sometimes the hairs are whitish at the tip, giving the fur a glaceous
appearance ; the black streaks are as distinct in the young-as in the
adult.

** False hoofs small.

2. CALOTRAGUS MELANOTIS. The Grys Boc.

Red bay, with intermixed white hairs, crown with two dark streaks ; _

ears two-thirds the length of head; false hoofs small.

Antilope Melanotis, Thunb.1811; Afzelius; Licht. 8. t.12; Harris,
W. A.A. t. 26.—A. grisea, Cuvier, D. S. N. ii. 244, 1816; H. Smith.
—A.rubro-albescens, Desmoul.—Calotragus melanotis, Gray, Knows-
ley Menag. 7.

Var. pallida. Pale ashy white, hairs some white, others lead-
coloured with grey tips. Brit. Mus.

Inhabits 8. Africa. Brit. Mus.

11. Scopornorvus, Gray; Calotragus, part Sundevall.
Muffle small, bald; tear-bag transverse; horns subulate, elongate,
acute, slightly recurved at the tip; knees largely tufted; inguinal
pores distinct and bearded ; ears moderate, with a naked spot on the
outside of their base ; hoofs triangular, false hoof distinct.

1. Scopornorvus Ovuresi. The OurEst.

Temple-spot small, indistinct; fur red-brown; cheeks paler;
crown darker red brown ; orbits, chest, belly, and middle of upper
part of inner side of legs white ; end of tail, arched line before the
eye and spot between the ears black.

Far. Yind of nose blackish.

Zoological Society. 187

Antilope Scoparius, Schreb. Licht. S. t. 13.—A. Ourebi, Shaw ;
Lesson.—Ourebi, Buffon, not F. Cuvier.—A. melanura, Bechst.
Inhabits S. Africa, Cape of Good Hope. Brit. Mus.

2. ScopoPpHORUS MONTANUS. The GIBARI.

Temple-spot large, deep (more than half an inch over), naked ;
fur greyish brown; cheeks paler; crown red brown; orbits, chest,
belly, under side of tail and middle of the inner side of the upper parts
of the legs white ; end of tail and arched line before the eye black.

Antilope montanus, Riippell, Zool. t. _.—Scopophorus montanus,
Gray, Knowsley Menag. t. 5.

Inhabits W. and E. Africa ; Abyssinia (Riippell); Gambia. Called
Gebari, or Mahomet’s Antelope (Zarl of Derby). Brit. Mus.

Very like the former, but grey brown, and the temporal spot much
larger, deeper, more distinct and bald, both when alive and in the
skin, so that it does not depend on the stuffing.

12. Orrorracus, Gray, Sundevall ; Tragulus, H. Smith, not Pallas.

Muffle large; tear-bag arched, transverse; horns subulate, elon-
gate; hoofs squareish, high, compressed, much-contracted, concave
beneath ; false hoofs large, blunt; crown smooth; tail very short ;
hair thick, quill-like, spread out: female hornless; teats two.

1. OREOTRAGUS SALTATRIX. The KriANsi or KLIPppsPpRINGER.

Dark brown, yellow grisled; hair grey, brown at the end, with a
short yellow tip; beneath whitish ; edge of ears and feet above the
hoofs black.

Antilope Oreotragus, Forster; H. Smith; Licht. Saugth. t. 15.—.
A. saltatriz, Bodd.; Harris, W. A. A. t. 24.—Oreotragus saltatriz,
Sundey.; Gray, Knowsley Men. 8.

inhabits S. Africa; Abyssinia (Riippel/). Brit. Mus.

Varies in brightness and depth of colour according to the season.

13. Nesorracus, Von Duben, Sundey. MSS.

**Muffle large, bald; lachrymal sinus: deep, large; face and fore-
head not crested ; ears large; horns in males large; false hoofs none; ©
tail very short.

Very like Neotragus in form and character.

1. NesorraGus MoscHatus. The Nesorracus.

Reddish grey ; belly white; feet pale red; hair of back brown,
with a pale subterminal band and black tip.
- Nesotragus moschatus, Von Duben ; Sundev. Vet. Ac. Oefversigt,
1846, 221; Pecora, 134; Gray, Knowsley Menag. 8.

Inhabits Zanzebar, east coast of Africa. Male and female in the
Stockholm Museum.”’

14. Neorracus, H. Smith; Madoqua, Ogilby.

Muffle none ; nose ovine ; nostrils close together ; false hoofs very
small ; tear-bag roundish ; tail very short ; crown crested.

138 Zoological Society.

1, NeorraGus Santiana, The Mapnoaua.

Antilope Saltiana, Blainv.— A. Hemprichianus, Ehrenb. 8. P. t..7;
Licht. Saugth. t. 16.—Neotragus madoka, H. Smith.—A. Grimmia,
Riippell— A, Hemprichii, Riippell, Abyss. 25.—N. Saltiana, Gray,
Knowsley Menag. 8.—N. Hemprichianus, Sundev.

Inhabits Abyssinia. Brit. Mus. ‘

tt A glandular line on the side of the face, in the place of the
tear-bag ; and the muffle large and bald.

15. Cepnatopuus, H. Smith; Sylvicapra, Ogilby, Sundev.

Muffle large; tear-bag none, but a naked, glandular line, formed
of two series of pores, on the side of the cheek ; crown crested, end-
ing in a tuft between the horns.

* «Knees and hind legs tufted ; ears and horns elongate; tear-bag
small, under the eye, and a narrow naked streak on cheek.’

1. CePpHALOPHUS? QuaprRiscopa. The Four-rurrep ANTE-
LOPE.

“ Buff, paler on the sides; tail, knee-tufts, front of nose, narrow
inferior lateral and anal streak and streaks across legs blackish ; lips,
breast, belly, inside of limbs, vent and houghs white.” .

Antilope quadriseopa, H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 261. t. 188.—Cepha-
lophus’ quadriscopa, Gray, Knowsley Menag. 8.

** Inhabits Senegal.”’

This species is only known from Colonel H. Smith’s description
and figure.

** Knees not tufted ; ears elongate acute ; horns slender, elongated.

2. CerpHaLopuus GrRimmiA. ‘The Impoon or DuykéerR or
Duyxker Boc.

Yellowish brown, greyish in winter; hair yellowish, with blackish

tip; forehead yellowish bay ; inside of ears, chin, throat, abdomen
and under side of tail white ; feet, streak on the nose, up the legs, and
upper part of tail black ; ears elongate, nearly as long as head, acute ;
horns black, elongate, slender, base rugose and subangular in front.

Capra Grimmia, Linn. 8. N. (ed.10) 70.—Moschus Grimmia, Linn.
S. N. (ed. 12).—Antilope mergens, Blainv. Bull. Soc. Phil. 1817;
H. Smith, G. A. K. v. 264; Licht. Saugth. t. 11; Harris, W. A. A.
t. 15.—A. nictitans, Thunb. Mem. Petersb. 1811, iii. 312.—4. Bur-
chellii, H. Smith, G. A. K. v. 262. adult in summer?’—4A, Ptooa,
H. Smith, G. A. K. v. 265? jun.?—. Platous, H. Smith, G. A. K.
v. 266.—Ceph. Grimmia, Gray, Knowsley Menag. t. 1. f.1, t-2.f.1, 2.

Inhabits S. Africa. Brit. Mus.

This species varies greatly in the intensity of the colours and in the
extent of the black on the feet and nose. In one young specimen in
the British Museum the black on the nose is quite deficient ; though
it has the bright colouring of the breeding-season, and is bright bay
on the crown.

The specimen in the Musewn of the London Missionary Society

eee ee
Pate

=

Zoological Society. 139

(No. 8 Blomfield Street, Moorfields, formerly in Austin Friars),
Case 5, described by Colonel H. Smith under the name of 4. Platous,
is the size and has the horns and ears of an adult C. Grimmia, but
differs in being paler, and having no dark colour on the nose or feet ;
but it is evidently much bleached. It has certainly no relation to
the C. sylvicultriz, with which Colonel Smith was afterwards inclined
to place it as a variety (Griff. A. K. Syn. v. 344).
ere are three species which have been called Antilope Grimmia:—
1. The Capra sylvestris africana of N. Grimm, Misc. Cur. No-
rimb. 1705, 131. t.13, the authority for Capra Grimmii, Ray, Syn. 80,
and Linn. S. N. (ed.10) 70. Moschus Grimmia, Linn. S. N. ed. 12,
from the Cape, of a dull grey colour. Probably the Duyker.
2. Le Grimme of Buffon, H. N. xii. 307. 329. t. 41. f. 2, 3, from
a head sent from Senegal by Adanson ; the Antilope Grimmia of Des-
marest, F. Cuvier, and H. Smith, &c.; the Cephalophus rujfilatus.
_ 3. The 4. Grimmia of Pallas, with large ears and a black streak
‘to the horns, like C. Campbellie, but is from Guinea. I know of no
species common to the W. and S. coast of Africa, so that it is pro-
bably yet to be distinguished.
~ The “Fitomba” or “Philantomba”’ appears to be the generic name
of all the W. African Cephalophi or Bush Antelopes.

3. CePpHALOPHUs CAMPBELLIZ. The BLacK-FACED PHILAN-
TOMBA.

Grey and black grisled, beneath white ; cheeks, neck and chest yel-
lowish ; forehead yellow, with a black streak on the nose widening on
the forehead and ending in a tuft behind the horns ; feet and front of
fore-legs reddish black ; fur soft ; hair grey, with black ring and tip;
ears elongate acute.

Antilope Grimmia, Pallas, Spic. Zool. xii. 18. t. 1 ?—C. Burchellii,
var. (C. Campbellie), Gray, Cat. B. M. 162.—C. Campbellie, Gray,
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, 164; Knowsley Menag. 9. t. 2. f. 3.

Inhabits 8S. Africa. Brit. Mus.

This species is at once known from the Duyker by being much
eae and distinctly grisled or dotted, and the under side being much

er.

We have an adult female of this species sent us as 4. mergens, var.
Burchellii, by M. Sundevall (the other specimen of the same name
being a true Duyker), and a young specimen which has been in the
British Museum for several years, sent from Africa, under the generic
name of Philantomba, by Mrs. Campbell.

" The 4. Grimmia of Pallas, Spic. Zool. i. 18. t. 3, which he de-
scribes as grey grisled, becoming brownish ash on the buttocks ;
throat, chest and beneath the body white; head and neck yellowish
Brey a black streak between the horns, forming a fascia on the fore-
ead and broader on the nose; fur softer than the Deer, but rough,
of lower part of the neck rougher and more lax ; feet and line on fore-
legs blackish ; tail black above; ears rather acute: inhabits Guinea ;
igrees in most respects with this species, but most probably is yet to
ve procured from W. Africa.

140 Zoological Society.

*k* Knees not tufted; ears moderate, acute; horns short, conical,
thick.

4, CepHaLtopuus Mapoavua. The Anyssin1An Busu Buck.

Yellowish brown, slightly punctulated with black ; neck yellowish ;
limbs blacker ; face-streak and feet black; hair rather rigid, close-
pressed, reddish grey at the base, end polished yellow brown, with
dark tips; forehead reddish.

Antilope Madoqua, Riipp. Abyss. t. 7. f. 2; Sundev.—Madoqua,
Bruce’s Travels, vii. 360. t. 56,—C. Madoqua, Gray, Knows. Men. 9.

Inhabits Abyssinia. Mus. Frankfort.

This species is very distinct from C. coronatus, being darker, and
the fur more rigid and close-pressed.

5. CEPHALOPHUS CoRONATUS. The Rep-crowNED Busu Buck.

Pale yellowish brown ; middle of back and front of fore-legs varied
with a few scattered black hairs; crown bright bay; crest blackish
brown, bay in front ; feet and streak up the nose blackish ; inside of
ears, chin, throat, chest, belly and inner side of legs whitish ; horns
short, conical; ears about half as long as the head, acute.

Cephalophus coronatus, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. x. 1842,
266. 1846, 164; Knowsley Menag. 9. t. 6. f. 1, 2.

Inhabits W. Africa; Gambia, Macarthy’s Island. Mr. Whitfield
called it The Coquetoon. Brit. Mus.

**** Knees not tufted; ears moderate, rounded; horns conical,
thick; without any streak over the eyes.

6. CePHALOPHUS SYLVICULTRIX. The WuiITE-BackeD BusH
Buck.

Blackish brown, minutely grisled; hair brown, with whitish tips ;
back with a large yellowish white spot, narrow in front ; throat, chest
and belly redder ; crown, nape and legs darker ; horns 2

Antilope sylvicultriz, Afzelius, N. Act. Upsal. vii. 1238; H. Smith,
G. A. K. t.187.—C. sylvicultriz, Gray, Knowsley Menag. 10. t. 8. f. 1.

Inhabits Sierra Leone, in swampy places. Brit. Mus.

Varies in the size of the dorsal spot.

In the British Museum is a young male: length 29 inches; height
18; tarsus 6°9.

7. CePpHaLopuus Ocitei. The Buack-strirep Busy Buck.

Pale bay brown, with a deep black dorsal streak; beneath pale;
crown and haunches brighter bay ; neck and withers, and sides of the
‘dorsal line varied with deep brown hairs; streak up the fore-leg,
upper part of hock, feet (above the hoof) and end of tail blackish ;
horns short, thick, conical, very rugose on the inner front edges of
the base.

Cephalophus Ogilbii, Gray, Ann.and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842; Knows-
ley Menag. 10. t. 8.f.2; Frazer, Zool. Typ. t. .—Antilope Ogilbii,
Waterh. P. Z. 8. 1838, 60. 1842, 129.

Inhabits Fernando Po (J. Thompson, Esq.). Brit. Mus. Not half
the size of the preceding.

a ee ee a =<

Zoological Society. 141

8. CepHaLopnus porsaLis. The Bay Busn Goar.

Dark bay; shoulders and legs darker; hair brown, a few on the
haunches white-tipped ; crown and nape, broad streak along the back
to end of tail black ; spot over each eye; lips, sides of chin, front of
chest, under side of tail and inside of thighs pale brown.

- Cephalophus dorsalis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, 165;
Knowsley Menag. 10. t. 7. f. 1.

Inhabits Sierra Leone: called Bush Goat. Brit. Mus. The head

is very large, the skull short, broad, forehead rounded.

9. CEPHALOPHUS NIGER. The Buackx Busa Buck.

Sooty black, greyer in the front half of the body; chin, throat,
abdomen and inside of thighs grey ; forehead and crown dark bay and
black mixed: cheeks pale brown and black varied ; tail, end whitish.

Antilope niger, Mus. Leyden.—Cephalophus niger, Gray, Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, 165; Knowsley Menag. 10. t. 7. f. 2.

Inhabits Guinea. British Museum. Sierra Leone (Mr. Whitfield).
Knowsley Museum.

In the British Museum there is a male from the Leyden Museum,
nearly as large as the former.

10. CerpHatopuus Natatensis. The Natat Busy Buck.

Bright red bay ; nape, withers and feet varied with dark grey hairs;
nose-streak short, blackish ; lips, chin, upper part of throat and end
of tail white ; lower part of cheeks, throat and abdomen pale yellow-
ish ; crown and tuft bright red; horns short, conical.

Antilope natalensis, A. Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. 217; Ilust.
ZS. A. t. 32.—Cephalophus natalensis, Gray, Knowsley Menag. 10.

Inhabits S. Africa. Port Natal. Brit. Mus. Five specimens of.
different ages. Resembles C. Ogildii in size and colouring, but wants
the dorsal streak. The females are horned.

11. CeEpHALOPHUsS RUFILATUS. The CoquEToon.

Deep reddish bay ; legs, nape, streak on the nose to the crown and
broad streak on the back blackish grey; ears blackish; crest and
upper part of tail black; cheeks rather paler; chin and abdomen

e yellowish ; inside of ears whitish, with a brown spot on the outer -
side; horns conical, rather elongate, obscurely annulated, slightly
recurved.

Cephalophus rufilatus, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, 166;
Knowsley Menag. 10. t. 9.— Antilope Grimmia, H. Smith, G. A. K.
v. Eetevele cakes Buffon, H. N. xii. t. 41. f. 2, 32

ar. 1. Sides paler, greyish red; forehead rough.
Le Grimme, F. pee ine, Lithog. t. . =) good.
aera Sac. Feces called Coquetoon. Brit. Mus.
e hair is rather paler at the base, of the dorsal streak or i
. F. Cuvier’s (Mamm. Lithog. t. .) figure is the pale variety,
which Mr, Whitfield regards as distinet 1p rel it is called Corina
by the natives: the separate head of Cuvier’s plate appears to have
been taken from the Guevei.

142 Zoological Society.

eee KE Knees not tufted ; ears moderate, rounded ; horns short, thick,
conical ; head with a pale streak on each side over the eyes to
the base of the horns.

12. CerpHaLorpnus Maxwewtui. The GuEveti.

Grey brown or sooty brown ; sides of head and body greyer ; chin,
throat, chest and belly whitish grey; abdomen and front of thigh
white ; broad streak over each eye to the base of the horns yellowish
white ; feet and end of nose rather darker; fur rather rigid; hair
uniform.

Antilope Maxwellii, H. Smith, G. A. K. iv. 267.—A. pygmea, Pal-
las, Spic. xii. 18 !—The Guevei, Buffon, H. N.—A. pygmea (Guevei),
F. Cuv. Mamm. Lithog. t. . good.—A. Federici, Laur. ; Sundey.
—A. Philantomba, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1836, 121; 1839, 27.—Cepha-
lophus Maawellii, Gray, Knowsley Menag. 11. t. 12.

Inhabits W. Africa. Brit. Mus.

The adult male in the British Museum is bright sooty brown,
darker near the rump ; the female is nearly uniform pale grey brown.
It is well figured by M. F. Cuvier. It is known from C. monticola
by being larger, by the whiteness of the eye-streak, and of the front
of the thigh and chest.

13. CerpHALOPHUS MONTICOLA. The NoumMETGE or CAPE
GuEVEI. ;

Grey brown; streak over the eyes, legs and outer part of thighs
rufous ; feet grey brown; chin, chest, abdomen, and under side of tail
and inside of ears white; fur soft, grey, with intermixed rather rigid
black hairs.

Antilope monticola, Thunb. Stockh. N. H. xxxii. t. 5.—A. cerulea,
H.Smith, G.A.K.v.855; Daniell’s Afr. Scen.t. ; Harris, W.A.A.
t. 26.—A. perpusilla, H. Smith, G. A. K. v. 854.— 2. pygmea, Licht.
Saugth. t. 16; Sundevall_—Cephalophus monticola, Gray, Knowsley
Menag. 11.

Inhabits S. Africa. Brit. Mus.

The colours vary in intensity ; in a female in the British Museum,
the rufous colour of the thighs and the white of the chest are more
distinct than in the male, but this may depend on the season when
they were killed. A very young fawn (perhaps hardly born), which
was brought home from the Cape by M. Verreaux, is darker, and the
reddish tint extends over nearly the whole body.

Thunberg described the South African species, but says that there
is a specimen in the Stockholm Museum, brought by Afzelius from
Sierra Leone, which agrees with his animal; so he evidently did not
observe the difference between the two species.

14. CEPHALOPHUS MELANORHEUS. The BLacKk-RUMPED
GuEVEI.

Grey brown ; throat and sides paler; rump and upper part of tail
black ; chin, chest, abdomen, back and front edge of thighs and under
part of tail white ; narrow streak over the eyes whitish; feet like the
back ; fur soft, pale grey, with intermixed rather rigid black hairs.

ae

Zoological Society. 148

Cephalophus melanorheus, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846 ;
t Menag. 11. t. 10.—C. Philantomba, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B.
M. 163 not H. Smith).

Inhabits Fernando Po (J. Thompson, Esq.). Brit. Mus.

This species is coloured like the Guevei from W. Africa, but smaller,
and has the soft fur and interspersed black hair of the Cape Guevei,
C. monticola, but it is easily known by the black mark on the
rump.

15. CepHALOPHUS PUNCTULATUS. The GrIsSLED GUEVEI.

‘Dark fulvons brown; sides and legs rather paler; narrow streak
‘over the eyes and inside of ears pale brown ; chin, throat, chest, belly
and front of thighs and under part of tail white ; hair grey at the base,
with brown ends and yellow subterminal rings ; crown and upper part
of tail darker ; feet pale, varied.

Cephalophus punctulatus, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846 ;
Knowsley Menag. 11. t. 11. f. 1.

Inhabits Sierra Leone. Brit. Mus. A young specimen presented
by Colonel Sabine, R.E.

It is at once known from the other Gueveis by the fulvous colour
which is produced by the yellow subterminal rings of the hairs.

Colonel H. Smith indicates a species under the name of C. Philan-
tomba, but so indistinctly, that it is impossible to know for what it is
intended.

16. CernHacopuus Wuitrietpit. The Wuire-roorep GuEvET.

Yellowish ash ; shoulders, outside of limbs and hinder parts of back
rather darker ; ears and crown pale yellowish brown ; streak over the
es throat, belly, inside of the limbs and ring round the feet

the hoof ashy white ; hair ashy grey ; of the back brown at the

end, with a yellow tip.

Cephalophus Whitfieldii, Gray, Knowsley Menag. 12. t. 11. f. 2.

Inhabits Gambia (Mr. Whitfield). Mus. Brit. Young.

Smaller than the Grisled Guevei, and much paler and yellower.

**%*** No tear-bag nor glandular streak on the face, and the
muffle large and moist; crown smooth.
16. Nanorracus, Sundev.; Neotragus, part H. Smith.
Horns very short, conical; legs slender; tail subpectinate ; hoofs
small, triangular, false hoofs none; crown not crested; ears small,
rounded.
1. Nanotracus perpusitius. The Royat ANTELOPE.
Fulvous ; throat, belly and edge of thighs and tip of tail white.
Capra perpusilla, Linn. Mus. Ad. Fred. i. 12.—Moschus pygmeus,

Linn. S.N. (ed. 12) 92.—Antilope pygmea, Pallas, Spic. Zool. xii. 18;

Cuy. D.S. N. ii. 241; H. Smith.—4. regia, Erxleben, 278.—A. spi-
niger, Temm. Monog.—Nanotragus regius, Gray, Knowsley Menag.
12.—Royal Antelope, Penn.

Inhabits W. Africa; Guinea. Brit. Mus.

144. Zoological Society.

The smallest-hoofed animal. The feet were formerly often used
as tobacco-stoppers, and are figured mounted by Seba, t. 43. f. a, 5;
Buffon, H. N. xii. t. 42, 43.

17. E.zorracus, Gray ; Redunca, H. Smith ; Cervicapra,
Blainv., Sundev.; Nagor, Laur.; Sylvicapra, Ogilby.

Horns conical, bent back and then forward at the top; hoofs and
false hoofs rather large ; tear-bag none; teats four; inguinal pores
distinct.

+ Horns erect, slender, and face narrow ; nose swollen; muffle large,
extended far behind the nostrils; fur woolly hair. Pruna.
S. Africa.

1, Eveorracus Carreotus. The Rensock or Peers.

Temple-spot none ; head slender, compressed ; horns erect, scareely
diverging, very slender ; fur short, woolly, grey brown ; back redder ;
throat and beneath white ; end of nose and chin blackish ; feet darker.

Antilope Capreolus, Thunb.; Afzelius, N.Act. Upsal.vii.251.1818;
Licht. Saugth. t. 8; Harris, W. A. A. t. 25. f.1.—A. villosa, Burchell,
1822; H.Smith.—A. /anata, Desmoul.—Eleotragus Capreolus, Gray,
Knowsley Menag. t. 12. from life. :

Inhabits 8. Africa. Brit. Mus. Knowsley, living.

+t Horns diverging, thick, conical; head broad; nose not swollen.

* Muffle large, extended far behind nostrils; fur grisled, harsh,
straight, with a subterminal pale band, and often whorled ;
a naked spot on the temple. South Africa.

2. ELEOTRAGUS ARUNDINACEUS. The INGHALLA or Rett Bock.

Head broad; temple-spot naked ; horns diverging, conical, taper-
ing. Brown, yellow grisled; hair pale brown, with a subterminal
yellow band; cheeks and neck yellower; base of ears, chest, belly
and insides of the legs and under side of bushy tail white; front of
legs black.

Antilope arundinacea, Shaw, Zool.—A. Eleotragus, Schreb. Licht.
t.9; H. Smith; Harris, W. A. A. t. 26.—A. redunca, H. Smith;
Gray, Cat. B. M.—A. cinerea, Afzelius, 1815.—A. Lalandii, Desm.;
Fischer.—A. Lalandiana, Desm.—Eleotragus arundinaceus, Gray,
Knowsley Menag. 12.

Var. Larger.

A, Isabellina, Afzelius, N. Act. Upsal. 1815, vii. 244; Licht. t. 10;
H. Smith; Sundeyv. :

Var. With a large black rhombic spot ou the back of the head be-
hind the ears. Female in Brit. Mus.

Inhabits 8. Africa, in marshy places. Brit. Mus.

Afzelius, Lichtenstein, H. Smith and Sundevall have described two
species of this genus as coming from South Africa ; the smaller they
call A. Eleotragus, and the larger A. Isabellina. The latter author
has given a comparative character between the two kinds, but he has
only seen two specimens of the former (a male at Berlin and a female

ee ee) a Oe ae ee ed

Zoological Society. 145

at Stockholm), and several specimens of the larger kind. I have ex-
amined with care a series consisting of four males and five females
from different parts of South Africa, and can find no distinction be-
tween them, except a slight difference in the length of the fur and in
its colour. Two specimens in the British Museum are larger than
the rest, and have the tarsus one-fourth longer than the others ; they
have a shorter fur and are of a rather brighter colour, and the front
of the leg is blacker ; but the fur and colour probably depend on the
season when they were killed. In these respects they agree with
Sundevall’s description of 4. Isaéellina, but they both have the tem-
poral spot large and quite naked, while Prof. Sundevall described the
spot on this species as pubescent. The female of the larger specimen
has the black spot on the back of the head; some of the smaller
ones have the temple-spot much smaller and less naked than the
others. The two larger specimens have a single whorl of hair in the
middle of the back; the others, with longer hair, show the whorls
more distinctly, and have the hair from the central whorls to the
shoulders forming a more or less diverging line. After examining
these specimens and those in other collections, I conclude that Pee
form only a single species. M. Sundevall, in a note just received,
observes, “Mr. Wahlberg considers A, Isabellina and A. Eleotragus
as very distinct, and our specimens seem to show a difference, though
not very well expressed. Also I have committed a mistake, for the
young female described in my Synopsis as y. under 4. Isabellina, is
really 4. Eleotragus.” :

** The muffie smaller, scarcely extending beyond the nostrils ; fur
Sulvous, not grisled; hair grey, with yellow tips; tail less bushy.
W. and E. Africa. >

3. ELzorracus REDUNCUS. The Wonrto or Nacor, or RED
ANTELOPE.

Head broad ; horns conical, thick at the base, diverging; fulvous
brown, rather pale on the sides; hair soft, yellow tipped, all in regu-
lar order ; chin, throat, spot under ears and over eyes, inside of limbs,
under side of tail and lower side of body white; front of leg some-
times blackish.

Antilope redunca, Pallas?; Riippell, Abyss. t. 7, good.—d. rufa,
Afzelius, 250, from Buffon.—A. reversa, Pallas ?—Nagor, Buffon, xii.
t. 46 ?—Oureby, F. Cuv. Mamm. Lithog. t. 9 .—A. Isabellina, Gray,
Cat. Mamm. Brit. Mus.—Eleotragus reduncus, Gray, Knowsley Me-
nag. 13. t. 13.

Inhabits “Senegal.’’ Mus. Frankfort and Mus. Leyden. Gambia
(Whitfield), where it is called Wonto. Male and fawn, British Mu-
seum, and a young male living at Knowsley, from the Gambia.

Var. Larger, colour brighter.

A. Bohor, Riippell, Abyss. t. 7; Sundev.

Inhabits Abyssinia. Mus. Frankfort.

Pallas and Afzelius’s account of this species is derived from Buf-
fon’s description ; both he and Adanson (Hist. Nat. xii. 326) say that
it is “all pale red,” and Buffon further observes that it has not the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 10

146 Lannean Society.

white on the belly of the Gazelles.. This does not agree with our ani-
mal, which is white in several parts, but certainly not so white as the
Gazelle, and has black on the legs; but as yet no other animal has
been brought from West Africa, which better agrees with their account
or figure.

M. Sundevall considers specimens of the Nagor of Senegal and the
Bohor of Abyssinia, in the Frankfort Museum, as distinct, the former
having the hair of the back whorled, the fore-leg with a dark stripe,
and the latter having the hair not whorled and the legs pale. Our
specimens, from Gambia, have the hair not whorled, and more or less
distinct streaks on the fore-legs ; hence I am inclined to believe the
Nagor and the Bohor to be alike. Sundevall’s animal may be the
Kob, but that has only one whorl on each end of the back, a nearly
cervine muffle, and the end of the tail black.

When in Frankfort, I observed that the male Antilope Bohor, from
Abyssinia, was rather larger than the male of “4. redunca,” from
Senegal, in the same collection, and much brighter, and the horns
more slender; the female was darker and browner than the male ;
both sexes have more black on the carpus and tarsus than in the spe-
cimen of 4. redunca in the same museum.

Colonel Hamilton Smith formed a genus for two pairs of horns on
part of the frontal bones in the College of Surgeons belonging to this
group of Antelopes, which he called Raphicerus acuticornis and R.
subulata (Griffith, A. K. t. 181. f. 2,1). The figures are not suffi-
cient to identify the species, and we now know that the horns of the
same species differ greatly in individuals of the same species, and
during the growth of the same specimen. J. acuticornis may be the
horns of the Duyker Boc, Ceph. Grimmia?

[To be continued. |

LINNZAN SOCIETY.
December 3, 1850.—Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Dr. Adolph Schlagintweit, at the request of the President, gave a
summary of some of the principal results. of the investigations of
himself and his brother into the Vegetation of the Alps in con-
nexion with height and temperature, as contained in their ‘‘ Unter-
suchungen ueber die physikalische Geographie der Alpen.”

He stated that very remarkable differences are to be observed in
the limits of the altitude of vegetation in the district of the Alps. In
the mean results for large divisions, we may plainly recognize the
influence of geographical position, as well as that of the nature of
the soil, and of the massiveness of the mountain range. The limit in
fact becomes higher the more we approach the southern and western
groups, a phenomenon which is connected with the general changes
of climate. ‘The mean temperature varies in these latitudes from
0°5° to 0°7° of Celsius for one degree; and at the same time the
isothermal lines show an evident inclination from west to east. Many
very essential differences cannot, however, be explained by geogra-
phical position alone; another important influence is dependert on

;
;
:
4

en et hk ab

SS a

Eg ey ee , ee ee ey

Linnean Society. 147

the form of the mountain-range, the limits of vegetation being
connected with the mean magnitude of the elevation, and
. ing higher in massive and lofty groups of Alps than in the
lower chains. The favourable influence which the massiveness of
the elevation exercises on the vegetation, is essentially the same as
that which is also evidenced with regard to the temperature of the
air and soil; and corresponds to the difference which is remarked
between the climate of a plateau, and that of a ridge or free peak in
the neighbourhood. In different valleys or on the spurs of a moun-
tain remarkable differences in the altitude of the limit of vegetation
often manifest themselves according to the exposure, the direction
of the wind, or the proximity of separate and extensive masses of
glacier ; but these influences are for the most part merely local, and
the general variations of the limit of vegetation dependent on the
massiveness of different groups of Alps are but little affected thereby.
A comparison of the annual isotherms with the limits of vegetation
proves that the different groups of vegetation do aot always
terminate at the same annual isotherm. With the exception of
the Beech, he showed that up to the height of Conifere, these
limits in the Northern Alps are reached at warmer isotherms than
in the Central Alps; and a somewhat lower mean temperature
is observed on corresponding points of the group of Monte Rosa and
Mont Blanc. This is immediately dependent on the fact that the
growth of plants is not determined alone by the mean temperature
of the year, but also by that of the seasons and of the months. The
warmth of the summer is in this view of peculiar influence ; the
this is in connexion with the same mean temperature of the
whole year, the higher plants ascend, and the colder are the annual
isotherms which mark their limits. A review of all the meteor-
ological observations made in the district of the Alps shows that in
the Central Alps and in the group of Mont Blanc and Monte Rosa,
the summer warmth is greater and the climate consequently more
extreme than in the lower chains of the Northern Alps; by which
means the relation of the limits of vegetation to the annual isotherms
in these different mountain-groups is explained. .
He further stated that his and his brother’s investigation of the:
periodical development of the vegetation at heights of from 1500 to
8000 Paris feet showed among other things that the retardation of the
development by the elevation is in general less during the flowering
than during the ripening of the fruit; it amounts in the Alps during
the former period to ten days, during the latter to twelve and a half,
and on the average of the whole period of vegetation to eleven days.
The mean temperature is diminished in general about 2° of Celsius
‘for the same difference of height, during the period of the develop-
ment of vegetation. From their own observations on the influence
of height on the growth of Conifere, he concluded that in Pinus
Lariz, P. Abies, P. sylvestris and P. Cembra, an evident diminution
in the thickness of the annual rings takes place at greater elevations.
A regular diminution, however, must not be expected for each
degree of elevation. Not only the variations in the temperature of.
10*

148 Linnean Society.

the air, of the soil, and in the climate generally (which concur te
disturb the Conifere at greater heights) produce a diminution
of their yearly growth; but the different nature of the soil has also
great influence on their growth. The mass of well-decomposed
earth, the presence of boulders or firm rock, the exposure of the
locality, the humidity of the soil, and in some degree also its inclina-
tion, have so great an influence on the growth of the tree, and are
moreover especially in the lower regions so irregularly distributed,
that the influence of elevation, which should be most closely con-
nected with the changes of climate, may be and is partially oblite-
rated. Very frequently indeed in investigations of the geography
of plants, a similar concurrence and a mutual correlation of the
various causes by which the changes of vegetation are produced, are
to be recognized. The observation of the progress from year to
year shows that very frequently considerable variations occur in the
amount of growth in separate stems. ‘These are not, however, con-
nected with definite years of the development, but irregularly dis-
tributed during the life of a tree. As they commonly extend overa
long series of years, and do not agree in different trees for definite
numbers of years, they cannot be produced by the climatic circum-
stances of unfavourable years. The larger oscillations of growth are
dependent, on the contrary, on the nature of the soil, inasmuch as
the roots during their extension meeting with more or less favourable
and rocky spots, the productiveness of a tree may be essentially
changed during many years.

An enumeration of all the phanerogamous plants found in the
Upper Moll district (in the Tauern, in Upper Carinthia) at between
7000 to 8000 Paris feet high, and between 8500 to 10,000 feet,
gave for the former region, the subnival, 224 species, for the latter,
the nival, 32; while Prof. O. Heer obtained from the same regions
in Glarus in Switzerland 219 and 12. Many families, as for example
Boraginee, Euphorbiacee, Geraniacea, Labiate, Liliacee, Stellate,
Umbellifere, &c., compared with the lower regions and with Germany,
diminish evidently and sometimes very strikingly in species in rela-
tion to the sum of Phanerogame. In some others no such regular
differences are found in relation to height. A remarkable relative
increase of species in connexion with increased elevation, is found in
Sazifragee and Primulacee; and may also be remarked in Cam-
panulacee, Caryophyllee, Composite, Gentianee, and others, This
depends, not on an absolute increase of species of these families, but
on a diminution of the species of the other families. Monocotyledones.
generally diminish with height in relation to Dicotyledones; except
that in the nival region and in the highest localities this proportion

appears to be somewhat undefined. The covering of snow also is

not completely universal in the high regions. In spots free from

snow and furnished with earth, phanerogamous plants, as well as.

Mosses and Lichens, are found far above the snow-line. Among
the species which are found at the extremest limits in the Central
and Southern Alps, at 10,000 to 11,000 Paris feet high, are Andro-
sace glacialis and A. Helvetica, Cerastium latifolium, Cherleria sedoiaes,

eels ee ee

he pe =

ada

Linnean Society. 149

Chrysanthemum alpinum, Gentiana Bavarica, Ranunculus glacialis,
Sazifraga bryoides, 8. oppositifolia, Silene acaulis, &c. &c. The
extreme limit of Mosses is in general little above that of phaneroga-
mous plants. The last Lichens are to be found on the highest summits
of the Alps, attached to projecting rocks, without any limitation of
height.. The number of species and varieties, up to this time between
40 and 45 species, which have been found in the Alps between
10,000 and 14,780 Paris feet, is not imconsiderable, but this vege-
tation is limited to very few spots, surrounded by extensive masses
of snow. Among the Lecidee, Parmelie and Umbilicaria, collected
by Saussure, Agassiz, and themselves, on the highest localities, Dr.
Schlagintweit enumerated Lecidea geographica, L. confluens, Par-
melia elegans, P. varia, P. polytropa, Umbilicaria proboscidea [3. cy-
lindrica, &c.

December 17.—Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read the conclusion of Mr. Benjamin Clarke’s “ Memoir on the
Position of the Carpels when two and when single, including out-
lines of a new Method of Arrangement of the Orders of Exogens,
and observations on the structure of Ovaries consisting of a single

In this memoir Mr. Clarke details the results of his observations
on the position of single and double carpella in reference to axis,
with the view of ascertaining the mode in which the reduction of
the carpella from a higher number takes place, and the value of the
characters thus obtained in the formation of a natural arrangement
of plants. He commences with dicarpous ovaries, in which he ob-~
serves three different positions in relation to axis: Ist, right and
left, resulting generally (as he believes to be shown by an examina-
tion of the genus Carer and of certain Malpighiacee and Euphorbiacee)
from the suppression of a third and usually posterior carpellum, but
occasionally also (as for example in Lonicera, Fortunea, Diosma, and
probably Crucifere) from the abortion of the anterior and posterior
carpella of an ovary originally consisting of four divisions ; 2ndly, an-
terior and posterior, resulting in Houttuynia cordata from the disap- —
pearance of one of the lateral carpella and the displacement of the
other so as to become opposed to the persistent posterior carpellum ;
in Agrimonia and Spirea (when dicarpous) from a similar sup-
pression ; as also in reduced fruits of Reseda luteola, &c.; 3rdly, ob-
lique, which he describes as of frequent occurrence both in plants in
which the carpella are generally anterior and posterior, and in those
in which they are as predominantly right and left, and which he sup-
poses to arise from the remaining lateral carpellum of a tricarpous
ovary retaining nearly its original position when the other lateral
carpellum has disappeared, in consequence of which the posterior
carpellum is somewhat displaced, becoming obliquely posterior. He
regards the single carpellum as the result of the non-development
of one of the carpella of a dicarpous ovarium, and its position may
consequently vary in three different ways: Ist, anterior, as occurs

150 Linnean Society.

in l-carpellary ovaries of Myrtaceae, Onagrarie, Polygalee, Legumi-
nos@é and Acanthacee, to which may probably be added Hippuridee,
Bruniacee, &c.; 2ndly, posterior, as in the 1-carpellary ovaries of
Houttuynia cordata and Piperacee ; 3rdly, lateral or oblique, instances
of which occur in Moree, in Elatostemma, and in Celtidee. The
normal number of carpella in all ovaries he regards as three or a
multiple of three; the additional series being frequently reduced
by abortion in the same manner as the first, and thus giving rise to
the formation of ovaries with four and five carpella. Tricarpous
ovaries generally have their component parts placed two laterally
and one posteriorly ; but exceptions to this rule occur, as for exam-
ple in Viola, where the third carpellum is anterior, and in Clethra,
Pittosporum and Delphinium, in which the position of the carpella
varies in the same plant.

Mr. Clarke next proceeds to consider the value of the characters
derived from the position of the carpella, for which purpose he has
framed a large table containing the results of long-continued ob-
servations on a multitude of exogenous plants with monocarpous or
dicarpous ovaries. In this table he constitutes two primary divisions,
viz. Proterocarpous, in which the carpella when single are anterior
or lateral, never posterior; and Heterocarpous, in which the single
carpellum is for the most part a mixture of lateral, anterior and
posterior, and is rarely wholly posterior. The position of the com-
ponent parts of the dicarpous ovarium also appears to be more per-
manent in the first than in the second division. From this table
Mr. Clarke deduces various inferences in relation to the systematic
arrangement of plants, and the importance of the characters derived
from the position of the carpella, and more especially from that of
the single carpellum, which is liable to fewer and less important
exceptions. Thus for instance he considers the posterior position of
the single carpellum of Ceratophyllee, corresponding as it does with
that of Piperacee and their allies, and differing as faras known from
that of any other order with which it could be associated, as a strong
argument of affinity. He refers to the case of two-celled ovaries
with unequal cells, and regards the superior development of the
larger cell or of the corresponding stigma as indicative of what would
be the position of the single carpellum, were the ovary to be so
reduced. ‘These remarks are followed by observations on the
general character of his divisions and subdivisions, and by some
notes on the position of carpella as regards endogenous plants and
Rhizanthee, and on the relation of didynamous stamens and carpella
as regards their order of suppression; and the first part of the
memoir concludes with some remarks on the difficulty of determining
with precision the true axis of the inflorescence, and the means of
obviating this difficulty in certain cases.

The second part of the memoir is more especially devoted to the
consideration of ovaries consisting of a single carpellum, to the rela-
tions borne by this carpellum to the axis in various families referred
by the author to each of his two principal divisions, and to the
grounds from which this relation is deduced. This being entirely

ee ea a a Te

Linnean Society. 151

matter of detail is scarcely susceptible of analysis, but some of the
incidental observations connected. with it may properly be noticed
here. Mr. Clarke states that in Scleranthus annuus the funiculus is
uniformly posterior to the seed and on the same side with the coty-
ledons, in which character that plant differs from Chenopodee and
Amaranthacee, and as far as he has been able to ascertain from I/le-
cebree@, in which the funiculus is either anterior or lateral, and the
cotyledons (in pendulous seeds) on the opposite side of the seed or
less frequently lateral. Of thirty-two ovaries of Circea alpina, thirteen
had two cells with an ovule in each, but the posterior cell constantly
smaller than the anterior, in twelve the posterior cell was empty,
and in seven entirely absent; and this analogy with some particu-
larities in structure led him to regard the single cell of Hippuris as
most probably resulting from a single anterior carpellum. He shows
by a series of diagrams that the position of the fertile cell in Valeri-
ane@ is always lateral and external ; and observes that in the genera
with an irregular corolla it always bears the same relation to the
irregularity of the flower. He infers from an inferiority of develop-
ment of the posterior carpellum in Stylidium graminifolium, that if
the ovary in that genus were reduced to a single carpellum, that
earpellum would be anterior ; a case which he has since found to
occur in St. adnatum, in which there is a single anterior carpellum,
or if two carpella are present the anterior only is fertile, the oyula
being always attached to the posterior angle of the cell. He de-
scribes the carpellum of Isopogon and Leucospermum among Proteacee
as anterior; and notes that in Grevillea the carpellum always alter-
nates with the two larger sepala, but varies most extensively with
reference to what he considers the axis. In Anadenia he states that
the carpellum is always anterior in the lower half of the raceme,
but varies in position towards the summit, and in rare instances is
perhaps even posterior. In some species of Acacia also he believes
that he has found instances of posterior carpella, but as the flowers
were for the most part in threes, these carpella might belong to the
lateral flowers. In Pedicularis palustris he has always found the
anterior carpellum and the anterior division of the style larger than
the posterior; and the same is the case with Mendozia, resulting in
the latter instance in the suppression of the posterior carpellum in
the fruit. He gives at length his reasons for regarding the carpellum
as anterior in Casuarina, Cannabis, Humulus, Parietaria, Urtica, Ela-
tostemma and Celtis; and he concludes his remarks on the Protero-
us division by some observations on Cuphea and Lythrum; on
Magallana ; and on Fumaria.
_ Under the head of the Heterocarpous division he begins by recur-
to the relations already mentioned as existing between Cerato-
ae. Piperacee, Houttuynia and Chloranthus. He then proceeds
to notice Gentianee, among which he states that the dichotomous
Erythrea linarifolia is an example of the two carpella being anterior
and posterior, and infers from thence and from other variations,
taken in connexion with the general statement that in this family
the carpella are right and left, that their position (as in Apocynee

152 Royal Irish Academy.

and Loganiacee, according to M. Alphonse DeCandolle) is variable.
He next refers to Broussonetia and Morus and to Stilbe, which latter
he is disposed to consider as related to Hmpetree and Euphorbiacee,
and then proceeds to the examination of Cupulifere, among which
he finds extensive variations. He refers to Coriaria as agreeing
with Malpighiacee in having its raphe turned away from the
placenta and consequently next to the dorsal rib of each carpellum,
which he describes as corresponding with the general position of

the funiculus in that family. He describes the carpella of Mirabilis

as being all lateral and internal; and again notices the peculiarities
which he had before referred to in the position of the funiculus in
Chenopodee, Amaranthacee and Iilecebree, adding some remarks on
the carpella of Polygonee and Alsinee. He indicates certain cha-
racters in the flower of Casearia in which it approaches Monotropa,
Drosera, and especially Francoa. In Thymelee he finds considerable
variation in the position of the carpellum, and states that the rela-
tive position of carpellum and segments of perianthium is the reverse
of what takes place in Proteacee, the carpellum being always
opposite to one of the segments of the perianthium. The tendency
to the suppression of stamens in Thymelee is also the reverse of that

of Proteacee, being on the side opposite to the carpellum. In

Pimelea and Lachnea he states that the carpella are all posterior,

while in Daphne the carpella of the two-flowered axillz stand with
their backs to each other, or more or less turned towards the stem :
Dais is a mixture of these. Lastly, he notices various peculiarities

in the ovary of Sassafras officinale, in Sanguisorbee, in Combretum,
in Aucuba Japonica and in Marlea.

ROYAL IRISH ACADEMY.

April 28, 1851.—Rev. T. R. Robinson, President, in the Chair.

Professor Allman read a notice of the emission of light by Anuro-
phorus fimetarius, Nicholi (Podura fimetaria, Limn.). During a
walk over the Hill of Howth near Dublin, on a dark night in Fe-
bruary last, he was struck with a luminous appearance in the earth
when disturbed to the depth of three or four inches; the light pro-
ceeded from numerous distinct points and lasted for more than a
minute after its first appearance. On carrying home some of the
phosphorescent earth, Dr. Allman was enabled to trace the pheeno-
menon in question to ‘the presence of numerous living individuals of
Anurophorus fimetarius, from each of which there proceeded in the
dark a faint but very evident emanation of light. Specimens of the
insect preserved alive in a glass phial continued for many nights to
exhibit this beautiful pheenomenon, which was also witnessed by Dr.
Stokes and Mr. Haliday, as well as by numerous other friends whose
attention was directed to it by Dr. Allman. The light could not be
traced to any definite point in the insect. The Anurophorus was
very abundant on the hill, and subsequent observation proved that the
dark peaty soil which abounds in some places on Howth, was almost.
the only part of the district from which it could be affirmed to be

absent.

ae ee ee ee

ee ee ee

—_

ey

Miscellaneous. : 153

MISCELLANEOUS.

On Wolves Suckling Children. By the Honourable F. Ecerrton.

Communicated by Sir Ropericx I. Murcuison.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.
16 Belgrave Square, July 19, 1851.

GENTLEMEN,—The annexed extract from the journal of the Hon.
Capt. Francis Egerton, R.N., who recently travelled in India with
Lord Grosvenor, was sent to me by his father, the Earl of Ellesmere,
with this remark :—“ It is odd that the same tale, like that of Smbad
the sailor, should extend to the Highlands. I got a story identical
in all its particulars of the wolf time of Sutherland from the old .
forester of the Reay ; in which district Gaelic tradition avers that
wolves so abounded, that it was usual to bury in the Island of Handa
to avoid desecration of the graves.”

On referring the case to Professor Owen at the late Meeting of the
British Association for the Advancement of Science at Ipswich, the
following was his reply :—

“JT have read with much interest the wolf story, and do not see
very great improbability in it; but it could not be accepted at the
Zoological Section because the facts are related at second-hand, the rule
being that an observation must be communicated by the observer.”

Under these circumstances, I think it right to give publicity to the
little narrative of Capt. Egerton, which, although possibly printed in
India, has not to my knowledge, nor to that of Professor Owen, been
made known in England.

If this story be substantiated, may we not, after all the scepticism of -
the day, go back to the belief of our childhood, that Romulus and
Remus were really suckled by a wolf?

Your very obedient servant,
Roperick I. Murcuison.

The Wolf Story.
February 14, 1851.

Colonel Sleeman told me one of the strangest stories I ever heard
relative to some children, natives of this country (Oude), carried away
and brought up by wolves. He is acquainted with five instances Of
this, in two of which he has both seen the children and knows the
circumstances connected with their recapture from the animals. It
seems that wolves are very numerous about Caunpore and Lucknow,
and that children are constantly being carried off by them. Most of
these have of course served as dinners for their captors, but some
have been brought up and educated after their own fashion by them.
Some time ago, two of the king of Oude’s sowars (mounted gens
d’armes), riding along the banks of the Goomptije, saw three animals
come down to drink. Two were evidently young wolves, but the
third was as evidently some other animal. The sowars rushed in upon
them and captured the three, and to their great surprise found that
one was a small naked boy. He was on all-fours like his companions,
had callosities on his knees and elbows, evidently caused by the atti-
tude used in moving about, and bit and scratched violently in resist-

154 Miscellaneous.

ing the capture. The boy was brought up in Lucknow, where he
lived some time, and may for aught I know be living still. He was
quite unable to articulate words, but had a dog-like intellect, quick at
understanding signs and so on. Another enfant trouvé under the
same circumstances lived with two English people for some time. He
learnt at last to pronounce the name of a lady who was kind to him
and for whom he showed some affection, but his intellect was always
clouded, and more like the instinct of a dog than the mind of a
human being. There was another more wonderful but hardly so well-
authenticated story of a boy who never could get rid of a strong
wolfish smell, and who was seen not long after his capture to be
visited by three wolves which came evidently with hostile intentions,
-but which after closely examining him, he seeming not the least
alarmed, played with him, and some nights afterwards brought their
relations, making the number of visitors amount to five ; the number
of cubs the litter he had been taken from was composed of. I think
Col. Sleeman believed this story to be perfectly true, though he could
not vouch for it. There is no account of any grown-up person haying
been found among the wolves. Probably after a certain time they
may have got into a set of less scrupulous wolves, not acquainted with
the family ; the result is obvious.

Col. Sleeman has, I think, published an account of one of these
wolf-boys, but I forget where.

CARCHARIAS VULPES.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Weymouth, July 12, 1851.

GENTLEMEN,—The following are further particulars of the Fox
Shark (Carcharias Vulpes), a notice of which appeared in the ‘ An-
nals’ for this present month of July. The extreme length from snout
to tip of the tail 12 feet. Length of tail from base to tip 6 feet.
Girth in the largest part 3 feet.

This fish was caught on Saturday, the 21st of June, in a mackerel
seine shot in the West Bay from the Chesil Beach. It was apparently
in pursuit of a schull of mackerel.

When inclosed in the seine it occasioned a great deal of damage by
constant blows of the tail. “a

This shark had evidently been on the coast for some days, as a man,
Jonah Fowler (who by the bye is quite a naturalist in his way, and
an excellent person with whom to go dredging), told me he was in
Portland Roads a day or two before the shark was caught (in the
Fairy Yacht) and saw the dorsal of some very large fish floating slowly
towards him ; he got ready his boat-hook, and as the fish came along-
side he attempted to hook it, but not penetrating it merely frightened
the fish, whieh immediately dived almost perpendicularly, at the same
time making a great splash with its tail. It was of a purplish colour ©
in the water ; he has since seen the subject of this notice, and at once
identified it as being of the same species, and probably it is the same
individual. I am, Gentlemen, yours obediently, =

Wiiiiam THompson.

Miscellaneous. 155

_ PRESERVATION OF PREPARATIONS FOR THE MICROSCOPE.

One of the greatest obstacles in the study of plants—in cases, at
least, where the aid of the microscope is indispensable—is the diffi-
culty of preserving the minute parts and sections which have formed
the materials of observation, and which require to be compared again
and again, before complete conviction as to the certainty of any par-
ticular facts can be obtained. Every one who has attempted to dive
into the intimate structure of vegetables, knows how hard it is to
make useful sections, and that it is often practically impossible to
obtain a second of equal excellence with one which a Laie direction
of the knife has once achieved. An easy method, therefore, of pre-
serving such preparations would be invaluable. It is true that the
plan adopted by Mr. Thwaites and others with such success, is avail-
able for a very large class of objects, but there is much difficulty in
preparing both the cells and fluid in which they are to be preserved;
and after all, not only is the expense considerable, and the necessity
of keeping a large quantity of very brittle objects in a separate cabinet,
with a very strict system of labelling, if the collection is to be of any
real yalue, an unavoidable waste of much time, but after all, even in
the best hands, the varnish is apt, after some months, to get into the
cells and destroy the delicate specimens. Besides which, objects so
mounted are, in consequence of the thickness of the cells, of no use
for the microscopes called doublets.

A very easy and compendious method of preserving all such pre-
parations as readily imbibe water has lately been proposed by C.
Miiller, which bids fair to be of great value. Slices of the very best
and most translucent tale are cut of any convenient size, and made so
thin that they will admit of being easily divided with a fine pointed
penknife. The lamina is then to be slit to the middle, and the object
inserted in the fissure with a little water. It will be found convenient
if possible to make the fissure nearer to one surfece than the other,
and to mark the divided end by cutting off the corners. With a little
practice it will be found that the division will always be effected in
such a way as to secure the cohesion of the two lamine, and the re-
tention of the object. When the objects are wanted for the micro-
seope it will be necessary merely to dip the marked end of the tale
in water, with a pair of pincers ; and by means of capillary attraction,
the object will at once be properly moistened. A slip of paper neatly

ed upon the undivided end, will at once answer the purpose of a
he ond will point out the upper surface of the talc, a matter of
some importance where deep doublets are used, supposing the lower
division of the plate to be thicker than the upper. It is clear that
objects so preserved may be kept between the same sheets as the spe-
-cimens from which they are taken, and will therefore be immediately
accessible without any loss of time. In a collection of Mosses, for
instanee, and Jungermanniz, especially where the specimens are small
and unique, and where in consequence it is often impossible to examine
the peristome more than once, unless the preparation can be preserved,
we have an admirable method of making even the rarest individuals
available for future observation.

The same method will apply to the greater part of fungi and other

156 Miscellaneous.

Cryptogams, and to a host of minute analyses of higher vegetables.
It is inapplicable only where, as in Algee, the tissues alter so much
in drying as to retain few of their characters, and where the applica-
tion of moisture does not make the tissues swell out to their original
size. It is, however, possible that this method may be modified, so
as to comprise even this important class of microscopic objects.—
Gardeners’ Chronicle, April 26, 1851.

NOTICE OF A SEA-BEACH DURING THE SILURIAN EPOCH.

One of the localities where fossils are obtained amongst the Silu-
rians of the southern highlands of Scotland, is at the eastern side of
the entrance into Kirkcudbright Bay. At this locality they occur in
several spots, and the deposits which afford them vary considerably.
in appearance. Several beds of dark-coloured flags containing abun-
dance of Graptolites of the species udensis and sagittarius, amongst
which the Orthoceras annulatum occurs, are to be met with. A light
grey shale is also found, having imbedded within it nodules, some of
which abound in fossils named in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of the Geo-
logical Society,’ vol. iv. p. 206, and which appear to have been trans-
ported from other fossiliferous beds, rather than to be concretions of
limestone gathered around organic bodies, inasmuch as the fossils
themselves are generally either on the surface of the nodule or occur
in a line slightly within its margin ; and the nodules often bear evi-
dence of friction and rolling. © Besides these beds, there are seen near
Reaberry Head deposits consisting of fine-grained greywacke sand-
stone with intercalated shales, or rather indurated clays, which ap-
pear to be of considerable extent, and which, from the sandstones
and clays being of nearly equal thickness, and also from their regu-
larly alternating, offer characters which are uncommon amongst the
Scotch Silurians. One of these clay beds has imbedded within it
irregular lines of coarse sand, and amongst this sand fragments of
shells occur. These fragments consist of portions of Terebratula
lacunosa and T’. semisuleata, Orthocerata, and minute pieces of other
shells, together with crinoidal rings. In some of the cells of the
Orthocerata the fragments of the other shells are seen mixed with
sand ; and the broken shells themselves are of a white colour, very
different from what Silurian fossils commonly present ; and on the
whole their appearance is not far removed from that of the broken
bleached and withered shells of our own shores.

The greywacke sandstone also affords some information concerning
the origin and circumstances attendant on the beds which are inter-
calated with it. On the under surfaces of some of these sandstones
lines of desiccation occur, indicating that the clayey deposits had been
exposed to the influence of solar heat ; and the nature of the deposits
themselves shows that the circumstances under which they originated
were somewhat similar to those which prevail on some of our coasts
at the present time. On the whole the appearance of these thin beds
of greywacke sandstone and indurated clay is such as to show that in
this locality, during a portion of the Silurian epoch, there existed a
sea-shore, on the rippled surface of which grains of coarse sand and.
fragments of shells were strewed. And as we find at the present time,

Miscellaneous. 157

on many spots of our shores, the lower parts of the ripple-markings
often affording coarse sand and broken pieces of shells, so likewise
during the Silurian epoch we have circumstances prevailing, such as
to show that the sun bleached the empty shells and cracked the dry
mud on this ancient sea-beach as it does at the present time.

The evidence of the occurrence of land in formations antecedent to
the carboniferous is exceeding rare, the deposits being exclusively of
a marine character; and although this deposit at Reaberry Head
only affords marine remains, yet the circumstances under which it
occurs, and also the state of the fossils which are imbedded in it,
leave no doubt that the sea, at the period when this littoral deposit
was being formed, rolled over a shore which skirted some portion of
land then above the surface of its waters. And it is probable that this
land had its fauna and flora, which this withered shell-bed may pos-
sibly at some time afford us some knowledge of —Rosert Hark-
NESS.

On the Cell-membrane of Diatomaceous Shells. By J. W. BAtLey.

If hydrofluoric acid is applied to recent Diatomaceze, the shell
soon dissolves, leaving distinct, internal, flexible cell-membranes re-
taining the general form of the shells. These may sometimes but not
generally be detected even in the fossil specimens. When present,
they materially interfere with the examination of the true nature of
the markings of the siliceous shell, and should be destroyed by nitric
acid and heat, before the hydrofluoric acid is employed, unless it is
desired to study the cell-membrane itself. There is a curious differ-
ence in the action of hydrofluoric acid of the same strength upon

imens of fossil Diatomaceze from different localities. Some dis-
solye with even too great rapidity in an acid which is slow and tedious
in its action on other specimens. The Bermuda and Richmond
Tripoli, and some specimens of fluviatile origin resist the action much
longer than is usual with most specimens, whether they are recent
marine, or either recent or fossil fluviatile ones. This difference is
probably due to different degrees of hydration.— From Silliman’s
American Journal of Science and Art, No. 33, May 1851.

A Comparative Examination of the Objective Glasses of Microscopes
from Mr. Ross of England; Mr. Spencer of America; and M.
Nachez of Paris. By J. Lawrence Smiru, M.D.

Having had an opportunity, a short time since, while at Paris, to
examine the comparative merit of the lenses of these makers, it might
not be uninteresting to microscopists to know the result of my ex-
amination, particularly as it was made under peculiar circumstances ;
namely, by adapting alternately the objectives to the same mounting,
and regarding the same object under the same illumination.

The glasses used were considered by their makers as among their
best. That made by Ross was in the possession of M. Rutherford of
U.S. Spencer’s was owned by Dr. Burnet of Boston, and had just
been brought by him from Spencer. That of Nachez belongs to Dr.
Bigelow of Boston, now in Europe engaged in microscopic research

158 Miscellaneous.

very creditable to himself. Their magnifying powers varied from
thirteen hundred to fifteen hundred diameters, with an ocular mag-
nifying ten times; Ross’s was the feeblest, that of Spencer the
strongest.

The angular opening was first measured with great accuracy anid
found as follows :

DM Se sae Cees ara 145°
2h wie Pree tet: 135°
Guenee ceva aa as oe tae

These measurements were all verified by the respective owners of
these lenses.

The objects examined were the most difficult test-objects among the
siliceous infusoria, as the Navicula angulata, one of the species of
Grammatophora, and a Navicula called the Amici test. The first two
were in balsam.

The lenses were first attached to one of Nachez’s mounting, and
the best adjustment of oblique light used that this instrument affords.
The difference in the effect of the three lenses was very slight, all
failing to show the lines on the Grammatophora or on the Amici test.
As notwithstanding the admirable arrangement of Nachez’s instrument
for working purposes, we do not get the extreme obliquity of light
which is required for examining their fine lines; I had them all ar-
ranged on a mounting of Amici, which furnishes the necessary obli-
quity of light. Thus arranged, the lines on the Grammatophora were
distinctly and beautifully seen by all, with slight advantages in favour
of Spencer and Ross, the former of which magnified them most.

The Amici test was next tried, which resulted in Ross showing the
lines with perfect satisfaction ; Spencer showing them, but not quite
so well; Nachez still less distinctly.

I would remark that this difference between the lenses appears to be
owing entirely to difference in the angle of opening, for where a very
oblique light is necessary to show lines, the lenses must be so con-
structed as to admit this light. I would also state that Nachez’s
system lacks an adjustment which the others have, by which the re-
lative position of the lenses can be changed, so as to compensate for
the thickness of the glass which covers the object, and which appears
favourable to the examination of those delicate tests. For the ex-
amination of globules we could not perceive any appreciable difference
between the lenses.

I would here remark in justice to M. Nachez that he deserves much
praise for the manner in which he has improved the microscope in
France, without augmenting the cost of the instrument, and out of
England he is undoubtedly the best maker in Europe. To furnish an
idea of what he has done to diminish the cost of a good instrument, I
will compare the price of the objectives which have been the subject
of the experiments.

Rpenter i: smiell,. Pe 4 otk i QSOeng§
Nachez..... SPS. ya 60x 5;

Cee ee

Meteorological Observations. 159

And what is still more, he is constantly improving his lenses without
adding to their expense.

The lower powers of these makers were examined without finding
any sensible difference in the defining effects of them, and what little

there was, was in favour of Spencer. The field of the three differed,

Nachez’s being the least, and Spencer’s the greatest. We cannot

bestow too much praise on our American maker, for the immense

progress which he has made in the construction of objective lenses,

and it is to be regretted that he has not chosen a better mounting for

them than that of Chevalier, which is very defective and prevents good
from showing their best effects.

I had intended making some remarks on oblique light, which has
come very much in use lately in observing lines and points on certain
objects, but it will be better for me to defer it. I would simply re-
mark that much caution is necessary in using it, as it will not always
give correct distances between lmes.— Jd. No. 32, March 1851.

ANTIOPE CRISTATA.

To the British localities mentioned by Mr. Hancock in last month’s
Number may be added Langland Bay near Swansea, where my friend,
Mr. Moggridge, took a fine specimen in the summer of 1849. It is
noticed and figured in that year’s Report of the Swansea Literary and
Scientific Society under the last recorded name of “‘ Antiope splen-
dida.” —J. Gwyn Jerrreys, July 6th, 1851.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JUNE 1851*.

Chiswick.—June 1, 2. Very fine. 3. Fine: cloudy. 4. Cloudy: fine: clear:
cold at night. 5. Densely clouded: rain. 6. Boisterous: cloudy and fine.
7. Densely overcast: slight rain. 8. Boisterous. 9, Drizzly. 10. Uniformly
overcast: rain. 11. Very fine. 12. Densely clouded: showers. 13. Overcast :
densely clouded: rain. 14. Fine: heavy clouds: slight rain. 15. Cloudy: rain.
16. Boisterous. 17. Cloudy and fine. 18. Very fine: boisterous, 19—21.
Very fine. 22. Cloudy: clear. 23. Fine: clear and cold at night. 24, 25. Very
fine. 26,27. Hot and verydry. 28,29. Hotanddry. 30. Slightly clouded.

Mean temperature of the month ..........00+2+« or etebanserey 59°21

Mean temperature of June 1850 ........sceseececerecsersenees 59 *26

Mean temperature of June for the last twenty-five years . 60 *72
Average amount of rain in June ........cesesseccssescecsecees 1°80 inch.

Boston.—June 1,2. Fine. 3. Fine: rain v.m. 4. Fine. 5—7. Cloudy:
raina.m.andr.mM. 8. Cloudy. 9,10. Cloudy: rainp.m. 11. Fine. 12. Cloudy:
raina.M, 13. Cloudy: raine.swx. 14. Fine. 15. Fine: rainr.m. 16. Cloudy:
stormy. 17. Fine: stormy. 18—20. Cloudy. 21. Fine: thunder and light-
ning, with rain and hailr.m. 22—25. Cloudy. 26—30. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—June 1. Bright: showers. 2 Bright: rain. 3.
“Clear. 4. Showers: fine. 5. Fine: showers. 6. Fine: clear. 7. Bright:
fine. 8. Rain: hazy. 9. Showers: clear. 10. Showers: damp. 11. Showers.
12. Clear: fine. 13. Bright: fine. 14. Fine: hazy. 15, Rain. 16. Rain:
‘drizzle. 17. Showers: clear. 18. Fine: drizzle. 19, Showers: hazy. 20. Fine:
clear. 21, Bright: showers. 22. Cloudy. 23. Bright: drizzle. 24, Cloudy.
25. Bright: damp. 26. Cloudy: clear. 27,28. Clear: fine. 29, 30. Hot:

* The observations from the Rev. W. Dunbar of Applegarth Manse have
not reached us.

%| | mT } | | . nessa ea, ipa = pak -
| \ /

bcdens yb eegsstits Bac ge 2 | *@ | 09} 69 Lo| SS | zg |60-0€ | 60-08 09-62 |190-0€ 21-08 | “oo@
aneons fade) 2 £01. 6S G-L9| 0S | 2g | 11-0€ | 11-08 Z9-6% |SZ1-0€ SPI-0f| *6z
teeeee ‘gaia hike Pe ‘as | ‘a | $09 | $9 69| 19 | fg | 11-0€ | £1-0€ £9.62 |LE1-0€ |LPI-0€| “gz
suis jutone tide og Va. | wyeo| ‘a | 8S} gf 69 2S | 16 LI-0€ | 21-08 £9-6% GZ1-0€ 691-0€| “Lz
£0. “A ‘ms | .°S aS |} Z9 GO| 9V | Sg 60.08 | bg.6z OL-6% |00Z-0£ Loz-0£ | °9z
8t- aed lath 9 OE *m | sm | £9 | $e¢ Lo) Lv | LL | 98-62 | £6.62 89-62 9F2-0£ 092-08 | °Sz
Fo. tht Cand ta | oA eS | of 6S; SV | EL | P6.6% | So.0€ 9L-6% ZhZ-0F LOZ-0£| “bz
Z0- Soahse (ihe ttnl cogaas ‘m | smu | §gV | 67 6S; S€ | Lo $0.08 | Go-0€ 89-6 £91-0€ ghz-0£| “€z
SI. gO. °°" | ‘au | smu | $Zb | 2g 09 17 | Lo ¥g.62 | LS-6% 9%-6% |€18-62 F10-0€| °zz%

Fo. eh. head ss | ‘as | €¢ | 6S OL) SS | Lg | 09.62 | OL-6z 8£-6% |689-6z £88-62| *1z)
saeees Sh oad Mle g bo *m | cms | 8h | OG Lo, LV | 18 | 6.6% | 96-62 856% SE0-0€ g60-08| ‘oz
ll. rabid Wide a) *mum| ‘ms | LP | 1g Lo| 6b | SL | ¥g.6z | FS-6z GS-6% 801-0£ 091-08) “61
si ee reeeesl CQs! 7 om mum} ‘ma | Of | $E¢ LS GS | IL | 08-62 | 01-08 06:62 |1£2-6% ZoP-08| “gt
Lo. BS sans Leen teed i sae mum] mu | $97 | Lp LG, gf | 99 | 02-0 | 6.62 L9-6% |60%-08 €8E-08! *Z1
Cz. 1 || au *m | *m | $09! OG 19 Sv | Lo | 9.62 | ££.6z £€-6% |Z€8-6% 1€0.08| “or
Sz. tons s*| OO | agg ‘ms | ‘MS 1S} 2g t9, 2S | Fo | 9£-6z | 80-62 GS-6% |706-6% 990-08 | *S1
teewes teereel 1g. | ras ‘a | ‘ms |. 6h | $¢¢ LS| 1¥ | Lo | 06.6% | 26-62 LS-6% \9€0-0£ 190.0€| “FI

Sak zo. |fo. | +a ‘m | cms | LG | $p¢ SE9 LV | Lo | 98-62% | 0L-6 £6-6% |Z2L-6% £16.63) “€1O
Lo. seeeee £Z. 3 *§ “MS £67 ¢¢ LS 9S 19 99-6% 99-64 £3:66 0S9-6% LEL.6% ‘Sl
Co. go. | Po. | ‘as ‘mum! as | 67 | gp 1G) gh | Lo | FL-6% | 01-62 £6-6% |$96-6% 086-62| “II
60- og: | Ze. | cm ‘u | ou | €V | PP og) €V | S¢ | 99-62% | 09.62 0B-6% 219.6% 0ZL-66| “OT
ZI- eresset een. |. “tt ‘mum| ‘as | Sb | LP LS| gh | 19 | 02-62 | ZL-6z 99-62 |1S9-6% £96-62| *6
of. QI. "| cou “ma | ‘Ms | 6h | 2g £9) 99 | IZ | 82-62 | 28-62 8£-6% 9£6-6% 096.6% *g
g0- O0Z- | 10+ | ‘as ‘mss | ‘ms | 67 | 1S G19} €S | 99 | 89.6% | ZL-6% vV.6z |L£6-6% $96-62| *L

ll: aye. °"| ms ‘ms | cms | SP | Fp 09| 2S | 19 | 09.62 | gF-6z LZ-6% |ZZ8-6% 066-62| -9 C
10- Po. | PI- | ‘as *s jews | fh | 1¢ €S| SF | 29 | gP-6% | 29-6z LE-6% |€LL.62z \€£8.6%| °S
ZO- vo. | 10. | ‘ms ‘mu | cma} pp | Sop 0G| 9€ | 99 | 0L-6% | F9-6z OP-6% |618-62 |¥06-62| “P
Go. sere] 80. | ‘MU ‘mM | ms | $b | $cF G-79| 6€ | PL | 89.6% | 9S-6z 9£-6% |ZL9-6% 6L8-6%| “€
90. eosevelesetsel” Saaty ‘mum} smu! PP | os 8S| 17 | ZL |GL-6z | 06-62 89-62 |ZPO0-0£ |IgI-0€ | °%
eat teereeleeeeeel oy ‘msm] ‘au | 1G | $¢¢ LS| €v | OL | 06-62 | g1-0€ L8-6% |S61-0€ €9€-08 | *F

fol S) ) 2 2 Kod 2 *urd ‘ure ‘urd ‘ure 4 : ‘oune

beled] el oi ie let] ye |se|be lle | BLE lee) BLE LB Le [ele] eg | om | om ae

Seie2/s | |48 | 32) § | 83/-— : f ,

BS a PIR | Re | fe) P Pe ‘eoumip’ | seaman 5 ASHI Tug? |24tussopyug nemo | BS
raat Bs

a “PULA “JojoWOULIOYT, “TojoMOIV Fo

“KANWUQC) ‘asunpy younpuny 3 ‘uoysnojg *d

70 “129.4 “aI 49 SuopuorT uvau

,

"Ady 247 hq pup SaurHs-saruswag ‘asunpy yzunSaddp qv crequng "M
“HOIMSIHD 70 fzavo0g jounynoysozy oy3 fo uapangy ay2 yo uosdwoyy,

"aay 277 &9 SNoLsog

“II 49 apou suorwasasgy yonSoposoajayy

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 45. SEPTEMBER 1851.

XV.— Observations on the Affinities of the Olacaceze.
By Jonn Miers, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Tue family of the Olacacee, first proposed by Mirbel, in 1813,
under the name of Olacinee, was placed by him near the Auran-
tiacee: Jussieu stationed it in proximity with the Sapotacee,
while DeCandolle following the views of Mirbel arranged it close
to Aurantiacee, a conclusion adopted by most succeeding
botanists, and among these Endlicher and Meisner, who dis-
posed it with Aurantiacee, Meliacee, Humiriacea, &c., in a class
called Hesperides. Brongniart however followed the original
views of Mr. Brown, in regard to the affinity of Olax with the

_ Santalacee ; but upon less satisfactory grounds, he associated with
these the Loranthacee, excluding at the same time Ximenia from
the family. Dr. Lindley in his ‘ Nixus Plantarum’ and ‘ Natural

_ System’ offered a new view, by placing it, under the designation
the Olacacee, in the same alliance with the Pittosporacee and
Vitacee, for which position few and not very satisfactory reasons
could be offered. Mr. Bentham, in an excellent memoir on the
Olacinee (Linn. Trans. xviii. 676), proposed a new arrangement
of the order into three distinct tribes, adding several new genera,
together with his ingenious views in regard to its affinities, when
he justly denied its relation with the Aurantiacee, although he
. admitted its approach to the Humiriacee, considering both these
families to be approximate with the Styracee; and lastly he
allowed, that through Opilia and Cansjera, the Olacinee evidently
osculate with the Santalacee. Finally, Dr. Lindley (Veg.
Kingd. p. 43) repeated his former views, with some modifica-
tions, losing it in his alliance of the Berberales, together with
Droseracee, Berberidacee, Vitacee, Pittosporacee, &c., an alliance
which, as Dr. Asa Gray very justly remarks (Gen. Pl. Un.
St. i. p. 78), “is there placed on peculiar grounds by no means
compatible with ordinary views of botanical affinity.” In

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 11

162 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez.

estimating the value of these conflicting opinions, I will endea-
vour to show, that notwithstanding their extreme divergence,
they will allow of a considerable degree of approximation.

We have the strongest evidence of the approach of the Ola-
cacee towards the Santalacee, in the singular and important
consideration of the structure of the ovarium and the seed ; and
if we consider the biserial floral envelopes of many of the genera
of the latter order to be calyx and corolla, both of which are
often most distinctly developed, as in Choretrum, Leptomeria,
Leptonium and Mida, as also in Quinchamalium, Arjoona and
Myposchilos, it is clear that its relationship towards the Olacacee
is infinitely stronger than with the Thymeleacee, Proteacee and
Lauracee, to which, in fact, they claim but a most distant affinity.
This consideration did not escape the penetration of Mr. Brown,
who more than forty years ago, and some time before the esta-
blishment of the family of the Olacacee, suggested* that the floral
envelope called perianthium in the Santalacee may be looked
upon as analogous to the same organ called corolla in Olaz, and
the calycular appendages may be viewed as a distinct calyx,
alike in both instances; and hence, with equal reason in one
case as in the other, we may consider the floral envelopes to be
dichlamydeous rather than monochlamydeous: or we may
imagine, that at a very early period in the development of the
bud, the calyx and corolla have become connate, and hence
grown into one common envelope,—an hypothesis rendered very
probable from the constant thickness of its substance, and its
divisibility into two distinct lamine. I was led to a similar
conclusion many years since by the examination of the Chilean
genera Quinchamalium, Myoschilos and Arjoona, which have all a
very distinct calyx, while the more conspicuous envelope, hitherto
called perigonium, is decidedly petaloid in texture. Under this
point of view, a close relationship will be found to exist between
the Olacacee, Santalacee and Styracee, to which perhaps may
also be added the Myrsinacee (but not the Primulacee),
and it would then remain to be decided, in what part of the
system such an alliance ought to find its place. I will not at
present stop to offer proof of the alliance of the Santalacee with
the orders above-mentioned, as I shall shortly have to revert to
that consideration, but assume the fact for the present as one
that admits of little doubt, and proceed to speak of the affinities
of the Olacacee in other quarters, taking this family within the
limits it has hitherto embraced.

I have alluded to the relationship of the Olacacee with the
Styracee, but in so doing it is requisite here to state, that I
consider the Symplocacee as ordinally distinct from the Styracee, -

* Prodr. 352.

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacee. 163

as will be made apparent when I describe two new genera ap-
pertaining to the former family. Don first suggested this

tion, but he does not appear to have been aware of all the
facts that prove their want of identity. In the Symplocacee we
find a calyx of five imbricate sepals, a corolla with very imbricated
zestivation, numerous stamens, placed in many series upon the
corolla, having ovate 2-lobed anthers, without intervening con-
nective, an inferior ovarium, showing a strict union of its carpels
into five complete cells, and seeds of very different structure. In
the Styracee, on the contrary, we have a tubular calyx with an
almost entire border, petals with a distinctly valvate zstivation,
stamens in a single series, generally double the number of the
petals, and therefore by turns, opposite and alternate with them ;
here the anthers are linear, dorsally affixed upon a very fleshy
connective ; the ovarium is superior, wholly free frem the calyx,
with a remarkable pulvinate depressed epigynous gland; it is
3-locular at base, the dissepiments separating from the axis about
its middle, and gradually disappearing at the apex, where it Js
completely unilocular, the base of the style being hollow, and
continuous with the cavity of the cell; the cionosperm rises in
the axis above the point of the separation of the dissepiments,
and to the axile column are attached three fleshy placente, each
bearing several ovules (about nine) in three rows, the upper
series being erect, the middle horizontal, the lowermost suspended,
the summit of each ovule being borne upon a cupshaped stro-
phiole, as in the Celastracee : of these only a single seed becomes
matured, as in Olacacee ; it differs however in being erect, and
showing at its base the remains of the abortive ovules: the radicle
of the embryo, enclosed in fleshy albumen, is directed to the
point of attachment, as in Olacacee, but owing to the different
position of the seed, it of course assumes a contrary direction,
and points to the base of the fruit; the cotyledons are much
larger and more foliaceous than in Olacacee. These points of
structure are evidently quite opposite to what we find in the
Symplocacee, and it 1s surprismg they could ever have been
associated together. The characters of the Styracee are how-
ever analogous to those of the Olacacee, and there exists a very
close affinity between the two families. The corolla is in no
degree more gamopetalous in Styracee than it is in Olacacee,
for in both cases the petals are valvate in estivation, at first
cohere slightly by their margins, and finally separate nearly to
the base, where a short portion always remains agglutinated, by
the adhesion of a very thin annulus, from which the stamens
originate; but upon removing this annulus the petals will be
found to separate easily, and not to be really confluent into a
gamopetalous tube, We also see in Liriosma the same tendency

11*

164 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez.

to the adhesion of its parts, carried even to a greater extent than
in any instance I have found in Styracee ; and in Schipfia, which
is justly included by Mr. Bentham in the Olacacea, we see a
still greater tendency to a confluence of its parts. If therefore
the Olacacee have been placed by all botanists among the pleio-
petalous orders, there can be no reason why the Styracee should
be considered as a monopetalous family. The ovarium in Sty-
race@ is stated by most aathors to be half inferior, but I have
observed that at an early stage, and even after the fall of the
flower, it is quite free, although partly surrounded by the tube
of the calyx; and if it become subsequently agglutinated to the
latter, it is probably only at a late period, as we find to occur in
Liriosma.

The Ebenacee, by most botanists, have been held to be closely
allied to the Styracee, but this does not appear to me quite
evident. Though placed among Corolliflore, it appears to me
that they should rather be arranged among the polypetalous
groups, for their petals are often quite distinct, or when united,
cohere so slightly as to be separated by a little foree. The sta-
mens, although sometimes adnate to the corolla, are most gene-
rally free, or at least originate in a fleshy disk, which sometimes
assumes the form of a very short hypogynous tube. In one
Brazilian species of Diospyros, I have found the albumen in the
seed to be distinctly ruminated, as in the Anonacee, the embryo
having a terete radicle and broad foliaceous cotyledons, much
resembling in structure that of Monodora. Cargillia, according
to Mr. Brown, a genus of this family, so nearly approaches the
Anonacee, that the typical species was described by Jacquin as
the Anona microcarpa (Fragm. xl. tab. 44. fig. 7), and by Dunal
as the Monodora microcarpa. In the Brazilian species of Dios-
pyros above alluded to, the seeds are imbedded in pulp, and
covered by a mucilaginous arillus: they are also compressed,
with a linear, basal, and somewhat lateral umbilicus, forming a
deep marginal furrow, into the bottom of which cavity the ex-
tremity of the radicle subtends, as in several genera of the Ano-
nacee*. Monotheca and Reptonia, placed in Theophrastee, appear,
from the descriptions given of them, to have little in common
with that family, and to belong rather to Styracee, if we consider
the basal placentations, which I have shown to exist in this last-

* A precisely similar structure is found in Diospyros Candolleana, ac-
cording to Wight’s ‘Icones,’ plate 1222, fig. 8 to 11. In several other
instances in this family, the albumen is depicted in the same work as bein
distinctly ruminated, so that this may probably be a general character of
the order, although so remarkable a feature is not noticed in any botanical
work. Gaértner however hints at the fact, but only in one instance out of
the many species of Diospyros he describes; D. tetrasperma, which has
its “ albumen radiato-striatum, quasi fibrosum.”

ee ge nan Re a ee

;
;
3
:

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez. 165

mentioned order, as in the Olacacee ; and the approximation of
these genera to the Anonacee is again confirmed by the rumi-
nated albumen of the seed of Reptonia. The relation: of the
Ebenacee with the Olacacee was, I believe, first pomted out by.
Jussieu, but few botanists have attended to the suggestion ; from
the indications just mentioned, it will probably be found, that a
more fitting position for the Ebenacee in the system exists among
the hypogynous Polypetalez, not far from the Anonacee, rather
than in the monopetalous group, where it is placed in the ‘ Pro-
dromus’ of DeCandolle, and in the arrangements of other modern
botanists.

Mr. Bentham in his memoir before quoted gives his opinion,
that among dichlamydeous plants, the family of the Humiriacee
approaches most to that of the Olacacee ; but in this inference
he had probably in view his tribe Icacinee, which i propose to
remove altogether from the order: 1 cannot indeed perceive any
such approximation between the two families. In the Humi-
riacee, the zstivation of the corolla is imbricated or contorsive,
the stamens are many-seried, and numerous in respect to the
petals, generally united into a monadelphous tube, or combined
in phalanges, and they have a singular expansion of their fleshy
connective ; the ovarium is surrounded at its base by a thin, and
somewhat membranaceous dentate ring; it has four or five com-
plete cells, which by the thickening of the axile placenta are
often again divided by a transverse partition. The fruit is a
berry, having a 5-celled osseous nut, the cells being often 2-
locellate, and the seeds are provided with the usual integumental
covermgs. This is in no way analogous to what is seen in
Olacacea; but the Humiriacee present a more manifest affinity
with the Symplocacee.

A considerable degree of analogy between the Myrsinacee and
Olacacee is shown in the position of its stamens opposite the
petals, which present an estivation sv little imbricated as to be
sometimes mistaken for being valvate; they agree also much in
habit and inflorescence. In Jcacorea the ovarium is unilocular,
with four ovules attached to a central free placenta, of which
sometimes only one becomes matured, as in Olacacee; but here
the analogy ceases, as the zestivation of the corolla is contorsively
imbricate and the.seed presents all the characters of the Myrsi-
nacee. ‘This family has been arranged by most authors among
the Monopetalee, but for the reasons before urged in regard to
the Ebenacee and Styracee, it should be transferred to the Pleio-
petalee. \n Mesa, Samara (Choripetalum, A. DC.), and Embelia,
the corolla is decidedly pleiopetalous, and in the other genera of
the order the petals are only slightly coherent at base, the
ovarium being in all cases superior, except in Mesa, where it is

166 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacex.

said to be partly inferior, but probably not so at an early period.
The disposition to produce red dots in all parts of the plant in
Liriosma, as in the Myrsinacee, is common to several families of
the Thalamiflore of DeCandolle’s arrangement. Some degree
of analogy may also be perceived between the Myrsinacee and
the Anonacee, Lardizabalacee, and Menispermacee, im the de-
velopment of the ovule, in the arilliform growth of the placentary
indusia, as constantly witnessed in the two former families, and
frequently in the latter, and in the deeply concave hilum, formed
by the increment of the seed around the placenta, which is drawn _
into its cavity, and the consequently somewhat arcuate direction

of the embryo within the albumen, seen more especially in the
tribe Heteroclinee among the latter family. There are other
considerations to be held in view, that the Primulacea, Myrsi-
nacee, and Theophrastacee, offer a free central placenta within the
ovarium, without any appearance of parietal septa, or any con-
nexion of the placenta with the style: we see also in the Jllici-
bracea, Mesembryanthacea, and Portulacacee, a somewhat ana-
logous development ; but in these cases we cannot imagine this
to be the result of the rolling up of the placentary margins of one
or more carpellary leaves, according to the hypothesis generally
entertained ; but we may rather conceive, that the margins of the
carpellary leaves constituting the ovarium have not the power of
developing ovuliferous placentz, a power seemingly there con-
fined to the rudimentary petiolar support or gynophorus, which
throws out its placentary threads, that are free in-Portulacacee,
&c., but confluent in Primulacee, Myrsinacee, Theophrastacee, &e.
This view is confirmed by the appearance of the lengthened
thread that grows up from the torus with the elongation of its
seed, and its placentary attachment, in the instance of Agiceras.
We may therefore look upon this mode of development as the
opposite extreme of the case of the multilocular ovarium, where
its intrafolded placentations unite in a central axis; and we may
look upon the Olacacee, Styracea, &e., as forming an imterme-
diate state of development. Under such an hypothesis, keeping
in view the considerations before mentioned, it would tend to
@ more natural division of the system, to remove all the several
orders, from the Lentibularie to the Styracee, from the position
assigned to them in the arrangement of the ‘Prodromus.’ Yet
because the development of the ovaria in these instances may be
traced to somewhat similar causes, it does not necessarily follow
that they must all be allied together, for other considerations of
equal moment may tend to keep them far apart. Thus from
circumstances before enumerated, the Styracee and Myrsinacee
might be associated with the Olacacee and Santalaceea, between
Berberidacee and Rheades, in a group that might be called Cio-

op EE igi eae ae
Poa ee

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez. 167

nosperme, as 1 suggested on a former occasion (huj. op. vol. vii.
p- 207), and in this group the anomalous genus Aptendra will
naturally find its place. On the other hand, the Sapetacee with
their truly axile placentation, the complete cells of their ovarium,
and their corolla more pleiopetalous than monopetalous, appear
more naturally allied to the Aquifoliacee, in which family the
petals are also generally combined at the base into atube. The
J , as before suggested, appear to belong to the neigh-
bourhood of the Anenacee rather than of the Aguifoliacee, with
which family they are strangely consociated by Dr. Lindley
(Veg. Kingd. p. 594) in the same alliance with the Gentianacee,
, &e, The affinity of the Symplocacee with the Hu-

miriacee has been already indicated. The Primulacee, together
with the Lentibulariacee, appear to have more relation with the
Plantaginacee and Hydrophyllacee, an alliance that differs little
from that shown by Dr. Lindley (Veg. Kingd. p. 637). The
farther prosecution of these considerations would be foreign to
the present purpose, and they are now only indicated with the
view of assisting us in the determination of the true affinities of
the Olacacee. .
There is yet another family, to which the Olacacee, compre-
hending all the genera included in it by Mr. Bentham, will
be found to offer many points of approximation,—I mean the
Aquifoliacee of DeCandolle, the I/icinee of Brongniart, Endlicher
and others ; but I am not aware that this affinity has been before
noticed. Many species of J/ex bear much the habit of the Ola-
cacee and differ little in the structure of the flower from the
tribe Icacinee, except in the estivation of the corolla and the
unilocular apex of the ovarium. Lerefia, indeed, bears a re-
markable resemblance in its habit and inflorescence, and in the
structure of its flowers, to a Brazilian species of Villaresia, dif-
fering principally in the estivation of the corolla, and im the
want of an inner carinated midrib in the petals; but in other
points of arrangement there is very little variance, agreeing even
in its unilocular ovarium, with two collateral ovules suspended
almost parietally from near the apex of the cell. The structure
of the fruit of Villaresia corresponds so far with that of the Ola-
cacee, in having a single seed, with copious albumen, containing

_ a small embryo near its summit, with a superior radicle, and

small cotyledons. It may be well here to mention a fact, ap-
parently yet unknown, which may serve to throw some better
light upon the real affinities of the Aguifoliacee. I have found
that the suspension of the ovules in the oyarium of Villaresia
is not really parietal, as generally stated, for it is sometimes
completely bilocular, with two ovules in each cell, collaterally
saipemina from each side of the dissepiment by a cupshaped

168 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacese.

strophiole, like that seen in the ovules of the Celastracee; but in
ordinary cases the ovarium is unilocular, only by the suppres-
sion of one of the cells, and the confluence of the dissepiment
with the pericarpial covering, for it is then always somewhat
gibbous, and its wall much thicker on the side of the abortive
cell, towards which the style is then constantly somewhat lateral :
this fact serves to bring the genus completely within the pale of
the Aquifoliacee, as it is evident that its ovules are really
suspended from the normal dissepiment, not parietally attached
to the wall of an originally solitary carpel. It will also serve to
guide us to the true position in the system of Leretia, Pogope-
talum, and the rest of the somewhat extensive group of the Ica-

cinee, which I shall be able to prove to be quite distinct, m
many leading and essential characters, from the Olacacee. \Rhap-

tostylum, an anomalous genus of the Aquifoliacee, accords with
Heisteria in many remarkable points; they agree im habit and
inflorescence, both having flowers in aggregated axillary clusters,
growing out of imbricated buds ; they have also a small 5-toothed
calyx, a corolla of five petals partly cohering at base, but =e
separable, with a valvate estivation, ten stamens, five of whic

are opposite, and five alternate with the petals, and partly ad-
hering to them, a trilocular depressed and somewhat stipitate
ovarium, with a single ovule suspended im each cell, a short
erect style, and a clavate stigma: this close approximation of
characters is very apparent, but the subsequent development of
the calyx is not recorded in Rhaptostylum, nor is the nature of
its fruit known. The genus Ptychopetalum of Bentham also
agrees with Rhaptostylum in its principal floral characters, but
differs in its unilocular ovule with two suspended ovules, a nearly
constant feature of the Icacinee. From the description of
Kunth, the three cells of the ovarium are symmetrical, and not
lateral, as in Pogopetalum; and as the fact of the evanescence of
the dissepiments at their summit probably escaped the observa-
tion of that botanist, we may safely conclude that Rhaptostylum
will be found to belong to Olacacee rather than to the tribe of
the Icacinee, or to the family of the Aquifoliacee. Iodina again,
which has always been referred to the last-mentioned family,
really belongs, as I shall be able to show, to the Olacacee: this
curious genus presents a minute cupshaped bractiform calyx,
with an entirely free campanular fleshy corolla, half cleft into five
acute lobes, with a valvate estivation : a large fleshy cup-shaped
disk, fixed on a distinct stipitate support within the corolla, sur-
rounds the ovarium, and upon its margin the stamens are in-
serted ; five of these are fertile, and placed opposite to the lobes
of the corolla, the others are alternate, squamiform and petaloid,
having been hitherto described as petals, but from their position

a

See po

r ,

' af ... Ste ta ent
sa ae eR a i

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez. 169

they are evidently analogous to the sterile stamens of Agonandra,
a new genus of Olacacee: the depressed ovarium, partly im-
mersed in the disk, is unilocular, with two to five ovules
spended from a cionosperm, or free central placenta. Jodina
frem its habit, with its spinous leaves more resembling those of
the Holly, might well be supposed to belong to Aquifoliacea, but
the zstivation of its corolla, and the peculiar structure of its
ovarium, refer it, without doubt, to Olacaceez. The genus Jodina,
at first sight, offers a close resemblance to Cervantesia, which
has im like manner five large petaloid scales, alternating with as
many fertile stamens, and all originating in one common whorl,
from the margin of a cupuliform disk ; but in this genus the
disk is not free, as in Jodina, but is entirely adnate with the tube
of the floral envelope, so that when the fruit ripens, the drupe
exhibits on its sides the persistent lobes of the corolla, and the
petaloid stamens; but as the principal floral envelope must be
as a perigonium, havimg no calyx at its base, and as
the disk is adnate with this perigonium, this genus must be
referred to Santalacee, while Jodina and Agonandra must belong
to Olacacee. There is one very unusual point of structure im
Cervantesia, which appears to me without example; the floral
envelope, deeply cleft above into five equal segments, is adnate
to the disk, a little below the level of its free margin, but at this
point it descends again below the same line of attachment, in
the form of five other reverse segments, equal in size and con-
tinuous with the upper ones, and quite free from the disk and
pedicel, which they enclose, so that it appears to consist of five
elliptical segments, pomted and free, both above and below, and
confluent only with each other and with the margin of the
disk by a narrow transverse zone running across their middle:
these inferior free processes must be spurlike extensions of the
perigonium.

We have still another striking instance of the consimilitude in >
the external characters of the Olacacee and Aqutfoliacee, which
has led to a confusion of reference, in an opposite direction : this
occurs in the genus Bursinopetalum of Wight, who assigned it
to the former family, but which appears to me clearly belonging
to the latter, as it agrees with it in the imbricate estivation of
its corolla; the petals, though distinct, and somewhat valvate at
base, are decidedly imbricated for at least two-thirds of their
length, two alternate petals being exterior to the others, and
their margins overlapping to a considerable extent ; they have
the same prominent internal keel, and the apex is deeply inflected
by long processes, which are torsively complicated together,
as in Villaresia; the ovarium (probably from a similar cause)
is unilocular, with an ovule (or two?) suspended on one side

170 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacex.

from near the summit of the cell; so far all accords with the.

last-mentioned genus, but it differs in having its ovarium half
immersed in the fleshy torus, which however occurs sometimes,
in Ilex, Although the ovarium is at first. almost superior, it.
subsequently becomes inferior by the growth of the 3h torus,
or disk, and it is the lower portion only that acquires increment.
for the fruit ultimately is invested by the enlarged calyx, now,
become adnate, and is crowned by its five persistent teeth, the
originally superior portion of the ovarium, and. the base of the.
style, forming an umbilical scar upon its summit... The most,
prominent feature, however, is in the development. of the fruit,
and its structural resemblance to that of Villaresia; this is a
drupe containing a very thick ligneous putamen of considerable.
size, which is one-celled; but the longitudinal parietal placenta
seen in the ovarium has now become so much thickened, and
extended across the cavity of the cell, as to make it thus appear
as if it were almost bilocular, and its single seed hence becomes
inflected around the placenta, and made to assume the form of
the cavity thus formed, which in its transverse section is hippo-
crepiform: the seed, as in the Aquifoliacea, has a copious albumen,
with a small embryo near its summit, having a superior. radicle,
pointed towards its apex. From the identity of this construction
to that of Villaresia, we may reasonably conclude, that in Bur-
sinopetalum the more normal condition of the ovarium is. also
bilocular, which indeed is evident from the hollow, or longitudinal
slit, lined with a distinct membrane, seen to. extend down the
middle of the thickened incomplete dissepiment, and which is
most probably the vestige of the abortive cell. These facts all
tend to prove, that however structurally opposed the Aguifoliacee
may be to the Olacacee, they possess so many external cha-
racters in common, as to have led the most expert botanists of
our time to confound the two orders, by placing several genera
in one family that belong to the other, and vice versd. I will
here mention that Pogopetalum, placed by Mr. Bentham in Ola-
cacee, differs from that order, and especially from all the other
- genera of his tribe Icacinee, in which it is placed, by having its
ovarium always completely 3-celled: from the lateral position of
these cells, it is manifest that their normal number must be five,
in correspondence with the other parts of the flower. This would
bring the genus nearer in accordance with Ilex, but it differs
from that genus and all others of the Aquifoliacee in the zstiva-
tion of the corolla.

In order to prevent the same confusion in future, it is very
desirable to reduce the Olacacee within more uniform and cer-
tain limits, and I therefore propose to confine this family to those
genera that have a free calyx, more or less entire ; four to six

ee ee

SACLE)

mi

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacaceze. 171

distinct petals, always valvate in zstivation, and sometimes ad- .
hering by the margins at their base into a somewhat gamope-
talous tube, but which by a little force may be separated from
each other without any laceration; stamens generally equal in
nuinber to the petals and opposite to them, sometimes double
that number, in which case they are by turns opposite and alter-
nate, or at times one half of them are sterile and appendiciform,
or in shape of petaloid scales. Around the ovary are sometimes
free hypogynous glands, alternate with the petals, but generally
these are combined into a cup-shaped nectary, which in some
instances, as in Liriosma, is free from the ovarium and partially
adnate to the calyx ; but in others, as in Schépfia, Iodina, Arjoona,
and Quinchamalium, it is wholly adnate to the ovarium and free
from the calyx, while in Cathedra it is free both from the calyx
and ovarium. This hypogynous disk, when developed, always
bears on its margin the petals and stamens. The ovarium is
always wholly superior with respect to the calyx, but often partly
immersed in the cupuliform disk, and is frequently surmounted
by a remarkable fleshy epigynous gland, which sometimes wholly
eoyers its upper moiety; it bears a simple style, and a more or
less clavate stigma. The internal structure of the ovarium is
always constant in its character; unilocular at its summit, and
more or less divided at base into incomplete cells, by spurious
dissepiments, which separating from the axis, are often continued
along the walls of the cell, in the form of so many narrow parietal —
keels. The placenta is axile, united at base with the short in-
complete dissepiments, but quite free above, in the shape of an
axile column, from which are suspended as many ovules as there
are pseudo-dissepiments ; these are generally three in number,
more seldom two or five, and rarely by abortion only one, as
occurs sometimes, but not always, in Opilia : this axile placenta,
very distinct from the ordinary trophosperm, and which I have ~
elsewhere proposed to call a Cionosperm (from xiwy, columella),
sometimes does not extend beyond the point of insertion of the
ovules, while at others it rises above, in the form of an apical
point, as in Ximenia, where it is prolonged far into a cavity of
the style that is continuous with the cell of the ovarium, but in
such cases it is always free and unconnected with it. One ovule
only (asin the Santalacee) becomes matured into a fleshy drupe,
which is sometimes supported at its base upon its unchanged
ealyx, while in others, as in Olax, Heisteria, Cathedra, and Quin-
chamalium, the calyx enlarges and encloses the fruit ; and in some
eases, as in Liriosma, the calyx increases in size, and becoming
adnate, forms the fleshy external covering of the drupe. The
putamen is one-celled, containing a single suspended seed ; this,
at first sight, presents a naked albumen filling the cavity, as in

172 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez.

Santalacee, but the membranaceous and pellicular integument
will be found adhering to the imner face of the cell, and when
separated, there will be seen on one side a funicular raphe-like
thread, extending from the base to near the summit, which is
merely the attenuated remains of the placentary column, with
the abortive ovules, still visible, at the apical point of attachment
to the integument. The embryo is small, terete, and seated in
the axis of the upper portion of the albumen, the radicle being
always superior, and the cotyledons very small and compressed,
directed towards the centre of the nucleus. To such characters
I have found the followmg genera correspond, viz. Ximenia,
Heisteria, Olax, Schodpfia, Strombosia, Cathedra, Iodina, Liriosma,
Opilia, Arjoona, Quinchamalium, and two new genera, Agonandra
and Hndusa. The order thus restricted is marked by more

distinct and coextensive characters than those proposed by Mr.

Bentham, and will be seen to comprise only his tribes Olacee
and Opiliee. The latter tribe however cannot be maintained,
as I find that Cansjera does not. belong to the family*, and that

* The genus Cansjera, first placed in the Thymelee by Jussieu, was re-
tained there by all subsequent botanists, till removed to the Olacacee by
Mr. Bentham, who concluded it was allied to Opilia, because he considered
it to have a small distinct adnate calyx, and an unilocular ovarium, with a
single ovule suspended from the summit of a free central placenta. All
the specimens I have examined of both known species, from various localities,
and in different herbaria, present characters constantly at variance with
these conclusions and more in accordance with the description given by
Lamarck (Dict. iii. 433). Here I can observe no trace of any distinct calyx,
but the floral envelope, which is a simple tubular perianthium, is supported
at base upon a small and pointed navicular bract: the four stamens are
adnate in the upper portion of the tube, equal to the number of the lobes
of the border, and opposite to them; four tridentated, free, hypogynous
scales alternate with the stamens; the long conical ovarium is seated upon
a narrow glandular support, from which the scales originate, and the style
is surmounted by a large 4-lobed capitate stigma. The ovarium I find to
be constantly 4-locular at base, and one or more (generally two or three) of
these minute cells extend irregularly like narrow and interrupted channels,
to the upper portion, and the fecundating threads may be traced from all
of them, most distinctly, to the style: a single ovule is seen, sometimes
higher, sometimes lower, from a prominent line of piacentation on one side
of each ovuliferous channel which at the point of the development of the
ovule becomes widened, and here the placenta is somewhat curved, by
the ascending direction of the ovule. The seed is a drupe, apiculated by
the base of the style, and supported below by the remains of the shrivelled
perianthium ; it contains an oval coriaceous putamen, which encloses a
single erect seed; a short receptacle is seen at the base of the cell, which
enters into a corresponding hollow im the seed, and from it extend, in a
cruciform direction, four promment keels or ridges, which penetrate as
many furrows observable in the albumen: the testa and integument are
membranaceous, the albumen solid and fleshy, and an embryo of half its

length is placed in the axis of the upper moiety: this embryo is slender, |

cylindrical, and terete, its superior radicle is oval, clavate, six times shorter

let Se ae Te ys ee ee

a ee

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacex. 173

Opilia, although often with only a single suspended ovule, some-
times exhibits two or three ovules, as I have distinctly seen in
O: amentacea. This fact was evidently more than suspected by
Mr. Bentham, who says (loc. cit. p. 674) that it appeared to him
there were two ovules in Opilia, three or four m Cansjera, a cir-
cumstance rendered probable by the evidently compound nature
of the stigma in both genera, but which on account of the ex-
cessive minuteness of the parts he could not ascertain from dried
specimens : after fecundation he never found traces of more than
one ovule. The order however will admit of being divided into
tribes, by some of the characters already indicated, but in a sub-

uent memoir I will offer my views on this subject.

As I shall have shortly to treat of Leretia, and other correla-
tive genera, I shall be able to detail at greater length the nume-
rous observations that have induced me to propose the separation
of Mr. Bentham’s tribe Jcacineea from the Olacacee ; it will at
present be sufficient to state, that they constantly differ in having
the stamens alternate with, not opposite to the petals ; they always
want the hypogynous disk that forms so frequent and so remark-
able a feature in that family, although they sometimes exhibit a
similar epigynous gland upon a superior ovarium; they differ
also most essentially in the structure of their somewhat gibbous
ovarium, which normally will be seen to be 5-celled, but which
with a single exception is by abortion always completely uni-
locular, and without the smallest indication of any free central .
placenta, the ovules being generally two in number, attached
somewhat laterally, from near the summit of the cell. The
fruit differs most essentially in structure from that of the Ola-
cacee, being a drupe, enclosing a single nut, with a solitary
albuminous seed, that is covered with the usual testa and inner
integumental envelopes, and distinguished by a well-marked
chalaza and raphe, which, as in Ewonymus, is averse or dorsal
in respect to the axis of placentation. This is very manifest in
Pennantia, a genus clearly belonging to this family. ~

Ina former page (ante p. 169), while speaking of Villaresia and
Bursinopetalum, genera belonging to Aquifoliacee, I pointed out
the existence of the identity of structure of the ovarium in those
genera with that of the Icacinea, and I stated many other cir-
cumstances, tending to prove how closely this tribe is related to

than the linear cotyledons, of which there were three, equal in size, in the
specimen I examined: from the extremity of the cotyledons a thread ex-
tended to the umbilicus m the axis of the albumen, which was probably the
remains of the embryonary sac. These characters cannot in any single
respect be made to correspond with the Olacacee, and Cansjera must again
be assigned to its former place, as an anomalous genus of the Thymeleacee,
until a more fitting position can be given to it.

174 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacex.

that family, and that its affinity with the Olacacee is in reality
very distant.. This very different structure of the ovarium did
not escape the penetration of Mr. Bentham, but as he had not
observed the constant, essential, and dissimilar points of floral
structure, as above described, he states in the memoir before
cited, that he did not consider the single fact noticed by him to
be a sufficient reason for separating the Icacinee from the Ola-
cacee. It is evident however, from the many circumstances
enumerated, that this group must form a distinct family (the
Icacinacee), and it will consist of the genera Icacina, Mappea
(Juss.), Apodytes, Rhaphiostyles, Stemonurus (identical with
Gomphandra), Leretia, Phlebocalymna (Griff.), Sarcostigma, Po-
raqueiba, Pennantia, Ptycopetalum, Pogopetalum, and Desmo-
stachys. .

I am aware of the objections that will be raised by some
botanists, who are averse to multiplying the present number of
orders, but it appears to me most important to the advancement
of science, to detect in the various natural groups of plants, a
few decisive characters, by which they can be readily distin-
guished, and this should be accomplished, even at the risk of
increasing the number of families: this indeed is a far less evil
than the opposite extreme, where, by reducing too much the
divisions of the system, the most opposite characters often be-
come blended in one group, and we thus lose sight of every use-
ful and well-defined line of demarcation. This inconvenience
was pointed out on a former occasion (Illustr. South Amer.
Plants, vol. i. p. 167), when I proposed the family of the Aéro-
pacee, but I then suggested, that if this were felt to be an evil,
it might be counterbalanced, by classing in one immense family
the Scrophulariacee, Solanacee, Atropacee, &c., which all partake
of many similar general characters. In like manner the Celas-
tracee, Aquifoliacee, Icacinacee, and perhaps some others, might
be considered as suborders, but I am not yet prepared to define
the exact limits of such a group. The same observations will
equally apply to what I have said farther on, relative to the
Viscacee.

We have now arrived at that point in this investigation, when
we can better understand the exact relation-existing between the
Olacacee and the Santalacea, to which I have already alluded.
The details given of the structure of Cathedra and Liriosma en-
able us to comprehend more fully the true nature of the floral
parts seen in Santalacee. In the Olacacee we have observed
that the ovarium is always superior, and quite unconnected with
the real calyx, and that the cupshaped disk, which supports on
its margin the corolla and the stamens, is sometimes, though
not always, adnate with the ovarium, growing with it im such

Mr: J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacee. 175

ase, and producing a pseudo-inferior fruit, but which, in truth,
‘never ceases to be superior. This we perceive in Myoschilos, a
‘genus placed hitherto in Santalacee, where the hypogynous disk
‘is adnate with the ovarium, and quite free from its triphyllous
calyx, the stamens and petals being inserted on the margin of a
free portion of the disk ; thus it agrees with Schdpfia in all es-
sential points of structure, except that its calyx consists of three
“distinct sepals, instead of being an urceolate 5-toothed tube. In
-Quinchamalium we meet with a still nearer approach to the last-
‘mentioned genus, for its calyx is also quite free, and in the form
‘of an urceolate tube with a 5-toothed border ; we have likewise
‘a similar fleshy hypogynous disk, wholly adnate with the ova-
rium, and bearing on its margin a gamopetalous corolla ; here
also we perceive a similar development of the very promment
‘epigynous gland, that covers the somewhat depressed conical
‘apex of the ovarium, but in this instance it rises in the form of
‘a 5-grooved cylindrical tube, with a border of five rounded pa-
“tent lobes, encircling the base of the style, and quite free from
it.- In Arjoona, as in Myoschilos, the calyx consists of three
‘imbricate leaflets, but the outer one is considerably larger, and
being 3-nerved, it consists probably of three confluent leaflets,
so that the normal number of its sepals will hence be five, corre-
sponding with that of the lobes of the border and stamens: the
hypogynous disk is here less conspicuous, but it still exists,
‘wholly adnate and continuous with the tube of the corolla: the.
epigynous gland is highly developed, being entirely free from
the base of the corolla, by which it is concealed ; the style origi-
nating on its umbilical and rounded apex. These three genera
have hitherto been placed in Santalacee, but it is evident that
‘to whatever order they belong they must be classed side by side
with Schdpfia, a decidedly Olacaceous genus. In all the genera
of the Santalacee, we meet with the presence of a large cupuli- -
form disk, supporting the stamens externally on its lobed margin,
and forming a most prominent and constant feature, but with this
difference, that while in Olacacee this disk is frequently adnate
with the ovarium and free from the calyx, in Santalacee it never
invests the ovarium, but is adnate with the tube of the perigo-
‘nium or calyx, forming generally a deep cup about the superior
moiety of the ovarium, which in most of its genera is only half
inferior: the cupshaped disk, in these cases, is therefore conti-
-nuous with the fleshy epigynous gland. I am aware that it
oon tt be, as it has already been contended, that in Schépfia its
‘disk may be looked upon as an adnate calyx, its corolla as a pe-
rigonium, and its calyx as a tubular involucre ; but such an ar-
gument can no longer be tenable when confronted by the struc-
ture seen in Liriosma and Cathedra, where we find a true solu-

176 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez.

tion of the nature of the cupuliform disk. There is however
always this essential difference constantly existing between the
two families: in the Olacacee the insertion of the corolla and
stamens is on the margin of the disk ; in the Santalacee this in-
sertion is always outside of it; in the former these organs are
articulated with it, and easily fall away ; in the latter family it is
impossible to separate the free lobes of the perigonium and sta-
mens without force, and a rupture of the parts. But notwith-
standing these prominent. marks of ordinal distinction, there
exists a regular gradation from one family to the other, as will
be seen from the analyses I propose to offer ; this proceeds from
one extreme, Opilia (where the disk is developed in distinct free
glands), through Agonandra, Olax, Liriosma, Cathedra, Schipfia,
_ Arjoona, Quinchamalium, Myoschilos, Iodina, Cervantesia, Mida,
Exocarpus, Santalum, &c., rendering it difficult, through the
osculant genera Jodina and Cervantesia, to draw a line through
the strong limits of demarcation that exist between the two
families.

The word ¢orus has been employed by Mr. Bentham (Linn.
Trans. xviii. p. 676) to describe in Olacacee what I have termed
a disk, and which I have shown to be the same organ, but dif-
ferently situated, that forms a constant feature, both in that
order and the Santalacee, where in both cases, with rare excep-
tions, it is always deeply cupuliform and more or less lobed on
its margin. I have adopted in preference the term “ discus cu-
puliformis ” as that given by Dr. Lindley for such a structure
in his ‘ Introduction to Botany,’ p.161. This may not differ in
its nature from a stipitate torus, but the adaptation in such cases
of this last term, which is generally used in another sense, will
naturally lead to ambiguity in our definition of structural ar-
rangement ; thus Mr. Bentham, in a subsequent work, appears
to agree with Dr. Hooker’s observation, after an original sug-
gestion of Mr. Brown, in what appears to me an inconsequent
conclusion, viz. that because in Olacacee the corolla is inserted
into the disk, which is sometimes stipitate, or what he calls the
apex of the pedicel, that the calyx in such case should be consi-
dered in the light of an involucre (Flor. Nigrit. p. 261). I can
perceive no reason why this should be a necessary consequence,
for we see in the Capparidacee the development of the stipitate
torus carried even to a much greater extent, supporting the sta-
mens on its sides and the petals below them; but no botanist in
these instances has ever thought of considering the calyx to be

of the nature of an involucre, which it ought to be if the above

reasoning were valid : this incongruity is rendered still more evi-
dent, when we remember that the argument was applied in the
case of Rhaphiolepis, a genus of the Icacinee, which I have shown

ee

ee ene ae

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacee. 177

to differ little from the Aguifoliacee. The word torus is gene-
rally confined to that fleshy termination of the peduncle in the
bottom of the calyx seen in Ranunculacea, and more especially
developed in such orders as the Anonacee, Magnoliacee, &c., but
when it rises in more varied or determinate shapes, it takes the
name of hypogynous glands, annular ring, flat, pulvinate or
eupuliform disk, &c., according to the peculiar form it may
assume, or the position in which it is engendered.

_ The epigynous gland, so highly developed in Schipfia, Arjoona,
Cathedra, and other genera of the Olacacee, is an equally con-
stant feature of the Santalacea, where in Exocarpus aphyllus it
is largely and prominently seen in the form of a 4-lobed cushion,
broader than the summit of the ovarium, which is almost entirely
superior ; this is quite independent of its hypogynous disk, which
is also present as usual in the family. This organ, whose exist-
ence I first pointed out in Hyoscyamus, I have since found to
occur frequently upon the summit of a superior ovarium.

is inquiry into the affinities of the Olacacee has led to an-
other conclusion of some interest. In my memoir upon Cathedra
(uj. op. vol. vii. p. 454), while describing its curious anthers, I
poimted out a very analogous structure in Choretrum and other
genera, mentioning at the same time a similar formation of the
anthers in Myzodendron, so beautifully illustrated in the ‘ Flora
Antarctica’ by Dr. Hooker, who has there also given the analysis
of its ovarium and fruit, proving by indisputable evidence its
relation to the Santalacee and Olacacee. I will now endeavour —
to show, that neither this genus, nor Viscum, bear any relation
to the Loranthacee, where they have been placed by almost every
botanist. The genus Viscum has been a frequent subject of in-
vestigation by many eminent physiological botanists, and Richard
first described the very remarkable structure of the anthers of
Viscum album, of which we find no parallel formation: these are
well represented (Ann. Mus. tom. xii. tab. 27) as being com- |
posed of very numerous ceils, each containing distinct aggrega-
tions of pollen-grains, and which burst open and discharge their
contents by the rupture and contraction of the vesicular tissue
that covers their surface ; in this respect it bears no resemblance
to the structure of the anthers of Myzodendron. On the other
hand, upon examining the anthers of the Brazilian species of
Viscum, | find their structure quite opposed to that described in
V. album, and somewhat analogous to those of Myzodendron ;
they are 2-lobed and subcordate, approaching much the form of
those of Cathedra ; they are quite distinct and free from the lobes
of the perianthium, are nearly sessile, and consist of two parallel
cells, enclosed in thick crystalline walls, as described in that ge-
nus, and appear to discharge their fertilizmg power in the same
ambiguous manner by two covered pores in the apex: the pollen

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 12

178 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacee.

is globular, quite smooth, vesicular, bursting irregularly, and so
thin is their texture, that the sporular granules can easily be
distinguished in them by. transmitted light. All such species
will therefore constitute a group generically distinct from Vis-
cum, to which the name of Allobium may be given, from aXos,
alius, Bie, vivo, in allusion to their deriving their support and
nourishment from other trees. As far as my observation extends,
many of the Asiatic species will be found to conform with the
same genus. On some future occasion I will give more in detail
the facts upon which I propose to separate from the Loranthacee,
the genera Viscum, Myzodendron, and Lepidoceras: respecting
Eubrachion and. Ginalloa I cannot offer an opinion: Antidaphne
from P6ppig’s deseription is evidently related to Loranthacea, as
well as Tupeia*, on account of the structure of the ovarium. °
It will be sufficient to remark at present, that in Leranthacee
the flowers are generally hermaphrodite ; the calyx, with a free and
entire margin, is adnate with the ovarium ; the petals are linear,
frequently very long ; the opposite stamens with lengthened fila-
ments are free or only partially adnate with the petals; the an-
thers often versatile, always 2-lobed and 4-celled, bursting by

two longitudinal furrows; the pollen is flattened, 3-lobed, and ~

marked by three lines radiating from the centre ; the ovartum is
unilocular with a single ovule suspended from the summit of its
cell ; and the embryo, with large fleshy cotyledons, almost fills the
cavity of the cell of the fruit, being covered with very thin albu-
men: finally they often form distinct trees, are frequently more
epiphytic than parasitic, and the inflorescence is generally pani-
culate, with numerous pedicelled flowers, often of great size and
brilliant colours. We perceive nothing lke this in Viscum, My-
zodendron, or Lepidoceras, where the flowers are always very mi-
nute, either dicecious or moneecious, and generally imbedded in
decussate pairs in a fleshy spikelet. In the group I have called
Allobium, the structure of the flower corresponds with that of
most of the genera of the Santalacee, the calyx is obsolete, the
corolla or perigonium has three or four short and 3-angular
lobes, the sessile anthers already described are opposite to these
segments, and alternate with the lobes of an internal adnate disk ;

* I have had an opportunity of panda, Pe: Tupeta Cunninghamit,
which scarcely differs from the typical species, Viscum antarcticum, Forst. :
it es with the characters assigned to it by Forster, Chamisso, and
Schlechtendahl (Linn. iii. 203), Richard (Voy. Astrol. p. 269), and Miquel
(Linn. xviii. 85). At the same time that it is m no way related to Viscum,
it quite accords with the Loranthacee, and agrees in every respect with the
characters given in Endlicher’s ‘ Gen. Pl.’ p. 802, of Spirostylis, a subgenus
proposed by Presl and adopted by Blume (DC. Prodr. iv. 315). This spe-
cies from Acapulco will therefore claim the name of Tupeia Haénckeana,
Spirostylis Haénckeana, Presl, the former genus being proposed im 1828,
the latter in 1829.

ee ee ae oe

Mee

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacee. 179

in the female flowers, also 3- or 4-lobed, the ovarium is half im-
mersed in a similar adnate fleshy cupshaped disk ; it is 1-celled,
with three ovules suspended from a free central placenta; the berry
contains a single naked seed, enclosing a compressed heart-shaped
albumen, with a minute embryo in its almost cordate summit ;
the radicle is terete, the upper moiety of which is nearly exserted,
having only a thin pellicular albuminous covering ; while its lower
moiety, and two exceedingly diminutive cotyledons, are imbedded
within the substance of the albumen, in the marginal sinus.
These characters are so perfectly distinct from the Loranthacee,
that it appears to me the genera above mentioned should form
either a separate family (the Viscacee), or be considered as a sub-
order of the Santalacee. The only points of resemblance between
Viscum and the Loranthacee are, the position of the stamens
opposite the lobes of the corolla or perianthium, the manner of
development of their seeds, their glutinous properties, and their
parasiticism, characters equally possessed by other families : they
are certainly quite distinct in habit. Mr. Griffith states, that
the Indian species of Viscum have three ovules suspended from a
central column, thus agreeing with the Brazilian species, which
’ [have called Allobium. The ovules of Viscum album are said by
M. Decaisne to be erect, but I have elsewhere offered reasons
why we may infer that they are in reality suspended, and only
apparently erect, as in Champereia, &c.

- In first pomting out the affinity of the Loranthacee with the
walacee, many years ago (Prodr. 352), Mr. Brown probably
had Myzodendron and Viscum in view, as at a later period (Linn.
Trans. xix. 232) he has alluded more distinctly to the similarity
in the construction of the ovarium of the former genus with that
which forms a pecular feature in the Santalacee. In indicating,
on the other hand, the relation of the Loranthacee with the Pro-
teacee (Flind. Voy. App. 549), the same distinguished botanist
probably had only Loranthus in consideration. The evident
affinity of Viscum, just mentioned, was also remarked by Prof.
Decaisne, in his memoir on the pollen of that genus, before
cited, on comparing the oyules of Viscum album with those of
Thesium. Brongniart (1843), adopting this view, arranged the
Loranthacee in a separate class, with the Santalacee and Ola-
cacee. The same afiinity between these three families (at least
as far as regards Myzodendron and Viscum) has since been con-
by Dr. Hooker, in his very able investigation into the
relations of the former genus (Flor. Antarct. 293); and the
strongest evidence in proof of this affinity is given in the com-
plete analysis of its ovarium, from its early development to the
perfection of the fruit, the details of which are there exemplified
im plate 104. fig. 10 to 20, and plate 105. fig. 12 to 21.
12*

180 Mr. J: Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacese.

After reviewing all that is here advanced, in regard to the
affinities of the Olacacee, it is satisfactory to know that the con-
clusions to which my own observations have led me have been
in great measure already anticipated by the inferences of such
distinguished botanists : it is therefore with more confidence that
I now repeat the suggestion proposed some time ago (huj. op. vil.
p- 207), of uniting the several families distinguished by the cha-
racters there indicated into a distinct class (Cionosperme), the
place which it should occupy in the system having been already
made obvious. If we look to the development of the reproduc-
tive organs in plants as a main element in the foundation upon
which every natural method of classification should be based,
then the arguments before adduced on this head ought to be
considered with all the weight due to them (ante p. 166). I have
there pomted out what appears to be the normal construction of
the carpels in this group of families, and the sources from which
the placente and ovules spring, and have again contrasted this
with the normal structure of other classes of the system, the
clear inference being, that the Cionosperme should range in the
Thalamiflore, between Polycarpice and Rheades (ante p. 166).
Whatever may be conceded on this point as regards Olacacee,
it may perhaps be objected, that a position so high in the scale
is not compatible with the Santalacee, generally placed in a far
lower grade; but if we consider the usual floral parts to be there
existing and perfect, as we must admit. from analogy, although
but sparingly developed, this cannot be urged as a sufficient
reason against the admission of that family into such a position,
especially when no objections have been urged against the station
assigned to the Menispermacee, placed in the midst of other
families possessed of an unusually high extent of development im
its floral parts, merely because its petals are reduced to the size
of minute scales and its flowers very diminutive and dicecious.
Neither did DeCandolle hesitate to arrange the Myristicacee mm
a similar position, although they have small dicecious flowers,
with a simple perigonium; nor have any obstacles been raised
against such a position by other botanists upon this score alone.
Another objection may be urged, that in Santalacee the seed is
often naked*, that is, deficient of any testa or mteguments ; but
this is perhaps not always so, and its occurrence here, as we

_ * T do not use this term in the meaning employed by Linnzeus, for seeds
developed upon a gynophorus, such as Labiate, &c.; nor as used by Mr.
Brown, to denote the seeds of Conifere, Cycadee, &c., in which sense it is
now generally understood; but as no expression has been applied to the
peculiar development under consideration, I would suggest that of Semina
exutiva, as more peculiarly fitted to specify those, distimguished by the ab-
sence of the aie seminal tunics, contrary to the ordinary development in
Semina indutiva. {Fe

Re eS ee

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacer. 181

know it to be in other cases, is probably due to adventitious
causes. We have every reason to believe, that the development of
the ovule and its embryo in the Olacacee is analogous to what
has been observed in Santalacee: assuredly the early growth
of the ovules is effected under the same peculiar circumstances,
and in the seeds of Liriosma, Ximenia, &c., the albumen appears
naked, or at least, their only covering is reduced to a thin mem-
brane, which in the dried state remains more or less attached to
the inner surface of the putamen. The phenomenon of the deve-
lopment of these, which I have proposed to call exutive seeds (see
last note), has been frequently observed by many eminent physio-
logical botanists, more particularly by Mirbel, Schleiden, Meyen,
Decaisne, and Griffith. The latter has shown, that among the
changes that take place in these cases, is the constant prolonga-
tion of the embryonary sac, outside of the “ nucleus*,” or body
of the ovule, and that it is curious to witness the rapidity with
which this exserted portion grows, and here becomes filled with
albuminous tissue: another result being the incorporation of the
remaining portion of the sac with that tissue. A similar pro-
longation of the embryo-sac was also noticed by the same accu-
rate observer in Avicenniat, and he infers that this phenomenon
has only been remarked in cases associated with a particular form
of free central placentat ; but this is not correct, for we have
evidence, that its occurrence is not constant among the Ciono-
sperma. We know likewise, from the observations of Mr. Griffith
himself, that the same occurs in Congea, Loranthus, &e. Dr. Plan-
chon also has minutely described a similar phenomenon in the
seeds of Veronica§, where the embryo is formed without the
usual integuments, and remains covered merely by its embryo-
sac, that protrudes outside the main body of the ovule, improperly
ealled the “ nucleus,” and which afterwards shrivels into the form
of a secondary funicular cord: in these instances the embryonary
sac becomes thickened, and assumes the appearance of a peri-
spermal covering around the albumen of the seed, very different
in its origin from the true testa of indutive seeds,

* This term, though generally used in this case by botanists, is manifestly
incorrect, and has been employed only because it is applied to the identical
body which is enclosed within its several tunics in ordinary seeds; it leads
to misconception, because it is difficult to imagine the “ nucleus ” can mean
the covering of the ovule, while the protruding real nucleary body
becomes the entire seed. It would be more conformable to fact, and render

_ the details of the a more intelligible, to denominate the former,

what it really is, the external body of the ovule, and not a “ nucleus.”
+ Linn. Trans. vol. xx. p. 2.
ft Ibid. p. 3.
§ Mémoire sur les développemens et les caractéres des vrais et faux arilles,

Montpelier, 1844.

182 Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacacez.

We may infer that nearly the same changes take place in the
development of the seed in Olacacee that Mr. Griffith has so
minutely observed in Santalum and Osyris ; for in the ripe fruit
of Liriosma, examined in the dried state, imdependently of the
thickened and lengthened cionosperm, which is pressed into a
deep longitudinal groove, formed by its pressure, in one side of
the albumen, I find constantly, midway between the axis and
this groove, and imbedded in the substance of the albumen, a
very distinct, long, cylindrical, membranous tube, which proceed-
ing from the base terminates abruptly, by an almost truncated
closed apex, at about half the length of the seed; the lower
portion, at its exit, is reflected upwards round the base, for a
short distance, in a small groove, and is soon gradually lost in
the substance of the enveloping integument. We cannot imagine
this tube to be anything else than the posterior end of the em-
bryonary sac, which in Osyris Mr. Griffith describes as becoming
imeorporated with the nascent albuminous tissue, but which here
appears to remain entire, and its existence in the position above
described can only be accounted for by supposing its reduplica-
tion during the development of the albuminous tissue. On
dividing the putamen, the albumen will be found quite bare of
any integumental covering, except at the lacerated margin of
the cionosperm, around the hollow space at the base, and about
the summit, where it has broken away from the abortive ovules,
which as well as the cionosperm become entirely pressed into
the substance of the albumen: the rest of the extremely thm
integumental covering remains adhering to the inner surface of
the putamen ; but whether the external body of the ovule becomes
withered and contracted into the substance of the cionosperm, or
whether its induvial remains are to be referred to the quantity
of colourless, dislocated tissue found between the adherent mem-
branes that form the lining of the putamen and the seminal in-
tegument, it is impossible to determine from an examination of
dried specimens.

Besides the knowledge of the singular fact of the exsertion of
the embryonary sac, and the development of the embryo outside
of the body of the ovule, common to the Santalacee, and by
analogy to the Olacacee and other Cionosperme, that of the
confluence of the albumina of several sacs into one albumen is
stated to occur in Viscum album: this however is not quite a
manifest explanation of the phenomenon, for if these were con-
fluent, the embryos would not unite at base, but would remain
distinct, by the intervention of the confluent sacs, unless we
imagine these membranes to become absorbed into the substance
of the nascent albumen, Dr. Meyen, on the contrary, denies
the fact so minutely described by M. Decaisne, in the memoir

Mr. J. Miers on the Affinities of the Olacaceze. 183

before quoted, of the growing together of several embryos ; for
he asserts, that several embryonary sacs are contained in a single
oyule, and are fertilized, but it rarely happens that more than
one of these arrives at perfect development*, and he therefore
concludes, that the doubling or trebling of the radicular end of
the embryo of Viscum cannot be owing to the cohesion of several
embryos. It appears to me that many of the changes that
really take place in such cases have not yet been observed, and
that we have still much to learn concerning the true nature of
such developments: this is a subject of deep interest, worthy of
the most attentive examination. I have mentioned that in the
Olacacee, as well as the Santalacee, although the cionosperm
sometimes exceeds the limits of the ovules, the free apices of the
4 three ovular bodies are more frequently seen to extend above
7 the top of the column. M. Decaisne describes the ovules in
Viscum album to be several and erect, that one of these becomes
fertile, while the two others are abortive and appear like filaments
at its base. It is probable that the cionosperm is here very short,
and that the free apices of the ovules have been mistaken for the
ovules themselves; it may be also that the free apices of the
probably yet unimpregnated ovules, distinguishable in the ova-
rium of the Olacacee, Santalacee, &c., may be nothing more than
the exserted portions of the embryonary sacs, so ably described
by Mr. Griffith: these are points very difficult of determination
in dried plants especially, where the parts are so extremely minute
and delicate. In Opilia, and again in Champereia, the three
suspended ovules, at the period of the fall of the flower, appear
closely aggregated upon their columnar support, and from their
extreme minuteness, they are easily mistaken for a single erect,
stipitate ovule ; but I have found, by alternately moistening and
allowing them to dry, that air imtervenes between the delicate
membranes, and renders them clearly distinct. I have already
alluded to the fact, but as yet we know nothing of the cause, of
the non-production in all the Cionosperma, as well as in Viseum,
of the usual coverings that in ordinary cases are generated over
the pristine ovule. We must not lose sight of the important
circumstance, observed by M. Decaisne, that in Viscum album
the embryo is not developed till a long period after the fall of
the anthers+, nor of those of Mr. Griffith}, equally showing,
that both in the Indian species of Visewm and Loranthus, the
oyulum is a formation, subsequent to the act of impregnation ;
“a remarkable and unparalleled fact, that tends to increase the
difficulty of understanding, or even conjecturing, the nature of

* Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 1. vii. p. 171.

T Sur le développement du Pollen du Guy, &¢., Mém. Acad. Roy.
Bruxelles, vol. xii.

{ Linn, Trans. vol. xviii. p. 77.

184 Mr. W.H. Benson on new species of Cyclostoma.

the first steps in the formation of an embryo.” These con-
siderations become analogically of importance in leading us to
the discovery of the real history of the Olacacee. Something
in relation to this subject might be learned, if we could better
understand the origin and development of the embryo under
ordinary circumstances, for the facts are still undetermined that
can prove which of the two theories of the nature of vegetable
reproduction is founded on truth; the one maintaining that the
pollen-grain penetrates the embryo-sac, and hence comes into
immediate contact with the body of the nucleary vesicle, in order
to effect its fertilization ; the other denying this assertion, and
declaring that it does not penetrate the sac, but merely discharges
its function of impregnation, by external impression. Similar
theories have long been disputed among zoologists, some con~
tending that the spermatozoon does not penetrate the ovum in
order to effect its impregnation, as mere external impact is suf-
ficient to accomplish this function, while others declare the
necessity of immediate contact, and that in proof of this they
have seen the spermatozoa within the shell of the ovum. This
point has just been determined by Mr. Newport, in a very in-
teresting paper read before the Linnean Society, in which he
proves satisfactorily that the former view is conformable to
truth. He has ascertained the important facts, that the presence
of active spermatozoa are absolutely necessary to impregnate the
ovum ; that this is effected by simple impact; he has noted the
time necessary to complete the operation, and has observed the
internal change that immediately takes place in the body of the
nucleus ; and moreover he has found that the spermatozoa, after
producing this effect by simple external impact, become inert
and lose all power of motion. Mr. Newport has suggested that
these circumstances, by analogy, may assist in determining the
theories in dispute among vegetable physiologists ; and he has
pointed to the curious fact recorded by Mr. Griffith (Linn. Trans.
vol. xx. p. 393) of the irritability or oscillatory motion seen within
the boyaux of the pollen-grains of Dischidia at the period of
impregnation of the ovules, which may perhaps be in some degree
analogous to the vivacity of spermatozoa under parallel circum-.
stances.

XVI.— Geographical Notices, and Characters of fourteen new spe-
cies of Cyclostoma, from the East Indies. By W. H. Benson,
Esq.

Tue following new species of an interesting genus of operculated

Land-snails belong chiefly to the mainland of India, and were

collected in the Sikkim Himalaya ; among the hills to the north-

east of Bengal, and in the Peninsula of Southern India, from the

Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Cyclostoma. 185

east near Bombay to its western shore. For the specimens
from Southern India I am indebted to Dr. T. Jerdon, the illus-
trator of the ornithology of that quarter; a single species forms
part of Dr. Cantor’s acquisitions in Pulo Penang. [I shall con-
clude with some remarks on the geographical distribution of
ascertained Indian species, and on others which have been attri-
tributed, erroneously in my opinion, to the same country.

1. C. Pearsoni, nobis, n. s.

Testa umbilicata, depresso-turbinata, levigata, obsolete spiraliter
_ striata, supra castaneo marmorata et late fasciata, subtus spiraliter
eastaneo-lineata, fascia alba ad peripheriam, subtus altera nigro-
eastaneo concurrente ornata ; spira depresso-conoidea, apice acuto ;
anfractibus 5 convexiusculis, ultimo lato, subtus convexo ; apertura
vix obliqua, ampla, circulari, intus czerulescente ; peristomate ex-
undique reflexo, leete aurantio, marginibus callo brevi junctis ;
_ umbilico subangusto, pervio, intus angustiori.
Diam. major 42, minor 33, axis 25 mill.
Hab. in montibus Khasya dictis, ultra fines Provincie Bengalie, ad
orientem spectantes.

Named after the late Dr. J. T. Pearson, of the Bengal Medical
Service, a successful investigator of the natural history of Bengal,
and formerly Curator of the Museum of the Asiatic Society of
Calcutta. To him we owe the establishment of two interesting
species of Pterocyclos, P. parvus and P. hispidus, in the Journal
of that Society, and from him I received the species now de-
scribed.

In form, sculpture, and markings C. Pearsoni much resembles,
m the back view, the shell figured by Sowerby, no. 128. pl. 27.
of the ‘ Thesaurus,’ as C. Perdizx, but the spire is less acute. It
differs otherwise in the narrower umbilicus, in the orange colour
and rounded edge of the peristome (which is destitute of the
flatness observable in C. Perdiz), as well as in the amplitude of the
aperture, convexity and want of keel in the whorls, and in the
absence of the articulated band at the suture. Can this be the
shell alluded to by Sowerby in the following words? “ Another
variety has ventricose volutions and an orange-coloured aper-
ture.” It is probable that two or more distinct species were
referred by Sowerby to C. Perdiz, and that he has also figured
two different species.

ST ny = ee

“4
<7

ee se eee
ae “ Jas Ne

2. C. Jerdoni, nobis, n. s.

Testa umbilicata, depresso-turbinata, supra lineis elevatis spiralibus
confertissimis corrugatis, strias obliquas decussantibus, subtus striis
decussatis levioribus munita, albida, flammis fulguratis castaneis
superne, et usque ad dimidium basis picta, fascia pallida mediana,

186 =9Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Cyclostoma.

flammulis attenuatis articulata, cincta; spira depressa, apice pro-
minula, sutura distincta; anfractibus 5 convexis, ultimo prope su-
turam depresso-planulato, peripheeria subangulata; apertura vix
obliqua, subcirculari, ad apicem angulata, peristomate expansius-
culo, incrassato, albido, ad umbilicum subreflexo ; marginibus callo
crasso junctis, umbilico mediocri, profundo, pervio, anfractus 2
exhibente.

Diam. maj. 35, min. 28, axis 20 mill.

Hab. ad latus montium “ Nilgherries.” Teste Jerdon.

Distinguished by its peculiar sculpture, more depressed form,
rather wider umbilicus, and less expanded and less reflected
peristome, from the white-lipped shell figured by Sowerby, Pl.
Supp. no. 31 B. f.321, as C. Indicum, Deshayes, and by Pfeiffer
as C. Ceylanicum, Sowerby, who subsequently suppressed his
MS. name. It is also less darkly coloured than that species,
and the whitish ground forms a greater proportion in the mark-
ings. The red-mouthed var. of C. Indicum, figured by Sowerby,
was sent to me by Dr. Jerdon as found on the opposite face of
the Nilgherries.

3. C. Aurora, nobis, n. s.

Testa anguste umbilicata, globoso-subturbinata, spiraliter 5-6 obso-
lete carinata, ferruginea, versus apicem rubente, oblique rugulosa ;
spira conoidea, apice obtusiusculo ; anfractibus 41 convexiusculis,
ultimi peripheeria obsolete angulata ; apertura ampla, vix obliqua,
circulari, superne angulata ; peristomate continuo, expansiusculo,
subincrassato, reflexiusculo, aurantio ; fauce rubente.

Diam. maj. 28, min. 23, axis 19 mill.

Hab. ad Darjiling Regionis Sikkimensis ad montes Himalayanos.

This species is decorticate, but from the colouring apparent
on the body-whorl within the aperture, where it is protected by
a transparent enamel, it would appear that the fresh shell is sur-
rounded, in the portion above the umbilicus, by narrow chestnut
bands closely set. It is nearly related to a gigantic species from
the same locality which is undescribed; but, having reason to
believe, from a written communication made to me by Dr. Pfeiffer,
that it is identical with an unedited species to which he has as-
signed the name C. Himalayanum, I refrain at present from de-
scribing it. The species in question is more depressed in pro-
portion than C. Aurora, and being similarly decorticate, is white,
with the exception of the peristome which is bright orange, and
the apex which in my specimen is reddish. C. Aurora has also
a narrower umbilicus.

4. C. Cantori, nobis, n. s.

Testa subanguste umbilicata, subgloboso-conoidea, spiraliter leviter
striatissima, fulvida, sub epidermide albido-ceesia, rufo-fusco marmo-

eS a

Mr. W.H. Benson on new snecies of Cyclostoma. 187

»rata punctata et lineata, plerumque fascia unica nigrescente con-

spicua ad peripheeriam cincta; spira conoidea, acuta ; anfractibus
5 convexiusculis, primis oblique striatis, ultimi peripheeria cbsolete
angulata ; apertura ampla, circulari, subverticali, marginibus callo
tenui junctis ; peristomate expanso, sub-planato-reflexo ; umbilico
pervio. Operculo tenui, corneo, multispirato.

Diam. maj. 30, minor 23, axis 19 mill. ; sp. major.

Diam. maj. 24, minor 19, axis 143 mill. ; sp. mimor.

Hab. ad Insulam Penang. Teste Cantor.

I have thought it advisable to introduce this species here, in
order that it may accompany the three preceding species and that
immediately following, which, equally with it, belong to the same
division of Pfeiffer’s subgenus Cyclophorus. The shell forms part
of a collection of Penang and Malay species, of which Dr. Cantor
entrusted the publication to me, together with some interesting
drawings of the inhabiting mollusks, which, I hope, will now
shortly see the light.

5. C. porphyriticum, nobis, n. s.

Testa mediocriter umbilicata, depresso-conoidea, tenui, striis confer-
tissimis distinctis, elevatis, subundulatis, spiraliter munita, albida,
superne saturate castaneo, subtus pallidiore ornata, maculis angu-
latis, circa suturam majoribus, conspersa, fasciis saturatis duabus
albo-articulatis, altera ad periphzeriam, altera inferiori cincta ; spira
brevi, apice acuto, sutura vix distincta; anfractibus 4} planulatis,
ultimo angulato, subtus planiusculo; apertura ampla, ovato-circu-
lari, livide albida, peristomate tenui, expanso, reflexo, marginibus
eallo tenui junctis, conniventibus, columellari angustato, leviter
emarginato.

Diam. major 31, minor 243, axis 18 mill.

Hab. in India Orientali.

Allied to C. aquilum, Sow., but differmg in tenuity, depressed
form, keel, and sculpture. I received this shell from Sowerby,
in 1834, as one of the varieties of C. Perdix ; however, the com-
pressed form of the shell, its sharply sculptured striz, and the
characters of the aperture sufficiently justify its separation. In
Sowerby’s fig. 127, and in Kiister’s fig. 7. pl. 8, the columellar
lip is expanded above the umbilicus, instead of being narrow and
connivent with the superior margin. Sowerby omits any notice
of the sculpture, and that which is ascribed to it by Pfeiffer is of
a very different character. In form C. porphyriticum somewhat
approaches C. zebrinum, mihi, but differs in sculpture, markings,
less produced spire, less flattened underside, much wider umbi-
licus, and in the absence of the peculiar hispid epidermis which
clothes that rare species. Sowerby, in his description of C. ze-
brinum, notes the umbilicus as moderate. In my original de-
scription (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Caleutta for 1836), I described it as

188 Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Cyclostoma.

small; and, on comparison, it proves to be even narrower than
that of C. stenomphalum, Pfeiffer. C. porphyriticum is also allied
to, but quite distinct from, Muusson’s C. Zollingeri.

; 6. C. constrictum, nobis, n. s.

Testa perforata, ovato-conica, glabra, costis angustis obliquis distan-
tibus munita, translucente, albida vel rufula ; spira elongato-conica,
apice obtuso, sutura valde impressa ; anfractibus 4 rotundatis, su-
perioribus glabris, sequentibus remote costulatis, ultimo mox con-
fertissime costulato-striata, pone aperturam strangulato, anticeque
late constricto ; apertura circulari, verticali, 2 longitudinis eequante,
peristomate undique reflexo; operculo testaceo, multispirato, su-
tura inconspicua. .

Diam. 2, alt. 33 mill.

Hab. ad Darjiling Himalayee Sikkimensis.

This shell has apparently an affinity with the Philippine C.
minus of Sowerby, but differs in its more tapering form, smaller
size, perforation, diverse sculpture, and in the strangulation of
the last whorl behind the aperture, in which feature it exhibits
an approach to the more shortened C. gibbum, Fér., from Turon
in Cochin China, and to the depressed C. strangulatum, Hutton,
so abundant in the more western portion of the Himalaya.

7. C. filocinctum, nobis, n. s.

Testa subaperte umbilicata, turbinato-globosa, infra spatium hume-
rale glabrum lineis frequentibus elevatis cingulata, albida, epider-
mide fusca induta ; spira elevata, subconica, sutura impressa, apice
papillari; anfractibus 4} rotundatis, ultimo cylindraceo ; apertura
circulari, superne vix angulata, prope umbilicum leviter sinuata,
2 longitudinis eequante ; peristomate duplici, interiori simplici acuto,

exteriori breviter refiexo ; umbilico profundo, perspectivo. .

Diam. maj. 3, minor 23, alt. 23 mill.

Hab. ad apices montium Nilgherries. Teste Jerdon.

This little species is distinguished by the spiral ridges, which
are numerous between the shoulder of the whorl and the umbi-
licus, but are deficient near the suture, as well as by its double

peristome. The epidermis is deciduous.

8. C. sarritum, nobis, n. s.

Testa subimperforata, ovato-conica, liris spiralibus crebris, sulcis an-
gustis divisis, munita, ferrugineo-albida, apice rubente, sutura bene
impressa, apice obtuso; anfractibus 4 valde convexis ; apertura
vix obliqua, ovata, 3 longitudinis zequante, peristomate acuto, ex-
pansiusculo, marginibus disjunctis, columellari superne angulato,
pariete calloso.

Long. 2, diam. 14 mill.

Hab. in muscis arborum vallis profunde, prope Cherra Poonjee, in

montibus Garo dictis, preeter fines Orientales Provinciz Bengaliz..

ee an ee

YN a Dale A
ie a “ie =

reo ial

Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Cyclostoma. 189

I got specimens of this minute species, with other minute
land shells as yet undescribed, in long tree moss, in which spe-
cimens of jasper, from the deep valley of Musmai, below Cherra
Poonjee, had been packed on the spot.

9. C. celoconus*, nobis, n. s.

Testa subaperte umbilicata, turbinata, tenui, scabre confertim radiato-
_ striata, olivaceo-lutescente, fascia unica submediana, strigisque un-
. datis, radiatis, rufo-fuscis, ornata; spira conoidea, apice acutius-
culo ; sutura bene impressa; anfractibus 41 valde convexis, ultimo
cylindrico ; apertura obliqua, ovato-circulari, peristomate tenul,
acuto, umbilico profundo omnes anfractus exhibente.
Diam. major 13, minor 11, axis 9 mill.
Hab. ad radices montium Nilgherries Indice Orientalis. Teste Jerdon.

This shells holds an intermediate place between the planorbi-
form Cyclustomata and the turbinate Cyclophori with a moderate
or narrow umbilicus.

10. C. cuspidatum, nobis, n. s.

Testa umbilicata, acuminato-conoidea, oblique striata, lineis spira-

_ libus circumdata, epidermide olivaceo-fusca; spira elongata, atte-
nuata, apice mamillari; anfractibus 5, primis convexis, ultimo et
penultimo superne convexiusculis, lira unica preeditis, ultimo subtus
convexo, periphzeria carinata, carina lamellato-fimbriata ; basi 3-
lirata, lira subumbilicari fimbriata; apertura perobliqua, subcir-
culari, superne subangulata, dimidium longitudinis sequante, peri-
stomate tenui, acuto, imargine columellari expansiusculo ; umbilico
mediocri profundo, anfractus plures exhibente.

Diam. major 6, minor 5, alt. 4 mill.

Hab. ad apices montium Nilgherries. Teste Jerdon.
This species is singular on account of its attenuated spire, and

the hirsute lamellar appendages to the keels, at the periphery

and umbilicus ; but the latter character is apt to be obliterated.

11. C. Trochlea, nobis, n. s.
Testa anguste umbilicata, pyramidato-turrita, glabra, albida, apice
- obtusiusculo, sutura impressa; anfractibus 5, angulato-convexis,
_ superne | carinatis, ultimo tricarinato, carina 1 superiori, 1 sub-
mediana, 1 circumumbilicari; apertura obliqua, circulari, 2 longi-
tudinis eequante ; peristomate acuta, ad finem carinee inferioris vix
- angulato ; umbilico pervio.
Diam. 2, long. 3 mill.
Hab. rarum in montibus Nilgherries. Teste Jerdon.
_ This minute shell is singular in its turrited form, and in the
arrangement of its keels, which gives a flat cylindrical appearance
to the periphery of the lower whorl. I do not know any species
which can be compared with it.

* Koihos, CAvUS ; KOVOS, CONUS,

190 Mr. W.H. Benson on new species of Cyclostoma.

12. C. aratum, nobis, n. s.

Testa aperte umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa, ferrugineo-albida, uni-
colori, vel ferrugineo-marmorata et fasciata, spiraliter sulcata, sulcis
radiato-striatis ; spira elevatiuscula, apice acutiuscula ; anfractibus
4} convexis, ultimo cylindraceo, antice descendente, dilatato ; aper-
tura ovato-circulari, valde obliqua, margine parietali angulato, cal-
loso, superiori expanso, arcuato, obsolete crenulato, inferiori bre-
viter reflexo ; umbilico infundibuliformi omnes anfractus exhibente.

Operculo calcareo multispirato, intus membrana induto, concavius-
culo, extus carina elevata spirali subhorizontali munito.

Diam. major 18, minor 15, axis 9} mill.

Hab. in Indize Orientalis Provincia “‘ Northern Cirears.’’ Teste
Jerdon.

Nearly allied to subdiscoideum, Sow., and modestum, Petit de
la Saussaye, Journ. de Conchyl. 1850. It belongs to Apero-
stoma, Troschel, as well as the more conical semistriatum, Sow.,
which is a denizen of the opposite or western side of the Indian
Peninsula.

In one specimen there is a broad interrupted band above, and
a narrow darker band below the periphery.

13. C. ravidum, nobis, n.s.

Testa aperte umbilicata, subdiscoidea, nitidiuscula, confertim scabre
tenuiter radiato-striata, olivaceo-lutea, sub epidermide alba; spira
vix elevata, apice planato, obtuso, sutura impressa; anfractibus 4
convexiusculis, lente accrescentibus, ultimo cylindraceo, antice vix
descendente, superne prope suturam sub lente obsolete spiraliter
striato; apertura obliqua, circulari, peristomate tenui, recto, mar-
ginibus callo tenui junctis; umbilico lato, perspectivo; operculo
tenui, corneo, multispirato, extus concaviusculo.

Diam. major 15, minor 13, axis 7 mill.

Hab. ad apices montium Nilgherries Indize Meridionalis, Teste
Jerdon.

The peristome is not quite perfect in the only specimen re-
ceived by me from Dr. Jerdon, and some modification of its cha-
racters may be eventually necessary. The species differs from
C. annulatum, Troschel, which has a similar operculum, in the
more closely wound whorls, in the narrower umbilicus, more
delicate sculpture, and absence of any pattern on the upper side.

14, C. Phenotopicum*, nobis, n.s.

Testa subaperte umbilicata, depressa, subdiscoidea, tenui, non nitente,
striis scabris, acutis, radiatis, eleyatis, aliis impressis spiralibus,
sub lente vix percipiendis, prope suturam decussatis, rufo-fusea,
strigis angulatis, interruptis picta ; spira depressa, apice prominula,

* The name “ Darjiling”’ Hellenized.

at are ae ee ee

af

Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Cyelostoma. 191

sutura impressa; anfractibus 45 convexis, sensim accrescentibus ;

te circulari, peristomate tenui, recto, marginibus approxi-
p umbilico profundo, perspectivo.

Operculo corneo, tenui, concaviusculo, arctispirali ; anfractibus 7-8.
m. major 12, minor 10, alt. 4 mill.
Hab. ‘ad Darjiling, Himalayze Sikkimensis.

- With reference to its operculum and aperture it belongs to the
third division of Pfeiffer’s fusuabors. Although the larger
of my two specimens does not bear the signs of age, yet, even
if the peristome should be found to acquire a further develop-
ment, the peculiar dull and sharp scabrous sculpture, as well as
the narrower umbilicus, will serve to prevent the species from
being confounded with any allied form, such as C. annulatum
and C. stenostoma, which possess a similar operculum. The im-
pressed spiral strize are confined to the inner slope of the whorl,
towards the suture, and are only visible under a lens. C. pla-
norbulum, Sow., has a very different operculum, and belongs to
Aperostoma, Troschel.

C. stenomphalum, Pfr., Zeitschr. 1846, and Conch. Cab. 2nd
edition, p. 59. t. 8. f. 5, 6.—Pfeiffer notes that the habitat of
this species is unknown, but that a smaller bleached specimen
occurs in Dr. V. d. Busch’s collection, marked “from Bengal.”
Thave recognised this species in a shell sent to me by Dr. Jerdon
from the island of Elephanta, near Bombay, where it was found
by Brigadier Watson. Petit de la Saussaye, Journal de Con-
chyliologie, 1850, marks C. stenomphalum with doubt as a va-
riety of C. Indicum, Desh., a species which has been productive of
much disagreement among conchologists, e. g. Pfeiffer, Philippi,
Sowerby, Mousson, and Petit. Philippi figured a shell for it
whieh Pfeiffer, Mousson, and Petit agree in considering to be
C. oculus Capri. Pfeiffer, however, refers Deshayes’ original
shell to the same, but Mousson and Petit agree in considering it
distinct. Sowerby figured an orange-mouthed shell from the
Nilgherries, which I received from Dr. Jerdon, as C. Indicum,
and united it with a white-mouthed shell from Ceylon which
he had named, in MSS., C. Ceylanicum. Under this name the
latter variety is destribed by Pfeiffer, and figured by Kiister. It
is worthy of remark, that Ae'niaetal specimen, described as C.
Indicum by Deshayes, is from the same locality as my large

en of C. stenomphalum.

~ With reference to Dr. Von dem Busch’s small bleached variety,
if the specimen should appear to have been received from Capt.
W. J. Boys, I should have little hesitation in assigning to it
the locality of Bhamoury, at the foot of the Western Himalaya,
on the road leading to Almorah, where a very similar shell was

192 Mr. W.H. Benson on new species of Cyclostoma.

discovered by that officer in 1843, on the day following that on
which I had bespoken his attention to terrestrial and fluviatile
conchology at the neighbouring mountain-lake “ Bhimtal.” I
have not access, at present, to a specimen, so as to be able, at
once, to confirm or reject the supposition.

C. funiculatum, nobis.—Sowerby in his Supplement to his
Monograph has figured this species, and cited the Khasya Hills
as the habitat. I have never heard of its existence in that quarter.
My first specimen was obtained from Darjiling in the Sikkim
Himalaya, as stated in the Journ. Asiat. Soc. Calcutta, 1838,
as were also those which I subsequently sent to Mr. Cuming,
and furnished to Sowerby for the purpose of being figured. Even
in the adjoining country of Bhotan the species appears to give
place to C. pauperculum, Sowerby, and direct evidence is necessary
to establish its habitat in the mountain-group to the south and
east of the river Burhampooter.

C. stenostoma,Sow.—Sowerby gives Arabia, without any definite
locality in that extensive tract, for this species, on the authority
of Mr. Powis. The Paris Museum, according to Pfeiffer, gives
the habitat as Pondicherry, and the large variety figured im
Kiister, pl. 20. f. 18, 19, is stated to have been received by Dr.
Pfeiffer from Delessert as from Cochin China. Dr. Jerdon sent
it to me from woods at the top of the Nilgherries, where the
small variety occurs as well as specimens equalling in size that
above referred to. It can hardly inhabit such various elevations,
or exist under such different hygrometric conditions as are
necessarily involved in all these assigned localities.

C. Menkeanum, Philippi.—Pfeiffer has no information regard-
ing the locality of this species. It proves to be the shell which
I found abundantly near Point de Galle, and which I regarded
as a variety of C’, Involvulus. Unfortunately nearly all my spe-
cimens, including beautifully marked varieties, were abstracted,
with other shells, from my baggage, on a railway, soon after my
arrival in England. Petit cites Ceylon, with a note of interro-
gation ; I am glad to be able to confirm his conjecture. 1 have
also a specimen from a collection of shells made at Trincomalee.

I now proceed to give a geographical view of the species in-
habiting Hindustan, the neighbouring mainland, and the islands
in view from their shores, as far as our information extends at
present.

We know of no species from Affghanistén, and the Punjab has
not as yet contributed anything to the genus. Beginning at
the north-west, C. strangulatum, Hutton, ranges along the
secondary heights of the Himalaya from the Sutlej as far as the
western border of Nipél, where the observations of conchological

ne ee Pe

ee ee —— °

Mr. W.H. Benson on new species of Cyclostoma. 193

inquirers have hitherto abruptly terminated. At one spot, near
this border, a goodly-sized Cyclophorus, possibly the small variety
of C. stenomphalum, Pfr., appears at Bhamoury, a few feet above
the point where the Lower Himalaya springs from the forest of
the Terai. Proceeding along the Himalaya, to the east of Nipal,
Darjiling, in Sikkim, furnishes C. Himalayanum? Pfr. MSS.,
Aurora, constrictum, Phenotopicum, and funiculatum, nobis, and
the country of Bhotén C. pauperculum, Sow., a species nearly
allied to the last. Crossing the Burhampooter river, the hills
to the south of Assém present us with C. zebrinum, Pearsoni, and

‘sarritum, nobis, also with Pterocyclos hispidus, and parvus,

eager he whole of th f
Si as it may a , the whole of the extensive tract o
Gangetic plains dkeckehiag fioith the Desert west of the Jumna to
the seaboard of the Delta, in Bengal, fails to furnish a single

ies, except where the rocks of the mountain-ranges south of
the Gahiges impinge on the stream below Patna in Bahar. At
these places C. Involvulus, Miill., and Pterocyclos rupestris, nobis,
make their appearance, but they seem to be interrupted towards
the west by the sandstone formation of the Vindhyan chain.
Still further west, and north of the Nerbudda river, C. semi-
striatum, Sow., appears at Neemuch, in lat. 25° N., and extends
to the south as far as Poonah, which lies south-east of Bombay.
On the eastern side its place is taken, in the Northern Circars
of Madras, by C. aratum, nobis, where according to Jerdou this.
species is accompanied by Pterocyclos rupestris.

Near Bombay again, at Elephanta, C. Indicum, Desh., and
C. stenomphalum, Pfr. (the large var.) are found, the former ex-
tending to the Nilgherries, where C. Jerdoni and celoconus,
nobis, stenostoma, Sow., Trochlea, ravidum, cuspidatum and filo-

einctum, nobis, also C. nitidum, Sow. (on the authority of Pfeiffer

and Mr. Cuming’s collection), add materially to the list, while at —
their eastern base the singular Pterocyclos bilabiatus, Sowerby,
occurs.

Descending southward to the rich island of Ceylon, we find
C. Menkeanum, Phil., Ceylanicum, Pfr. (if distinct from the true
Indicum), C. annulatum, Trosch., halophilum, nobis, helicinum, Ch.,
Itiert, Guérin (cornu venatorium, Ch.?), and Hoffmeisteri, Trosch.,
of which the specimens found by myself at Galle, and agreeing
apparently with Troschel’s short description, cannot be con-
founded with Kiister’s figure of the species previously named,
To the same island belong also the magnificent Pterocyclos Cu-
mingi, Pfr., recently published*, and a fine species captured by
Dr. Bland at Trincomalee.

* In the Ist No. of the ‘ Zeitschrift ’ for 1851, Pfeiffer publishes a review
of Pterocyclos as at present known, following the synonymy given in my
i 13

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii.

194 Mr. W.H. Benson on new species of Cyclostoma.

Taking up the thread dropped east of the Burhampooter river,
and descending through the Burmese territories and the Malayan
peninsula, we find at Tavoy and Tenasserim, Pulo Penang and
Malacca, C. awrantiacum, Schum. (pernobile, Gould), sectilabrum,
Gould, Perdiz, Sow., Cantori, nobis, semidecussatum and Tuba,
Sow. ; and at Singapore, near the extremity of the peninsula, C.
aquilum, Sow., and rostellatum, Pfr., Zeitschr. No. 1, 1851; in
the Siamese territory, C. Siamense, Sow.; in Cochin China, C.
gibbum, and stenostoma, with Pterocyclos anguliferus, Souleyet ;
and in Southern China, C. punctatum, Grateloup (irroratum,
Sow.), rightly attributed by Sowerby to that country, whence I
have received it through Dr. Cantor, but assigned by Grateloup
to Ceylon. At Pulo Susson, near Penang, a very distinct species
of Pterocyclos was taken by Dr. Bland; and on the same island
Dr. Cantor procured the small pale variety of C. nitidum, Sowerby,
a species which is very widely spread, appearing in the Nilgher-
ries as well as in Java and the Philippine islands. Pterocyclos
biciliatus, Mousson, of which only an imperfect specimen has
been observed, belongs to Burmah.

Sowerby has referred C. undulatum to Bengal. I have never
heard of its existence there, and I obtained a specimen at the
Mauritius from Sir David Barclay, from the shore to the south
of the harbour of Port Louis. C..cinctum, Sowerby, is also cited
by that author as an East Indian shell. It has all the characters
of a group from the islands of East Africa, and Petit gives Ma-
dagascar as the habitat. Sowerby and Petit are equally at vari-
ance regarding the habitat of another insular African form, C.
filosum, Sow., who calls it a rare East Indian shell. Sir D. Barclay
presented me with a specimen taken in the island of Rodriguez.
C. Belangeri, Pfr. (aurantiacum, Desh.), is noted as found only
in the environs of Pondicherry. The type is oceanic, and I have
lately found two undoubted specimens among shells sent from
the Mauritius as C. Rangii. May it not have been imported
into the French Indian settlement, with plants, from that island ?

Great diversity of opinion exists regarding the true C. planor-
bulum of Lamarck. A gigantic species which I observed last
year, in the Senkenberg Museum, at Frankfurt am Main, ap-
pears to me to agree better with the figure copied in pl. 29. f. 18
of Kiister, than any other form attributed to it. It is labelled

paper in the ‘ Annals’ for 1848, except in recognising correctly Pt. angu-
liferum, Souleyet, from Cochin China as a separate species, and adding some
forms since described. Nine true Pterocycli are admitted, only one (C.
spiracellum, Ad. and Reeve) being doubtful, and two species of the trans-
itionary form Myzostoma of Troschel. Dr. Bland’s two undoubtedly
distinct species would, if accessible for description, increase the number of
true Pferocycli to eleven.

ae

Mr. W. H. Benson on two species of Pterocyclos. 195

“from Sumatra” on the authority of Lafargue. A gigantic
Cyclostoma appears as C. oculus Capri, from the same island, on
the like authority, in the collection. Having pointed out these
shells to Dr. Pfeiffer’s notice, further information respecting
them may eventually be obtained in the Supplement to his
* Monograph.’

Dublin, 3rd July, 1851.

P.S.—Two other species have been assigned to India, C. Turbo,
Ch.,and C. tricarinatum, Miill. ; the former by Chemnitz, who cites
Tranquebar and Coromandel as the habitat. Later observers
have not confirmed this reference. Sowerby mentions Sumatra,
but quotes no authority. C. ¢ricarinatum is attributed by the
last-named author to India. The form at once suggests an East
African insular origin, and Petit de la Saussaye refers it to the
Mauritius, citing however no authority in the ‘ Journal de Con-
chyliologie.’ I am able to corroborate this statement. Sir David
Barclay presented me with a worn and bleached specimen which
he had himself picked up in the island at the Caverns of M. du
Plessis, near the Petite Riviere; and he showed me another
specimen, recently dead, which had just been brought to him from
the woods.

Cyclostoma Michaudi, Grat. (carinatum, Sowerby), for which
no locality is given in the ‘ Thesaurus,’ and which Petit ascribes
to Madagascar, was procured by Sir D. Barclay from the Piton -
de Ja Riviére Noire in the Mauritius. They occurred with both’
a white and an orange peristome. In the former variety the
carinz were more distant, as shown in Sowerby’s figures ; it may
perhaps be found to constitute a distinct species.

Dublin, July 5, 1851.

XVII.—Descriptive characters of two species of the Genus Ptero- -
eyclos, discovered by Dr. Buanp. By W. H. Benson, Esq.

[With a Plate. ]

In the 5th volume of the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Cal-
eutta, Dr. William Bland, of H.M.S. Wolf, published, in 1836, a
note on two unnamed species of Pterocyclos, to which, on inspec-
tion of the coloured drawings forwarded to me by the Secretary,
but unfortunately not engraved, I added a note on their affinities.
Previously to returning them to Mr. James Prinsep, I took a
pencil outline of the figures, for the purpose of reference, and
from these outlines, with the assistance of Dr. Bland’s note, I
now endeavour, at Dr. Pfeiffer’s suggestion, to affix specific cha-
racters (necessarily imperfect) to two novel forms of a rare and
13*

196 Mr. W.H. Benson on two species of Pterocyclos.

interesting genus, of which eleven distinct Asiatic species may
now be enumerated, viz. :—

1. Pterocyclos rupestris, Benson, 1832, Bahar.

2. —— hispidus, Pearson, 1833, Khasya Hills.
3. parvus, Pearson, 1833, Khasya Hills.

4, —— anguliferus, Soul. 1841, Cochin China.
5. —— bilabiatus, Sow. 1843, South India.
6
7
8

. —— Albersi, Pfeiffer, 1847.

. —— biciliatus, Mousson, 1849, Burma.

: spiracellum, Ad. & Reeve, 1850, Borneo.
9. —— Cumingi, Pfr. 1851, Ceylon.

10. —— Blandi, nobis, Straits of Malacca.

Troscheli, nobis, Ceylon.

Full descriptions of the species, and the specimens themselves,
having been so long withheld from the public eye, I have over-
come my objection to publish characters, founded on the only
materials available, in the hope that more particular attention
may be directed to these shells by travellers who may have oppor-
tunities for exploring the localities whence they were obtained.

Pterocyclos Blandi, nobis.

Testa latissime umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa, albida, strigis undatis
radiatis fusco-aurantiis, fasciaque unica saturatiore ad peripheriam
ornata ; anfractibus 4} rapide accrescentibus, ultimo antice subito
valde alatim dilatato ; apertura obliqua, peristomate subduplici,
interno incrassato, superne libero sinuato, externo superne valde
expanso, ala soluta antice angulata, descendente, supra anfractum
penultimum projecta, postice sinum exhibente munito ; umbilico
latissimo.

Diam. l inch. Bland.

Diam. major 29, minor 23 mill. ex icone.

Hab. ad Pulo Susson insulam prope Pulo Penang jacentem. Teste
Bland.

Pterocyclos Troscheli, nobis.

Testa latissime umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa ; anfractibus 4 lente
aecrescentibus, ultimo antice subdilatato ; apertura circulari peri-
stomate incrassato, reflexo, superne antice obsolete sinuato, ala cu-
cullata, antice angulata, deflexa, anfractui penultimo adherente ;

- umbilico latissimo.

Operculo convexo, corneo.

Diam. 54 inch. Bland.

Diam. major 20, minor 18 mill. ex icone.

Hab. ad Trincomalee Insule Ceylon. Teste Bland.

In character it approaches the group Myzostoma of Troschel,
to whom I have the pleasure of dedicating this species of a genus,

ae ST yes Sarees aie lela ieatn

ay

oe

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the British Rotifera. 197

which, unaware of its publication five years previously, he recog-
nised and defined under another appellation.

In order to illustrate this memoir more perfectly, I forward
outline figures of the two species, a step which will doubtless
meet with the approbation of the discoverer (now resident in a
distant colony), who evidently intended the publication of his
own original and beautiful drawings.

Dublin, July 1851.

P.S.—Dr. Pfeiffer writes, from London, that a perfect speci-
men of Pterocyclos biciliatus is to be seen in a collection there,
and that the true Cyclostoma planorbulum of Lamarck (Encycl.
Méth.) must be referred to Pterocyclos, as well as C. tenuilabia-
tum, lately described by Mr. Metcalfe, from Borneo. Dr. Pfeiffer
has failed, equally with myself, in procuring an examination of C.
spiracellum, Adams and Reeve, which is not to be found in any
London collection.

15th August, 1851.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Pterocyclos Blandi.
Fig. 2. —— Troscheli*.

XVIII.—A Catalogue of Rotifera found in Britain ; with descrip-
tions of five new Genera and thirty-two new Species. By
Puiiie Henry Gossez, A.L.S.

Tue following catalogue contains the species of the class Roti-
fera that have occurred to my observations within the last three

_ years, for the most part in the immediate vicinity of London,

and all in fresh water where not otherwise stated. I have ar-
ranged them on the system of Professor Ehrenberg ; not that I -
think his classification natural, but because none more conye-
nient has been published. I hope soon to be able to give to the
world an arrangement of this interesting group constructed more
according to the organization and the natural affinities of its
members. This list of species, however, needs not be delayed
until that system be perfected.

Of the species here enumerated, one hundred and eight in
number, seventy-one are found in Prof. Ehrenberg’s ‘ Die Infu-

* Figures of the following species will be found in the Nuremberg
2nd edition of Chemnitz, vol. Cyclostomacea :—

P. rupestris, pl. 24. f. 21-5. P. anguliferus, pl. 24. f. 3-6.
— var. minor, pl. 31. f. 9-11. — bilabiatus, pl. 24. f. 11-14.
— hispidus, pl. 24. f. 7-10. — Albersi, pl. 28. f. 1-5.

— parvus, pl. 31. f. 12-14. — Cumingi, pl. 31. f. 6-8.

198 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the British Rotifera,

sionsthierchen’; five have been described since, and thirty-two
are new.
Family Icuruypina.

Chetonotus maximus.
C. squamatus (Dujardin).
C. larus.

Gen. Dasypytxs. (dacds, hairy, and ddrns, a diver.) Eyes
absent ; body furnished with bristle-like hair ; tail simple, trun-
cate.

D. goniathriz, _ Hairs long, each hair bent with an abrupt
angle : neck constricted. Length ;4,th inch. Leamington.

D. antenniger. Hair short, downy ; a pencil of long hairs at
each angle of the posterior extremity of the body: head fur-
nished with two club-shaped organs resembling antenne. Length
t7oth inch.

Gen. Saccutus. One eye, frontal; body destitute of hair,
and without a foot: rotatory organ a simple wreath ; alimentary
canal very large: jaws set far forward, apparently consisting of
two delicate, unequal mallei, and a slender incus; very evanes-
cent: eggs attached behind, after deposition.

S. viridis. Body pear-shaped ; flattened ventrally ; the ante-
rior end the narrower: head conical, pointed, surrounded by a
wreath of long cilia : digestive canal occupying nearly the whole
body, and always filled with a substance of a rich green hue, in
masses. Length ;3,th inch. This curious animal, found in
considerable number in a little pool on Hampstead Heath, must
be placed in this family according to Prof. Ehrenberg’s system,
but the mode of carrying its eggs indicates an affinity with the
Brachionea.

Family Gicisrina.

CEcistes crystallinus.
Conochilus volvoz (?).

Family MeeaLorRocH mA.

Megalotrocha velata. Animals separate: disk partially enve-
loped in a cleft granular integument: eggs not attached to the
parent after deposition. Length j,th inch.

Family Fioscunartia.
Stephanoceros Eichhornii.
Limnias ceratophylli.
Melicerta ringens.
Floscularia complanata (Dobie, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1849).
F. ornata(?). The 5-lobed variety ; or species ?
F. cornuta (Dobie).

ee oe oe ee

with descriptions of new Genera and Species. 199

Family Hyparinma.

Gen. TapHrocampa. (tadpos, a ditch, and xdéprn, a cater-
pillar.) Rotatory organs wanting, body fusiform, annulose ; tail
forked : gizzard oval ; mailei incurved, shorter than incus, which
is also incurved *.

T. annulosa. Occipital mass opake, white ; alimentary canal
simple, wide, cylindrical : points of tail short, conical. Length
zioth inch. This species is evidently allied to M. Dujardin’s
Lindia torulosa (Hist. Nat. des Infusoires, p. 653), but differs
from it in the structure of the dental apparatus, and of the
digestive canal. It seems to connect the genus Chetonotus with
the Hydatinzous genera Notommata and Furcularia, for it has the
jaws of these larviform Rotifera, and the glandular occipital miass
found in some of them, with the form, simple digestive canal,
and manners of Chetonotus. It was found at Leamington.

Hydatina senta (?).

Pleurotrocha gibba.

P. truncata. Body subcylindrical; truncate behind, above
the foot : toes short, straight, slender. Length ;4,;th inch.

Furcularia gibba.

F. ceca. Body cylindrical: eye wanting, or not discernible :
toes slender, obtuse. Length, including toes, ;4,th inch. Lea-
mington.

F. forficula.

F. gracilis.

Monocerca rattus.

M. brachyura. Form that of M. rattus, but the foot short
(one-fourth of total length), slightly curved, and horizontally
flattened: a large eye in the occiput, and another small one in
the breast. Length, including foot, ;3~th inch.

M. porcellus. Body thick and plump; foot short, much
curved and bent under the body, dilated, flattened horizontally,
and carrying a smaller spine beneath it as in a sheath: front and
chin each armed with a short sharp spine. Length, including
foot, ~}5th inch.

M. bicornis.

M. stylata. Body soft, irregularly oval ; foot a nearly straight

_ spine, less than one-third of total length : eye large, red, set like

a wart on the back of the occipital sac : forehead conical, pointed.
Length, including foot, ;45th inch.

Asplanchna Brightwellit.

A. priodonta. This genus was established by me in a paper
published in the ‘ Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. for July 1850.

* For the use of these terms the reader is referred to a paper “On the
Anatomy of Notommata aurita,” in the Trans. Micros. Soc. vol. iii. pt. 2.

200 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the British Rotifera,

The species named A. Bowesii in that paper must be cancelled,
as it is identical with 4. Brightwellit.

Notommata parasita.

N. petromyzon.

N. lacinulata.

N. collaris (?).

N. aurita.

N. gibba (?).

N. decipiens.

N. centrura.

Syncheta pectinata (?).

S. Baltica. Sea-water : mouth of the Neeze, coast of Essex.

S. tremula. Leamington.

S. oblonga (?).

S. mordax. Body conical, subyentricose : toes minute: auri-
cles large, pendent : principal styles four, the larger (or lateral)
pair sometimes branched: eye rather small, brilliant: two pairs
of protrusile, snapping jaws. Length -,nd inch.

Polyarthra platyptera. :

Diglena forcipata.

D. aurita (?).

D. (?) biraphis. Body oblong, the head and abdomen gently
swelling : toes long, slender, straight, and perfectly even in thick-
ness : eyes placed close together, frontally : jaws protrusile : ali-
mentary canal very large, projecting behind and above the giz-

zard, always filled with green matter. Length, including toes,

ztoth inch.

Triarthra longiseta.

T. breviseta. Body cylindrical: pectoral and caudal spines
each about one-fifth of total length and very slender. Length,
including foot, ;4,th inch. Leamington.

Family EvcHLanipora.

_ Monostyla cornuta.

M. quadridentata.

M. bulla. Body ovate, inflated, the back very gibbous : lorica
plicated along each side with a deep furrow ; the occipital and

mental extremities deeply incised. Colour yellowish brown. |

Length of lorica ;},th inch.
Mastigocerca carinata.
Euchlanis luna.

E. triquetra (?).

E. defleza. Body semi-oval: ventral surface of the lorica di-

vided longitudinally, and the edges of the fissure bent out at
right angles: foot furnished with two pairs of bristles; toes
spindle-shaped. Lorica g5th inch.

NN i I mi ih ea al

cf em

with descriptions of new Genera and Species. 201

E. pyriformis. Outline of body (viewed dorsally) nearly oval
with a slight constriction in the middle: lorica divided longitu-
dinally along the ventral surface, the gape widening anteriorly :
toes parallel-edged: eye minute. Lorica ;4;nd inch.

E. hipposideros. Body nearly oval in outline ; the ventral side
flat; the dorsal greatly arched, and ridged down the middle :
lorica formed of two distinct plates; the dorsal plate enveloping
the back and reaching half down the sides ; the ventral separated
from it by a wide space, and hollowed in the middle so as to
present the figure of a narrow horse-shoe, whose points are for-
wards : foot armed with one pair of bristles. Lorica ;},th ch.

_ Salpina spinigera.

S. mucronata.

S. brevispina.

Gen. Drptax. Resembles Salpina, but the eye is wanting;
and the lorica (which, as in that genus, is cleft down the back)
is destitute of spines both in front and rear: foot and toes long
and slender. It forms a connecting link between Sa/pina and
Dinocharis. The name (di/7Aa€, double) alludes to the gaping
lorica, which forms two parallel plates.

D. compressa. Form of lorica (viewed laterally) nearly a
parallelogram, greatly compressed. Lorica ;>;th inch. Lea-
_ D. trigona. Lorica three-sided, a section forming a nearly
equilateral triangle; surface delicately punctured or stippled:
toes long and slender. Lorica;i,th mch. Leamington.

Dinocharis tetractis.

D. pocillum.

Metopidia lepadella.

M. solidus. Much resembles M. lepadella, but is considerably
larger: lorica nearly circular, brilliantly transparent: a slight
puncturing runs round near the edge, like the legend on a coin.
Lorica ;3,th inch.

M. acuminata.

M. triptera.

M. orysternon. Resembles M. triptera, but the dorsal keel is
much higher and thinner ; the anterior two-thirds of the ventral
surface form a prominent ridge terminating abruptly like the
breast-bone of a bird; and the posterior portion is hohowed out
remarkably. Viewed laterally the outline of the back is very
gibbous behind. Lorica ;4,th inch.

Stephanops lamellaris.

S. muticus.

202 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the British Rotifera,

Family Poitopin ma.

Callidina bidens. Body spindle-shaped: jaws furnished with
two distinct teeth. Length ,,thinch. Perhaps this is no other
than Prof. Ehrenberg’s C. elegans, of which he describes the jaws
as having many delicate teeth. I have, however, examined nu-
merous specimens, and have always found them distinctly two-
toothed.

Rotifer vulgaris.

R. citrinus.

R. macrurus.

R. macroceros. Wheels large ; antennal process (the “ respi-
ratory tube” of Prof. Ehrenberg) very long and mobile. Length
zhoth inch.

Plalodina roseola.

P. citrina.

P. aculeata.

P. megalotrocha.

Family BracHionzA.

Noteus quadricornis.

Anurea curvicornis.

A, fissa. Lorica smooth, hyaline, swollen at the sides and at
the back; flattish on the belly ; truncate in front, without any
spines, attenuated and truncate posteriorly. There is a deep fold
running down each side, or else the ventral plate is distinct from
the dorsal ; the ventral is also cleft through its medial line. Eye
very large, pale. Length 535th inch.

A. tecta. Nearly agrees in form with A. curvicornis, but the
posterior extremity is rather more pointed, and the tessellations
are different; beimg larger and arranged on each side of a
mesial dorsal ridge, which gives to the back the form of a vaulted
roof. Length 545th inch.

A. acuminata.

A. aculeata.

A. brevispina. Nearly agrees with A. aculeata, but the posterior
spines are very short ; the frontal spines are much less curved
forwards; the surface is not punctated; and it is colourless.
Length ;4,th inch.

A, cochlearis. Lorica spoon-shaped ; with six spines in front ;
the medial pair curving strongly forwards: posterior extremit
attenuated into a long slender spine, inclined forwards : back
ridged and tessellated as in A. ¢ecta.

A, serrulata.

Brachionus pala.

B. oén. Lorica ovate, the back swelling with an uniform curve,
by which it is distinguished from B. pala, which is truncate or

with descriptions of new Genera and Species. 203

slightly cavate posteriorly: anterior spines four, straight, wide
at diss hisse and pointed ; the occipital pair taller than the lateral.
Lorica ;3;th inch.

B. dorcas. Lorica ovate, or subconical ; occipital edge with
four long slender spines, the middle pair curving forwards, and
bent first from, and then towards, each other, like the horns of
an antelope ; mental edge undulated, with a notch in the centre.
Lorica ;\;th inch.

B. amphiceros.

B. urceolaris (?).

B. rubens

B. Miilleri. Kenilworth Castle.

B. hepatotomus. Lorica ovate ; occipital edge cut into six saw-
like teeth much shallower than in B. Miilleri, with the central
notch deeper and rounder than the rest; mental edge with four
rounded lobes separated by notches : posterior extremity with two
nipple-like points: biliary (or pancreatic) glands very large and
cleft into two lobes almost to their base. Hence the name,
qrap, the liver, and téuvw, to cut. Lorica y3;rd ich. Sea-
water ; mouth of the Neeze, Essex.

B. Bakeri.

B. angularis. Lorica hexagonal-oval in a dorsal aspect ; occi-
pital edge with two small teeth divided by a rounded notch (in
some specimens there are obsolescent traces of a lateral pair) ;
mental edge slightly undulated, sometimes with two low points
divided by a notch, like the occiput, but still more faintly: pos-
terior extremity with two short, blunt, well-marked processes.
The general surface is roughened with angular ridges, and is
sometimes subopake and brown. Lorica z4,th inch. This
curious species has relations with Noteus and with Pterodina.

Pterodina patina.

P. elliptica.

P. clypeata. Sea-water ; mouth of the Neeze, Essex.

Gen. Pompnotyx. Two frontal eyes: foot wanting: rotatory
organ double in the rear, entire in front: eggs attached behind,
after deposition. The name alludes to the resemblance of the
lorica to a round flat smelling-bottle.

P. complanata. Lorica much depressed, nearly circular, with
the lateral edges rounded ; anteriorly truncate ; occipital edge
gradually rising to a central blunt pomt ; mental edge with two
rounded lobes, divided by a central notch. Lorica ,4,th inch.

De Beauvoir Square, July 28th, 1851.

204. Mr. J. Ralfs on Dickieia and Spirulina.

XIX.—Remarks on Dickieia. By Joun Raxrs, Esq.*

Dicxieta, Berk. & Ralfs.

Frond subgelatinous, tender, plane, containing oblong scattered
_ frustules.

In this genus the frond is so extremely tender that dried spe-
cimens are destroyed in the act of removing them from the paper,
their gelatinous matrix being apparently dissolved by the appli-
cation of moisture. The frond tapers at the base and expands
upwards into a lanceolate or obovate form. I could detect
neither striz nor puncta in the frustules, which im the front view
are nearly quadrate, and are rarely twice as long as broad; in
the lateral view they are narrow-linear with rounded ends; as
they do not appear to be siliceous, it is probable that dried speci-
mens (the only ones I have examined) become, in that view,
somewhat narrower than they are when recent,—a fact which I
have noticed in some genera of this order, whose frustules can-
not without injury be submitted to the action of nitric acid.

Dickieia differs from Schizonema by its flat fronds and scat-
tered frustules.

Dickieia Dansii (Thwaites) does not belong to this genus,
since its gelatinous matrix forms an irregular mass and not a
plane frond. Its frustules also differ, beng decidedly siliceous,
striated, and having a longitudinal pellucid line and central
punctum (aperture, Kiitzing) in the lateral view.

1. D. ulvoides (Berk. and Ralfs). Frond undivided, obtuse at the
apex. Dickieia ulvoides, Berk and Ralfs, Annals of Nat. Hist.
vol. xiv. p. 328. t. 9; Kiitzing, Die Kieselschaligen Bacillarien,
p- 119; Species Algarum, p. 109.

Rocky shore, Aberdeen, April, Professor Dickie.

2. D. pinnata ( ). Frond sparingly pinnate, all the divisions
lanceolate.
Small shallow marine pools, especially on detached masses of rock ;

Torquay, September, J. R.

Fronds olive-brown, becoming greener when dried, 1 to 2
inches high, lanceolate, irregularly pinnated ; the pinnze lanceo-
late and alternate. The margins, both of the primary portion
and of the divisions, are uneven and minutely laciniated. The
frustules are like those of the preceding species.

In 1836 I observed this plant growing plentifully near Tor-
quay, since which time I have had no opportunity of searching
for it. In the recent state it has, to the naked eye, much the
appearance of a minute species of Dictyota; but it is so exceed-

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, May 16, 1850.

Dr. W. B. Clarke on the Crag of Suffolk. 205

ingly tender, that it is difficult to carry it home in a condition fit
for preservation. It differs from Dickieia ulvoides in its darker
colour, divided frond, and more tapering extremities ; besides, it
is an autumnal and the other a vernal species.

Pratt V. fig.‘6. Frond of Dickieia pinnata, natural size.

Note on SPIRULINA.

Professor Kiitzing has described and figured eleven species of
this genus, but the specific differences which he relies on do not
seem to me satisfactory. They are chiefly the colour of the
stratum and comparative closeness and diameters of the spires or
coils. But the colours I have found to vary much, according to
the age of the stratum, its greater or less exposure to light, and
the state of the weather. In all the specimens whose growth I
have watched, the spires were at first very dense, but became
laxer after a short time ; and in a specimen of Spirulina tenuissima
sent me from Bristol by Mr. Thwaites, the spires were relaxed
at the extremities of many of the filaments, though at the middle
they remained compact. In Spirulina the diameters of the fila-
ments increase considerably as they advance towards maturity,
but this increase has its limits, and an acquaintance with all the
species is necessary to enable the observer to determine what
value he should assign to this character as a specific distinction.

Priate V. fig. 5. Filament of Spirulina tenuissima, having laxer spires
at its extremities. ;

XX.— A few Remarks upon the Crag of Suffolk.
By W. B. Crarxe, M.D., of Ipswich.

In the ‘ Philosophical Magazine’ for August 1835 Mr. Edward
Charlesworth published some papers upon the Crag of Suffolk and
Norfolk, in which he divided the formation into three successive
deposits. The oldest, from the abundance of zoophytes con-
tained within it, he termed the Coralline Crag. The second,
from the peculiar red or ochreous colour which pervades it, pro-
duced by the presence of hydrous oxide of iron, he termed the
Red Crag, which is characterized by the dying-out or absence of
a great proportion of zoophytes and the introduction of new
groups of testacea. ‘The third, from its containing many fossil
—" of mammalian animals, he termed the Mammaliferous

ay

The representatives of these groups may be seen as follows :—

Miocene Group.

Coralline Crag of England: Loire and Gironde in France ; con-
taining 17 per cent. of recent species.

206 Dr. W. B. Clarke on the Crag of Suffolk.

Pliocene Group.

Red Crag of England : Subapennine Hills ; containing from 35
to 50 per cent. of recent species.

Pleistocene Group.

Mammaliferous Crag of England: Sicilian deposits ; containing
from 90 to 95 per cent. of recent species.

Since the publication of these characteristics of the Crag, ex-
tensive excavations have been made within it in several localities
between the rivers Orwell and Deben, and on the banks of the
latter, in which many interesting discoveries have been made in
the organic remains of the deposit.

The above-mentioned excavations have shown that above the
London clay and beneath the Red Crag, extending over certain
spaces, a bed is found varying in thickness from 3 or 4 inches
to about a foot and a half, consisting of fragments of bone,
usually of flattened form, with their ends and edges rounded by
attrition, interspersed amongst numerous irregularly-formed,
more or less rounded nodules, which appear to be mdurated
clay: some of these latter exhibit an irregular cleavage in angu-
lar fragments, the inner surfaces of which show the presence and
infiltration of phosphates and carbonates of iron. Amongst these
are found others exhibiting a concentric structure, exposing and
disintegrating the contiguous layers of which the nodule con-
sists. Some of these appear to owe their origin to a nucleus of
organic matter, as a vertebra, a tooth, a shell, a small branch of
wood, or some other substance around which the argillaceous
layers have accumulated. Others exhibit a minute structure
corresponding in character with the usual appearance of septaria
from the London clay, having the interstices of the clay filled
with carbonate of lime frequently tinged by phosphate of iron.
These nodules not only abound im the stratum beneath the Red
Crag, but are also dispersed in various directions throughout the
general mass without any disposition to stratification, showing
they have been deposited promiscuously during the whole of the
Red Crag period, or whilst that deposit was being formed.

Again, we find arenaceous clay nodules that have been rounded
by attrition into forms more or less spherical, upon breaking
which a shell, frequently a bivalve, is found in the interior,
having served as a nucleus around which the argillaceous sub-
stance has consolidated: in some instances the shell itself is
found ; in others nothing but the cast of it remains. It is not
unlikely that the presence of the shell and its molluscous inha-
bitant involving certain chemical changes within the mass of clay

Dr. W. B. Clarke on the Crag of Suffotk. 207

may have given rise to the consolidation of the surrounding mass,
so as to have prevented disintegration at the time of its removal
from its former bed and the act of rolling previous to its sub-
sequent deposit in the Crag.

_ Many of the nodules found im the Crag appear to have origi-
nated in causes similar to those in operation at the present day,
where masses of cliff have fallen and broken into fragments of
various sizes ; these subsequently, having been rolled along the
beach and amongst each other by the action of the waves, have
been rounded into the forms they now assume._ Clay nodules of
similar shape, but in a soft state, are frequent upon the Suffolk
and Essex beaches, where the clay cliffs are disintegrating at the
present day by the inroads of the sea.

Fragments of clay bored by Pholades, and wood by Teredines,
are found in this Crag deposit.

Within this formation have been discovered an interesting
collection of remains of several species of mammalian and other
animals, consisting of flat portions of bones, apparently ribs of
large quadrupeds, which subsequently to their fracture have been
rounded by attrition at their ends and edges; with these are
found various other bones and teeth of Elephants, Mastodon and
Rhinoceros, teeth of Bears, and fragments of the extremities of
small quadrupeds, but which are often so much disfigured by
fracture and subsequent rolling that it is difficult to identify and
associate them with living forms. The antlers of several species
of Deer, some of large size, nearly allied to, if not identical with,
the Megaceros or “Giant Elk of Ireland :” the tympanic or
anditory bones, teeth, and other parts of several species of Whale
and Cachalot, amongst which may be mentioned a fragment of
considerable interest of the anterior part of the head or nose of
a long-nosed Cetacean allied to Macrorhinus, which has been
examined by Prof. Owen with much interest. The accompanying
figure is a representation of it.

A. Transverse section of nose of a
long-nosed Cetacean from the Red Crag
of Suffolk.

The figure is of the nat. size : a, a, a, is
matrix, an arenaceous mass which has
been washed into the interior.

208 Dr. W. B. Clarke on the Crag of Suffolk.

B. Longitudinal view of the same fossil, half the natural size.

All these fossils are in a highly mineralized state, apparently
produced by the ferruginous particles contained within the Crag,
in conjunction with certain peculiar conditions of the fossil
itself.

With the above are also found teeth and vertebre of several
species of fish allied to Sharks, some extremely large, as the Car-
charodon megalodon: the spines, tubercles, and teeth of Rays,
some of which are completely mineralized, and others not, but
partaking of the condition of the generality of fossils of the Crag
epoch: amongst these are found specimens of fish derived from
the London clay, surrounded more or less by their argillaceous
matrix. In the same condition are found short- and long-tailed
(Brachyurous and Macrurous) crustaceans all highly mineralized,
the greatest amount of which occur beneath the general Crag
deposit ; but in various parts throughout the Red Crag formation
are found the claws of Crabs in the usual condition of the Crag
fossils, without any appearance of mineralization, but in an ex-
tremely friable state from their having lost their animal matter :
with these are associated spines of Hchini and flints from the
Chalk. :

As the mammalian remains contain a large proportion of
phosphate of lime, considerable interest has been attached to
them of late: the Crag has been laid open, carefully overlooked,
and these remains collected and preserved for agricultural pur-
poses after having been ground to powder and converted into
superphosphates by digestion in sulphuric acid. The argilla-
ceous nodules when thus ground are said to be used im large
quantities in the adulteration of guano and bone-dust, and thus
applied by the agriculturist.

At intervals are found beds of ferruginous clay nodules, which
upon being broken present a highly mineralized crust or exte-
rior, containing a pulverulent ochreous substance; these are
usually of a flattened form, and lie parallel with the plane of
stratification. The mineralization of these nodules probably con-
tinues to the present time through the agency of ferruginous
matter involved in the Crag.

Dr. W. B. Clarke on the Crag of Suffolk. 209

This appears evident in the process now in operation, result-
ing in the formation of columnar concretions upon the face of
the Crag, through the chemical and mechanical agency of water
as it trickles down the vertical surface, carrying with it small
portions of sand and comminuted shells, which it deposits gene-
rally in a stalactitic form, the ferruginous particles held in solu-
tion in the water cementing the mass firmly together: these
abound in some localities in which the Crag is exposed, and have
been regarded by the uninitiated as fossil antlers, and have been
gravely collected and treasured as such. These substances vary
in diameter from 2 inches to the eighth of an inch, and are
variously contorted or branched.

Within a short time a fragment of a jaw, apparently of a large
Cetacean nearly equal in size to the Greenland Whale, has been
discovered in the Coralline Crag, and the remains of other spe-
cies of the same tribe of creatures have been found in the same
deposit. The accompanying xylographs represent two of these
fossils.

A. lateral view, and B. posterior view of a dorsal vertebra of a Cetacean
from the Coralline Crag of Suffolk.

A and B are two figures of a dorsal vertebra of a Cetacean,
allied to the Grampus, discovered in the Coralline Crag at Orford
in Suffolk : the specimen is in fine condition, but a portion of the
spinous process and part of one of the transverse processes were

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 14.

210 Dr. W. B. Clarke on the Crag of Suffolk.

injured in the act of removing it from the deposit in which it
was found.

C.

Caudal vertebra of a Cetacean from the Coralline Crag of Suffolk.

C represents the body and transverse processes of a caudal
vertebra of a Cetacean, also found in the Coralline Crag of
Suffolk.

In addition to the above-mentioned organic remains are the
numerous interesting and beautiful species of Testacea which
abound in the several divisions of the Crag deposit, and which are
now so much sought after as objects of great interest to geologists
and the “ general collectors ” of the neighbourhood, and which
are so ably described and figured by Messrs. 8. V. Wood and
Sowerby in the works recently published by the Palzontogra-
phical Society.

In reference to the various fossils discovered in the Crag, and
which are derived from other formations, it will be remembered
that by the action of the sea and other causes, deposits pre-
viously formed are broken up and large quantities of such
material are transported, in some instances to very great di-
stances, examples of which are observed everywhere around us in
the ‘gravel’ or ‘till’: and there are accumulations forming in
the German Ocean at the present time, from the ‘debris’ of va-
rious parts of the shores of England, Scotland and the continent, —
which are being driven together by the continuous agency of
currents, and thus, for instance, are carried into the same de-
posit, the chalk of Kent; the London clay, crag and upper
tertiary of Essex; clay, crag and chalk of the Suffolk and Nor-
folk coasts; chalk, oolite and lias of Yorkshire; magnesian
limestone of Durham; sandstone and coal of Northumberland ;
together with the trap and plutonic rocks of Scotland; all of
which are associated with the tertiary and other deposits from

eT Se

:
q
:
3

Zoological Society. 211

the continent, and with the remains of recent species that in-
habit these coasts, in conjunction with parts of recent land and
freshwater animals and plants which are carried amongst, them
by the currents of various rivers that are discharging their con-
tents into these seas: disintegration is continually occurring, and
masses of ‘rocks, with or without their organic contents, are
annually being swept into the sea and deposited at various depths

beneath its surface, frequently burying hosts of living forms

amongst them.
Berners Street, Ipswich, August 16, 1851.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
June 11, 1850.—W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF ANTELOPES AND STREPSICERES,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES. By J. E.
Gray, Esa., F.R.S., P.B.S. ere.

[Concluded from p. 146.]

2. The Cervine ANTELOPEs have an elongated tail, cylindrical at
the base, and with long hair at the end, often forming a compressed
ridge ; the body heavy and the limbs strong. They are of a large
size.

A. Neck not maned.

18. ApENOTA.

Muffle cordate, moderate, cervine ; nose hairy between the back of
the nostrils; horns sublyrate, ringed, when young rather recurved ;
place of tear-bag covered with a tuft of hair ; hair of the back whorled,
of dorsal line and back of head reversed; tail elongate, hairy.

This genus is very like Eleotragus, but has a smaller, more cervine
muzzle and lyrated horns; it differs from Cobus in the form of the
tail, and wanting the mane, and from both in having a tuft of hair.
in the front of the orbit.

* Horns sublyrate ; tail hairy.

1. Apenora Kos. The Aquiroon.

Pale brown ; end of nose, inside of ears, chest, belly, inside of legs
and thighs, tip of tail, and band above hoofs white ; front of fore and
hind legs, and end of ears and tail black ; hair of the dorsal line re-

-yersed, with a whorl on the shoulders and loins.

Antilope Kob, Erxl. from Kod, Buffon, H. N. xii. t. 32. f. 1?
—Kobus Adansonii, A. Smith, from Buffon—Gambian Antelope,
Penn. Syn. 39, from Buffon.— 4. adenota, H. Smith, G. A. K. iv.
224. t. 184. and t. 183. f. 3, 4. horns?

A. Kob, Ogilby, P.Z.S.1836.—<. annulipes, Gray, Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist. 1843.— Adenota Kob, Gray, Knows. Menag. 14. t.14, 15.

Var. Female, hair longer, sides of face whitish.

14*

212 Zoological Society.

A. sing-sing, Gray, Cat. Mamm. Brit. Mus. 159, not Bennett.

Inhabits W. Africa; Gambia. Called Aguitoon by the Joliffs,
and Kob by the Mandingoes.

A fine pair has been at Knowsley some years. Thinking them
new, I described them as 4. annulipes. Mr. Ogilby has called it the
Nagor, but it is scarcely the Nagor of Buffon. An adult male no-
ticed by Mr. Ogilby as the Kod is now in the Museum of the Zoological
Society ; its horns, like the male at Knowsley, are much worn down.
They whistle like a stag.

Buffon (H. N. xii. 219. 267. t. 32. f. 1) figures a skull with horns,
brought from Senegal by Adanson, under the name of Kod, which is
also called the Petit vache brune. Erxleben gave this figure the name
of A. kob, and Pennant called it the Gambian Antelope, Syn. i. 39.
The figures somewhat resemble the head of a half-grown male of this
species, but the horns are longer, and have more rings than the spe-
cimen in the British Museum ; but I am inclined to agree with Mr.
Ogilby in believing that it was intended for this species. In the Jar-
din des Plantes they called the Sing-Sing the Kod of Senegal; this
may be a mistake for the Koba. I may remark that the horns of
the Koda in the same plate of Buffon are represented with more rings
than are mentioned in the description.

Colonel Hamilton Smith describes and figures a male and female
specimen which were alive in Exeter Change, and figures the male
and its skull and horns under the name of 4. adenota, which well
agrees with this species, and has the peculiar distribution of its hair ;
hence its name: but he says, it has “along open suborbital slit,
and small black brushes on the knees;” this I suspect must be a
mistake, as he himself observes no lachrymal cavity was found in the
skull. He might have mistaken the tuft of hair for the gland at the
distance at which he saw the specimens. He also (G. A. K. iv. 221)
described a specimen which was in Exeter Change, which he regarded
as the Gambian Antelope of Pennant, and calls 4. forfex. His cha-
racters agree in most particulars with this species, but he says it had
‘a long lachrymal sinus, and had small brushes on the knees.” If
there was not some mistake in transcribing these descriptions, both
these animals should be Gazellas, but I have never seen any which
agreed with them.

The young male in the British Museum shows the development of
the horns of these animals. The upper rings of the growing horn fall
off in large thick flakes as the horn increases in size beneath: this
explains how the extent of the smooth tapering part of the horns in-
creases in length as the horn grows, and how the number of rings are
found to be nearly the same in the various ages, and different indi-
viduals of the various species. Mr. Whitfield informs me that the
scrotum is rarely developed or dependent externally in different kinds
of Antelopes before they have completed their first year.

** Horns elongate, recurved at the tip; tail slender, end tufted.
2. Apenota Lecuk. The Lecue.
Pale brown; orbits, chest and beneath white; front of legs dark

Pans ae ee es ee Se ee

Zoological Society. 213

brown ; fur short, adpressed, upper part of nape and withers with a
small whorl of hair; tail slender at the base.

Léchee, Oswell, Journ. Roy. Geog. Soc. xx. 150, 1850.—Kobus
Leché, Gray, Knowsley Menag. 23.

Inhabits S. Africa; bank of river Zouga, lat. 22°S. (Capt. Frank
Vardon). Oswell, 1. c. 150, Brit. Mus.
_ This animal is nearly as large as the Water Buck. The horns are
very like those of that animal; the neck is covered with short ad-
pressed hair, and has no appearance of a mane,

B. Neck maned on the sides.

19. Kosus, H. Smith; Cervicapra, § Sundev. ; 4gocerus, Harris ;
Kolus, Gesner, Gray.

Horns elongate, sublyrate, bent back and then forward at the top ;
muzzle cervine; tear-bag none; inguinal pores none; hair rough,
elongate ; neck covered with longer, diverging and drcoping hair ;
tail rather elongated, depressed, hairy on the sides and below: females
hornless ; teats four; animal very large.

1. Kosus Exvtiesiprymnus. The PHoromMoxk or WATERBUCK.

Rump with a whitish elliptical ring near the base of the tail,
brownish ; horns converging at the tip.

Antilope Ellipsiprymna, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1833, 47; Harris, W. A.
Africa, t. 14.—Kobus Ellipsiprymnus, A. Smith, Illus. Z. 8. A. t. 28,
29.—Gray, Knows. Menag. 15.

Inhabits S. Africa. Brit. Mus.

The horns figured as 4. Kemas? (H. Smith, G. A. K. t. 181. f. 6)
appear to belong to this species.

2. Kosus Sinc-Sine. The Sinc-Sinea.

Anal ring none. Reddish or yellowish grey brown, rather greyer
on the shoulders ; nose, lips and hinder part of the thighs, under the
neck, from the ears to the gullet, a streak over each eye, and ring
above the hoofs and false hoofs white ; belly and legs blacker; end
of tail, and legs from shoulder to hough black. Female greyer ; belly.
and upper part of legs paler.

Antilope Sing-Sing, Bennett, Waterhouse, Cat. Zool. Soc. Mus.
41. n. 378.—A. defassa, Riippell, Abyss. t. 3.—A. unctuosa, Laur.,
D’Orbig. Dict. Univ. H. N. i. t. 622. 3. good. —A. Koba, Ogilby,
Penny Cyclop. ii. 79. fig. 9; P. Z. S. 1836, not Erxleben.—Koba,
Buffon, H. N. xii. 210, 267. t. 32. f. 2, horns ?—Senegal Antelope,
Pennant, Syn. 38 (part from Buffon only).-—Kobus Sing-Sing, Gray,
Knows. Menag. 15.

_ Inhabits N. and W. Africa; Senegal; Gambia, where it is called
Kassimause and Kob (Whitfield). Brit. Mus. Abyssinia (Rippell).
Mus. Frankfort.

This species varies much in the tint of the colouring, and in the
length of the hair in the different seasons. In summer they are
covered with very short, closely pressed fur, letting the skin be seen
between the hairs. In the cold weather, and in England, the fur is

214 Zoological Society.

longer and more abundant. The hair of the chin and neck is long
and rigid in all seasons, and even in the young animals. The tail of
the adult specimen is cylindrical and nearly bald, ending in a tuft of
black hair; in the young specimens, especially in the winter fur, the
base of the tail is fringed with hair on each side. The male is much
brighter coloured, and the chest and belly are nearly black like the
legs. The hinder parts of the rump of the young animals are greyish
white ; in the older specimens it becomes pure white and broader in
extent.

This animal is called Sing-Sing by all the negroes. They do not
think their flocks of cattle will be healthy or fruitful unless they have
one of the Sing-Sings accompanying them, as some persons think a
Goat necessary to be in a stable in England. The English on the
Gambia call it the Jackass Deer from its appearance, and it is called
Koba and Kassimause by the negroes at Macarthy’s Island. Its flesh
is very strong, unpleasant, and scarcely palatable.

As far as I could judge by my recollection and description, the
adult specimen at Knowsley, the young male and adult female in the
British Museum, the male and female at Frankfort, and the adult
male in the Paris menageries, are the same species.

Buffon figured (Hist. Nat. 210, 267. xii. t. 32. f. 2) under the
name of Koba a pair of horns which were in the library of St. Victor
at Paris. He described them as larger and more curved above than
those of the Kod, eighteen inches long and five inches in circumfer-
ence at the base, and he refers them to an animal which Adanson
says is called Koda in Senegal, and the Great Brown Cow by the
French colonists. Pallas refers these horns to 4. Pygargus, and the
figures and description agree in many particulars with the horns of
that species ; but they are rather longer, and have more rings. Pen-
nant (Syn. Mam. 38) has given the name of Senegal Antelope to
Buffon’s short account and figure, but has added to it the description
and the figure of the head of a skin which came from Amsterdam,
and appears to be A. Caama of South Africa. Cuvier (Dict. Sci.
Nat. 11. 235) has translated Pennant’s. name to A. Senegalensis.
Erxleben (Syn. 293) and Zimmerman (Zool. 345) have translated
Pennant’s description of his skin of 4. Caama, and called it 4. Koba,
referring to Buffon’s description and Daubenton’s figure. Fischer,
Hamilton Smith and M. Sundevall regard the Koba of Buffon the
same as the Korrigum of Denham and Clapperton, but the horns of
that species are considerably longer and much thicker at the base than
those described by Daubenton, and the annulations of the horns are
higher and more regular: it may however be remarked that Buffon
describes his horns as having eleven or twelve rings, but figures them
as having seventeen or eighteen. Mr. Ogilby (Penny Cyclopedia
and the Proceedings of the Zoological Society) considers Buffon’s
Koba to be the Sing-Sing ; and in the length of the horns, and in the
number, disposition and form of the rings, his figure more nearly
agrees with the horns of that species than of that of the 4. Pygarga,
to which Pallas first referred it ; but the horns are represented much
more lyrated than any horns of the Sing-Sing I have seen; indeed,

hit i i i i= Se Sa a all

Zoological Society. 215

not one of the specimens which have come under my observation have
had any inclination to assume that form: but as this is the only
Western-A frican species which in any way agrees with Buffon’s figure,
perhaps it is best to adopt Mr. Ogilby’s suggestion. The name of
Koba or Kob appears to be common to many species. Schinz errone-
ously considers Damalis Senegalensis, Antilope adenota and A. for-

See (H. Smith) as synonyms of this species.
c. Nape with a linear, central, compressed, recurved mane,

20. A1cocervus, H. Smith ; Egocerus, Desm. ;
Hippotragus, Sundev.

Horns conical, elongate, rather compressed, ringed, recurved ; back
of the neck with a linear reversed mane ; tear-gland covered with a
tuft of hair; teats two.

1. Arcocerus Eautnus. The Eraak or Equine ANTELOPE.

above the eyes and pencil before the eyes fulvous grey ; nose
whitish ; face black ; nuchal mane distinct.

Aigoceros Equina, H. Smith; Harris, W. A. A. t. 21.—A. glauca,
Forster.—4. Osanne, Geoff.—d. barbata, H. Smith.—A. Truteri,
Fischer.—A. aurita, Burch. MSS.—Capra thiopica, Schinz.—
Tzeiran, Buffon, H. N. xii. t. 31. f. 6, horn.— Aigocerus Equinus and
A. leucopheus, Gray, Knows. Men. 16.

Inhabits 8. Africa. Brit. Mus. W. Africa; Gambia (Whitfield).
Horns. Brit. Mus.

Var.? Smaller. “Fur glaucous grey; tuft before the eye short,

- brown; nuchal crest none; hoofs small.’’—Sundevall. :

Antilope leucopheus, Pallas; H. Smith, G. A. K. v. t. 179.—
Aigocerus leucopheus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 16.

Inhabits the Cape of Good Hope ; now extinct. Mus. Stockholm,
Mus. Upsal and Mus. Paris.

The head of the female covered with the skin from Macarthy’s
Island, on the coast of Gambia, which Mr. Whitfield brought home,
did not appear to differ from the specimen from the Cape in the
British Museum. The species does not appear to be uncommon in
the locality, for Mr. Whitfield brought over several pairs of horns.
He states the flesh is very good venison. “It is called Dacoi or
White Mouth by the Mandingoes, Kob and Koba by the Joliffs,
and Vache brune by the French at Senegal.’ This is certainly not
the Koé of Buffon (xii. t. 32. f. 1, 2). The negroes at the Gambia
declare that this animal never bears more than one fawn; for after
that period, the horns increase in length, and enter the loins and
destroy the animals!

Buffon (xii. 271. t. 31. f. 6) figures the horn of this species, which
had been made into a powder-flask, under the name of Tzeiran.

A. barbata of Daniels appears to be only a bad drawing of this

The variety is the size of the Common Stag, Cervus Elaphus.
M. Sundeyall observes that it is as different from 4. Equina, as the

216 Zoological Society.

species of Eleotragi and Tragelaphi are from one another; and he
observes, in a letter I have just received, ‘I must tell you, that after
the inspection of a whole series of 4. Hquina, which Wahlberg brought
home, I am convinced that the 4. leucophea of Pallas is a very distinct
race. Our stuffed specimen, that must have been adult, has much
smaller hoofs than the very young 4. Equina, male as well as female,
amongst Wahlberg’s, and in the tuft over the lachrymal sinus, as I
have shortly expressed in the printed survey.” :

When I examined the specimen at Paris I regarded it as a young
or rather dwarf specimen of 4. Equina, and the absence of the nuchal
crest led to this belief; and I am not satisfied that the number of
rings on the horns are a sufficient proof of its being adult.

2. AIGOCERUS NIGER. The Buack Bok.

Black ; female and young brown; face white, with a dark streak.

Antilope niger and A. Harrisii, Harris, Wild African Anim. t. 23.—
Aigocerus niger, Gray, Knows. Menag. 17.

Inhabits S. Africa. Brit. Mus. Males and female and young.

21. Oryx, Blainv., H. Smith.

Horns elongate, subulate, ringed at the base, straight, or slightly
arched, placed in a line with the face ; neck maned above and below ;
tear-bag none; nose subcervine, with a marginal muffle; hoofs nar-
rowed in front, false hoofs large; teats four (two, Harris). In the
skull there is a slight suborbital fissure, but no pit, and the grinders
have supplementary lobes.

* Horns straight.
1. Oryx GazeLua. The Kooxaam or GEMSBOC.

Horns straight, shelving backwards ; throat with a bunch of black
hairs; black streak on the face, conjoined under the chin; rump,
face, spinal line, lateral streak, and very broad band on the thigh and
cubitus black in summer. Young pale brown; hairs blackish at the
base.

Capra Gazella, Linn.—Antilope Oryz, Pallas ; H. Smith.—4. be-
zoartica, Pallas. —A. recticornis, Erxl. ; Pallas, Nov. Comm. Petrop.
xiii. t. 10. f. 6.—Orya Capensis, Ogilby ; Harris, W. A. A. t. 9.—
O. Gazella, Gray, Knows. Menag. 17. t. 16. f. 2, young.

Inhabits 8. Africa; Cape of Good Hope. Brit. Mus. Adult and

young.
2. Oryx Beisa. The Bérsa.

Horns straight ; throat without any bunch of hairs; black face-
streaks separate. ‘‘ Pale; face, belly and limbs white ; front of face,
two streaks on cheek, narrow line along throat, dorsal streak, streak
on each side of abdomen, band round upper part, and streak in front
of lower part of fore-leg and end of tail black.”

Antilope Beisa, Riippell, Atlas, t. 5.—Oryx Beisa, Sundevall.—
A. Dammah, Riippell.

Inhabits Abyssinia. Mus. Frankfort.

Se en ne ae eee

Zoological Society. 217

There is a male and female in the Frankfort Museum ; they are
smaller than 4. Gazella of the Cape, and both have the face-streaks
separate: there is a black streak on the throat, as in 4. Gazeila, but
no bunch, nor is there any in the Frankfort specimen of 4. Gazella :
the mane of the nape of the male is small, indistinct, continued behind
in a broader dark streak to the middle of the los. In the male the
‘mane is blackish, in the female like the back. They have no dark
mark on the rump, found in 4. Gazella.

** Horns arched, padibed
3. Oryx Leucoryx. The Oryx.
Horns slender, slightly arched: white, reddish varied ; in winter

Antilope leucoryz, Pallas ; Ehrenb. S. P. t. 3 ; Licht. Saugth. t. 1.

— Az. ensicornis, Ehrenb.—A. Algazella, Ripp.t. .—A. Gazella,
Pallas.—A. bezoartica, Erxl.; H. Smith.—Algazelle, F. Cuv. Mam.
Lith. t. — dA. Eleotragus, Schreb.t. . (not descrip.)—Oryz

leucoryx, Gray, Knows. Menag. 17. t. 16. f. 1, young ; t. 17, adult.
_ Inhabits N. and W. Africa; Nubia; Sennaar; Senegal. Brit. Mus.

I have compared the Nubian and Senegal specimens, and cannot
discover any difference between them.

vp. Throat slightly maned, neck simple.
22. Appax ; Oryz, part Blainv. and others ; Gazella, part H. Smith.
- Horns slender, elongate, ringed, slightly spirally twisted, nearly on

a line with the face; neck with a slight gular, but no nuchal mane ;
nose ovine, hairy ; hoofs semicircular, edged ; tear-bag marked by a
tuft of hair; forehead longly hairy.

1. Appax NAsoMAcuLatTus. The Appax.
_ White ; forehead and front of face darker ; grey in winter.

Antilope nasomaculatus, Blaimv. Bull. Soc. Phil. 1816, 78; H.
Smith.— 4. Addaz, Licht. Saugth. t. 2; Riipp. Atlas, t. 7; Mam.
Lith. t. .— A. suturosa, Otto, N. A. Nat. Cur. xii. t. 48; Griffith,
A. K. t. 180. —A. gibbosa, Savi.— A. Tao, H. Smith.— 4. Mytilopes,
H. Smith, G. A. K. t. 182, 183. f. 6.—Strepsiceros, Cajus.— Addaz,
F. Cuvier, Mam. Lith. t. . (winter and summer); Ehrenberg, S.
Phys. t. 4, male and female.—Capra Cervicapra, Linn. S. N. ed. 10,
—Ant. Cervicapra, Children, Denham Tray.— Addaz nasomaculatus,
Gray, Knows. Men. 17. t. 18.

Inhabits N. Africa. Brit. Mus.

: 3. The Goat-tixe ANTELopes have a very short flat tail, hairy

_ above. They have heavy bodies, covered with rough, rigid or woolly

fur, strong legs, large hoofs and false hoofs. The horns are conical
and recurved.

* Nose cervine, muffle moderate ; horns short, inclined, recurved.

23. Carpricornis, Ogilby ; Nemorhedus, part H. Smith.

Horns short, strong, conical, ringed, inclined and recurved, arisi
behind the orbits ; nose cervine, muffle moderate, bald ; tear-bag aol

218 Zoological Society.

interdigital pores large; skull with a more or less deep rounded pit,
and no suborbital fissure ; grinders without supplemental lobes. Asia.

1. Capricornis SUMATRENSIS. The CamBinG OvuTAN.

Black ; chin and linear nuchal mane yellowish, especially near the
withers ; inside of the ears white. Young like the adult.

Antilope Sumatrensis, Shaw; H. Smith, G. A. K. t. 189 (cop.
from); F. Cuv. Mam. Lith. t. .—<A. interscapularis, Licht.—
Capricornis Sumatrensis, Gray, Knows. Menag. 18.

Inhabits Sumatra. Mus. Leyden.

2. Capricornis Buspatina. The THaar or THAR.

Grey brown, blackish washed ; crown and dorsal line black ; thighs
and outside of legs rufous; nose, chin, inside of ear, lower part of
mane and legs below the hocks whitish.

Antilope Bubalina, Hodgson, P. Z. 8. 1832, 12.—A. Thar, Hodg-
son.—Nemorhedus proclivis, Hodgson.—Capricornis Bubalina, Gray,
Knows. Menag. 18.

Inhabits India; Nepal. Mus. Brit. ~—

A head was sent to the United Service Museum by Lieut.-Colonel
Childers, of the 11th Dragoons, in 1820, under the name of Serow or
Imo. “It is not speedy, as might be inferred from its make. Its
flesh is very coarse and bad. It is usually killed with poisoned
arrows.’ —Hodgson, |. c. 14. .

3. Capricornis? crispa. The JAPANESE GoaT ANTELOPE.

Fur very fine, elongate, rather woolly, crisp ; brown or brownish ;
feet and ears darker ; throat whitish: female paler ; tear-bag a naked
spot ?

Antilope crispa, 'Temm. Faun. Japan. t. 18, 19.—Capricornis
erispa, Gray, Knows. Menag. 18.

Inhabits Japan. Mus. Leyden.

** Nose ovine, hairy, without any muffle ; horns short, conical, re-
curved, ringed.

24. Nemoruenpvs, part H. Smith; Kemas, Hodgson.

Horns short, conical, inclined and recurved, arising from behind
the orbits; nose ovine, hairy; muffle none; tear-bag none; inter-
digital pores large ; fur short.

1. Nemoruepvus Gorat. The Goran.

Grey brown, black punctulated ; streak on lower part of back of
neck blackish ; cheeks, chin and upper part of throat white; front
of fore-legs blackish ; feet rufous. Young paler; dorsal line rather
darker.

Antilope Goral, Hardw. Linn. Trans. xiv. t. 14 ; Caleutta J. N. H.
i. t.12. f. 2, 3.—A. Goural, Hodgson.—Bouquetin du Nepaul, F. Cuv.
Mam. Lith. t. . (copy from Hardw.)—A. Duvaucellii, H. Smith.
—Nemorhedus Goral, H. Smith; Gray, Knows. Menag. 18.

Inhabits Nepal. Brit. Mus.

DE ai jars sg lial ant he Da nl a as i ira ia ea i

Zoological Society. 219

_ A. Duvaueellii (H. Smith) was described from a drawing traced
from one of General Hardwicke’s figures of this species, and badly
coloured, which Duvaucel sent to Paris without any notes. + It has
no connection with C. Sumatrensis, to which many naturalists have
referred it. In the Bengal Journal two Antelopes, said to resemble
the Goral, are mentioned as found in Affghanistan, one called Suja
and the other Goomast.

25. Mazama, Rafinesque; Aplocerus, H. Smith.

Horns small, conical, nearly erect, slightly inclined and recurved
at the tip, ringed at the base ; nose ovine, hairy ; muffle none ; tear-
bag none: fur short, under fur woolly, outer very long, hairy and
dependent.

1. Mazama Americana. The Mazama or SPRINGBUCK.

White ; horns, hoof and edge of nostrils black.

Rupicapra Americana, Blamv.—Antilope Americana, Desm.—
Capra Americana, Rich. F. B. A. 268. t. 22.— Ovis montana, Ord.—
Capra montana, Harlan.— A. lanigera, H. Smith.—Mazama dorsata
and M. sericea, Rafin.—A. Mazama and Apl. Femmamazama, H.
Smith.—Capra? Columbiana, Desmoul.—Rock Mountain Sheep,
Jameson, Mem. Wern. Soc. iii. 306.—Mazama Americana, Gray,
K. M. 19.

Inhabits N. America; Rocky Mountains. Mus. Linn, Soc. and
Zool. Soc.

26. Rurrcapra, H. Smith ; Capella, Keys. & Blas. ; Kemas, Ogilby.

Horns elongate, slender, erect, recurved at the tip; nose ovine,
hairy; muffle none; fur soft; skull without any pit, and with a
minute suborbital fissure; grinders without supplemental lobes,
cutting-teeth equal-sized, erect.

1. Ruprcapra Tracus. The Cuamorse or Gervs.
’ Brown yellowish, with a dark dorsal streak in summer, blackish in

winter.

Capra Rupicapra, Linn.—-A. Rupicapra, Pallas; H. Smith, G.A-K.
t. 90.—Rupicapra Tragus, Gray, K. M. 19.—R. Capella, Bonap.—
R. pyrenaica, Bonap.—Tragus Dorcas, Klein.—Chamoise, Buffon,
H. N. xii. t.16; F. Cuv. Mam. Lith. t. .

Inhabits 8. Europe ; Switzerland, Pyrenees, and Pindarus. Brit.
Mus.

I have compared the Swiss, Pyrenean and Greek specimens, and
cannot find any character to separate them.

27. Antitocapra, Ord; Dicranocerus, H. Smith ;
Oreammos, Rafin. ; Cervus, Blainv.

Horns erect, the base compressed with a flattened process in
front, the end conical, recurved; nose ovine, hairy ; muffle none ;
fur very close; hair stiff, coarse, flattened, wavy ; tail very short;
false hoofs none; tear-bag none; inguinal pores none; legs rather

220 Zoological Society.

slenderer than the other Goat Antelopes; skull without any sub-
orbital depression, but with a lengthened fissure ; grinders without
supplemental lobes, cutting-teeth equal-sized and shelving.

1, Antitocapra Americana. The Casrit or PronGHORN.

Pale fulvous ; upper part of rump white.

Antilope Americana, Ord, 1815.—<A. fureifer, A. palmata, H.
Smith, Linn. Trans. xiv. t. 2,3; G.A.K. t. 178. t. 199. f. 1-5;
Richards. Z. B. A. t. 21.—Cervus hamatus, Blainv.—C. bifurcatus,
Rafin.—Antilocapra Americana, Ord; Gray, K. M. 19.

Inhabits N. America; in the plains in summer and in the moun-
tains in winter. Called the Goat. Mexico (Coulter). Brit. Mus.

Dr. Coulter brought a head from Mexico which had the face dark
brown, and the horns large, wide-spreading and much hooked at the
tip, like the 4. palmata of H. Smith (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1826, 121).
This is probably only a larger variety in the summer fur.

II. The ANTELOPES OF THE Desert. Nostrils bearded within
beneath, operculated, far apart ; horns on the frontal ridge ; nose sub-
cervine, with a small muffle; legs rather stout; tail elongate ; hoofs
rather large.

4, The Equine AnTELopes have a very depressed, spongy and
bristly muzzle.

28. CaroBLepas, Gray ; Connochetes, Licht.; Bos, Forster.

Horns bent down on the sides, recurved at the tip; nose very
broad, dilated, spongy, bristly ; nostrils operculated ; tail elongate,

bushy, hairy from the base; hoofs compressed in front; teats -

four.
This genus has been placed with the Oxen by Forster, and in the

Bovine group of genera by Sundevall, but it has all the characters of
the true Antelopes in the proportion of its leg-bone.

* Nose with a crest of reversed hair ; chest maned. Catoblepas.

1. Carostepas Gnu. The Gnu or Koxoon.

Nose with a tuft of reversed hair; chest maned. Brown or
blackish ; the lower part of the mane and tail often paler or white.
Young: pale fulvous; nasal, gular, and nuchal mane black.

Antilope Gnu, Sparm. ; Zimmerm.— Bos Connochetes, Forster.—
Antilope taurina, Burchell.—C. Gnu, H. Smith.—C. taurina, H.
Smith, not A. Smith.— Gnu, F. Cuvier, Mam. Lith. t. ; Harris,
W.A. A. t. 1.—Catoblepas Gnu, Gray, Knows. Menag. 19. t. 19.
f. 1, young.

Var. Mane and tail black.

A. taurina, Burchell; A. Smith.

Inhabits S. Africa. Brit. Mus.

The A. Gnu of Burchell, H. Smith, F. Cuvier and Harris, “ and
the Kokong of Lichtenstein,’ has a white tail and mane. Burchell
and H. Smith have given the name of 4. ¢aurina to the specimens,
which have those parts black. When young they are fulvous, and

Zoological Society. 221

become black as they reach maturity. The specimen of the Kokoon
in the Museum of the London Missionary Society (Blomfield Street,
Moorfields), named by Colonel H. Smith Kokoon (Cat. teurina,
Griff. A. K. iv. 369, v. 368), is an adult common Guu, C. Gnu
(Var. mane and tail white ; Kokong, Licht. Trav. Cape), and his
description of Dr. Burchell’s specimen in the British Museum agrees
with the Gnu, in having the ridge of hair on the face. Indeed Dr.
Burchell (Travels, ii. 278) appears to consider the difference between
the Gnu and A. taurina, that the former has a white and the latter
a black tail. Dr. Andrew Smith (Illust. Zool. S. A.) has regarded
the C. taurina and C. Gorgon as the same species. Dr. Sundevall,
in his Synopsis, has, by mistake, given the name of C. taurina to the
Gorgon, or Brindled Gnu (C. Gorgon, H. Smith).

** Nose with smooth hair ; chest not maned. Gorgon.

2. Carospiteras GorGcon. The Gorcon.

Face convex, smooth, covered with hair, lying towards the nose ;
chest not maned; black grey, varied and striped. Young: dark
grey; face, gular and nuchal mane and end of tail black. Hialf-

wn: blackish ; crown grey.

Antilope Gorgon, H. Smith ; Harris, W. A. A. t. 4.— Cat. taurina,
Sundey., not Burch. or Smith.—Catoblepas Gorgon or Gorgon fas-
ciatus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 20. t. 19. f. 2, young.

Inhabits S. Africa. Brit. Mus.

Colonel H. Smith has figured a pair of horns which were in Mr.
Brookes’s Museum under the name of C. Brookesii (t. 201. f. 1).
He thinks it is also probable that Bos Pegaseus (U1. Smith, G. A. K.
t. 204, from a drawing of Prince Maurice’s) is a species of this genus
(H. Smith, Jard. Nat. Lib.).

5. The Bovine ANTELOPEs have the nose moderately broad, with
a moderate or small, bald, moist muffle ; the grinders are rather small,
without supplemental lobes, the central cutting-teeth enlarged at the
end. .

29. Bosetaruvus; Bubalis, Licht., Ogilby; Acronotus, H. Smith ;
Bubalus, A. Smith ; Alcelaphus, Blainv.; Buselaphus, Ray.

Horns lyrate, end suddenly curved at a nearly right angle, thick
at base, on the upper edge of the frontal bones; nose moderately
broad, cervine ; muffle moderate, bald, moist ; tear-bag covered with
a tuft of hair. Females: teats two.

1. Bosetarpuus Bupauis. The BuBALe.

Pale brown in early uniform ; rump like back.

Antilope Bubalis, Pallas.—Capra Dorcas, Houttayn, t. 24. f. 3.—
Buselaphus Caji, Ray.—Bubalis Mauretanica, Ogilby ; Sundeyall.
—Acronotus Bubalis, H. Smith.—Buédale, F. Cuy. Mam. Lith.t. .
—Cervine Antelope, Penn.— Boselaphus Bubalis, Gray, K. M. 20.
t. 20. f. 1, young.

Inhabits N. Africa. Brit. Mus.

Var.1. Uniform pale brown; with a dark brown streak down the

222 Zoological Society.

outer side of the front of the fore-legs, like the streak on the leg of
the Lecama or Harte beest from South Africa, which is not generally
found in this species. This skin, without a head or hoofs, was brought
by Mr. Frazer to the British Museum, from Tunis ; it probably indi-
cates a third species, or perhaps this streak is only marked in the
very adult or fully-coloured specimens.

2. Bosrtarpnus Caama. The Lecama or Harre BEEsT.

Grey brown ; dorsal line, streak on face, outer side of limbs black ;
large triangular spot on the haunches whitish.

Antilope Caama, Cuv. D.S.N. ii. 242 (1816); Harris, W. A. A.
t.7; A. Smith, Illust. Z. S.A. t. 31.—A4. Bubalis, Licht. ; Erxleb.
291.—Acronotus Caama, H. Smith, G. A. K. t. 197.—A. Dorcas,
Thunb. ; Sparm. K. V. Hand. 1779, t. 5.—Bubale, Buffon, H. N.
xii. t. 38. f. 2; Supp. iv. t. 15.—Caama, Cuvier, Menag.t. .—
Senegal Antelope, Penn. Synn. 38.—A. Senegalensis, Cuvier, Dict.
Sci. Nat., from Pennant.— 4. Koda, Erxleb. Syn. 293, from Pennant.
—Boselaphus Caama, Gray, Knows. Menag. 20. t. 20. f. 2, young.

Inhabits 8. Africa. Brit. Mus.

Pennant figures the head and horns of this species under the name
of Senegal Antelope, and erroneously refers to Buffon’s figures of the
horns of the Koda as representing the species, which lead to some
confusion ; for the 4. Senegalensis (Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. ii. 235)
is an abbreviation, and 4. Koba (Erxleben, Syn. 293) is a translation,
of Pennant’s description of this species. Pennant’s specimen is said

to come from Senegal, but he describes the nuchal line and the knees -

as black, and the figure indicates the dark colour on the face of the

Cape species.

30. Damauis ; Damalis acronotus, sp.H.Smith; Buédalis, sp. Sundey.
Horns lyrate, diverging, subcylindrical; nose moderately broad,

cervine, with a small, bald, moist muffle between and below the

nostrils ; tear-bag exposed: females, teats two.

* Horns recurved above, diverging from the base; face dark in
Sront.

1. Damauis LuNATUS. The SAssayBy.

Rufous glaucous, outer sides of the limbs dark.

Antilope lunata, Burchell, Trav. ii. 334, 335. fig. .—Damalis
(acronotus) lunatus, H. Smith, G. A. K. t. 198; A. Smith, Zool.
S. Afr. t. 31; Harris, W. A. A. t. 8.—Bubalis lunata, Sundey.—
Sassaybi, Daniel, Afr. Scenery, t. .—Damalis lunatus, Gray,

Knows. Menag. 21.
Inhabits 8S. Africa. Brit. Mus.

** Horns regularly lyrate, nearly parallel at the base, then diver-
ging, and approaching at the tips ; face black marked ; tear-bag
moderate.

2. Damauis SENEGALENSIS. The Korricum.

Reddish grey ; front of face from nose to occiput, a small spot be-
hind the eyes, a small streak above the angle of the mouth, and streak

TD ee ee ae a eT ee re

2

wll Ben. owe rl Ne ln ell

Zoological Society. 223

on outside of the limbs above the knees, and tuft of the tail, black.
Very young: uniform pale brown, without any dark marks.

Antilope and Damalis (acronotus) Senegalensis, H. Smith, G.A.K.
y. t. 199. f. 3.—Antilope Koba, Children, in Denham and Clapper-
ton’s Travels, not Erxleben.— Budalis Koba, Sundevall.—B. lunata,
Sundey. Act. Stockh. 1842, 201, 243, not Burchell.—A. Corrigum,
Ogilby.—Damalis Senegalensis, Gray, Knows. Menag. 21. t. 21.

Inhabits W. Africa; Gambia River, Macarthy’s Island; called
Yonga or Yongah by the Joliffs, and Tan Rong by the Mandingoes,
Mr. Whitfield. Brit. Mus. Senegal? Sennaar. Mus. Stockholm.

In Denham and Clapperton’s Travels I regarded this species as the
Koba of Buffon, and H. Smith and Dr. Sundevall are of the same
opinion: but on comparing the six pairs of horns of this species
which I have been able to examine with Buffon’s figure and deserip-
tions, I find them all longer and much thicker at the base than Buf-
fon describes them; the thinner (a female?) being 7 and the others
9 or 93 inches in circumference, while that which Buffon described is
only 5 inches. The rings are also more elevated, and reach nearer to
the top than in Buffon’s figure. All the characters lead me to believe
that the horns figured as those of the Koba by Buffon belong to Da-
malis Pygarga. They afford very good venison.

Colonel Hamilton Smith, in ‘ Griffith’s Animal Kingdom,’ de-
scribed and figured the heads brought home by Messrs. Denham and
Clapperton as 4. Senegalensis, but they are different from the one
so called by Cuvier. Mr. Ogilby, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoolo-
gical Society’ (1826, 103), proposed to call these heads, 4. Corrigum.

Under the name of Antilope Koba, Schinz (Syn. Mam. ii. 407)
combines the 4. defassa, Riippell, Damalis Senegalensis and Antilope
adenota, H. Smith, the Koba of Buffon, and the Antilope Koda or
Caama of Erxleben.

*** Horns regularly lyrate, parallel at the base ; face of adult
white.

38. Damauis PycarGca. The Bonte Boc.

Purple red, outside of limb dark ; rump and face white : fawn pale

ellowish brown.

Antilope Pygarga, Pallas.—Bonte Boe or Pied Antelope, Gazella
Pygarga, Harris, W. A. A. t. 17.—Bubalis Pygarga, Sundev.—
A. Dorcas, Pallas.— Antilope (Gazella) Pygarga, H. Smith.—Da-
malis Pygarga, Gray, Knows. Menag. 21. t. 20. f. 3, young; t. 22.
f. 2 & 3, adult.

Half-grown, face whitish.

A. personata, Wood, Zool. Journ. ii. t.

Inhabits S. Africa. Brit. Mus.

Male: bright purple red, face whitish, dark-edged, with a dark-
edged white streak to between the horns; legs whitish, upper and
lower part brown varied; temple and upper part of the throat
whitish ; rump to above the tail pure white ; tear-bag round, distinct,
moist. The female is similar, but the throat and under part of the

224. Zoological Society.

body are white. These animals are often brought to the Cape market
for food.

4. DamMALis ALBIFRONS. The Buxess Bock.

Purplish red; face and back of thighs white ; rump like back.

Bless bok or Antilope albifrons, Burchell, Trav. ii. 3352; Harris,
W.A. A. t. 21.—Bubalis albifrons, Sundev.—Damalis albifrons,
Gray, Knows. Menag. 22. t. 22. f. 1, half-grown. :

Inhabits 8. Africa. ¢

A half-grown specimen was darker, with a pale spot between the
horns, separated by a dark spot from the white on the face; the
temple was white, with a white spot ; the legs had a brown stripe
down the outer side of the front; and the throat and rump brown,
the latter without any white spot.

Dr. Burchell, when speaking of the Bless bock, proposed to call it
A. albifrons, as the name Pygarga has been used for both the
Springer and the Bless bock ; but it is not certain if he intended by
Bless bock this or the preceding species. Captain Harris’s figure
shows the distinction of the species.

#*EK Horn unknown.

5. Damauis? Zespra. The Dorta.

Bright golden brown, with numerous black cross bands narrowing
at the sides; outer sides of fore and hind legs dark.

Antilope Zebra, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1836.—4. Doria, Ogilby.
P. Z. 8. 1836, 121; Frazer, Z.T.t. .—A. Zebrata, Robert.—
Viverra Zebra, Whitfield’s MSS.—Cephalophus? zebra, Gray, Cat.
Mam. B. M.—Damalis? zebra, Gray, Knows. Menag. 22.

Inhabits W. Africa; Gambia. Brit. Mus.

Skins without head and feet are alone known; they are brought
down by the negroes. In the Catalogue of the Mammalia in the
British Museum I have referred this species with doubt to Cephalo-
phus. Mr. Ogilby (P. Z. 8S. 1836, 121) thinks it should be referred
with the Harness Antelopes to Calliope. I am inclined, on account
of the dark mark on the outside of the limb, to think it belongs to
the genus Damalis. Mr. Whitfield believes it to be a species of
Viverra.

THE STREPSICERES.

The animals of this family are peculiar as being the only hollow-
horned or Bovine Ruminants which are marked with white stripes
and spots. The bands are not very distinct in the Impoofo or Eland,
but they are easily to be observed in the female, if it is looked at ob-
liquely, which was brought home by Burke, and presented to the
British Museum by the Earl of Derby. Their nostrils are near to-
gether in front. They have four teats in a small udder. The horns
generally incline backwards from their base ; the skull, which some-
what resembles that of the Deer, has a rather small nasal opening,
no suborbital pit, and only a small suborbital fissure.

Colonel H. Smith forms of the larger species three of his four sub-

PPB Rie pe an it:

‘ A
7
7
-
-
a
;
a
a

Zoological Society. 225
era of Damalis: he places the smaller kinds as a subgenus (T'rag-

—s of Antelopes. :
f. Sundevall placed the genera I have here brought together in
two different families; the genus Portar with the Bovina, and the
others in the Sylvicaprina, or True Antelopes.

The AFRICAN GENERA have large heavy horns, only the rudiments
of a tear-bag, and their limbs are nearly equal ; they have no sup-
plementary lobes to the grinders, and the central cutting-teeth are

enlarged above.

A. The nose hairy, cervine, with only a small moist naked space be-
tween the edges of the nostrils, and a narrow streak on the
upper lip; the body is large, heavy ; the neck is maned.

1. Srrepsiceros, H. Smith; Calliope, Ogilby ; Tragelaphus, sp.
Blainy.

Horns large, heavy, spirally twisted, keeled in front; tear-bag a
naked space; throat with a central, linear mane: female hornless.

1. Srrepstceros Kupvu. The EecHionGote or Koopovo.

The horns diverge from the line of the forehead, and have two
twists; the calf is marked like the adult.

Antilope Strepsiceros, Pallas.—Damalis (Strepsiceros) Strepsice-
ros, H. Smith, G. A. K.—A. Tendal, Riippell, Abyss. 22; Fischer,
Syn. 475.—Strepsiceros Kudu, Gray, Cat. B. M.; Knowsley Menag.
26. t. 24. f. 2, young.—S. Capensis, Harris, W. A. A. t. 20.—S. ex-
celsus, Sundev.—Striped Antelope, Penn.—Comdoma, Buffon, H. N.
xii. t. 39; Supp. vi. t. 13. 4

Inhabits S. Africa. Mus. Brit.

Var. Smaller.

Inhab. Abyssinia. Mus. E. India Company, adult. Mus. Frank-
fort, adult and young.

2. Oreas, Desm.; Boselaphus, sp. Blainy., Gray ; Damalis
(Boselaphus), sp. H. Smith ; Damalis, Sundev.
_ Horns large, erect, slightly curved, with a spiral keel; throat with
a longitudinal, crested dewlap; hoofs narrowed in front. Female
with smaller, thinner horns.

I formerly adopted the name of Boselaphus, which Blainville had
used for the genus, but Ray had previously applied this name to the
Bubale, and Desmarest has formed a subgenus specially for it under
the name of Oreas.

1. Oreas Canna. The Impooro or Exvanp.

Pale brown; throat and beneath whitish. |

Antilope Oreas, Pallas.—Damalis (Boselaphus) Oreas, H. Smith,
G. A. K. t. 200.—A. Oryz, Pallas, Misc. 9.—D. Boselaphus Canna,
H. Smith, G. A. K. t.181. f. 5, horn ¢.—Oreas Canna, Gray, Knows.
Menag. 27. t. 26, 27.—Coudou, Buffon, H. N. xii. t. 46 6.—Canna,
Buffon, Supp. iii. t. 12.—Eland, Kolbe, Sparmann, K. Vet. Handl.
1779, t. 8; Harris, W. A. A. t. 6; Daniel, Afr. Scen.t. .

Inhabits S. Africa ; Cape of Good Hope (Sparmann). Brit. Mus.

This Antelope has much the character of the Oxen, and Dr. Bur-
Ann & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 15

226 Zoological Society.

chell informs me that it is the best food of any of the genus at the
Cape, being the only one which is moist and has any fat intermixed
with the muscle ; the flesh of the others is dry and hard. At Knows-
ley it breeds with the facility of domestic cattle, but they are ravenous
feeders, and appear liable to an epidemic.

It should be remarked that the skin of the specimen shot by Burke.
at the Cape (the female especially) shows several pale whitish cross-
bands on the hinder half of the body, similar to the streaks on the
Koodoo, showing the affinity of this animal to that species; but I
could not observe these bands in the living specimens at Knowsley
Park.

2. Oress DersiAnus. The Ginc-E-JONGA.

Pale reddish brown ; front of the face, the neck, the front part of
the under side, a spot on the front and hinder side of the upper part
of the fore-leg, the dorsal streak, dark black ; the belly, the front and
back edge of the upper part of the legs and under side of tail whitish ;
a broad half-collar in front of the shoulder, narrowed above ; fourteen
or fifteen narrow, waved, perpendicular streaks on each side of the
body white ; withers with intermixed black hairs: female, throat dark
brown; crown reddish brown.

Boselaphus Derbianus, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xx. 286;
Silliman’s Amer. Journ. v. 279.—Oreas Derbianus, Gray, Knowsley
Menag. 27. t. 25.

Inhabits W. Africa; river Casaman. Called Ging-e-jonga. Mr.
Whitfield. Brit. Mus. Imperfect skin of male and female, and horns.

B. The nose bovine, with a large coriaceous moist muffle, and a
narrow bald space on the upper lip. The animals have very
slender, elegant legs; small hoofs and false hoofs; conical,
subangular horns; with an oblique, indistinct keel.

3. TraceLaruus; Antilope (Tragelaphus), Blainv., H. Smith,

Horns conical, subangular ; tear-bag distinct ; nape and back with
a more or less distinct mane: they are brown; with spots on
haunches, crescent on chest, and inside of legs white, and a dark
dorsal stripe.

* Face with a curved band between the eyes; horns large ;
back cross-banded. Euryceros. *

1. TraGexLarpuus Evryceros. The Euryceros.

Head pale brown; broad band before the eyes, and two large spots
on cheeks, chin and front of upper lip white ; horns elongate, thick,
scarcely bent forward at the tip; throat with long black hairs.

Antilope Eurycerus, Ogilby, P. Z: S. 1836, 120.—A., n. sp., Afze-
lius, N. Act. Upsal. vii. 269. t. 8. f.3; H. Smith, G. A. K. v. 361.
—Tragelaphus Euryceros, Gray, Knows. Menag. 27. t. 23. f.1, horns.

Inhabits W. Africa. Horns in Brit. Mus. and Zool. Soe.

2. TraceLtapuus AnGasit. The INYALA.

Black ; back with a dorsal streak and four or five bands on each
side ; head blackish ; narrow band before eyes, two small spots on

; |

Zoological Society. 227

cheeks, front of upper lip and chin white; forehead and feet bay ;
throat with a mane of long rigid blackish hair; horns rather slender,
elongate, rather bent forward at the tip; female bay, with many white
bands

Tragelaphus Angasii, Gray, P. Z. S. 1848, 89. t..4 & 5, male, fe-
male and young; Knows. Menag. 27.
Tnhabits S. Africa; Port Natal. Brit. Mus. male, imperfect skin.

** Face without any frontal streak ; horns small.

+ Back with transverse white stripes.

3. TRAGELAPHUS scriptus. The ZALores or Harness ANTE-
LOPE.

Pale bay ; back with four cross-bands and a central white streak ;
haunches white spotted; cheek with two white spots; spot on chest,
nose, feet, and spots on the legs blackish; dorsal streak. and end of
tail black. Adult: chest and outside of shoulder and haunches and
legs black: the male with a high ridge of long, coarse white hair ex-
tending the whole length of the back to the tail.

Antilope scripta, Pallas, Misc. 8.—Antilope (Tragelaphus) scripta,
H. Smith.— A. maculata, Thunb.—A. (Tragelaphus) Phalerata,
H. Smith.—Tragelaphus scripta, Gray, Knows. Menag. 28. t. 28.—
The Harness Antelope, Pennant, Syn. 27.—Guib, Buffon, H. N. xii.
a 307. t. 40. t.41. f.1; F. Cuv. Mamm. Lithog. t. ; Dict. Sci.

at. t. .

Inhabits W. Africa; Senegal and Gambia. Called Oualofes or
Zalofes.

The dark colour of the chest and outside of the limbs, and the
high crest of the male, are not developed until they are four or more
years old.

This species varies in some haying seven and others nine white
eross-bands, and some are spotted and others not; but they breed
together, and the produce is often a different variety from the parent.

They breed constantly at Knowsley : in May 1845 they had a small
herd of two males and four females, three of which were expected to.
bear young.

4. TraceLarnus Decuta. The Decura.

Grey brown; back with three or four indistinct cross-bands; an
ae streak on upper part of side, a few spots forming an arch on
the haunches ; dorsal line, streak on nose, and in front of fore-legs
blackish. .

Antilope Decula, Riippell, Abyss. t.4.—Tragelaphus Decula, Gray,
Knows. Menag. 28.

Var. Back without the cross-bands.

Inhabits Africa; Abyssinia (Riippell).
+t Back without any cross-bands or lateral streak.

5. TRAGELAPHUS syLvaTicus. The Boscu Boc.

_ Blackish brown ; head pale brown ; back, across forehead, black ;
small spot on haunches, larger spot on insides of legs and on feet
15*

228 Zoological Society.

white ; dorsal line longly crested, black, white varied in. Female
paler brown. Young: pale bay.

Antilope sylvatica, Sparmann, Act. Holm. iii. t. 7.—Tragelaphus
sylvatica, Harris, W. A. A. t. 26; Gray, Knowsley Menag. 28.—:
Forest Antelope, Pennant.

Inhabits S. Africa; Cape of Good Hope. Brit. Mus.

Var.? Smaller horns, rather more erect.

Antelopus Ronleynei (the Serolomoot broque), Ronaleyn ; G. Cum-
ming, Hunter’s Life 8S. A. 1. 178, 179.

Inhabits Limpopo.

Of the two pairs of horns, named by Colonel H. Smith Boselaphus
canna (a, 6, in the List of Mamm. Brit. Mus. 155), the one pair, pre-
sented by Dr. W. Burchell, is certainly the horns of this species ; the
other appears to be those of a young male, Strepsiceros Kudu.

The Asratic Srrepstceres have a bovine nose, with a large
coriaceous moist muffle extending over the whole front of the upper
lip; small, short, angular horns; a deep longitudinal tear-bag; and
the hind-legs much shorter than the fore-ones ;_ the skull without any
suborbital pit, and only a minute fissure; and with supplementary
lobes to the grinders. 4

4. Portrax; Oreas, sp. Fischer; Tragelaphus, Ogilby ;
Damalis (Portax), H. Smith.

Horns short, conical, angular, with an obscure oblique ridge ; tear-
bag deep, longitudinal ; shoulders higher than the rump.

1. PorTax TRAGOCAMELUS. The NYLGHAU.

Grey ; under surface, rhombic spot on the forehead and above the
hoofs black and white ringed; tail, end black. Female browner,
Young: dull reddish fawn; lower part of fore-legs brighter ; under
lip, spot on jaws, and line along belly on inside of legs and fore-part

of hock, white ; tip of tail, line on back of nose and on front of legs

black.

Antilope Trago-camelus, Pallas, Mise. 5.—A. pieta, Pallas, Spicil.
xiii. 54; Gray, Cat. B. M.—A. albipes, Erxl. 280.—A. leucopus,
Zimm. Zool. 541.—Damalis(Portax) Risia, H.Smith.—Portaz picta,
Gray, Cat. B. M.—P. Tragocamelus, Gray, Knows. Menag. 28. t. 29.
—Tragelaphus Hippelaphus, Ogilby.-—P. Tragelaphus, Sundey.—
Biggel, Mandelst. Reise (1658), p. 122.—Tragelaphus Cait, Raii Syn.
82?; Parsons, Phil. Trans. No. 476. p. 465. t. 3. f. 9.—Nylghau,
Hunter, Phil. Trans. lxi. 170. t. 5.—Nilghaut, Buffon, H. N. Supp.
v. t. 10, 11; F. Cuv. Mamm. Lithog. t. .—Indostan Antelope,
Penn. Syn. 29.—White-footed Antelope, Penn. Syn. 29. t. 6. f. 1, 2.

TInhabits India. The Roouw of the Mahrattas, the Nylghau of the
Persians.

This species has bred at Knowsley. In December 1845 they had
two calves, both females, making a flock of one male and four fe-
males: they are in the paddock with the Eland in summer. They
have also bred in the Gardens of the Zoological Society and in the
Menagerie of Sir Robert Heron at Shibton.

ee a ae ee ee ae

Linnean Society. 229

tee

LINNZAN SOCIETY.
~ January 21, 1851.—William Yarrell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read a memoir ‘‘ On the various forms of Salicornia.’’ By Joseph
Woods, Esq., F.L.S.: with some additional remarks by Richard
Kippist, Esq., Libr. L.S.

.. The paper relates almost exclusively to the British species of Sali-
cornia, and more particularly to those which occur on the coasts of
Sussex and Hampshire.

_ The author begins by noticing what he considers as the typical
form of S. herbacea. ‘This he describes as always erect, except
that late in the autumn, the branches, usually spreading or ascending,
are sometimes borne down by the weight of the fruit-spikes. The
colour is green, generally glaucous, but never red. The spikes of
fruit are cylindrical, 2 or 3 inches long, (ten to fifteen times their
thickness, ) and contain from ten to fifteen sets of seeds.

- The second form (S. procumbens, Sm.), which is stated to be
more common than the first, is described as procumbent, decumbent,
or ascending, but always with a bend at the top of the root, and
therefore never erect: the branches and their subdivisions are much
shorter and more numerous than in the typical form, and at the
same time much more divaricate, the lower ones especially being
frequently recurved; and these lower branches being much longer
than the succeeding ones, give to the entire plant a triangular out-
line. The colour at maturity is always red. The spikes hardly
exceed half an inch in length (about four or five times their own
thickness) and contain about six sets of seeds each.

The next form noticed by Mr. Woods, and which he proposes to
call S. ramosissima, is described as much larger than either of the
preceding, erect, very much branched and bushy, of a grass-green
colour, but touched with red, the branches ascending, and the spikes
not cylindrical cr oblong, but somewhat lanceolate, the longest about
an inch in length (six or seven times their thickness) and containing
about the same number of sets of seeds as S. procumbens. This,
which appears to be a rare form, was gathered in Haling Island.

Mr. Woods now proceeds to describe two intermediate forms,
apparently serving to unite the three preceding. The smallest of
these, which the author proposes to designate S. pusilla, seems closely
to resemble S. procumbens, from which it differs in its smaller size
and less triangular outline, its erect or suberect branches, the lowest
of which are neither larger nor more branched than the succeeding
ones, and in its still shorter spikes, which scarcely exceed } inch
in length, being sometimes almost globular, and containing about
five sets of seeds. ‘The other form, which the author calls S. intermedia,
and which is stated to be the most abundant on the muddy salt
marshes of Sussex, embraces several subvarieties, all of which are
erect, but vary much in other respects, sometimes resembling S. pu-
silla, but with much longer and redder spikes; in other cases ap-
proaching the typical form of S. herbacea, in their yellowish green
colour, hardly tinged with red, cylindrical spikes an inch or more

230 Linnean Society.

in length (eight or nine times their width), but with not more than
eight or nine sets of seeds; while others again, in their bushy habit
and colour, and in the form of their spikes, show an affinity to S.
ramosissima.

All the above-mentioned varieties have oval or oblong seeds, about

half as long again as broad, and thinly covered with hooked hairs,
" upon an even surface. In the two following the seeds are shorter,
nearly globular, but covered in the same manner with hooked hairs.

S. radicans, the next species, is described as differing exceedingly
in its mode of growth from any of the foregoing. In all these the
root is evidently annual, and produces a single stem, which is hard,
and in S. ramosissima may fairly be called woody. In S. radicans,
however, a small plant, with only one or two branches, rises at first
from the seed. The stem of this lies down, and, generally burying
itself in the mud, sends out radical fibres and new shoots. ‘The
process is continued from year to year, the old stems of one year
becoming the rhizomes of the next, and these successively dying
away as new rhizomes are formed, thus producing a very rambling
and diffuse plant. In the preceding forms, every branch and sub-
division is terminated by a spike of flowers. In S.radicans many are
barren. The spikes, when they occur, are sometimes interrupted,
half an inch to an inch long, and composed of about six joints. ‘The
colour is a dull greyish green; with the ends of the spikes brownish,
but never red. Though much less abundant than the first, second,
and fourth forms, it is by no means rare in the muddy creeks of
Sussex and Hants.

The last form mentioned, under the name S. lignosa, bears some
resemblance in its diffuse mode of growth to S. radicans, and Mr.
Woods found some indications of radical fibres from the lower part
of the stem, but was unable to ascertain positively the existence of
a creeping rhizome. It differs however from S. radicans in the
thickness, and firm solid structure of the lower part of the stem,
which as in every European species is destitute of annual rings, and
attains its thickness and hardness in the course of one year. From
S. fruticosa, L., to which it approaches nearly in many respects, it
is distinguished by the multitude of its slender branches, and pro-
bably also by the structure of its seed, which Koch and Bertoloni
describe as tubercled and not hairy in S. fruticosa. The spikes of
our English plant are an inch or a little more in length, and about
six times their width: those of the true S. fruticosa are usually
both absolutely and relatively longer.

Mr. Woods next makes some observations on the synonymy of the
Salicornias described by Ray, who appears originally to have admitted
but two species; the first including all the forms of S. herbacea and
also S. procumbens; the second attributed by Smith to 8. Sfruticosa, L.,
but now generally regarded as S. radicans. To these Dillenius adds
three others, of which the first, S. myosuroides procumbens, &c., is con-
sidered by Mr. Woods as S. radicans ; the second, S. ramosior pro-
cumbens, &c., as probably S. procumbens, Sm. ; and the third, S. erecta
foliis brevibus cupressiformis, he refers with some doubt to his S,
intermedia.

a

Linnean Society. 231

Then follow some remarks on the characters of Arthrocnemum, a
genus separated by M. Moquin-Tandon from Salicornia, principally
on account of the different form of its embryo, and to which he refers
S. fruticosa and S. radicans. In all specimens of S. radicans, and
in some of what is called S. fruticosa, Mr. Woods finds the seeds
apparently destitute of albumen, and with the radicle lying against
the edges of the cotyledons; but in the true S. fruticosa, supposing
that name to be correctly applied only where the seed is tubercled
and hairless, he finds a portion of albumen, but the extremity of the
cotyledons still close to the point of the embryo.

The author concludes with the following résumé :—“ If I were
to sum up the result of my observations of this year on the genus
Salicornia, I should say that S. procumbens is a distinct species ; that
S. radicans and S. lignosa are certainly specifically distinct from S.
herbacea; but whether they are so from each other, and whether, if
that be the case, S. lignosa ought not to be considered as a variety
of S. fruticosa, L., and the plant with tubercled seeds to be called
S. megastachya, 1 do not feel competent to decide. The other forms
of S. pusilla, S. intermedia and S. ramosissima, may perhaps be
varieties of S. herbacea, but this also is a subject for further investi-
gation.”

The paper was accompanied by specimens of the various forms
therein described, for the Society’s herbarium ; and a note was added
by Mr. Kippist, Libr. L.S., who at the request of Mr. Woods had
examined the seeds of the specimens sent. He had found the struc-
ture of the embryo to be nearly the same in all the British forms ;
consisting of thick, fleshy, almost semicylindrical, bright green coty-
ledons, in some species scarcely wider than the radicle, which is bent
sharply round, and lies not against their edges, but on the back of
one of them, the radicle being therefore incumbent. In one or two
instances the cotyledons were found to be inclined rather obliquely
towards the radicle, but this appeared to be the result of accidental
pressure, the majority of the seeds examined of each variety pre-
senting the same character of incumbent cotyledons. In all, the
albumen was cither entirely wanting, or in very small quantity. This.
seems to be equally the case with S. radicans, notwithstanding that
M. Mogquin-Tandon refers this species, as a variety, to his Arthro-
cnemum fruticosum, to which he ascribes copious albumen. As re-
gards the structure of the seed, Mr. Kippist agrees with Mr. Woods
in thinking that the S. radicans, Sm., would be much better placed
in Salicornia, as defined by Moquin-Tandon, than in his genus Ar-
throcnemum, to which he attributes a crustaceous testa and semi-
annular peripherical embryo, characters which Mr. Kippist had not
met with in any British species. In all the specimens gathered by
Mr. Woods on our own coast, the covering of the seed is thin and
membranous, and clothed with hairs, which differ much in length in
different species. InS. herbacea and the species most nearly related
to it, they are of a sigmoid form, spreading at the base, but curled
inwards at their extremity, unbranched, and destitute of septa or
spiral fibre. They are longest in the form which Mr. Woods calls
intermedia, much shorter in lignosa, while in radicans, they are so

232 . Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

short, and so closely pressed against the integument of the seed,
that it is difficult to distinguish them: the seeds of this species,
however, were all obtained from one specimen, and may not have
been thoroughly ripe.

In the plant for which Mr. Woods proposes the name of S. me-
gastachya (and which is in all probability a species of Arthrocnemum),
a native of the South of Europe, the structure of the seeds is ex-
tremely different. The testa is hard, black, and crustaceous, quite
destitute of hairs, and covered with concentric rows of little tubercles.
The albumen is very evident, and principally confined to the
straighter side of the seed, the convex side being occupied by the
embryo, which is cylindrical and but slightly curved; the thick,
fleshy cotyledons, taken together, are about equal in diameter to the
radicle, which seems to be nearly continuous with them in direc-
tion, not bent sharply round upon them as in S. herbacea, and
probably in all the true Salicornias.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
May 15, 1851.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. “Biographical Notice of the late Mr. George Don.” By Dr.
Neill.

2. ‘List of Plants found in Peebleshire.’ By George 8. Blackie.
Of the plants included in this list the following may be mentioned :—
Vicia Orobus, Manor-head ; Galium pusillum ; Pyrola rotundifolia ;
Primula farinosa; Betula nana; Sibbaldia procumbens, Manor-head ;
Sazifraga stellaris ; Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi ; Hymenophyllum tun-
bridgense, and H. Wilsoni.

3. “ Notice of Exidia hispidula, Berk., used in China as a remed:
in disease, and also as an article of diet... By Dr. Dill. Dr. Di
remarks :—‘ The fungus was first brought to my notice in Hong
Kong as a favourite remedy of the Chinese in attacks of dysentery.
It is used by them in the form of decoction, boiled along with dried
plums, the latter being added merely to give flavour, &c. to the de-
coction. The first time I ever saw it used was in the case of the
person who told me of its efficacy in the before-mentioned malady.
This man, an English gardener, was suffering from a severe attack of
dysentery, and as his house was a most unhealthy one, I strongly
advised his going into hospital. He said, before doing so he would
like to try a Chinese medicine, which had been strongly recommended
to him by an old Chinaman, a friend of his. I said, ‘Take care
what you do with yourself, for your case won’t do to be trifled with.’
Three days after this I was surprised to find him at his work, and
well again. ‘Sir,’ he said, ‘ this medicine has had such a wonderful
effect upon me, that I have kept some of it to show you.’ The spe-
cimen he then gave me I handed to my Chinese servant, who seemed
perfectly familiar with it, and speedily obtained me a large supply.
I then determined to try it in the first case that came before me. A
few days afterwards a sailor applied to me having chronic dysentery,

Cn ae eT

"take lei ch lia a a

i a le la i | ee ee ae eas

=) ual pedi > on th is lll imal lial

PMc ya
{5 re ee eee ae
: Pivee

Se

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 233

which had been going on for eighteen months. I immediately gave
him a strong decoction of the fungus, which he took in 2-oz. doses,
three times a day; and in eight or ten days he seemed quite cured. ©
a rmitted to go out, he got drunk, was exposed to night
air, Xc., and } had a return of his malady. Again, however, the same
medicine was employed with the same favourable result, and he
joined his ship in the enjoyment of recruited health. These two
eases made me very sanguine of the value of the fungus as a cure in
diarrhcea and dysentery, but future experience by no means realized
the hopes I entertained respecting it. Since then I have so often
found it fail completely, that I now regard it as being inferior in
efficacy to many of the remedial agents we already possess. Mr. A.
H. Balfour has also tried it successfully at Hong Kong, but I think
his experience has been similar to my own. It grows on old, dead
trees and rotten timber; hence, and from its shape, the name by
which it is designated in China—‘ Mok-yii,’ the ear of a tree. The
fungus itself is much prized by them as an article of food on account
of its mucilaginous properties. They eat it in soups, stews, &c., and
consider it a great dainty. In taste it is very insipid, but certainly
not more so than the far-famed bird’s nest.”

Dr. Douglas Maclagan exhibited specimens of the plant brought
from Penang by Mr. W. D. Maclagan. In that country it is called
Sweekiang, and is used for food.

4. “On Poisoning with Indian species of Datura.” By Dr. Her-
bert Giraud, Professor of Chemistry and Materia Medica in Grant
Medical College, Bombay. Dr. Giraud brought this subject before
the Medical and Physical Society of Bombay, and the observations
forming the present paper were communicated to the Botanical
Society by Dr. Balfour. The very numerous cases of poisoning by
Datura that have of late occurred in Bombay, have afforded oppor-
tunities for observing the action of-a poison, of which but a scanty
record is to be found in the standard works on Materia Medica and
Toxicology. Several species of the genus Datura are indigenous

out India ; and “ Datura alba” (D. metel, Roxb. Flora, i.
561) and “ Datura fastuosa” (Roxb. Flora, i. 561) are found grow--
ing im gardens and amongst rubbish, about villages, all over the
country. The intoxicating properties of these plants appear to have
been known amongst Eastern nations from time immemorial, and they
haye long been employed in India, China (where D. feroz is used),
and the islands of the Eastern Archipelago to facilitate the commis-
sion of theft and other crimes; for which nefarious purposes the
Datura Stramonium appears, of late years, to have been in some few
instances employed in France and Germany. Here the cases of
poisoning by the species of Datura are so frequent, that the natives
usually recognise them by their characteristic symptoms. It is re-
markable, that although administered under many different circum-
stances, and with varied motives, it should so seldom prove fatal
here, that not a single case, in which the effects of Datura could be
distinctly traced, has terminated fatally ; and of fifty-one cases that
were treated in the Bombay Hospital during the past year, only four

234 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

presented alarming symptoms. Notwithstanding the recent prevalence
of Datura-poisoning, it has been only on the presumptive evidence of
its characteristic symptoms that its action has been inferred. The
poison is administered so stealthily, and the natives are so backward
in aiding the cause of justice, that it is next to impossible to obtain
positive evidence of the administration of the poison, or to trace it to
the culprit; although, from their familiarity with its nature and
with the modes of its administration, it is evident that many of the
lower orders of the people are acquainted with the adepts who employ
it. These remarks, however, apply, with equal truth, to cases of
poisoning by such substances as arsenic and corrosive sublimate, the
presence of which may be determined by the surer methods of che-
mical analysis. From the information Dr. Giraud has been able to
collect from natives, it would appear that the seeds are the parts of
the plant usually administered. They are powdered and thrown into
rice, bajree, and other grains ; or mixed up with cakes and sweetmeats.
Sometimes, however, an infusion or decoction of the leaves is prepared
and introduced into the vessels in which food is being cooked ; but
of the usual quantities of the seeds employed, or of the strength of
the infusion and decoction, Dr. Giraud has had no means of judging.
Of the cause that has produced so sudden and remarkable an increase
in the use of this poison, it is difficult to form any conjecture. View-
ing the most prevalent motive to Datura-poisoning, it would seem as
if some regularly organized band of thieves had, within the last year,
invaded our island. From 1837 and 1838, when a few cases of
poisoning supposed to be from Datura were noticed by Drs. Bell and
M‘Lennan, in the annual reports of the Native General Hospital, up
to 1848, only from six to ten such cases have been annually recorded ;
but during the past year, fifty-one cases have come under hospital
treatment.

In a note received by Dr. Cleghorn from the Superintendent of
Thuggee in Mysore, it was stated, that the seeds of Datura alba
were employed by thieves and other rogues to narcotise their victims,
and deprive them of the power of resistance.

5. ‘Report on the State of Vegetation in the Edinburgh Botanic
Garden.” By Mr. M‘Nab.

A note was read from Mr. Babington, stating that Ranunculus
trichophyllus, mentioned by Mr. Syme as found near Edinburgh, is a
very common form of R. aquatilis.

It was stated by Dr. Mitchell, that the plant called by Dr. Howitt
Cinanthe pimpinelloides, and for which he gives several stations in
his ‘ Flora of Nottingham,’ is @. Lachenalii. It is very abundant in
the blue lias districts. All the Leicestershire stations for G2. pim-
pinelloides are those of C2. Lachenalit, the former species not being
found either in Leicestershire or Nottinghamshire. These facts
render it probable that G?. Lachenalii is not so “rare in fresh water,”
as it is said to be both in Babington’s ‘ Manual,’ and in the last
edition of Hooker’s ‘ Flora’ ; the mistake has doubtless arisen from
the roots not having been examined. Specimens of the plant were
sent by Dr. Mitchell.

a
a re a ”

Miscellaneous. 235

Mr. M‘Nab exhibited several sections of oak-stems found in the
course of excavations made at Tanfield, Canonmills, and read the fol-
lowing notice supplied by Mr. M‘Caul, who had superintended the
operations :—“‘ In the course of excavating a pit for a new gasometer
nine years ago, a number of oak-stems, the largest 2 feet in diameter,
were found. In the pit now excavating, and from 80 to 90 feet from
the one alluded to, two fine trees were found. The position they
occupied was about 10 feet below the original surface, beneath the
lowest bed of gravel, and immediately over the boulder clay, their
direction being nearly east and west. Three of the pieces were lying
horizontally, and two of them had a rise towards the east at an angle
of 10°. At the western or lower part of these stems, roots in con-
nection with them could be traced ; but they mouldered away to the
touch.”

A specimen of yellow-flowered Hibiscus, raised by Mr. Isaac An-
derson from seeds sent from China by Colonel Eyre, was exhibited.
The plant was about 2 feet high and had a woody stem. The leaves
are hairy, the petals sulphur-yellow, the flower when expanded being
3 to 4 inches across. The epicalyx consists of eight to ten linear
sepals, while the calyx consists of two sepals united and thrown to
one side. -

A specimen of Hyoscyamus raised from seeds communicated to Mr.
Moore of the Chelsea Botanic Garden by Major Madden, was exhi-
bited. The plant grows in the Himalaya, and resembles H. albus
in some respects. In the open border it attains the height of 2 feet.
It has ovate leaves and terminal cymes. The flowers are of a dingy

ellow, and the calyx is covered with glandular pubescence. Dr.

Maclagan tried the effect of the plant on the eye. A single
drop of the fresh juice caused dilatation of the pupil in twenty
minutes, and the dilatation with slight double vision continued for
twenty-four hours.

MISCELLANEOUS.
HOLOSTOMUM cuTIcoLA. PI. V. figs. 3 & 4.
Norwich, June 10th, 1851.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GeNTLEMEN,—Should you consider the following notice worthy
of insertion in the ‘ Annals,’ you will oblige me by its publication.
I remain, Gentlemen, your very obedient servant,
Rosert WiGHAM.

Specimens of the Bream and Roach have long been observed in
the rivers of this part of the country to be frequently covered with
black spots, and have been generally considered, when in this condi-
tion, to be in a diseased state. I have lately examined these spots
with the microscope, and find them to consist of a collection of
minute black granules of a branched radiating structure and of a
confervoid appearance, and which form the outer coat of cysts con-
taining a transparent membranous cyst in which I found an ani-

236 Miscellaneous.

malcule. Not being able to find it described in any British author,
I sent it to Prof. Allman of Trinity College, Dublin, who kindly
informed me it is the Holostomum cuticola of Nordmann, and is
described and figured in his ‘ Mikrographische Beitrige,’ which work
has not been yet translated, and that he had not seen it before, and was
not aware that it had before been observed in Britain. Prof. Allman
very kindly sent me a neat sketch of the animal, a copy of which I
inclose. a
Pl. V. fig. 3. Holostomum cuticola, front view under slight compression.
— fig. 4. The same, side view.

On the Occurrence of Trigonellites in the Upper Chalk at Norwich.
By T. G. Bayrrevp.

Norwich, Aug. 11, 1851,
S1r,—I have lately obtained from a chalk-pit, near this city, an
example of the problematic fossil called Trigonellites by Parkinson,
and Aptychus by Meyer. The specimen exhibits the inner surface
marked by lines of growth, as in the Oolitic species, In the same
pit have been found Ammonites peramplus, and another species, which
are usually rare in the Upper Chalk. This discovery is interesting, as
it proves the distribution of the Trigonellite to be co-extensive with
that of the Ammonite, of which it has been regarded as the operculum.

Yours respectfully,
To Dr. Francis. T. G. Bayrievp.

LOCALITIES OF RARE BRITISH CRUSTACEA.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Shantalla, Galway, August 18, 1851.

GENTLEMEN,—Allow me to communicate the following localities
in the county of Galway for some of the rarer British Crustacea :—

Acheus Cranchii ; in 5 fathoms, Bar of Killeany Bay, Great South
Island of Aran.

Pagurus Hyndman it common at various depths—6 to 40 fa-

P. levis; thoms.

P. Forbesii; one specimen in 20 fathoms, and a second in 35 fa-
thoms, outside of the Great Isle of Aran.

Crangon fasciatus ; along with

Achaeus Cranchii.

Crangon spinosus ; in 20 fathoms, South Sound of Aran.

C. sculptus ; one specimen in 6 fathoms, off Deer Island, Galway
Bay, and two in 20 fathoms, South Sound of Aran.

C. bispinosus? ; two specimens in 30 fathoms, limestone gravel
bottom, outside of the Great Isle of Aran.

I have no doubt that these specimens are referable to C. bispinosus ;
but the learned author of the ‘ British Crustacea’ will decide the
point, as the specimens will shortly be in his possession.

Nika edulis ; Bertraghboy Bay.

I am, Sir, your obedient servant,
ALEXANDER G. MELVILEE.

UM tit

v4

La

Miscellaneous. 237

nudges eth NOTE ON PEDICELLARIA.
10 the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

a, Royal Naval Hospital, Haslar, Aug. 8th.
_. GENTLEMEN,—The bodies named Pedicellariee found upon the
bodies and around the mouths of Echinoderms, have been considered
by Oken, Forbes, and Sharpey as special organs of the animals on
which they are found. The discovery by myself of a new species (P.
volutarum), parasitic on the skin of Voluta vespertilio, will I think
confirm the opinion of Cuvier and Miiller, that the bodies in question
are independent parasitic organisms. The specimen obtained I have
preserved in spirits. I am, Gentlemen, yours very truly,

ei ArTHuR ADAMS.

Addendum to Mr. Benson’s Paper on CxcLostoma, in the present
Number, page 191.

~ Dr. Pfeiffer, having examined the original specimen of Cyclostoma

Indicum, now writes that it has nothing in common with C. oculus

i, and that it is distinct also from C. Ceylanicum and stenom-
phalum, to both of which it is allied.

TEREBELLA MEDUSA. BY C. SPENCE BATE.

The manner in which this animal proceeds to construct its case is
very interesting to watch. By the long feelers or tentacular cirri
which surround its head, anything is grasped with which it may
come into contact, such as minute shells, grains of sand, &c. These,

m being drawn near, are placed upon its mouth, the lower edge of
ra forms a prehensile lip. While resting here, it is, I presume,
that the glutinous substance, which, when dried, forms the mem-
branous lining of the tube, is poured over it. With its lip the crea-
ture places the sand upon its back, and then rolls itself over from
side to side, and again puts forth its tentacula in search of fresh
building material.

Their tubes are buried in the sand, to the depth of about a foot
or more, with one end above and open to the sea, at which extremity’
minuter ones branch off, giving it an arborescent appearance.

The tentacular cirri are hollow, crescent-shaped tubes, which are
extended and retracted by the injection into its centre of a fluid sent
from the body of the animal. [It isa similar power employed by the
Nereid Worms to extend the internal mouth of that family.] When
it seizes anything, it does so, I presume, by exhausting the water from
the convex side of the crescent-shaped tube, aud consequently holds by
‘means of the pressure of the surrounding fluid.

Within its case the Annelid has the power of moving freely and
turning itself at will. Its progressing movement is performed by
means of setz, or oars, planted in thick muscular sheaths, which
enable it to pass freely in one direction, but which, being directed
backwards, wholly preclude a retrograde movement. The mechanism
by which this latter power is executed, is by means of a long row of
minute triple-pointed hooks situated at the base of each set of setze ;

238 Miscellaneous.

each hook, which has three points at one extremity, is finished off
with a blind hook at the opposite end, the whole of which turns upon
a central hinge, so that the elevation of the blind extremity, which
is perhaps the ordinary position in which the apparatus rests when
not employed, precludes the triple-pointed hook from interfering with
the advancement of the animal in its naturally confined abode ; but
the instant that the blind or protecting hook is depressed, the sharp
triple-pointed end becomes a most powerful agent to assist in its
retiring within its own abode, and is, I believe, the only external in-
strument belonging to the worm possessed of this capability.

These hook-like appendages are common to most of the Tubicole,
but vary in form and shape, not only with genera, but species.

The whole internal cavity of the worm, in which the viscera exist,
is filled by a fluid, by means of which the animal moves; the loss of
this entails destruction of motive power, to preclude which, upon
receiving any external wound, the animal will cut itself, by contrac-
tion of the annular muscles, above the injury inflicted. It also will
perform the same act of bisection as a meaus of escape from the
grasp of an enemy ; and this is done not only without the loss of any
particle of fluid, but without any appearance of discomfort or pain to
the animal.

The intestinal canal is folded upon itself for about one-third of the
entire length of the worm, when it joins the outer walls, and is con-
tinued into a sort of tail or prolongated rectum. The stomach is but
a slight enlargement of the alimentary passage, which again contracts
into an cesophagus, the extremity of which is surrounded by a pre-
hensile muscle, which closes and forms the mouth, surrounding the
abdominal ridge of which are situated the tentacular cirri.

The respiratory apparatus consists of arborescent branchial fila-
ments, three or four upon either side of the head. These receive the
blood from the abdominal artery, (which is, in truth, a respiratory
heart, since it injects the blood which it receives from a vascular
plexus into the branchial apparatus, from whence it is returned to the
dorsal artery,) which carries it beyond the principal viscera of the
animal, and then loses itself in small branches upon the walls of the
animal, and anastomoses with those which cover the alimentary canal.

Above the gills are situated two ear-like appendages, which seem
adapted for the purpose of protecting the excessively delicate branchial
organs from the friction of the tube, occasioned by the creature’s
passing to and fro.

From the head of the animal to about the lower extremity of the
stomach is a mass of white granulous material, which I presume to
be the ovary, and on either side several ducts lead into pear-shaped
sacs. Within these sacs, early in February, I observed active motion
of the fluid passing as a current in one direction, excited by a power-
ful set of cilia. All the sacs do not seem to be in the same state of
advancement ; but the progress of the young creature’s development,
as far as I was able to make out, is as follows :—Some of the particles
of the fluid existing within the sacs seem to unite into a nucleus,
which in a short time becomes the earliest formation of the new

Si i a! ee

, =>

Meteorological Observations. 239

animal. This little creature is nourished in its earlier stage by the
introduction within its own system of the parent fluid in which it
exists. This is done through a circular umbilical pulsating heart,
which opens by a slit, situated about the centre of the young animal.
At this early stage the future intestinal canal is not visible, but certain
oval-shaped cells are apparent in irregular positions, sometimes con-
nected in chain-like line.

Shortly, that which I here call umbilical circulation ceases, and the
young worm moves within the uterine sac ; the intestinal canal becomes
now more apparent, the oval cells lying more compact, and the whole
surrounded by a wall. Before this is quite perfect, the young crea-
ture leaves the sac and passes into a passage or oviduct, one of which
on either side of the animal traverses the walls of the worm, and opens
into the rectum, beyond the point where the intestinal tube is incor-
porated with the outer walls of the worm, and is thus voided. Some-
times, though rarely, two young worms exist within the same sac.
The greatest number which one might have is perhaps about a dozen.
The average number of young found in any specimen at one time is
three or four.— Report of the Swansea Literary and Scientific Society
Sor 1850.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JULY 1851*.

Chiswick.—July 1. Hazy and mild: rain: cloudy and fine: thunder and light-
ning, with very heavy rain. 2, Fine: very fine: clear. 3. Uniformly overcast:
cloudy and fine : densely clouded. 4. Overcast: very fine: clear. 5—7. Very
fine. 8. Cloudy: rain. 9, Cloudy and fine. 10. Rain. 11, 12. Very fine.
13. Cloudy and fine: overcast: rain. 14. Cloudy: windy. 15. Fine: windy:
slight rain. 16,17. Very fine. 18. Cloudy. 19. Fine: rain: constant heavy
rain inthe evening. 20. Cloudyand fine. 21. Veryfine. 22. Dry haze: very
fine. 23. Rain. 24. Heavy rain. 25,26. Very fine. 27. Cloudy and fine.
28. Cloudy: rain. 29. Very fine. 30. Foggy: very fine. 31. Hazy: overcast.

Mean temperature of the Month ..,......secsesesesesecseerees 60°71
Mean temperature of July 1850 ..........s.sesseeeee catepaces OLS 98
Mean temperature of July for the last twenty-five years . 63 ‘13
Average amount of rain in July .........cecssscessesecesecee + 2°30 inches.

Boston.—July 1,2. Fine. 3%. Cloudy. 4, 5. Fine. 6,7. Cloudy. 8. Cloudy:
raina.M.and p.m. 9. Rain: raina.m. 10—12. Cloudy. 13. Fine: rain p.m. |
14. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 15, 16. Cloudy. 17. Cloudy: rain with
thunder a.m. 18. Fine, 19. Fine: rainr.m. 20. Cloudy: raina.m. 21. Fine:
Trainr.M. 22. Fine. 23. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 24. Rain: rain a.m.
andy.m. 25. Cloudy: rain a.m.and p.m. 26. Cloudy: rainr.m. 27. Fine.
28. Rain: rain early a.m. 29. Cloudy: rainrm. 90. Cloudy. 31. Cloudy:
rain P.M.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—July 1. Fog. 2. Cloudy: clear. 3. Clear. 4.
Cloudy: drizzle. 5. Damp: clear. 6. Damp: drizzle. 7. Drizzle: rain.
8. Bright: clear. 9. Bright: clear: fine. 10, Drops. 11. Showers: fog.
12. Rain. 13. Cloudy: rain. 14. Damp. 15. Drizzle: rain. 16. Cloudy.
17. Damp: drizzle. 18. Bright: fine. 19. Fine. 20. Bright: rain. 21. Drizzle:
rain: cloudy. 22. Bright: clear: fine. 23. Fine: clear: fine. 24. Cloudy: fine.
25. Cloudy: drizzle. 26. Cloudy:rain. 27. Drizzle: fine. 28. Rain: cloudy.
29, 30. Cloudy. 31. Rain: drizzle.

* The observations from the Rev. W. Dunbar of Applegarth Manse have
not reached us.

EE €L-9 |06-€ 08-19 LL-€6 e19 PLP BOIL £82.62 6SL-6z 9€-6% $6L-62 |106-62 | “Evy
1?- egies | oe iar wuyeo| ems | SG | PS £9} 29 . €L | 8%.6% | 99-62 0S-6% 988-62 '000-0£ |
LO. |ZS- | «as ‘u |*mu| 2G | #l¢ , | ¥9| SS | SL | £6.62 | £0.08 £V-62 |LE8.6z £L6.66| “Of

90- 81. | 0. | aw | ‘m | ms | $09 | 9S Lo| 60 | GL | L6-62 | $L-6z 0£-6% 91.6% 06L:66| “6%

Le. 9Z- |90- | -mun *s jms | 3G | € | @9| LS | 69 | 9-62 | 09-62 ££-6% £08.6¢ $68-6z| “s7@®

gI- ZO |ZO- | ‘a | *m [ems | GG) PS | g¢| LS | ZL | SL-62 | oL-62 00-62 868-62 F16-62) “Lz -
SI. O€- | 10+ | san ‘mu | “mM | 67 | PS G.LG bP | 69 | 09-6Z | 99-6 0%-6% 999.62 6FL-6z| “9%
Fees oP. wu | . | cma | aa] 1G | fag 6¢| 1G | 12 | 19.6% | 99-6% G0-6% [697-62 '888-6z| “Sz
see [9% 82+ | uyeo_ ‘a | ems | 1G] §¢ ro, €9 | 09 | €2-62 | 71-63 £0.62 |€LV.6% £69.6%| “bz
"| 02+ | unyeo ‘asa | ‘a | §¢ | fog to LS | 1L | 08-62 | 98-62 ZE-66 |0S6-6z LEL-6z| “Ez

og. 80. | mye wyeo| ‘a 1g¢ |} €¢ 6S| 8S | OL | 96-62 | 96-62 LS-6% 908-6% 9£0-0€| “zs

ol £9. | saa | ‘m | ca | 67 | 1S | gS 2h | aL L8-62 | $9.62 VP-6% 096-62 626-62 “16D
i ol. ‘auu | ‘as | *ms | 19 | 9S | Lo| oS | ZL |89-6% | £L-6z 91-62% |80L-6% SLL-6%| “oz
TE. | uyeo ‘m | ms | CG | 19 | 19; 2S | IL |%8-6% | 18-6% 8V-6% |908-6% 016:6%| “61

£0. a | wea ‘mu | emu | ZG | §€¢ LG, 6€ ZL | €8-6% | 6L-6% VV-62 |€68-6% 0S6-6%| “SI
sree] gy | uupeo | ma | 6h | OS | €9 1b | PL | LL.62 | 91-62 8P-62 928-62 158.68) “LT

gI- “AU ‘mum| cam | Lb | gp | 9S) 9b | Lo | VL.6% | 29-62 0€-62 |€91-62 Peg.6%) “OL
So. 10+ | 20. | *au | *m | cm | Lb | OP | 6S «IF | OL | LP.6Z | 82-62 81-62 |LZL-6% O€L-62) *S1
ov. Li “MUA “mw | ma | $19 |} 09 | €9 OG | IL 00.6% | F8-gz S8-8% |%SP-62 LLS-66| “PI

of: 0G. "98s ms") ms | 9G | 9S | 99; 19 | EL | ¥6-g% | SV-6z LZ-62 |1LS-6% 998-62) “E10
oo a “ACA mum} a | Zo | Fo | $9| 8b | SL |S¥.6% | 99-62% 05-62 |616-6% 9£0-0€ | “ZI
g0- a ‘mo } cm | €¢ | 1g G-LG| 9S | OL |€L.6% | 78-62 £9.62 680-0€ OF1-0£) “II
60. SO- | PZ. |*mua ‘mum | cma | gp | OP | | 09} 8€ | 69 | bg.6z | 7-6 00-62 |LL9.6 V98-6%| ‘OI
Ee. |9l- | a | ‘msM| ‘ms | OF | F1¢ | gS) €b | Lo | 02.6% | £L-6% 0£-6Z 969-6 118-6%| °6
8o- VI. 80. | mua | “ma | *ma | Gb | 3g | G€9) oS | IL |S8.6z | 62-62 00-6% P1L-6% 861-62} “8
vo. cere] cant | | tak taut | eG |G | $9| SS | SL |€L-6z | £8-6z £6-6% €06-6z 190-0 | *L
Go. at Aa ae | ‘ms | mu; Po | €¢ €9| 0G | FL | 98-62 | £6.62 VS.6Z |0S0-0€ 8S0-0€ | *9

Vo. ee ‘ms | cu | 6b | 7S | GS| St | SL | L6-6z | 76.62 F9-6z |9L6-62 120.08 | *S C
ae anal be tu | au | 1G] €s G-8S| LE | Lo | 16-62 | €0-08 LG.6% |110-0€ |LZ0.08 | *?
Pe oe “Anan ‘uy ea | £9] 2s 8S| ZF | 99 | 61-0€ | 0€-0€ 9-62 |€10-0€ |120.08 | *€
oe ne ae er | ou | au | ge] ¢¢ lo| tS | 2g |E€E-0€ | 9z-08 LE-6% |198-6% 886-62] °
ik Si-T] .u re el Py C8. be oS 69; 6S | gL |OT-0€ | 80-08 8-62 [668-62 |S00.08 | “1
9 2 ee | tele =\|s | 2 | sf | cua | eure | -urd | -ure “An

Eg ee g\e Ee se | 2 se ge | be 5 |# ey 5 | E | #8 | 6 | 6 Cee eee ee rat

eeiet|§ |e | se | ek) § BE |. borch se 4S - be 3:

Pee PLE | BET e PLP] RES? [-ergung|?? | emma | Iau |onuesoruimal FF | aommo | 2
aie acd. 3 co

“Urey “PUL *19j9WIOWIOY], *19}ULOIN Es “

het

*RANYUG ‘asunpy younpuny 7 ‘u0ysnoyD *— *Aey 247 Ag pun {auIHS-saruswag ‘asunpy yunsaddy yo ‘xequng * A, *A2y 247 49 fNoLsog
Jp “{JRaA ‘AQ, 49 Suopuo'T svau ‘MOIMSIHD yo Ajar20g jounynaysozy ayz fo uapsng ay, yo uosdwoyy, ‘a 49 apo suonasasgy poorsopo10ajayy

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 46. OCTOBER 1851.

XXI.— On the Cidaride of the Oolites, with a description of some -
new species of that family. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D. &c.*

[With three Plates. }

Tue Echinoderms form the highest class of the radiated animals ;
it includes organisms which are either fixed or free, composed of
a regular but very complicated skeleton, secreted by and inclosed
within organized membranes, and often preserved in admirable
perfection in the fossiliferous strata of all periods of the earth’s
history. The study of this class, although hitherto much neg-
lected by geologists, presents many points of importance to the
progress of their science, for the test of Echinoderms exhibits
characters of more import and significance than those afforded
by the shells of Mollusca. Unlike the testaceous covering of that
class, the test of Echinoderms constitutes an internal and inte-
gral part of the animal, participating in its life, intimately con-
nected with the organs of digestion, respiration and generation,
as well as with those of locomotion and vision, and having in
consequence many of the distinctive characters of the organism
impressed upon it. ;

In all Echinoderms, the external parts of the body, with the
organs of locomotion, are disposed around a common centre ; in
the spherical forms they are arranged in rows like the lines of
longitude on a terrestrial globe, and the mouth and the anus are
situated at the opposite poles: the elements of the body are re-
peated several times in the composition of the skeleton.

It has been shown by M. Agassiz+ that the radiated type of

* Read at Cheltenham at the Meeting of the Cotteswold Naturalists’
Club, June 24, 1851.

leo dune Monogr. des Echin., Mém. Soe. de Neuchatel, tom. i.
p- 168.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 16

24.2 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

structure observable in this class can be resolved into a modi-
fication of the bilateral symmetry seen in the higher groups of
the animal kingdom. The elements of the skeleton are arranged
on two sides of a median line. If we take for example the Spa-
tangus purpureus, we observe that the test is elongated in the
direction of the line which connects the mouth with the anus ; the
mouthbeing situated at the base and nearer the anterior border
of the test, whilst the anus occupies an elevated position on the
posterior border. Were we to make a transverse section of the
Spatangus, we should have an oral or anterior half, and an anal
or posterior half; whilst, on the contrary, were we to split the test
asunder in the line of its long diameter, we should have the right
half and the left half of the body. The five ambulacral are are
unequal. The anterior area is not identical with either of the
others ; the first pair are symmetrical, but differ from the second
pair, which are likewise symmetrical; the bilateral symmetry of
these oblong Spatangoide is therefore very evident. In the glo-
bular forms of Cidaridz, however, a more careful study is requi-
site to make the demonstration complete. In them the test is
formed of polygonal plates united together by sutures and di-
vided. into ten segments, of which five are named ambulacral
aree, and five interambulacral ares, each area being formed of
two columns of plates ; the ambulacral and interambulacral arez
alternate with each other, and are separated by ten zones of small
plates perforated for the passage of tubular retractile organs con-
nected with locomotion and respiration, and forming the porife-
rous avenues.

The test of Echinus sphera is composed of twenty distinet
zones of elementary parts, which are narrow at the summit,
from whence they divide in rays, and gradually increase m
width towards the circumference or equator, where they are
widest; they again contract as they approach the mouth, which
occupies the base. The symmetrical disposition of these ele-
mentary zones occasions the radiated form which characterizes
the Cidaride. Besides the plates of the ambulacra, interam-
bulacra, and poriferous avenues, the summit of the test is fur-

_nished with a circle of plates surrounding the anus, composed
of five larger plates in relation with the generative organs, and
called ovarial, and five smaller plates disposed between them, in
which are lodged the organs of vision, and called ocular; each
of the ten plates is perforated with a small hole for giving pas-
sage to the genital ducts and for lodging the eyes. This anal
circle of plates is called the apical rosette or disc.

The ovarial plates occupy the summit of the interambulacral
arese, and the ocular plates the summit of the ambulacral arez ;
the ovarial plates are not all of equal size or of the same structure ;

so, EL le a a or

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridz of the Oolites. 243

one is larger and more prominent than the others, presenting a
spongy porous surface, and called the madreporiform plate; it
is placed opposite the ambulacra, which is the analogue of the an-
terior area in the Spatangus, and occupies therefore the posterior
border of the apical disc, affording thereby a key for ascertaining
the antero-posterior diameter of the body ; the other four ovarial
plates are disposed in pairs before the single madreporiform plate.
The polygonal plates of both are are arranged in double ver-
tical rows, two columns of ambulacral plates alternating with
two columns of interambulacral plates; the plates of each pair
are united by a zigzag suture formed by the re-entrant angles
of the plates; the plates of the ambulacra are united to those
of the interambulacra by minutely serrated edges. The porife-
rous zones have small plates, the sutures of which cut through
the centre of the holes, by which arrangement the enlargement
of the foramina with the growth of the test is provided for.

The surface of the test is covered with tubercles for supporting
spines ; these are of two kinds, the principal and the miliary
tubercles. The principal tubercles are in general raised on mam-
millated eminences with or without crenulations at their summit,
and arranged in vertical rows on the sides of the arez between the
mouth and the anus. The miliary tubercles are much smaller
and more numerous ; they are not disposed with the same regu-
larity, but are frequently scattered on the surface of the plates, or
disposed in circles around the bases of the principal tubercles.

Each tubercle supports a spine, the size of which corresponds
with that of its tubercle ; the spines are composed of three distinct
parts, the stem, the neck, and the articular head. The stem is
more or less elongated and of various forms; the head is sur-
rounded by a raised ridge, and has a concave excavation for its
articulation with the tubercle; the head is separated from the
stem by a smooth neck, the extent of which varies in the differ-
ent species. The spines present very numerous modifications of
size, form and sculpture, which are closely connected with specific
distinctions ; some are elongated, cylindrical, fusiform, or subu-
late ; others are compressed, spatuliform, or triangular; whilst
others, on the contrary, are expanded, pyriform or claviform.

The surface of the spines is smooth, striated, or furnished with
granules, prickles, or other asperities disposed in regular order or
scattered at hazard over the stem. The same individual has its
test occupied with different kinds of spines ; hence the great im-
portance of obtaining these appendages in connection with th
test. :

We have made the following estimate of the number of sepa-
rate pieces which enter into the composition of the test of Echi-
nus sphera:—

16*

244: Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

Interambulacral ares 32 plates in eachcolumn 32x2x5= 320 plates.

Ambulacral ares 80 do. do. 80x2x5= 800 do.
Poriferous avenues 160 do. do. 160x2x5=1600 do.
Apical dise TN TUMUOG, Senses saheienee ves 10 do.
Each interambulacral plate supports 10 tubercles 320 x 10=3200 tubercles.
Each tubercle supports a moveable spine ...... 3200 spines.
Each ambulacral plate supports 2 tubercles ... 800 2 1600 tubercles.
Each tubercle supports a moveable spine ...... 1600 spines.

There are 70 rows of holes in each avenue,
and in each row these six holes are disposed
im pairs obliquely ........+. Geeaieecer sss sects) 70 x 6 x 10=4200 foramina.

The mouth in the Cidaride is situated at the centre of the
basal surface, and provided with five jaws, each armed with a
long tooth; the jaws are united by ligaments and moved by
numerous muscles belonging to the voluntary class.

According to Prof. Brunner, the analysis of the test of Echinus
lividus gave the following result as its chemical composition :—

Carbonate oflime . . . . 96:27
Sulphate oflime. . . . . 1°53
Carbonate of magnesia. . . 0:93

98°73

The fracture of the test and the spines presents a peculiar
crystalline surface altogether unlike that of the external skeleton
of other Invertebrata, depending probably on the manner the
salts of lime and magnesia are deposited in the cells of the ani-
mal basement membrane. The external and internal surfaces of
the test are covered by organized membranes, which extend
through the sutures and invest the spines and pedicellariz, and
are the producers and the sheath of the test and its appendages.

The mode by which the spheroidal test of an Urchin main-
tains its origimal form, whilst it increases in all directions, is
easily understood after what we have stated relative to its com-
position. The viscera of the animal are inclosed in this fra-
gile and inflexible globular crust, which is never shed like the
external skeleton of the Crustacea, but grows by a process which
has some analogy with the expansion of the skull in the verte-
brate classes. By the division and subdivision of the hollow globe
into a number of elements inclosed between two layers of mem-
brane, additions are made to the periphery of the plates, whereby
they are enlarged and increase in thickness in proportion to the
requirements of the animal, so that the form of the test is main-
tained and its expansion provided for at the same time: the dif-
ference between the test of a young and an old Urchin chiefly
consists in the number and size of the plates entering into the
composition of the same. The new plates are developed around
the oral and anal poles, but chiefly near the latter region, where

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridze of the Oolites. 245

we may observe in young Urchins small plates loosely connected
together and supporting incomplete spines.

The numerous genera of the family Cidaride are distributed
by M. Agassiz into four groups :—

1. Tae Crparip# are characterized by their thick test, nar-

row ambulacra, and large principal tubercles in the interambu-
lacral areze.

2. Tae Satentans are characterized by the development of
their apical disc, and the presence of an additional central or sur-
anal plate in the same.

8. Tue Ecuinip# have a thin test, and numerous small
principal tubercles in the ambulacral and interambulacral aree.

4. Tue Ecurnomerrans have an elongated oblong form in a
direction oblique to the antero-posterior diameter of the test.

Family Crparipz*.

Form circular. Mouth central, situated at the inferior pole,
closed by a buccal membrane which is either naked or covered
with granules. Anus opposite the mouth, opening in a ring
composed of ten plates, five of which appertain to the. genital,
and five to the visual organs. The antero-posterior diameter is
indicated by the median madreporiform body which becomes
united to the single ovarial plate. The plates of the test sup-
port tubercles disposed in regular order for carrying moveable
spines of various forms, some of which are proportionably large.
The organs of mastication consist of five jaws, each armed with
a long tooth. This framework is articulated to the test by several
arched processes called auricles.

Genus Crparis, Lamk.

Form circular, test thick, flattened at both poles. Ambulacral
arez narrow, about one-fourth the diameter of the interambulacral
are, and covered with small close-set granules. Pores disposed
in simple pairs. The principal tubercles in the interambulacral
columns are perforated, and carry large heavy spines which are
smooth or furrowed, spiny or granular. The ovarial plates are
large, pentagonal and equal ; the ocular plates are small and tri-
angular, and wedged between the ovarial. The mouth is cir-
cular and without indentations ; the buccal membrane is covered
with imbricated scales upon which the ambulacral pores extend.
Jaws powerful, composed of five pyramids, the branches of

* The group of Cidaride includes six genera: Cidaris, Lam., Gonioci-

daris, Desor, Hemicidaris, Agass., Acrocidaris, Agass., Acropeltis, Agass.,
Paleocidaris, Agass. : = ‘

246 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites.

which are not united at their summits. Teeth channelled, not
carinated on their internal surface. This genus admits of a na-
tural division into two types; in the one the tubercles are
smooth, in the other they are crenulated at their base.

The first type.—Tubercles with the base not crenulated. Are
found in our present seas, and fossil in the carboniferous, triasic,
cretaceous, and tertiary rocks. They are not found in the Oolitic
strata, to which group the present paper is restricted.

The second type.—Tubercles with the base crenulated. Com-
prehends oolitic and triasic forms.

The circular mouth without indentations serves to distinguish
the genus Cidaris from the genus Hemicidaris. The form of
the ambulacral arez, the number and arrangement of the gra-
nules on the same, the size of the tubercles, and the number of
their crenulations afford good specific characters. The ovarial and
ocular plates are seldom preserved. The lantern and teeth ought
to be carefully studied, as they are sometimes found detached ;
the spines likewise yield good specific characters, but they are
seldom preserved along with the test.

Cidaris Fowleri, Wright, n.sp. Pl. XI. fig. 5 a, d, ¢.

Test spheroidal, depressed at both poles; ambulacral arez flat,
narrow and undulated, furnished with two rows of small, re-
gular marginal granules and two rows of central blunt irregular
microscopic granules; poriferous avenues wide ; pores oblong
and distant ; interambulacral are furnished with two rows of
from 8-10 principal tubercles ; intertubercular spaces wide and
covered with small granulations ; spines large, with irregular
forward-directed prickles.

Height 1 inch 4th, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;%;ths.
Specimens from the upper stages of the Oolites measure in
height 1 inch and ;&,ths, transverse diameter 2 inches and ;%,ths.

Description.—This beautiful Urecbin has been catalogued as
C. coronata, but it presents characters very distinct from that
form ; a fact which has been ascertained by comparing C. Fowleri
with the typical specimens of C. coronata in the British Museum :
the latter species has hitherto been found only in France, Germany,
and Switzerland, and figured in the works of Goldfuss, Agassiz,
and Cotteau. In the Swiss Jura C. coronata characterizes the
terrain 4 chailles, a local formation, the greatest similarity to
which exists paleeontologically with the lower calcareous grit of
Yorkshire ; in ?Albe Wurtembergeoise it appertains to the Coral-
line Oolite.

The ambulacral ares of C. Mowleri are slightly serpentine and

an
*
J

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridze of the Oolites. 247

ribbon-shaped, and nearly of a uniform breadth throughout.
The poriferous avenues are broad ; the pores are oblong and set
in pairs in a single file at short distances apart. The arez are
flat, slightly raised, and have four rows of granules ; the external
rows consist of larger granules, which range regularly on the
margins of the aree; the internal rows consist of small, flat,
almost microscopic granules; there are fifteen pairs of holes
opposite each of the large tubercular plates. :

The interambulacral arez are formed of broad plates ; the zig-
zag median sutural line is very clearly defined; each column
contains from eight to ten primary tubercles, so that the test of
this Urchin supports from 80 to 100 large spines. Each plate
is occupied with a smooth areola slightly furrowed at its cir-
cumference and raised into a boss towards the centre. The sum-
mit of the boss is sculptured with fifteen deep crenulations;
from the boss arises a short cylindrical stem terminated by a
small hemispherical deeply perforated spinigerous tubercle, the
diameter of which exceeds a little that of its stem; the margin
of each areola is bounded by a circle of fifteen prominent gra-
nules, some of which from the equator to the anal pole are raised
upon broader bases. There is a granular circle around each
areola, but from the equator to the buccal pole one row of gra-
nules is common to two areole. The interareolar spaces are
covered with small close-set granules of two different sizes. The
mouth is large, and is half the diameter of the test at the equator.
In the specimen before me the five strong pyramids of the Jan-
tern are armed with conical triangular teeth in situ. The anal
disc was broken in all the specimens hitherto found.

The spines are never seen attached to the test, but in the same
bed and lying near some of these Urchins, long cylindrical slightly
flattened spives have been found about 1} inch in length and
from 2 to 3 lines in diameter, with a crenulated base, short neck,
and having the surface of the flattened stem covered with short
sharp prickles, the points of which are directed forwards; these
spines most probably belonged to C. Fowleri, as it is the only _
Urchin found in the same bed whose test could support such
large spines (fig. 5 c).

Affinities and differences.—Cidaris Fowleri resembles C. Blu-
menbachii in the general form and structure of the test, but it
differs from that well-known species in the flatness of the am-
bulacral aree, in the greater breadth of the poriferous avenues,
and in having a greater number of plates in the interambulacral
columns ; the granulated space between the principal tubercles
is wider, and the granular wreath encircling the areolz is like-
wise composed of smaller granules. It differs from C. Parandieri,
Ag., in having a greater number of tubercular plates in the

248 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites.

interambulacral aree. It resembles C. maxima, Goldf., in the
general outline of the test, the width of the granular spaces be-
tween the tubercles, and in the spines supposed to belong to
C. Fowleri being armed with short forward-directed prickly pro-
cesses like those of C. maxima. It differs from C. propingua in
having a greater number of plates in the interambulacral arez.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—Cidaris Fowleri was ob-
tained from the ferruginous beds of the Pea-grit at Crickley Hull.
I have dedicated this beautiful species to my friend Charles
Fowler, Esq., who obtained two fine specimens from this locality,
and to whose generosity I am indebted for the one which has
served for my description and enriches my cabinet.

Cidaris Blumenbachii, Munster.

Syn. Cidarites Blumenbachii, Munst. ; Goldfuss, Petref. Germanic,
t. 39. p. 117.

Cidaris Blumenbachii, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. 2nd part, t. 21. p. 61 ;
Park. Org. Rem. vol. iii. t. 4. fig. 15.

Cidaris florigemma, Phillips, Geol. of York. t. 3. fig. 12.

Cidarites Blumenbachii, Munst. ; Cotteau, Etudes Echin. Foss. t. 10.
p- 108.

Test circular, inflated at the sides and depressed at the poles ;
ambulacral ares narrow, elevated, undulated, and furnished
with four rows of granules ; interambulacral arez with two rows
of from six to seven tubercles ; areolee approximated, elliptical
and excavated, and surrounded by a circle of small tubercles ;
spines large, thick, subcylindrical, and ornamented with longi-
tudinal rows of granules ; neck short and smooth.

Height 1 inch and ;‘ths, transverse diameter 2 inches ; spines
1 inch and ;%ths in length, and ;4,ths of an inch in diameter.

Description.—This typical species was very abundant in the
seas which deposited the Coralline Oolites of Europe. It has a
globular form considerably depressed at the poles ; the ambulacral
arez are narrow, nearly of a uniform breadth throughout ; they
are much undulated and furnished with four rows of granules ;
the external rows are larger, more regular.and prominent, and
more developed towards the base than the internal rows. The
poriferous avenues follow the undulations of the aree; they
are narrow, and lie in a groove formed by the promiment gra-
nules of the ambulacral and the external marginal granules of
the interambulacral aree. The interambulacral arez are five
times as wide as the ambulacral, and are occupied with two rows
of large prominent tubercles from six to seven in each row, which
are supported on large mammillary eminences gradually rising
from smooth elliptical areole. The mamme at their summits

Se a ee

_

ail ii

one Leia

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridz of the Oolites. 249

are sculptured with from 18-20 crenulations, and the areolz are
separated from each other by a circle of granules made more
prominent, inasmuch as they are raised on oval elevations of the
test. The principal tubercles are small and closely set together
at the base, but at the equator, and always at the upper part of
the test, they become largely developed; the narrow central
space between the ranges of the large tubercles is occupied with
an abundant granulation, the granules of which are smaller,
however, than those encircling the areole.

The mouth is armed with powerful jaws and teeth, which are
not, however, preserved in the specimens before me; the apical
dise is unknown.

The spines attain a great size; they have an elongated thick
subcylindrical form which suddenly expands above the neck, and
then gradually tapers towards the apex ; their surface is covered
with small granulations, very uniform in size and disposed in lon-
gitudinal rows ; the tubercles of the adjoining rows alternate, and
each series is connected by a filament which passes from one
tubercle to another ; at the summit of the spine the granules
become elongated, and expand to form a radiated star-like disc ;
the neck of the spine is Short and smooth, the articulating head
is small, and the rim of the acetabulum is encircled with crenu-
lations.

Affinities and differences.—C. Blumenbachii is distinguished
from C. Fowleri in the extreme narrowness of the ambulacral aree,
the size and prominence of the granules which cover the same,
and in the closer approximation of the pairs of pores in the avenues.
The interambulacral arez are wider, whilst the central granular
space between the tubercles is narrower; there are fewer ranges
of tubercles in the arez, and the areole are encircled by much
larger granules; but it is in the structure of the spines that the

test difference is observed : instead of the well-known regular
form of the tubercles so constant in the spines of C. Blumenbachit,
the spines of C. Fowleri are compressed and covered with irregular
rows of prickles.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This Urchin is very cha-
racteristic of the Coralline Oolites of Wilts, Oxfordshire, and
Yorkshire ; we have never seen it either in the Inferior or the
Great Oolite ; our specimens are from the Coral Rag of Wiltshire ;
it occurs in France in the corallian stages of Chatel-Censoir and
Druyes and in the environs of Tonnerre, and at Bailly and at
Courson*. In Germany it was found at Thurnau and Muggen-
dorf+; in the coralline Oolite of Hildesheim in the kingdom of
Hanover { ; in Switzerland in the terrain & chailles of Fringelli,

* Cotteau, Echin. Foss. p. 110. + Goldfuss, Petr. Germaniz, p. 117.
} A. Roemer, Norddeutsches Oolithen Gebirge.

250 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites.

Wahlen, and Gunsberg in the canton of Soleure, and in the
white corallian of Hoggerwald *,

History.—This beautiful species was long ago figured by
Parkinson in his ‘Organic Remains, afterwards it was most
accurately figured and described by Goldfuss in his ‘ Petrefacta,’
and subsequently by Agassiz, Phillips, and Cotteau, in their re-
spective works.

Cidaris propingua, Minster. Pl. XI. fig. 6.

Syn. Cidarites propinquus, Minst.; Goldfuss, Petrefact. German.
p- 119. t. 40. fig. 1, 2; Agassiz, Prodrom. Echin. p. 21 ; Echi-
noderm. Foss. Suisse, p. 62. t. 21. fig. 5-10 ; Desmoulins, Tabl.
Synop. p. 328. No. 17.

Cidaris monilifera, Agassiz, Catal. Syst. Ectyp. Neoc. p. 9.

Cidaris coronata, var. minor, Agassiz and Desor, Cat. raisonné des Echi-
nides ; Cotteau, Echinides Foss. du Départ. de ’ Yonne, p. 104.

Test thick, circular, and depressed at the poles ; ambulacral arez
narrow, sinuous, and furnished with two rows of small round
prominent granules ; interambulacral areze with two rows of
large prominent tubercles, six in each row, raised on small
mammillary eminences with smooth summits ; “ spines with a
short neck and a thick granulated stem ;” apical disc unknown.

Height ,5,ths of an inch, transverse diameter | inch.

Description.—This Urchin resembles in many points the pre-
ceding species, but exhibits characters very distinct from it. The
ambulacral areze are extremely narrow and serpentine, having
two rows of small prominent granules arranged on the margins
of the aree, with a few central microscopic ones between them
about the equator. The pores are placed in rather deep winding
avenues, closely and obliquely together in single pairs. The in-
terambulacral are are nearly five times the width of the ambu-
lacral, and furnished with two rows of tubercles, six in each row ;
they are large, prominent, slightly perforated, and nearly sphe-
rical; the mammillated eminences on which they are supported
being disproportionately small, and haying smooth and convex
summits, unlike the crenulated summits observed in the mammez
of other Oolitic Cidaride. The specimen before us is too much
injured to enable us to state whether any rudimentary sculpture
surrounds the summits of the mamme on the superior surface
of the test, as is the case in the Swiss and German specimens.
The areolz are shallow and nearly of a circular form, their mar-
gins being encircled by a wreath of twelve small round promi-
nent granules supported on little eminences, and forming a
distinct beaded boundary for each tubercle. The median space
down the centre of the arez is slightly concave, and filled with

* Agassiz, Echin. Foss. Suisse.

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites. 251

ules of a much smaller size than those encircling the margins
of the areole. The mouth-opening is circular and about one-half
the diameter of the test at the equator ; the tubercles surround-
ing the mouth are well developed, but smaller than those occu-
pying the middle and upper part of the test. The apical disc is
eas but the space which it filled is of considerable diameter.
The spines have not been met with in our locality.

Affinities and differences—C. propinqua so nearly resembles
C. coronata, that although it was described as a distinct species
by Agassiz in his ‘ Echinoderm. Foss. de la Suisse,’ it was after-
wards grouped as var. minor of C. coronata in the ‘ Catalogue
raisonné des Echinides*’ of the same author. The test of this
Urchin has unquestionably a very close resemblance to C. coro-
nata, but a fact mentioned by Goldfuss should not be overlooked ;
he found peculiar spines associated only with C. propingua, which
never occurred with C. coronatay+. The extreme narrowness of
the ambulacral areze with the two marginal rows of granules
likewise distinguish it from C. coronata, which has six rows in
the same aree. In the absence of crenulations from the mam-
millary eminences on the lower part of the test, together with the
bead-like granular circle around the areole, it resembles C. coro-
nata. Not having a specimen of that species in our cabinet with
which to compare the specimen before us, we are unable to pur-
sue the comparison further.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—W hilst searching the Pea.
grit of Crickley Hill to find a more perfect specimen of Gonio-
pygus for Mr. Baily to figure, I discovered C. propinqua, having
only seen a defaced specimen once before from the same bed and —
locality, which was too much worn to be identified. We have never
seen this species in any collection of Inferior Oolite fossils, and
from the pains we have taken to ascertain the different species
found in the Cotteswold Hills, it must be rare ; it occurs in the
Stonesfield slate at Eyeford, but is very raret. In Germany it
was found by Count Miinster in the Baireutheschen Jurakalke,
principally in the vicinity of Streitberg§. In Switzerland it oe-
curs in the Terrain & chailles in the environs of Besancon, Bale,
Randen, and Sirchingen||. In France it was collected by M. Cot-
teau from the corallian stage at Druyes, but always in the state
of moulds, the specimens being of small size and having very
narrow ambulacral are.

* Annales des Sciences Nat. tom. vi. 3rd series, p. 331.

Tt Goldfuss, Petrefact. part 1. p. 120.

ft Sir R. Murchison, Geol. of Cheltenham, 2nd ed., by Buckman and
Str

trickland, p. 68.

§ Goldfuss, Petrefact. German. part 1. p. 120.

|| Annales des Sciences Nat. tom. vi. 3rd series, p. 331.
{ Echinides Foss. du Départ. de l’Yonne, p. 106.

252 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites.

History.—First figured and described by Goldfuss in his ‘ Pe-
trefacta Germaniz,’ and afterwards by Agassiz in his ‘ Déseription
des Echinodermes Foss. de la Suisse,’ and now figured and de-
scribed as a British fossil from the Inferior Oolite near Chelten-
ham for the first time.

Genus Hemiciparis (Agassiz).

Test subglobose, more or less flattened at the poles. Ambu-
lacral areee narrow and sinuous, furnished with primary tubercles
on the lower fourth part of each area, which suddenly diminish
into small tubercles or granules above, set more or less closely
together like those in the arez of Cidaris. Interambulacral arez
much larger than the ambulacral, widest at the equator of the
test and narrowest at the poles ; around the circumference of the
mouth they are about the same breadth as those of the ambu-
lacral areze.

The primary tubercles of the interambulacral arez are raised
upon large prominent mammillary eminences, having a crenu-
lated margin encircling the base of the tubercle; the equatorial
plates carry the largest mammillary eminences. Pores biserial, ex-
cept near the mouth, where they are triserial. Mouth large, with
decagonal indentations around its circumference. Anus central,
surrounded by a solid circle of ten plates which are often well
preserved. The five ovarial plates are larger and perforated at
their summits. The single or madreporiform plate is the largest ;
it has a more porous structure, and is differently sculptured from
the pairs of plates. The five ocular plates are small and trian-
gular: both ovarial and ocular plates are covered with minute
granulations. ;

Spines of two orders : the primaries are long, cylindrical, and
mostly of considerable dimensions, the secondaries are small and
compressed. This genus differs from the true Cidaris in the
bases of the ambulacral areze supporting primary tubercles. He-
micidaris thus forms a type of structure intermediate between
Cidaris and Diadema. In Hemicidaris the mouth is decagonal, in
Cidaris it is circular.

All the species are fossil, and characterize the middle and
upper stages of the oolitic rocks. Some are found in the Neo-
comian and in the Chalk.

Hemicidaris intermedia, Fleming.

Syn. Cidaris papillata, var. Park. Org. Rem. pl. 1. fig. 6. vol. ili.

Cidaris intermedia, Fleming, Brit. Animals, p. 478.

Hemicidaris crenularis, Morris, Cat. Brit. Foss. p. 53; Strickland
and Buckman, Geol. of Chelt.

Hemicidaris intermedia, Forbes, Brit. Org. Rem. Decade 3. pl. 4.

—a-,
— 7 wy

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites. 253

Test subglobose or subconical; ambulacral aree narrow and
slightly undulated, with a double row of small perforated tu-
bercles on the margins, and ten larger tubercles at the basis
of the are ; interambulacral arew occupied with six or seven
pairs of primary tubercles which are raised on large closely-
approximated prominent mamme, with deeply crenulated sum-
mits; mouth large and decagonal, margins deeply notched ;
spines long, cylindrical, and striated longitudimally, with a
tumid base ; apical rosette not prominent.

Great Oolite specimens: height ;4ths of an inch, transverse
diameter 1 inch and ,3,ths. Coral Rag specimens : height 1 inch
and ;+,ths, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;%ths.

Description.—The test of this Urchin has sometimes a subglo-
bose form ; in other varieties the height exceeds the breadth, and
it then presents a subconical outline. The summit is slightly
depressed and the base is flat. The ambulacral aree are narrow
and gently undulated ; at the base or lower third we observe five

irs of moderate-sized tubercles; at the upper two-thirds the
tubercles become very small and are ranged on the margins of
the arez ; both the large and small tubercles are mammillated
and perforated. The pores are arranged in simple pairs, but at
the enlarged space around the mouth additional pairs are intro-
duced. The interambulacral aree are nearly four times the width
of the ambulacral, and furnished with six or seven pairs of large
primary deeply perforated tubercles. The mammillary eminences
on which these tubercles are placed are largely developed and form
prominent projecting cones, the bases of which touch those of the
adjoining cones in the same range; an undulating line of small
perforated granules separates the external border of the mammil-
lary bases from the poriferous avenues, and a double row of
similar granules forms a zigzag division down the centre of the
are. The upper and lower boundaries of the areole of the
mamme are confluent, whilst their outer and inner boundaries
are surrounded with the granules already described.

The apical rosette is moderate in size, being about one-fourth
the diameter of the test ; the madreporiform plate is larger than
the pairs of ovarial plates ; the ocular plates are heart-shaped,
and the surface of the elements of this dise is studded with small
granules.

The mouth is large, being half the diameter of the test ; it has
a decagonal form ; and the margin is deeply notched.

The spines are of two kinds : the primary ones are long, cylin-
drical and tapering, and grow to double the length of the dia-
meter of the test, some of them measuring 3 inches in length ;
they are delicately grooved in the longitudinal direction, and the
base is provided with a raised crenulated band, situated between

254 Dr. T, Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites.

two convex smooth bands; another smaller crenulated band sur-
rounds the rim of the socket which affords attachment to the liga-
ments articulating the spine with the tubercle. The secon-
dary spines are small, needle-shaped and compressed, and striated
longitudinally.

Affinities and differences.—This species approaches so near to
HI, crenularis that it was long regarded as Lamarck’s species.
The form and development of the spines of the two Urchins how-
ever prove them to be distinct; this circumstance shows the
necessity of caution in the identification of species of Echinide
in the absence of any of the data upon which a correct opinion can
alone be formed. H. intermedia resembles H. icaunensis in its
general outline, but is distinguished from that species by its
more prominent tubercles, in having the ambulacral aree more
undulated and having larger tubercles at the base. These cha-
racters likewise sufficiently distinguish it from H. alpina and H.
granulosa.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—One of our specimens was
obtained from the spoil of Salperton Tunnel from a bed belong-
ing to the Great Oolite; the other specimen was collected from
the Bradford clay near Cirencester. We have never met with H.
intermedia in the Inferior Oolite. This Urchin is very abundant
in the Coral Rag of Calne, from whence most cabinets have been
supplied. The varieties in the Great Oolite are more globular
and depressed than those obtained from the Coral Rag.

History.—As it is uncertain whether we possess H. crenularis
in our beds, it is probable that H. intermedia was figured and
deseribed by Martin Lister*. Our synonyms show the changes
of name through which this species has passed. It has, however,
been so accurately described by Prof. Forbes, and so admirably
figured + in the ‘ Memoirs of the Geological Survey,’ that we must
refer to that work for further details of the species.

Hemicidaris icaunensis, Cotteau.

Syn. Hemicidaris icaunensis, Cotteau, Echin. Foss. t. 3. fig. 1-5.
p- 56; Forbes, Geological Survey, Mem. Decade 3.

Test hemispherical, inflated and slightly depressed ; ambulacral -
ares with two rows of small marginal tubercles, and with three
or four pairs of larger tubercles at the base ; interambulacral
ares with two ranges of primary tubercles; mouth large and
decagonal ; margin deeply notched.

Height ;8,ths of an inch, transverse diameter 1 inch and =%ths.
Description. —This species is hemispherical and inflated at the

* Historia Animalium Anglie, t. 7. fig. 21, 1678.
+ British Organic Remains, Decade 3. pl. 4.

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites. 255

sides, and its transverse diameter is one-half more than its height.
The interambulacral aree are furnished with two rows of large

} tubercles; im each range there are from six to seven
tubercles, which attain their greatest development at the equator
of the test, and diminish in size near the anal and buccal open-
ings. The mammillary eminences supporting the tubercles are
large, prominent, and surrounded by areole. The tubercles are
small and perforated ; one row of granules separates the large
tubercles from the poriferous avenues, and a double row occupies
the middle of the aree. The lateral boundaries of the areole
are surrounded by a semicircle of granules, whilst the upper and
lower boundaries of the same blend into each other.

The ambulacral aree are narrow, slightly undulated, and fur-
nished through nearly all their extent with a double row of small
tubercles, which are not very apparent, but are larger on the
sides than at the apex of the arez ; between the size of these and
the three pairs of tubercles at the base a sensible difference exists.
The mouth-opening is large, and is one-half the diameter of the
test ; it is of a decagonal form with the margin deeply notched.
The apical disc is not preserved and the spines are unknown.
Affinities and differences—The Hemicidaris icaunensis in its
general form and characters closely resembles the H. intermedia ;
it is distinguished from the latter by having the primary tuber-
cles of the interambulacral arez less prominent, by the ambu-
lacral are being less waved, and in having the basal tubercles
much smaller. This character assimilates H. icaunensis to H.
Thurmanni, but it is sufficiently distinguished from that Urchin
by its greater height, less undulated ambulacra and the greater
number of tubercular plates in the interambulacral aree.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This rare species was ob-
tamed by Mr. Lycett from the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton.
M. Cotteau collected it in France from the superior beds of the
Bathonian stage at Chatel-Censoir, and M. Rathier found it in
the Forest marble of Chatel-Gérard, where it is likewise rare.

History.—This species was first figured and described by M.
Cotteau*, and was provisionally identified by Prof. Forbest ; it
is figured in plate A. fig. 9. of the ‘ Monograph of Great Oolite
Fossils’ to be published by the Palzontographical Society. The
specimen that has come under our notice is so imperfect that we
have followed M. Cotteau’s description.

* Echinides Foss. du Département de l’Yonne, tab, iii. p. 56.

+ Memoirs of the Geological Survey ; Brit. Organic Remains, Decade 3.
Description of plate 5.

256 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites.

Hemicidaris alpina, Agass. Pl. XI. fig. 3 a, b.

Syn. Hemicidaris alpina, Echin. Foss. Suisse, Agass. t.18. fig.19—-22.

Test subglobose; ambulacral are undulated, prominent and
convex, covered with small hemispherical granules closely set
together ; base of the aree with four mammillated and perfo-
rated tubercles ; apical disc large, convex and prominent.

Height nearly ths of an inch, transverse diameter ;9,ths of
an inch.

Description.—The test of this beautiful species is subglobose ;
the ambulacral arez are slightly undulated and of a medium size ;
they are prominent and convex, of an elongated conical form, and
are thickly covered with small hemispherical granules without
perforations or other sculpture ; the marginal rows are larger and
more regular. Between them are from four to six rows of smaller
granules closely set together.

At the base of the arez are four mammillated and perforated
tubercles which are limited to this region. The pores are set
obliquely in pairs with a smooth elevated granule between each
pair, which forms a moniliform sinuous line running between the
pores. The interambulacral arez are of moderate breadth, with
two rows of primary tubercles, five or six in each column. The
mammillary eminences of the two central tubercles are large and
prominent. Those towards the anal and oral poles are smaller ;
they are all crenulated at their summits; the tubercles are
deeply perforated, and supported on a short stem, the hemisphe-
rical head of the tubercle not exceeding in diameter that of the
stem; the areole around the mamme are slightly channelled
and nearly all confluent, those towards the anal pole have a circle
of granules encircling the areole; the interareolar spaces are
covered with small smooth granules similar in form and size to
those occupying the ambulacral aree. The apical disc is promi-
nent, the ovarial plates are large, convex, and much granulated,
and the ocular plates are of a proportionate size ; the spines are
unknown.

The mouth-opening is of moderate size, its margin being
deeply notched and reflexed as in H. intermedia ; the pores are
disposed in simple pairs all the length of the poriferous avenues,
but are arranged in double files around the border of the oral
aperture in such a manner as to occupy the free space in the
ambulacral ares, resulting from the contraction of the interam-
bulacral are in this region.

Affinities and differences.—Our specimen is smaller in size than
the one figured by Agassiz from the Calcaire de Saanen. The
ambulacra are more prominent and convex than those of the
Swiss specimen ; the rows of marginal granules are not so pro-

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridz of the Oolites. 257

portionately large nor are the basal tubercles so numerous as
those delineated in Agassiz’s figure. We consider our Urchin,
however, merely as a variety of the Swiss species, for which we
propose the name var. granularis. This heautiful species is
easily distinguished from its congeners by the structure of the
ambulacral are, which are convex, prominent, and thickly
covered with small close-set granulations unlike any other species
of Hemicidaris yet known.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—This species was collected
from the Bradford clay of Pickwick, Wilts ; a valve of Ter. digona
was attached to the test, and it is adherent to Ter. concinna.
Plates of this Urchin have been found in the same stratum at the
Tetbury Road Station of the Great Western Railway. Mr. Lowe
‘of Chippenham has found it in the Forest marble of Wilts, but
it is a rare species.

History.—First figured and described by Agassiz in the ‘ Dé-
scription des Echinodermes Fossiles de la Suisse,’ afterwards iden-
tified in the British Museum collection by Mr. 8. P. Woodward,
and recorded by Prof. Forbes in Decade 3. of his ‘ Memoirs of
the Geological Survey,’ and now described as a British species for
the first time.

Hemicidaris granulosa, Wright. Pl. XI. fig. 4a, 5, c.

Test spheroidal, depressed ; ambulacral aree straight, with two
rows of prominent defined granules, the three inferior pair
only being perforated and raised upon crenulated mammillary
eminences ; interambulacral aree with from two to three pairs
of primary tubercles, the superior part of the aree being
occupied with warty granules ; apical rosette formed of large
petaloidal plates.

_ Height {ths of an inch, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;4,ths.

Description.—This beautiful Urchin constitutes a well-marked
species ; the double row of prominent wart-like granules on the
ambulacral are, which are neither perforated nor raised on
eminences, serving as a good diagnostic character. The base of
the area is enlarged to give space for the three pairs of crenu-
lated and perforated tubercles found in this region in all the spe-
cies of Hemicidaris. The upper part of the arez is occupied with
from 10-12 pairs of warty granules, which are smooth, deformed,
and set regularly in rows alternating with each other ; the in-
tervening surface of the ambulacral plates being occupied with
small ill-defined scattered granulations. The pores are disposed
in slightly oblique pairs, with a raised eminence between them ;
at the wide basal region of the avenues they fall into triple
oblique pairs.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 17

258 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites.

The interambulacral arez are twice and a half the diameter of
the ambulacral ; in each column there are from six to seven plates,
the three or four inferior of which support moderate-sized mam-
millary eminences with crenulated summits, from the centre of
which a large prominent deeply perforate tubercle rises. The
areole are smooth and gently inclined, and around their cireum-
ference fifteen small granules are set. The three superior plates
are destitute of mammillary eminences, and in lieu thereof have
clusters of granules on each plate similar to those occupying the
ambulacral aree. There are from two to five such granules pro-
truding from the upper surface of the test ; they are arranged in
pairs, or form triangular, quadrangular or pentagonal figures.
The apical rosette is well developed ; the ovarial plates are large
and marked with a depression near their centre, and their in-
ternal borders are slightly raised. The madreporiform plate is
larger than the pairs of plates, and its centre is occupied with a
porous structure. The ocular plates are large and heart-shaped,
with a depression down the centre of each plate. In the speci-
men before me the plates of the apical rosette are devoid of other
sculpture.

The base is flat, the mouth large and decagonal, the opening
being more than half the diameter of the test at its equator.

The spines are unknown.

Affinities and differences.—This Urchin differs from H. inter-
media in the absence of tubercles from the upper part of the in-
terambulacral arez, in the form and size of the ovarial and ocular
plates, and in the form and structure of the granules covering
the ambulacral aree. It is distinguished from H. alpina by the
absence of the close-set granulations covering the convex ambu-
lacra of that Urchin. It has some resemblance to H. icaunensis,
but is distinguished from it by the small number of its primary
tubercles, and the warty figures which take the place of the
tubercles on the upper surface of the test.

Locality and stratigraphical range.-—From the Inferior Oolite
of Dundry. Imperfect specimens, probably belonging to this
species, have been collected from the upper beds of Leckhampton.

Hemicidaris confluens, M‘Coy.
Syn. Hemicidaris confluens, M‘Coy, Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. ii.
New Series, p. 411.

Test spheroidal, much-depressed ; ambulacral arez slightly con-
vex and nearly straight, with two alternate marginal rows of
small microscopic mammillated and perforated tubercles, four
pairs of larger tubercles at the base; intermediate surface
covered with small close-set granulations ; interambulacral
are with three pairs of large tubercles at the middle, four

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites. 259

small tubercles at the base, and six rudimentary tubercles at
the apex of the aree ; mouth moderate and decagonal.

Height 2,ths of an inch, transverse diameter 3,ths of an inch.
Description.—The spheroidal test of this Urchin is much de-
ressed at the anal pole and flattened at the base. The ambu-
ral are are nearly straight and of a tolerably uniform width
throughout, and furnished with two rows of small, quite micro-
scopic, but nevertheless mammillated and perforated tubercles,
about fourteen in each row, disposed alternately on the margins
of the arex, and increasing slightly in size towards the basal
angle. The base of the arez has four pairs of larger tubercles as
in the other species of this genus. The interambulacral arez are
nearly three times the width of the ambulacral, and furnished
with two rows of tubercles from 9-10 in each row, the three
pairs at the equator of the test alone attaining their full develop-
ment ; those at the base being of a secondary size, whilst those
on the upper part of the arez are disproportionately small and
even rudimentary. The upper surface of the test is covered with
small close-set granulations, in the midst of which the rudi-
mentary tubercles rise at distant intervals apart. The mammil-
lated eminences of the six large tubercles are surrounded by
well-defined areolz, which are confluent at their upper and lower
margins; but down the centre of the are two or four rows of
granules, and at the lateral borders thereof one or two rows of
granules descend, which form lateral wreaths surrounding the
side margins of the areole: these marginal granules are larger
and more uniform in their arrangement than those occupying
other parts of the surface of the test.

The mouth-opening, of a decagonal form, is one-half the dia-
meter of the body, with deep marginal notches dividing its
circumference into ten nearly equal lobes, those of the ambulacral
ares being the largest.

The apical disc is either absent or concealed in the specimens
before me, and the spines are unknown.

Affinities and differences—H. confluens resembles H. Thur-
manni, Ag., in its depressed form and in the small number of the
primary tubercles on the interambulacral aree; it is distin-
guished from that species in the partial absence of the circle of
granules which entirely surround the tubercles in H. Thurmanni,
and in the rudimentary condition of those occupying the upper
surface of the test. The ambulacral aree are nearly straight in
H. confluens, and much undulated in H. Thurmanni. This Urchin
has many points of affinity with Acrosalenia, but our ignorance
of the apical dise leaves a doubt in our mind whether it may not
belong to that genus. Until specimens with the dise preserved
are found, that doubt cannot be removed.

17*

260 Dr, 'T, Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This species was collected
by Mr. Lycett from the planking beds of the Great Oolite at
Minchinhampton, and we have received several specimens from
the same stratum at Kiddington (Oxfordshire).

Hemicidaris pustulosa, Forbes.

Memoir of Palezeontograph. Soc., Forbes, plate A. fig. 8, Great Oolite
Fossils.

We have not seen Hemicidaris pustulosa figured by Professor
Forbes in the above memoir; its nearest ally, it is stated, “is
Hemicidaris diademata, Agass., which it resembles in the sudden
diminution and very small size of the uppermost interambulacral
tubercles, but differs in having the sutural granulated space of
the interambulacral areas very wide*.”

The SaLentanst, Gray.

This group is composed of small Urchins resembling Hemici-
daris ; they are distinguished from that genus, however, by the
number, structure, and mode of arrangement of the plates form-
ing the apical disc, which is composed of five ovarial, five ocular,
and a supra-anal plate. The ambulacral arez are narrow, carry-
ing secondary tubercles like Hemicidaris. The pores are dis-
posed in distinct poriferous avenues in single pairs. The inter-
ambulacral aree are wide, and their plates support primary
tubercles raised on mammillary eminences. We divide the Sale-
nians into two groups :—

In the first group the tubercles are not perforated ; they form
the genera Salenia, Peltastes, and Goniophorus, which are limited
to the rocks of the Cretaceous period.

In the second group the tubercles are perforated, forming the
genus Acrosalenia, the species of which are distributed throughout
the Jurassic strata.

Genus AcRosALENIA, Agass.

Test small, more or less depressed ; anal pole surrounded by a
well-developed circular disc, composed of five ovarial and five
ocular plates, with a central supra-anal plate, composed of one or
more elements. The anal opening is situated at one side of the
supra-anal plate, and is therefore eccentrical. The ambulacral
ares are narrow, and support a double row of from ten to twelve
small perforated tubercles set on crenulated mamme.

* Memoirs of Geological Survey, Prof. Forbes, Decade 3.

+ The group of Salenians is composed of five genera: Salenia, Gray ;
Peltastes, Agass. ; Goniophorus, Agass.; Acrosalenia, Agass. ; Goniopygus,
Agass.

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridze of the Oolites. 261

- The interambulacral arez are nearly three times the width of the
ambulacral arez, and support two rows of from six to eight large
perforated tubercles raised upon crenulated mammillary emi-
nences ; the base is flat, the mouth largé, decagonal and notched,
and the margin reflexed. The apices of the notches point to the
centres of the columns of the interambulacral plates.

Acrosalenia hemicidaroides, Wright, n.s. Pl. XI. fig. 1 a, b, ¢, d.

Test hemispherical, considerably depressed ; ambulacral arez with
two ranges of from fourteen to sixteen small perforated tuber-
- eles, gradually decreasing in size from the base to the apex;
interambulacral aree with two ranges of primary tubercles,
eight in each range. The supra-anal plate is composed of

. several elements; the anus is situated before and to the left
side ; the surface of the ovarial, ocular, and supra-anal plates

is studded with small granulations; primary spines long,
tapering, smooth and slightly compressed ; secondary spines
small and needle-shaped ; mouth large and decagonal ; margin
reflexed.

Height ¥;ths of an inch, transverse diameter 1 inch and 5th.
One large sp specimen measures | inch and ,3,ths in diameter, but
the proportional height cannot be ascertained, as its base is
crushed.

Description.—Test spheroidal, depressed; ambulacral arex
slightly sinuous, nearly uniform in breadth, tapering towards
both poles, and supporting two rows of secondary mammullated
perforated tubercles, which are largest at the inferior third of the
area, diminishing in size as they approach the mouth and the
anus. The tubercles, from fourteen to sixteen in number in each
row, are situated alternately on the margins of the area ; a zigzag
line of granulations, with lateral branches passing down the cen-
tre of the area, separates the tubercles from each other. The
poriferous avenues consist of about forty-five pairs of pores set
obliquely in a single file. The interambulacral are are three
times the breadth of the ambulacral ; each area is composed of
two columns. There are eight plates i in each column, and each
plate supports a large smooth mammillated eminence surmounted
by a tubercle, which occupies the greater part of the plate; it is
of a conical form, and is encircled by a concave smooth areola.
The summits of the mammz are sculptured on their margins with
eleven crenulations, in the centre of which a deeply perforated
tubercle rises, with a rather depressed articular surface. In
some specimens the areole of the mammez are confluent, in
others they are separated by-a row of small granules. The ex-
ternal and internal margins of the plates are furnished with rows

262 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

of small granulations, with still smaller granules here and there
interspersed ; on the external side of each plate there are nine
granulations, which, with those of the adjoining plates, form a
sinuous granulated line which defines the internal boundary of
the poriferous avenues. The internal row of granulations, with
those of the opposite and adjoining plates, form a double granu-
lated zigzag space, occupying the centre of the aree, and forming
an elevated ridge which serves to separate the two ranges of
primary tubercles from each other.

The mouth is large and decagonai, and is one-half the diameter
of the test. The margin is deeply notched with ten indenta-
tions. The divisions of the circumference are not equal, as the
arch over the ambulacral is one-half greater than the arch over
the imterambulacral areze.

The apical dise is greatly developed, occupying more than one-
third the diameter of the test ; it is of a pentagonal form, the left
anterior angle being more developed than the right. The madre-
poriform plate is large, and divided into a posterior porous and
an anterior non-porous segment. The posterior pair of ovarial
plates are likewise large, the anterior pair are small and imper-
fectly developed ; the left plate is rudimentary, in consequence of
the anal opening being eccentric and situated before and towards
the left side ; the supra-anal plate is in general of a pentagonal
form, and composed of from four to six elements united together
and set round the posterior border of the anal opening. The
ocular plates are triangular and well-developed ; all the plates of
the apical disc are studded with small granules. This species
belongs to Agassiz’s first division of the Satenzans which have
the sur-anal plate and the oviductal apparatus situated before
the madreporiform plate. The primary spines (fig. 1 d) are long,
tapering, and slightly compressed, so that a transverse section of
one of them forms an ellipsis in the specimen before me. They
aré in length about twice the diameter of the test. The body of
the spine is smooth throughout ; the base is encircled with a pro-
minent elevated ring of small oblong closely-set granulations ; a
smaller circle of larger crenulations surrounding the margin of the
concave articulating surface. The secondary spines articulating
with the tubercles of the ambulacral areze resemble the primaries
in miniature, some of them measuring ;3,ths of an inch in length.

The dental apparatus is well-developed. The teeth are strong,
triangular, and slightly curved towards the point.

Affinities and differences.—Acrosalenia hemicidaroides is distin-
guished from its congeners by its size, the number and regularity
of the primary tubercles, the compound structure of the supra-
anal plate, and the granular surface of the apical disc. This
Urchin so much resembles a Hemicidaris in the form of the

——a Te

|
ie
=

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites. 263

test, the structure of the ambulacra and poriferous avenues, that
it was not until we had obtained specimens with the apical disc
preserved that we were satisfied of its being an Acrosalenia, of
which it certainly forms the finest species. The genera Hemici-
daris and Acrosalenia have so many characters in common, which
are almost always well-preserved, and so few that are special, and
which are for the most part either broken or absent, that it is
difficult to decide upon the genus unless the apical disc is more
or less preserved ; it is for this reason we conjecture that so few
Acrosalenie have been hitherto catalogued from the Oolites, most
of the species having been erroneously referred to other genera.
The development of from four to six larger mammillated tubercles
at the base of the ambulacral arez is a good character for Hemici-
daris. In A. hemicidaroides the tubercles in this region are well
developed, but are not so well defined as in Hemicidaris. When
doubts exist, they can only be solved by the discovery of the
apical dise with its supra-anal plate.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—I have collected this beau-
tiful Urchin from the upper beds of the Inferior Oolite at Leck-
hampton, and the Rev. P. B. Brodie found it with its spines
attached in the same zone at Selsley Hill. It is found in the
planking beds of the Great Oolite at Minchinhampton, and in
the Cornbrash near Chippenham. Several fine specimens with
the spines attached to the test were obtained from the Forest
marble near Malmsbury in Wilts, which are now in the British

- Museum and the Museum of Economic Geology, and several

private cabinets. We have the same species from Kidding-
ton, Oxfordshire, in slabs of Great Oolite. From these facts
we infer that this large Acrosalenian had not only a considerable
stratigraphical range, but likewise that the species was very
abundant.

Acrosalenia Lycetti, Wright, n.s. Pl. XI. fig. 2a, b, ¢, d.

Test hemispherical, depressed, circumference subpentagonal ;
ambulacral aree prominent, having a double series of small
tubercles ; interambulacral areze with two ranges of large tu-
bercles ; mammillary eminences of both arez conical and pro-
jecting ; tubercles of the interambulacral aree disproportion-
ately small.

Height half an inch, transverse diameter 1 inch.

Description.— This Urchin resembles A. hemicidaroides in
many of its characters, but presents others which justify its sepa-
ration from that species. The ambulacral arez are straight, pro-
minent, and furnished with a double row of small well-developed
tubercles, about twelve in each row ; a zigzag line of small gra-
nules descends down the centre of the arez, sending out lateral

264. Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

branches which inclose the areole of the tubercles for about two-
thirds of their circumference, leaving the areole open to the
poriferous avenues. The interambulacral arez are nearly three
times the width of the ambulacral, and possess a double range of
primary tubercles from seven to eight in each range. The mam-
millary eminences supporting them are very prominent, and are
surrounded by an elliptical areola. The summits of the mammz
are sculptured with about ten crenulations. The tubercles are
disproportionately small when compared with the development
of the mammez supporting them ; the two ranges of tubercles
are separated by four rows of granulations which form zigzag
granular bands descending down the centre of the arez ; similar
bands of granulations bound the external borders of the imter-
ambulacra, and separate the ranges of the principal tubercles
from the poriferous avenues ; the upper and lower borders of the
areole are confluent, but the other parts of their circumference
are surrounded by a wreath of granules. The mammillary emi-
nences and tubercles are largest at the equator, gradually dimi-
nishing as they approach the oral and anal poles. The pores are
large and disposed obliquely in simple pairs. The mouth-open-
ing is large and decagonal, the marginal notches being of mo-
derate depth. The apical disc is absent in all the specimens we
have found ; it is therefore impossible to state whether the anal
opening was situated before or behind the single madreporiform
plate.

Affinities and differences.—This species is distinguished from
A. hemicidaroides in having the areole more excavated and ellip-
. tical. The granules occupying the intertubercular spaces are
smaller and more numerous. The tubercles of the interam-
bulacra are disproportionately small when compared with the
development of their mammee ; the circumference has in general
a subpentagonal outline, from the prominence of the ambulacral
areze, the double row of tubercles on which is more fully deve-
loped than in A. hemicidaroides. These differences between the
tests of our two species although inconsiderable are nevertheless
connected with others, which although not seen may be inferred,
as the differences in the size and form of the primary and secondary
spines belonging to the tubercles of both aree leave no doubt
on our mind that A. Lycetti is distinct from A. hemicidaroides,
and we know of no other species among its congeners for which
it could be mistaken. A granulated spine, and of which we give a
figure (2 d), found frequently in the same beds with A. Lycettt,
and probably belonging to this species, if proved to be such,
would form an important specific character.

Locality and stratigraphical range.-—We collected this Urchin
from the lower ferruginous beds, Pea-grit, of Crickley Hill, and
have found it in the same stratum at Leckhampton, Cleeve, and

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites. 265

Brockhampton quarries. The specimens are in general much
crushed, and the apical disc is always absent.

The two specimens which have preserved their form and served
for the foregoing description were only obtained within the last
few days ; all those previously collected having been too much
injured to serve for minute observation.

- I dedicate this species to my friend John Lycett, Esq., one of
the learned authors of a monograph of the Mollusca from the
Great Oolite.

Acrosalenia spinosa, Agassiz. Pl. XII. fig. 3 a, b,c, d.

Acrosalenia spinosa, Agassiz, Echin. de la Suisse, 2nd part, t. 18.

fig. 1-5. p.39; Cotteau, Echin. Foss. du Département de l’ Yonne,
t. 3. fig. 6-11. :

Test subpentagonal, depressed ; a double row of small tubercles
occupies the ambulacra, and a double range of large mammil-
lated tubercles the interambulacral aree; the ovarial dise is
large, the madreporiform plate rudimentary, the anal opening
behind the supra-anal plate ; mouth decagonal, margin deeply
incised.

Height ,3,ths of an inch, transverse diameter }2ths of an inch.

Description.—The test of this beautiful little Urchin has a sub-
pentagonal form arising from the convexity of the ambulacral aree,
which converge in straight lines from the base to the summit,
and are furnished with two ranges of from ten to twelve very small
tubercles, which, although microscopic, are nevertheless mam-
millated and perforated. The intertubercular spaces are covered
with small granules which form circles around the tubercles.

The pores are disposed obliquely in simple pairs, forming a single

rectilineal file on each side of the aree. The interambulacral

arez are twice the width of the ambulacral, and ornamented with

a double range of primary tubercles, eight in each range. The two

inferior tubercles are small, the two or three succeeding ones are

very large, whilst those on the upper part of the test suddenly di-

minish in size and gradually become dwarfed as they approach the

anal disc: they are all crenulated and perforated. The primary
tubercles occupying the equator of the test are seated upon large
prominent mammillary eminences, surrounded by deeply grooved
elliptical areolz, and encircled by a wreath of small granules.

The intertubercular surface on the upper part of the test is

studded with yery fine granules. The apical rosette, formed of

ovarial, ocular, and sur-anal plates, is admirably preserved in the

specimens before us ; it is large and of a pentagonal form (fig.3 d).

The two anterior pairs of-ovarial plates are nearly of the same size,

the posterior pair being notched to form the basal angles of the

triangular anal opening ; the sur-anal plate occupying the centre
of the rosette is small, single and pentagonal ; the single or madre-

266 - Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

poriform plate is rudimentary, to make space for the apex of the
anal opening. By this arrangement it is evident that the anus is
eccentrical and situated behind the sur-anal plate ; its opening is
in a great measure formed by the imperfect development of the
madreporiform plate, a condition the opposite to that existing in
A. hemicidaroides, where the anus is situated in front of the sur-
anal plate, and is excavated at the expense of the left anterior
ovarial plate. The four ovarial and sur-anal plates are adorned
with a delicate sculpture which occupies their centres ; the ocular
plates are small; the three anterior are inserted between the pro-
minent angles of the ovarials, whilst the two posterior lying be-
tween the madreporiform plate and the posterior pair of ovarials
form the lateral walls of the anal opening; all the plates are
finely granulated.

The mouth is large, its circumference being divided into ten
nearly equal lobes, and the margin is much reflexed.

Affinities and differences.—Acrosalenia spinosa is distinguished
from its congeners by its subpentagonal form, the volume of the
-mammillary eminences of the primary tubercles at its equator,
and the sudden smallness of those occupying the upper part of
the test, the position of the anal opening behind the sur-anal
plate, and the rudimentary condition of the madreporiform plate.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—I collected this Urehin
_ from the yellow clay resting on the Stonesfield slate at Seven-
hampton with Anabacia orbulites, Pecten vagans, Ostrea acumi-
nata, and other Great Oolite shells. Likewise from the Corn-
brash near Chippenham, Wilts, where it is very abundant. The
specimens fron: both localities are as perfect as recent Eehini.

Many of the Cornbrash specimens are attached to Avicula
echinata. In Switzerland A. spinosa was collected from marls
containing Ostrea acuminata in the Canton of Soleure. It is
found in great abundance in France in the Great Oolite of Caen,
and has been collected by M. Cotteau from the upper beds of the
Bathonian stage in the environs of Chatel-Censoir.

History.—This species was figured and described for the first
time by M. Agassiz in his ‘ Echinoderm. Fossiles de la Suisse,’
and entered in his ‘Catalogue raisonné des Echinides.’ It has been
figured and described by M. Cotteau from specimens obtained
in the department of PYonne. It is catalogued by Mr. M‘Coy
as a Minchinhampton species from the Great Oolite, and is now
described from British specimens for the first time.

Genus Gontoryeus, Agassiz.

Test circular, subconical ; apical disc very solid with an angular
circumference, composed of ten plates’; sur-anal plate absent ;
mouth large ; tubercles imperforate without crenulations at their
base ; pores disposed in simple pairs throughout.

Dr. T, Wright on the Cidaride of the Oulites. 267

Goniopygus (?) perforatus, Wright, n.s. Pl. XIII. fig. 5 a, b.

Test spheroidal, depressed; ambulacral aree with two rows of
small tubercles ; interambulacral arez with two rows of ‘nearly
equal-sized primary tubercles, each surrounded by a circle of
granules ; tubercles perforated.

Height ,3,ths of an inch, transverse diameter ;5ths of an inch.

Description—The ambulacral aree of this little anomalous.
Urchin carry small marginal tubercles increasing in size towards
the base of the arez, and having a few granules interspersed be-
tween them. The interambulacral aree are about twice and a
half the width of the ambulacral, and furnished with two rows of
tubercles from seven to eight in each row. The tubercles are
raised on mammillated eminences which are destitute of crenu-
lations ; the summit of the tubercles is slightly perforated, they
detach themselves in a well-defined manner from the surface of
the test and are very uniform im size, and each mamma is en-
circled by a distinct wreath of small granules. There are a few
other granules studding the plates besides those forming the
boundary circles of the areolz. The apical dise is absent; the
mouth is large and deeply notched.

Affinities and differences.—I have placed this Urchin provi-
sionally in the genus Gontopygus, as it comes nearer to the cha-
racters of that form than any other. Agassiz states in his Cata-
logue that the tubercles are imperforate, butthis character is not
alluded to in his ‘Echin. Foss.’ The absence of crenulations
from the mammez, the nearly uniform size of the tubercles, the
distinctness with which they stand out from the test, and a frag-
ment of the angular apical disc im situ, seem to justify the sup-
position of its beg Goniopygus; but the perforations in the
tubercles make the exception, and suggest the query whether the
absence of perforations is a generic or only a sectional character.
The specimens before me, the only three yet found, are so im-
perfect, that I write with much reserve regarding them ; they may
perhaps prove to be the young tests of Pedina, in which we have
observed that the pores change from simple pairs to triple oblique
pairs with age, and the crenulations of the mamme can scarcely
be seen.

Locality.—I collected these Urchins from the Pea-grit of
Crickley Hill with Acrosalenia Lycetti and small Bryozoan poly-
pifera.

The Ecutnipz*
Have a thin test, and are distinguished from the Cidaride and

* The group of Echinide includes twenty-three genera: Astropyga, Gray ;
Diadema, Gray ; Hemidiadema, Agass. ; Cyphosoma, Agass.; Echinocidaris,

268 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

Salenians by having numerous nearly equal-sized tubercles upon
the ambulacral and interambulacral are. The pores are differ-
ently arranged in the avenues in the different genera ; the apical
dise consists of five ovarial and five ocular plates.

Genus Diapema, Gray.

Test thin, of a circular or pentagonal form, more or less de-
pressed, supporting perforated tubercles raised on mammillary
eminences with slightly crenulated summits. The ambulacral
areve are wide, straight, and well developed ; each area has two
rows of primary tubercles nearly as large as those occupying the
interambulacral aree. The pores are set in pairs, uniformly
superimposed on each other, with one or two exceptions, where
they fall into double files. The interambulacral ares have two
rows of primary tubercles, and sometimes ranges of secondary
tubercles placed external to them. The mouth is large and
decagonal, with shallow marginal notches. The five ovarial plates
have an elongated hexagonal form ; the madreporiform is larger
than the pairs of plates ; the five ocular plates are small and tri-
angular, and are lodged at the summits of the ambulacra between
the re-entrant angles formed by the ovarial plates. The spines
are long, slender, and subulate, and of a very uniform size
throughout.

Diadema depressum, Agassiz. Pl. XII. fig. 2 a, b, ¢, d.

Syn. Diadema depressum, Agassiz and Desor, Catalogue raisonné des
Echinides, Ann. des Sciences Nat. 1846; Cotteau, Etudes sur
Echinides Fossiles, p. 43. t. 2.

Test pentagonal, depressed ; ambulacral areze convex and promi-
nent ; interambulacral arez flattened; two rows of nearly
equal-sized primary tubercles in both are; secondary tu-
bercles absent or rudimentary ; mouth large and slightly de-
cagonal.

Height ;5,ths of an inch, breadth 1 inch and 54th.

Description—The ambulacral ares of this Urchin are rather
more than one-half the breadth of the interambulacral arexe, and
have from ten to twelve pairs of well-developed primary tubercles
separated by a zigzag line of small granulations. The interam-
bulacral arez are nearly of a uniform breadth throughout ; there
are about ten pairs of tubercles in each area ; in consequence of
Desmoulins ; Echinopsis, Agass.; Arbacia, Gray ; Eucosmus, Agass.; Ce-
lopleurus, Agass.; Codiopsis, Agass.; Mespilia, Desor ; Microcyphus, Agass.;
Salmacis, Agass.; Temnopleurus, Agass.; Glypticus, Agass.; Polycyphus,
Agass. ; Amblypneustes, Agass. ; Boletia, Desor ; Tripneustes, Agass.; Ho-
lOpRERSEee Agass.; Echinus, Linn.; Pedina, Agass.; Heliocidaris, Des-
mouuns.

OS ee

ee pe ee re ae

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridze of the Oolites. 269

these segments of the test being double the width of the ambu-
lacral, the tubercles stand more apart. The tubercles of both
aree are nearly uniform in size, they have a smooth base with a
finely crenulated summit, and are perforated ; there are no secon-
dary tubercles, but the intertubercular spaces are covered with
small granulations, which are closely set together on the surface
of the plates ; three or four of these at the base of the arez are
perforated. The mammillary emimences of both arez are sur-
rounded by smooth areolz, which are nearly all confluent. The
ambulacral aree become rapidly contracted towards the vertex,
whilst the interambulacral aree maintain their breadth, so that
the space between the rows of primary tubercles is very uniform
in width throughout. The intertubercular spaces, with the ex-
ception of the internal border of the four superior interambu-
lacral plates, are covered with small close-set granulations of dif-
ferent sizes, which form semicircles around the areole, and zig-
zag lines down the centres of the aree. The pores consist of
thirty-six pair in each avenue superimposed in a single file ; in
the wide space of the avenues around the mouth they form double
or triple rows. The mouth is large and decagonal ; the notches
are slight, and the borders are reflexed at the angles ; the apical
dise is unknown ; the spines are small, subulate, and delicately
striated longitudinally (fig. 2d).

Affinities and differences.—This Urchin resembles D. equale,
Agass., but differs from it in the absence of secondary tubercles
in the interambulacral arez : by its pentagonal form it resembles
D. subangulare, but is distinguished from that species in having
the pores arranged in a single file, whereas in D. subangulare,
from the equator to the apical disc, the pores fall into double
files. The tubercles are likewise smaller and more deeply per-
forated ; it belongs moreover to a lower zone of the Oolitic group,
D. subangulare being a characteristic Urchin of the Coral Rag of
Wilts and the “ Terrain a chailles” of Switzerland and Ger-
many*. Like D. subangulare, D. depressum possesses a pentagonal
form, a peculiarity depending on the prominence of the ambu-
lacral are, and common to several species of this genus,

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This Urchin is common in
the lower ferruginous beds of the Inferior Oolite, the Pea-grit of
Crickley, Leckhampton and Dundry Hills; I have collected it
from the Great Oolite at Minchinhampton and from the Bradford
clay at Tetbury road station; the latter were extremely small.
The specimens are in general much crushed; the anal dise is
always broken, and the spines are sometimes adherent to the test.
It has been collected by M. D’Orbigny in the Inferior oolite of

* Goldfuss, Petrefacta Germaniz ; and Agassiz, Echinodermes Fossiles
de la Suisse.

270 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites.

Saint Honorine Ranville, where it is abundant. It has been ob-
tained by M. Cotteau from the ferruginous oolite, from Tour-
du-Pré, near Avallon, Département de ’Yonne, which bed lies
upon the Calcaire & entroques, the true equivalent of the Dun-
dry, Cotteswold and Dorsetshire beds of the Inferior Oolite.

History.—The D. depressum was first mentioned in the ‘ Cata-
. logue raisonné des Echinides’ by Agassiz and Desor, but was
neither figured nor described by them. This however has been
done by M. Cotteau in his ‘ Etudes sur les Echinides Fossiles,’
and is now figured and described from the English Oolites for
the first time. In both countries it appears to characterize beds
belonging to the same geological horizon.

Diadema subangulare, Agass.

Syn. Cidarites subangularis, Goldfuss, Petref. t. 40. f. 3; Roemer,
Verstein. t. 1. fig. 20. ;
Diadema subangulare, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. t. 17. fig. 21-25. p. 19.

Test subpentagonal, depressed ; interambulacral ares with pri-
mary and secondary tubercles ; upper part of the poriferous
avenues with a double series of pores.

Height ,%,ths of an inch, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;4,ths.

Description.—The test of this Urchin has a depressed and pen-
tagonal form arising from the prominence and development of
the ambulacral arez, which are narrow and contracted above and
furnished with ten pairs of primary tubercles. The interambu-
lacral arez are nearly twice as wide as the ambulacral, and are
adorned with two rows of primary tubercles from ten to eleven
in each row, and two rows of secondary tubercles arranged on
the sides of the primaries, but irregular both as regards their
number and size. Secondary tubercles are absent in the ambu-
lacral are. The tubercles of both arez are proportionally large
and raised upon inconsiderable mammillary eminences with de-
licately crenulated summits; the mamme are surrounded by ellip-
tical areole, and round two-thirds of their circumference small
granules are disposed in circles ; although the tubercles are large
and spherical, the perforations are small and of inconsiderable
depth. Down the centres of both ares numerous small granula-
tions occupy the intertubercular surface of the plates, and similar
granular bands descend down the external margins of the interam-
bulacral arez ; but the distinctive character of this Urchin resides
in the structure of the poriferous avenues, which, instead of
forming, as in other Diademata, a single row of pores from the
base to the apex, from the equator to the apical dise they form
double rows of pores disposed in oblique lines.
- The mouth is large and decagonal, but the marginal notches

ee

des, Sw 4

—~— cs

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites. 271

are not deep. None of the specimens that we have seen possess
the apical disc, but the vacant space left by the absence of the
oyarial and ocular plates proves that this part of the test was well
developed.

Affinities and differences.—In its pentagonal form it is allied
to D. depressum, but its secondary tubercles and double file of
pores form a good diagnosis between D. subangulare and other
species of the same genus.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—We know this species only
from the Coral Rag of Wilts and Oxford ; in Germany it is found
in the same stages at Thurnau and Muggendorf ; and in Switzer-
land it is obtained from the “ Terrain a chailles” of the valley of
the Birse, of Blochmont and of Weissenstein.

History.—First figured by Goldfuss, afterwards more accu-
rately described and figured in detail by M. Agassiz, and now
described as a British species for the first time; the specimens
previously catalogued under this name having been D. depressum
and not D. subangulare.

Diadema pseudo-diadema, Agass. PI. XII. fig. 1 a, 8, e.
Syn. Cidarites pseudo-diadema, Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans Vert.
tom. iii. p. 385.
Diadema Lamarckii, Desmoulins, Tabl. Synopt. p. 316. No. 18.
Diadema pseudo-diadema, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. t. 17. fig. 49-53.

Test hemispherical, depressed; interambulacral arez with pri-
mary and secondary tubercles ; ambulacral arez with primary
tubercles and a few scattered rudimentary ones. Mouth
large and decagonal; margin deeply notched; apical disc
large ; spines long and needle-shaped.

Height 1 inch and ,4,ths, transverse diameter 2 inches and
4 ths.

Description. —This fine species has a hemispherical form, much
depressed at the anal pole and flattened at the base. The ambu-
lacral arez are straight and well developed, and furnished with two
rows of primary tubercles from 18-20 in each row; between
these a zigzag line of small secondary tubercles extends two-
thirds up the aree ; the poriferous avenues are not well defined ;
the pores are disposed in pairs ; between each pair of holes there
are elevated smooth tubercles forming a range of small bead-
like bodies which define the limits of the aree; at the base
the pores fall into double and triple files.

The interambulacral are are more than twice the width of
the ambulacral, and are furnished with two rows of large pri-
mary crenulated and perforated tubercles, and several rows of
secondary tubercles likewise crenulated and perforated ; down the

“~

272 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites.

centre of the ares two rows of secondary tubercles are arranged
which separate the principal ranges from each other, and like
rows of secondary tubercies separate the principal tubercles
from the ambulacral ares. These secondary tubercles are very
irregular as to size and arrangement, and are in general best
developed at the base and equator of the test ; besides the pri-
mary and secondary tubercles, the surface is studded with small
granulations. The mouth-opening is large and decagonal, and
its margin is divided by deep notches. The lobes which cor-
respond to the ambulacral. ares are twice as large as those
corresponding to the interambulacral arez. The apical disc is
broken in the specimen before me. According to Agassiz the
oviductal apparatus is generally very apparent. The ovarial
plates are large and pentagonal; their summit forms a pro-
minent angle which advances into the interambulacral ares. The
madreporiform plate is larger than the pairs of plates, and like
them is perforated and finely granulated. The ocular plates are
very small and inserted between the angles of the ovarials and
dovetailed with the apex of the ambulacra. The anal opening is
large and of a circular form. The spines are long, needle-
shaped, and finely striated longitudinally.

Affinities and differences.—The size of this species, the arrange-
ment of the secondary tubercles, and the structure of the pori-
ferous avenues form a group of characters by which it is readily
distinguished from its congeners.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—The specimen before me
was obtained from the Coral Rag of Wiltshire or Oxfordshire ;
it is found in the Corallian stage of Besancon, canton of Soleure,
in Switzerland, and in the Coral Rag of Angoulin, near Rochelle,
in France.

History.—Figured and accurately described for the first time
by M. Agassiz in his ‘ Echin. Foss., and now first figured and
registered as a British fossil.

Genus Prpina, Agassiz.

Test thin, circular and depressed; primary tubercles very
small, but still perforated and crenulated like those of Diadema.
Pores arranged in triple oblique pairs as in the genus Eehinus.
Mouth small, slightly decagonal; margin not much notched.
The ovyarial dise not prominent; the surface of the test com-
paratively smooth when compared with the other genera of the
Echinide. 'The ambulacral arez have two ranges of tubercles,
and the interambulacral areze have two ranges of primary, and
one or more rows, more or less complete, of secondary tubercles,
situated at the external and internal sides of the primaries. This

*

— oa)

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites. 273

us is extinct, and the species are found in the Oolitic and
us rocks.
Pedina rotata, Agassiz.

Syn. Pedina rotata, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. de la Suisse, pl. 15.

fig. 4-6. p. 36. :

Test hemispherical, depressed ; ambulacral aree with two mar-
ginal rows of small tubercles ; interambulacral areze with two
ranges of primary tubercles and a few secondary tubercles ;
mouth small; margin slightly notched and divided into ten
nearly equal-sized lobes.

Height ;8,ths of an inch, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;4,ths.

Description.—The test of this Urchin is circular; m some
specimens a fullness of the ambulacral aree gives it a slightly-
subpentagonal outline, and it is depressed at both poles. The
ambulacral aree have two rows of small tubercles disposed on
the external border of the arez, between which small granules
are arranged with less regularity. The interambulacral aree are
twice and a half the width of the ambulacral, and furnished
with a double range of primary tubercles extending from the
mouth to the ovarial plates ; two ranges of secondary tubercles,
not very regular however in their arrangement, extend from the
mouth to near the middle of the aree. The tubercles of both
classes are very small in size, but perforated and crenulated on
the surface of the test a number of small microscopic granules
cluster together, and form circles around the areolz of the small
mammillated eminences. The poriferous avenues are narrow,
in which the holes are closely set in triple oblique pairs; in the
three specimens before me the apical disc is either absent or con-
cealed by the oolitic matrix. The mouth is small and decagonal.
The margin is slightly notched, and divided into ten nearly equal-
sized lobes ; no reflection of the test is observed at the angies of
the notches. The spines are unknown.

Affinities and differences —This species is distinguished from
P. sublevis by the rudimentary development of the secondary
tubercles in the interambulacral aree, which can only be said to
exist at the internal side of the primaries, between the mouth
and the equator; in the rest of the aree they degenerate into
granules. The other characters of the Urchin agree so well with

iz’s very incomplete description, that we have not hesitated
to identify it with the Swiss species. Our specimens are all much
worn, and we know nothing of the apical disc.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This Urchin was collected
from the upper beds of the Inferior Oolite at Shurdington Hill,
along with Discoidea depressa and Clypeus sinuatus.

History.—First described and figured by Agassiz in his ‘ Echi-
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 18

274 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites.

nodermes Fossiles... Mr. M‘Coy catalogues this species from the
Great Oolite of Minchinhampton, but we know of no specimens
from that locality ; all the examples, five in number, examined by
us, have been obtained from the upper beds of the Inferior Oolite.

Genus Ecuinus, Linneus.

Test more or less globular. Ambulacra in general about half
the width of the interambulacra ; primary tubercles of nearly the
same size in both areze, and forming vertical ranges more or less
numerous in the different species, but neither having perforated
summits nor crenulations at their base; the poriferous avenues
are well-developed; the pores are numerous, and disposed in
transverse ranges in arched or triple oblique pairs; the mouth
is large, of a circular or pentagonal form, and more or less
divided at the margin by notches into ten lobes. The apical
disc is composed of four nearly equal-sized ovarial plates, and a
single larger madreporiform plate, and between the ovarial the
five ocular plates are lodged. The masticatory organs or lantern
are formed as in the genus Cidaris ; but the pyramids are exca-
vated in their superior part, and the two branches are united by
an arch at the summit. The teeth are tricarinated.

Echinus perlatus, Desmarest. Pl. XIII. fig. 1 a, 3, e, d.

Syn. Echinus perlatus, Desm. Dict. Se. Nat. t. xxxvil. p. 100.

Echinus lineatus, Goldf. Petrefact. Germanie, t. 40. fig. 11.

Echinus germinans, Phillips, Geology of Yorkshire, pl. 3. fig. 15.

Echinus perlatus, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. de la Suisse, t. 22. fig. 13-15.

Echinus diademata, M‘Coy, Aun. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. 8. 2. p. 410.

Echinus multigranularis, Cotteau, Echinides Foss. de l’Yonne, p. 61.
tab. 7. fig. 6-8.

Test hemispherico-conoidal with a pentagonal circumference ;
ambulacral arez with two ranges of primary tubercles ; inter-
ambulacral arez furnished with two complete ranges of primary
tubercles and six incomplete ranges of secondary tubercles,
and a median depression in the centre of the arez ; apical
disc small; anus eccentrical.

Height 13 inch, transverse diameter 2 inches. :

Description.—The ambulacral are about one-half the breadth
of the interambulacral ares, and are very uniform in width
throughout ; they are prominent and convex, giving the cir-
cumference of the test of this beautiful Urchin a pentagonal:
form. The ambulacral columns have two rows of primary
tubercles, about thirty in each row, placed on the poriferous
borders of the plates, and from four to six tubercles between
these rows at the base and angle of the test. The interambu-

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridz of the Oolites. 275,

laeral arez are slightly convex, and taper very uniformly from
the base to the summit. The lower half of the arez is occupied
by eight rows of primary tubercles, four in each column ; at the
base and for a short distance up the sides of the test, these
tubercles are of a uniform size, but beyond this two rows only
maintain their development, and numbering twenty-four pairs of
primary tubercles in each area; the two external rows and the
single internal row of tubercles are arrested in their develop-
ment, and therefore become of a secondary size. The tubercles
of both aree are surrounded by a smooth areola encircled by a
grooye, on the external margin of which a wreath of small granules
is disposed, reminding us of the granular zone surrounding the
primary tubercles in the genus Cidaris. The intertubercular
spaces of the arez are filled up with small granules. The inter-
ambulacral aree are separated along the median line by a some-
what depressed furrow, which is most conspicuous between the
equator and the anal pole. This furrow arises from the con-
vexity of the new-formed plates, and becomes less evident when
the plates attain a greater width; this depression is likewise
destitute of granulations, and affords a good specific character
for this Urchin. The poriferous avenues are of uniform width
on the sides of the test ; they become slightly contracted at the
basal angle, and expand from that point to the margin of the
mouth-opening. The avenues have three pairs of holes disposed
obliquely throughout, but increased to four or five pairs to fill
up the increased spaces of the avenues in the vicinity of the
mouth. The ovarial and ocular plates are in general preserved.
The anal opening is always eccentrical, which gives the summit
of the test an irregular form ; the opening is placed forward, so
that the madreporiform plate occupies nearly the centre of the
anal polar axis. The pairs of ovarial and ocular plates are small
and imperfectly developed.

The base is concave, and in this region all the primary tubercles
of the interambulacral aree attain their full development. The
mouth-opening is large and decagonal, occupying nearly one-
half the diameter of the base; the circumference is deeply
notched with ten indentations which extend into the interambu-
lacral areze, and have their borders reflexed.

The spines are small, delicate, and subulate, but are very
seldom found in connection with the test.

Affinities and differences—We have, through the courtesy of
Mr. 8. P. Woodward, compared our Urchins with the typical
specimens of #. perlatus in the Brit. Mus., and through the
kindness of Professor Forbes with a specimen of E. germinans,
sent by Mr. Phillips from Yorkshire; from this examination it
is certain that the Gloucestershire and Yorkshire Echini are

18*

276 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites.

the same species, and that the difference between them and the
foreign E. perlatus from the evidence afforded by the test alone
amounts at most to a more granular variety. We may consider
therefore EH. perlatus, var. germinans, as characteristic of the
inferior stages, and E. perlatus of the upper stages of the Oolitic
group. .diademata of M‘Coy agrees so nearly with our speci-
mens of the young of this species that we think thein the same.

Stratigraphical range and localities —This Urchin is found in
good preservation in the inferior ferruginous beds of the Pea-
grit at Leckhampton, Cleeve, and Crickley Hills. Our best
specimens were obtained from the latter locality; it is found in
the shelly freestone of the above hills, and in the Inferior Oolite
of Stroud, Nailsworth, Minchinhampton and Dundry ; its convex
prominent ambulacral columns, and the median furrow down
the centre of the imterambulacral arez, serving to determine the
species even when its other characters are effaced. On the con-
tinent EH. perlatus is considered a characteristic Urchin of the
“Terrain & chailles,” and was long ago described by Desmarest.
The specimens from the Inferior Oolite are more granular than
those obtained from the upper stages of the Oolitic series, but in
other respects the specific characters are identical.

History.—Echinus perlatus, figured and described by Des-
marest and Goldfuss, has been long known to characterize the
upper Oolitic beds of the continent. We have no doubt that
Mr. Phillips’s E. germinans is at most only a variety of this
species found in the Inferior Oolites of England. Mr. M‘Coy’s
description of E. dimidiata corresponds so closely with young
specimens of this species, a series of which now hes before us,
that we cannot doubt their identity.

Echinus serialis, Agass. Pl. XIII. fig. 2 a, b, ¢, d.
Syn. Eehinus serialis, Agassiz, Echin. Foss. de la Suisse, t. 22.
fig. 10-12.

Test hemispherical, depressed, circumference slightly pentagonal ;
ambulacral areze with two rows of marginal tubercles ; inter-
ambulacral areze with two ranges of tubercles in the centre of
the columns ; base concave, mouth moderate-sized, decagonal,
and slightly notched; apical disc small; anus slightly ec-
centrical.

Height 1 inch, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;5ths.

Description.—This Echinus resembles a Diadema in having two
ranges of tubercles very nearly the same size on both arez ; the
ambulacral are rather more than one-third the width of the inter-
ambulacral arez, and are furnished with two rows of small
tubercles, each alternate plate supporting a tubercle on its pori-
ferous margin ; the interambulacral are are wide, and have in

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites. 277

like manner two ranges of small tubercles, about twenty in each
range, occupying the centre of the plates ; the tubercles are raised
on inconsiderable mammillary eminences surrounded by smooth
areole, and encircled by a zone of small granules; the intertu-
bereular spaces of both arez are covered with similar small granula-
tions; there are a few irregular secondary tubercles about the base,
but none on the sides of the interambulacral or ambulacral areze ;
the poriferous avenues are narrow, and occupied by numerous close- -
set pores arranged in triple oblique pairs ; the basal angle is ob-
tuse, and the base concave ; in this region the tubercles are largest,
and a few additional ones are introduced at each side of the cen-
tral range; the mouth-opening is moderate, being ;5ths of an inch
in diameter ; it is nearly of a circular form, the marginal notches
being of inconsiderable depth ; the ovarial and ocular plates are
small and preserved ; in some of the smaller specimens the madre-
poriform plate is larger than the pairs of ovarials; the anus is
situated before the single plate, and to the right side, and is
therefore slightly eccentrical. The spines are unknown.

Affinities and differences.—The comparative smoothness of the
test, and the absence of secondary tubercles, with the smallness
of the marginal notches in the mouth-opening, form diagnostic
characters by which we distinguish Z. serialis from EH. perlatus ;
the median depression between the two columns of interambulacra
is likewisé absent in this species.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—This species has been col-
lected from the Inferior Oolite at Shurdington and Dundry Hills ;
the specimen from the latter locality is the one which has served
for our description, the parts of the test which are broken being
fortunately present in the smaller Urchin from the former loca-
lity ; the Swiss specimens were found in the “ Terrain a chailles ”
at Fringeli (Canton of Soleure), where it is very rare.

History.—First found by M. Gressly and figured and described
by M. Agassiz in his ‘ Echin. Fossiles’ ; we are not aware of its
having been noticed before as a British species.

Echinus granularis (Wright), n. s.

Test depressed, pentagonal; ambulacral aree with two rows of
tubercles ; interambulacra with eight rows of tubercles, at the
base and lower third of the arez diminishing in size and num-
ber from six to four rows towards the apex ; mouth large with
marginal indentations ; anus central ; oyarial and ocular plates

small.

Height 4,ths of an inch, transverse diameter 1} inch.
Description.—This Urchin is distinguished from the foregoing
species by its depressed poles and pentagonal form, arising from

278 Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaridee of the Oolites.

the prominence of the ambulacral are, which are not quite one-
half the width of the interambulacral, and have two rows of
tubercles throughout, and an additional row of from six to eight
arranged between the marginal rows at the widest part of the
are near the basal angle; the interambulacral ares are wide
and covered with tubercles ; at the basal angle and lower third
of the arese we observe eight rows of tubercles, but at the upper
part of the sides and near the apex there are only six rows: the
specimen before us being much defaced about the apices of the
aree, this part of the test cannot be accurately described. The
poriferous avenues are occupied with close-set pairs of pores ar-
ranged in triple oblique rows; the basal angle is obtuse, and the
base is flat; the mouth is large and indented at the cireumfe-
rence; the ovarial and ocular plates are small, and the anus is
central.

Affinities and differences.—The depressed test, pentagonal form,
central anus and granular surface serve to distinguish this species
from E. perlatus, which it much resembles. The same characters
form a clear diagnosis between it and 2. serialis, the number and
smallness of the tubercles giving the upper surface of the test a
rugous or granular appearance.

Locality and stratigraphical range.-—This Urchin was obtained
from the upper ragstone of Leckhampton Hill (Inferior Oolite),
where it is rare ; we have only seen three specimens of the species.

Genus ArBaciA, Gray.

Small Urchins of a subspherical form, having the test covered
with numerous small smooth-based imperforate tubercles, forming
numerous rows on the ambulacral and interambulacral aree ; the
pores arranged in rather deep avenues in single pairs; base con-
cave; mouth large, margin with ten inconsiderable notches ;
apical disc narrow, prominent, and ring-shaped.

Arbacia Forbesii, Wright, n.s. Pl. XIII. fig. 4a, d, ¢.

Test hemispherical; ambulacral areze narrow, with four rows of
small tubercles ; interambulacral arez wide, divided by deep
median depressed lines, and covered with from twenty to thirty
rows of small nearly equal-sized tubercles.

Height ,%ths of an inch, transverse diameter $3ths of an inch.

Description.—The test of this beautiful little Urchin is divided
into fifteen unequal lobes ; five of these are narrow and form the
ambulacral, and ten are wider, forming the divided interambulacral
ares, which present an unusual appearance, having a median
furrow descending down the centre of the arez and dividing them
into two equal convex conical lobes; the surface of the arez is

Dr. T. Wright on the Cidaride of the Oolites. 279

thickly studded with small smooth tubercles ; at the widest part
there are from twenty-five to thirty rows ; the number of these
diminish at the apex and base, the basal tubercles are however
larger than the others; the ambulacral arez are narrow and of a
nearly uniform width ; they are furnished with four rows of small
tubercles similar to those occupying the interambulacral arez ;
they are im fact so closely set together that the plates are invi-
sible, so that the test presents only a uniform granulated surface ; _
the avenues are straight, narrow, but well defined ; the pores are
closely arranged in simple pairs; the base is concave and the
tubercles in this region are larger; the mouth presents almost a
pentagonal form in consequence of the wide straight arch made
by the margin over the ambulacra and the small angles which
the shallow notches make in the interambulacra; the apical disc
is narrow and prominent; the madreporiform is larger than the
pairs of ovarial plates, and the oculars are small, but apparently
soldered into the angles formed by the ovarials.

Affinities and differences——The greater number and the dimi-
nished size of the tubercles, with the deep median furrow down
the centre of the interambulacral arez, serve to distinguish A.
Forbesii from A. nodulosa: as they are the only two forms of this
genus hitherto found in our Oolites, these characters form a good
diagnosis.

_ Locality and stratigraphical range.—This Arbacian was collected
from the upper beds of the Inferior Oolite near Dundry, and we
only know it from that locality. I have dedicated this species to
Prof. Edward Forbes, to whose genius, talents, and learning

natural history is so largely indebted.

Arbacia nodulosa, Wright. Pl. XIII. fig. 3 a, b.

Syn. Echinus nodulosus, Goldfuss, Petr. Germani, t. 40. fig. 16.
p. 125.

Test hemispherical, with a subpentagonal circumference ; ambu-
lacral areee prominent and bounded by deep poriferous avenues ;
interambulacral arez divided by a slight median depression ;
tubercles nearly equal-sized in both arez, and arranged in lon-
gitudinal rows.

Height 7;ths of an inch, transverse diameter 33ths of an inch.

Description.—This nodulated Urchin is hemispherical and has a
subpentagonal form from the development of the ambulacral arez,
which are very prominent, especially at the basal angle ; they are
furnished with three rows of smooth prominent spherical tubercles
set at short distances apart, the central row being absent at the
base and apex of the arez ; the interambulacral areze are twice the
width of the ambulacral, and are occupied at their widest parts
with about ten rows of tubercles, about the same size as those of

280 Mr. T. Austin on the Connexion between

the ambulacral, and like them set distinct from each other, which’
gives the surface of the test a nodulated air ; a slight furrow passes
down the centre of the interambulacral are, dividing them into
two parts ; the rows of tubercles diminish in number at the apex
and base of the arez, they are larger and more fully developed,
however, in the latter region; the apical disc is small, ring-
formed, and prominent; the poriferous avenues are deep and
strongly defined, the pores are arranged in simple pairs above,
but they form double ranges which fill up the wide space at the
basis of the aree ; the base is concave, the mouth is large and
pentagonal like the former species, the notches are closely ap-
proximated at the bases of the interambulacra, and the marginal
arch over the ambulacra is straight and wide ; the tubercles dis-
posed at the bases of both aree are larger and more fully developed
than those occupying the sides. n

Affinities and differences.—The size of the tubercles and their
diminished numbers when compared with A. Forbesii serve as a
sufficient diagnosis whereby A. nodulosa may be distinguished
from the former Urchin; the slight median furrow down the centre
of the interambulacral aree is very different from the deep line se-
parating the areze in _A. Forbesi into two equal nearly conical lobes.

‘Locality and stratigraphical range.—This species was collected
by my friend the Rev. P. B. Brodie from the bed of clay resting
on the Stonesfield slate at Sevenhampton Common, along with
Acrosalenia spinosa and Pecten varians ; this bed occupies the same
relative position in other parts of Gloucestershire, and is probably
the basal clay band on which the shelly freestone beds of the
Great Oolite rest. I only know the solitary specimen before
me; in Germany, Count Miinster found it in the Jurakalk of
Baireuth.

History.—First figured and described as an Echinus by Gold-
fuss. I am not aware of its having been noticed before as a
British fossil. i

My thanks are especially due to Mr. W. H. Baily for the pains
he has taken with the beautiful figures which accompany this
paper, the original specimens of which are in my cabinet.

XXII.— Observations on the Connexion between the Crinoidex and
the Echinodermata generally. By Tuomas Austin, F.G.S.,
Fort Major, &c.

In offering these observations and generalizations relative to the
Crinoidez, it is but an act of justice to acknowledge how deeply
we are indebted to the laborious researches of those who have
preceded us in this branch of inquiry. Among the writers on
the Crinoideze who have thrown considerable light on this im-

the Crinoideze and the Echinodermata. 281

portant group of animals, the late Mr. J. S. Miller is entitled to
a prominent place; and although the correctness of many of his
inductions may be fairly doubted, we must nevertheless be sen-
sible of his great assiduity, deep research, and persevering in-
dustry in raising the Crinoidez from a miscellaneous state of
confusion to a position of arrangement and order, which has
caused them to be better understood and appreciated.

Subsequently, however, to Miller’s investigation, so numerous
have been the discoveries, that out of three or four hundred
species of fossil Crinoids now known to science, he was only
acquainted with twenty-four. The number of genera since
established greatly outnumbers even the species discovered up to
the period at which he wrote. Not only have new discoveries
been made as’regards numbers, but more perfect specimens have
been obtained, so as to enable the naturalist to draw inductions and
prove analogies between them and existing groups of animals,
and thus im a manner compel him to re-arrange the whole tribe,
to use a new nomenclature, and, in short, to raise it to a parallel
position with the class to which it belongs, and which the ad-
vanced state of knowledge imperatively demands.

As we advance in our acquaintance with this very interesting
class of animals, we are soon struck with the manner in which
this remarkable tribe demonstrate the changes of organic life on
our earth and the mutations it has undergone, and also the
various physical changes that have taken place; the distribution
of fossil zoological remains proving that these repeated changes
in animal life have been in perfect accordance with the altered
physical conditions of the planet.

The discoveries I have been fortunate enough to make of many
new species, and nearly perfect in form, has thrown considerable
light on the subject. Mr. Fletcher and Mr. Gray, of Dudley,
have done good service to science in collecting many fine speci-
mens of Crinoidez, while the extensive addition of new forms
made by Dr. Troost, of Tennessee, and other American geologists,
reflects honour on their country. Dr. Troost has added between
one and two hundred new genera and species, all of which he
obtained from the American rocks. As far as my own observa-
tion yet extends, the species are without exception unknown to
the rocks of Europe. Sir Charles Lyell found that the American
marine shells agree with the European to the extent of 35 per
cent. This is the more remarkable, as of the American fossil
Crinoids which have come under my notice, consisting of upwards
of twenty species, together with six new Pentremites and the
allied Olivanites, and for which I am mostly indebted to the
liberality of Dr. Yandell, I cannot recognise a single individual
as being exactly identical with any European species.

282 Mr. T. Austin on the Connexion between

One or two detached pieces, it is true, appear to belong to well-
known European species, but till more perfect specimens are
obtained the identification cannot be complete.

Dr. Troost claims to have added two hundred new forms to
the long catalogue of these fossils already known. After making
considerable allowance for the zeal of a first discoverer in bestow-
ing a name on every fossil new to him, by deducting a fair per-
centage from the gross amount, a very considerable number of
new genera and. species (probably all the latter) still remain to
make Dr. Troost’s discoveries of great value and interest to
science in various ways, not the least of which is that of enabling
us to compare the forms inhabiting the seas of our own latitude
in remote epochs with those which existed three thousand miles
distant in the West. On making this comparison we find that
each portion of the globe had in those earlier periods its own
peculiar animals, each equally distinct and strongly marked in
character as at the present day. Few genera and species being
common to such distant localities as Europe and America, yet
when we take a casual view of the fossils found on the two con-
tinents, we are instantly impressed with the idea of their general
resemblance to each other ; but when we come to examine them
more closely, the resemblance is no longer maintained. Genera
that at first appear identical with long known forms, prove per-
fectly distinct, and species which seem to a casual observer as
one and the same, under the eye of the scientific inquirer are
found to be wholly dissimilar in the arrangement of the calcareous
framework. Thus the Agaricocrinus of America closely ap-
proaches our Amphoracrinus, but it is in reality imtermediate
between that genus and Actinocrinus, and so on of many others.

Many distinguished naturalists have published detailed de-
scriptions of various Crinoids ; among these may be mentioned
M. d’Orbigny, Count Munster, and M. Romer. The researches
of these and other observers have greatly enlarged the limits of
fossil zoology by increasing our acquaintance with those ancient
and extinct genera and species of Crinoideze which supply many
important links which were before wanting to complete the chain
in the scale of organic life, from the period when the world was
first inhabited to the present time. In this manner as our in-
formation increases we find a perfect and unbroken succession of
organic beings gradually developed in accordance with the phy-
sical changes that have taken place on the earth; changes so
manifest, that the stratified rocks may be distinguished from each
other not only by mechanical structure, mineral condition, che-
mical composition, arrangement and position, but above all by
their fossil contents.

The manner in which these fossil bodies or organic remains

the Crinoides and the Echinodermata. 283 .

are distributed through the strata greatly aids the geologist in his
inquiries. They enable him to identify at distant poimts rocks
which may perhaps present different appearances of mineral
composition and whose geological position is but obscurely in-
dicated, but which, when the imbedded fossils are carefully
examined, prove them to be of contemporaneous age; for we
know by experience that certain genera and species of animal
remains occur in regular and beautiful sequence in the different —
groups of rocks, and that in many cases certain species are
peculiar to a single formation, by which it can be distinguished
even amidst the greatest confusion ; that is, when the original
arrangement of the strata has been so disturbed as to reverse the
order of their superposition, or their complications by faults so
great that every relation to distant masses is rendered obscure
and doubtful.

In the Crinoidez, Mollusca, and other remains of ancient and
by-gone periods, we find so many beacon-lights, or directing
points, that, by an accurate knowledge of genera and species, we
can arrive at results and conclusions, that under other circum-
stances we could never hope for, and but for such knowledge
could never be attained. With a view of contributing to this
desirable end, we have undertaken the task of describing the
Crinoidez in a monograph, not only because their remains are
found so abundantly in the older formations, but also on account
of the many new forms which have been discovered, and which
have thrown so much additional light on a subject formerly so
obscure and complicated.

Since those early periods in the earth’s history when the Cri-
noidez existed in countless myriads, they have gradually dimi-
nished in numbers during subsequent ages, until only a few
species are found amongst the living creation ; and these, with
the exception of one, the Pentacrinus Caput Medusa, are so un-
like ancient forms, that few persons, except the scientific, would
identify them as allied to this once abounding tribe.

To the geologist, the zoologist, and those who desire informa-
tion, the fossil genera present a wide field for inquiry and contem-
plation :—their symmetry of form, and the beautiful arrangement
seen in the elaborate contrivance by which hundreds of thousands
of separate indurated pieces are so placed that each piece is so
nicely fitted to the adjacent pieces, that a skeleton seemingly so
complicated in its mechanism becomes obviously, as we study the
uses of the various parts, as simple in action as it is delicately
articulated and geometrically constructed.

In the Extracrinus Briareus I have counted upwards of 741,710
joints or separate pieces, exclusive of the small plates which stud
the membrane that covers the inside of each ray, and which

284 Mr. T. Austin on the Connexion between

if taken into the calculation would swell the number to upwards
of amillion. And if we consider the number of muscles requisite
to put this million of parts in motion, we are lost in admiration
at the apparent complexity, but in reality simplicity of structure
in the indurated skeleton of this animal.

For the better comprehension of this important and interesting
group of animals it is desirable to enter into some detail respect-
ing the whole tribe of Echinoderms, a term applied by Bruguiére to
those animals whose skin is generally furnished with calcareous
spines. Accordingly the Star-fishes or Asteriade are first noticed.
These animals are enveloped in a coriaceous integument studded
im various degrees with granules of calcareous matter. They
present different modifications of form, and according to that
form depend in a great degree the characters which have enabled
naturalists to divide them into various genera and species.

The genus Goniaster may be described as an animal of a pen-
tangular form; on the inferior surface and on a line with the
angles run five furrows or depressions, on the margins of which
are numerous foramina, through which protrude the tubuliform
tentacula, which are furnished with cup-like appendages. These
may be considered as the feet, as they are the only locomotive
organs possessed by animals of this genus.

The true Asterias are known by their simple flattened rays,
which are generally five in number, but some species have as
many as ten or twelve. All these have the mouth placed beneath,
around which are several perforated plates; these perforations
are known to be the ovarial passages. There are other openings
which probably aid in the purposes of respiration, as well as in
the water circulation, as they lead to the canals known as the
aquiferous system. The term ‘oviducal plates’ has been applied
to the pieces through which the ovarial apertures pass.

Next, the Ophiura may be known by a small orbicular disc-like
body, from which emanate five circular attenuated rays. These
are in many instances furnished with spines which aid them in
locomotion.

The Euryale, or Gorgonocephalus of Leach, bears some resem-
blance to the Ophiura; but in place of the five simple rays, each
of its rays branches off into so many subdivisions, that 512 have
been counted as given off by each ray, which multiplied by 5,
the number of the parent rays, gives 2560 lesser subdivisions or
filaments capable of forming a net for the capture of food, and
also by its undulatory motion of producing progression through
the water. By means of these filaments the Euryale can attach
itself to extraneous bodies, such as Gorgonie, and thus moor
itself in order to repose, or as a protection against the violence
of an agitated sea.

the Crinoidez and the Echinodermata. 285

Before passing from the Stedleride, it will be well to bear in
mind that among their essential characters that of being free
locomotive animals must not be lost sight of; also, that their
natural position is with the mouth downwards ; that the cavity
containing the digestive organs is a pouch-like sac giving off
exca, the refuse of their food in all the Ophiuride, and in many
true Star-fishes, being rejected by the mouth ; likewise, that they
possess distinct, well-defined oviducts, and are supposed by many _
naturalists to possess the power of self-impregnation.

In connecting the Star-fishes with the Crinoidez it will be well

- to notice two genera, one now extinct, and the other an inhabitant
of the seas of our own times. These in a very decided manner
unite the more ancient Crinoids with the recent Echinoderms.

_ First the Marsupite, whose body, that is, the dorsal portion
of it, is covered by sixteen pentagonal plates. Fifteen of these
plates are arranged in three tiers or series of five each ; the upper
row, being the ray-bearing plates, has in each piece a horseshoe-
shaped concavity in its centre for the insertion of the rays, while
the lower series rest on the dorso-central pentagonal plate.

The Marsupite has only been discovered in a fossil state in the |
chalk beds of Sussex, and has no doubt been long extinct ; and
consequently although it furnishes us with but few mdications
of its habits and mode of life, yet it directs our attention to a
genus which is found in a living state in our own seas, and which
may be considered as the representative of the extinct Marsupite,
namely the Comatula, which at once leads us back again to the
Crinoids.

The Comatula in its mature state is an unattached animal
having a depressed orbicular body covered with calcareous plates
which inclose the digestive organs. The mouth is centrical and
somewhat protrusive, and is surrounded by tentaculated jointed
rays or arms. On the dorsal side of the body below the rays
are several claspers terminating in a hooked pomt. These bear
a striking analogy to the auxiliary side-arms so common to many
species of true Crinoids.

The Comatula possesses both an oral and anal opening. I
its early state it is attached to extraneous substances by a flexible
column, and when first discovered was described as the Penta-
erinus Europeus.

When examining these two genera, we see in a very remarkable
manner the connection between the free swimming and the per-
manently attached Asteriade, or between the Star-fishes and the
Crinoids.

So perfect are all the arrangements in the organized world,
and so complete the gradations from genera to genera and
species to species, that in studying any one class of animals we

286 Mr. T. Austin on the Connexion between

find that no connecting link is wanting in the chain which seems
to run through animated nature from an early period of time to
the present day, Thus again the Lansdown Encrinite, discovered
some years since by Mr. Baretti, of Bath, in the Oolite at Lans-
down, is another connecting link between the fixed and free
Echinoderms. This Crinoid has heretofore been placed in the
genus Apiocrinus, but the impropriety of arranging a free loco-
motive animal in the same genus with those which were perma-
nently attached by a massive base, and from which it so essen-
tially differs, is too apparent to require a moment’s hesitation in
elevating it into a new genus, for which the name of Gnathocrinus
has been proposed.

The column of this fossil consists of a series of annular pieces,
more or less numerous in different individuals; each joint gra-
dually decreases in size as it recedes from the body, until the
terminal joint ends in a small obtuse point without the slightest
indication of root, or other appendage for permanent attachment.
It would seem from this, that the animal possessed the power of
free locomotion, and it may also be inferred that by twining its
tapering column round extraneous objects, such as coral branches,
sea weed, &c., it could moor itself securely to watch for its prey,
or in order to remain at rest.

The genus Apiocrinus affords considerable insight into the
anatomy of the whole tribe. In this genus, I have examined
specimens ranging from the embryonic monad to the mature
and perfect animal, which at its first dawn of existence seems to
have borne some resemblance to a minute Actinea encased in a
calcareous integument. In the fossilized embryonic roots and
stems the form of the parent Crinoid had not yet become fully
developed, therefore proving that these animals were oviparous,
since from the smallness of these rudimentary specimens, it is
evident they were in their earliest state of existence mere mo-
nads, and yet are found attached, not to the parent’s body, but
to a plate that had been separated from its original place, and
had lain for some time exposed at the bottom of the sea.
Whereas the offspring produced by gemmiferous generation
never become detached from the body of the parent until they
have attained a considerable size and more perfect.form. .

Some well-preserved specimens show the oviducts in different
stages of advancement towards ejecting the ova. In others we
see, through the displacement of the pieces, the internal opening
for the passage of the oviduct, and in others the oviducts appear
as if turgid with ova. These specimens prove that the animals
possessed ovaries with five ducts as in Kehini.

If we make a horizontal section of an Actinocrinus where the
rays divide the body into the dorsal and ventral parts, the figure

the Crinoidese and the Echinodermata. 287

approaches that of a Goniaster ; and if the ovarial pores in Acti-
nocrinus are situated at the base of the rays, as is generally be-
lieved, then the resemblance becomes more complete; the dif-
ference in this respect being that in Goniaster the ovarian pores
are marginal and situated between the rays, and in Actinocrinus
at the points from whence the rays emanate. The Actinocrinus
section also closely resembles in outline an impregnated Apio-
crinus, making the connecting links still more perfect.

In the American Agaricocrinus of Dr. Troost, the ovarial ducts
are clearly seen at the base of the rays. This newly discovered
genus, forming as it does a connecting link between the genera
Actinocrinus and Amphoracrinus, again shows the gradations by
analogy that exist between the different genera in the whole

Passing from the Encrinites proper, another very singular
extinct family presents itself to our notice, of which we have no
exact type in the living creation, namely the Blastoidea, esta-
blished by Say. This family contaims but one genus, named Pen-
tremites. The genus may be defined thus :—Perisomic plates
so united and fitted to each other as to completely inclose the
digestive organs and generative system; the mouth and ovarial
pores placed on and around the apex ; branchiz arranged in five
ambulacral rows; column cylindrical, perforated in the centre
and composed of numerous articulating joints ; arms none.

“This remarkable genus bears so little affinity to any other yet
discovered, excepting Dr. Troost’s recent discovery of the Oliva-
nites, to which it is allied, that it cannot with propriety be re-
ferred to any natural family hitherto instituted, for to those
which most nearly approach it, it is but remotely and obscurely
allied. Its columnar attachment seems to connect it with the
true Crinoids, but the absence of projecting rays altogether ex-
cludes it from that group; while the body in which are situated
the ambulacral cilia, circularly placed openings and the central
generally angulated one, proves its affinity to the Echinide, but
the columnar support and attachment prove that it cannot be
properly grouped with them.

Considerable analogy also exists between some species of Pen-
tremites, the P. inflatus and P. pentangularis for example, and
the Star-fishes. Likewise, if the internal sac of a small Goni-
aster be filled or inflated to turgidity, the body assumes a conoid
form, and then the general resemblance becomes strikingly ob-
vious, while the ovarial apertures bear considerable analogy to
each other. The Pentremites astraformis even more nearly ap-
proaches the Goniaster Templetoni (Thompson) than the P. in-
flatus or P. pentangularis. It also presents on its ventral surface
some characters common to both Asterias and Ophiura. The

288 Mr. T. Austin on the Connexion between

genital openings however differ in position. Those of the Pen-

tremites encircle the mouth, whilst those of the former are margi-
nal; yet here we have links which connect the Pentremites with
Asterias and Ophiura.

By investigating the family of Pentremites we are led pro-
gressively, as before indicated, to the Echinide, when, taking Ci-
daris for the type, we find the skeleton formed of five tumid or
blunt rays, each composed of a double series of hexagonal plates,
these rays being separated by a similar number of ambulacra,
sinuous and perforated by minute foramina or ambulacral pores.
The ambulacra radiating from the mouth, which is beneath, and

taking an upward course, terminate near the apex, which is com-
' posed of five plates, each of which has a central opening or ovarial

aperture. These pieces united may be considered as the dorso-
central plate, in the centre of which the vent is situated.

From this genus we pass by natural gradations to others ; but
we may pause for an instant to remark on the resemblance which
exists between the genus Conulus and some species of Pentremites,
in which the ovarian openings exhibit considerable similitude to
each other.

As previously observed, in Cidaris and Echinus the mouth is
found beneath, and the anal opening above or opposite ; but in
Spatangus and other allied forms the anal pore occupies a lateral
position, and as we extend our observations we find it, by gradual
modifications in different genera or species, becoming more
remote from the dorsal plane, and consequently by degrees ap-
proaching the oral aperture. Thus in Clypeaséer its position is
in the extreme margin, in Echinoneus it is seen on the same plane
as the mouth, and finally its approximation becomes so close, that
at length in some instances it is merged in the oral opening as
in Echinocyamus, thus returning through various and beautiful
modifications of form and structure to the starting-point, or until
it becomes typical with the Star-fishes.

If a common Star-fish of five rays or lobes be examined, we
find it to have a well-defined ambulacrum on the inner surface,
sunk as it were in a deep furrow, which diverges from the central
disc in the direction of the rays. Numerous foramina and small
spines will also be observed. By flattening out the rays, the
perforated ambulacra will be found ranged along the sides ; and
if we bring up the points of the Star-fish to meet in a centre
above, a spherical body is at once produced closely resembling an
Echinus, the now curved ambulacra meeting and forming the
double lines as seen most clearly in Cidaris; and further, if the
extreme points of the star are turned inwards, an apophysis is
formed capable of supporting the muscles which in Echinus move
and sustain the maxillary process or jaws.

_ the Crinoidez and the Echinodermata. 289

“Again, if we take an Echinus and separate the plates down the
middle of the interambulacral spaces and fold them back so as
to meet above, and then turn down the separated bands, we have
a complete Star-fish with the ambulacra and mouth beneath as
in the Asteriade generally. Likewise, if an Echinus is placed
with the mouth upwards, we find the central plate beneath the
proper axis. This not inaptly represents the upper joint of the
-column to which it bears considerable analogy. The five oviducal
plates may be considered as corresponding to the quinquepartite
dorso-central plate of the Apiocrinus, in which are seen the open-
ings of the oviducts. Above these pieces are the double range
of hexagonal plates which indifferently represent the perisomic
plates, rays, &c., of the Crinoid.

Having traced the gradual transition from the Asteriade to
the Crinoidee, from the Crinoidee to the Blastoidea, and from
these again to the Echinide, and these last into the Star-fishes,
it now only remains to notice the Cystidee or Spheronide, in
which analogies and gradations may be traced connecting them
with the Pentremites and Crinoidea, as well as with the Asteriade
and Echinide, in a similar manner to those links which I have
endeavoured to indicate in the preceding observations as existing
between the different groups of Echinoderms, but which will
however form the subject of further investigation.

The Cystidee is an order of radiated animals which has long
been known to naturalists, but until recently no attempt was
made to place them in a position which their geological and
zoological importance seemed to demand. Mr. Gray of the
British Museum was the first, I believe, to see the necessity of
establishing a family for the grouping together of those ancient
forms of Radiata which closely resemble true Crinoids, but which
are devoid of arms, properly so called. With this view Mr. Gray
appears to have proposed the name of Spheronide for the group.
Subsequently Baron von Buch, in his essay “ Ueber Cystideen,”
published at Berlin in 1845, grouped them together under the
above title. But I reserve further observations on this portion
of the subject to another opportunity, remarking however that
Prof. E. Forbes, at p. 531, part 2. vol. ii. of the ‘ Geological Me-
moirs,’ seems to doubt the occurrence of Cystideans in our Moun-
tain Limestone, and asserts that the bodies I have described as
such he has “inspected through the kindness of Mr. Morris, and
they appear rather to belong to a group along with Pentremites
rather than to true Cystidea.”

In reply to this observation I can only remark, that the speci-
mens in my possession were not seen either by Prof. Forbes or
Mr. Morris, and that I ventured to group them with the Cystidea
on the authority of Von Buch himself, who founded the family, as

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 19

290 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on two new species of

the following extract from the translation of his paper on the
Cystidea* will prove :—

“Mr. Austin states that Sycocrinites exhibits three dorso-central
plates,” &c. (see Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. xi. p. 206). “This is
manifestly the description of a Cryptocrinite (so named in 1840) ;
but this author does not state the locality of his specimen,” &e.

I will only add, that Cryptocrinus is a genus arranged with
Von Buch’s family of Cystidea, and that it does not appear to
belong to a group along with Pentremites.

August 9th, 1851.

XXIII.—Descriptions of two new species of Nudibranchiate Mol-
lusca, one of them forming the type of a new Genus. By Josnva
Axper and Arpany Hancock. With the Anatomy of the
Genus, by AtBany Hancock.

[With two Plates. |

Tue Nudibranchiate Mollusks, which we have now the pleasure
of introducing for the first time to the notice of naturalists, we
owe to the persevering researches of our friend Mr. W. P. Cocks
of Falmouth, by whom they have been communicated to us, with
kind permission to publish descriptions of them. The first spe-
cies we shall notice we refer to the Thecacera of Fleming, a genus
at present so imperfectly understood that any addition to our
knowledge of its characters may be considered as furnishing a
desideratum in this family of the Mollusca.* We propose to
characterize it as follows :—

Thecacera virescens. Body rather convex, smooth, of a light
peach-blossom tint, blotched with green anteriorly and poste-
riorly. Head with a plain subvelar margin in front. Ten-
tacles broadly laminated, the laminated portion green, the
lower or smooth portion of the same colour as the body ; they
are retractile within moderately-sized sheaths with smooth
margins. Branchial plumes five, green, margined with white.
A single row of obsolete tubercles encircles the branchial re-
gion. Foot of a dull yellowish white. Length ,5;ths of an
inch.

This beautiful little animal differs in several respects from the
Doris pennigera of Montagu, which is the type of the genus The-
cacera, and might by some naturalists be thought entitled to
rank as a new genus; we prefer, however, to consider it an ab-

* A translation of this paper appeared in the Journal of the Geological
Society, Feb. 1st, 1846.

Somes ee

Nudibranchiate Mollusca. 291

normal form of Thecacera, with which it agrees in the sheathed
tentacles and the plain frontal veil without filaments or tubercles.
It seems to bear much the same relationship to T. pennigera as
Polycera ocellata and P. Lessonii do to P. quadrilineata: ©

_ Two specimens were found by Mr. Cocks in Mareh 1849, at
low-water mark on the oyster bed at Bar Point, Falmouth.

The next novelty we have to deseribe is still more interesting.
It belongs to the family Holidide, but presents peculiarities that
forbid its being associated generically with any known form of
that family. It will be necessary therefore to establish for it a
new genus.

OrrHoNna*, n. g.

Body elongated, limaciform ; head with four linear tentacles,
constituting two pairs, both subdorsal; the anterior pair, corre-
sponding to the oral tentacles of Holis, beg situated consider-
ably behind the lips. Mouth with corneous jaws. Branchize
papillary, clothing irregularly a subpallial expansion on the sides
of the back and meeting posteriorly ; a produced membranous
margin or fringe runs down the inner side of each papilla. Anus
latero-dorsal, situated towards the right side. Orifices of the
generative organs separate ; situated below the tentacles on the
right side.

This genus differs from Kolis in the anterior pair of tentacles
not being placed on the lip, in the subdorsal position of the anus,
and more especially in the curious frilled membrane that runs
down the side of each branchial papilla. The papille are also
much more firmly attached to the back than in Eolis, and the
apertures of the sexual organs are disunited. The anatomy also
shows several interesting points of divergence.

O. nobilis. Body pale buff or whitish, smooth ; tentacles long,
broad at the base, and tapering to a fine pomt at the apex ;
not wrinkled or laminated ; both pairs nearly equal in length.
Branchize very numerous and crowded, commencing behind
the tentacles and set without apparent order on the sides of the
back on a subpallial expansion which is considerably produced
posteriorly. ‘They are linear-conical and rather compressed,
particularly towards the base; the lateral fringe wide and
strongly waved : the central vessel is of a rich dark brown, the
sheath and waved membrane of a transparent buff-colour:
the apices have an iridescent or metallic lustre, which is ob-
servable also on the back. The foot is long and lanceolate,
rounded in front and produced into a fine point behind ; the
margins thin. Length 2 inches.

* Oithona (the virgin of the wave), one of the heroines of Ossian.

19*

292 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Oithona.

Two specimens were found under a stone at Bar Point, Fal-
mouth, together with some patches of spawn deposited on the
surface of the stone. ‘ When first taken,” Mr. Cocks says, “ the
iridescent appearance of the back and the tips of the branchiz
was delightful.” The tentacles were not carried erect, but pro-
jected horizontally “like the horns of a bull.” The spawn was
of a hemispherical form, composed of a broadish band of ova
disposed in a single coil, and curved inwards above.

Unfortunately these beautiful creatures were killed during the
first night after their capture by having been accidentally placed
in a bottle that had contained quinine, and we thus lost the
opportunity of seeing them in a living state.

Anatomy of Oithona, by Albany Hancock.

The anatomy of this animal amply proves its generic distinct-
ness. Unfortunately we have not been able to go very minutely
into the subject, having dissected only one of the two individuals
captured ; the other being preserved for external identification.
We have, however, ascertained all the leading features with suf-
ficient accuracy, and therefore confidently give the following
account of them.

The tissues of Oithona are very tough and firm when compared
with those of the other Eolidide, particularly the skin and the
cellular tissue uniting the viscera. Of course we are now speak-
ing of the animal, after having been subjected to the hardening
action of spirit. Doto fragilis is the only species, with which
we are acquainted, that at all approaches to it in this respect.
The branchial papille, too, are much more firmly attached than
usual, and require considerable force to remove them.

The oral orifice is situated in the inferior surface of the head ;
it is small, and the external lip is divided behind on the median
line much as in Kolis. The channel leading to the buccal appa-
ratus is very short and constricted ; and, just before it opens into
that apparatus, receives on either side below, a very slender duct
from a large, much folliculated, salivary gland (Pl. IX. fig. 7, c).
These glands lie beneath the stomach and extend almost half-
way down the body. That on the right side is considerably less
than the other, and is somewhat tubular,—distinctly so towards
its termination ; the one on the left side is much complicated in
form, being irregularly and extensively sacculated. The position
of these glands is unusual : Doto fragilis is the only other species
in which they open into the channel of the mouth in advance of
the buccal mass.

The buccal mass (Pl. X. fig. la & Pl. IX. figs. 4, 5) is small,
rather long, slender, and irregularly elliptical, the corneous
plates or jaws (Pl. IX. fig. 5 c) being visible at the sides: it is

Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Oithona. 293

slightly prolonged behind for the reception of the posterior por-
tion of the tongue, and the muscles are arranged much as in
Eolis. On the dorsal aspect they are extensively developed,
forming a dense mass, the fibres passing transversely and having
their extremities inserted into the dorsal margins of the plates.
These muscles undoubtedly assist in the motion of the jaws.
Those for moving the whole apparatus forward are composed of
flattened, isolated bands with their extremities attached to the
posterior margin of the plates and to the muscles forming the
walls of the channel of the mouth.

The tongue is supported on a fleshy ridge that rises up from
the floor of the buccal cavity, and extends in the antero-posterior
direction from the cesophagus towards the anterior opening.
This organ (fig. 6) is long, linear, and strap-formed, and is
composed of forty transverse, semicircular plates (Pl. X. fig. 7)
of an orange colour, each bearing a stoutish central spine and
six or seven smaller ones at the sides ; these latter having appa-
rently a minute denticle at the base of their outer margin.
the spines are a little bent, and have their points directed back-
wards towards the cesophageal opening.

The corneous plates (Pl. X. figs. 5, 6) are little short of the
size of the buccal mass, and much elongated, well arched and
ovate ; and, when united and entirely isolated, strongly resemble
the valves of a minute Mytilus. They are smooth, glossy, and of
a brownish amber colour, darkest towards the anterior extremity,
which gives support to the cutting blade (a). This is a wing-
like appendage of no great size, terminating below in a free
point, and having the cutting margin arched forward, plain, and
nearly at right angles to the general direction of the plate ; above
is a small process or fulerum (4)—the point at which the two
plates are articulated; and immediately behind this point the
dorsal margin of the plates is reflected and expanded into an
arched lobe (c) for muscular attachment.

The cesophagus (fig. 1 4) is a short and rather slender tube,
which, passing from the upper aspect of the buccal mass towards
its posterior extremity, opens into the anterior margin of a distinct
pyriform stomach (c). This organ has the broad end forward, is
placed above the reproductive apparatus, and lies quite in the
anterior p rtion of the visceral cavity. The internal surface of the
gastric organ does not appear to be lamellated. The intestine (d)
passes from the posterior extremity of the stomach, and inclining
OTe to the right side, passes baikwitds to the tubular anus
(Pl. IX. fig. 2 a), which is placed a little to the right of the me-
dian line of the back, immediately behind the heart. The intes-
tinal tube is rather short, of equal diameter throughout, and in-
ternally plicated longitudinally.

294 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Oithona.

The hepatic apparatus is very peculiar in this animal. The
pyloric extremity of the stomach receives two biliary ducts, one
on each side of the intestine. These ducts or hepatie canals
(Pl. X. fig. 1 e, e) are nearly as wide as the intestine, and, diver-
ging as they leave the stomach, very shortly pass into the skin at
the sides of the back, where each opens into a wide channel that
extends nearly the whole length of the body. The channels
receive numerous branches (/), which communicate with the
glands of the papillze, and as they approach the lateral expansion
at the side of the body, they appear to be subdivided several
times. The exact order of their subdivisions, however, was not
determined ; but as the papille have no definite arrangement, it
is probable that these branches also are irregularly disposed.
The anterior portions of the great hepatic channels are appa-
rently connected with two folliculated glandular bodies (g, g),
much and irregularly sacculated. These bodies are united to
the skin, one on each side near the region of the stomach, and
probably form the inner walls of those portions of the channels.
Amidst the cellular tissue at the extremity of the body, behind
the ovary, there is likewise a glandular substance (h), of a reddish
colour, folliculated and apparently branched, in connexion with
the branches of the hepatic canals (?) within the skin. These
branches at the posterior portion of the body probably form a
sort of network of tubes across the dorsal aspect. Such perhaps
may be inferred from the appearance the branches present when
the skin of the back is divided down the median line.

The arrangement of the hepatic canals differs from that which
prevails in the Eolidide. In Eolis, Embletonia, Doto, Dendro-
notus, Lomonotus, and Antiopa, the principal canals lie free in
the visceral cavity, and in all of them there is a median posterior
trunk. In this genus there is no such trunk, and the canals
are almost entirely within the skin. In these respects Oithona
would appear to resemble Hermea, in which the whole of the
hepatic ramifications are apparently connected with the skin,
and there are only two principal trunks, which pass down the
sides of the back. It is evident, however, that the digestive
system alone sufficiently distinguishes Oithena from all the above
genera, not even excepting Hermea.

The hepatic glands are large, nearly filling the papille ; they
are slightly and irregularly sacculated, with the inner surface of
the investing membrane lined with a dark granular substance ;
above, this substance is very abundant, forming a dense mass;
below, the membrane in some of the papillee is entirely devoid of
it. We failed to detect any ovate vesicle like that of Holis in
the apex of the papille, neither have we been able to determine
whether or not the apex is perforated.

4

Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Oithona. 295

Reproductive Organs.—There are two external orifices, one
placed a httle in aaihaca of the other on the right side of the
head between and a little below the tentacles. The one (Pl. IX.
fig. 1 a) in front is for the exsertion of the intromittent organ,
the other (4) is rather small and is common to both the female
and androgynous apparatus.

On laying open the dorsal skin, the reproductive organs are
found as usual to occupy much of the visceral cavity, having the
stomach and intestine lying above, and the buccal mass in front.
The intromittent organ (Pl. X. fig. 2 a) is placed in advance of
the other parts, and, in its retracted state, is long, rather slender,
and linear ; differing considerably from the usual conical form of
this organ when in this state. The outer extremity leads through
the wall of the visceral cavity to the external orifice, and on its
way the sheath or external covering becomes firmly attached to
the muscles of the skin. The testis (d), a stout flesh-coloured
tube two or three times convoluted, tapers at one extremity into
a long slender duct or vas deferens (c), which is united to the
inner extremity of the penis. The other extremity of the testis
suddenly contracts into an equally slender duct (d), but very
much shorter, and is joimed by this duct to the oviduct. The
ovary (e) fills the posterior portion of the visceral eavity, and is
composed of large irregular lobules made up almost entirely of
eggs, and packed into a dense mass, tapering a little behind and
truncated m front. The oviduct (f)} leaves the anterior border
of the ovary as a slender tube, but, almost immediately dilating (g),
equals the diameter of the testis. This dilated portion of the
oviduct rests between the lobes of the mucus-gland, and is at
first somewhat sacculated and convoluted ; it then passes forward
and suddenly contracts (4) to its original diameter, and then ad-
vances to the anterior border of the mucus-gland and receives
the duct from the testis as before described; it then bends a
little backward and is shortly joined by a duct (k) from the sper-
matheca. This latter organ (j) is a small oval membranous sac,
lying between the lobes and at the front margin of the mucus-
gland. The duct, which is short and slender, passes from one
end of the sac, and, at the pomt where the duct is united to the
oviduct, it is joined by a tube (m) which comes from the external
orifice immediately within the female opening. This tube is the
vagina or copulatory channel, and is cemented to the upper wall
of the female channel. Just before the vagina reaches the duct
of the spermatheca and oviduct, it gives off a branch which sinks
into the female channel, and so far may be looked upon as a
portion of the oviduct, for it is by this branch that the eggs find
their way to the female outlet.

The mucus-gland (n, n, n'), for the secretion of the mucus-like

296 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Oithona.

envelope of the eggs, is composed of two lateral lobes separated
on the upper surface by a deep fissure. These lobes are semi-
pellucid and are formed of a coarsely convoluted tube; that on
the right side having its anterior portion (n’) opake and flesh-
coloured. The two lobes open into the female channel (/), which
is wide and much longer than usual.

The reproductive apparatus, we see, is formed on the type of
that of Holis. The mucus-gland is exactly of the same form, and
the mode of union of the androgynous parts with the oviduct and
testis is the same as in that genus. The only modification of
any interest is in connexion with the testis. We know of no
other species, in the whole of the Holidide, in which it is furnished
with a distinct vas deferens. In this respect our new genus re-
sembles some of the Dorides, particularly Doris repanda, in which
the testis has appended to it not only a vas deferens but is like-
wise supplied with a much-constricted duct, which unites it to
the oviduct just as in Oithona; and the testis, too, of this Doris is
very similar to the same organ.in this animal.

In Oithona, then, as in all the Nudibranchs, it is evident, from
the connexion of the various parts of the genitalia, that self-im-
pregnation is not only possible but probable ; while at the same
time it is apparent that the ova may be fertilized by the congress
of two individuals.

Vascular and Respiratory Systems.—The vascular system is
very interesting in this animal, inasmuch as we have been able to
trace the efferent or branchio-cardiac vessels more completely than
in any other member of the family. Indeed nearly the whole of
these vessels are distinctly visible on the skin of the back, rising
above the general surface, and exhibiting a very curious and novel
appearance. The heart (Pl. IX. fig. 2 c) is situated about the
middle of the back, where it forms a large oval swelling imme-
diately below the skin, having the generative organs beneath.
From the posterior extremity of the swelling a broad elevated but
rounded ridge (¢) passes down the median line of the back to
the termination of the body. This ridge is joined on either side
by numerous similarly elevated branches (e), which divide and
subdivide as they approach the pallial-like expansion on the sides
of the body. The whole of these branches and their subdivisions,
standing boldly up from the general surface of the skin, have the
branchial papille set along them (fig. 3 a), and they give off
twigs, which pass up the margin of the broad, flounced, mem-
branous expansion (0) of the papillee.

On opening the heart from above, the ventricle and auricle are
found to occupy a well-defined oval pericardium. The ventricle
(Pl. X. fig. 3 a) is large and muscular, of an irregular ellip-
tical form, giving off the aorta (4) in front, which in the usual

Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Oithona. 297

manner supplies branches to the various organs. The auricle (c)
is united to it behind, a little on the left side; it is delicate in
comparison with the ventricle, but is nevertheless abundantly
supplied with muscular fibres ; it hes diagonally in the pericar-
dium, having the left side advanced almost to the front of that
organ where it receives a trunk-vein from the skin. The right
side of the auricle stretches backward, and receives a similar
trunk-vein from the skin of this side almost at the posterior ex-
tremity of the pericardium.

On laying the dorsal wall of the auricle open, its cavity is
found to be continuous with that of the great posterior elevated
median ridge or trunk-vein (d) before alluded to, and on opening
this trunk-vein the various lateral branches (f) are observed de-
bouching into it on either side. Itis therefore evident that this -
trunk-vein, which lies entirely within the skin, is the great poste-
rior efferent or branchio-cardiac vein, and that all the elevated
branches coming to it from the papillz are also efferent vessels.
In this beautiful system of veins, then, we have a clear proof of
the branchial character of the papille.

The papillz are, as we are already aware, of a very peculiar
character in our animal, being somewhat compressed as in Eolis
papillosa, and having a distinct, widish, frilled membrane, extend-
ing up their inner margin. It is, as before remarked, to the
border of this membrane that the twigs of the efferent vessels
are given, and they pass up its entire length. Of this there can
be no doubt, for we succeeded in forcing a creamy fluid which
pervaded these vessels almost to thetop of the membrane. When
a transyerse section of a papilla is made, a widish canal (fig. 8 5)
is seen to pass up the opposite margm. This may be looked
upon as an afferent branchial vein, and deteriorated blood, pass-
ing from the skin up this canal, may be supposed to filter through
the cellular tissue (¢) between the external skin and the glandular
sheath of the papilla, and so find its way to the vessel (c) at the
free border of the membrane. If this view be correct, and it
would seem scarcely possible to doubt it, the papille are evi-
dently specialized breathing organs, and by no means so low
in organization as has been thought.

At the same time, from the arrangement of the efferent vessels,
from their elevation above the general surface of the skin, thus
exposing to the influence of the surrounding medium nearly
three-fourths of their circumference, it is pretty clear that the
dorsal skin itself must act, to some extent, as a gill, especially
when we consider further, that the whole of the blood returned
to the heart does not pass through the papillz: much of it, no
doubt, circulating in the spongy tissue of the skin, passes at once
into the efferent vessels ; and, indeed, small orifices for this pur-

298 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Oithona.

pose are seen in the wall of the great median trunk-vein. Here
then, as in Doris, the blood is partly aérated in specialized breathing
organs, and partly in the skin. In this respect also our animal
resembles Kolis, im which some time ago, we, in conjunction with
Dr. Embleton*, described the existence of two canals, passing up
the margins of the papillze, much in the same manner as in this
animal, and then pointed out the fact as evineing the probabi-
lity of a system of veins, such as the anatomy of Oithona has
brought to light.

We have not been able to carry our mvestigations of the vas-
eular system further ; but from what we know, we cannot doubt
that the peripheral portion of it is made up of lacunze as is usual
m the Mollusca, and probably to the same extent as in the other
Eolidide.

In connexion with the vascular system, Oithena is provided
with an additional propelling organ similar to what in Doris we
have called a portal heart. As in that genus, this propelling
organ (Pl. X. fig. 1 s, and fig. 3 e) lies below the floor of the
pericardium, and in like manner opens into that organ. In this
species it is considerably elongated, with the ends rounded, and
is placed far back on the right side of the pericardium. It is
firmly attached to the skin of the body, and is internally longi-
tudinally plicated. Judging from our knowledge of this heart in
the Dorides, it may be supposed to throw venous blood from the
pericardial cavity to the glands of the papille. In Oithena it is
certainly connected with the skin, and probably has some rela-
tionship to the vascular apparatus therem.

In this genus a renal organ probably exists, though we have
failed to detect it. A distinct small orifice (Pl. TX. fig.2 b,and Pl. X.
fig. 1 ¢), however, opens externally immediately above the anus,
and close to the posterior border of the heart. We traced this orifice
through the skin, but could not observe its connexion with any
mternal organ ; yet there can be little doubt that it is of the same
nature as the minute opening by the side of the anus m Doris,
and which in that genus leads into an extensive renal apparatus.
We have not observed a similar orifice in any other species of the
Eolidide.

Nervous system.—The cerebral ganglia resemble those of Doris
rather than of Kolis. They are placed at the commencement of
the gullet; there are as usual four pairs of supra-cesophageal
ganglions, though at first sight only three are apparent,—the
eerebroid (Pl. X. fig. 4 a, a) and branchial (4, 6) bemg completely
fused. These latter form two oval central masses, resting upon
the upper surface of the gullet, one on each side of the median

* Ann. Nat, Hist., 2nd Ser., vol. i. p. 101.

Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Oithona. 299

line, across which they are united at the anterior extremity by a
short but distinct commissure : their posterior extremities diverge
and are slightly bilobed, marking the boundaries of the ‘two
ganglia of which each mass is composed,—the anterior lobe indi-
eating the cerebroid, the posterior the branchial. In Doris bila-
mellata and D. aspera these two ganglions are fused, much im the
same manner, and have a strong general resemblance to those of
Oithona. The pedial ganglions (ce, c) are irregularly rounded,
being equal in bulk to the cerebroid and branchial together.
They lie against the sides of the gullet, and are umited to the
under surface of the central masses. The fourth pair of ganghons
are the olfactory (d, d); they are well developed, though very
much smaller than those just described, and are joined by a short
pedicle or commissure to the upper surface of the anterior mar-
gins of the cerebroid ganglions. The close approximation of the
olfactory ganglions to the central masses is a matter of some
interest. In the Dorides they are sessile upon these masses.
Thus we come to learn that these ganglions, which, in all the
EKolidide that we have examined, with the exception of this genus,
are placed at the base of the dorsal tentacles, and consequently
far removed from the central masses, are in truth cerebral gan-
glions, and like the olfactory of the higher animals, are placed
m front of the brain.

The infra-cesophageal ganglions are placed in the usual situa-
tion on the buccal mass, below the gullet. The buccal ganglions
(e, e) are scarcely larger than the olfactory, and are of an oval
form, their inner exiremities being connected across the median
line by a short commissure ; their outer extremities receive a cord
of communication from each of the cerebroid ganglons. Two
minute elliptical ganglions are almost sessile on the anterior
border of the buccal ganglions ; these are the gastro-cesophageal
ganglions (f, f). Thus in all there are six pairs of ganglions ;
four above the gullet, and two below it.

The first pair of nerves come from the olfactory ganglions, and
are large, but of no great length; they divide into several fila-
ments as they enter the base of the dorsal tentacles. The second
pair pass from the under surface of the anterior border of the
eerebroid ganglions, not far from their union with the olfactory
ganglions ; these nerves go to supply the upper surface of the
channel of the mouth. The third and fourth pairs of nerves
issue from the same ganglions, but considerably behind the second
pair ; these also go to the channel of the mouth; the third pro-
bably sending a branch to the oral tentacles. A strong cord
passes off close to the root of the fourth pair: these cords curve
round the cesophagus and are united to the outer extremities of
the buccal ganglions, forming the anterior collar (g). The fifth

300 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Oithona.

pair of nerves issue apparently from the outer border of the
branchial ganglia, and go to the skin by the side of the head.
The sixth pair are small, and come from the upper surface of the
branchial ganglions ; these nerves go to the skin of the sides of
the back. The seventh, much larger than the sixth, emerge
from the posterior margin of the same ganglions, and supply the
dorsal skin, and apparently likewise the papille. These are the
branchial nerves. The eighth and ninth pairs are large nerves;
they issue from the outer border of the pedial ganglions and go
to the foot. The posterior margins of these ganglions are united
by a stout, shortish commissure, composed of two or three cords,
which, passing below the gullet, form the great cesophageal
collar (.). The tenth pair of nerves are given off from the pos-
terior margin of the buccal ganglions ; these pass into the buccal
mass and go to supply the tongue. The eleventh pair, issuing
from the outer extremities of the buccal ganglions, are distri-
buted to the muscles of the buccal mass. The twelfth pair
come from the apex of the. gastro-cesophageal ganglions, and
being applied to the gullet, each divides into two branches, one
of which supplies the upper portion of that tube, the other, pass-
ing down it, undoubtedly goes to the stomach as in the other
Nudibranchs, The thirteenth pair are large; these are the
hepatic nerves ; they issue from the buccal mass in the same
manner as similar nerves do in Eolis, and probably, as in that
genus, are connected at their origin with ganglions, which must
be looked upon as belonging to the sympathetic system. Imme-
diately on emerging from the buccal mass, they are connected
to the buccal ganglions at their point of union with the gastro-
oesophageal, and then, arching outwards and upwards, pass from
within the anterior cesophageal collar, and go to supply the
glands of the papille.

These are all the pairs.of nerves that we have traced: there
is, however, a single nerve given off from a delicate collar (h),
the ends of which are united to the under-surface of the central
masses, just where they are connected to the pedial ganglions.

This is the genital nerve (14), and similar to that which we |

have described in Kolis. We saw another nerve (15), which
was apparently also distributed to the genitalia ; this seemed to
come from the right branchial ganglion, at its union with the
pedial. These two nerves, which however require further exa-
mination, probably represent those that come from the visceral
ganglion in Doris, and which in that genus are distributed to
the sympathetic ganglions of the digestive, reproductive, respira-
tory, and circulatory organs.

i i a

Fig. 1.
Fig, 2.

Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.

. 6.
Re

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of Oithona. 301

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX. AND X.

Puiate IX.

Side view of Oithona nobilis :—a, penis partially exserted ; }, orifice
leading to the female and androgynous parts.

Dorsal view of the same, the papillz of one side bemg removed :—
a, anal tube; 5, small orifice at the base of the same, supposed to
lead to a renal organ ; ¢, heart; d, great efferent or branchio-car-
diac vessel, raised above the general surface ; e, small efferent ves-
sels, likewise raised above the surface, leading from the papillz to
the same.

Two of the papille enlarged :—a, small efferent vessel leading to the
great hidia trunk ; 6, puckered, membranous fringe with efferent
vessel running up its margin.

Upper view of the buccal organ :—a, anterior extremity leading to the
channel of the mouth; 4, gullet; c, c, horny jaws; d, d, muscles
for advancing the whole apparatus.

Side view of buccal organ:—a, anterior extremity; 5, gullet; c, horny
jaw; d, muscles for advancing the buccal organ.

Side view of the tongue :—a, anterior extremity.

Salivary glands; the buccal organ and all the viscera having been
removed :—a, oral opening ; , walls of the channel leading to the
buccal organ; c, c, salivary glands; d, d, ducts of the same pass-
ing into the wall of the channel of the mouth.

PLATE X.

General view of the viscera seen from above :—a, buccal organ ;
b, gullet; c, stomach; d, imtestime; e, e, hepatic ducts leading
from the great lateral hepatic. channels withm the skin ; f, one of
these channels laid open, exhibiting the canals from the papille
opening into the same; g, g, folliculated glandular bodies in con-
nexion with the anterior portions of the great hepatic channels; ©
h, gland-like substance in connexion with the hepatic channels in
the skin ; 7, some of these channels laid open ; j, a portion of the
right salivary gland; k, penis; J, testis; m, ovary; n, n, n', mu-
cous gland in connexion with the female channel; 9, 0, peri-
cordial cavity seen in section; o’, o', floor of the same; p, ven-
tricle ; g, auricle; q’, portion of the same attached to the great
efferent vessel in the skin; r, r, the great efferent vessel seen
in section ; s, portal heart, opening through the floor of the peri-
eardium ; ¢, orifice supposed to be in connexion with a renal organ,
and one externally by the side of the anal tube; wu, cerebral

ons.

Reproductive organs separated from the rest of the viscera and
spread out :—a, intromittent organ retracted ; 3, testis ; c, vas de-
ferens; d, duct leading from the testis to the oviduct; e, ovary ;
f, duet leaving the same; g, dilated portion of the oviduct ;
h, constricted portion of the same; i, the point where it receives
the duct from the testis ; 7, spermatheca; k, duct from the same
leading to the oviduct ; 7, female channel leading to external ori-
fice ; m, vagina or copulatory channel leading from external orifice
to oviduct and spermatheca; n,n, n', mucus-gland in connexion
with the female channel.

View of the heart, the pericardium being laid open :—a, ventricle ;
6, aorta, poss from the front of the same; ¢, auricle; d, great
median efferent or branchio-cardiac vessel laid open, showing its

302 Mr. J. Ralfs on Chantransia.

connexion with the auricle, and likewise with the efferent vessels
from the papilla ; e, portal heart lying under the pericardium and
opens through its floor; f, efferent vessels from the branchial
papilla.

Fig. 4. Central ganglions and their nerves :—a, a, cerebroid ganglions ;
b, b, branchial ditto ; c, e, pedial ditto; d, d, olfactory ditto ;
e, e, buceal ditto ; f, f, gastro-cesophageal ditto; g, nervous cord,
connecting the infra-cesophageal te the supra-cesophageal gan-
glions, forming the anterior collar; 4, small middle collar ; i, great
cesophageal collar; 1st pair of nerves go to the dorsal tentacles ;
2nd pair to the upper portion of the channel of the mouth and
lips; 3rd and 4th pairs go likewise to the channel of the mouth
and lips; 5th pair supply the skin at the side of the head; 6th
and 7th pairs pass to the skin at the side of the back, and supply
the branchial papillz ; 8th and 9th pairs go to the foot ; 10th pair
are the lingual nerves ; 11th pair supply the muscles of the buccal
mass ; 19th pair supply the gullet and stemach; 13th pair go to
the glands of the papillz ; 14th is a single nerve going to the re-
produetive organs; 15th is likewise a single nerve, and probably
also goes to the same organs.

Fig. 5. Tnterior view of one of the jaws:—a, cutting edge; 5, point at
which the two jaws are articulated; ¢, expanded lobe at the dorsal
margin for muscular attachment.

Fig. 6. External view of the same :—a, cutting edge; b, expanded lobe at
the dorsal margin.

Fig. 7. Two of the spinous plates from the tongue.

Fig. 8. Transverse seetion of a branchial papilla:—a, gland; b, afferent
branchio-cardiac vessel ; c, efferent ditto.

XXIV.—On Chantransia, Desv. By Joun Ratrs, Esq.*

CuantRansiA, Desv. Trenteroutta, Agardh and British
authors.

Plant affixed, tufted ; filaments branched, jointed, monosipho-
nous; fructification—capsules with granular contents and
usually terminal and subcorymbose on proper branches.

Freshwater, minute, tufted Algz of a red, purplish or inky colour.
Filaments much branched, jointed ; main branches elongated,
mostly level-topped. Fructification capsular, usually on short,
much divided proper branches ; capsules generally crowded,
subcorymbose, und terminal on short stalks, their contents
simple.

The proper position of this genus is doubtful: in habit and
appearance some of its species agree so closely with the minute,
parasitic, irregularly branched species of Calithamnion, that Dr.
Harvey in his ‘ Flora Hibernica’ united it to that genus; and
although, at Mrs. Griffiths’ suggestion, he has, in his ‘ Manual of

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, June 19, 1851.

Ne a ee

Mr. J. Ralfs on Chantransia. 303

British Alge,’ again separated them, yet he justly remarks, that
deep-coloured specimens of Trentepohlia pulchella (Chantransia
Hermanni) so much resemble Callithamnion Daviesii as scarcely
to be distinguishable from it. .

Whilst, however, the red colour of some species of Chantransia
seems thus to indicate an affinity with the Rhodospermee, the
inky-green of others appears to forbid us to rank the genus in
that order. Dr. Montagne, a high authority, places it in Ecto-
carpee, a tribe belonging to the Melanospermea, and Kiitzing
refers it to the Confervee. Chantransia has thus been associated
by authors of distinguished merit with the three great primary
divisions of the Algze,—a proof how difficult it is to ascertain its
proper position. As the contents of its capsules are simple and
not divided into tetraspores, I believe its correct situation is with
the Chlorospermee.

1. C. Hermanni (Roth). Tufts dense, reddish ; joints of filaments
three to five times longer than broad; fructiferous ramuli patent,
capsules crowded. Conferva Hermanni, Roth, Cat. i. p. 164
(1797); Cat. iii. p. 180. Conferva nana, Dillwyn, Conf. t. 30
(1803); Smith, Eng. Bot. t. 2585. Chantransia Hermanni, Desv.

?); Kiitzing, Phycologia Germanica, p. 230. Trentepohlia
pulchella, Agardh, Systema Alg. p. 37 (1824); Harvey in Hooker’s
Brit. Flora, p. 382 ; Manual of Brit. Algee, p. 75 ; Hassall, Brit.
Alge, p. 75. t. 8. f. 2. Auduinella Hermanni, Duby, Botanicon
Gallicum, p. 972 (1830).

On aquatic plants in streams.

The tufts of Chantransia Hermanni are dense, soft and woolly,
not gelatinous, and adhere but imperfectly to paper; they are
often confluent ; their colour is reddish, becoming tawny by age
and in drying. Filaments much branched, main branches elon-
gated, somewhat level-topped ; fructiferous branches lateral, nu-
merous, short, patent, much divided. Capsules at first oval or
clavate, finally orbicular, crowded in a corymbose manner, mostly
stalked. Joints of stem three to five times as long as broad,
those of fertile branches shorter. ’

Chantransia Hermanni differs from C. chalybea in colour and
in its shorter joints and more patent ramuli.

pe pees times longer than broad ; capsules solitary or in pairs,
teral and terminal, clavate or obovate. Batrachospermum ru-
brum, Hassall, Brit. Alge, p. 113. t. 15. f. 2, 3 (1845). Chan-
transia investiens, Lenormand in Kiitzing’s Species Algarum, p.431
(1849) ; Ralfs, British Alg. no. 12.
Parasitic on Batrachospermum moniliforme and B. atrum in a
stream, Penzance, J. R.
France, Lenormand !

2. C. investiens (Lenormand). Parasitic, rose-red, much branched ;

304: Mr. J. Ralfs on Chantransia.

Plant bright red, at first appearing as minute reddish stains,
finally clothing the invested plant with a continuous downy co-
vering. Filaments creeping and interlacing at base, and sur-
rounding the plant on which it grows, much branched. Branches
not attenuated, alternate, erect, elongated ; joints very long, often
twelve times as long as broad, and filled with a pink, slightly
granular endochrome. Capsules clavate or obovate, alternate or
opposite, sometimes, though rarely, opposite a branch ; the ter-
minal ones are more orbicular.

3. C. chalybea (Roth). Tufts rather lax, inky-green; joints of
filaments five to six times longer than broad, those of fructiferous
ramuli turgid; branches appressed. Conferva chalybea, Roth,
Cat. iii. p. 286. t. 8. f. 2 (1806); Dillwyn, Brit. Conf. t.91. Con-
Serva corymbifera, Smith, E. Bot. t. 1996 (1809). etocarpus
chalybeus, Lyngbye, Tent. Hydrophytologize Danicz, p. 133. t. 44
(1819) ; Fl. Dan. t. 1666. fig. 1. Trentepohlia pulchella, B. cha-
lybea, Agardh, System. p. 37 (1824); Harvey, Manual of Brit.
Alge, p. 118. duduinella chalybea, Bory, Dict. cl. ii. p. 340.
Chantransia chalybea, Fries ; Kiitzing, Phye. Germ. p. 229 ; Spe-
cies Algarum, p. 429; Ralfs, British Algee, no. 11.

8. major. Filaments longer with rather shorter joints, ramuli more
distant.

a. Common. Rivulets, waterfalls, and on water-wheels.
B. Wells, Penzance, J. R.

Plant laxly tufted, of an inky colour, more or less tinged with
green. Branches rather distant, level-topped, erect, their joints
four to six times longer than broad. Fertile branches short,
appressed, their joints shorter and usually turgid. Capsules
orbicular, corymbose, less crowded than in Chantransia Her-
manni.

Chantransia chalybea differs from C. Hermanni in its colour,
penicillate tufts and its appressed fructiferous branches, the
joints of which are more turgid. The dried plant is usually more
or less glossy.

4. C. compacta ( ). Plant minute, hemispherical, inky-green,
firm; filaments much branched, joints twice as long as broad ;
branches erecto-patent.

On aquatic plants ina rivulet at Trengwainton near Penzance, J. R.

Chantransia compacta forms very minute hemispherical tufts
or fronds of a dark colour, and very much resembles a Rivularia
in appearance ; the fronds are so firm as to require considerable
pressure in order to separate the filaments for microscopic exami-
nation. Filaments comparatively stout, rigid, much branched,
at the base horizontal and interlacing. Branches crowded, erecto-

en ee

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex. 305

t. Joints about twice as long as broad, but the lower ones
tly shorter. Capsules orbicular, numerous, lateral, arising
from all parts of the plant and usually on short stalks. =~

Chantransia compacta differs from C. chalybea in its compact,
firm habit, more crowded branches, shorter joints and more scat-
tered capsules.

I am unacquainted with C. violacea, Kiitz., and am conse-
quently unable to decide with certainty that this plant is not a
variety of that species; but its difference in colour has induced
me to propose it as a distinct species.

Kiitzing in his ‘ Species Algarum’ mentions two other British
species: as I am unacquainted with them, I subjoin his descrip-
tions :-—

5. C. scotica (Kiitz.). Czespite czeruleo-chalybeo, majori, trichoma-
tibus =1,/" crassis, ramis ramulisque remotis patentibus elongatis ;
artieulis diametro plerumque duplo longioribus. Kutzing, Phyc.
Gener. p. 285; Species Alg. p. 430.

In Scotia legit cl. Klotzsch.

6. C. violacea (Kiitz.). Czespite minuto, violaceo, subgloboso ; _tri-
chomatibus radiatim dispositis, rigidis, ramulis crebris approxi-
matis, abbreviatis, patentibus, subsecundis; articulis inferioribus
diametro fere zequalibus superioribus 2-3plo longioribus. Kiitzing,
Phyc.Germ. p.231 ; Species Alg. p. 431.

In fluviis et rivulis montanis Germaniz et Scotize ad Lemaniam

XXV.—A List of all the Mosses and Hepatice hitherto observed
in Sussex. By Wiii1am Mirren, A.L.S.

Bestpes the species not before described as British, this list will
be found to contain localities for others of rare occurrence or but
little known, and will show the comparative rarity of the more
common species.

With very few exceptions all the species enumerated have been
gathered by the author himself ; most of the previously known
rarer species having been shown to him im their respective loca-
lities by Mr. Borrer, with whom he has examined many of the
most productive parts of the county, and to access to whose col-
lections he attributes chiefly whatever small amount of critical
knowledge he may possess of these beautiful plants.

Tribe I. ANDREZACEZ.
Genus 1. Andreea, Ehrh.
A. rupestris, Hedw.
“On the High Rocks ;” Forster, Fl. Tonbridgensis.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 20

806 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex.

Nothing further is known respecting this moss, but it has been
supposed that a small blackened state of Jungermannia emarginata,
found on some of the High Rocks, might have been mistaken for it
by Forster,

Tribe II. Dicranacex.
Genus 1. Archidium, Brid.

1. A. phascoides, Brid. )
Phascum alternifolium, Eng. F1., not of Dickson.

Not common. In wet places on Henfield Common, on \ Tilgate
Forest, and by roadsides near Hurstpierpoint.

Genus 2. Angstremia, B. et S.

2. A. subulata (Linn.), Mitten.
Phascum subulatum, Linn. Eng. FI.
Frequent on banks by roadsides ; found more rarely on the Downs.

3. A. alternifolia (Linn.), Mitten.
Phascum alternifolium, Dicks.

Far less common than the preceding species, and almost cota
to clayey soils : it occurs at Hurstpierpoint in several places, at Hen-
field, and on Tilgate Forest.

On this species Bridel founded his genus Pleuridium, ‘ob theeam
lateralem aut talem visam,’’ but he seems to have been not well
satisfied about it, for he takes care to follow his assertions on that

oint with “aut talem visam,” or “aut talis videtur.”’ The authors
of the ‘ Bryologia Europea’ in their last review of these species have
adopted Bridel’s name Pleuridium, which appears to be neither
founded on a true idea of their mode of fruiting nor applicable to the
species.

4. A. nitida (Hedw.), Mitten.
Phascum axillare, Dicks. Eng. FI.
Frequent in ditches and places where water is dried up in summer.

5. A. cerviculata (Hedw.), C. Miiller.
Dicranum cerviculatum, Hedw. Eng. Fl.

Not rare on peat, and sometimes on wet anak banks ; at Hurstpier-
point, Albourne, Henfield, Tilgate Forest, and Tunbridge Wells.

6. A. heteromalla (Hedw.), C. Miiller.
Dicranum heteromallum, Hedw. Eng, FI.
Frequent, particularly on sandy soils.
A. Hedwigii, Mitten, Dicranum subulatum, Hedw., is stated to
grow near Littlehampton in the Appendix to Horsfield’s * pice | of
Sussex,’ but nothing further seems known respecting it.

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex. 307

.. 7. A. varia (Hedw.), C. Miiller.
Dicranum varium, Hedw. Eng. FI.
Frequent on all kinds of soils.

8. A. rufescens (Turn.), C. Miiller.
Dicranum varium, B. rufescens, Eng. Fi.
Not rare on moist sandy or clayey banks.

9. A. Schreberi (Hedw.), C. Miiller.
Dicranum Schreberi, Hedw., not D. Schreberianum, Eng. Fi.

In very small quantity and rarely fruiting in many places about
Hurstpierpoint and Henfield.

10. A. crispa (Hedw.), C. Miiller.
Dicranum crispum, Hedw. Eng. FI.
In small quantity at the High Rocks, Tunbridge Wells.

11. A. cylindrica (Hedw.), C. Miiller.
Didymodon cylindricus, Hook. Eng. Fi.

In stubbles on St. Leonard’s and Tilgate Forests, and on fete
banks in several places about Hurstpierpoint, but always without
fruit.

On the forests this species is very short and i inconspicuous, but it
grows much more luxuriantly on a shaded bank near Hurstpierpoint.

12. A. pellucida (Hedw.),.C. Miller.
Dicranum pellucidum, Hedw. Eng. Fi.
Common about the sand rocks, and less frequent on wet ditch
banks ; very seldom in fruit.
The variety of this species, Dicranum flavescens, Smith, Eng. Fl.,

is found on the Hungershall Rocks near ogee es: Wells, but it has
not been observed in Sussex.

Genus 3. Brachyodus, Furnr.

13. B. trichodes (Web. et Mohr), Nees et Hsch.
Weissia trichodes, Hook. and Tayl. Eng. Fl.

On stones at Henley Hill, at Blackdown, and in the stone-pit at Hen-
field, the place where it was first observed in Britain by Mr. Borrer.

Genus 4. Campzylostelium, B. et 8S.
14. C. saxicola (Web. et Mohr), B. et S.
Grimmia saxicola, Schw. Eng. FI.

On stones at Blackdown, where it was first observed by Mr. Borrer ;
on rocks and stones at Henley Hill, on a stone wall at Tillington, on
blocks of stone in a rivulet near Wych Cross, and in the same situ-
ation on Tilgate Forest near Balcombe.

20*

308 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussea.

Genus 5. Seligeria, B. et 8.

15. S. pusilla (Hedw.), B. et S.
Weissia pusilla, Hedw. Eng. FI.

Not uncommon on chalk-stones about the Downs; on stones at
Henley Hill near Midhurst.

16. S. calcarea (Hedw.), B. et S.
Weissia calcarea, Hedw. Eng. Fl.

On chalk about Lewes.

The preceding species is very commonly mistaken for this, which
happens the more easily, as the form of §. pusilla which grows on
the chalk is shorter-leaved than usual.

Genus 6. Leptotrichum, Hampe.
17. L. flexicaule (Schw.), Hampe.
Didymodon longirostris?, Eng. Fi.
Abundant on the Downs, and rarely by roadsides ; always sterile.

18. L. homomallum (Hedw.), Hampe.
Didymodon heteromallus, Hook. and Tayl. Eng. FI.

Rare ; it occurs at Blackdown, on Tilgate Forest, at the High
Rocks, and in some other places about Tunbridge Wells.

19. L. tortile (Schrad.), Hampe.
Didymodon pusillus, Hedw. Eng. Fl.

In the stone-pit at Henfield in very small quantity, and on a sandy
bank near Hurstpierpoint, where it was very plentiful for one season,
1847, but has scarcely been seen since.

Genus 7. Dicranum, Hedw., C. Miiller.

20. D. spurium, Hedw.
On Waterdown and Broadwater Forests near Tunbridge Wells, but
without fruit.

21. D. scoparium, Hedw.

Frequent in woods, and varying greatly ; the leaves sometimes all
straight, more commonly secund, and rarely, about the sand rocks,
all falcate-secund.

22. D. majus, Turn.
D. scoparium, B. majus, Eng. FI.
Not common: confined chiefly to the neighbourhood of the sand
rocks, and St. Leonard’s Forest.

23. D. Bonjeani, De Notaris ; “ dense ceespitosum fragile erec-

ee ee ee eee

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex. 309

tum vel ascendens fastigiatim breviter ramosum robustum dense
foliosum, apice substricto vel subcuspidato; folia caulina pau-
lisper secunda vel erecto-patentia, e basi lata plana lanceolata
latiusculo-acuminata dentibus acuta, apice subplano loriformi,
superne argute serrata et leviter transversim undulata, nervo an-
gustissimo evanido, omnino e cellulis longis robustis parietibus
crassis valde interruptis flavidis preditis areolata, cellulis alaribus
planiusculis paucis robustis brunneis dem marcescentibus ; peri-
cheetialia in cylindrum convoluta late vaginantia superne sinuato-
rotundata subito acuminata integra obsoletinervia ; theca oblongo-
cylindracea erecto-curvata subapophysata levis exannulata fus-
cescens, operculo longi-subulato ; perist. dentes angusti pallide
purpurei bifidi.”—-C. Miiller, Synops. p. 369.
D. palustre, B. et S. Bryol. Europ. Dicranum, p. 39. t. 31.

Frequent in bogs, but always barren.

This species has no doubt commonly been passed over as a state of
D. undulatum or of D. seoparium, to which last in habit and appearance
it has great resemblance, but it differs in having the upper part of its
leaves broader and more strap-shaped and not subulate; the nerve
vanishes below the point, in D. scoparium it is excurrent ; the areo-
lation of the leaves is much more lax than in D. scoparium or D.
Schraderi; the capsules without opercula, sent by Mr. Spruce and
Mr. Gardiner, resemble those of D. scoparium. As in D. undulatum,
the leaves of this moss are prettily undulated, especially when dry.

24. D. Scottianum, Turn.
D. flagellare, 3. Eng. Fi.
- On all the sand rocks.

25. D. Funkii, C. Miiller; “ pulvinato-cespitosum humile
pallide viride fragile subsimplex strictum, inferne fuscidulo-
tomentosum tenuius, superne crassius foliosum, parce fructi-
ficans ; folia caulina erecto-patentia stricta e basi longa tenera
laxissime et pellucide areolata lanceolato-acuminata latinervia,
dorso scabra, apice denticulata, cellulis alaribus raro conspicuis,
paucissimis tantum marginalibus hyalinis ; folia ramorum steri-
lium apicis angustissime lanceolata linearia laxe quadrate et
ameoene pellucide areolata valde canaliculata strictissima laxinervia
crassa ; perichztialia vaginantia basi laxius sed superne ut in
caulinis minute et incrassato-areolata; thece pauce solitarie in
pedunculis valde cygneis ovales subpyriformes leviter sulcate
olivaceze, operculis conico-subulatis rubentibus obliquis ; calyptra
parce fimbriata ; peristomium D. turfacei.”’”—C. Miiller, Synops.
p. 393.

Campylopus fragilis, Bryol. Europ. Campylopus, p. 4. t. 2.

On all the sand rocks, but seldom in fruit.

310 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex.

This pretty moss forms small dense tufts in cracks in the sand
rocks. ‘The upper parts are of a fresh or yellowish green colour, the
lower pale brown; the leaves are all erecto-patent and subulate from
a more elliptie pale base than in D. fleauosum ; the large cells found
at the base of the leaves of all Dicrana are scarcely visible in this
species, being reduced to a single row of cells. In D. flexuosum this
part is more developed and coloured of a deep red-brown, and the
areolation of the leaves is closer and more dense, and the leaves are
all. much longer and often falecate. The capsules resemble those of
D. turfaceum.
~ In the male plant the flowers are collected into capituli of four or
five flowers each, at the summit of every innovation.

D. densum, Schieich., differs from the present pecs principally
in its straighter and more appressed leaves ; but whether it is not a
form produced by growing ‘‘ad margines fossarum in paludosis prope
Roche,”’ as stated on the label of Mr. Borrer’s authentic specimen,
is questionable.

D. Funkii never grows on the ground in Sussex.

26. D. turfaceum, C. Miller; “ dense cespitosum humile in-
ferne interdum divisum erectum haud tomentosum viride sub-
strictum, inferne nudiusculum, superne longe comosum, haud
falcatum ; folia caulina erecto-patentia apice paulisper falcata,
lanceolato-subulata longius capillacea canaliculata latinervia,
dorso scabra, summo apice denticulata, cellulis alaribus minus
conspicuis parvis laxis tenerrimis paucis planis preedita, e cellulis
inferne quadratis pellucidis parvis superne minutissimis areolata ;
perichzetialia intima cylindraceo-convoluta, e basi longe vagi-
nante magis sensim subulata, inferne laxe pellucide superne mi-
nute areolata, longiora, apice denticulata ; theca plerumgue soli-
taria in pedunculo valde arcuato ovalis basi vix apophysata glabra
sulcata pallida, operculo conico subulato obliquo longiori rubente ;
perist. dentes ad medium fissi, cruribus tenuissimis hyalinis ru-
gulosis haud nodosis; calyptra ciliis albis inzequalibus flaccidis
fimbriata.”—C. Miiller, Synops. p. 399. #28

Campylopus turfaceus, Bryol. Europ. Campylopus, p. 4. t. 3.
Dicranum flecuosum, Eng. FI. in part.

Not rare in moist sandy places.

The most slender of all the British species, with longer and more
subulate capillary leaves, which are often broken and strewed in
abundance over the patches of the plant. As in D. Funkii, the en-
larged cells at the base of the leaf are reduced to three or four in
number, and not perceptible unless expressly looked for; but it a
pears distinct from that moss in its longer, more flexuose and loosely
placed leaves.

27. D. flecuosum, Hedw.
About the sand rocks, and by the bog on Chailey North Common.

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex. 211

Tribe III. Porriraceaz.

Genus 1. Schistidium, Brid.

28. s. Floerkeanum (Web. et Mohr), Mitten.

“ Acaulon Floerkeanum, C. Miller, Synops. p. 21.
Frequent in stubbles on chalky or clayey soils.

29. S. muticum (Schreb.), Mitten.

Acaulon muticum, C. Miller, Ean pa p. 22.
Phascum muticum, Schreb. En

On banks and im stubbles, not very Asta
30. S. triquetrum (Spruce), Mitten.

Phascum triquetrum, Spruce in Eng. Bot. Suppl. 1901.
Acaulon triquetrum, C. Miller, Synops. p. 22.

On the cliffs between Brighton and Newhaven.

Genus 2. Pottia, Ehrh., C. Miiller.
31. P. cuspidata (Schreb.), Mitten.
Phascum cuspidatum, Schreb. Eng. FI.
Common in stubbles and on banks.
_ 82. P. eurvicolla (Hedw.), Mitten.
Phascum curvicollum, Hedw. Eng. FI.
Not unfrequent about the Downs.

- 83. P. recta (With.), Mitten.
§ Phascum rectum, With. Eng. FI.

_ More frequent than the preceding, and often growing with it, but
seldom seen off the chalk.

34. P. bryoides (Dicks.), Mitten.

: Phascum bryoides, Dicks. Eng. Fl.

_ On the coast at Aldrington near Brighton, and on the cliffs between
Brighton and Newhaven ; it has also been met with by Mr. Borrer on
the Downs at Piecombe and near Lewes, and near the Devil’s Dyke.

35. P. cavifolia, Ehrh.

Gymnostomum ovatum, Hedw. Eng. Fl.

Cliffs and walls between Brighton and Newhaven, and about Hove,
also at Hurstpierpoint, but almost confined to the coast.

36. P. crinita, Wils.

Rare: growing intermixed with P. Heimii amongst the shingle at
Aldrington.

37. P. Wilsoni, B..et S.

Gymnostomum Wilsoni, Hook. Eng. F'.

On a sandy bank at Barrow Hill, Henfield, where it has been
known to Mr. Borrer for many years.
C. Miller refers hither with doubt the Gymnostomum truncatulum,

312 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex.

f. solivagum, Brid. i. p. 69, sent by Green to Bridel from Hamp-
stead and Plumstead Heaths. P. eustoma grows in both places, and
so far as soil is concerned they are very likely to produce P. Wilsoni.

38. P. eustoma, Ehrh.
Gymnostomum truncatulum, Hedw. Eng. FI.
Common on banks and in stubbles.

39. P. Heimii, Furn.
Gymnostomum Heimii, Hedw. Eng. FI.
On the coast at Newhaven, Hove, Shoreham and Lancing.

40. P. minutula (Schw.), Hampe.
Gymnostomum conicum, Schw. Eng. F1.
Very common in stubbles and waste places.

41. P. Starkeana (Hedw.), C. Miiller.
Weissia Starkeana, Hedw. Eng. Fi.

At Hove, and on the cliffs between Brighton and Newhaven; not
rare in stubbles, but most frequent near the coast.

42. P. cespitosa (Bruch), C. Miiller.

Anacalypta cespitosa, B. et 8. Bryol. Europ. Anacalypta,
p.o. t. 2.

“Cespitulosa, parvula; caule subramoso vel ramoso; foliis
patentibus, ovato- et oblongo-lanceolatis, concavis, margine haud
revolutis, costa in mucronem brevem excedente, perichetialibus
vaginantibus ; capsula ovata, operculo longirostro, annulo unam
cellularum seriem sistente, peristomii dentibus plus minus per-

fectis, in linea divisuriali obsoleta fissis vel pertusis.”—Bryol.

Europ. l. c.

Rare: on Woolsonbury Hill near Hurstpierpoint.

Intermediate between P. Starkeana and P. lanceolata, but agree-
ing more nearly with the first ; it differs however in the form and
never reflexed margins of its leaves ; the three pericheetial leaves are
much widened and embrace the base of the yellow seta; the capsule
is of a fine orange-brown when mature, ovate and not at all tapering
downwards into the seta; just below the mouth it is a little con-
stricted ; the peristome is similar to that of P. lanceolata and equally
variable ; the calyptra is smooth and not scabrous as in P. Starkeana.

43, P. lanceolata (Hedw.), C. Miiller.
Weissia lanceolata, Hook. and Tayl. Eng. Fl.
Not uncommon, particularly about-the Downs.

Genus 3. Trichostomum, Hedw.
44. T. cylindricum (Bruch), C. Miller.
Weissia tenuirostris, Hook. and Tayl. Eng. Fl.
On all the sand rocks, but always sterile.

a ee

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex. 318

45. T. mutabile, Bruch.

Didymodon brachydontius, Wils. Eng. F.

Common on the Downs; and at Shoreham, growing plentifully on
the scanty humus between the shingle, exposed to immersion at very
high tides ; always sterile.

46. T. crispulum, Bruch.

Didymodon crispulus, Wils. Eng. Fi.

Nearly as common as the last, but like it confined to the chalk and

the sandy sea-shore, and barren.

47. T.rubellum (Hoffm.), Rabenh.
Weissia curvirostra, Hook. and Tayl. Eng. FI.
Frequent on walls and roofs, and on the ground about the roots of
- trees.
48. T. rigidulum, Sm.
Didymodon rigidulus, Hedw. Eng. Fl.
Rare: in small quantity at Henley Hill and about Hurstpierpoint.

49. T. trifarium, Sm.
Didymodon trifarius, Sw. Eng. Fi.
Frequent on the Downs ; growing on the earth in tufts about the

roots of trees ; it is also common on sandstone and on mortar in walls
built of sandstone, but rarely fertile.

50. 7. tophaceum, Brid.
On a wet sandy bank near Hurstpierpoint ; at Hastings on and

above the cliffs near the Dripping Well, and on walls at Midhurst.
51. T. convolutum, Brid.

Didymodon nervosus, Hook. and Tayl.
On the cliffs between Brighton and Beachy Head, and at Hastings.

Genus 4. Barbula, Hedw.

52. B. aloides, B. et S.
Tortula rigida, Eng. FI.
Common about the Downs, and less frequently on clayey banks.
This is the 7. rigida of the Flora of Tunbridge Wells.
53. B. ambigua, B. et S.

On a sandy bank near Hurstpierpoint, where it grew very sparingly
in 1849.

54. B. rigida, Schultz.

Tortula enervis, Eng. FI.

In small quantity about a chalk-pit at Newtimber near Hurstpier-
point.

314 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex.

55. B. revoluta, Schw.
Tortula revoluta, Eng. FI,
' Not unfrequent on walls.

56. B. Hornschuchiana, Schultz; “ dioica ; laxe et late ceespi-
tosa flavescens fragilis gracillima erecta parce breviter dichotoma ;
folia caulina sicca incumbentia, madefacta patentia, perfecte late
lanceolata acutissima, nervo crasso excurrente vel in superioribus
excedente, integerrima, inferiora minute sed dense areolata sub-
levia margine minus revoluto, superiora vel perichetialia parum
majus areolata, margine erecto; theca oblongo-cylindrica, badia
parva subcurvula, anguste annulata, operculo oblique subulato ;
perist. precedentis.”. [B.revoluta| C. Miiller, Synops. p. 608.

_» Probably not uncommon. At Aldrington near Brighton, growing

on the sandy soil between the road and the sea; at Clayton on the »

chalk; on the Forest near Balcombe Tunnel; and Mr. Borrer has
gathered it on Tunbridge Wells Common.

Similar as this species is to B. revoluta in size and appearance, yet
when carefully compared, it presents many points of differenee. The
stems are about half an inch high, green, or more frequently dirty yel-
lowish ; leaves patent, when dry appressed to the stem, and slightly
twisted, lanceolate, acute; the nerve excurrent into a sharp point ;
the margins revolute ; the perichzetial leaves are broader below and
more subulate above, of a thinner and looser texture, and the margins
are not reflexed; the capsules are subcylindrical ; the peristome re-
sembles that of B. revoluta. The plant does not form compact tufts
like B. revoluta, but grows in loose patches on the ground: the
leaves taper gradually to the point even when the margins are spread
out. In B. revoluta the leaves are obtuse mucronate, and when the
margins are spread out the point of the leaf is found to be broad
and rounded. The pericheetial leaves are six in both species: those
of B. Hornschuchiana are subulate from an ovate base, but those of
B. revoluta are broadly lanceolate and somewhat obtuse.

The description of B. revoluta in ‘ Eng. Fl.’ corresponds better
with B. Hornschuchiana than with the species intended, and it is
possible that the B. gracilis of English authors may belong in part
to B. Hornschuchiana. : .

57. B.convoluta, Hedw.
Tortula convoluta, Sw. Eng. Fl.
Frequent on chalky, gravelly, or sandy soils.
A variety with longer leaves, but always sterile, occurs on walls at
Hurstpierpoint.
58. B. unguiculata, Hedw.
Tortula unguiculata, Hook. and Tayl. Eng. Fl.
Common everywhere.
59. B. fallax. Hedw.
Tortula fallax, Sw. Eng. FI.
Frequent, but not so ubiquitous as B. unguiculata.

ee "

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Heputice of Sussex. 815

60. B. vinealis, Brid.

Common on walls, growing on the sides rather than on the tops ;
not often in fruit. The form (. flaccida is very common on hedge-
banks, but always sterile.

61. B. squarrosa, Brid. :
Tortula squarrosa, De Notaris, Spruce in Lond. Journ. Bot.

Beeding chalk-pit, Mr. Borrer. In small quantity on Woolsonbury

Hill, and elsewhere on the Downs, but it is not rare on the cliffs be-

tween Brighton and Newhaven, and between Shoreham Harbour and
the sea: always sterile.

62. B. tortuosa, Hedw.
_ Tortula tortuosa, Hedw. Eng. FI.
Tottington Mount, Mr. Borrer ; Slindon, Mr. Jenner.

_ 63. B. marginata, B. et S.
Tortula marginata, Spruce in Lond. Journ. Bot.

» Frequent on sandstone walls, and less commonly on bricks ; it
eccurs also on the sand rocks.

64. B. muralis, Hedw.
Tortula muralis, Hedw. Eng. FI.
Everywhere on walls and stones.

65. B. canescens, Bruch; “ monoica, gregaria, cespitosa, hu-
milis, subsimplex ; foliis obovatis et late ovalibus, costa elongata
pilosis, margine revolutis, capsula erecta, symmetrica, oblonga,
operculo conico, peristomii membrana basilari in tubum oblique
tessellatum longe producta.”—Bryol. Europ. Barbula, p.34.t.19.

__ Cliffs near the Lovers’ Seat, Hastings, Mr. Jenner, 1844; it has
since been gathered in the same place by Mr. Borrer.

Closely resembling B. muralis, but rather less in all its parts. The
stems are short and almost buried in the fine loose sandy earth of the
locality ; the leaves in the lower parts of the stem are oblong or ob-
long-obovate, the upper ones are oval oblong and a little acuminate,
concave, with the margins reflexed ; the nerve is very stout for the
size of the leaves, and excurrent into a diaphanous hair-like point,
which in the lower leaves often equals the length of the whole leaf,
in the upper it scarcely exceeds one-fifth ; the setze are yellow, and
the oblong capsules orange-brown; the peristome is about half as
long as the capsule, and tubular about half its own length ; the oper-
culum is conical, and the calyptra covers about half the capsule.

This moss may at all times be known from B. muralis by the
long tubular base of the peristome, which corresponds with that of
B. cuneifolia, B. ruralis, and B. subulata ; besides this difference the
leaves are broader, the upper ones rather acuminate, and all of a less
firm and close texture than in B. muralis, and its habit is to grow on
the earth, where B. muralis is rarely seen.

316 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex.

66. B. cuneifolia (Dicks.).

Tortula cuneifolia, Turn. Eng. FI.

Tunbridge Wells, ‘on sandy banks and elsewhere,” Forster. Bo-
peep, near Hastings, Mr. Jenner; also between Hastings and Win-
cg under the low cliffs; and on a moist sandy bank at Skeims

67. B. subulata, Hedw.

Tortula subulata, Hedw. Eng. Fi.

Common on banks.

68. B. latifolia, B. et 8.
Frequent on trees and posts subject to inundation ; not often pro-
ducing fruit.
69. B. papillosa, Wils.
Tortula papillosa, Wils. MSS., Spruce in Lond. Journ. Bot.

Frequent on trees and fences, rarely on tiles.

The leaves of this species are not always gemmiferous, and its
habit is altogether that of the Syntrichie: no trace of inflorescence
has been seen. “

70. B. levipila, Schw.
Tortula ruralis, B. levipila, Eng. FI.
Abundant on trees.

71. B. ruralis, Hedw.
Tortula ruralis, Sw. Eng. Fl.

Very common on roofs ; on the ground; rarely on trees. When
growing on roofs this moss is usually of a brown colour, but when on
the earth in sandy or chalky places it becomes of a fine yellow, and
the lower portions ferruginous: this state is rarely fertile.

Genus 5. Ceratodon, Brid.

72. C. purpureus (L.), Brid.
Didymodon purpureus, Hook. and Tayl. Eng. Fl.

Genus 6. Weissia.

73. W. crispa (Hedw.), Mitten.

Phascum crispum, Hedw. Eng. Fl.
Astomum crispum, Bryol. Europ.

Common on the Downs.

When. growing in tufts, as is most usual with this species, the
leaves on the lower parts of the stems are not divergent; but when
the plants grow singly, as sometimes they may be found amongst
grass, the leaves are all divergent, and the plants have a very different
look, and resemble very closely, except in colour, the next species.

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Susser. 317

74. W. Mittenii (Schimper), Mitten.
Astomum Mittenii, Bryol. Europ.

_ Cespitulosum ; caule elatiore flexuoso erecto simplici et ra-
muloso ; foliis inferioribus late lanceolatis, superioribus sensim
majoribus utrisque solidis, sordide viridibus, costa crassa rufa
cum apice evanido, perichztialibus tenuioribus, pallidioribus,
costa tenuiore viridi, capsula in pedicello longiore subemersa
ovata, rostello obtuso subobliquo ; flore masculo terminali, peri-
gonialibus ovato-lanceolatis.”—Bryol. Europ. l. c.

On clayey soil in a stubble near Little-ease, and by a roadside near
Hurstpierpoint ; very rare in both situations, and growing intermixed
with W. mucronata, W. squarrosa, and W. multicapsularis.

- More robust than W. crispa, and with its capsules on longer sete :
the inflorescence is also somewhat different, being monoicous and
polygamous ; the flowers are terminal and sometimes hermaphrodite ;
the whole plant is brownish.

_ 75. W. multicapsularis (Sm.), Mitten.
. Astomum multicapsulare, Bryol. Europ.
- “Cespitulosum; caule procumbente, flexuoso-erecto, dicho-
tome ramoso et ramuloso, unciali et longiore ; foliis caulinis pa-
tulis, recurvis, flexuosis, flaccidis, perichetio polyphyllo, foliis
perichztialibus erectis, lineari-lanceolatis ; capsula in pedicello
perbrevi, ovato-oblonga in rostellum subobliquum producta ;
calyptra ad mediam capsulam producta, longius persistente.”’—
Bryol. Europ. l.c.
In yery small quantity in several spots by a roadside on a clayey
soil near Hurstpierpoint. A much larger moss than W. crispa, with
broader and longer leaves, and with more stoutly rostrate capsules :
the male flowers have not yet been observed.
[It corresponds very closely with the following, which may be noticed
here, although it has no claims to be considered a Sussex moss.

W. convolutacea, Mitten ; dioica ? caulis breviusculus infra pe-
richetium innovans, monocarpus; folia inferiora late lanceolata
neryo excurrente cuspidata, marginibus inflexis, e basi cauli ad-
presso patenti-divergentia ; perichetialia e basi subelliptica con-
yolutacea subulato-attenuata, acuta, superne marginibus incurvis :
theca in pedunculo brevissimo elliptica, operculo brevi apiculato.

Phascum crispum, Mougeot et Nestler, no. 703.

Bedfordshire, Mr. Turner in Hb. Borrer.

Asin W. multicapsularis, the male flowers have not been seen in this
moss ; it also resembles that species in colour and appearance, but
differs in the very convolute bases of the perichetial leaves, which

quite cover the capsule, and have their margins incurved towards
their apices. ]

76. W. longifolia, Mitten ; monoica ; caulis breviusculus po-

318 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex.

lycarpus ; folia inferiora lanceolata nervo excurrente mucronata,
marginibus erectis, e basi cauli adpresso patentia ; pericheetialia
longissima e basi lata convolutacea subulato-acuminata acuta
apicibus arcuato incurvis; theca in pedunculo brevi, elliptica, oper-
culo brevi apiculato ; flos masculus in medio fertilium ; folia peri-
gonialia ovata acuta.

Gathered in 1836 by Mr. Borrer, near Goldstone Barn near
Brighton, growing on a fence bank with W. viridula.

In appearance this moss differs greatly from all its allies ; the peri-
cheetia are crowded together around the central male flower, and their
leaves are remarkably long for the small size of the plant. The cap-
sules appear to be slightly coloured, but are too young in all the spe-
cimens to ascertain if they may be coloured when mature like those
of the Phascum crispum of Drummond’s ‘ Musci Americani,’ No. 9,
which nearly resembles the present moss, and may belong to the
same species.

77. W. aciculata, Mitten ; monoica ; caulis elongatus, ramulis
fastigiatis polycarpis ; folia inferiora e basi latiora erecta lanceo-
lata divergentia nervo excurrente mucronata ; marginibus erectis
vel parum incurvis ; pericheetialia e basi lata sensim subulata-an-
gusta acutissima nervo excurrente ; marginibus erectis ; theca in
pedunculo brevissimo vel fere sessilis, elliptica, operculo brevi
apiculato ; flos masculus ut in W. crispa.

On clayey soil by a roadside near Hurstpierpoint.

Nearly resembling W. crispa, but much more slender, with more
attenuated and very acute pericheetial leaves, which have the margins
erect and not rolled in. ‘The capsules are almost sessile and covered
by the pericheetial leaves, and the operculum and calyptra are shorter
than those of W. crispa.

This and the last species present differences from each other, and
from the other preceding species, amounting to the same value as
those which distinguish W’. sguarrosa, W. phascoides, W. rostellata;
and W. microstoma ; and in all these mosses there is great difficulty
in seizing upon any distinctive character which can be readily defined ;
yet they cannot well be considered varieties of a single species. W,
crispa and W. longifolia are both found on the chalk, where as yet
no intermediate state has been seen, WV. multicapsularis, W. Mittenii,
and W. aciculata are found on clay, and have but little the appear-
ance of being varieties of each other : still it is possible that some of
these at least may be only states of W. crispa modified by soil and
situation. In all the species the leaves are patenti-divergent from an
erect base appressed to the stem, and the apices are slightly hooded ;
the pericheetial leaves have the margins more or less involute, and,
like the cauline, are very papillose. The inflorescence in W’. multi-
capsularis and W. convolutacea appears to be dioicous, but. the male
flowers are yet wanting to both species. The flowers of W. Mittenti,
although sometimes hermaphrodite, do not essentially differ otherwise
from those of W. crispa, which has the male flower sometimes ter-
minal. In W. longifolia the male flower remains at the extremity of

a

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex. 319

the axis, apparently from the simultaneous growth of innovations on
all sides of the stem beneath it.

78. W. phascoides (Wils.), C. Miiller.
Hymenostomum phascoides, Wils. Bryol. Europ. fasc. 42.
By the margin of the larger pond at Pondleigh near Hurstpierpoint.
With the usual form of this species there sometimes occur stems
which are hardly to be distinguished from W. rostellata.

79. W. squarrosa (Bruch), C. Miiller; “monoica ; laxe czespi-
tulosa, caule annosiore decumbente inequaliter ramoso; folia
squarrosa latiora, margine erecto, haud involuto; theca erecta
ovata et elliptica zequalis, operculo anguste conico rostellato.”—
C. Miiller, Synops. p. 663.

On clayey soil by a roadside near Hurstpierpoint, and in a stubble
at Little-ease.

Very similar to W. microstoma, but more slender, with longer
stems and shorter and broader squarrose leaves ; its fruit too is
ripened in November, whereas that of W. microstoma is scarcely
mature before March or April.

80. W. microstoma (Hedw.), C. Miiller.
Gymnostomum microstomum, Hedw. Eng. Fl.
Common on banks, by roadsides, and.on the Downs.

81. W. tortilis (Schw.), C. Miller; “monoica; pulvinate
cespitosa dichotome et fastigiate ramosa fasciculate foliosa, viri-
dissima inferne ferruginea parce radiculosa, robusta ; folia caulina
conferta, sicca valde incumbenti-tortilia, madefacta erecto-patula,
inferiora minute ovata, superiora late oblongo-lanceolata, nervo
excurrente breviter mucronata, margine integerrima incurva,
carinata, subundulata, ubique e cellulis quadratis minutis firmis
diaphanis apice folii opacis tenuissime papillosis areolata ; peri-
chetialia longiora, basi tenerius longius angustius pellucidius areo-
lata; theca in ped. medio flavido turgide ovalis raro cylindracea
eequalis vel gibba firma orificio majori rubro post operculi lap-
sum medio apertum, fuscescens simpliciter annulata, operculo
longirostrato obliquo.”—C, Miiller, Synops. p. 661. .

On the cliffs at Gin Gap near Newhayen.

Plants growing together in small patches amongst the short starved
herbage on the edge of the cliff, exposed to the full influences of the
sea breezes. The stems are from one to three-fourths of an inch high,
fastigiately branched ; the leaves are green or yellowish green in the
upper parts, below ferruginous; the capsules are pale yellowish
brown, erect or gibbous, the mouth red and the sete yellow. It is
readily known from W. mucronata, to which it is nearest allied, by
its much greater size, thicker leaves, and coloured mouth of its cap-
sules, which are ripened in March.

3820 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex.

82. W. mucronata, Bruch.

Gymnostomum rutilans, Hedw. Sp. Muse. t. 3. f. 8-11.
Not very common on clayey banks about Hurstpierpoint.
Doubtfully distinct from the following species.
83. W. viridula (Iinn.), Brid.

W. controversa, Hedw. Eng. Fi.
Very common and variable in appearance.

84. W. cirrhata, Hedw.

Frequent on wooden fences ; sometimes on thatch, on trees, and on
the sand rocks.

85. W. crispula, Hedw.

Harrison’s Rocks, Mr. Borrer, 1810, from whose specimens gathered
there, the ‘ Eng. Bot.’ figure was drawn.

86. W. verticillata, Brid.
On mortar between bricks round a spring near Hurstpierpoint ; and
about the Dripping Well at Hastings.
87. W. tenuis (Schrad.), C. Miiller.
Gymnostomum tenue, Schrad. Eng. Fl.

In the stone-pit at Henfield, but barren,

Genus 7. Grimmia, Ehrh.
88. G. apocarpa, Hedw.
Not uncommon on walls and roofs ; on exposed flints on the Downs,
and on the sand rocks at Tunbridge Wells.
89. G. pulvinata, Hook. and Tay].

Very common on walls and roofs.

90. G. trichophylla, Grev.

Rare: it has been gathered in small quantity by Mr. Borrer on
some Druidical stones near Brighton, and on a roof at Henfield ; it is
also found on a stone wall at Henley Hill, and on rocks at Tunbridge
Wells.

91. G. acicularis (Hedw.), C. Miiller.

Trichostomum aciculare, Hedw. Eng. FI.

On rocks about Tunbridge Wells, and on a wall at Henley Hill.

92. G. lanuginosa (Hedw.), C. Miiller.

Trichostomum lanuginosum, Hedw. Eng. Fi.

On a rock at Henley Hill. It was formerly found on heaps of
flints on the Downs near Patcham, by Mr. Borrer.

93. G. canescens (Hedw.), C. Miiller.

Trichostomum canescens, Hedw. Eng. FI.
In very small quantity on Woolsonbury Hill, and about Tunbridge

ao) ee

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex. 321

Wells ; more abundant above Heyshot, and in several other places on
the ridge of the Downs; on a tiled roof near Henfield, Mr. Borrer.

94. G. heterosticha (Hedw.), C. Miiller.
Trichostomum heterostichum, Hedw. Eng. Fi.
On all the sand rocks, but fertile only at Tunbridge Wells.

_ 95. G. fascicularis (Schrad.), C. Miiller.
Trichostomum fasciculare, Hedw. Eng. FI.
In very small quantity on a rock at Henley Hill.

Genus 8. Zygodon, Hook. and Tayl.

96. Z. viridissimus, Brid.
Gymnostomum viridissimum, Hook. and Tayl. Eng. FI.

Very common on trees, more rare on walls: not rare in fruit, par-
ticularly on trunks of trees near the ground.

97. Z. conoideus {Dicks.), Hook. and Tayl. Eng. Fl. in part.
Z. Brebissoni, B. et S. Bryol. Europ. Zygodon, p. 8. t. 2.
Bryum conoideum, Dicks.

Rare : on a beech-tree on Newtimber Hill, and more plentifully on
Sallows by the Mill Pond at Arundel. Mr. Borrer has gathered it
in Charlton Forest, and Mr. Jenner in the Forest near Handcross.

Great as the confusion has been in the names of this and the next
species, still it appears that the name conoideus is the proper one for
this moss, it being the Bryum conoideum of Dickson ; but if the name
given to it by its discoverer is to be suppressed, it ought to take that
of Z. Dicksoni rather than any other.

The peristome of this species is double, as described by Hooker and
Taylor ; not simple, as it is described and figured in ‘ Bryol. Europ.’

98. Z. Forsteri (Dicks.), Mitten ; “ monoicus ; pulvinatus hu-
milis breviter ramosus, inferne tomentosus viridissimus ; folia
caulina dense conferta, madefacta patula, e basi angustiore am-
pliuscule hexagone reticulata sensim late ovato-lanceolata s. sub-
spathulato-acuminata, planiuscula nervo ante apicem evanido
crassiusculo, integerrima, e cellulis ubique magnis perfecte hex-
agonis chlorophyllosis firmis areolata ; perichztialia basi multo
laxius reticulata ; theca in ped. brevi flavido crassiusculo erecta,
pyriformi-ovalis, fuscescens 8-striata, ore coarctata, operculo co-
nico subulato obliquo; perist. dentes externi 8 bigeminati lati-
usculi subrugulosi pallide lutescentes sicci reflexi apice liberi,
interni: cilia 8 cum dent. alternantia breviora anguste subulata
‘hyalina subrecta.”— C. Miiller, Synops. p. 667.

Z. conoideus, Brid. i. p. 590; Bryol. Europ. p. 8. t. 2; C.
Miiller, Synops. p. 667.
Gymnostomum viridissimum, in part Eng. FI.
Bryum Forsteri, Dicks, !
Near Hastings, Mr. Jenner.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. viii. 21

322 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex.

No precise locality is known for this moss, but one small tuft was
found amongst mosses collected by Mr. Jenner in the neighbourhood
of Hastings.

Stems scarcely halfan inch high, growing in dense tufts, the upper
portions dark green, the lower pale and covered with whitish rootlets ;
the leaves are patent, subspathulate or widely lanceolate, shortly acu-
minate carinate ; the nerve vanishes just below the apex ; the texture
of the leaves is composed of perfectly hexagonal cells in the upper
part, and in the lower part they are elongated and colourless ; the
pericheetial leaves are rather longer, but of the same shape as the
cauline : the setze are about a quarter of an inch long and yellowish ;
the capsules are erect pyriform-ovate, when dry ovate pyriform and
eight-striate ; the operculum conical subulate, oblique ; the external
peristome consists of eight bigeminate minutely rugose whitish teeth,
the internal of eight subulate colourless cilia, alternating with the
external teeth; the calyptra resembles that of Z. viridissimus, and
covers about one-third of the capsule.

. Although the confusion has been very great respecting the present
species and Z. conoideus, still there seems no just reason why Dick-
son, who was the first to observe and describe these two mosses,
should. have his names set aside because others have confounded
them and imposed names of their own.

In Mr. Borrer’s herbarium is preserved a small portion of an ori-
ginal specimen gathered by Mr. Forster on a felled tree at Chapel-end,
Walthamstow, and this being the source of Dickson’s species places
beyond doubt the fact that his Bryum Forsteri, “ capsulis erectis den-
ticulatis, setis adscendentibus surculis subacaulibus, foliis ovatis,’”’ is
the same as the Z. conoideus of Bridel and continental authors, who
have been altogether misled by the ‘ Muscologia Britannica.’ This
moss is still in want of a precise locality, Mr. Forster’s specimens
being from a felled tree in a timber-yard, and Mr. Jenner’s gathered
somewhere near Hastings.

Genus 9. Orthotrichum, Hedw.
99. O. anomalum, Hedw.
Not unfrequent on roofs and walls.
100. O. diaphanum, Schrad.
Common on trees and fences, rarely on roofs.
101. O. stramineum, Usch.
Not very common, chiefly on beech-trees.
102. O. rivulare, Turn.

Rare: it occurs on bushes and roots by the stream at Little-ease
near Hurstpierpoint, and on posts at Shermanbury. Mr. Borrer has
found it at Henfield, and Mr. Jenner at Lugershall.

103. O. Sprucei, Mont.

‘Frequent on trees and fences by rivulets, always within the reach
of occasional inundations.

Rahat:

. Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex. 323

104. O. cupulatum, Hoffm.
Rare: on tiles at Balcombe. Mr. Borrer has gathered it 5 Stor-
rington, and Mr. Jenner at Lewes.

105. O. tenellum, Bruch.
Plentiful on trees about Hurstpierpoint and Henfield, but perhaps
not generally common.
‘106. O. affine, Schrad.

Abundant on trees, more rarely on tiles.

107. O. speciosum, Nees ab E.

Very rare: one patch was gathered by Mr. Spruce in an orchard
at Henfield ; it has since been carefully sought for in the same place
without success.

108. O. rupestre, Schleich.

O. rupincola, Funk. Eng. Fi.

In very small quantity on an seb trv by a rivulet near New Close,
near Hurstpierpoint.

109. O. striatum, Hedw.

O. leiocarpum, B. et 8.
ent on trees.

Following C. Miiller, the old name has been used for this moss,
which, if it is the species so named by Hedwig, ought to retain his
name, bad as it may be.

110. O. Lyellii, Hook. and Tayl.

Common on trees: unfrequent in fruit, which is mostly found in
woods. —

111. O. pulchellum, Smith.

Rare : in several places near Hurstpierpoint and in Tilgate Forest.
On hazel at Midhurst, and on bushes on the beach near Shoreham,
Mr. Borrer.

112. O. crispum, Hedw.

Not unfrequent, especially on beech-trees, in woods near the Downs.

A somewhat smaller state than usual is sometimes met with, and
has been referred to O. crispulum, Bruch, but it does not quite cor-
respond with continental specimens.

113. O. Bruchii, Hsch.
O. coaretatum, B. et 8.

Common on trees in woods, particularly in the forests, where it
abounds.

114. O. Iudwigii, Schw.

Very rare ; on beech-trees on the north side of Woolsonbury Hill.
Only three small tufts have been seen.

21*

324 Mr. C.Spenee Bate on the Development of the Cirripedia.

115. O. jutlandicum, Brid. 1. p. 296.
O. phyllanthum, B. et 8.
Common on trees.

Genus 10. Encalypta, Schreb-.

116. E. vulgaris, Hedw.

On the Downs at Halnaker near Chichester, and on the north wall
of St. Nicholas Church, Brighton, Mr. Borrer. On a wall at Stor-
rington, and on a wall between Cocking and Midhurst.

117. E. streptecarpa, Hedw.
In many places on the Downs: at Newtimber; Arundel Park ;
Offham near Lewes ; and on tiles near Hurstpierpoint : always barren.

[To be continued. ]

XXVI.—On the Development of the Cirripedia.
By C. Spence Bare.

[With three Plates. }

Few animals belonging to the European fauna, so very abundant
on our shores as the Cirripedia, have had their nature so misun-
derstood, and so long veiled in mystery. The happy discovery
of Mr. J. V. Thomson, so far back as 1826, approximated some-
what to a revelation of their real history ; and the later researches
of Burmeister, in his Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte der Ranken-
fiisser, together with those of Prof. Goodsir, in the Edinburgh
New Phil. Journal, July 1843, have further elucidated this imter-
esting inquiry. Although as yet the chain of development be-
tween the ovum and the perfect animal has not been success-
fully observed, the hiatus is not so great but that naturalists are
enabled to identify the position of these creatures in the animal
kingdom.

Feeling a little curiosity in relation to the subject, and wishing
to verify for myself the observations of Mr. Thomson, I took ad-
vantage of my residing near the shore where two or three distinct
species are common, and have occupied myself a little this suam-
mer in endeavouring to observe the animal, as well as the changes
through which the larva passes until it assumes the form and
characters of the parent. Being desirous to obtain the young,
so as to identify it with the species which are the parent of each,
I adopted the mode of breaking off the Balanus from the rocks
and obtaining the embryo in a mature state before it had left the
ovum, and of then hatching it; which was readily accomplished
upon its being plunged into sea-water,—a mode which I found

7
‘

EE

Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Development of the Cirripedia. 325

very successful, and which has enabled me to accompany this
paper with sketches of the larva of five separate species :—

1. Balanus balanoides, Linn. }

2. B. porcatus, DaCosta. B. sulcatus, Brug. B.Scotieus, Wood.

3. B. perforatus, Brug. B. communis, Mont. B. (var.) Cranchii,
Leach.

4. Chthamalus depressus (?), Poli. Balanus punctatus, Mond.

5. Clitia Strémia, Miller. Balanus verruca, Mont.

Upon placing the young as soon as hatched under the mi-
croscope, I was interested to find that it differed as much
from Mr. Thomson’s figure as that given by him does from the
adult animal*, thus showing that the larva must pass through
more than one metamerphosis prior to its assuming the figure of
the adult.

There is, on the first appearance of the larva of the Balani, a
single black spot in the centre of what would be termed the head
of the animal, appearing like the eye in Cyclops, Canthocamptus,
&e.; but this it cannot be, since the form is not persistent in
every individual even of the same species. With what agency this
spot may be endowed I am not capable of stating, but it appears
to me to be analogous to a similar spot in the larva of Chiro-
cephalus diaphanus+, and which, by development, is shown to
have no connection with the eyes; so also in an older stage in
the larva of the Balanus, the eyes, which are absent in the young,
become fully developed, but are found to exist distinct from this
spot, which has been looked upon as an organ of vision by all pre-
vious observers. I think, however, that we are scarcely justified
in assuming every black spot in a convenient position to be an eye :
and in this instance, when the spot may be seen in the young of
the same parent to put on almost every modification of form, I can

_ scarcely bring myself to subscribe to the idea of its being an agent
of sight. Moreover, in the pupa state, when the eyes are large
and conspicuous, there may be observed a spot (Pl. VIII. fig. 15,
16 6) upon the shell, the same which Mr. Thomson presumes to
-be the “nucleus of the future attachment,” so like to that to
which we allude in the larva, that I am inclined to believe

* When this paper was first written, I was ignorant of the discoveries of
either Burmeister or Goodsir ; the researches of the former I have only
Seen since this has been in type ; and to both of whom separately is due the
merit of the discovery of the great fact of the complex metamorphosis of
the Cirripedia; since Mr. J. V. Thomson, although the original discoverer
-of both stages, did not even conjecture that there was more than a single
metamorphosis, although he was aware of the fact in the marine Decapoda,
attributing the earlier form or larva to the pedunculated division, and the

r or pupa to the sessile division of the Cirripedia. :

Tt Vide figures by Dr. Baird in the ‘ Hist. of British Entomostraca.’

826 Mr.C. Spence Bate on the Development of the Cirripedia.

them, particularly if the homologies as pointed out by Burmei-
ster be correct, to be identical; an idea which receives support
from the gradual receding of the spot from the anterior edge,
near which it may be observed in the larva previous to the first
moult ; whereas in the next it is further back, and in the third, as
given in P]. VI. fig. 3b, the only specimen of which I have had an
opportunity of observing, it has considerably receded, being in a
lme with the extremity of the probosciform organ. Therefore,
presuming such to be the case, I can scarcely appreciate the idea
advanced by this latter author, that the two large eyes in the pupa
are formed by the splitting into halves of this central spot ; or,
to translate his own words, “that the single eye is compounded
of two halves, which, by degrees, separate more and more until in
the following period they are divided by a considerable space.”

In this description their development is not analogous to that
of the eyes in the larva of the Entomostraca, which certainly in
this stage must be considered as its nearest ally. For imstance,
in the larva of Chirocephalus diaphanus the two lateral organs of
vision are apparent previous to the disappearance of the “ central
eye,” plainly showing that the real eyes are not developed from
the central spot, whatever it may be.

Among the more peculiar features of the larvee of these animals

is the presence of an elongated forked process of the abdomen,
. forming to all outward appearance a second caudal appendage,
and which has been confounded with the tail in Prof. Goodsir’s
figure and description of the larva previous to the first moult,
where he says, “the last segment is armed with three sharp
strong spines which project backwards.”’ After the first moult
this appendage increases in length, greater or less in different
species, by the addition of another ring proceeding from the
extremity of the last, and like it terminating in a similarly forked
extremity. Of its uses in the larva, or its homology in the adult
animal, I have not been able to satisfy myself; but it is a fea-
ture in a more or less modified form (as far as I have observed)
universally present in this early stage of their development.

In Balanus perforatus, Clitia Strémia, and Chthamalus depressus,
the growth of the caudal appendages increases at the first moult
to a length much greater in proportion than the same organs do
‘in Balanus balanoides.

Another organ equally constant and peculiar to the early larval
stage of these animals is, that which for convenience of commu-
nication I shall call a proboscis. This, the animal has the power
of raising and lowering at pleasure, as its uses may require.
At its extremity appears to be an oral-like aperture which is
closed by a valve or upper lip. This organ, as far as my know-
ledge goes, has no analogous representation among Crustacea, it

i ta

eat +. a ~

Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Development of the Cirripedia. 327

being a feature peculiar to this stage of the larva of the Cirripedia,
among which it differs in length and size according to the species;
like the caudal appendages, it increases in length, together with
the natatory legs, with each of the earlier successive moults. At
the base of this organ I have observed an irregular pulsation,
and consequently presume it to be the seat of the heart.

At the shoulders of the anterior extremity extends right and
left a small process, which under a one-fourth of an inch object-
glass appears to terminate most commonly in a bifid extremity ;
but through the assistance of a higher power than I have used,
1am informed by Mr. Darwin that this appearance is shown to
be erroneous, it being seen to terminate always in a point:
these are attached to the lower surface of the shield, and after the
first moult appear to consist of two articulations ; they may differ
in dimensions in respective species, but, as far as I have had an
opportunity of observing, are universally present in the sessile
division of the Cirripedia; and judging from the figure given by
Burmeister in his memoir upon the pedunculated Cirripedia, and
those by Mr. Thomson upon the same division, they appear to
be constant throughout the whole class, and probably are, as
stated by Burmeister, homologous with the antenne ; and if so,
they must represent the external or superior pair ; but in watch-
ing the habits of these young creatures I have seen nothing
which can induce me to accept the idea that they are made use
of by the animal, as he presumes, for the purpose of climbing or
holding itself in contact with any foreign body. In order to fulfill
these conditions the more perfectly, they each terminate with
a hook in Burmeister’s figure; but this, not being represented
in Thomson’s, whose: observations, in most essentials, coincide
with those which opportunity has placed within my reach, in-
duces me to receive the former author’s drawing of these an-
tennz with caution, although it is probable that he may be
correct when he presumes that they become the perambulatory
feet in the pupa; and if so, we have an interesting exemplifi-
cation of the assumed fact, that the antenne among animals are
but less modified in order to fulfill certain peculiar conditions ;
thus they represent in one stage organs of sense, whereas in the
next they fulfill the conditions of true feet. Besides these horns
or outer antennz, the larva is endowed with a smaller pair of
simple structure, more typical of those organs in Crustacea, and
which, therefore, must represent the internal or inferior pair ;
but these I have not been able to observe previous to the shed-
ding of the first exuvize, though Mr. Darwin has been so kind as
to inform me that he has seen them at that early period in the
larva of Scapellum vulgare, and Prof. Goodsir has also figured
them from the larva of Balanus Tintinnabulum ; therefore from

828 Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Development of the Cirripedia.

analogy it may be assumed, as most probable, that they exist im
a more or less rudimentary form in all.

The natatory legs are at this period three on each side, the
anterior pair being single and formed of three or four articula-
tions, the terminating one being armed with three or four long
spines, one of which also is generally attached to each of the
two preceding joints. The two posterior pairs of legs become
duplicates after the basal joint, which is large, and generally armed
with a process covered with sharp spines pointing towards the ani-
mal: each of the joints of the larger division of the double ex-
tremities of both the posterior pairs is furnished with similar
spines, some of which are in different species more or less fringed
with fine ciliated processes. The spine upon the penultimate joint
of the posterior pair of legs is in Balanus perforatus, Chthamalus
depressus and Clitia Strémia curved inwards as well as ciliated ;
each of the extremities likewise is supplied with long spines
or hair-like processes, similar to those which exist attached to
the cirrhi in the adult.

It is since these observations have been made that I have be-
come aware of Prof. Goodsir’s paper in the ‘ Edin. New Phil.
Journal,’ by which I perceive that his observations do not exactly
coincide with my own; but I think that much of the difference
may depend upon the circumstance of his having viewed the
animal from the dorsal surface only; since, if he had seen the ani-
mal from beneath, he would have observed that the anterior legs
originate from a similar position with the rest, that is, near the
centre of the animal. Of the “large segment which (he says)
has originated at the anterior part of the body after the first
moult,” I have not been enabled to convince myself. That a
line across may sometimes be seen in the dead animals, | am
aware; but the fact of its position being not always persistent has
induced me to attribute the appearance to an accidental fold in
the tunic of the animal, originating in the roughness of mani-
pulation in mounting the specimens.

Again, in Prof. Goodsir’s figure the whole extremity of the leg
consists of but a single articulation, whereas it has appeared to
me to be, like the others, made up of several. The large basal
process of the second pair of legs is not given in the same figure ;
this, together with his not having observed the abdominal pro-
cess, is but the natural result of the drawing being made of the
dorsal surface only.

Unfortunately, from the period of the larva having obtained
its second form, which, according to my own experience, takes
place on the second and not the eighth day, as stated by Prof.
Goodsir,—and this | found invariably to be the case in every spe-
cies which I haye obseryed,—I have not been able, even with the

on to ae

Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Development of the Cirripedia. 329

greatest care and watchfulness, to preserve the young creature
alive, so as to have the successive forms through which it passes,
between the figure given as the earlier form with this paper, and
that by Mr. J. V. Thomson in his ‘ Zoological Researches * upon
Cirripedes ; consequently there is a blank existing which imagi-
nation will scarcely venture to supply ; so very unlike each other
is the form in the earlier stage, to that which the larva or rather
pupa assumes immediately prior to its adopting the character of
a fixed animal.

Iam aware that almost as great a difference exists between
the very young larva of the decapod marine Crustacea and the
one into which it is transformed, and that many moultings of the
tunie must take place before the larva has arrived to the size to
which it must, ere it can put on its more permanent form; so
likewise it may be with the Cirripedia, that the larva shall so in-
crease without change of form or undergoing a fresh metamor-
phosis prior to the one figured by Mr. Thomson and my own
observation. That these animals sensibly increase in size during
fifteen days (which is the longest period that I have been enabled
to keep them alive) seems to lend assistance to this supposition ;
yet, notwithstanding, I can scarcely suppress the notion that
some unrecognized form, possessmg somewhat of the characters
of each, will be found to be an intermediate stage of the creature’s
existence.

It was at the latter period of its existence as a free animal
that it was observed by Mr. Thomson, from whose figure the
one given with this paper im some slight detail differs, which
probably has arisen from the greater or less transparency of the
shells belonging to the respective specimens examined.

At this period the animal approximates much more nearly to
its permanent character than it had done previously, as the nata-
tory legs, which have increased to six pairs, together with the
caudal appendage, form, with the soft parts of the animal, as seen
through the transparent shell, a near resemblance to similar
parts, only less developed, which belong to the adult animal :
one slight exception exists in the natatory legs folding in the
larva first anteriorly and then posteriorly, somewhat in the form
of a compressed letter Z, from the last joint of which a strong
spine projects which remains erect after the members are folded
and at rest. Although six is the recognized normal number of
pairs of legs in this stage of the young animal’s existence, yet I
was only capable of counting five pairs in the specimen from
which this drawing is taken ;—-a circumstance, which might lend
assistance to establish the truth of the intermediate stage given
by Burmeister, which is figured and described as having only
three pairs similar to that of the larva in its earliest period ; and

330 Mr.C. Spence Bate on the Development of the Cirripedia.

induces the idea that it adds a pair of legs with each successive
moult ; but this link in the history of the young creature’s de-
velopment is yet to be made clear.

At the anterior base of these organs an opake spot exists

(fig. 15 a), which I presume to be the stomach.
Two larger and darker spots, situated a little higher and an-
terior, are pronounced to be organs of vision; near these are
inserted two long slender members which are supplied with
a sucker and hooks to each limb; with these the animal has
the power of attaching itself to any object, and, by using them
alternately, of perambulating on the surface of any hard sub-
stance ; thus the young creature is in the middle stage endowed
with the power of walking as well as swimming.

Here [ cannot help remarking upon the gradually changing
habits of the creature, which in its early state swims about at
its own will and pleasure, using, as all aquatic creatures do, its
long tail as a rudder, by which it is enabled to direct and con-
trol its own movements ; whereas in the latter stage of its larval
existence the tail is gone, and consequently the creature is most
excentric in its movements through the water, apparently being
unable to swim direct to any fixed point. Thus it appears that

before it becomes a sedentary animal it has been partially ren-—

dered incapable of fully enjoying its existence as a swimming
creature, and thus the path is softened in the change of habits
from an active to a stationary existence ; for an animal not having
power to control its movements in its natural element could
scarcely be supposed to enjoy its own existence : thus, under these
circumstances, to become stationary is to become more happy.

It is I believe generally understood that at this stage the larva
has two valves, one on either side, a right and left, united at their
posterior margin by a hinge similar to that of a bivalve among
Mollusks.

Of the correctness of this I was far from being able to con-
vince myself, insomuch that I could neither observe the hinge
nor the separation of the valves beyond a certain point at which
the two appeared to me to unite ; nor could I observe any open-
ing or shutting, the two sides appearing to me to be continually
the same, and the whole together formed a shelly cell such as I
have endeavoured to figure (Pl. VIII. fig. 17).

At this period the larva may be presumed to represent the
adult animal, and the shells of the operculum, but without the
accessory valves.

Thus it is to be remarked, that this animal in its growth from
embryo to adult puts on several distinct characters, all of which
are indicative of the Crustacea in different forms.

ee

Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Development of the Cirripedia. 331

First, it assimilates to the appearance of the larva of certain
Entomostraca, being liberated from the ovum like them without
eyes ; after which it next approaches in character towards the
adult Entomostraca, bearing an external resemblance to the bi-
valve Crustacea, and like these perfected animals possesses organs
of sight, from which period they pass out of recognized tribes,
and comprise a family peculiar to themselves. These observations
tend to corroborate the now generally received opinion that they
are true Crustacea, and among this class they appear to fill up a
vacaney which alone was wanting throughout the whole range
of the Invertebrata,—I mean a sedentary family, one or more of
which exists among each successive race of animals. .

The Polyp, from its analogy to the larva of the Medusa,
may be looked upon as representing the sedentary family among
the Acalephze,—the fossil Encrinites and the larva of the Coma-
tula as representing the same position among the Asteriz. The
Tunicata among Mollusks and the Serpule among Annelides
appear to hold a similar relation, each to their separate class,
as that which the Cirripedia occupy in relation to the Crustacea ;
and these last, by the different forms which they pass through in
their individual development, may be said to represent the type of
those separate forms in the sedentary character.

It would scarcely be just for me to close this paper without
alluding to how much I am indebted to my friend Mr. Jeffreys
both for specimens and a knowledge of the different species, his
eabinet being as rich in this department of natural history as in
that of British Mollusca ; or without expressing my thanks to Mr.
Darwin, but for whose kindness I should have been guilty of
publishing more than a single error.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VI. VII. VIII.
Fig. 1. Balanus balanoides as it appears when first liberated from the

ovum. .
— 2. The same after the first moult ; 2, abdominal appendage.
— 3. The same after the second moult ; 3 a, abdominal appendage.
— 4. The same, lateral view.
— 5. Balanus perforatus just liberated from the ovum ; abdominal view.
— 6. The same after the first moult ; abdominal view.
B. The (so-called) eye.
C. Abdominal n _
D. Caudal i KOC
E. Proboscis.
F. Sup on oral aperture which is protected by the lip or
valve G. :
H.H. Horns or outer antennz.
api tre or interior antennz.
. First pair of natatory legs.
2. Second ditto, ek
3. Third ditto.
These letters also refer to fig. 14.

8382 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy, -

Fig. 7. Balanus porcatus, abdominal view, just liberated from the ovum.

— 8. Clitia Striémia, do. do. do.

—— 9. The same after the first moult ; abdominal aspect.

— 10. The same after the first moult; dorsal aspect.

— 11. Chthamalus depressus, first form, abdominal view; 11 a, caudal
extremity.

— 12. The same after first moult ; dorsal aspect.

— 13. The same after first moult; abdominal view.

— 14. The same, lateral view.

— 15. Balanus balanoides: the pupa, or stage of the larva immediately
previous to its becoming a fixed animal, in a state of activity.

— 16. The same at rest.

— 17. The same, viewed in front.

— 18. The same, anterior member with sucker and hooks.

— 19. The same, posterior natatory leg and caudal appendage.

— 20. The same, soon after its becoming fixed.

-— 21. The same, do. seen from above.

— 22. The same, a little older.

— 23, a, Spermatozoa of Balanus balanoides.
6b, do. do. Balanus perforatus.
e, do. do. Clitia Strémia.

XXVIT.—A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on
ther Structure, Functions, Giconomy and Systematic Arrange-
ment, By Joun Buackwa tt, F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 102.]
77. Agelena celans.

Agelena celans, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 624.
Argus celans, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 504.

This scarce species may occasionally be met with running upon
the ground or concealed under stones in woods about Llanrwst.
The palpal organs of the male are developed in August. Though
intimately allied to the Agelene, yet M. Walckenaer has included
this spider in the genus Argus.

Genus Trecrenaria, Walck.

78. Tegenaria domestica.

Teyenaria domestica, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 2.
pl. 16. fig. 2; Koch, Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 25. tab. 260. fig. 607,
608 ; Blackw. Linn, Trans. vol. xix. p. 117.

petrensis, Koch, Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 27. tab. 260. fig. 609.
Aranea domestica, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. i. p. 96.
Agelena domestica, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 125.
Philoica domestica, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 13.

I have received specimens of Tegenaria domestica from Cam-
bridgeshire, Oxfordshire and Middlesex; but I have not ob-

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 333

served it in the north of England and Wales. It inhabits old
buildings, spinning an extensive horizontal sheet of web in the
angles formed by the transverse junction of their walls, and in
yarious other situations: connected with the web, which, in ad-
dition to its lateral pomts of contact, is supported by numerous
fine lines attached to both surfaces and to adjacent objects above
and below it, is a short tube, usually situated in the angle formed
by the walls, which being open at its extremities not only affords
a retreat to the spider, but a ready medium of communication
also with every part of its snare. The sexes pair in May, and in
the two followimg months the female constructs several lenticular
cocoons of white silk of a fine texture, measuring about 2ths of
an inch in diameter, each of which contains from 130 to 150
spherical eggs of a yellowish white colour, not agglutinated
together. All the cocoons are inclosed in separate sacs composed
of compact white silk, having particles of plaster, whitewash,
and other heterogeneous materials distributed upon their exterior
surface.

The spider alluded to by Mr. Jesse in his ‘ Scenes and Tales
of Country Life,’ p. 339, as being peculiar to Hampton Court,
and there named the “ Cardinal,” most probably is this species.

79. Tegenaria atrica.

Tegenaria atrica, Koch, Die Arachn. B. x. p. 105. tab. 353. fig. 825.
seva, Blackw. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. p. 179.

In the autumn of 1843 Miss Gertrude Buller Elphinstone
obligingly transmitted to me from Middlesex living specimens
of this fine species, which ranks among our largest indigenous
i ; they were captured at East Lodge, Enfield, where Miss

Iphinstone then resided, and in reply to some inquiries relative
to their habits, she informed me that they were found in dwell-
ing-houses and conservatories. Subsequently I have received
specimens from Miss Ellen Clayton, who obtained them at
Oxford. :

The superior spinners of this species, like those of Agelena
labyrinthica, are triarticulate, and have the spinning-tubes dis-
posed on the inferior surface of their elongated terminal joint ;
when thus modified, the principal purpose subserved by these
organs appears to be the binding down with transverse lines,
distributed by means of an extensive lateral motion, of the fila-
ments emitted from the inferior and intermediate spinners, by
which process a compact tissue is speedily fabricated. When in
captivity, Tegenaria atrica constructs a horizontal sheet of web,
with a short tube at one of the margins, serving it for a retreat.

As the tenth volume of ‘Die Arachniden’ did not come into

834 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

my possession until some months had elapsed after the publica-
tion of my description of this species in the ‘ Annals and Maga-
zine of Natural History, I was not aware that in announcing it
as new to arachnologists I had been anticipated ; however, such
being the case, the specific name atrica, conferred upon it by
M. Koch, must take precedence of that of seva, which will follow
as a synonym.
80. Tegenaria civilis.

Tegenaria civilis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 7. pl. 16.
fig. 1; Koch, Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 37. tab. 264. fig. 618, 619.
domestica, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 13.
Agelena civilis, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 127.

Titulus 17, Lister, Hist. Animal. Ang]. De Aran. p. 59. tab. 1. fig. 17.

The habits and ceconomy of this common spider are very
similar to those of Tegenaria domestica, for which it has frequently
been mistaken, even naturalists of high authority having included
references to Lister’s description and figure of it among the
synonyma of that species.. During the summer and autumn the
female constructs several lenticular cocoons of white silk of a
fine texture, measuring about ;3,ths of an inch in diameter, in
each of which she deposits from fifty to sixty spherical eggs of
a yellowish white colour, not adherent among themselves; these
cocoons are attached to walls, or other objects in the vicinity of
her web, and have generally particles of plaster, whitewash, or
mortar disposed on their exterior surface.

I have ascertained the following remarkable physiological facts
in connexion with Tegenaria civilis by observation and experi-
ment ; namely, that both sexes change their integument nine
times before they arrive at maturity, once in the cocoon and
eight times after quitting it; that a leg of a young individual
detached at the coxa six times consecutively may be reproduced
at each succeeding change of integument after the infliction of
the injury ; that the life of this species extends through a period
of four years; that the sexual organs of the male are connected
with the digital joint of the palpi; and that the female, after
impregnation, is capable of producing nine sets of prolific eggs
in succession without renewing her intercourse with the male,
more than two years elapsing before all are deposited, and ten
months nearly intervening sometimes between the deposition of
two consecutive sets.

Genus Ca.ortss, Blackw.
81. Celotes saxatilis.

Celotes saxatilis, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 618. tab. 39.
* fig. 6-8.

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 835

Clubiona sazatilis, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. iii. p. 436.
Drassus sazatilis, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 332.
Aranea terrestris, Wider, Mus. Senck. B. i. p. 215. taf. 14. fig. 10.
Amaurobius terrestris, Koch, Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 45. tab. 192.
fig. 463, 464.
—— subterraneus, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 15.
—— tigrinus, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 16.
A description of this interesting spider, which I discovered in
the spring of 1826 beneath loose fragments of rock on Snowdon,
in Caernarvonshire, was originally given in the ‘ London and
Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine, under the name of Clubiona
sazatilis. An examination of specimens procured afterwards in
various parts of North Wales, Lancashire and Yorkshire induced
me to remove it to the genus Drassus, on account of the curva-
ture of its maxillz (Researches in Zoology). Subsequent inves-
tigations however, made with great care, have served to convince
me that it appertains to the Agelenide, as it possesses several
marked characteristics in common with the spiders of that family ;
for example, the anterior part of its cephalo-thorax is compressed ;
the superior spinners are triarticulate, are longer than the rest,
and have the spinning-tubes disposed on the under side of the
terminal joint; each inferior tarsal claw is provided with two
pairs of fine teeth near the base; and its web is of a compact
texture, having a tube in connexion with it extending, usually,
to the extremity of a cylindrical cavity in the earth, which 1s.
frequently excavated by the animal itself. These facts do not
to have received that degree of consideration from M.
Walckenaer which their importance demands, as he still seems
disposed to retain Celotes saxatilis in the genus Clubiona (Hist.
Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. pp. 441, 442). With regard to the
genus Amaurobius of M. Koch, I may remark, that, as it includes
spiders belonging to different families, which are easily distin-
guished by their organization, ceconomy and habits, it must, as
at present constituted, be rejected by systematic naturalists.
The great defect of the genera attempted to be established by
M. Koch is, that they are founded too exclusively on the dis-
position, form and relative size of the eyes ; consequently, it some-
times happens that they comprise species in other respects
decidedly incongruous.
Celotes sazatilis pairs in April, and in May the female deposits
about 120 spherical eggs of a yellowish white colour, not agglu-
tinated together, in a lenticular cocoon composed of white silk
of a fine but compact texture, measuring half an inch in dia-
meter; it is generally attached to the inferior surface of stones
by a small covering of web, on the outer side of which particles
of indurated soil are frequently distributed.

336 Mr.J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

Genus Textrix, Sund.
82. Textriz lycosina.

Textrix lycosina, Sund. Consp. Arachn. p. 19; Koch, Uebers. des
Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 14; Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 46.
tab. 266. fig. 623, 624.

agilis, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. ili. p. 109; Research. in Zool. p. 348. pl. 3. fig. 1, 2.

Agelena lycosina, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 130.

Tegenaria lycosina, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 15.

Titulus 20, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p. 67. tab. 1. fig. 20.

Professor Sundevall was the first who proposed to institute
with this species the genus Textriz, which he defined in his
‘ Conspectus Arachnidum,’ published in 1838 ; a like proposition,
made by myself in the autumn of the same year, was announced
in the ‘ London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine ;’ and it
is a remarkable circumstance, as the Professor justly observes in
a private communication of great interest with which he favoured
me, “ that we have applied-the generic name Textri# to the same
animal without knowing anything of the coincidence.”

I gladly avail myself of this opportunity to acknowledge the
obligation I am under to the Rev. Morgan Morgan, Rector of
Conway, for his great kindness in obtaining for me, through the
medium of his friends in Sweden, important information on the
subject of arachnology most liberally imparted by Professor Sun-
devall.

Teatrix lycosina, which has a relation of analogy with the
Lycoside by the disposition and relative size of its eyes, is widely
distributed in Great Britain, most commonly occupying crevices
in rocks, stone walls, and the bark of old trees; its superior
spinners are triarticulate, having the spinning-tubes arranged on
the under side of the elongated terminal joint, and are employed
in the fabrication of its snare, which consists of a sheet of web
supported both above and below by fine lines intersecting one
another at various angles, and attached to it and to adjacent ob-
jects by their extremities; a cylindrical tube in connexion with
the snare usually extends to the spider’s retreat.. The sexes pair
in June, and in the following month the female deposits between
50 and 60 spherical eggs of a pale yellow colour, not adherent
among themselves, in a lenticular cocoon of white silk of a fine
but compact texture, measuring ith of an inch in diameter; it
is attached to stones by a small covering of white web, on the
exterior surface of which particles of soil and other materials are
frequently distributed.

This spider, with a change of integument, is capable of re-
producing the legs, palpi, and terminal joint of the superior
spinners after they have been removed by amputation.

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 337
Family Theridude.
Genus TuEeripion, Walck.

“ 83. Theridion lineatum.

Theridion lineatum, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 285.

redimitum, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. 1. p. 97 ; Hahn,

Die Arachn. B. i. p. 86. tab. 21. fig. 65.

ovatum, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 113.

Theridium redimitum, Koch, Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 133. tab, 427.
fig. 1053-1055.

Steatoda redimita, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 9.

Titulus 12, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p. 51.

- This common spider, remarkable for its variation in colour,
spins among coarse herbage and the stems of shrubs numerous
fine glossy lines intersecting one another in different planes and
at various angles, which constitute a snare similar in design to
the toils constructed by the Theridia generally. It pairs in June,
and in July the female deposits about 170 spherical eggs of a
yellowish white colour, not agglutinated together, im a globular
cocoon of bluish white, blue, or greenish blue silk of a looseish
texture, measuring ith of an inch in diameter. The cocoon is
inclosed in a slight tissue of white silk connected with the in-
ferior surface of the leaves of trees and shrubs, the edges of
which are convolved about it and are retained in that position by
silken lines. The young remain a long time in this nidus with
the female and are supplied by her with food.
M. Koch, in transferring that variety of Theridion lineatum
named redimitum to the genus Steatoda of Prof. Sundevall (Con-
us Arachnidum, pp. 16, 17), lapsed into an inconsistency
which M. Walckenaer has pointed out in his ‘ Hist. Nat. des
Insect. Apt.’ t. ii. p. 288, and which he himself has subsequently
corrected.

84. Theridion quadripunctatum.

Theridion quadripunctatum, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii.
p- 290; Hahn, Die Arachn. B.i. p. 78. tab. 20. fig. 58; Sund.
Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 118.

Steatoda quadripunctata, Sund. Consp. Arachn. p. 16, 17.

Bucharia bipunetata, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. ‘Syst. erstes Heft,

> p. 7; Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 99. tab. 418. fig. 1027.

Phrurolithus ornatus, Koch, Die Arachn. B.vi. p. 114. t. 208. fig. 515.

Titulus 11, Lister, Hist. Animal. Ang]. De Aran, p. 49. t. 1. fig. 11.

Crevices in walls and rocks, and interstices among stones are
the haunts selected by this species, which occurs in many parts
of England and Wales. It pairs in May, and in June the female
constructs a globular cocoon of yellowish white silk of a loose
texture, measuring ths of an inch-in diameter ; it is usually

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii.

338 On the Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders.

attached to objects situated in the vicinity of her snare, and con-
tains about 50 spherical eggs of a pinkish colour, not agglutinated
together.

A female Theridion quadripunctatum, placed in a phial which
was closely corked and locked up in a book-case, continued to
exist without receiving any nutriment whatever from the 15th of
October 1829 to the 30th of April 1831, when it died. That
so voracious an animal should be capable of enduring abstinence
from food for so long a period is certainly an extraordinary fact.

85. Theridion sisyphum.

Theridion sisyphum, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 298;

Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. i. p. 97; Hahn, Die Arachn.

B. ii. p. 47. tab. 58. fig. 132.

lunatum, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 111.

Theridium lunatum, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft,
p- 8; Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 74. tab. 273. fig. 645, and B. xii.
p. 137. tab. 429. fig. 1060, 1061.

Steatoda lunata, Sund. Consp. Arachn. p. 16, 17.

Titulus 14, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p. 53. tab. 1. fig, 14.

Though I have never observed Theridion sisyphum in the open
air, yet it is not uncommon in greenhouses, where it constructs
an extensive complicated snare, somewhat of a pyramidal form,
which consists of numerous fine glossy lines intersecting one
another in different planes and at various angles. The sexes
pair in June, and during the summer and autumn the female
fabricates several balloon-shaped cocoons of different sizes, varying
from th to ird of an inch in diameter, which she suspends in
the upper part of her snare with their larger extremities down-
-wards ; they are composed of reddish brown silk of a fine but
compact texture, and the largest of them sometimes comprises
between 400 and 500 spherical eggs of a pale yellowish white
colour, not adherent among themselves. Young spiders and
cocoons contaming eggs may frequently be seen in the snare at
the same time.

86. Theridion riparium.

Theridion riparium, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 354.

sacatile, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii, p. 328.

Theridium sazatile, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft,
p- 8; Die Arachn. B. iv. p. 116. tab. 141. fig. 324, 325.

The ceconomy of this species, which is evidently identical with
the Theridium saxatile of M. Koch, is very remarkable. It spins
under the projections of broken precipitous banks in the woods
about Oakland a snare composed of fine glossy lines arranged
after the manner of the Theridia. The union of the sexes takes

Zoological Society. 339

place in July, and in August the female fabricates a slender coni-
_ eal tube of silk of a very slight texture, measuring from one and
a half to two and a half inches in length, and about half an.inch
in diameter at its lower extremity ; it is closed above, open below,
thickly covered externally with particles of indurated earth, small
stones, and withered leaves and flowers, which are incorporated
with it, and is suspended perpendicularly in the snare by lines at-
tached to its sides and apex. In the upper part of this singular
domicile the female constructs several globular cocoons of yellow-
ish white silk of a slight texture, having a mean diameter of
about 4th of an inch, in each of which she deposits from twenty
to sixty small spherical eggs of a pale yellowish white colour, not
agglutinated together. The young, after quitting the cocoons,
remain a long time with the female and are provided by her with
food, which consists chiefly of ants. Gat

It would appear that M. Walckenaer, prior to the publication
of the second volume of his ‘ Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt.,’ was
not cognisant of my researches in this department of zoology, as
in various instances he has adopted the names given by other
arachnologists to spiders which I had previously described, with-
out any reference to those assigned to them by me. I may refer
to Theridion riparium as presenting a case in point.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
June 25, 1850.—Wm. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

1. CaTatocur or THE MamMMALiA oF Ceyton. COLLECTED
AND OBSERVED By E. F. KeiAArt, M.D., F.L.S.

{Having already published a list of the Mammalia of the Island in
our Number for May 1851, we merely give the descriptions of the
new species indicated by the author.—Ep. Ana. Nat. Hist.|

GoLUNDA NEWERA.

Fur soft, yellowish brown varied with black; chin and beneath
yellowish grey ; under-fur dark lead-colour ; soft long hairs on the
upper parts of the head and body, with longer black-tipped hairs
having a subterminal yellowish band ; fur of belly dark lead-colour
tinsped with yellowish grey ; ears large, hairy on both sides, of a light
rusty or ashy colour ; whiskers slender, moderately long, some greyish,
others blackish ; tail shorter than the body, tapering to a point, scaly ;
atid surface of a black colour and covered with short semi-adpressed
black hair; lower surface yellow or ashy colour, coyered with short
hair of the same yellow colour ; feet having dark brown claws, pur-
plish ; four toes to the fore-feet, with a clawless rudimentary thumb ;
five hinid-toes, three middle subequal ; soles nearly bald, blackish ;
palma studded with four small tubercles ; planta with six tubercles,
the two foremost considerably larger ; incisors yellow, superior ones

22*

340 Zoological Society.

grooved in the centre; molars flat, deeply 3-lobed, tubereles rising
in three distinct lines, middle larger than those of the sides, and the
front one extending beyond the two other lobes.

Length of-body and head, 3} inches ; tail, 2}.

This rat is found in the black soil of Newera Ellia, and i is a great
destroyer of peas and potatoes. The only two specimens I had, lived
for some days in a cage and played like mice.

CorsIRA NEWERA ELLIA. (Or variety of Corsira nigrescens.)

Slaty or ashy black, very slightly washed with rufous on the upper
parts ; no trace of rufous beneath, which is paler slaty ; whiskers long,
very thin, greyish; legs from half way down the thighs covered with
short adpressed hairs ; feet fleshy grey; hair on the toes longer, and

those of the hind-feet extending over the claws; claws white, those
of the front feet elongated, compressed, acute ; toes 5-5, all clawed ;
ears large, naked, partially hid inthe fur ; tail black, round, tapering,
rather scaly, and thinly covered with short hair intermixed with much
’ longer, glossy, shining, thin, stiff hairs, some of which are also seen in
the upper parts and sides of the lower half of the a ; teeth white
throughout.

Length of body and head, 3} inches; tail, 2}

Found in Newera Ellia seek even on Pedrotellgala, the highest
mountain in Ceylon, which rises from the plains of Newera Ellia, and
is 8020 feet above the sea’s level. I had one quite docile in a box
for some days, which fed ravenously on earth-worms ; it used to run
about the table and on my arms without attempting to get away ; it
died one frosty night.

This shrew differs from the Sorex murinus chiefly in the absence
of all unpleasant smell. I could not trace any glands or lectee in any
part of the body. The elongated fore-claws is another good specific
distinction. The Sorex murinus is also found here, and 1 am inclined
to think that a very diminutive shrew, of which I have seen only one
specimen, is another species, but which for the present I have con-
sidered as only the young of the above-described animal. It re-
sembles in every point the Sorex pygmaeus of Hodgson (Mag. Nat.
Hist. vol. xv.). There are several characters in our Corsira which
make me consider it not identical with the C. nigrescens of Gray,
especially the greater length of its tail than in the animal found on
the continent of India, which I know only from Mr. Gray’s de-
scription.

2. ON THE BLOOD-COLOURED EXUDATION FROM THE SKIN OF
THE Hrpporotramus. By Joun Tomes, F.R.S.

The exudation is composed of a transparent fluid in which float
two kinds of corpuscles ; one kind is tolerably abundant, and is both
transparent and colourless; the other is comparatively rare and of
a bright red colour. To the solution of these latter bodies ine
fluid owes its peculiar colour.

The colourless corpuscles are spherical in shape, and vary in
diameter from the 3450th to the 2100th of an inch; the majority

however measure about the 3000th of an inch. Their structure is

<— * aw fren
ae 2 N

A ge
ie

Zoological Soctety. 341

granular, and in about the same degree as the colourless corpuscles
of blood, and the ordinary exudation corpuscles, to which they pre-
sent a strong resemblance. :

Many of these bodies preserve their figure for a considerable time,
while others become collected into clusters and form irregular broken
masses.

The coloured corpuscles are irregular in size and shape, and are
composed of an aggregation of minute elongated and sometimes
triradiate bodies, many of which appear, from their irregular and
obseure outline, as though partially dissolved. In the immediate
neighbourhood of these, the fluid has a much deeper colour than
elsewhere. From these circumstances I have been led to conclude
that the general pink colour of the fluid is due to the sclution of the
coloured particles, and not simply to their presence. In this parti-
cular the fluid under consideration is strikingly different from blood,
which owes its colour to the presence of coloured globules and not to
their solution.

Whether the red colour of the exudation is a conditien of youth,
and of an imperfect condition of the skin, and has ceased in con-
sequence of the increased age of the animal and the consequent more
perfect development of the integument, or has ceased in consequence
of the change of climate to which the animal has been lately subjected,
is a question which, with the facts at present at our disposal, can-
not be satisfactorily determined.

_ We have however sufficient evidence to warrant the conclusion, that
the thick tenacious exudation, whether coloured or otherwise, is

_ poured out only during the time the skin is immersed in water, and_

that it has an especial reference to the aquatic habits of the animal.
it appears for the time to convert the-surface of the body into a mu-
cous membrane, and then, on the animal leaving the water, to furnish
by its inspissation an epidermis.

Should further inquiry show that the thickness of the exudation
arises from a solution of the colourless globules, its relation to mucus
will be still further established, and a microscopic examination into
the structure of the skin will become a subject of great physiological
interest.

3. ON six NEW SPECIES OF HumMING Birps.
By Joun Gow tp, F.R.S. etc.

Although the Trochilidz have lately received much attention both
from our own and the continental naturalists, the subject is far from
exhausted, as is shown by the circumstance of my being able to bring
before the notice of the Society this evening no less than six species
hitherto uncharacterized and unknown. These great accessions to the
family are all from a state with which we have as yet had but little in-
tercourse—that of Veragua in Central America; and we are indebted
for a knowledge of them to the researches of an enterprising traveller
and botanist, M. Warzewicz, who has just returned from that coun-
try, where he successfully explored many forests and other districts
not previously trodden by the foot of civilized man. Unfortunately,
both for myself and for science, he was not able, in consequence of the

342 Zoological Society.

heavy rains which prevailed at the time, to procure or to preserve the
examples in so fine a state as could be wished; although much muti-
lated and otherwise damaged, they are, however, sufficiently perfect
to admit of my furnishing the following descriptions :—

1. Trocuitus (SELOSPHORUS) SCINTILLA.

Male: upper surface bronzy green ; on the throat a gorget of glit-
tering fiery red, the feathers of which are much produced on either
side ; beneath the gorget a band of buffy white ; wmgs purple-brown ;
central tail-feathers brownish black, margined with rusty red ; lateral
tail-feathers brownish black on their outer and rusty red on their
inner webs; under surface reddish brown; bill black.

Female: upper surface as in the male, but not so bright ; under
surface white ; throat-feathers less produced, and spotted with brown
on a white ground; flanks buff; tail rufous, crossed by a crescentic
bar of black near the tip.

Total length of the male, 23 inches ; bill, 3; wing, 14; tail, 1.

Hab. Volcano of Chiriqui, at an altitude of 9000 feet.

This is an extremely beautiful species, and forms a miniature re-
presentative of the Trochilus- rufus, to which it is somewhat allied.

2. Trocuitus (THAuMATIAS ?) CHIONURA.

Male: upper surface very dark grass-green; wings purplish
brown ; central tail-feathers bronzy green ; lateral tail-feathers white,
largely tipped with black ; throat pale shining green; flanks green-
ish; centre of the abdomen and under tail-coverts white; upper
mandible black, base of the lower mandible fleshy white.

Female: upper surface as in the male, but paler; lateral tail-fea-
thers white, as in the male, but crossed near. the extremity with an
oblique band, instead of being tipped with black; throat and under
surface generally white.

Total length, 33 inches; bill, £; wing, 2}; tail, 1}.

Hab. Chiriqui near David, province of Veragua, at an altitude of
from 2000, to 3000: feet.

This is a remarkable species, differing, as it does, from all other
Humming-Birds with which I am acquainted, in the large amount of
white on the tail-feathers, which shows very conspicuously when that
organ is spread. In form it is very similar to the 7’. brevirostris and
T. longirostris of the Brazils.

3. TrocuiLus (THALURANIA) VENUSTA.

The entire crown, back of the neck, and upper part of the back,
shoulders, abdomen, and under tail-coverts, beautiful, shining ultra-
marine blue; throat and fore-part of the neck rich metallic green ;
wings purplish black ; tail considerably forked, and of a blackish
blue; bill black.

Total length, 4 inches; bill, 4; wing, 23; tail, 14.

Hab, Volcano of Chiriqui in Veragua.

Remark.-—Nearly allied to, and of the same form and size as, the
T. furcatus, but a far finer bird.

4. Trocuitus (——?) Cc@RULEOGULARIS.
Male: upper surface, shoulders, abdomen and under tail-coverts,

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 343

shining grass-green ; throat, sides of the neck and chest, rich violet-
blue; wings purple-brown; tail rather forked; central feathers
bronzy green ; lateral feathers purplish black; upper mandible and
tip of the lower black ; basal portion of the latter fleshy white.

Female: upper surface shining grass-green, but of a paler hue
than in the male ; tail as in the opposite sex, except that the lateral
feathers are tipped with white; centre of the throat, abdomen and
under tail-coverts white.

Total length, 33 inches ; bill, 2; wing, 2; tail, 14.

Hab. Near David, on the north side of the Cordillera, Veragua.

I am also indebted to Dr. T. B. Wilson of Philadelphia for the
loan of a specimen from Panama. This species is precisely of the
same elegant form as the 7. Goudotii, but is of a larger size, and is
at once distinguished from that bird by its blue breast.

5. Trocuiuvs ( ?) CASTANEOVENTRIS.

Crown of the head metallic green; upper surface green; wings
tees brown; tail dark bronzy green, crossed near the tip by a

road band of black ; the lateral feathers tipped with buff, which de-
creases in extent as the feathers approach the central ones; all the
under surface reddish chestnut ; bill black.

Total length, 4 inches ; bill, 7; wing, 21; tail, 13.

Hab. Cordillera of Chiriqui, at an altitude of 6000 feet.

Remark.—This is a moderately sized species, and is not allied to
any other member of the family with which I am acquainted; I am
therefore unable to assign it a place in any of the sections hitherto
proposed ; the specimens I possess appear to be ifmmature, and are
unfortunately in bad condition.

6. TrocuiLus (——?) NIVEOVENTER.

Crown of the head and back of the neck bronzy green; back rich
coppery bronze; wings purple-brown; upper tail-coverts reddish
purple ; tail purple-black ; throat resplendent green ; abdomen snow-
white; flanks green ; under tail-coverts greenish brown, margined
with white ; bill black, except the basal three-fourths of the lower
mandible, which are flesh colour.

Total length, 33 inches ; bill, 7; wing, 21; tail, 11.

Hab. Near David; warm countries of Veragua.

Remark.—Nearly allied to T. Edwardi and T. erythronotus ; from
the former, however, it differs in the colour of the tail, and from the
latter in the white colouring of the breast.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
Thursday, 19th June.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

A copy of the new edition of the Society’s Catalogue of British
Plants was laid on the table.

Mr. Henry Paul presented a specimen of Codium Bursa, collected
in the neighbourhood of Brighton.

Dr. Balfour exhibited specimens of Bryum Wahlenbergii from
Arniston, near Edinburgh, where they were collected by Mr. Veitch,

B44 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

gardener at Arniston; also of Gottschea appendiculata from New
Zealand, collected by Mr. Sinclair.

Mr. Sibbald exhibited flowering plants of Saxifraga hirta, which
he had received from Galtee More, in the county of Tipperary, one
of the few stations recorded for this species. Mr. Sibbald agreed
with Mr. Babington’s views as to the distinctness of S. hirta from
S. hypnoides and S. affinis, and referred to the figures in ‘ English
Botany’ as characteristic of the plants.

The following papers were read :—

_1. On the Government Teak Plantations of Mysore and Mala-
bar.” By Hugh Cleghorn; M.D., H.E.I.C.S.

The author exhibited specimens of teak from the plantations of
Mysore and Malabar, and stated the glory of the Ghaut Forest was
its teak, the vast importance of which was becoming daily more
known and appreciated; the timber indeed had been long prized.
Bontius described the tree under the name of Quercus indica, though,
except as regards the timber, it has no resemblance to the oak.
Rheede has given an accurate representation of T'ectona grandis, and
a good account of the teak forests of Malabar :—‘“ Crescit ubique in
Malabar, at preesertim in Provincia Calicolan (Calicut) ubi integree
sylvee ingentinm harum arborum reperiuntur. * * * Lignum
vero hujus arboris, quercino ligno haud absimile, operi fabrili accom-
modum, atque Naupegis ad navium fabricam in usu est: sed in aquis
(preesertim dulcibus) teredini facile obnoxium.’’ Dr. Cleghorn stated
that he had travelled in 1847 the route followed by Buchanan in 1801
(see Journal, vol. iii. p. 287), and that the teak forests therein men-
tioned had well nigh disappeared. Much attention is now given to
this important article of trade by the government of India; planta-
tions have been established in Malabar and Mysore, and their present
thriving condition gives the prospect of eventual success.

2. “On Chantransia, Desv.” By John Ralfs. This paper will
be found at p. 302.

3. “ Notice of Belenia prealta of Jacquemont.”’ By Dr. Balfour.
Dr. Balfour stated that the plant exhibited by him at the last meeting,
as a species of Hyoscyamus, turns out to be the Belenia prealta of
Jacquemont. The genus Belenia differs from Hyoscyamus in its
corymbose inflorescence and more regular flowers. The plant is de-
scribed and figured in Jacquemont’s work. It grows on the Hima-
laya at great elevations, and towards the northern slope, abounding
on the elevated flat plains. The plant in the Botanic Garden was
raised from seeds sent by Major Madden to Mr. Moore of Glasnevin.

4. “ Remarks on some Australian products.” By Samuel Moss-
man. Mr. Mossman exhibited specimens of the following products
brought by him from Australia :—

1. New Zealand Flax.

2. “Kauri Gum,” of commerce.—“ This is a very pure resin from
the Dammara australis or Kauri Pine of New Zealand, and has been
erroneously termed a gum by the settlers. The tree bears fertile and
sterile cones, and sheds its bark like the Hucalyptus of Australia.

a)

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 345

The timber is much valued in the navy for making large and durable
spars. A remarkable circumstance connected with the collecting of

is resin is, that it is principally found amongst sandy soil, on open
fern-land, where not the vestige of a tree is to be found; a fact which
indicates the existence at a recent date of extensive forests of this pine,
having merely surface roots on the thin soil of these islands, deriving
their nourishment mainly from the humid state of the atmosphere
which characterizes that climate.”

3. ** Mimosa Bark,” of commerce.— This is the bark of Acacia
dealbata, and contains a greater per-centage of tannin than any other
bark. It is a handsome tree, from 15 to 30 feet high, forming luxu-
riant groves on the banks of streams, most abundant in Port PHilip
and Twofold Bay, between the parallels of lat. 34° and 38°. These

ves, when in full blossom, send forth a fragrance which may be
tected several miles distant, and on approaching them they present
one of the most picturesque features in Australian forest scenery.’

4. Seeds from the cone of Araucaria Bidwillii.

5. Fossil Ferns in Shale, from the Coal-measures of Australia.
* Evidence has been found of the carboniferous strata running along
the east coast of Australia, extending north and south a distance of
1000 miles.”

Mr. Mossman also exhibited twenty new species of Australian
plants, and remarked—“ Since Brown’s ‘ Prodromus’ was published
im 1810, very little has been done in illustrating the botany of Au-
stralia. Few genera have been added to the list given by this emi-
nent botanist. Although Cunningham, Labillardiére and others have
added materially to our list of species, there is still a vast field open
in this interesting region to future additions in botanical discovery, as
is evident from the little I have done myself in that distant land;
haying brought home forty new species, some of which I now exhibit.
In my herbarium of Ferns is one rather interesting to the student of
this department of botany. No. 667 may be considered a variety of
Stegania (Lomaria) nuda, R. Br. ; it has the fructification of Loma-
ria, but the venation of Blechnum in parts of the frond, but not in
all. Sir William Hooker and Mr. J. Smith have observed it before,
and do not agree with Mr. Brown entirely in his discrimination of the
two genera; for example, Mr. Smith considers the Lomaria Spicant
of Mr. Brown as a Blechnum, and this variety of Lomaria nuda, Br.,
tends merely to show, according to him, that it too is truly a Blech-
num, not a Lomaria.”

__ 6. Dr. Balfour made some remarks on the glandular stipules of
Cinchonaceze.—Mr. Weddell states that on the inner surface of the
base of the stipules of Cinchona and allied genera, he had observed
numerous small glands which secreted a gummy fluid. In Cinchona
the secretion is transparent and fluid, while in several other genera it
is solid and opake, and seems to glue the stipules to the bud which
they embrace ; this is particularly the case in Pimentelia glomerata.
In Rondeletia the secretion is soft, like wax, and of a beautiful green
colour. The inhabitants of Peru give it the name of Aceite-Maria,
or Oil of Mary; they collect it carefully, and use it as an external
application in various diseases. The stipular glands have an oval or

346 Miscellaneous.

lanceolate form, and are somewhat pointed. The axis of the gland
is in the form of an elongated cone; it is composed of elongated and
dense cellular tissue. Dr. Balfour, with the aid of his pupil, Mr.
Matthews, examined these glands in many Cinchonacese, and they
detected them in fresh specimens of the following :—Cinchona Cali-
saya, Burchellia capensis, Cephaélis Ipecacuanha, Coffea arabica,
Izxora javanica, Mussenda frondosa, Rondeletia speciosa, Pavetta
indica, Luculia gratissima and Pinceana, Pentas carnea, Gardenia
Stanleyana, and other species. In some the secretion was beautifully
coloured.

Dr. Balfour stated that he had recently received a letter from Dr.
Walker-Arnott, in which he remarks, that in preparing spiral vessels
to show them fresh, he finds the most easy plan is to take the petiole
or peduncle of Pinguicula vulgaris and squeeze it between two glass
slides, so that it may become thin and transparent. In this way a
preparation is made, which, when put under the microscope, ex-
hibits spiral vessels and annular ducts distinctly without any further
trouble.

Dr. Balfour exhibited specimens of Knappia agrostidea, recently
collected by Mr. Syme at Gullane Links, but which he had subse-
quently ascertained to have been sown there by several botanists at
different times ; as also Ranunculus confusus, Gr. et G., from a pond
at the same place; and R. trichophyllus, from the pools at Gullane :
the latter is considered by Mr. Babington and others as a variety of
R. aquatilis. Dr. Balfour also exhibited from Mr. Syme dried spe-
eimens of Narcissus poeticus, retaining the beautiful colour of the
flower; the specimens had been received in a fresh state from the
Rev. Mr. Bree, Allesley Rectory.

MISCELLANEOUS.
ORTHAGORISCUS MOLA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Edinburgh, 7 West Maitland Street,
September 20, 1851.

GENTLEMEN,—Having had the opportunity this morning of ex-
amining a recent specimen of the Short Sun-Fish, Orthagoriseus mola,
it occurred to me it might be of sufficient interest to justify my trou-
bling you with a note of its capture. It was taken by some fishermen
- while swimming or rather floating near the surface of the sea, off the
coast of Haddingtonshire, near Dunglass, on the 18th. of this month.
Its length was about 21 inches from the point of the nose to the ex-
tremity. of the tail; and its breadth in front of the dorsal fin across
to anus, immediately in front of anal fin, was 13 inches 6 lines; the
length of the dorsal fin was 9 inches, and the anal 8 inches 6 lines,
both being very moveable at their junction with the body ; the length
of the caudal fin, which unites. these two other fins together, was
2 inches. at its centre, the long “ hinge-like”’ part conneeting it to the
body being 1 inch 9 lines. in breadth at the same place ; the rays of

Miscellaneous. 847

the different fins (pectoral, dorsal and anal) correspond to the num-
bers given in Yarrell’s well-known ‘ History of British Fishes,’ ex-
cept those of the thick caudal fin were so indistinct that I could
not detect them by external examination. The fish was of a dingy
bluish or dark leaden colour on the upper parts, mottled with a
ighter colour on the sides, and of a light gray approaching to a silvery
white on the abdomen, the ‘‘hinge-like” portion of the fins, espe-
cially of the caudal, having a reddish or dark flesh-coloured tinge ;
round the eye the colour was paler, and the eye itself was of a dark
bluish-gray colour, with a bright “silvery ring round the pupil.”
The flesh felt soft and flabby, the fish being apparently in bad con-
dition, and weighing only 11 lbs. avoird. The skin was slightly
wrinkled, and was rough all over like a shark’s.
I remain, Gentlemen, yours very respectfully,
Joun ALex. Smita, M.D.

P.S. I may mention that the skin of a specimen of this fish, much
about the same size as the one I have described, was exhibited to the
Royal Physical Society here last winter, having been captured by one
of the members while dredging in Loch Ryan.

CARCHARIAS VULPES.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.
+ Cork, September 20, 1851.
GENTLEMEN,—An example of the Fox Shark (Carcharias Vulpes).
occurred in Ringabella Bay, close to the mouth of Cork Harbour, on
the 31st of last month. It got entangled in a net and was secured
by the fishermen. It was considerably smaller than the individual
lately recorded in your Magazine by Mr. Thomson ; the whole length
of the animal being 7 feet 4 inches, and that of the upper segment of
tail 3 feet 9 inches nearly. Owing to the ignorance of the person to
whom the skinning was entrusted, the specimen has unfortunately
not been saved. The fish was a male.
Yours respectfully,
J. (R.) Harvey, M.D.

On the Arrangement of Fossil Animal Remains in Collections.
By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

There appears, to be considerable difference of opinion among geo-
logists and fossil collectors respecting the manner in which fossil
specimens of animals should be arranged. I have therefore been in-
duced to put together the following notes :—

1. Some agree with Cuvier, Lamarck, Fleming, and. other zoolo-
gists, that they should be arranged with and in the same series as
similar specimens of the recent animals.

2. Others, that they should be first divided according to the strata
‘in which they are found, and the specimens of each stratum arranged
in a zoological method.

3. Others, that they should be simply arranged zoologically in a
collection by themselves.

I have long been of opinion that no collection of zoology can be con-

E>
7

348 Miscellaneous.

sidered as complete, or worthy the name of a scientific collection,
unless it contains the fossil animals and has them arranged on both
the first and second of thése plans.

The first is requisite to enable the zoologist to study the exist-
ing and the extinct animal, and without this advantage it is impossible
that the natural method of animals, which is the true study of the
scientific zoologist, can ever be discovered; on the other hand, it is
only by the accurate comparison of the fossil remains of extinct ani-
mals with the skeletons and other hard parts of existing animals,
that the proper characters of the fossil species can be discovered.
It has always appeared to me that a zoological collection, not con-

taining the fossil as well as the recent species, is as imperfect as a

collection of recent vertebrated animals would be if it did not contain
specimens of skulls and skeletons ; and a collection of shells, sea-eggs
and corals would be, if they were without examples of molluscous
and radiated animals preserved in spirits.

The second plan, that of arranging a second series of the fossils
when they have been well determined by comparison with the
existing species, in series according to the strata in which they are
found, is of the same importance to the zoologist as the geographical
arrangement of the existmg species, and of the utmost importance to
the geologist, as affording him one of the best characters yet dis-
covered for identifying the strata of the earth’s surface. There are
several private collections of fossils in this country where this system
of arrangement has been carried out in a limited manner, that is to
say, they are chiefly confined to the fossils of this country, or of some
other special locality ; but I have never seen any collection where it
has been followed to a great extent ; and I am convinced that the
formation of such a collection, combining together the fossils of each
stratum or bed from the various parts of the world, would have a most
important effect on the progress of geological science, and at the same
time bring together facts of the greatest value to the scientific zoolo-
gist who is studying the development and natural arrangement of
organized beings. ‘The third plan does not afford the facilities re-
quired by either the zoologist or the geologist, and is of as little use
as a collection of the kind can be.

EARLY NOTICES OF THE ROYAL MENAGERIES IN LONDON.

Tue interest which has been excited by the arrival of the Hippopota-
mus and his keepers induces us to give insertion to the following
curious notice, from a record of the reign of Edw. III. in the year
1364 ; together with a note on the subject with which we have been
favoured by Prof. Owen, and some notices of the Royal Menageries,
and animals mentioned by our earlier historians.

“Les Archives de Guild-Hall offrent des renseignements si variés,
que quelques-uns intéressent méme les Sciences Naturelles; ainsi on
y trouve, 4 la date du 4 Novembre 1364, un acte intitulé Breve pro
bestia de terra Egypti, vocata Oure. Le roi écrivait au maire en
faveur de son animal (quemdam bestiam nostram). 1 avait appris
que les habitants de Londres formaient le projet de maltraiter les

Miscellaneous. 349

deux citoyens auxquels la garde de cet animal extraordinaire avait été
confiée, et de tuer la béte elle-méme (dictam bestiam atrociter inter-
ficiendam). Tl lui mandait en conséquence,de prendre toutes les me-
sures nécessaires pour défendre la béte et ses gardiens, désormais sous
sa protection spéciale*. Les rois d’ Angleterre entretenaient dés lors
une ménagerie A la Tour de Londres, ainsi qu’on en trouve la preuve
dans les actes publi¢s par les soins de la commission des archives
d@’Angleterre ; mais cet oure, dont le nom ne se rencontre point dans
les nomenclatures des animaux connus aux moyen age, était probable-
ment une béte extraordinaire gardée 4 part dans la ville, et a l’exist-
ence de laquelle s’étaient attachées quelques idées superstitieusest.”

** Royal College of Surgeons, London, August 27, 1851.

«My prar Srr,—From the circumstance of the ‘ Bestia de terra
Egypti, vocata Oure,’ requiring two keepers, and being so formidable
as to alarm the citizens and lead to projects for destroying it, it must
have been some large and formidable species. From Egypt might be
derived the following Mammals suiting that description :—2-horned
Rhinoceros, Hippopotamus, Elephant, Giraffe, Lion, Syrian Bear.
The Elephant and Lion would be known and called by their proper
names: the Ursus Syriacus is not a very large or formidable species :
the Hippopotamus would require water in quantity sufficient for im-
mersion. As to the Giraffe, this is so gentle a creature that one can
hardly suppose it should have excited any enmity or alarm in the
breasts of the citizens. Perhaps the Rhinoceros would be the most
likely guess, if it is worth hazarding one on grounds so slender as
those contained in the interesting extract published by M. Delpit.
There is also the ‘ Crocodile.’ : /

eR: ** Believe me, dear Sir, sincerely yours,

* RicHARD OwEN.”’
« Richard Taylor, Esq., Sec. L.S.”

The celebrated physician Johannes Caius, in the letter which he
addressed to his intimate friend Gesner, in the reign of Elizabeth,
gives several particulars relative to the royal menagerie of wild beasts
in the Tower of London: “ Leones cicurari possunt—in arce Londi-
nensi leones custodum suorum oscula excipiunt, contactum admittunt
et colludunt. Ipse vidi. Ista animalia [ Uncie] tam ferocia sunt, ut
custos, cum primo vellet de loco in locum movere, cogebatur fuste in
caput acto (ut aiunt) semimortua reddere, atque ita in capsam ligneam
ad hoe factam, et respirationis gratia perforatam reponere, atque ita
de loco in locum tuto transportare. Post horam reviviscebant tamen
hzec, ut cati, non nisi extremis injuriis obnoxia morti. Itidem fecit
custos cum é capsa exeruit. Jam vero novas rationes invenerunt
reponendi et eximendi, trahendo ea in capsam fune, et capsam eis
admovendo conto. Fceminam jamdudum ira sustulit: parvi canis

* Reg. G. fol. 140.

+ Collection général des Documents Frangais qui se trouvent en Angle-
terre ; par Jules a te 1847. In publishing this extensive and very cu-
rious Collection, M. Delpit observes, “‘ C’est certainement une grande gloire
pour la commune de Londres de posséder des archives plus complétes que
celles d’aucune autre ville.”

850 Miscellaneous.

consuetudine mansuescit mas, adeo ut resupinatus complectatur canem
pedibus et colludat, ita ut nec dente leedat nec ungue.”’

Caius has a chapter De Cornibus Cervi Palmati, of which he had
seen and figured a specimen in the monastery at Kenilworth in War-
wickshire :—another chapter, also, on the Bonasus, whose skull and
ribs were then preserved in the chapel of Guy of Warwick. In this
he also mentions the Wild Cattle of our forests.

Notices of the Crocodile by the English Crusaders.

* De Cocodrillis, §e.—Cocodrillos apud Damietam invenimus et
interfecimus : est autem bestia crudelis, homines et jumenta devorans,
apertis oculis solo visu ova sua fovet: exclusi pulli statim fugiunt
parentem quasi hostem, quos enim rapere potest in momento glutit
et devorat.”’ !

* /Egyptii vero honoraverunt Prophetam, sepelientes eum juxta
tumulum Regum, memores beneficiorum que preestiterat Aigypto,
oratione enim sua fugaverat bestias aquarum, quas Greeci Cocodrillos
appellant.”” —Historia Captionis Damicte: apud Gale, Historie
Anglicane Scriptores XV. vol. ii. p. 452.

They are called Cocodryll in Trevisa’s Chronicle.

RicHarp TaytLor.

A Monograph of Macrochisma, a genus of Gasteropodous Mollusca
belonging to the family Fissurellide. By ArtHur ApaAms, R.N.,
F.L.S.

Macrocuisma, Swainson.

Animal? Shell elongated, clypeiform, radiately ribbed, extremities
elevated ; foramen very large, elongated, placed near the hind part,
with a groove posteriorly ; the hind margin smuated.

1. MacrocuismA MAximaA, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongd, costis
parum elevatis subrugosis, striisque concentricis obsoletis ornatd,
fusco radiatim maculatd, dorso elevatd, lateribus planulatis,
extremitate anticd rotundatd; posticd elevatd, subtruncatd ;
foramen dilatatum, posticé excavatum. Hab. ?

2. MacrocuisMa DILATATA, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-oblongd,
radiatim costatd, rubrd, albo variegatd, utrinque rotundatd,

Pesan dilatatis ; foramen oblongum, in medio angustatum.
ab. —~

3. MAcROCHISMA HIATULA, Swainson, Manual of Malacology,

. 356.

Hcrcile macrochisma, Sow.

M. testé ovato-oblongd, radiatim costellatd, fused, subdepressd,
lateribus concavis, utringue rotundatd ; foramen magnum, ob-
longum, postice dilatatum, extremitate posticd valde elevatd ;
margine via sinuato. Hab. ?

4. MacrocuismA compressa, A. Adams. WM. testd anguste
oblongd, albidd, roseo radiatim pictd, costellis granulosis striis-
que concentricis decussatd, utrinque rotundatd, dorso convexd,
lateribus compressis, in medio inflexis, extremitate posticd valde

elevatd ; foramen magnum, lanceolatum, postice dilatatum.
Hab. ?

a. “Tine fT vo.
Phe ; “sy

Meteorological Observations. 351

5. MAcCROCHISMA MEGATREMA, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-ob-
longd, albidd, roseo radiatim pictd, costellis rugosis striisque
eoncentricis sculptd, dorso subelevatd, lateribus planulatis ;
foramen ovato-lanceolatum, permagnum. Hab. ——?

6. Macrocuisma cusprpata, A. Adams. MM. testd ovato-ob-
longd, antic angustatd, productd, acuminatd, postice elevatd,
rotundatd, margine valdé undulatd, fuscatd, annulis fuscis con-
centricis ornatd, lineis elevatis et concentricis cancellaté, circa
foramen pallidé, extremitate posticd valde elevatd; foramen
magnum, cuspidatum, posticé dilatatum.

Hab. Cagayan, in insulis Philippinis; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.)

7. Macrocutsma pRopucta, A. Adams. WM. testd angusto-
oblonga, dorso elevatd, convexd, albidé, fusco pallide variegatd,
lineis elevatis striisque concentricis obsolete decussatd, anticé
angustd, productd, lateribus planulatis, extremitate posticd ro-
tundatd, elevatd ; margine valde sinuatd ; foramen perlongum,
triangulare, postice dilatatum.

Hab. in littoribus Australie. (Mus. Cuming.)

8. Macrocuisma anGustata, A. Adams. WM. testd angustd,
oblongd, dorso elevatd, utrinque rotundatéd, albidd, lineis fuscis
maculisque rufo-fuscis pictd et tessellatd, costellis obtusis sub-
rugosis, lineisque depressis, concentricis, subdistantibus, sculpt,
extremitate posticd elevatd, margine sinuato; foramen mag-
num, elongatum, subtriangulare, posticé dilatatum, excavatum.
Hab. ’—From the Proc. of the Zool. Soc. July 23, 1850.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR AvG. 1851.

Chiswick.— August 1. Cloudy and warm: slightrain. 2—5. Very fine. 6. Fine:
densely clouded. 7. Overcast: fine: clear: lightning at night. 8. Very fine.
9. Overcast: cloudy. 10. Cloudy. 13. Sultry. 14. Fine: lightning at night.
15. Cloudy and fine. 16. Veryfine. 17. Showery. 18. Cloudy and fine: clear.
19. Very fine: slight haze: clear. 20,21. Very fine. 22. Very hot. 23. Over-
cast. 24. Heavy showers, with sunnyintervals. 25. Very fine. 26. Slight rain.
27. Fine: constant and very heavy rain at night. 28. Fine: densely clouded.
29. Clear and cold: heavy showers, with hail in afternoon: overcast. 30, 31.

Cloudy.
Mean temperature of the month ...,......ssese06 pekeecuphnanas 62°"84
Mean temperature of Aug. 1850 .........seceesecsceseetcneces 59 *38
Mean temperature of Aug. for the last twenty-five years. 62 *21
Average amount of rain in Aug. .........sccssssecsersecsecees 2°41 inches,

Boston.— Aug. 1. Cloudy: rainr.m. 2—4. Fine. 5—7. Cloudy. 8. Fine.
9—11. Cloudy. 12. Fine. 13. Cloudy: rain early a.s., and lightning p.a.
14, Fine: rain, thunder and lightning r.m. 15. Fine. 16. Fine: rain p.m.
17. Fine. 18. Cloudy. 19. Fine. 20. Cloudy. 21,22. Fine. 23. Cloudy:
rain a.m. 24. Cloudy: rainr.a. 25. Fine. 26. Cloudy: rainr.m. 27. Cloudy.
28. Fine: rain early a.m. 29. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 30, $1. Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.— Aug. 1. Bright : showers. 2. Cloudy. 3. Bright:
clear. 4. Bright: very clear: fine. 5. Clear: fine: very clear: fine. 6. Clear:
fine : very clear: fine: aurora. 7. Clear: fine: haze. 8. Cloudy. 9, 10. Cloudy:
bright. 11. Cloudy: drops. 12. Drizzle: damp. 13. Rain: damp. 14. Rain:
drops: fine. 15. Drops: damp. 16. Clear: fine. 17. Cloudy: clear: fine,
18. Clear: cloudy. 19. Rain: cloudy. 20. Hazy: fine. 21. Rain. 22. Damp:
cloudy. 23. Bright: cloudy: thunder. 24. Clear: cloudy. 25. Bright: clear.
26—28. Showers. 29. Showers: drizzle: showers. 30. Bright: clear: aurora,
$1. Drizzle : clear: aurora,

ie

axe $9.1 €0-3 . : le , 7
Raed [lor oa, ‘mnu| a | 1g | 9g es| 19 | g9 |z0.08 16.62 bs ‘sitot abort”
serves] | gg. fos oe ‘wut| -a | Sh} og 63} ce | €9 |ot0f 91.08 ae tec | oe
90- 90. Lo. vu | ‘mum| cu | £09 | §gP 19| GP | 6S | 90.08 09-6 22-6 LOL-6% 206-62| “6%
go. vz. “MUA ‘auu;} mu | gb | 1g LS’ Pr | £9 | 19.6% | 29.60. | 02-63 699-62 6€1.6%| “8%
So. 9B | CET) om m Jems | #19] ¢¢ 09 S$ | 89 | 6.60 11.6% ZV-6%. 688-62 £66.62) *Le
61. me) 8 3 's | sms | £29 | ¥S 6S) S¢ | b9 | 98.62 08-62 16.60 L8g-6z FOT.0€ | ‘9z@
to. c0- “ASM. ‘ma [mu | ao | PS 8S 1h | 14 | 98.6% 92-62% 105-68: Ph0-0€ 091-08! *Sz
20 £0.) Ste | smu sane: | tase? |: OS. 98 £9 9h | ol |t9.6% 329-62 0£-6% 181-62 619-66 “bz
S0- ae “ans *m | cms | 3G | ¥g¢ G99 6¢ | OL | Pb.6z : Lh-6z 62-62 6F3.6z 918-62, “2%
Ol: | Fae “ms | ms | 99 | 9S 69 Lo | 28 |oF.6% 99:62 GE-6%. 9£6.62 Z10-0€ | *Z%
a0: ers RR Ie sae | ME | ore eet $9. 9 | 6L | 89.64 99-62 2S-6% £00.0€ GIL-0F, ‘1%
60. Pie! cee ig ‘msm! ems | $19 | gS S9 0G | Z8 |00.0€ 00-08 GL-6% €S1-0€ P6z-08 | “0% d
IP. Pe ee "s | 9} 3G | f9¢ eS op | Gl |6L.6z 96.62 06-6 LIEO€ SSE-08 | “61
90+ ‘as ATO eke og | ig¢ | 19, g& | OL |gI.0€ |08-0€ GS-66 950-08 obz-08 | “sl
as SO. | 83. | urea ‘a | sms | fob | 2g G99 bG | OL \O1.0€ 40.08 08-62 288-4 £68.66) “LI
Eas oe ea "A | cms") ORY OS zo gS | LL \Z0.08 6-62 8V-62 1£6-63 666-62 “OL
So. 7] wo | ‘mum! em | Zo 1 LS to gb | 6L | 98.62 3L6z ££.62 £68.62 €£6-62| “SI
0S. urea ‘s [ms | f9¢ | 6 Lo S¢ | PL | L0.6% 99-62 ‘| 8.66: 028-66 916-60, “FI
Ol O- | ZO. | vm | mea} as | 9¢ | g¢ g9| zo | 2g |2L.6z 29-60 | Sb.6 |1h8.6 PF6-62| “EI
90. eye" oapea ‘s | *s'| #6¢ 1 g¢ v9, 69 | £8 |96.6z 16.62 65-63 010-08 PL0-0€ | “at
eo cad ee fe med} ‘s | 2g} ¢¢ b9| 2¢ | 6L | F0.0€ 01-08 $9.63 860-08 901-0€| "110
Pc. Pi Ae I uyva| rau | fog | 96 6S, €9 | 1L |0%.0€ 02-08 79.6% GLOVE $g0-0€| ‘Ol
RR Ses Vier cca ie rou | rou | f2$ | fog | G-29| SG | 69 |LI0€ Lt-of LS.6z $96.6 P£0.0€| °6
ies wu bee got] toe. 20s | 196 L9| ZG | 08 | 2%-0€ F2-08 09.62 986-62 g10-06| °8
eis Gk FO TE Be a ‘a | cau | €¢ | 66 £9| SG | SL |O€-.0€ | PE-0€ 89-63 PL0-0€ 90-08} *Z
ee: Cg Tg 0") ta | °€S.| F19 £9| €S | Lo |9€-0€ Se.0F 08-62 |€L1-0€ PEZ.08 | °9
SS EEE ae 8 a vo | g¢ v9; €¢ | IL |9€.0€ |€€.0€ 08-6% |9%Z-0€ |L6z-08 | °S
£0. NG Neck face ae ms | a-t €¢ | bg oL| Le | 18 | 10.08 |90.0€ GG.6Z |Z0T-0€ |EL1-.06 | “bh C
E “AA “mS | ms | CC | LG 69| PS | gL | 98.6% +29-62 LV.6% |€90-0€ |990.0€ | *€
- oF. | Z0- 988 wooo.) sas | SS | its 6¢| 09 | 64 | LL.6% | 9L-6z 05-6 686-62 |0Z0.08 | *%
0- £%- MSM wm jemu | 2g} oG 89; 29 | SL | 09-64 | 95.62 0£-6% |0€8-62 |LP§-6%| “I
ae) aff ) ©] Fm | eo ioe | = = | =f | -wa | core | cord | ur ‘Sn
Beedle) 2 | Bel eil ¢ [sf] Bee | FUE le) BLE Re |e] tog | me me [tat
pa i(°2| 5/5 | 58 | S2|.8 | 35! -yrmpues | - 3S bs 5S
ca e|° ss me 2 . a grt are aelaaind 35 “MOTMsIyD dee. “a1Yys-saryundg 4 3 *MOIMSIYO Kd iS)
3 5 gx
urey PUrM “19}IMLOWIIY YF, *19}JOMOLV e 2

; *KANTUOC, ‘ssunyyr younpung yo “uoysno[y *C "aay ay7 49 pun {NoLsog
#0 “[#2.A “IW 49 fuopuory avau ‘xoIMSIHQ 70 Ajaiv0g pounynoyaozy ayy fo uapsny ay} yo uosdwoyy, ‘apy 4&9 apo suorvasasge ponFopouoajapy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 47. NOVEMBER 1851.

XXVIII.—Notes on British Zoophytes, with descriptions of some
new species. By the Rey. Tuomas Hicks, B.A.

[With a Plate.]
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Tue following miscellaneous notes relate to the British Bryozoa.
I am not prepared to vouch for the novelty of all the observa-
tions which I here record. But in the course of a long and
patient study of these interesting beings some facts have occurred
to me, which I have not met with m the works of any of the -
English authors to which I have access, and which I venture to
hope may prove of some value as a contribution to the history of
the tribe. Even if I should repeat, in some eases, the observa-
tious of others, the testimony of one more independent witness
ye not be altogether worthless.

have also been fortunate enough to obtain one or two spe-
cies, which I believe to be new to the British fauna, and which
I shall have the pleasure of introducing to the readers of the
‘ Annals ’ in the following pages :—

THE AVICULARIUM.

The “ Birds’-head processes,” with which some of the species
of Bryozoa are furnished, have engaged the careful attention of
naturalists, and their form and movements have been accurately
described. But though we have many conjectures as to their
precise function, and relation to the ceconomy of the animal, few
facts have as yet been recorded which throw light on the uses of
this curious portion of structure. Such being the case, the fol-
lowing observation may have some interest.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 23

354: Rey. T. Hincks on British Zoophytes,

The organ to which I refer bears a striking resemblance to a
miniature bird’s head, and is mounted on a short pedicle, fur-
nished in most cases with a basal joint, by means of which it can
be swayed backward and forward. These ‘ processes’ are dis-
tributed in great numbers over the polypidom, one being gene-
rally placed on each cell.

The beaks are continually gaping and closing with much ve-
hemence, and the entire organ is frequently swung to and fro.
The movements, as it has often been noted, are quite independ-
ent of the polypes, and Mr. Darwin has well remarked, that in
their functions these bodies “are related rather to the axis than
to any of the polyp.”

There is something very comical in the energy and earnestness
with which these tiny jaws open and close, and throw themselves
about, no cause being apparent in general for the outrageous
gapings and eccentric jerks in which they indulge. They oecur
on several British species, as for example, Flustra avicularis and
Cellularia avicularis.

While watching on one occasion a piece of the latter zoophyte
through the microscope, a worm passed over it and amongst its
branches. It was almost immediately firmly grasped by one of
the avicularia and forcibly detained. In a short time, one end
of it was seized by another, from which, however, by its violent
contortions it extricated itself, but not without injury. The first
assailant meanwhile kept fast hold, and soon two others caught
the unfortunate at different points of the body. Thus it was held
securely pinioned, and all its efforts to disengage itself, which
were most vigorous, proved unavailing. The avicularia grasped
the body of their victim most viciously, and nearly divided it.
When I last observed the contest the worm seemed exhausted by
its struggles and scarcely stirred, the beaks remaining firm and
motionless. These strange police-officers were very systematic
in their operations, and in capturing the intruder seemed to be
discharging a very ordinary function. reid

There can be little doubt, I think, that it is the office of these
organs to defend the Bryozoon from enemies—to arrest creatures
or substances which might injure or annoy it. They are well
placed for such a purpose, and their incessant gaping and swing-
ing must enable them readily to detect the presence of trespassers.
The avicularia then must be regarded as part of the machinery
of the axis, charged with the special office of keeping the poly-
pidom free from extraneous matters. An analogous contrivance
occurs on others of the Bryozoa, consisting of long bristles at-
tached to the cells by a joint, upon which they move backward
and forward with considerable force. These clear away obnox-
ious matter from the neighbourhood of the cell, and keep the

ee

with descriptions of some new species. 355

surface of the polypidom clean. I can confirm from personal
observation the remarks which some authors have made respect-

ing the force with which the movements of these hair-like appen-
dages are executed.

MeEMBRANIPORA PILOSA.

The polypes of this common species are furnished with a sin-
gular organ, which has been described by Dr. Farre in his admi-
rable paper on the Ciliobrachiata. It consists of a small ob-
long body, which is placed between the base of two of the arms,
and attached to the tentacular ring. It has a wide circular
opening at the top, round which there is a play of cilia. The
interior cavity is lined with cilia. The organ becomes narrow
towards the base, and is closely united to the sides of the ten-
tacles. Dr. Farre noticed a similar body on the polypes of A/-
cyonidium gelatinosum (Johnston). He states that he was un-
able to detect any flow of fluids through it, nor could he ascer-
tain with what parts the cavity im its interior mght commu-
nicate. I had long made this organ the subject of close investi-
gation without gaiming any clue to its history; but at length
some light was thrown upon it by the following observations.
Specimens of the zoophyte were procured in the spring, in which
the cercarie of Dr. Farre—filamentous bodies which are found
swimming in the visceral cavity in many species of Bryozoa—were
present in great abundance. They were also of larger size than
any I had previously met with. In one of the polypes I observed -
a mass of these cercarie wriggling upward from the lower part of
the visceral cavity ; and each filament, when it reached the base
of the organ before referred to, was drawn into it and carried
through it by the action of the cilia lming the interior, and then
ejected and borne off by the tentacular currents. This expulsion
went on for three or four minutes, during which time the fila-
ments were streaming up incessantly from below. A great quan-
tity was ejected. After a while a single filament only made its
appearance occasionally, and at last none were to be seen.

Dr. Farre mentions that on one occasion he observed the cer-
cari@ in a specimen of Alcyonidium “ drifting rapidly to the upper
part of the visceral cavity, and issuing from the centre of the
tentacula,” but from the sudden retraction of the polype he lost
the opportunity of tracing their course. He adds, “it would
appear from this that there is some external communication with
the cavity of the body.” My observations show that this com-
munication is through the intertentacular organ, and that what-
ever purpose it may subserve beside in the ceconomy of the Bry-
ozoon, it is at certain seasons the channel through which cercarie
are ejected from the visceral cavity. The author before quoted

23*

356 Rev. T. Hincks on British Zoophytes,

conjectures that it may indicate a difference of sex, remarking that
it is more frequently absent than present. I have not found this
to be the case. The instances in which I was unable to detect
its presence were very rare. Amongst a great number of polypes
examined it occurred on all but a few.

The connexion, however, now proved to exist between the
ciliated organ and the cercarie—which must be regarded as
spermatozoic bodies—may be accepted as conclusive evidence
that it is subservient in some way or other to the function of
generation. Professor Owen has pointed out “the analogy of
these cercaria with the spermatozoa discovered by Wagner in the
tortuous generative tubes of the Actinia,” and has noted their
importance in the generative ceconomy of the Bryozoa. I have
observed them in Bowerbankia as well as in Membranipora, and
Dr. Farre mentions them as occurring in Valkeria, Aleyonidium,
and others. They are no doubt present in all the members of
the tribe.

May not the intertentacular organ be also the channel through
which the ova are expelled from the interior of the cell? They
germinate, we know, from the inner surface of the lining of the
cell, and falling into the visceral cavity are there fertilized by
contact with the spermatozoa. It is probable that they find exit
through the same passage by which the cercarie were ejected, as
before described.

In other species, Van Beneden asserts that he has discovered
the termination of the oviduct under the roots of the tentacula.

I hope to be able ere long to report the results of further in-
vestigation into this interesting and obscure portion of the history
of the Bryozoa.

ANGUINARIA SPATULATA,

The mechanism of the cell in this pretty species is interesting.
The aperture, which is inferior, is large and oval. In the living
state a membranous covering stretches over it of a dirty whitish
colour.

At the upper end is a sinall trap-door, which falls when the
polype is about to issue from its cell, and is drawn up and tightly
closed after it when it retreats. -

The polype does not protrude far from the cell. It has about
twelve arms.

When retracted they may be seen folded together, and oceu-
pying the anterior portion of the cell. The imternal structure
is simple. There is a long cesophageal tube terminating in a
dilated bag or stomach. The polype, when withdrawn, stretches
down about two-thirds of the cell, and is not folded upon itself.

Filaments descend from the base of the body to the animal

ee

with descriptions of some new species. 357

matter which pervades the creeping fibre. The polypes are very
shy and wary, and will remain for a long time without issuing

from their cells.

EvucratTEA CHELATA.

The polype of this species, which is closely related in struc-
ture to Anguinaria, is of extreme delicacy and beauty, and re-
markable for the vivacity of its movements. In a moment it
retracts itself, and the moment after darts from its little cell,
bending its arms backward and forward with inconceivable quick-
ness. The number of the tentacles is twelve.

CELLEPORA PUMICOSA.

The polypes are of a delicate orange colour, and singularly
graceful in their form and movements. They are large, and pro-
trude much beyond the cell when extended. The viscera are
marked by dark spots.

LEPRALIA PEDIOSTOMA.

Tentacles sixteen, long and slender. The aperture of the cell
is covered by a horn-coloured operculum, which, when the polype
extends itself, slides back, as it were, within the cell.

- FLustTRA HISPIDA.

The development of the ciliated gemmules has been described
by Sir John Dalyell and others. I venture to add a few notes .
to their interesting observations. From a specimen procured in
the month of May a large number of gemmules were excluded.
They were found clustering about the surface of the fleshy mass.
I was not fortunate enough to see any of them actually excluded,
but there can be little doubt that they escape through the skin.
The gemmule is a very beautiful object. It is of a semioval
form, white, and thickly fringed with cilia round the border. It
consists of a transparent case, inclosing an opake nucleus. The
margin is broken into lobes, which bear a multitude of long and
somewhat coarse cilia. At each extremity there is a tuft of very
delicate hairs, which I have noticed in motion some time after
the rest of the cilia have ceased to play. At the top of the back,
between the nucleus and the outer case, is a small projection
(Pl. XIV. fig. 1a), or handle, which seems to disappear when
the gemmule attaches itself. Towards one end of the nucleus I
have repeatedly observed a curious movement quite independent
of the cilia, such as might be produced by a number of sete sweep-
ing backward and forward. At the same point there was an
appearance of structure, but I have not been able to arrive at
any certain conclusions about it, and may very possibly have

358 Rev. T. Hincks on British Zoophytes,

been deceived. I have observed very vigorous contractions of
the mantle at one extremity of the body. The movements of the
gemmule are irregular. Sometimes it creeps along, using its
cilia as feet ; at other times it swims pretty rapidly through the
water ; at others it tumbles over and over. Occasionally it floats
on its back with its cilia upward, and in this state resembles a
miniature boat. After a short time the cilia suddenly cease to
play, the creature becomes attached, and is gradually developed
into the cell and polype, which are to be the nucleus of an ex-
tensive colony.

In about twelve days from the time of attachment I have seen
the polype issue from its cell, but the development probably
proceeds more rapidly under favourable circumstances. Imper-
ceptibly the body of the polype shapes itself within the mass.
The tentacles are first visible. Soon violent conyulsive move-
ments are seen within. The front part of the cell is frequently
pushed out with much apparent force, so as to form a neck of
considerable length, and then suddenly retracted. There is no
appearance of an opening at this time. The tentacles become
very restless, and bend themselves about as if trying their powers
and impatient of confinement. Gradually the parts become more
defined ; the elongation and retraction of the fore part of the cell
continue, and at length the polype breaks from its captivity.
The number of arms at first. I have found to be twenty-four or
twenty-five.

In the cases which came under my observation a narrow band
of the granular matter, which composed the substance of the
gemmule, remained round the body of the newly-formed polype.
Some time before the development of the latter was complete a
small swelling appeared on one side,—the rudiment of a second
cell, A portion of the granular matter just referred to seemed
to pass into it and fill it. This swelling gradually increased, ex-
tending down the side of the original cell. Before development
had proceeded far, a third cell began to germinate from the se-
cond. <A fourth was also in process of formation on the other
side of the primitive cell (Pl: XIV. fig. 3).

The internal structure may be studied to great advantage in
the newly-formed polype (Pl. XIV. fig. 4). The particles of food
are borne down the cesophagus at once (there is no gizzard) into
the stomach. There they are kept in constant agitation—whirl-
ing to and fro incessantly—and after a while are expelled and
driven upward again by the sudden contraction of the walls of
the stomach. This goes on with much regularity. The contrac-
tions of the stomach are very vigorous, the opposite sides almost
meeting when the expulsion of the food takes place. A mass of
undigested material gathers near the pyloric orifice, and is kept

with descriptions of some new species. 359

’ yotating by the action of cilia before escaping into the intestine.
The intestinal tube shortly after leaving the stomach expands
into a kind of sac.

New Species or VESICULARIAN ZOOPHYTE.

The production which I am about to describe I believe to be
quite new to the British fauna. Whether it be known or not to
foreign authors I am unable to say.

It belongs to the family Vesiculariadz of Dr. Johnston’s work,
and is much the most beautiful of its tribe. The peculiar struc-
ture of the cells renders necessary the formation of a new genus
for its reception. In general character it is allied to Vesicularia.

Family VesicULaARIAD&.

Genus Mimosella (Hincks).

Polypidom rooted, confervoid, horny, jointed and variously branched;
cells ovate, biserial, opposite, with a basal joint, by means of
which they can be moved to and fro, and folded together on
the branches ; polypes with eight tentacula.

Species Mimosella gracilis (Hincks).

From a creeping fibre which spreads over the surface of Fuci,
rise graceful, tapermg stems, pinnate, much attenuated towards
their extremities, and running out into filamentary, tendril-like
prolongations. These stems are commonly from an inch to an |
inch and a half in height. They are jointed at intervals; and
immediately below each joint spring two opposite pinne, also
jointed, tapering and slightly curved.

pairs of pinnz do not all lie in the same plane. Along
these are set the cells, which are ovate, elongate, biserial and
opposite. Each cell is attached to a small prominence on the
side of the pinna, which is perforated. A circular orifice on one
side of the cell near the base fits over this, and a joint is thus
secured, by means of which the polype can move its dwelling
forward in one direction and back again. This is frequently
done. The polypes are continually swaying their cells to and
fro. Sometimes all the cells on the pinna are folded together on
the upper side, just as the leaflets close on the leaf of the sensi-
tive-plant (Mimosa), and hence the generic name. When spe-
cimens are dried or preserved in fluid, the cells are generally in
this condition, and on slight inspection might be pronounced
unilateral. Towards the base of each pinna the cells are long
and oval ; as they approach the apex they become short and glo-
bose, and at last are nothing more than little round excrescences.

The polypes have eight arms, and are furnished with a gizzard.

360 Rev. T. Hincks on British Zoophytes,

They are very vigorous in their movements. It is very interest-
ing to watch the little creatures manceuvring their cells. Every
now and then, as if some common impulse stirred them, all the
polypes on a single pinna will move forward their cells, and the
frond close, like the Mimosa-leaf when touched. More com-
monly they are independent in their movements. A single cell
here and there will be seen in motion, while the rest remain
quiet.

The mouth of the cell is furnished with the characteristic sete

of the family. When the cells are detached, the circular opening
near the base may easily be detected.

The foregoing is a description of the simpler form of the zoo-
phyte. Fine, proliferous specimens occur in which the polypi-
dom is irregularly branched ; the pinne are often trifid at their
extremities, and are sometimes themselves pinnate and much
prolonged.

This beautiful production was dredged in Saleombe Bay,
Devon, profusely investing a bunch of sea-weed (PI. XIV. figs. 5,
6, 7, 8).

PEDICELLINA.

Dr. Johnston records one species of Pedicellina (P. echinata)
as British ; stating at the same time that the P. gracilis of Sars
and the P. Belgica of Van Beneden “may be expected to be
found ” on our coasts. The former has lately occurred to me at
Fleetwood. Fine and abundant specimens were procured from a
buoy that had been moored near that port. I am not aware that
an English locality for this species has been published; but in
a paper in the Number of the ‘ Annals’ for June 1845, it is de-
scribed by Mr. Goodsir and mentioned as occurring in Scotland.
I have figured the P. gracilis (Pl. XIV. fig. 9). The most marked
character is the expansion of the stem towards the base. The
Pedicelline are amongst the most hardy of zoophytes. I trans-
ported specimens in a small bottle from the coast of Lancashire
to Exeter, a distance of 800 miles, and though I was unable to
renew the water, they lived with me after their long journey for
two or three days. At the end of that time they showed signs of
a disposition to get rid of their heads,—which-is by no means a
suicidal act in a Pedicellina,—and were therefore at once secured
in Goadby’s invaluable fluid !

I have also the pleasure of adding the P. Belgica to the list of
British Bryozoa. Van Beneden’s description is as follows :—
“Tentacula twelve, equal in length, a little shorter than the
body : stem and pedicle smooth.” I have recently found this
species at Exmouth on weed in rock-pools, near low-water mark.
The small number of arms (eleven or twelve) and the freedom

A ee

with descriptions of some new spectes. 361

from spines are characteristic. The ‘ bulging’ about the middle
of the stem, as represented in Van Beneden’s figure, was wanting
in my specimens; but this can hardly be accounted an essential
character.

FarRELLA.

The Fleetwood buoy which yielded the Pedicellina gracilis also
supplied me with specimens of a zoophyte which must be referred
to the genus Farrella, but which differs remarkably from the F.
repens of Dr. Farre. I have not met with any description of it. -

Species F. producta (Hincks).
Cells oblong, on a pedicle, as long as the cell or longer ; tentacula
twelve.

The cells, which are more slender than those of F. repens, are
produced below into a long, gently tapering pedicle which con-
nects them with the creeping fibre. This is equal to the cell in
length or exceeds it ; it becomes much attenuated towards the
base. A thread of matter passes down from the bottom of the
stomach through the pedicle. The cells are generally set a little
obliquely on their stalks. The polypes have twelve arms, and
exhibit a structure like that of the F. repens as described by
Dr. Farre.

This is a very pretty species, and may be known at once by its
long and tapering pedicle (Pl. XIV. fig. 10).

Apologizing for the length to which these notes have extended,

I remain, Gentlemen, your obedient servant,

Tuomas HINckKs.
Exeter.

P.S.—Since writing the foregoing pages I have had an oppor-
tunity of examining the Cycloum papillosum of Hassall in a living
state, and of witnessing the escape of the gemmules from the
ovarium. In this species the ovaries appear as yellowish papilla,
scattered irregularly over the surface of the polypidom. Within
these the ova are arranged circularly. At the top of each ova-
rium is a slight depression marked by a small dark spot. At
this point, when the gemmules are about to escape, an opening
appears, and a little tube is gradually pushed forth to some
distance. Through this tubular orifice the gemmules may be
seen working their way by means of their cilia. As soon as they
have effected their escape they begin to move with great activity
through the water. I have seen seven pairs from a single ovary
in the course of a few seconds, and very interesting it was to
watch them struggling through'the tubular passage, and launch-

362 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex.

ing themselves into their new sphere of being. As the sunlight
falls upon the ctlia they are tinted with a most lovely violet
colour.

The gemmule is circular in form, white, opake, and bears a
striking resemblance to a low-crowned hat. The margin is fringed
with cilia. There is an orifice beneath opening on the edge of
the disc, about which there are cilia, which play down into it.

Occasionally a cup-shaped organ is protruded near this aper-
ture on which I have frequently observed a mass of fecal matter.

There is great difficulty in examining these beings with the
microscope, but I have been able to determine the above points
with tolerable certainty.

The number of gemmules produced is immense. On a small
specimen, incrusting both sides of a piece of weed, which did not
exceed an inch and a quarter in length, and half an inch in
breadth at the widest part, about 120 ovaries were reckoned.
Fach of these would contain about nine ova, so that more than
a thousand altogether would be liberated from this inconsiderable
fragment.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

. The gemmule of Flustra hispida.

. The same, as it appears shortly after having become attached.

. A cluster of the cells of F. hispida in various stages of development.

. Cell and polype recently developed from the gemmule.

. Mimosella gracilis of the natural size—the cells folded together on
the pinne.

. A portion of a pinna magnified, showing the cells expanded.

. A single cell, with the circular orifice near the base.

. Acell just separated from the pinna.

. Pedicellina gracilis of Sars.

— 10. Furrella producta.

x
Lllie
WONA HAhobe

XXIX.—A List of all the Mosses and Hepatice hitherto observed
in Sussez. By Wii11am Mirren, A.L.S.

[Continued from p. 324.]

Tribe IV. FunaRrIAcEz.

Genus 1. Ephemerum, Hampe.

118. E. serratum (Schreb.), Hampe.
Phaseum serratum, Schreb. Eng. Fi.
Frequent in autumn and early spring.

119. E. coherens (Hedw.), Hampe ; “ dioicum ; basi filis pro-
tothalli instructum, subacaule; folia ovali-lanceolata serrata,

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex. 363

nervo evanescente [raro excurrenti] acuminata ; theca globoso-
ovalis recto-apiculata obtusa immersa superne brunneo-purpurea ;
calyptra tenerrima basi lacerata longi-apiculata.”—C. Miiller,
Synops. p.32; Bryol. Europ. fase. 42. Ephemerum,t.1.

On the exposed mud of the large pond at Pondleigh near Hurstpier-

int ; more plentiful some seasons than others, according as the pond
is more or less dried up ; large quantities often remaining in the con-
fervoid state without developing leaves or capsules.

Closely resembling E. serratum in size and habit, but readily di-
stinguished under the microscope by its nerved leaves, which are also
rather wider. The nerve is very variable, being sometimes promi-
nent, at others requiring a transverse section to be made of the leaf
before it is visible, and sometimes it appears more strongly defined in
the upper part of the leaf than in the lower.

In the second review of the species of this genus in ‘ Bryologia
Europea,’ Ephemerum coherens is stated to be found in “ Anglia oc-
cidentali,” but it is not known to have been gathered in any other
locality besides the one above given.

120. E. sessile (B. et S.),C. Miiller; Bryol. Europ. fase. 42. t.2.

Phascum crassinervium, Bryol. Europ.
P. stenophyllum, Voit. Wils. in Eng. Bot. Suppt. t. 2829.

In small quantity on Henfield Common, and by the large pond at

Pondleigh. :
Genus 2. Ephemerella, C. Miller.

121. E. pachycarpa (Schw.), C. Miiller.

Phascum crassinervium, Wils. in Eng. Bot. Suppl. t. 2932. °
Frequent in stubbles.

Genus 3. Physcomitrium, Brid.

122. P. patens (Hedw.), Mitten.

Ephemerum patens, Hampe, C. Miiller.
Physcomitrella patens, B. et S. Bryol. Europ. fase. 42.
Phascum patens, Hedw. Eng. FI.

Common on clayey soils in autumn.

123. P. pyriforme (Linn.), Brid.
Gymnostomum pyriforme, Hedw. Eng. FI.

Frequent on moist ditch-banks.

Genus 4. Pidasihbiben: Schw.
124. E. fasciculare (Hedw.), C. Miiller.

Physcomitrium fasciculare, Bryol. Europ. Physcomitrium,
p- 13. t. 4.
Rare : it has been gathered at Hurstpierpoint, Henfield, Albourne,
and Kingston near Lewes.

364 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex.
125. E. ericetorum (Bals. et De Not.), C. Miiller.

Gymnostomum fasciculare, Eng. F.
Common on moist sandy banks, particularly in the forests.

Genus 5. Funaria, Schreb.
126. F. hygrometrica, Linn.

- Frequent.

127. F. Muhlenbergii, Schw.

Rare: road-side bank by Offington, near Broadwater, Mr. Borrer.
On the Downs near Stanmer, at Findon, and at Littlehampton,
Mr. Jenner.

Genus 6. Splachnum, Linn. 5

128. S. ampullaceum, Linn.
On bogs on Ashdown Forest, Messrs. Woods, Jenner, and Reeves.

Tribe V. Bryaces.
Genus 1. Schistostega, Mohr.

129. S. osmundacea, Web. et Mohr.
S. pennata, Hook. and Taylor, Eng. FI.
Very rare: in some holes in a bank at Bolney ; barren.

Genus 2. Orthodontium, Schw.

.180. O. gracile (Wils.), Schw.

Eridge Rocks, Mr. Borrer ; High Rocks, Mr. Reeves ; and Mr. Jen-
ner has gathered it elsewhere in the neighbourhood of Tunbridge Wells.

Genus 3. Bryum, Dill. emend.

Section 1. Inflorescence dioicous.

131. B. roseum, Schreb.

«Frequent about Tunbridge Wells,” Mr. Jenner, but not generally
acommon moss. It exists in small quantity at Hurstpierpoint and
Henfield, and scattered plants may be found on the Downs often
mixed up with Dicranum scoparium and Leptotrichum flexicaule : it
is always sterile.

132. B. Billardierii, Schw. Suppt. t.76 ; “dioicum ; laxe ceespi-
tosum veluti prolifero-ramosum ; folia inferiora remota, superiora
in rosulam densam siccitate gemmiformem congesta, erecto-pa-
tentia haud tortilia rigida, ovato-acuminata lata, margine reyo-
luta, apice dentata, nervo in mucronem rigidiusculum producto,
intense viridia concava, e cellulis densis firmis statu emolliendi
mollioribus composita; theca obconico-pyriformis in pedunculo
superne arcuato pendula fusca, operculo convexo breviter apicu-

ii A ene

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex. 365

lato pulcherrime aurantiaco vel purpureo nitido.”—C. Miiller,
Synops.' p. 253 [sub B. canariense}.
_B. Biilardierii, Bryol. Europ. Bryum, t. 46.
B. canariense, Schw. Suppt. t. 204.
B. campylothecium, Tay|. Lond. Journ. Bot. 1846, p. 52.

On Woolsonbury Hill near Hurstpierpoint: very rare and sterile.

Stems in the specimens from the above locality about half an inch
high, loosely czespitose ; leaves collected together at the tops of the
stems, bright green, erecto-patent, ovate and ovate-acuminate, with-
out a thickened margin, towards the apex dentate, the nerve excur-
rent, and above the apex of the leaf bent slightly backwards.

After a comparison of the specimens from Woolsonbury Hill with
others from the Canaries, the Cape of Good Hope, New Zealand,
Australia, and the Falkland Islands, it appears that there is no essen-
tial difference between B. Billardierii, B. canariense, and B. campy-
lothecium. In the forms named B. Billardierii and B. campylothe-
cium, the leaves are wider above than in the form named B. canariense ;
but the size and form of the cells, the reflexed lower margins, and
denticulate apices are precisely the same in both. Schwaegrichen has
figured and described the internal peristome of B. canariense with
short and imperfect cilia, which might arise from immature specimens
having been examined.

The B. campylothecium of Taylor, collected by Mr. J. Drummond
at Swan River, differs from the usual forms of B. Billardierii only in
having more boat-shaped leaves, and in this respect is analogous to
similar forms of B. capillare.

Very similar as many species of Bryum are in a barren state to the
unpractised eye, B. Billardierii however presents at once a character
— it may be readily known, in the denticulate apices of the

ves.

No dependence ought to be placed on the relative width of the
margin as a distinctive character in species of this genus, for in some

ies, as B. capillare, it may be observed to vary from one that is
ost imperceptible to one that almost equals that present in some
Mnia.

133. B. Donianum, Greville, Transact. of the Linnzan Soe.
xv. ll. p. 345. t. 3. f.6; “habitus B. capillaris ; folia caulina
oblongo-oyata lata acuminata viridissima, margine crasse et flavo
limbata remote denticulata, nervo crasso flavo excedente crasso-
mucronata ; perichztialia interna multo angustiora minora mar-
gine valde revoluta ; theca in pedunculo longiusculo purpuras-
cente apice arcuata elongato-cylindrica ore coarctata fusca, oper-
culo conico acuto concolori nitido.”—C. Miiller, Synops. p. 282.
sub nom. B. platylomatis, Schw.

B. platyloma, B. et S. Bryol. Europ. Bryum, t. 26.
B. Miilleri, Sprace in Muse. Pyren. No. 138.

Frequent on hedge-banks in sandy soils. The fruit was first gathered

366 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex.

by Mr. Jenner by the roadside between Icklesham and Winchelsea,
where it is very plentiful ; it has also been met with in small quantity
in several places about Hurstpierpoint.

(The plant in a barren state has been gathered at Reigate and
Betchworth in Surrey by Mr. Borrer, and by Mr. Wilson near War-
rington. |

In size and mode of growth this species closely resembles some of
the larger forms of B. capillare found on moist sandy banks. The
stems are seldom more than half an inch in height, densely covered
below with brown radicles ; the leaves are erecto-patent, not twisted
nor spreading, oblong-ovate, and not so much inclining to a spathu-
late figure as those of B. capillare ; the nerve is stout, and does not
run into a hair-like point, but forms a stiff mucro at the apex of the
leaf ; the margin is thickened and towards the apex denticulate ; the
capsules are cylindrical, of a brown-red colour when mature, the
operculum conical, acute, and shining.

Dr. Greville has given an excellent figure of this species in the
place above quoted, and through his kindness the original specimens
from the Ionian Islands have been compared with the Sussex moss.

B. Donianum may always be known by its erecto-patent, thickly
margined, stoutly nerved leaves, with a short and rigid mucro.

134. B. pseudo-triquetrum, Hedw.
B. ventricosum, Dicks.
Frequent in bogs and wet places.

135. B. alpinum, Linn.

In small quantity on Henfield Common, and by the margin of Til-
gate Pond in Tilgate Forest : sterile.

136. B. pallens, Sw.

B. turbinatum, Eng. FI.

Common ; but rare in fruit.

On the forest between Balcombe and Handcross a slender form
of this species has been gathered with an imperfect internal peristome,
the cilia being rudimentary and destitute of appendages ; in other
respects it corresponds with the usual state.

137. B. capillare, Hedw.

Abundant on roofs, walls, rocks, trees, and on the ground.

This common species offers a good subject in which to observe by
analogy the variations to which allied species are subject. The mar-

in of the leaves is liable to the greatest variation ; and in those states
in which it is most evident, it is always more prominent and thickened
in the pericheetial leaves.

The authors of the ‘ Bryologia Europzea’ have taken as their ty-
pical form that in which the nerve of the leaf ceases just below the
apex, and the hair-like point is composed of the united margins.
This form is common on shaded banks and in woods. C. Miller, in
his Synopsis, describes as the normal state that with an excurrent

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex. 367

nerve ; and as this is by far the most usual state, it has the greatest
right to be considered the most perfectly developed form of the
species.

Var. rosulatum.

B. rosulatum, Mitten MSS.

Czspitulosum, humile, inferne tomentosum: folia ut pluri-
mum in capitulis rosulatis congesta, ovalia vel spathulata, acu-
minata, acuta vel obtusata, integerrima, nervo infra vel paulo
ultra medium evanescente apice szepe torto et recurvo.

In very small quantity and sterile on Woolsonbury Hill.

Different as this moss appears at first sight from all other species
of Bryum, it too nearly resembles some states of B. capillare to ad-
mit of its being considered distinct : the leaves are very variable in
size, in form, and in the length of the nerve, as well as in the acumi-
nation or obtuseness of the apex; the same rosulate head producing
some leayes that are elliptic, sometimes acute or sometimes obtuse,
or spathulate with the apex twisted about half-way round, and obtuse,
acute, or even sometimes bidentate. The nerve is sometimes very
short, at others it extends to a little beyond the middle. The texture
is similar to that of B. capillare, but it differs from all the common
forms of the species in wanting tbe piliform acuminate point. The
margin, if margin it may be called, consists only of a single row of
narrower cells.

138. B. cespiticium, Linn.
On walls and banks, but not very common.

139. B. erythrocarpum, Schw.

At Henfield and Hurstpierpoint in-small quantity ; not rare on the
forests. _

140. B. atropurpureum, Wahlenb.
Frequent on the earth in waste places and on walls.

141. B. argenteum, Linn.

Common on the ground, on walls and roofs. On a wet sand-bank
near Hurstpierpoint, a state with pale yellow sete and capsules oc-
curs, but not otherwise different. :

142. B. albicans, Wahlenb.

In the neighbourhood of Hurstpierpoint and Henfield ; not unfre-
quent nor confined to any particular soil, but always barren.

143. B. annotinum, Hedw.

In fruit at Balcombe and Tunbridge Wells: plants without fruit
are not uncommon.

144, B. carneum, Linn.
Frequent on wet ditch-banks.

368 Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex.
145. B. Tozeri, Greville.

Not uncommon about Hurstpierpoint and Henfield, where it fruits
occasionally in small quantity.

146. B. crudum, Schreb.
Gathered near Tunbridge Wells by Mr. Jenner ; sterile. [Mr. Bor-
rer has gathered this species in fruit at Betchworth in Surrey. ]

Sect. 2. Inflorescence monoicous.

147. B. nutans, Schreb.
Widely distributed, but seldom fruiting.

Sect. 3. Inflorescence hermaphrodite.

148. B. cernuum, B. et S.

Common on walls and roofs, and on the ground.

A form with separate male flowers, but not presenting any further
difference, is sometimes found ; the fertile flowers are all hermaphro-
dite.

149. B. inclinatum, B. et 8.
Frequent in sandy places, by roadsides and on walls. In moist sandy
places the setze are often much elongated.

150. B. intermedium, Brid. d
Plentiful on wet sandy banks near Hurstpierpoint, at Hastings,

and near Battle.

This species fruits chiefly in summer ; but it is at all seasons more
or less in fruit, which may be owing to the successive development
and maturity of the antheridia, as observed in ‘ Bryologia Europeea.’

151. B. bimum, Schreb.
B. ventricosum, Eng. FI. in part.
On the bog on Henfield Common. Mr. Borrer has gathered it at
Amberley, and Mr. Jenner at Slindon.

152. B. torquescens, B. et 8.

Under beech-trees on Woolsonbury and Newtimber Hills; on a
stone wall at Henley Hill, and in the same situation near the Hun-
gershall Rocks at Tunbridge Wells, where it has also been gathered
by Mr. Jenner. [Mr. Borrer has gathered it.on a wall at Hurt-
moor near Godalming in Surrey. ]

The state of this moss which has been gathered in the above loca-
lities corresponds with specimens received from M. Schimper, and

is much larger than the slender form gathered at Gormire, Yorkshire, _

by Mr. Borrer, and described by Mr. Spruce.

So great a resemblance has this species to B. eapillare, that, with-.

out examination, it might be readily passed over for that moss; but
the capsules are more pendulous, and the seta is curved with a wider
are, so that the capsule hangs about its own length distant from the

—

Mr. W. Mitten on the Mosses and Hepatice of Sussex. 369

parallel seta: this peculiarity will often distinguish B. torquescens
from B. capillare at first sight.

153. B. pyriforme, Hedw.

In the stone-pit at Henfield, and about Tunbridge Wells.

In his ‘ Synopsis,’ p. 330, C. Miiller says of this species: “ Peri-
stomii interni dentes maxime sulcati et hiantes valde serrati igitur
veluti (sed non) appendiculati hyalini, ciliis solitariis brevibus non
appendiculatis hyalinis interpositis. Formam peristomii hancce in
speciminibus permultis examinatis invenimus et ‘ Bryol. Europ.’ in-
dolem non vidimus.” The appearance above described is not the
primary state of the peristome, which is correctly figured in ‘ Bryol.
Europ.,’ but is produced by the splitting of the processes down the
carina as in Acidodontium and Bartramia, each half of the process
bending over the intermediate cilia to meet at the apex the half of
the next process : thus the two intermediate cilia with the two halves
of the processes overlapping them, closely resemble a simple process,
and the appendicule of the cilia sticking out here and there make
it appear to be appendiculate.

Tribe VI. BarrRaMIACEX.

Genus 1. Bartramia, Hedw.
154. B. fontana (L.), Schw.

Common in bogs and wet places ; rarely fertile.

155. B. pumila, Mitten; dioica; dense czspitosa tomentosa
parum ramosa; folia caulina erecto-patentia homomalla ovato-
lanceolata, nervo crasso superne dorso apiceque denticulato ex- —
currente cuspidata, opaca, margine denticulato recurvo, e cellulis
parvis ut plurimum rectangularibus viridibus densiusculis, pa-
pillis remotis scabridis instructis, areolata ; perigonialia interna e
basi lata concava patentia obtusiuscula minute denticulata, nervo
erasso sub apice evanido : perichztialia longiora latiora et parum
acuminata: theca in pedunculo elongato rigido undulato erecto
subito inclinata globosa sulcata, operculo plano-conico obtuso ;
peristomium duplex normale.

In a wet place near Tilgate Pond, Tilgate Forest ; the male plant
only. Mr. Wilson has sent the barren female plant gathered by
Mr. Croall in the Carse of Arderseir, Inverness-shire. The fruit is
ape from specimens gathered near Dollar, Perthshire, by Mr.

‘Ivor. ~

The stems of this species in size and habit closely resemble those
of B. marchica, and some small states of B. fontana. The figure of
B. uncinata, Schwaegrichen, Suppt. t. 57 [B. seabrida], excepting the
capsule and uncinate narrower leaves, very well represents B. pumila ;
but in this, as in B. marchica, the perigonial leaves are acuminate and
acute, whilst those of B. pumila are obtuse like those of B. fontana ;
again, the cauline leaves of B. pumila are perfectly ovate-lanceolate,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. vin. 24

370 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on the Branchial

and not acuminate, nor so wide at the base as those of B. fontana.
The fertile plants from Mr. M‘Ivor are very different in appearance,
being very much smaller; yet they appear to belong to the same
species.

: It seems impossible in the absence of authentic specimens to ascer-
tain if this be the B. fontana B. pumila, “ caule abbreviato simpli-
ciusculo ; foliis lanceolatis,”” of Turner, Muse. Hibern. p. 107. t. 10.
f. 1. The only part of his description that points to B. pumila is
*foliis intensius viridibus, nec acuminatis, nec cuspidatis,’ besides
the observations that it is much more slender and shorter than a.
The figure does not at all resemble the fertile B. pumila from Dollar,
and that of the leaf represents it as described, “ multo luculentius
serratis ;” from which it is just possible that the plant intended by
Turner may be B. rigida, which has been gathered in Ireland.

156. B. pomiformis, Hedw.

On sandy banks : not very common.

Tribe VII. Mntacez.
Genus 1. Fissidens, Hedw.

157. F. taxifolius (Linn.), Hedw.

Very common.
Stems of this species may sometimes be found with the seta arising
from just below the top.

[To be continued. |

XXX.—On the Branchial Currents in Pholas and Mya.
By Josnua Axper and Atpany Hancock.

[With a Plate. ]

THE existence of branchial currents in the Bivalve Mollusca,
produced by the action of cilia, and admitted and discharged by
different apertures, though denied by one or two authors, may
be considered sufficiently established to allow of little further
discussion. But though most naturalists admit the existence
and action of these currents as a general law, yet exceptions have
been claimed for some families and genera, whose anatomical
structure is supposed to present an insuperable obstacle to the
existence of inhalant and exhalant currents by different siphons ;
these siphons, as it is thought, having no communication inter-
nally. Among the families so placed are the Myade and Pho-
ladide.

Mr. Garner in his excellent essay on the Anatomy of the
Lamellibranchata, published in the ‘ Transactions of the Zoolo-

—— CO

Currents in Pholas and Mya. 371

gical Society*,’ and more in detail in Charlesworth’s ‘ Magazine
of Natural History +,’ after describing the structure of those
genera in which the water is acknowledged to flow in by the
branchial siphon, aud to be discharged by the anal one, goes on
to say that “‘in the Solen, Hiatella, Mya, Pholas, Teredo, &c., a
different disposition takes place. Here the branchiz are pro-
longed into the inferior siphon, and as they are not separated
from the base of the foot within, nor from the mantle without,
the water drawn through the inferior orifice must make its exit
by the same or by the anterior opening. But water is also drawn
in by the other, and so gets access to the interior interlamellar
spaces of the branchie ; and by this superior siphon, ova, feces,
and seeretions are discharged.” From the statement here made
it would appear that Mr. Garner draws his inferences from the
anatomy of the animal alone, and not from actual observation of
the currents, as he seems doubtful whether the water received by
the branchial siphon is discharged by the same orifice or by the
anterior. opening.

Mr. Clark, however, has gone much further than Mr. Garner
in an attempt to establish a somewhat similar view of the sub-
ject. By a series of experiments with mercurial injections, in-
troduced principally through the anal siphon, he claims to have
proved that no communication can exist between it and the
branchial cavity ; and by other experiments upon the living ani-
mal, that gentleman announces that he has made a most import-
ant discovery, namely :—that “ nine-tenths, if not all, the water .
to bathe the branchiz is admitted by the pedal gape, and ejected
orey by the branchial siphon; the anal one alone inhales water
and discharges it ;” and that “in the close-mantle Solenide,
Myade, Lutrariea, &c., as well as in the open-mantle Veneres,
Cardia, &e., the water is only admitted into the branchial vault
at the pedal or ventral aperture by the simple opening of the
valves, and ejected, according to the structure of their respective
sacs, either by the branchial issue alone, as in the Pholades, &c.,
or as in the Veneres, Cardia, &c., by the two confluent orifices, .
which are in fact but one branchial conduit.” —

This conclusion, so contrary to the experience of other natu-
ralists, has been deduced from the following experiment. A
Pholas, inflated with water, was lifted up- and held in an inverted
position with the siphons downwards, until all the water had run
out. More water of course ran out of the branchial than the anal
siphon, as might have been inferred from its larger aperture, the
absence of a valve, and its more direct communication with the
branchial cavity, in which the principal part of the water is con-

* Vol. ii. p. 91. + Vol. iii.
24*

372 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on the Branchial

tained. On replacing the animal in water, a powerful column was
observed to pass in through the pedal opening, while none was
seen to enter by the siphons, these latter being probably closed
by the animal in consequence of the unnatural usage it had been
subjected to; but whether this be the case or not, it was to be
expected that, by a known law of hydrostatics, the greater flow
of water would be through the larger aperture until the equili-
brium was restored. This, however, is a special case having
nothing to do with the regular branchial currents, as has been
before pointed out to Mr. Clark; yet this experiment is consi-
dered to have finally disposed of the complicated scheme, as it is
called, of other authors, by which name is designated the simple
observed fact, that water for branchial purposes is received and
expelled by the action of cilia and by separate orifices.

Let us for a moment consider what would be the consequence
of Mr. Clark’s supposition that these animals obtain water only
by the pedal gape. Nearly all of them pass their lives buried in
sand or mud, or immured in solid stone, with only a small
aperture externally, the pedal opening being beneath, and the
siphonal tubes in communication with the open sea. Yet Mr.
Clark would have these animals receive only the small quantity
of water charged with sand and mud that finds its way to the
bottom of the cavity, rather than draw their supply from the
pure element on the surface, by means of their long siphons,
which, it is generally supposed, nature has furnished them with
for this very purpose.

It has long been known to us from actual observation that the
Pholades and Myade do draw in a current of water by the
branchial siphon, and that it is expelled by the anal one, as is
the case with the other bivalves. To convince himself of this
fact, it is only necessary for an observer to place a Pholas in a
glass of sea-water and allow it to remain undisturbed for some
time, in order that the animal may stretch out its tubes and re-
cover its natural quiescent state. Then by gently adding a little
fresh sea-water slightly charged with floating particles, a very
decided current will generally be seen to set mto the branchial
siphon, and a counter-current to proceed from the anal one ; the
water round the pedal opening being at the same time undis-
turbed.

The same arrangements are readily recognised in Mya. We
lately had an opportunity of observing Mya arenaria in its native
haunts, and watched the play of its siphonal currents under very
favourable circumstances. This species, at the mouth of the
Tyne, buries itself to a depth of 6 or 8 inches in a stiffish clay,
mixed with shingle; and, in shallow pools left by the tide, the
siphonal tubes may be seen just level with the surface of the

Currents in Pholas and Mya. 373

muddy bottom in full action. The mud lies closely packed
against the walls of the tubes, so that nothing is to be seen but
the internal surface of the expanded lips of the siphonal orifices
fringed with numerous tentacles. When it happens that the sur-
face of the water is only a little above these orifices, a strong cur-
rent can be distinctly seen to boil up from the anal siphon, and
another, with a constant, steady flow, to set into the branchial
one. These currents were quite visible to the naked eye without
the aid of a glass, so long as the mollusk remained undisturbed.
We watched one individual for nearly a quarter of an hour, and
no interruption of them took place; and it was not until the
siphon was touched that the tubes were withdrawn and the
currents ceased to play. But the siphon soon made its appear-
ance again at the surface, and the orifices once more expanding,
the currents commenced to play as strongly as ever. On exami-
ning the animal thus in its natural position, it is impossible to
doubt that the currents are connected. If not, whence comes
the water that is constantly pouring out of the anal orifice?
None can pass down externally to the pedal opening while the
tubes are in action, for at this time they completely fill the
channel they occupy, their walls beg in close contact with
the sides of the burrow; and the mud, though it lay loosely
about and against the siphons, was not in the least disturbed, as
it must have been had a current ‘passed down outside the tubes.
Yet to satisfy Mr. Clark’s theory such a current must have

On removing these animals from their concealed abodes, and
placing them in a vessel of fresh sea-water, the two siphonal cur-
rents were generally found in action when the individuals were
undisturbed. And further, on placing the shell with its back
downwards and the pedal gape raised above the surface of the
water, these currents still continued to play ; the excurrent and
ineurrent being as distinctly observed as before.

With Pholas we tried another experiment, which would seem
conclusive with regard to the connexion of the siphonal currents.
A specimen of Pholas crispata was placed in a shallow vessel of
sea-water, and, as usual, the currents soon commenced to play.
The nosle of a blowpipe charged with sea-water stained with in-
digo was then placed at the mhalant orifice, and immediately a
considerable quantity of the coloured medium was drawn into
the animal. Watching carefully the result, we had soon the
satisfaction of beholding a blue-stained stream issue from the
exhalant orifice. This experiment succeeded three or four times,
notwithstanding the caution of the animal, which generally, on
receiving the contents of the blowpipe, immediately closed the
inhalant orifice, and then gradually contracting itself, with a

374 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on the Branchial

convulsive action, squirted out the coloured matter by the same
orifice by which it was received. It is worthy of remark, that, if
we did not succeed in the first attempt, the second was almost
sure to fail; the internal apparatus being apparently then ad-
justed to prevent the passage of the coloured particles : and it is
likewise remarkable that the coloured fluid exhaled was deprived
of all the coarser particles.

These experiments may be deemed conclusive of the fact that
the inhalant and exhalant currents are really connected. The
mode of their connexion, however, remains up to this time undis-
covered. For the purpose of explaining this difficult point, we
have found it necessary to make a careful examination of the
anatomical structure of these animals. The result is very satis-
factory. We certainly find no opening between the foot and the
gills, nor between the gills and the mantle. The branchial or
ventral chamber is so far completely isolated from the anal or
dorsal chamber ; and without a careful observation of the eur-
rents in the living animal, as above alluded to, here the matter
might have been allowed to rest.

But a simple experiment will at once solve this difficulty.
Having killed a specimen of Pholas crispata with the siphonal
tubes contracted as little as possible, and having placed it in di-
luted spirit a few hours to render the tissues firm without hard-
ening them too much, we had again recourse to the blowpipe,
charged as formerly with coloured fluid. The specimen on this
occasion was opened down the ventral margin, exposing to view
the whole of the gills stretched along the roof of the branchial
cavity. The nosle of the blowpipe was passed into the anal
siphon, and on removing the finger from the top of the pipe, the
contained fluid immediately filled the anal chamber behind the
gills, and then passing at once down the tubes between the
laminee of the gills, issued through ten thousand pores, and dyed
the water in the branchial chamber. Thus in an instant the
secret was explained ;—the currents communicate through mi-
nute openings in the lamine of the gill-plates.

Having thus satisfied ourselves of this fact, we next directed
our attention to the structure of the gills. Accordingly the anal
chamber was laid open, and its ventral wall was seen to exhibit
four longitudinal rows of large orifices. These four rows of ori-
fices, already well known to anatomists, correspond to the at-
tached margins of the four gill-plates, which hang from the roof
or dorsal membrane of the branchial chamber ; this membrane
being the ventral wall of the anal chamber,—the membrane, in
fact, which divides the chambers.

These orifices lead mto wide tubes which pass between the two
lamine forming each gill-plate. These interbranchial tubes lie

Currents in Pholas and Mya. 375

contiguous and parallel to each other, and extend the full width
of the gill, being bifid within its free margin. Thus it is evident
that the tubes within the gill-plates communicate freely with the
anal chamber. The lamine forming the walls of these tubes
were now examined through the microscope, when the whole was
observed to present a regularly reticulated structure composed
of blood-vessels ; those passing transversely being the stronger
and more prominent. The longitudinal vessels, rather far apart
from each other, form the meshes into parallelograms. These
meshes are open spaces, fringed internally with a narrow mem-
brane and active vibratile cilia. The two vascular lamine form-
ing the gill-plate are really sieves to separate suspended mole-
cules from the surrounding medium on the passage of the water
from the branchial to the anal chamber ;—an apparatus of the
most exquisite beauty and perfect adaptation to the desired end.

We cannot understand how this beautiful structure escaped
detection by the mercurial injection of Mr. Clark. Had the anal
chamber been completely filled with mercury as supposed, we
conceive that it must necessarily have found its way into the in-
terbranchial tubes, and probably thence into the ventral cavity.
Indeed we think that so large a quantity of mercury as was re-
quired to fill the anal cavity would have caused a rupture of the
very delicate membrane dividing this chamber from the branchial
one, even without the external pressure which Mr. Clark says he
applied to it. The interbranchial tubes have been described by
several anatomists, but they do not seem to have carried their -
examinations so far as to have ascertained the subserviency of
these tubes to the branchial currents. They have in a few genera
been described to be for the purpose of receiving the immature
ova after leaving the ovary.

Having carried our inquiries so far, we were anxious to ob-
serve this exquisitely constructed apparatus in action, and accord-
ingly laid open the branchial chamber of a living animal, by di-
viding the mantle along the ventral margin, and thus completely
exposing to view the gills. The specimen was then placed-in a
shallow vessel containing sea-water, and in a short time the ex-
current siphon was in full play, pouring out a constant, steady
eurrent. As the branchial siphon was laid open from end to end,
its action was stopped ; the branchial chamber, however, being
submerged was always filled with water. We now slightly
coloured the fluid with indigo and carefully watched the gills
through a rather powerful lens, which revealed a sight of extra-
ordinary interest. The gills lay stretched, two along each side
of the body, their posterior extremities passing some way up the
branchial siphon, and appearing like delicate waved fringes, with
their surfaces transversely fluted ; the flutes being caused by the

376 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on the Branchial

distribution of the channels within the lamin. The free mar-
gins, down upon which we looked, were rather thick and di-
stinctly longitudinally grooved. Along this marginal groove a
minute cord or stream of blue particles of indigo was observed
moving towards the mouth, following accurately all the sinuo-
sities of the much-undulated gills. Minute streams of similar
particles were also observed coming up from the base on both
sides of the gills to join the stream that continued its progress
along the margin. These lateral streams passed for the most
part up the furrows of the laminz, and becoming incorporated —
with that on the margin, augmented its volume as it approached
the anterior extremity of the gill. All these streams were sharply
defined, and the particles of which they were composed did not
move amongst themselves, but were formed into cords or threads
rather than streams, apparently bound together by some tena-
cious fluid. These streams or cords continued to be formed and
moved on for hours ; the action being only occasionally retarded
when the animal was disturbed, and the whole time the water was
continually passing out of the excurrent orifice or anal siphon.

Thus considerable quantities of indigo were accumulated in
the vicinity of the mouth and oral tentacles. These accumula-
tions were composed of ravelled threads spun as it were by the
branchial apparatus, from the scattered, nearly invisible particles
of indigo in the surrounding medium.

On reviewing this curious spectacle the question naturally
arises—how is the matter, divided into such minute particles,
thus collected on the surface of the gills? Having arrived at a
clear understanding of the structure of these organs, we can give
a correct answer to this question.

We have seen that the two lamine forming the walls of the gill
are in fact in structure like sieves, and that the tubes which pass
between them communicate with the anal chamber leading di-
rectly to the excurrent siphon. When the water is flowing out
of this siphon, there is consequently a tendency to form a vacuum
in the chamber and in all the tubes between the gill-lamine. By
this means, combined with the action of the cilia lining the meshes,
the water introduced into the branchial chamber by the mhalant
tube will be drawn through the meshes of the laminz, and all
the suspended particles of matter retained on the surface of the
gill. The water being filtered, as it were, allows the particles to
accumulate, and then by the aid of other cilia, they are formed
into the defined streams above described. This is certainly one
of the most beautifully adapted organic mechanisms that can be
looked upon. As a breathing organ it is very complete; as a
prehensile organ for securing food it is surely unrivalled for the
minuteness and beauty of its structure.

a ae ty
Fo ee a

Currents in Pholas and Mya. © 377

This examination of the gill in its living state throws some
light upon the sustentation of the Lamellibranchiate Mollusks ;
for it would appear evident that all the minute particles of matter
suspended in the water are collected and carried to the mouth
without any apparent selection. The labial tentacles may pos-
sibly have the power of rejecting distasteful matters ; but it is
difficult to conceive how this can be, if the particles, as in the
present case, always form a continuous cord, which would have _
to be severed before any part could be disengaged. And we may
mention in proof of the minuteness of the particles extracted
from the surrounding element by these animals, that on placing
five or six individuals of Pholas crispata in a small vessel of water
strongly coloured with indigo, they, in the course of twelve or
fourteen hours, deprived the water of nearly all its colourmg
matter, leaving it scarcely tinged with blue, and the alimentary
tube of several that were opened was crammed full of indigo, and
that it was but little altered in appearance on passing in fecal
masses from the anal siphon.

The structure of the gills of Mya arenaria is similar to that of
Pholas ; those of Pullastra perforans are likewise formed much
after the same plan, and in this latter species the sedimentary
matters are collected on the surface of the gill in exactly the
same manner as in Pholas crispata. In Cardium edule the gills
are provided with interbranchial tubes, and they convey the food
to the mouth along their free margins. The anal and branchial

_ chambers of the oyster are as completely separated as in Pholas,

and the gills procure food and take it to the mouth in the same
manner as in that genus. In Mytilus edulis the branchie are a
little modified. The four plates in this species are composed of
two laminz as usual, but only one of the lamine of each gill is
attached to the mantle behind ; the outer lamina of the external
gill, and the lamina next the foot of the internal gill being free:
the interbranchial tubes are irregular and incomplete, extending
scarcely halfway up from the free margin of the gill. The
branchial plates of Mytilus are ‘nevertheless efficient sieves, col-
lecting all sedimentary matters on their surfaces, and conveying
the same along their margins to the oral opening *.

These are all the species we have yet examined, but perhaps
they may be considered sufficient to support a belief that the
sieve-like character of the branchiz, and the mode of action here
described, predominate throughout the whole order of the Lamel-
libranchiata, as well as in that of Tunicata, whose branchiz are
known to have a similar structure.

* The gill-laminz of Pecten opercularis are arranged in the same man-
ner as in Mytilus. The outer lamina is free and much narrower than the
inner, extending only about two-thirds up from the free margin.

378 Mr. N. T. Wetherell on a Barytie Deposit
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. General view of the interior of Pholas crispata, the mantle being
laid open along the ventral margin :—a, incurrent siphonal orifice,
with a piece of whalebone passed through it to show the direction
of the current ; 6, excurrent siphonal orifice, with a piece of whale-
bone likewise passed through it into the anal chamber; ¢, the gills,
exhibiting the indigo collecting on their surfaces in minute streams
and passing along their free margins; d, anal chamber laid open,
exhibiting the four rows of orifices leading into the tubes between
the gill-laminze; e, e, e, labial tentacles; f, accumulation of in-
digo on them, brought by the gills; g, oral orifice ; h, foot.

Fig. 2. Section of the gill-plate, showimg three of the tubes between the
laminz :—a, the tubes.

Fig. 3. A portion of the gill-lamine highly magnified, showing the orifices
in the meshes.

XXXI.—WNotice of a Barytic Deposit in certain Testacea from the
London Clay. By N.T. WerueErett, Esq., F.G.S., M.R.C.S.

Durine the examimation of the Testacea of the London clay, I
have observed in some univalves from a particular locality the
occurrence of small concretionary bodies frequently fillmg the
apertures and umbilici of the shells. These bodies are of an
irregular form, but where they occur in the apertures of the
Natice, especially Natica glaucinoides, they present at first sight
somewhat the appearance of opercula*. In the other Testacea
in which they occur, as some species of Musus, Pleurotoma and
Cancellaria, and a specimen of Nautilus imperialis, these bodies
are more irregularly placed, and in a few instances they were
found isolated in the clay surrounding the shells.

These bodies when broken have a fibro-radiate structure of an
opake white, and readily yield to the knife ; they are occasionally
ageregated together, each one showing its centre of radiation.
A slight effervescence was produced upon the application of mu-
riatic acid, which ceased almost immediately without any appa-
rent diminution of the size of the specimen.

A qualitative analysis kindly undertaken for me by Mr. James
Field of Loughton, Essex, yielded the following substances :—

Silica, oxide of iron, alumina, carbonate of lime, sulphate of
barytes.

Both oxide of iron and alumina were small in quantity, and
there was a mere trace of silica, the sulphate of barytes forming
by far the greater proportion of the concretions.

The specimens were obtained from the London clay, about two
miles to the north of Highgate, at which place this formation
lies under about 10 feet of diluvium or northern drift.

About three years since a small excavation was made through

* The barytic substance often fills up the umbilicus of the same species.

il i

in Testacea from the London Clay. 379

the drift bed into the London clay, the latter being penetrated to
the depth of 8 or 9 feet ; the shells bemg very abundantly dis-
seminated throughout. Barytes is of rather rare occurrence in
the London clay. In the list of the minerals of this formation
given in the ‘ Outlines of the Geology of England and Wales,’
it is not even mentioned.

Phillips, in his ‘ Introduction to Mineralogy,’ states that the
sulphate of barytes “occurs in crystals disposed in a radiated —
form on carbonate of lime, coating the divisions of the septaria,
on the western side of the Isle of Sheppey.”

In the numerous specimens of Testacea and other organic re-
mains which I was so fortunate to obtain from the excavations in
the London clay at Primrose Hill, and from the deep cuttings of
the Great Northern Railway near Whetstone, I have not detected
the trace of any similar barytic substance, and the occurrence of
it in the locality previously mentioned may be probably due to
the condition of the clay im its upper part at that spot, being
more favourable to the decomposition and rearrangement of the
chemical constituents of the matrix itself and of the contained
organic bodies.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

a, f, represent the deposit in an unbroken state within the apertures of a
Natica glaucinoides and a Fusus ; b, shows the space it generally
occupies within the shell; c, the deposit broken, showing two
centres of radiation; d, g, i, Natica and Pleurotoma, containing
the deposit in a broken state, showing the fibro-radiate structure ;
e, h, umbilici of Natice filled with the deposit ; k, 1, m,n, 0, mag-
nified figures ; p, magnified figure of the deposit in the clay. The
natural size is represented in outline.

380 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Arrangement of

XXXII.— An attempt to arrange the species of the family Pholadidze
into Natural Groups. By Joun Epwaxp Gray, Esgq., F.R.S.,
Vice-President of the Zoological Society.

Severs authors, as Lorenz Spengler (Skrivten af Naturh.
Gebskabet, ii. 72. 1792; iv. 40. 1798), W. Wood in his work
on Shells, and more lately G. B. Sowerby in his ‘ Thesaurus
Conchyliorum ’” (x. 1849), have examined and described the spe-
cies of this family, but very few attempts have been made to ar-
range them into natural groups, and this is the more important
as the shells undergo great change in form and even in structure
as they are developed by the growth of the animal.

I have therefore been induced to lay before the reader the fol-
lowing outline of an arrangement which has been some time lying
in my portfolio, in the hope that I might find time to prepare
a more complete description of the species.

Synopsis or THE GENERA.

A. Dorsal muscle protected by one or two dorsal shelly valves.
Cavity in which the animal lives not lined with a regular shelly
tube inclosing the valves. Pholadina.

a. Stphons naked, front gape of shell open at all times.

1. Puotas. Dorsal valves two, anterior single, central, lanceo-
late, hinder small, transverse ; plate reflexed over the umbo,
closely applied.

2. Barnia. Dorsal valve single, lanceolate ; shell ovate ; plate
reflexed over the umbo, closely applied.

3. Dacryrina. Dorsal valves two, lanceolate, placed side by
side ; the plate reflexed over the umbo, cellular beneath.

4, XytopuHaca. Dorsal valves two, half ovate, diverging ; um-
bonal process none.

b. Stphons naked ; front gape at length closed, with a callous plate.
5. Jouannetia. Valves unequal, left largest, in front inclosing
the other ; dorsal valve single ; umbonal process none.

6. Pararnotas. Valves equal, regularly divided in front ; dorsal
valves two.

7. Marresta. Valves equal, regularly divided in front ; dorsal
valve single, lanceolate or peltate.

ce. Siphon with horny or shelly valves at their base.

8. PHotapip#A. Front gape large, at length closed, with a

callous plate ; dorsal valves two, small.

a

the Pholadide into Natural Groups. 381

9. Tatona. Front gape small; dorsal valves two, moderate,
diverging.
B. Dorsal muscles only covered with a horny or coriaceous epi-

dermis. The cavity in which they live not lined with a regular
shelly tube inclosing the valves. Tirfzeina.

10. Zirrza. Dorsal plate not reflexed over the umbo.
11. Navea. Dorsal plate produced and reflexed over the umbo.

C. Dorsal muscles only covered with a coriaceous epidermis. Cavity
in which they live lined with a regular shelly tube surround-
ing the valve. 'Teredinina.

12. Texevo. Tube subcylindrical, hard, shelly ; pallettes simple,
oblong or transverse, entire.

13. Xytorrya. Tubes subcylindrical, hard, shelly ; pallettes
elongate, pennate.

14. Curnus. Tube subcylindrical, thick, shelly ; apex divided
into two separate tubes ; pallettes

15. Guerera. Tube club-shaped, thicker, and closed beneath ;
pallettes ovate dentate.

A. Dorsal muscle protected by one or two shelly dorsal valves.
Cavity in which they live not lined with a regular shelly tube.
Pholadina.

The upper part of the cavity in which these animals reside is
sometimes furnished with a calcareous deposit, which does not
assume the regular form of a shell, but appears to be only an

r exudation from the surface of the tubes, and never in-
closes the shelly valves, and it has only been observed in one or
two genera, as Martesia, where it is formed of hard uniform cal-
careous matter (see Gray, Phil. Trans. 1833; Rang, Man. 345;
Sow. Thes. Conch.), and Xylotrya, where it appears to be formed
of agglutinated particles of sand: this latter was first shown to
me by Mr. Edward Charlesworth.

a. Siphons naked at the base; front gape of the shell more or less
large and open, never closed with an additional shelly plate.
1. Puotas, Linn., part. ; Gray, 1849.

1. P. costatus, Linn., Sow. Thes. t. 102. f. 8, 9.
2. P. crucifera, Sow. ’ Thes. t. 104. f. 24, 26.

3. P. truncata, Say, Sow. Thes. f. 29, 30.

4. P. latissima, Sow. Thes. f. 15, 16?

2. Barnia. Barnia, Leach MSS. Barnea, Risso.
1. B. australasie. Ph. a., Gray in Sow. Thes. t. 107. f. 73.

382 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Arrangement of

B. Burmanica. Ph. B., Philippi, Abbild. t.1. f. 1.
B. candida, Ph. c., Sow. Thes. f. 21-23. P. dactyloides,
Chigje. P. silicula, Lamk. P. papyracea, Spengler.

. B. parva. Ph. p., Sow. Thes. f. 31, 32. Ph. crenulatus, So-
lander in Spengler. P. dactylus, var. Dei. P. ligamentina,
Desh. P. dactyloides, Lamk.

. B. similis. Ph. s., Gray, Sow. Thes. f. 12-14. Ph. antipo-

darum, Philippi, Abbild. t.1. £.3.

B. manillensis. Ph. m., Philippi. P. manille, Sow. Thes.

f, 17,48.

. B. Erythrea, Gray. Shell ovate, elongate, radiately ribbed ;
the central ribs rather distant, with slight distant tubercles ;
hinder ribs nearly obliterated ; the anterior ribs rather di-
stant, with acute imbricate spines ; the anterior gape broad,
ovate, short.

Hab. Red Sea.
. B. fragilis. Ph. f., Sow. Thes. f. 92, 93.

. Dacrytina, Gray, P. Z. S. 1847, 187. Thoanoa or Thovana,
Leach MSS.

* Nucleus of dorsal valve anterior, gape narrow elongate.
1. D. orientalis. Ph.o., Gmelin. Ph. Siamensis, Spengler, Sow.
Thes. f.3, 4. Ph. dactylus, Solander MSS.
2. D.Chiloensis. Ph. Ch., Molina, Sow. Thes. f.1,2. Ph. Cam-
pechensis, Gmelin.
Var. P. laqueata, Sow. Thes. f.19, 20.

** Nucleus of dorsal valve posterior, gape broad. Dactylina.

8. D. dactylus. Ph. d., Linn., Sow. Thes.f.10, 11,47. Ph. mu-
ricatus, Da Costa. Ph. hyans, Pultney. P. ‘eallosa, Lamk.
Ph. tuberculata, Turton.

4. XytopHaGca, Turton, 1822.

1. X. dorsalis, Turton, Sow. Thes. f.103, 104. Ph. Xilophaga,
Desh.

2. X. globosa, Sow. Thes. f. 101, 102.

- wp

ID O

oo ©

b. Siphons naked at the base; front gape of the valves large, at
length closed, with a callous plate.

5. Jovannetia, Desmoulin, Bull. Soc. Linn. Bord. ii. 244; Rang,
Man. 346. Pholadopsis, Conrad, Bull. Acad. Philad. 1849,
156. Triomphalia, Sow. Thes. 1850. Teredo, sp. Deshayes.

* Valves with two impressed radiating grooves.

. J.globosa. Ph. glob., Quoy. T. globosa, Sow. Thes. f. 54, 55.
. J. Cumingii. Triomph. C., Sow. Thes. f. 56, 57.

woe

the Pholadidz tnxto Natural Groups. 383

** Valves with a subcentral impressed radiating groove. Phola-
dopsis.

3. J. pectinata. Pholadopsis p., Conrad, t. 89. f. 3. Tr. pul-
cherrima, Sow. Thes. f. 58, 59.

6. Parapuo.as, Gray. Parapholas (part.), Conrad, Proc. Acad.
N.S. Philad. 1848, 121 ; 1849, 156.

The anterior dorsal margin reflexed, and generally furnished ©
with an internal elevated rib ; umbo with a pair of vaulted cavities
in front, connected with the anterior callous plate, and one or
two behind umbo.

The periostraca (of this and the next genus) uniting the upper
and lower edge of the valves often strengthened by a shelly plate
forming additional elongate lanceolate posterior dorsal and ven-
tral valves.

* Valves with two sunken ribs; the hinder very convex, hinder
dorsal cavity divided.

1. Parapholas quadrizonalis. Ph. q., Spengler, Sow. Thes. f. 88,
89. Ph. striatus, Chemn. fig. 864-866. Adult, Ph. Incii,
Sow. Thes. f.45, 46.

2. P.Janellii. Ph. Janellii, Desh. Ph. Californica, Conrad, Sow.
Thes. f. 5, 6, 7.

** Valves with a single impressed rib; the hinder umbonal valve
single.

3. P. concamerata. Ph. c., Desh., Sow. Thes. f.67,68. Ph. cu-
cullata, Gray, B. M. 1840.

7. Marresta, Leach MSS., Blainv. Mactesia, Gray, misprint
“ Mactresia, Gray,” Agassiz. Penitella, Conrad, 1849.

* Valves with two impressed ribs, the hinder one oblique, the an-
terior dorsal marginal reflection adpressed.

1. M. Calva. Ph. Calva, Sow. Thes. f. 51, 52, 58. Penitella
Wilsonii, Conrad, t. 35. f.5, bad? Dorsal valve less deve-
loped. Ph. acuminata, Sow. Thes. f. 48, 49; young, Sow.
Thes. f. 50.

1*. M. branchiata. Ph. b., Gould, Sow. Thes. f. 82, 83.

** Valves with a single subcentral impressed rib; the anterior

dorsal reflection close pressed and furnished with an elevated .
internal rib.

2. M. ovum. Ph. ovum, Gray in Wood Supp. f. 4. Ph. ovata,

Sow. Thes. f. 71, 72; dorsal bad.
3. M. multistriata. Ph. m., Sow. Thes. f. 35, 36.

384 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Arrangement of

4. M. obtecta. Ph. o0., Sow. Thes. f. 80, 81.
5. M. curta. Ph. curta, Sow. Thes. f. 38, 34 & 105.

*** Valves with a single subcentral impressed rib ; the anterior
dorsal reflection erect, separate from the outer surface of the
valve.

6. M. striata, Leach. Ph. striata, Linn., Sow. Thes. f. 40-44.
Ph. lignorum, Spengler. Ph. nana, Pultney. Ph. pusilla,
Linn. P. conoides, Flem. Ph. clavata, Lamk.

Jun. ? Ph. faleata, Wood.
Var. produced behind. Ph. semicostata, Lea, Sow. Thes. f. 84,
85. Junior, Ph. terediniformis, Sow. Thes. f. 97, 98.

7. M. australis, Gray. Shell elongate, front portion with rather
distant waved concentric ridges (fewer than in M. striata),
the hinder portion smooth, slightly concentrically waved ;
periostraca very thin, simple.

Hab. N.W. Australia, in hard stone and in resin.

8. M. rivicola. Ph. r., Sow. Thes. f. 90, 91.

9. M. aperta. Junior, Ph. aperta, Sow. Thes. f. 99, 100.

10. M. cuneiformis. Ph. cuneiformis, Say, Sow. Thes. f. 38, 39,
f. 86, 87. Ph. corticaria, Adams, Sow. Thes. f. 94, 95. Ph.
Edwardsii and Ph. rudis, Gray, B. M. 1820; junior, Sow.
Thes. f. 96.

7*, Terepina, Lamk. Fistulana, sp. Lamk. Teredo, J. Sow.

This fossil genus appears only to differ from Martesia in being
provided with a conical continuous entire tubular prolongation
at the hinder end of the valves, in the place of the elongation of
the valves, which is often to be observed in that genus, and in
the absence of any supplementary posterior or ventral valves.

1. T. personata, Lamk. Teredo antenaute, J. Sow.

c. Siphons with shelly or rarely horny valves surrounding their base
and forming a cup-like appendage on the hinder extremity of
the valves.

These appendages are not to be confounded with the exten-
sions of the periostraca which are to be observed on the surface
of the hinder part of some Martesie, as M. obtecta and M. con-
camerata.

8. Puotapipma, Turton, 1819. “ Pholadidoidea, Goodall,”
Blainv. Pholidee, Swainson. Parapholas, part., Conrad.

* Siphonal valves without any tubular elongation, and not folded.

1. Ph. papyracea. Ph. p., Sow. Thes. f.66. Junior, Ph. lamellata,
Turton. P. striata, Blainv. t. 80. f. 7.

2. Ph. spathulata. Ph. s., Sow. Thes. f. 69, 70.

SS hceg Se aoe ae rr

the Pholadidz into Natural Groups. 885

** Siphonal valves without any tubular prolongation, and with a
longitudinal and transverse fold. Talonella.

3. Ph. tridens. Ph.t., Sow. Thes.f.60,61. Talonella tridens,
Gray, B. M.

*** Siphonal valves with a tubular shelly prolongation. HUatasia.

4. Ph. quadra. Ph. q., Sow. Thes. f. 62, 63.

5. Ph. melanura. Ph. m., Sow. Thes. f. 78, 79. Parapholas
bisuleata, Conrad, t. 39. f. 4.

6. Ph. tubifer. Ph. t., Sow. Thes. f. 64, 65.

9. Tarona, Gray, 1840; P. Z. S. 1848, 188.

1. T.explanata. Ph. explanata, Spengler. Ph. candidus, Chemn.
f. 862. Ph. clausa, Gray, Sow. Thes. f. 74, 75.

B. Dorsal muscle only covered with a horny skin or coriaceous ept-
dermis. The cavity in which the animal lives is not lined with
any regular shelly tube. Zirfeeana.

10. Zirrza, Leach MSS. ; Gray, 1840, P. Z. S. 1848.

1. Z. crispata. Ph. c., Linn., Sow. Thes. f. 37. Ph. bifrons,
Da Costa. Solen crispus, Gmelin.

2. Z. constricta. Ph. c., Sow. Thes. f. 27, 28.

3. Z.? Darwinii. Ph. D., Sow. Thes. f. 76, 77.

4. Z.? julan, Adans. Seneg. t. 19. f.1.

5. Z.? Vibonensis. Ph. V., Philippi, uu. t. 13. f. 5.

ll. Navea.

Shell subglobose, closed behind ; anterior gape very large, not
closed up by age ; edge reflexed, crenulated ; valves with a sunken
subcentral rib; anterior dorsal edge reflexed and closely ad-
pressed to the outer surface of the valve ; dorsal muscles covered
with a coriaceous periostraca, and with a small transverse poste-
rior yalve placed behind the umbones; internal process simple,
elongate, arched.

1. N. subglobosa. Shell subglobose, solid, truncated in front ;
anterior portion radiately ribbed and with a reflexed undu-
lated edge, hinder portion regularly concentrically grooved.

Hab. California, in a hole in a shell.- Cab. Gray.

2. N. tenuis. Shell ovate, subglobose, thin ; anterior portion ob-
liquely truncated, finely and regularly concentrically stri-
ated, hinder portion smooth, very slightly concentrically
wrinkled ; subcentral rib indistinct externally, but with a
distinct internal rib.

Hab. ?, in a hole in acoral. Brit. Mus.
See also Pholas nucivora, Spengler, iv. 40. t.10.f.4, 9. Very

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 25

386 On the Arrangement of the Pholadide into Natural Groups.

like former, but according to the figure shorter in front, and
longer and more rounded behind. Spengler, in his description

and figure, appears to mistake the front for the hinder part of
the shell.

C. Dorsal muscle only covered with a coriaceous epidermis. The
cavity which the animal inhabits lined with a regular shelly
tube which surrounds the valves. 'Teredinina.

12. TurEpo, Linn. Teredo a, Blainv. Malleolus, Gray.

* Tube concamerated near the external opening.

1. T. Norvagicus, Spengler. T. nigra, Blainv. T. Bruguieri,
Chiaje. T. Norvegicus, Thompson.

2. T. denticulata,Gray. T.navalis, Moller, Moll.Gran. Green-
land.

** Tubes not chambered near the outer opening.

3. T. batavus, Spengler. T. navalis, Blainv.

4. T. nana, Turton. T. navalis, Milne-Edw. T. megotara, Forbes
and Hanley.

5. T. malleolus, Turton.

13. Xytorrya, Leach MSS.; Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825. Bankia,
Gray, 1840. Teredo a, Schum. 1817. Teredo B, Blainv.
Xylophaga, part., Sow. Man. !

. X. bipalmulata. T.b., Lamk. Syst. T. palmulatus, Lamk.
Hist. Taret de Pondicherry, Adanseon.

. X. Stutchburyi, Leach, Blainv. Tered. navalis, Spengler.

. X. Philippii. Teredo palmulata, Chiaje, Philippi.

. X. carinata. Teredo c., Leach, Blainv.

. X. pennatifera. Ter. p., Blainv. T. palmulata, Leach. T. bi-
pennata, Turton. 'T. navalis, Home.

14, Curnvus, Guetard. Kuphus, Gray, 1840. Kyphus, Agassiz.
Furcella, Oken. Septaria, Lamk. Clausaria, Menke. Clo-
sonaria, Férussac.

1. C. arenarius. Solena., Rumph. Leptanaa., Lamk. Serpula
polythalamia, Linn. S. gigantea, Schret. Teredo gigan-
tea, Home.

—_

OU 09 0

15. Gurtrra,Gray. Fistulana, sp., Lamk. Teredo, sp., Spengler,
Megerle, Deshayes.

1. G. corniformis, Gray. Fistulana c., Lamk.
2. G. clava. Teredo clava, Gmelin. Fistulana gregata, Lamk.
3. G.? lagenula. Fistulana 1., Lamk.; perhaps same as preceding.

hay

Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils. 387

XXXIII.— On some new Cambro-Silurian Fossils. By FREDERICK
M‘Coy, Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in Queen’s Col-
lege, Belfast.

Cytheropsis Aldensis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Arcuato-oblong, dorsal margin much arched, greatest
convexity about the middle, sloping more towards the ante-
rior, which is slightly smaller than the posterior end ; posterior
end broadly arched, anterior end obtusely poimted ; a concave
flattened sinus rather more than half the length of the shell
in the ventral margin, rather nearer to the anterior than the
posterior end; an obscure roughened spot slightly nearer to
the anterior than the posterior end, and slightly nearer to the
dorsal than.the ventral margin ; valves moderately and evenly
gibbous ; surface very minutely punctured under a strong lens.
Length 14 millimetre, depth about 2rds the length.

This little species is accompanied by a more elongate, oblong,
less arched form of greater rarity, which may either be a distinct
species or the male.

Extremely abundant in the dark earthy limestone of Aldens,
Ayrshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Harpes parvulus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Cephalic shield semielliptical ; flattened limb very wide -
(slightly exceeding the length of the glabella in front) with a
thick margin ; glabella narrow cylindrical, the slightly nar-
rowed front about the width of its base, within the front mar-
gin of the cheeks ; cheeks convex, one-third wider than the
glabella at base ; oculiform tubercles-on a line with the ante-
rior margin of the glabella, and slightly nearer to it than to
the lateral margins ; surface minutely granulated. Length of
cephalic shield 3 lines, proportional length of front margin
about ;*%,, length of glabella ‘5. :
This little Harpes is interesting as the first occurrence of the

genus in Silurian rocks in Britain, although Col. Portlock has

described two species which are common in Ireland. The spe-
cies is remarkable for its small size and ‘extremely wide marginal
plate.

Limestone of Wrae quarry, Upper Tweed.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Pseudocrania (M‘Coy), n. g.

Gen. Char. Shell slightly inequivalve, free, both valves regularly
depressed, subconical, unattached ; dorsal valve with or without
25*

888 Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils.

a small cardinal area; internally, margin broad, flat, smooth
or minutely striated concentrically, anterior pair of muscular
impressions much larger and more strongly marked than the
posterior pair; pallial impressions numerous, linear, not in-
terrupted along the middle.

This palzozoic genus differs from the true Crania in the fol-
lowing points: Ist, Crania is attached by the substance of the
dorsal valve, and exhibits thereon an irregular scar ; both valves
are free and regular in Pseudocrania; 2nd, in Urania the pos-
terior or marginal pair of adductor muscles are always larger and
deeper than the medial or anterior pair; the reverse is remark~
ably the case in the present genus, which also has a smooth or
minutely striated margin, destitute of the strong granulation
and punctures of most Cranie. The Crania antiquissima as given
by Verneuil may be taken as the type of the genus, as also the
following species.

Pseudocrania divaricata (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Longitudinally oblong, length and width almost equal,
slightly narrowed posteriorly; hinge-line straight, a little
shorter than the width of the shell; dorsal valve (analogue of
the lower or attached valve) with a very low triangular cardinal
area; external surface ornamented with sharp, prominent, nar-
row rugged lines divaricating from the beaks, those of the
sides arched backwards towards the cardinal angles, about
equally distant throughout from the intercalation of shorter
strie as the longer approach the margin, intervening spaces
flat, about four ridges in the space of one line ; internal casts
show a broad, flat, defined rim with minute irregular con-
centric striz, and the following parts in relief (depressions in
the shell) : 1st, a small oval mesial space originating near the
hinge, and reaching to one-fourth of the length ; 2nd, on each
side of this, close to the hinge-margin, are two diverging oval
muscular impressions; 3rd, at a little behind the middle of
the shell are two ovate subtrigonal anterior muscular impres-
sions considerably larger and deeper than the posterior pair ;
4th, close in front of those a narrow semicircular impression
(scar of visceral aponeurosis ?) with its extremities arching
backwards round the muscular impressions ; 5th, between this
and the front and lateral margin, a series of from fifteen to
twenty-two uninterrupted equidistant longitudinally narrow
pitted (? pallial) marks, each dividing at its anterior half,
separated by rather wider smoother spaces. Length 10 lines,
greatest width (a little in front of the middle) 10¥ lines, height
of cardinal area three-fourths of a line.

Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils. 389

In size and general character this agrees with the Pseudocrania
antiquissima (Eichw. sp.) as given by M. de Verneuil (Geol. Russ.
t. 1. fig. 12), but is easily distinguished externally by the beak
being close to the posterior margin, and the remarkable divari-
eating sculpture of the valves, and internally by several minor
points of detail obvious on comparison with the figure.

Common in the schists on the Bala limestone at Bryn Melyn
quarry; schists of Pont y Glyn, Diffwys; and in the fine grits of
Tan y Craig, Builth.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Siphonotreta micula (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Longitudinally ovate. length and width about equal ;
sides and front broadly rounded, with a uniform curve, pos-
terior extremity slightly acuminated; gently convex, perfo-
rated valve most so; greatest depth about one-fourth the
length from the beak, which is near the posterior margin, and
perforated by a round tubular opening ; surface marked with a
few concentric waves of growth, and sharp, flat, regular con-
centric linear striz, about seventeen in the space of one mil-
limetre ; several short, slender, conical spines are rather irre-
gularly scattered over the surface, the substance of the shell
exhibiting under a high power an extremely minute reticular
punctation. Average length (of rather large specimen) 2 lines,
width usually rather less.

This small species varies from nearly orbicular to ovato-penta-
gonal in outline ; in some specimens, particularly those from Well-
field, the depressions left by the spines of the surface are very ob-
vious and rather crowded, producing a puckered irregularity of
the surface, which is not to be seen in most of the specimens
from Pen Cerrig ; the concentric lineation is also more distinct
in the former, between which the reticular punctation is so excess-
ively minute, that it can only be traced with very fine and
powerful glasses in favourable lights on the best-preserved por-.
tions of the shell, differing therefore very much from the most
nearly allied fossil, the so-called Terebratula hamifera of Bar-
rande. In nearly all the specimens the distinct and rather large
circular opening at the apex of the beak is easily seen, and in
many specimens an irregular fissure, apparently produced by
crushing, extends a variable distance towards the front margin,
either in the median line or more or less to one side or the other.
The few rather large concentric waves or interruptions of growth
are only seen in some specimens.

This species seems to agree in everything with the little Te-
rebratula hamifera (Bar.) (Haidinger’s Naturwissenschaftliche

390 — Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils.

Abhandlungen, vol. i. p. 418. t. 20. f. 9), but has the reticular
punctation infinitely more minute than he describes that of his
species to be (half a millimetre long, or four in a square milli-
metre). M. Barrande gives the geological place of his species in
Bohemia as “ gehdrt der Quartzitetage (D) an d. h. dem am
hodchsten gelegenen Theile des untern Silurischen Systems von
Bohmen,” and the schists in which ours occurs in such profusion
in Britain seem to hold precisely the same place. Its gregarious
habits are curiously shown by the circumstance of a fragment of
shale four or five inches long and wide from Pen Cerrig haying
afforded upwards of 100 specimens now in the Cambridge col-
lection, and another mass not much larger from Wellfield haying
yielded upwards of 70.

Very common in certain spots in the black shale of Pen Cerrig,
Builth, Radnorshire ; and not uncommon in the olive schists of
Wellfield, Builth, Radnorshire ; very rare in the olive schists of
Pentre Llangynyw near Welchpool, Montgomeryshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Pentamerus microcamerus (M‘Coy).
Ref. & Syn. Spirifer? levis, Sow. 8. 8. t. 21. f. 12 (not Penta-

merus levis, Sow.).

Sp. Char. Transversely elliptical ; receiving valve depressed, gently
convex, greatest depth near the beak, which is elevated nearly
at right angles, the height being one-eighth the width of the
hinge ; entering valve greatly convex ; beaks small, rather pro-
minent, reaching to the plane of the lateral margins, with
which the low triangular area is nearly parallel, greatest depth
slightly behind the middle ; a broad, faintly marked, slightly
convex, obsolete mesial ridge, and a few faint, broad, obsolete,
irregular lateral radiations; hinge-line slightly less than the
width of the shell, side margins elliptically rounded, front
margins very wide, gently convex ; cardinal area nearly sixteen
times wider than high ; surface apparently smooth, or with a
very minute fibrous longitudinal striation : internal cast of re-
ceiving valve showing the broad triangular boss of the fora-
men, shghtly keeled, the mesial septum formed by the junc-
tion of its bounding lateral lamelle, only reaching one-third
the length of the shell, or little more than equal to the width
of the rostral chamber ; cast of entering valve with a very nar-
row triangular area in the plane of the lateral margins; two
very slightly diverging dental lamellz, scarcely reaching twice
the width of the area (or one-eighth the length of the shell),the
exterior edges of which form two more diverging slits, resem-
bling cardinal teeth ; a slight indication of a mesial septum

‘a

Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils, 391

commencing a little in front of the ends of the diverging
lamelle, from between the ends of which project two long
spatulate muscular impressions, not reaching quite to the
middle of the shell. Width 2 inches 6 lines, proportional
length 53,, depth of receiving valve +43, of entering valve
about the same.

I have recently examined such a great number of specimens
from May Hill, that there can no longer be any doubt that it
belongs, not to the genus Spirifer as suggested by Sowerby, nor
to the genus Orthis as suggested by other paleontologists, but is
a distinctly defined species of Pentamerus, distinguished by the
very small size of the rostral chamber in the receiving valve, and
the extreme shortness of the diverging lamellz in the entering
valve, which are not even indicated in Mr. Sowerby’s figure
thereof. As the species must be placed in the genus Pentamerus,
and there is already a Pentamerus levis, 1 am obliged to propose
a new specific name. In very young specimens 3 lines long the
mesial septum exceeds half the length of the shell.

In the fine sandstone of Mandinam, Caermarthenshire ; very
abundant in the sandstone of May Hill, Gloucestershire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Hemithyris angustifrons (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Elongate ovate ; both valves very gibbous in the mid-

dle, gradually sloping to the margins, which are nearly level,
or with a very slight elevation of the front towards the enter-
ing* valve ; greatest width in most specimens rather behind
the middle, from whence the width diminishes to the narrow
obtusely rounded front; beak of the receiving valve large,
pointed, with a very long triangular opening beneath it ; sub-
stance of the shell coarsely fibrous, surface nearly smooth or
with irregular transverse squamz of growth; casts show in
the entering valve two subparallel approximate longitudinal
sulci marking the inner edge of the muscular impressions, and
with a fainter sulcus between them left by the slight mesial
septum ; two pits near the beak, left by the apophyses, strong ;
receiving valve with two strong dental lamell, one on each
side of the beak, and a slight indication of a mesial septum ;

* As the terms “ dorsal and ventral valves” have been almost invariably
misapplied by conchological writers in describing Brachiopods, and as the
ion is very great when we use these terms in accordance with their
anatomical position (but contrary to common use), I propose to use
“receiving valve” for the perforated valve of Terebratula, &c. (called
“dorsal valve” by conchologists and “ventral valve” by anatomists), and
I use “ entering valve ” for the opposite one, of which the beak enters the
cavity of the receiving valve.

392 Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils.

few straight, once- or twice-branched impressions of the pallial

vessels on each side. Length 9 lines, proportional length of

entering valve ;85,, width 75,, depth of both valves 55°.

The general ovate form of this species, with its narrow front,
without mesial ridge or sinus, and its pointed beak, with large
foramen, easily distinguish it from any of the other Lower Palzo-
zoic forms. It varies considerably in depth, being sometimes
rather less than the above dimensions, and having im one speci-
men the proportion of ;7%,, compared with the length ; the width
is sometimes a little more and sometimes a little less than the
measurement given above. Some specimens seem to show pro-
jecting irregular transverse squamz of growth.

Occurs in great number in the greenish sandstone of Mulock
quarry, Dalquorhan, near Girvan, Ayrshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Hemithyris Davidsoni (M‘Coy).

Ref. & Syn. Terebratula spherica (David.), Bull. de la Soc. Géol.
de France, 2nd 8. vol. v. t. 3. f.36 (not of Sow. S. 8. nor Sow.
Geol. Trans.).

Sp. Char. Globose or subcuboidal; entering valve deeper than
the receiving one, moderately convex on the rostral half, ab-
ruptly and obtusely bent over towards the margin, nearly at
right angles ; beak of the receiving valve small, with a minute
triangular opening beneath the apex, moderately convex, de-
pressed towards the margin to form a broad, slightly defined
sinus, the corresponding ridge to which in the entering valve
is scarcely elevated; lateral margins nearly straight, front
margin elevated into a quadrate sinus twice as wide as high ;
valves radiated with from eighteen to twenty very obtusely
angular simple ridges, reaching distinctly to the beak, and
sharply notching the margin, the four middle ones perceptibly
larger than the rest. Length and width equal, and about 5

lines, depth of deflected front ;53,, depth of both valves {,.

This species differs from the Terebratula spherica (Sow.), Sil.
Syst., by having the elevation of the front towards the entering
valve as in ordinary cases, instead of towards the receiving one as
in that species, which in consequence of this Mr. Davidson sug-
gests to be a variety of H. defleva; and the Devonian Atrypa
spherica (Sow.), to which the present fossil is referred by Mr.
Davidson, differs completely by having all the rostral portion
smooth, while the ridges extend clearly to the beak in this Silu-
rian type. The general form slightly recalls that of the H. Wil-
soni, but there are much fewer ribs, and they are not divided by
a medial sulcus on the deflected front.

Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils. 393

Very rare in the Upper Ludlow rock of Burton and Brockton
near Wenlock.
(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Hemithyris nasuta (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Longitudinally ovate, longer than wide, gibbous, en-
tering valve much deeper than the receiving one; receiving
valve with a small obtuse beak, incurved nearly to touch the

_beak of the entering valve, with a small triangular perforation
beneath; rostral portion tumid for about 5 lines from the
beak, beyond which a wide flattened mesial depression is de-
veloped, gradually deepening towards the front, which in old
specimens is very much produced into a flat tongue-shaped
lobe, nearly as long as wide, gently sloping to the level of the
most convex part of the entering valve ; sides obtusely defined
from the mesial furrow, gently convex, lateral margins slightly
sigmoid, and bent upwards at the front, at a rounded angle of
about 100°: entering valve with a slightly prominent beak ;
rostral portion and sides gently convex, after about 5 lines
from the beak the middle is prolonged nearly in a straight
line to the produced front margin, forming a large obtusely
rounded mesial ridge : surface radiated with simple, close, ob-
tusely rounded ribs, about four of which, rather larger than
the rest, are raised with the mesial fasrow. the Oroaa” sides of
which are smooth, each side with about twelve slightly smaller
ribs (seven in two lines at six lines from the beak near the side-
of the mesial furrow), leaving a rather broad smooth space at
the rostral lateral margin on each side (a fine longitudinal stri-
ation is seen in some places). ee Ne 1 inch 2 lines, propor-
tional length of eetering, valve 2°, greatest width, about the
middle of the length, 8 Too greatest depth of both valves (one-
third from the beak) ;45.-

In form this species much resembles the Terebratula promon-
torium of Kutorga from the Lower Silurian limestones of Pulkowa
(see Verhandlungen der Russ. Kais. Min. Gesellschaft zu St.
Petersburg for 1845, t. 6. f. 3), but is distinguished by its ribbed
surface.

Not uncommon in the schistose limestone of Craig Head near
Girvan, Ayrshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Hemithyris spheroidalis (M‘Coy).
Sp. Char. Suborbicular, gibbous, nearly equivalve, margins very
obtuse from the inflection of the edges; lateral margins

nearly level, front margin abruptly raised into a quadrate
sinus, about twice as wide as long ; receiving valve with a very

394 Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils.

small pointed slightly ineurved beak, with a minute triangular
perforation. beneath it, evenly gibbous except close to the sinus
in the front margin, where there is avery slightly marked de-
pression ; entering valve evenly gibbous, with a very slightly
marked, broad square ridge, extending a short way from the
margin of the sinus; both valves radiated with from twenty to
twenty-four very obtuse, rounded ribs, becoming gradually
obsolete near the beaks, leaving the rostral portion nearly
smooth, four of the ribs rather larger than the rest, slightly
elevated with the mesial sinus ; a short mesial septum in the
entering valve ; substance of the shell densely fibrous. Length
5 lines, proportional width ;%,, proportional depth of both
valves 55%.

The depressed spheroidal form and very obtusely rounded
ribs becoming obsolete towards the beak, distinguish this spe-
cies from the H. nucula, and the elevation of the mesial sinus
being towards the entering instead of the receiving valve, as well
as more depressed form, distinguish it from the Terebratula sphe-
rica and Terebratula deflexa of the Wenlock rocks, to which it is
otherwise very similar.

This seems to be the Upper Silurian species referred to by
Mr. Davidson as identical with the Devonian Atrypa spherica of
Sowerby, to which it is very strongly allied, but is more de-
pressed, has only four mesial ribs, and the beak is not adpressed.
The obtuseness of the plaits and smooth rostral portion separate
it from the Terebratula pusilla (Sow.) of the Lower Silurian rocks.
The very obtuse margin, and smaller number of mesial plaits,
and obtuse inflated form separate it from the Terebratula famula
of Barrande (see Haidinger, Naturwissenschaftliche Abhandlun-
gen, Band i. t. 17. f. 6).

Not uncommon in the Wenlock limestone of Dudley ; Ireleth,
Lancashire ; Wenlock limestone of Ledbury, Herefordshire ; and
the limestone of the Hollies Church, Stretton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Hemithyris subundata (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Transversely broad, oval ; valves gently and almost
equally convex ; beaks very small, apical angle 140° near the
apex, lateral margins straight, front raised into a rounded
wave, from which, in the large valve, a wide shallow mesial
depression extends halfway to the beak, with a corresponding
elevation in the small valve, in some specimens faintly ex-
tended to the beak: surface smooth. Average width 1 inch,
proportional length 5&6, length of entering valve ;%%, depth
of both valves 543, to 75%.

7“?

Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils. 395

This species is flatter and less wide than the Atrypa (Penta-
merus) undata (Sow.), but less long than the Atrypa (Pentamerus)
lens, being intermediate in form between the two. The.casts
show, however, in the small valve a rather strong slit in the beak
for the short medial septum, and a transverse pit on each side
for the origin of the apophyses or hinge-teeth. The receiving
valve has two short diverging dental lamell, bordering its beak
as in Hemithyris generally, with one or two small ridges between
them ; the sides of both valves show about three straight once- or
twice-branched ridges of the pallial and ovarian vessels.

Very common in the schists and limestone of Mathyrafal S.
of Meifod, Montgomeryshire ; and in the schists of Pen y Craig,
Llangynyw, Montgomeryshire ; slate of Alt ffair ffynnon, Llan-
fyllin, North Wales.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Orthis Hirnantensis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Truncato-orbicular, depressed ; cardinal area very low,
triangular, nearly twelve times wider than high ; hinge-line
slightly less than the width of the shell; cardinal angles
slightly obtuse, lateral and front margins horizontal, almost
uniformly curved ; entering valve perfectly flat, with a slight
longitudimal mesial depression near the beak ; receiving valve
slightly and gently convex, most so along the middle, at about
one-third the length from the beak ; both valves with nume-
rous slightly unequal, prominent, angular, strongly fascicu-
lated strize, each of the primary ridges branching near the
middle into from five to seven smaller, forming in some spe-
cimens slightly angulated, divaricatingly arched groups, eight
or ten striz at the cardinal angles smaller and straighter than
the rest, running nearly parallel with the hinge-line; separa-
ting sulci narrow, marked with very coarse punctures or little
pits, and crossed by coarse obtuse transverse striz ; twelve to
fourteen striz in two lines at four lines from the beak; in-
ternal cast of receiving valve radiated with coarsely punctured
impressions of the external striz ; cardinal teeth very short,
thick, diverging at 80°. Width 1 inch, proportional length 2°,
depth 55.
This is an extremely beautiful species, remarkable for its flat-

ness and broad divaricating bands of coarse, branched strize, which

are not at all arched along the hinge-line, as in the somewhat
similar O. retrorsistria (in which the depth is greater, the strize
much more uniform, and the surface smoother, and the internal
casts quite different).

Very abundant in the oolitic limestone and decomposing

896 Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils.

schists over the Bala limestone at Aber Hirnant E. of Bala,
North Wales ; and in the similar limestone of Cwm yr Aethen ;
oolitic limestone of Maes y fallen, Bala, Merionethshire: rare
in the limestone of Cerrig y Druidion, Denbighshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Orthis retrorsistria (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Rotundato-quadrate, depressed, no mesial ridge or
furrow in either valve ; hinge-line nearly or quite as wide as
the shell; cardinal angles slightly obtuse; cardinal area flat,
triangular, six or seven times wider than high in the receiving
valve, and inclined backwards at about 120°, only one-third
this height in the entering valve ; rostral tooth of entermg
valve very large, triangular foramen of receiving valve with
an internal, semiconical, hood-shaped extension of the dental
lamelle within it ; receiving valve gently convex, greatest depth
about the middle of the length ; entering valve flat round the
margins, gently concave in the middle; both valves with a few
concentric wrinkles of growth, about a line apart, and radiated
with slightly irregular obtuse strize, which branch into two or
three, at two or three intervals between the beak and margin,
so that each of the strong primary ones form from seven to
ten at the margin, separated by a rather deeper sulcus from
the adjoining ones, so as to produce a flat, indistinctly marked,
fasciculation ; intervening sulci about the same size as the
striz (obscurely punctured in some specimens), which are
straight in the middle, gradually assuming a divaricating curve
on the sides, which is so great near the angles, that a large
number of the lateral strize curve backwards from the beaks to
terminate along the distal half of each side of the hinge-line
instead of the lateral margin, all the striz crossed by indistinct
transverse lines of growth ; the size of the striz does not vary
much in the various parts of the shell, from fourteen to seven-
teen may be counted in two lines at four lines from the beak ;
cast of entering valve nearly smooth except at the margin,
which, in the middle, is marked with close slightly dichoto-
mous lines ; the narrow triangular boss of the foramen is cleft
by a deep, narrow, elliptical pit of the rostral tooth, flanked
by the pits of two short cardinal teeth, diverging at 70°, be-
tween which and the hinge-line are the smaller but more di-
verging bosses left by the cardinal pits ; a deep straight sulcus
extends from the rostral tooth nearly to the anterior margin,
marking a very long obtuse mesial ridge, on each side of the
rostral part of which is a subquadrate pair of muscular impres-
sions reaching less than half the length of the shell, the length
and width of the pair being nearly equal ; the lateral boundaries

Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils. 397

are formed by the deep impressions of a sigmoidal ridge, ex-
tending from the cardinal teeth on each side, each impression
being slightly divided into two unequal lobes, anteriorly by
the slight projection of an oblique narrow portion diverging
from the anterior lateral angles; in fine specimens a faint
transverse arched furrow separates the small posterior ad-
ductor impressions, which are longitudinally wrinkled, from
the smoother and larger anterior portion ; interior of receiving
valve with two short cardinal teeth, diverging at 105°, from

which two extremely long, narrow, elliptical muscular im-

pressions extend more than half or nearly two-thirds the

length of the shell, each lobe marked with faint radiating
sulci, the pair being separated by a flat, acutely angular space,

a little wider than one: of the impressions at the anterior end,
- and extending to the point of the beak ; a narrow space of the

margin finely plicated, the rest of the surface nearly smooth

or very faintly radiated. Width 10 lmes, proportional length

of receiving valve ;%°,, of entering valve ;8%,, depth 45.

The backward curving of many of the lateral striz to terminate
on the hinge-line is more 1emarkable in this species than any
other I know of, and suggests the specific name ; something of
the same sort may be seen in a less degree in the O. subquadrata
(Hall), and one of the shells figured in the Mem. Geol. Surv.
(vol. i. pt. 1. t. 27. f. 9) as the O. testudinaria, from both of which
the great general depression, the total absence of mesial fold,
the concavity of the entermg valve, great length of the narrow
diverging muscular impressions in the receiving valve, &c., easily
distinguish the present species. The same characters and back-
ward curving of the lateral striz separate it from the O. protensa.

Occurs in extraordinary profusion in the flags of S. end of
Pen y gaer near Cerrig y Druidion, Holyhead Road, Denbigh-
shire, closely covering extensive surfaces of the beds; flags at
Hafod Evan, Penmachno, Caernarvonshire ; schists of Cefn y
coed, Llangedwyn, Montgomeryshire ; schists W. side of Garn
Brys, 8.W. of Cernioge ; abundant in the schists of Bwleh, Llan-
drillo, Corwen, N. Wales ; schists of Llanwddyn E. of the Berwyn
Mountains ; schists of Das Eithin Ridge, Hirnant, Montgomery-
shire ; schists of Pen Cerrig Serth, Builth, Radnorshire ; schists
of Miltit Cerrig, Llangynnog, Montgomeryshire; schists of
Bwlch y groes S. of Bala, Merionethshire ; Alt yr Anker, Meifod,
Montgomeryshire ; schists of Tan y Bwlch y groes S. of Bala,
Merionethshire ; schists of Allt tre Ffynnon ; limestone of Pentre
ewm dda, S. of Glyn Diffwys, N. Wales ; limestone of Llanfyllin,
1 ad ee ; common in the quartzite of Carn Goran, Corn-
wall.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

398 — Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils.

Orthis sagittifera (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Rotundato-quadrate or oblong, length usually a little
greater than the width, depressed ; hinge-line as wide as the
shell; receiving valve obtusely subcarimate along the middle,
most so near the beak, which is projecting, pointed, very
slightly imcurved, apical angle 140°, profile only slightly
curved, lateral margins horizontal or with a slight mesial
wave towards the receiving valve; cardinal area of receiving
valve concave, triangular, four times wider than high, inclinmg
backwards at 120°; triangular foramen narrow, open to the
apex ; entering valve gibbous, deeper than the greatest depth
a little behind the middle, profile strongly arched; cardinal
area very narrow, about one-third the height of the other, to
which it is nearly at right angles, or in the plane of the mar-
gin; beak small, depressed, with a deep narrow mesial suleus
extending from it about halfway to the margin ; surface of both
valves radiated with very close, numerous, obtuse, subequal,
irregular, branching striz, separated by much narrower, deep,
coarsely punctured sulci, about nine m two lines at six lines
from the beak, straight in the middle, and along the hinge-
line, slightly arched divaricatingly and most branched at the
sides, no fasciculation ; internal cast of receiving valve without
mesial septum, two short dental lamelle diverging from the
beak at 80°, forming part of the lateral boundaries of a short,
prominent, flattened, triangular pair of muscular impressions,
slightly wider than long, scarcely one-third the length of the
shell, usually tripartite by a pair of wide longitudinal sulci,
rest of surface finely radiated by impressions of the external
strie ; cast of entering valve with the triangular boss of the
foramen, slit by a very slender rostral tooth, from which a
narrow obtusely angular furrow (corresponding with the ex-
ternal one) extends about half the length of the shell; car-
dinal teeth forming long deep sulci, rather more than one-
fourth the length of the shell, and diverging at 60°, resem-
bling the mark of a broad arrow-head, of which the mesial
sulcus was the shaft, surface impressed by the external radiating
strie. Width (of small specimen) 8 lines, proportional length
of receiving valve ;°4, of entering valve ;89,, depth of receiving
valve about ;%7,, depth of entering valve varying from 4%, to
<5. Length often upwards of 1 inch, the length and depth
greater in proportion to the width in these old specimens.

This species is perhaps most nearly allied to the O. turgida
(M‘Coy), from which it is distinguished externally by its flatter
receiving valve with nearly straight profile, and a cardinal area
less than half the height, and a much more obtuse apical angle ;

Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils. 399

the striz are thicker and coarser; internally the difference is
still greater, the present species having much shorter and wider
muscular impressions in the receiving valve, and the charac-
teristic broad arrow-shaped impressions of the rostral portion of
the entering valve, produced by the comparatively long diver-
ging dental lamellz, wholly separated from the mesial furrow.
The gibbous entering valve with its deep narrow mesial sulcus
near the beak, coarser striz, and totally different ternal cha-
racters separate it from the O. retrorsistria (M‘Coy), with which
it also frequently occurs.

Extremely abundant in the decomposing sandy schists of Aber
Hirnant E. of Bala, N. Wales. 5!

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Orthis turgida (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Longitudinally ovate, globose, margins very obtuse,
test width slightly in front of the hinge-line, which is
slightly less than the width of the shell; receiving valve very
gibbous, profile much arched by the large beak, declining
nearly to the level of the lateral margins, greatest depth about
the middle of the length; in old specimens there is a faint
wide shallow depression towards the front margin, which gra-
dually changes into an obscure prominence towards the beak,
or in the young; sides tumid; beak long, apical angle 100°,
entering valve extremely gibbous, sometimes hemispherical, in
some specimens more depressed, but remaining remarkably
tumid towards the margins ; a deep narrow sulcus extends from
the beak almost halfway to the margin, becoming rapidly effaced
by widening and flattening towards the front, which is de-
pressed, with a narrow sinus in young specimens (from the
mesial sulcus), and very slightly raised with a wide shallow
wave (not affecting the surface) in old individuals (from the
slight mesial depression of the old receiving valve); both
valves covered with numerous fine, sharply defined, obtuse
strie, separated by flattened spaces, equalling them in width,
bifurcating two or three times between the beak and margin,
where, in old individuals, they are a little finer than in the
middle of the shell, eight or ten in two lines at six lines from
the beak, about ten to twelve at the-front margin at ten lines
from the beak ; cardinal area in receiving valve very large, flat,
nearly half as high as wide, inclining backwards at 130°;
foramen narrow, triangular, entirely open; area of entering
valve flat, triangular, about seven times wider than high :
internal cast of receiving valve with strong dental lamelle,
diverging at 50°, forming the posterior lateral boundaries of
a narrow ovate, strongly defined pair of muscular impressions,

400 Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils.

reaching half the length of the shell, not divided by any me-
sial septum, but having one or two strong sulci on each side ;
margin finely suleated by the external stri, faint extensions
of which reach a variable distance towards the beak: cast of
entering valve very tumid, nearly smooth, deeply slit towards
the beak by the very deep narrow sulcus, left by a thick me-
sial septum, reaching half the length of the shell, and to which
the lamelle of the very short, thick, cardinal teeth seem to
converge, forming the mesial septum by their union, the wide
triangular boss of the foramen slit by a slender rostral tooth.
Length of es apecusiel: 9 lines, proportional length a: en-
tering valve ;%%,, width 585, me ara of behaemaiins . valve 7%5 to
zo, depth of entering valve %;, to ;%%- (Length occasion-
ally 1 inch.)

From the great variation in the proportional depth of the en-
tering valve in different specimens, | am uncertain which of the
valves is the deepest, although I have little doubt the entering
one is so. I have seen small specimens confounded with O. ele-
gantula, from which the characteristic turgid appearance from
the tumidity of the sides, larger mesial striz, &c. distinguish it ;
in the adult state the tumid form and deep short furrow in the
rostral half of the entering valve distinguish it easily from all I
know.

Extremely common in the schists of Craig y beri, Llanarmon
fach, Denbighshire ; schists of Coed Sion, Llangadoc, 8. Wales ;
very common in the schists of Aber Hirnant E. of Bala, N. Wales ;
limestone and coarse schists of Golden Grove, Llandeilo ; schists
half a mile N. of Conway Falls; common in the limestone of
Llandeilo, Caermarthenshire ; Holcakane of Mathyrafal fridd,
Meifod, Montgomeryshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Orthisina Scotica (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Subquadrate, valves evenly convex, much depressed ;
hinge-line as wide as the shell, apical angle 120°, sides sub-
parallel, front with an obsolete emargination in the middle ;
entering valve gently convex, with an obscure narrow mesial
depression from the beak to the margin ; receiving valve with
projecting beak, not incurved, profile consequently nearly -
straight, very obscurely subcarinate along the middle, sides
gradually sloping to the margins ; cardinal area very narrow,
parallel-sided in the entering valve, wide, flat, triangular,
and inclining backwards at only 120° in the receiving valve ;
pseudodeltidium and deltidial pit concave, foramen oval, near
the apex ; surface radiated with twenty-eight thick, simple,

Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils. 401

subequal ridges, separated by deep sulci rather less than the
ridges in width (three in two lines at six lines from the
beak in the middle). Width 1 inch, spe. uae length of
receiving valve ;8;5, length of Catering - valve is greatest
depth of both valves (about the middle) ;43,

There are two or three strong a hceruik of growth at the
margin, but I cannot distinguish any superficial striz in the spe-
cimens at my command. In form it is intermediate between the
O. infleca and the O. plana (Pand. sp.), but is more depressed,
the beak of the receiving valve not at all incurved, the pseudo-
deltidium concave outwardly, and is easily distinguished by its
comparatively few, thick, simple ribs.

Very common in the concretionary limestone of Craig Head
near Girvan, Ayrshire; calcareous shales of Colmonel on the
Stincher.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Leptena tenuicincta (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Rotundato-quadrate ; hinge-line as long as the shell
is wide ; cardinal angles forming nearly rectangular small fiat-
tened ears, sides subparallel, obtusely rounded, front wide ;
receiving valve subhemispherical, very gibbous, greatest depth
a little behind the middle of the shell ; beak large, prominent,
obtuse, incurved to the level of the lateral margins; cardinal
area nearly in the plane of the lateral margins, very broad,
flat, triangular, height rather more than one-fourth the width ;
triangular foramen narrow, closed by a convex pseudodel-
tidium ; entering valve very concave, with a mesial septum ex-
tending nearly to the margins ; surface of both valves marked
with very regular, minute, equal rounded concentric wrinkles,
having a slight retral wave in the middle of the front, about
twelve in the space of one line at the middle of the shell.
Width about 5 lines, she cooherwey eee of receiving valve
25, of entering valve 7 775 depth ,&5.

This beautiful species seems almost identical in size, shape and
marking with the Producta tenuicincta (M‘Coy) and Leptena
enigma (Vern.), but has a very wide distinctly Sahat cardinal
area. Lest those species should prove to have aree when more
numerous and perfect specimens can be examined, I give my old
specific name to this undoubted Leptena.

eve schists of Cefn Grugos W. of Llanfyllin, Montgomery-
8

(Col. University of Cambridge.)
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 26

402 ‘Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils.

Strophomena spiriferoides (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Subrhomboidal, sides rather depressed, only slightly
convex ; hinge-line as wide as the shell ; cardinal angles square
or slightly acute, sides subparallel, slightly rounded, front very
abruptly raised into a quadrate sinus, one-third wider than
high, from which a very prominent rotundato-quadrate mesial
ridge extends sharply defined to the beak, and an almost
equally decp and strongly defined flattened mesial hollow ex-
tends tu the beak of the receiving valve, both valves radiated
with subequal thread-like ridges, occasionally dichotomising
(about fourtcen in three lines at six lines from the beak) : casts
of the receiving valve show the closed, cicatized foramen, with
a long slender cylindrical extension of matrix, half a line thick,
arching from the apex of the beak into the back, at one-fourth
the length from the beak, and two thick, short, slightly di-
verging cardinal teeth and lamelle ; casts of entering valve
show two very short, thick, diverging pits of cardinal teeth,
and a large double ovate pit left by the great bifid rostral
tooth, and a trace of a slender mesial septum. Average width
1 inch, proportional length of receiving valve 85, of entering
valve 359, depth 3&9.

This is so extremely like the Spirifera radiata of the Wenlock
limestone, that. I have no doubt it has very often been confounded
with it, and probably all the examples quoted by authors of S.
radiata from the Caradoc and inferior strata will be found re-
ferable rather to the present shell, which abounds in these infe-
rior rocks, where I have never seen the true S. radiata (nor does
the present species occur to my knowledge in the Upper Silurian
strata). Externally the present shell may he distinguished from
the S. radiata hy its longer hinge-line, flatter sides, and coarser
striation, while the internal casts show the generie difference by
demonstrating the pit for the great rostral tooth in the beak of the
entering valve, and the slender tubular filling of the apical fora-
men as in the Leptena (Strophomena) sulcata (Vern.), Bull. de
la Soc. Géol. de France, 2nd 8. vol.v. p. 31. f. 4, to which it is
most nearly allied, but from which it differs by its greater gib-
bosity, and very prominent mesial ridge and hollow extending
from the beak, giving it exactly the appearance of Spirifera. The
Orthis Vespertilio when very finely sulcated might be mistaken
for this species, but has the mesial depression in the entering and
mesial elevation in the recciving valve, in which also the trian-
gular foramen is open throughout.

Extremely common in the impure limestone of Moel y Garth,
Welchpool, Montgomeryshire ; very abundant in the limestone

eS

> ae Le ee ee
-

ee

Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils. 408

and schists of Bala, Merionethshire ; very common in the Cara-
doe sandstone of Horderly ; very abundant in the schists of Alt
y Anker, Meifod, Montgomeryshire ; schists of Tan y bwlch y
S. of Bala, Merioneihshire; schists of Bryn Melyn near
Bala, Merionethshire ; schists of Gelli Grin, Bala, Merionethshire ;
schists S.W. of Pwllheli, Cacrnarvonshire ; schists of Pen y gaer,
Cerrig y Druidion, N. Wales; schists of Beavers Grove, Bettws-
y-coed, N. Wales; schists of Rhiwargor, &c.
(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Strophomena simulans (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Truncato-clliptical ; hinge-line slightly exceeding the
width of the shell, forming short, rounded, semicylindrical ears,
from a more or less pronounced indentation of the lateral mar-

ins; front wide, elliptically rounded ; entering valve genily
and slightly convex for about nine lines from the beak, and
then more rapidly arched towards the receiving valve to a posi-
tion sometimes neatly at right angles with the rostral portion ;
receiving valve nearly as concave as the entering valve is con-
vex externally, except near the beak which is convex; car-
dinal area rather low, triangular, and nearly at right angles to
the plane of the lateral margins; foramen broad, triangular,
closed by the pseudodeltidium, except at the apex, where
there is a tubular perforation (leaving a little columnar stem-
like portion of matrix projecting from ihe apex of the cast) ;
cardinal teeth very small, bifid, diverging at 115°, the dental”
lamelle, originating from them, converge under the muscular
impressions, so that their inner gently incurved edges, touch-
ing the shell, diverge at about 65°; muscular impressions
undulato-orbicular, about a fifth wider than long, reaching
rather less than half the length of the shell; surface some-
times with a few oblique concentric plice on the ears; sur-
face regularly radiated with very fine slightly irregular striz,
about twenty-five to thirty in two lines at six lines from
the beak, and at that distance usually every 5th, 7th or 9th
of the strize larger than the others, but near the beak they
often seem simply alternate in size, the intervening delicate
sulci closely punctured. Width 1 inch 10 lines, proportional
length of rostral portion about 3°,, more deflected front about
too» depth at middle of length 2°.

100°
This species in size, form, striation and tubular perforation of
the apex of ihe beak almost exactly resembles the Leptena alter-
nata, Conrad, but differs in having the receiving or foraminated
valve concaye instead of being the convex one; the striation is
also finer and flatter or more uniform, which, with the greater
26%

404 Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils.

deflection or arching of the valves, also separate it from the
S. grandis.

The specimens from Blain y cwm and Golden Grove are netted
by a beautiful little species of Vioa branching frequently, nearly
at right angles, forming straight, forking or angularly bending
channels, one-fourth of a millimetre in diameter, the branches
being at a little more or less than a line apart, and either in the
plane of the valves or at right angles to it (leaving round perfo-
rations) : it might be called Vioa rectangularis.

Not uncommon in the schists of Cefn Coch, Glyn Ceiriog,
Denbighshire ; in the olive schists of Golden Grove, Llandeilo,
Caermarthenshire ; schists of Blain y Cwm W. of Nantyre, Glyn
Ceiriog, Denbighshire ; and one doubtful specimen in the sandy
schists of the Malverns, Worcestershire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Leptena (Leptagonia) ungula (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Semioval ; hinge-line as wide as the shell, forming short,
rounded, slightly projecting ears; cardinal area low, triangu-
lar, with a large tubular foramen at the apex of the beak ; re-
ceiving valve horse-hoof-shaped from the slope of the deflected
front, being at a much more obtuse angle in the middle of the
front than at the sides ; visceral disk depressed, very slightly
convex towards the beak, rendered rugged by seven or eight
concentric wrinkles (only three or four at the margin commonly
seen), angle between the disk and the deflected front obtusely
rounded, the depth of the latter being rather less than the
length of the disk ; entering valve flat, concentrically wrinkled
like the receiving one, but with a narrow margin, equally de-
flected all round, and only one-fifth or one-sixth the length of
the disk ; surface of both valves radiated with extremely fine
close obtuse punctate striz, about twenty-eight or thirty-two
in two lines at four lines from the beak, every 3rd, 5th or.7th
of which are usually considerably stronger than the others in
all the middle portion ; interior of both valves closely punctured
and striate; the close, straight, pallial impressions resemble
the external strize on the deflected front, but are only eighteen
in the space of two lines; interior of receiving valve with two
rather long, very slightly incurved dental lamellz diverging
at 105°, including the rotundato-trigonal pair of muscular
impressions which are one-third wider than long, and extend
about half the length of the disk, being only separated by a
slight indication of mesial septum at their anterior edge ; apex
of the triangular boss of the foramen with a small abrupt
mucro from the entrance of the matrix into the small tubular

Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils. 405

opening at the apex of the beak; interior of entering valve

with two very short diverging cardinal teeth, and a minute

rostral tooth. Width 11 lines, proportional length ;4%,, length
of disk in receiving valve 44, length of disk m entering

valve ;55,, depth 54%.

This so exactly resembles some of the small varieties of L. del-
toidea and the L. camerata (Conrad) as figured by Hall, that I
should not have thought of separating them, were it not for the
very much finer striz, which very easily separate the species
from our British specimens of L. deltoidea. The foramen of the
apex of the beak is also larger, the dental lamellz more diver-
gent, and the muscular impressions much wider. I find the

iar hoof-like form and other characters of this little shell
(unlike L. deltoidea) to be extremely constant.

Gregarious, in extraordinary abundance, completely filling
some beds of the limestone of Llansaintffraid, Glyn Ceiriog S. of
Llangollen, Denbighshire; limestone of Selottyn Road S. of
Llangollen, N. Wales. .

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Lingula Davisii (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Ovato-pentagonal, or broadly subtrigonal, depressed,
slightly and broadly convex near the beak, and about half-
way to the margins, which become gradually compressed ;
greatest width at about the middle of the length ; front slightly.
narrowed but very wide, subtruncate, and very slightly con-
vex, obtusely rounded at the lateral angles to the subparallel
slightly convex sides ; posterior lateral margins rather long,
forming an obtuse angle at the sides (usually nearly equalling
half the length of the shell, nearly straight, and meeting at
the beak at an angle of about 100° in the short and 95° in
the long valve); surface with numerous, faint, concentric,
rather wide subangular undulations of growth, accompanied
by irregular concentric imbricating laminar strie, ten m one
line on the exterior of the shell; no trace of longitudinal ex-
ternal striz, but on the internal cast a few faint obsolete flat-
tened fibrous radiations observable with the lens. Length 7
lines, proportional width ;4%, depth about “5.

This curiously wide satchel-shaped Lingula is the species dis-
covered by Mr. Davis in such profusion in the Lingula slates
near Tremadoc in company with the large elongate L. ovata
(M‘Coy), and I have great pleasure in dedicating the species to
him ; at the same time I must remark, that except for a slightly
greater width and perhaps less coarsely undulated surface, it
seems scarcely to differ from the L. lata of Pander; as however

406 — Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils.

this writer gives no description of his species, as his figure gives
at least the differences noticed, and as Mr. Sowerby has unfortu-
nately described a totally different Silurian species under the
same name, I think (although this latter should not retain the
name of L. lata) that it is better to give a distinct name to our
very abundant and distinctly marked species. The British spe-
cies most allied to this is the L. attenuata (Sow.), which however
is easily distinguished by its much longer trigonal, retrally nar-
rowed form, or rising from the gradual passage of the sides into the
posterior lateral margins (without angulation), the very promi-
nent narrow gibbosity from the beaks, &c. The substance of the
shell is very thin, and the traces I have seen apparently of the
mesial ridge extend little more than one-third the length of the
shell.

Extremely abundant in the greenish slates of Penmorfa, Tre-
madoc, N. Wales; rare in the schists HE. of Nant y Groes S. of
Bala, N. Wales.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Lingula tenuigranulata (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Shell black, semiclliptical; sides parallel, abruptly
rounded to the wide, nearly straight front, gradually rounding
into the undefined arched posterior lateral margins, which unite
elliptically in front of the beak, the curve beg rather wider
than a semicircle, in the small valve, but more elongate from
the projection of the considerably longer beak in the opposite
one; valves with a moderate, flattened, triangular gibbosity,
widening from the beak to the front margin, from which the
sides slope rather abruptly to the margins, the greatest depth
being at about the middle of the length ; surface with irregular,
flattened, concentric laminar wrinkles, strongest on the sides,
nearly obsolete in the middle ; entire surface covered with ex-
tremely minute, close, regular, equal, sharply granular, longi-
tudinal, slightly undulated strize (about twenty-six in one line
in the middle of the shell), the intervening spaces between the
strize about equalling the strie in width. Length (of shorter
valve) 1 inch 9 lines, proportional width 7%°,, depth =2%,.
This species far exceeds the Lingula quadrata (Kichwald) in

size, though that has hitherto been the largest species known ; it

is easily distinguished therefrom as well as from the L. granulata

(Phill.), to both of which it bears some resemblance, by the ex-

tremely minute granular lineation of the surface (which is quite

invisible to the naked eye, or with a lens of low power only giving

a dullness to the surface) and the semielliptical regular arch

formed by the union of the two posterior lateral margins of the

Ee ee oe

Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils. 407

shorter valve. In the L. guadrata also the front is much rounded
and narrower, and the rather strong mesial lineation of the de-
eorticated specimens does not occur in our species, in which,
when the surface is removed, there are only seen traces of obso-
lete, broad, longitudinal fibrous bands, uot at all confined to the
middle of the shell, nor linear in character. As usual in fossil
Lingule, it is the beak only of the smaller valve which is seen
most commonly ; but two of our specimens show the pointed beak
of the larger valve, extending a quarter of an inch beyond the
rostral margin of the other, the two being undisturbed from their
original position.

Common in the sandy and calcareous schists of Alt yr Anker,
Meifod, Montgomeryshire; sandy schists of Das Eithin ridge,
Hirnant, Montgomeryshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Spondylobolus (M‘Coy), n. g.

Gen. Char. Suborbicular, slightly narrowed towards the indi-
stinct, short hinge-line, nearly equivalve, flattened ; small valve
with a slightly excentric apex, beneath which, on the interior,
the substance of the valve is thickened into a wide undefined
boss ; opposite valve slightly longer, from the apex heing per-
fectly marginal and slightly produced, channelled by a narrow
triangular groove, the anterior end of which is flanked within
by two very prominent thick conical shelly busses, represent-
ing hinge-tceth : substance of the valves thick, testaceous, not
glossy, minutely fibrous, but not distinctly punctured under a
lens of moderate power, except by the ends of the fibres.

One species of this genus is indistinctly known already from
the figures and descriptions of Mr. Davidson under the name
Crania Sedgwickii, the prominent cardinal protuberance being
taken for the posterior pair of muscular impressions ; neither the
tissue of the shell nor the internal impressiuns, however, are
identical with those of Crania. The grooving of the beak of
one valve, and the depressed orbicular form, show the strongest
affinity to the Russian genus Obolus, which differs however by
its glossy corneous substance, peculiar internal impressions (as
figured by Kutorga), and want of the conical cardinal bosses.
These latter, as well as the terminal beak of one valve and sub-
central beak of the other, remind us of Trematis of Sharpe ; but
neither of the specimens I have examined of the small valve show
the fissure of that genus, nor does Mr. Davidson allude to any-
thing of the sort in his large species; and further, the coarse
punctation of Trematis does not exist here. I think its zoolo-
gical position very doubtful ; the greatest affinity is probably with

408 Prof. F. M‘Coy on new Cambro-Silurian Fossils.

Swphonotreta (which it resembles very much if the tube in the
beak be viewed as modified into a groove by a cleft or division
of the internal rostral pad, the walls of which would thus cor-
respond to the cardinal bosses of the present genus, forming a
passage thus to Obolus). I think a peculiar family should be
formed to include those three genera, the family being placed
between Crania and Discina.

Spondylobolus craniolaris (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Suborbicular, depressed, slightly undulated, the width
scarcely exceeding the length, front and sides broadly rounded,
slightly acuminated behind ; apex near the posterior margin ;
substance of the shell thick, calcareous, smooth, with very
minute faint concentric striz, very minutely fibrous, but the
punctation (if it exists) indistinct ; beak of small valve small,
obtusely pointed at about one-fourth the length from the
posterior margin; beneath the beak the shell is greatly
thickened, forming an obtuse wide pad, internally reaching
nearly to the margins; beak of larger valve terminal, slightly
produced, apparently channelled below by a triangular groove,
on each side of the base of which is a strong conical boss,
projecting into the cavity of the opposite valve like cardinal
teeth ; surface dull, nearly smooth, or showing under very
strong glasses an indistinct, very minute punctation (perhaps
due to the fibrous tissue of the shell) and delicate concentric
strie. Length 4 lines, width 43 lines.

The specimens I have examined are chiefly internal impres-
sions, showing two very deep small oval pits near the hinge-line,
resembling the so-called Crania Sedgwickti of Davidson (Bull. de
la Soc. Géol. de France for October 1848), from which it differs in
the greater approximation of these impressions (which are clearly
not analogous to the muscular impressions of Crania), smaller
size, &e.

Five or six specimens have occurred in the shale of Builth
Bridge, Radnorshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Holopella tenuicincta (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Very elongate, spiral angle 20°, whorls probably eight
or nine, but only five or six usually preserved, gently convex,
sutures simple, deep, sutural angle 80° ; surface girt with close,
fine, sharp, subequal, spiral strize (about thirty-five in the space
of one line on the basal whorls), crossed by a few obsolete, sig-
moidally arched lines of growth. Length about 8 lines, width

bic
i a i a | es 4

eS ae Oe

Zoological Society. 409

at base 3 lines, length of last whorl 2 lines, length of penul-
timate whorl 13 line.

I imagine this may be the Scotch fossil referred by Mr. Satter
(Quart. Geol. Journ. for August 1851) to the Upper Ludlow,
Turritella (Holopella) obsoleta of Sowerby, as it has very much
the same size and shape; and the distinctive spiral lineation re-
quires a good cross light and some care to detect ; but with these
and a lens of low power it may be always seen, even in the sand-
stone casts, and the species thus easily distinguished from that
of the newer rocks. The sutures are always more oblique than in
the H. obsoleta. The slight inequality of size of the striz seems
in parts subalternate, in parts irregular.

Common in the sandstone of Mulock quarry, Dalquorhan.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
July 9, 1851.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.
The following paper was read :—

ON THE GENERIC SUBDIVISION OF THE Bovip#, or Ho.tiow-
HORNED Ruminants. By H. N. Turner, Jun.

In the series of observations upon the Ungulate Mammalia, of which
l attempted last winter to lay before the Society the more general re- |
sults, my attention was also in some measure directed towards the de-
tailed arrangement of those portions of the order which have gene-
rally proved subjects of difficulty. Of these, the classification of the
Bovide, or hollow-horned Ruminants, has certainly been thé greatest,
since they form a well-marked natural group, including a great variety
of forms, with but few remarkable differences of structure. I soon
found, however, that even setting aside some of the more strikingly-
modified genera, the distinctions afforded by the skull were much
more decided than any that I could find among the Cervide, which,
from their being less rich in number and variety, were always easier.
to subdivide correctly. Not having been able at that time to observe
the skulls of certain of the more remarkable forms, I set the matter
aside for better opportunities ; and now that the large and interesting
collection of hunters’ spoils which Mr. Roualeyn Gordon Cumming
has brought together, and is at present exhibiting in London, has
given me the opportunity of supplying some of these desiderata, I
venture, although there are yet a few points I could wish to ascertain,
to lay this portion of my researches before the Society.

There cannot be a doubt that the horns present the best and most
readily discernible characters, or that, when the genera are once cor-
rectly determined, they may be pretty easily defined by the variations
of these parts alone; but it has long since been seen how the con-

410 Zoological Society.

sideration only of the horns has led to very unnatural approximations.
For example, Cuvier associates the Addax with the Indian Antelope ;
and Mr. Blyth, his translator, inserts his belief that it is more allied
to the Coudou, which I think modern naturalists will allow to be
equally wide of the truth. Again, the species forming the genera
Aigocerus and Nemorhedus of Major Smith are placed together in
the ‘ Régne Animal,’ and Mr. Blyth hints that the Anoa may be allied
to the Oryx.

It is certainly remarkable, that while the teeth have contributed so
important a alaers in the characters by which the mammalia have
been arranged by various authors, they should have been so entirel
overlooked in the members of the present division ; for debaittiet ale
ing the great uniformity and strongly-marked character pervading
the Ruminant dentition, very decided characters may frequently be
found in the form and direction of the incisors, and in the presence
or absence of the supplemental lobe in the molars; and it is the
more to be wondered at when we consider that the incisors, from
their position, may often easily be seen in dried specimens, and that
the character alluded to in the molars has been found of considerable
value in the interpretation of fossil remains. The remaining cha-
racters I shall have to bring forward consist of certain little details of
structure in the skull, which are very easy to be perceived, and
which, as I have found them constant in those groups which I have
characterized by their means, I trust may meet with due consideration
from naturalists.

Of late years, while some zoologists have remained content to call
all hollow-horned Ruminants that are neither oxen, sheep, nor goats,
by the generic name Anéilope, another class have run into the extreme
of the modern fashion by using every trifling external difference
visible in dried skins, or recorded in books (sometimes not even ex-
cepting size and colour), to divide them so extensively, that the cha-
racters of the genera become more difficult to remember than those
of the species. Considering the difficulty of observing many of these
characters in dry specimens, and of bearing such trivial details in the
memory, it is not to be wondered at that many errors of observation
have crept in, a few of which I will point out as I proceed, limiting
myself in my own diagnoses to the characters of the skull and horns.
There is no doubt that the suborbital sinus, improperly called “lacry-
mal sinus”’ (translated into “‘tear-pit”’ by some authors, ‘‘tear-bag” by
Mr. Gray), will form a valuable means of distinction when its structure
in all the genera has been sufficiently observed upon fresh individuals,
or on the parts preserved in fluid, provided that we do not attach too
much importance to its relative dimensions; but although its dried
appearance may assist discrimination, we cannot venture to describe it.
As to inguinal pores and interdigital pits, it must always be difficult,
and frequently impossible to determine their presence or absence in
specimens that are dried and mounted. Tufts upon the joints of the
limbs, and the extent of bare space upon the muzzle, are certainly
much too trivial to warrant generic distinction, and never mark out
any particular natural group.

Zoological Society. 411

The last attempt to arrange this extensive family in subordinate
groups is that of Mr. Gray, published in the eighteenth volume of the
‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ His preliminary remarks,
though brief, appear to me quite sufficient to dispose of the arrange-
ments previously set forth, therefore I will content myself with the con-
sideration of his own. The two primary divisions, which are founded

~ only upon the horns, certainly do not indicate any very natural affi-

nities, since, taking the whole structure into consideration, the Anti-
lopee of Mr. Gray are not more closely allied to the Boree than they
are to the members of the second primary division, nor do the Strep-
siceree ally themselves particularly to the Sheep and Goats. With
regard to the subdivision of the Anéi/opee, he is certainly right in
separating the “‘ Antelopes of the Desert”’ as a group, although there
is no doubt that some of the divisions of the ‘ Antelopes of the
Fields” are equally as distinct from each other as they are from the
former. The division of the latter group into “ True Antelopes,”
“* Caprine Antelopes,”’ and “‘ Cervine Antelopes,” also possesses some
merit ; but the genera Capricornis and Nemorhedus are very distinct
from the other Caprine Antelopes, and the genus Lleotragus (Re-
dunca of Major Smith) is very distinct from the other true Anitelopes,
and ought, as I am quite convinced, to include the genus Kolus of
Dr. Andrew Smith, placed by Mr. Gray among his Cervine Ante-
lopes. and consisting of species not known at the time Major Smith
was engaged in these researches.

It will be universally admitted, that for the generic division of the
Ruminants, zoology is most indebted to Major Smith, and in the
course of my observations I have found reason to reject but few of
the divisions proposed by him as subgenera, and few, if any, in my _
opinion, need be added. As I thus propose to curtail the list of
genera adopted by Mr. Gray, and to separate certain of them from
those with which he has associated them, several will stand alone;
and of those which do ally themselves together, no group seems to
manifest that particular relationship with other groups which should
warrant us in separating the family, as Mr. Gray has done, into
divisions of a primary, secondary, tertiary, and in some cases even a
fourth and fifth degree of rank.

I will, therefore, while enumerating the characters which J have
observed in the genera I propose to adopt, point out which of them
appear to constitute groups, and mention those species which, from
the inspection of entire specimens, skulls, or at least horns, I feel
warranied in referring to the genera under which I place them. As
I have seen nothing to guide me to a particular linear arrangement,
any naturalist who may be pleased to adopt my divisions is at liberty
to place the groups, and the genera contained in each, in whatever
order he may think most convenient.

I will first proceed to the “true Antelopes” of Mr. Gray, excluding
the genus Eleotragus. They all have the horns round, the middle
incisors expanded at their summits, the others being bent outwards to
make room for them, and the molars without supplemental lobes.
The infraorbital depression when existing upon the skull is gene-

412 Zoological Society.

rally suddenly pressed in before the orbit. The genera are as fol-
lows :—

ANTILOPE.

No suborbital fissure nor fossa*, but a wide opening on the side of
the muzzle, between the maxillary and intermaxillary bones; the
masseteric ridge rising before the orbit ; the auditory bulla large and
prominent, with only a small groove on its outer side to receive the
attachment of the stylohyal bone; the occiput broad, somewhat
produced downwards; its basal portion with the posterior pair of
tubercles broad, the anterior ones small. Molars without the supple-
mental lobe.

Horns annulated, curving outward from the base, then bending
backwards and towards the tip upwards.

Hab. South Africa.

A. Melampus.—Of this single species, to which modern zoologists
have confined the old generic name, I have only seen skulls of the
male, in Mr. Cumming’s collection: the lower jaw, as in most of his
skulls of Ruminants, being wanting in all of them, I could not ascer-
tain the character of the incisive teeth.

Major Smith assigns a suborbital sinus to this genus, making the
principal distinction from the next to consist in the absence of horns
in the female, thus associating with it the gutturosa and colus, be-
longing properly to the next genus,—the cervicapra, which it seems
most convenient to separate,—and the adenota, which I must now
refer to the genus Eleotragus. With his 4. forfex | am at present
unacquainted. Melampus alone remains, to which Mr, Gray rightly
assigns no “ tear-bag;” this, together with the horns, must be the
external character of the genus, if, indeed, it be essentially distinct
from the Gazelles, for the horns might be considered as a distorted
modification of the lyrate type, and some species of that genus seem
to want the suborbital sinus.

GAZELLA.

A suborbital fissure, and a moderate, or very slight fossa, sud-
denly pressed in before the orbit ; the masseteric ridge rising before
the orbit ; the auditory bulla large and prominent ; the basioccipital
bone having its tubercles moderately or but little developed; the
median incisors expanded at their summits ; the molars without sup-
plemental lobes.

Horns annulated, more or less resembling an inverted lyre ; that is,
bending a little outwards soon after their origin, and again inwards
towards the tip.

Hab. Eastern Europe, Asia and Africa.

* I here use these terms with reference only to the skull, the fissure being that
opening existing in most Ruminants, filled up during life by membrane, between
the nasal, frontal, lacrymal and maxillary bones; and the fossa, the depression
upon the surface of the lacrymal bone immediately before the orbit, generally
affording some indication as to the existence and structure of the suborbital sinus.

a ee

‘_- ——_' ="

-

Zoological Society. 413

G. subgutturosa.

G. dorcas.
ieee (on ree we G. Semmeringii.
he BEST Re cies I have ro ee ie
re E€UC re. seen skulls. e e
G. gutturosa. G. colus.
G. kemas.

Several of the so-called species that are closely allied in size and
colour to G. dorcas, appear to me to be merely varieties, as some of
them have been considered by the older naturalists.

This genus seems prone to exhibit in certain species inhabiting
more temperate regions, enlargements of, or appendages to, the re-
spiratory passages ; for example, the enlarged larynx of G. gutturosa,
the elevated nose of G. colus, and the appendages to its sides in the
Chiru (G. kemas) ; these seem to be physiological adaptations, in no
case marking a group, and therefore insufficient to warrant generic
distinction, which has been made in the two latter instances. How-
ever, not having as yet seen entire skulls of these species, I retain
them provisionally in this genus, judging by the horns. I think few
naturalists will set forth, with Mr. Gray, the colour of the horns of
the Saiga as a generic character. Even in the G. Bennettit, so closely
allied to G. dorcas, Mr. Hodgson states that the suborbital sinus is
wanting, and he places the animal in a distinct genus, Tragops (after-
wards altered to Tragomma), on account of this difference ; while
Colonel Sykes, the original describer of the species, affirms that it
exists, though of very small size. Mr. Hodgson also denies it to the
Chiru, which forms his genus Panthelops, and to which he assigns
only five molars in each series.

CERVICAPRA.

A small suborbital fissure, and a very large fossa; the tubercles -
and median groove of the basioccipital bone well-developed. The
other cranial characters as in Gazella. 2

Horns annulated, spirally twisted.

Hab. India.

C. bezoartica.

The remainder of this group, if we exclude the Cephalophi and the
four-horned Antelopes of India, consists of a number of small spe-
cies, apparently nearly allied, forming the subgenera Tragulus and
Neotragus of Major Hamilton Smith. These are very distinguish-
able by the former having vertical, the latter recumbent horns; to’
the former, however, must be added the Ouredi (A. scoparia), from
his subgenus Redunea (Eleotragus). Mr. Gray divides them into
several genera, depending upon the presence or absence of inguinal
pores and knee-tufts, the shape of the hoofs, the presence or absence
and form of the “‘tear-bag,” the condition of the fur; and one genus,
founded upon two very young specimens, is characterized by the ab-
sence of the lateral rudimental hoofs. Most of these characters I
must decidedly reject ; and as I do not consider the evidence of dried
skins quite satisfactory with regard to certain others, and have as yet
seen skulls of only two species, I will content myself at present with
adopting only the two genera of Major Smith; using however, for

414 Zoological Society.

the first one, Mr. Gray’s generic name Oreotragus, without at present
wishing to enter into the question of its right to supersede that of Tra-
gulus, because the latter name has been also used by Mr. Gray for a
group of small Musk Deer, needlessly separated from the Meminna.
I do not see sufficient in the small horns contained in the Museum
of the College of Surgeons to warrant the adoption, as a genus, of
Major Smith’s subgenus Raphicerus. I will not attempt to conjec-
ture to what species they may belong: they show nothing to prevent
their ranking among the Oreotragi; and their locality, said to be the
East Indies, while all the members of this genus are African, is not
known with certainty.

OrEOTRAGUS.

A small suborbital fissure, with a large deep fossa suddenly pressed
in before the orbit; the masseteric ridge rising a little before the
orbit ; the auditory bulla rather large and prominent; the basiocci-
pital bone flat and smooth; the median incisors expanded at their
summits, and the molars without supplemental lobes.

Horns small, placed forwards, vertical.

Hab. Africa. ;

O. saltatriz.

O. scoparius. | Of these two species I
O. tragulus. have seen skulls.
O. melanotis.

NEOTRAGUS.

Horns recumbent.

Hab. Africa.

N. saltianus.—Of this animal I have seen no skull, but adopt for
the present Major Smith’s division, as the different direction of the
horns is well-marked. It has the suborbital sinus, however, although
its absence is assigned as a character by Major Smith. Of the other
species included in the subgenus, I have seen but the two young speci-
mens upon which Mr. Gray has founded his genus Nanotragus ; they
having no horns, I will not here venture to point out their location.
The lateral rudimental hoofs are also wanting in at least one species
of the last genus, the Oreotragus Tragulus, which Mr. Gray places
in his genus Calotragus.

The skulls of the species of the two following genera are distin-
guished from those of the preceding ones by their having no subor-
bital fissure, and the fossa being large and not so suddenly pressed
in in front of the orbit; and by the horns (or at least, in one case,
the principal pair) being thrown back quite to the posterior edge of
the frontal bone.

CEPHALOPHUS.

No suborbital fissure, a large fossa occupying the whole side of the
cheek ; the nasal bones expanded behind, reaching over a little way
into the fossa. The other cranial characters as in Oreotragus.

Horns placed far back, inclined backwards.

Hab. Africa.

ee eS gen ee

ot a 1 ii
oars peat 4 m
pod ae

Zoological Society. 415
C. mergens. C. Maxwellii.
C. coronatus. C. monticola.
-C. silvicultriz. C. punctulatus.
C. Ogilbit. C. grimmia.
C. Natalensis. C. Whitfieldii.

C. rufilatus.

I have taken this list of species from Mr. Gray’s paper on the
genus, published in the same volume of the ‘ Annals and Magazine
of Natural History,’ omitting a few that seem to me likely to prove
varieties, and adding two, which I find named in the Museum, and
not included in his paper. I have only seen skulls of two or three
species, but no one will dispute the limits of this very distinct genus.

TETRACERUS.

The nasal bones not expanded; the other cranial characters the
same as in Cephalophus, with the addition of a second pair of horns
of small size, placed over the orbits.

Hab. India.

T. quadricornis. T. subquadricornis.

ELEoTRAGUS.

Nasal opening rather lengthened, the nasal processes of the inter-
bones long, yet not always reaching the nasal bones ; a large

infraorbital fissure, but no fossa; the masseteric ridge ascending
rather high ; the auditory bulla large and swollen; the basioccipital
bone with its median groove and tubercles well-developed ; the me-
dian incisors expanded at their summits ; a well-developed supple-
mental lobe in the first true molar of each jaw, and usually more or |
less appearance of it in those behind.

Horns inclining backwards and outwards, transversely wrinkled,
gently curving upwards, and a little inwards towards the tip.

Hab, Africa.

EB. reduncus. E. adenota.

E. isabellinus. E. sing-sing.

E. capreolus. E. ellipsiprymnus.
E. arundinaceus. E. leché.

I have seen skulls of the four preceding the last-named.

It is quite evident, both from the structure of the skull and horns, |
and from the general external appearance and markings, that the
Antilope adenota of Major Smith, and certain large species forming
Dr. Andrew Smith’s genus Kolus, belong truly to this form, and that
in the latter case, at least, naturalists must have been deceived by
mere dimensions. The similarity of charavtter between the horns of
the Adenota and those of the .other species is very recognizable, al-
though Major Smith, judging by these parts alone, supposed them to
belong to the lyrate type. The species does not appear among those
mentioned in Mr. Gray’s paper in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natu-
ral History,’ but from the name and place assigned to the specimen
in the British Museum, he appears to have evaded the difficulty by
constituting it a genus of itself which is placed near the genus Kolus,

416 Zoological Society.

the genus Eleotragus (as in his paper) being far removed. The skull
in the Museum, although the occiput is lost, bears full evidence of its
real affinity. Among the interesting additions to South African z00-
logy discovered by those travellers who have visited the great lake re-
cently discovered in that region, an undescribed species of Antelope*,

of which a beautiful skin was recently brought before the Society,
will perhaps assist the more sceptical in osteological characters in
arriving at ajust conclusion on this point, since, while it has the sta-
ture and lengthened horns of the ellipsiprymnus, it has the brilliant
colour and the external marks (particularly the dark stripe down the
fore-leg) which characterize the smaller species.

This genus does not seem to show any particular affinity to any
of the rest, and forms a well-marked group, of which the species are
scattered over various parts of Africa, and are mostly noted for their
predilection for the vicinity of water.

I here again adopt Mr. Gray’s generic name, to avoid the neces-
sity of altering the name of one of the species, the L. reduncus.

STREPSICEROS.

The nasal opening of moderate size; a suborbital fissure, but no
fossa; the masseteric ridge not extending high; the auditory bulla
swollen and prominent; the basioccipital bone with its anterior and
posterior pairs of tubercles well-developed, the former separated by a
deep median groove ; the median incisors expanded at their summits ;
the molars without supplemental lobes.

Horns inclined backwards from the base, twisted, with one or more
longitudinal angular ridges.

Hab. Africa.
S. cudu. S. Derbianus.
S. euryceros. S. scriptus.
S. Angasii. S. silvaticus.
S. oreas. S. decula.

The general aspect of the skull in this group reminds one a little
of that of the Deer. The species all agree very closely, both in strue-
ture of the skull, and in the direction, twisting, and ridges of the
horns, the Coudou differing only in having the spiral wide and open,
and in the horns being confined to the male, while the Eland is only
a gigantic representation of the smaller species. S. euryceros, S. An-
gas, and a species most probably distinct from the rest, of which
Capt. Allen brought a skull from the Bight of Biafra, show an inter-
mediate condition of the horns; and in S. Angasii, at least, they are
known to be wanting in the female. Major Smith himself has here
been deceived by size, and been led to place the subgenus Tragela-
phus under his genus Antilope, and the others under his genus Da-
malis; even availing himself of stature, and in the case of the Cou-
dou, of a white streak over the eyes, to help out the meagre distine-
tions. In associating the Nyl-Ghau with these animals, Mr. Gra
has even allowed colour and marking to deceive him, for in this ani-
mal the horns are not even spiral; but in another respect the charac-

* Since named Kolus leché by Mr. Gray.

Zoological Society. : 417

ters assigned to his Strepsiceree agree with the Nyl-Ghau, and not
with the others, which certainly have no suborbital sinus, nor have
any of them an ovine muzzle, by which Mr. Gray distinguishes the
larger genera from the Tragelaphus. In these latter points Major
Smith is correct.

I will now proceed to the “‘Antelopes of the Desert”’ of Mr. Gray,
a very well-marked, natural group, consisting of two distinct genera,
which have usually been widely separated. Mr. Blyth, however, in
the translation of Cuvier’s ‘Animal Kingdom,’ hints at their affinity,
and Mr. Waterhouse informs me that he has long held that opinion.
Indeed he has placed the species next each other in the Catalogue of
the Society’s Museum.

ALCELAPHUS.

A large deep impression before the orbit, but no fissure ; the mas-
seteric ridge not extending high; the bones of the face lengthened
downwards and forwards, and the occiput also prolonged and drawn
downwards ; the auditory bulla large and prominent, enclosing a
large rounded space for the attachment of the stylohyal bone ; the
basioccipital tubercles high and sharp, the groove between them nar-
row in front, wide behind, with a flat space between the occipital con-
dyles ; the median incisors expanded. at their summits; the molars
rather small, narrow, and without supplemental lobes, showing, when
somewhat worn, a pit in the middle.

Horns placed high, ringed at the base, with double flexures more
or less marked.

Hab. Africa.
A. bubalis. A. lunatus.
A. Senegalensis. A. pygargus.
A. caama.

I have seen skulls of the three last-named.

Mr. Gray calls a portion of this genus “ Boselaphus,” doubtless
intending Alcelaphus of De Blainville, which being antecedent to
Major Smith’s name 4cronotus, should certainly be adopted. The
genus is a very natural one, and the characters by which Mr. Gray
proposes to divide it into two, are by no means sufficient. The last-
mentioned species, 4. pygargus, has usually been placed among the
Gazelles, where it was left by Major Smith and by Mr. Blyth, who .
- Chas of it as leading “through 4. Caama, Bubalis, &e. to the

nus.’’ Mr. Waterhouse, who in the Catalogue of the Society’s Mu-
seum uses the generic name Antilope throughout, places this species
between the Gazelles and the others of its natural genus, to which
the Gnu follows. Mr. Gray, who had left it with the Gazelles in the
‘List of Mammalia’ in the British Museum, has removed it to its
true place in his paper in the ‘ Annals and Magazine.”

CaToBLEPas. .

The general characters of the skull the same as in Alcelaphus ; but
the depression before the orbit less marked; the occiput rather less

prolonged, and its base, together with the auditory bulla, broader.
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 27

418 | Zoological Society.

Horns broad at the base, inclining more or less downwards and
outwards, and then bent upwards.
Hab. Africa.

C. gnu. C. taurina.

The next genus is included by Mr. Gray among his “ Caprine
Antelopes,” but differs from them in having a suborbital sinus or
gland, of large size in some species, and of peculiar structure, openin
externally by a single pore. Their nasal bones resemble those of the
domestic Sheep, and their structure being altogether rather heavy,
they might be called Ovine Antelopes.

NEMORHZDUS.

No suborbital fissure ; the fossa rounded, shallow, very variable in
size, sometimes very minute ; the nasal bones rather short and broad,
joining the maxillaries only by the interposition of some imperfect
ossification or separated from them altogether; the masseteric ridge
extending high before the orbit ; the auditory bulla very small; the
basioccipital bone broad, with moderately developed eminences ; the
middle incisors slightly expanded at their summits; the molars
without supplemental lobes.

Horns rising behind the orbits, annulated and wrinkled at the base,
inclined and curved backwards.

Hab. India and its islands.

C. bubalina. C. Sumatrensis. C. goral.

This genus is too well-marked by nature to admit of subdivision.
Although the “‘tear-bag”’ is said to be wanting in the Goral, there
is certainly a slight depression upon the lacrymal bone, and the pore
with which the gland opens may be so small in this species as to
escape detection in dried specimens; but if it be really absent, the
instances of the genera Gazella and Ovis must warn us against found-
ing a genus solely on the want of this organ, while on the other hand,
a difference in its structure seems to be of great zoological import-
ance.

Since the foregoing observations were written, I have perused Mr.
B. H. Hodgson’s interesting account of the Budorcas tazicolor, in
the ‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ and a glance at the
representations of the skull indicates very plainly that it is closely
allied to Nemorhedus, to which Mr. Hodgson admits certain resem-
blances, and that it has no relationship with the Gnu, or the Musk
Ox. The characters that I assigned to Nemorhedus would appear
to serve as well for this new and singular genus, except that there

seems to be no suborbital depression, and the masseteric ridge, as —

may be expected from the general elevation of the skull, does not rise
before the orbit. The horns, whose peculiar twist must constitute the
diagnosis of the genus Buporcas, appear, from the rough figures
given, to have the wrinkling at the base very similar to that in Ne-
morhedus.

The following genera may be considered as in some degree allied,
and deserve the name of Caprine Antelopes. They have no sub-

a. en a a eT

aoe a

Ce ee

——— see ee

Zoological Society. 419

orbital sinus, but have a fissure in the skull, and their incisors are
not widened at the summits.

Rupicapra.
— minute suborbital fissure, but no fossa; the masseteric ridge
ascending high before the orbit ; the auditory bulla very — =
compressed ; the basioccipital bone fiat ; the incisors equal-size
vertical ; the molars without supplemental lobes.

Horns slender, round, vertical, and hooked backwards at the tip.

Hab. Europe.

R. tragus.

DicRaNocervs.

No suborbital depression ; the fissure lengthened ; the nasal bones
widest posteriorly ; the orbit a little elevated above the line of the
face, and the masseteric ridge not rising before it ; the auditory bulla
moderate, compressed and angular ; the incisors equal-sized, sloping ;
the molars without supplemental lobes.

Horns vertical, compressed, with a process on their anterior side,
and hooked backwards at the tip.

Hab. North America.

D. Americanus.

APLOCERUS.

Horns round, vertical, gently curved backwards.

Hab. North America.

A. Americanus.

I have seen no skull of this animal, but-leave it for the present in
this location.

I must forego all notice of the Ivalus probaton of Mr. Ogilby, as
there is no skull to be seen, and the horns in the only specimen
known are quite in a rudimentary condition.

The genera next to be considered are the “ Cervine Antelopes”’ of
Mr. Gray, exclusive of the genus Kolus, which I have rejected. With
the exception of the Nyl-Ghau and some of the Eleotragi, they are
the only members of the old genus Antilope that have well-developed
supplemental lobes in all the true molars; they have always been
placed near together.

AEcocervs.

A small suborbital fissure, but no fossa; the masseteric ridge
ascending high before the orbit; the auditory bulla moderate ; the
occipital portion of the skull much prolonged ; the basioceipital por-
tion widened, its two pairs of tubercles mueh developed, with a deep
groove between them ; the incisors gradually increasing in size to the
median pair, which are not expanded at their summits; the molars
with largely-developed supplemental lobes.

Horns rising immediately above the orbits, curved backwards,
annulated.

ZB. leucopheus. ZE. niger.
27*

4.20 Zoological Society.

Oryx.

A suborbital fissure, but no fossa, the masseteric ridge not extend-
ing high ; the auditory bulla large and compressed ; the basioccipital
bone with its tubercles well-developed ; the molars with supplemental
lobes.

Horns straight or gently curved, annulated, placed in a line with
the face.

Hab. Africa.

O. gazella. O. leucoryz.

It is only in Mr. Cumming’s collection that I have seen entire skulls
of the Gemsbok, and the lower jaw being absent, I could not ascer-
tain the character of the incisors. The skull of the Leucoryx I have
not seen.

ADDAX.

A small suborbital fissure, but no fossa; the masseteric ridge
ascending before the orbit; the auditory bulla large, prominent, and
compressed ; the basioccipital bone with its anterior pair of tubercles
slightly, the posterior well, developed ; the median incisors expanded
at their summits; the molars with supplemental lobes.

Horns nearly in a line with the face, annulated, spirally twisted.

Hab. Africa.

A. naso-maculata. I have seen but one skull of this animal, and
that is a young one, in the Society’s collection, still retaining the
whole of its milk dentition.

Before proceeding to the Sheep and Goats, the Nyl-Ghau requires
to be introduced. It seems to stand alone, not having a decided
affinity for any other genus.

PorTax.

The nasal opening rather small, with the nasal bones small and
narrow; a minute suborbital fissure ; no fossa, but a smooth line
upon the lacrymal bone; the masseteric ridge not extending high ;
the auditory bulla moderate, bulbous, compressed ; the basioccipital
bone with the posterior tubercles moderately developed, the anterior
ones scarcely at all; the molars with supplemental lobes.

Horns short, round, vertical, slightly bent forwards.

Hab. India.

P. picta.—The only skull that I have seen (that in the British
Museum) wants the incisor teeth, so that I could not ascertain their
structure. The smooth line upon the lacrymal bone terminates in a
small foramen, but on one side is continued for some distance for-
wards upon the maxillary bone, where it terminates in the same way;
and it may even be faintly traced on the other side for some distance
beyond the foramen.

CAPRA.

A small suborbital fissure, no fossa; the masseteric ridge ascending
high before the orbit ; the auditory bulla prominent and compressed ;

Zoological Society. 421

the basioccipital flat, with its processes developed ; the middle incisors
not expanded ; the molars without supplemental lobes.

Horns erect, compressed ; curved backwards and a little outwards,
or twisted; annulated or nodulous, and furnished with one or more
longitudinal ridges.

ab. The Northern portions of the Old World.
C. hircus. C. Falconert.
C. ibex. C. jemlaica.

I do not see sufficient reason for separating the Jemlah Goat, as

has been done, under the names of Hemicapra and Hemitragus.

Ovis.

A more or less marked, rounded, suborbital depression, but no
fissure ; the masseteric ridge ascending high before the orbit ; the
auditory bulla small; the basioccipital flat, more or less expanded
anteriorly by the extension of the anterior pair of tubercles, the pos-
terior ones small ; the incisors nearly equal-sized, sloping ; the molars
without supplemental lobes.

Horns broad at the base, transversely wrinkled, bent outwards, with
a more or less marked spiral curve in a direction contrary to that
oceurring among the Antelopes, and a longitudinal ridge or angle.

Hab. The Northern hemisphere.

O. ammon. O. nahura.
O. Vigne. O. tragelaphus.
O. aries.

It is a matter of surprise to me that naturalists should almost uni-
versally have given zo suborbital sinus, as characteristic of the genus
Ovis, since it is very perceptible in the Domestic Sheep; andinsome -
other species, especially the O. ammon, judging by the appearance of
the stuffed specimens, and by the fossa upon the skull, it must be of
very considerable size. I do not perceive it, however, in the O. trag-
elaphus, nor in the O. nahura. Although Mr. Gray maintains the
long-established error, the observations of Mr. Ogilby and Mr. Hodg-
son agree with my own in this respect ; the latter gentleman, who far
exceeds Mr. Gray in the number of generic divisions, even separates
O. nahura and O. barhel as a distinct genus under the name Pseudovis,
on account of the absence of “eye-pits.”

Ov1Bos.

A small depression in front of the orbit; no fissure; the masse-
teric ridge ascending before the orbit ; the auditory bulla of moderate
size ; the basioccipital bone broad and flat, with a ridge and a fossa
on each side ; the anterior part of which is rough ; the fossa at the
side of the occipital condyle filled up and produced into a blunt pro-
cess, upon which the articulating surface is continued; the molars
without supplemental lobes.

_ Horns broad at the base, tapering, pressed downwards against the
sides of the head, and the points bent upwards.

Hab. The North Polar Regions.

O. moschatus.—This animal, which derives its name from its gene-

422 Zoological Society.

ral aspect being intermediate between that of the Ox and that of the
Sheep, has generally been placed among the Bovine forms. Taking
the aggregate of its characters, it appears to me to be at least as
nearly, if not more, allied to the Sheep, but should most properly
stand alone.

The remaining genera constitute the true Bovine type, and agree
among themselves in most characters of the skull. I fear that Mr.
Gray’s distinctions, in the extent of the intermaxillary bones upon the
sides of the nasal aperture, will not always hold good. Their general
cranial character may be given first ;—

No suborbital fissure, nor fossa; the masseteric ridge ascending
rather high before the orbit ; the auditory bulla moderate, com-
pressed ; the basioccipital bone with its tubercles well-developed,
and a deep groove between them; the incisors nearly equal-sized,
slightly bendmg outwards, and the molars with well-developed sup-
plemental lobes.

Bos.

Horns placed upon the extremities of the ridge terminating the
occipital plane, directed outwards.
Hab. Europe and Asia.
B. taurus. B. gaurus.
B. frontalis. B. bantiger.

Bison.

Horns round, situated in a plane anterior to that of the occiput,
directed outwards and curved upwards.
Hab. The Northern Temperate regions.
B. urus. B. grunniens.
B. Americanus.

The last-named species is a true Bison, as the position of the horns,
and the woolly fur, make apparent ; the fur being generally more
copious, may reasonably be expected to extend further upon the
muzzle; and the generality of instances proves that the extent of
naked surface may differ in very nearly allied species, and is not
sufficient to warrant generic distinction. Therefore I do not think it
advisable to adopt the genus Poéphagus.

BuBALuvs.

Horns attached in a plane anterior to that of the occiput, flattened
or trigonal, inclined outwards and backwards, with the point bending
upwards.

Hab. Southern Asia, its islands, and Africa.

B. buffelus. B. depressicornis.
B. brachycerus. B. Caffer.

Although Major Smith was deceived as to the affinities of the ~
Anoa, later as well as earlier naturalists have assigned it to its true
place, and a glance at the stuffed specimen in the British Museum
leaves the matter beyond a doubt. I have examined the skull in the

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 423

Museum of the College of Surgeons, and cannot see that it has even

a title to generic distinction. Naturalists seem at all times to have
been prone to assign generic rank to whatever was mysterious or
difficult to classify, and I can in no other way account for this species

being made a genus.

It will be seen that my endeavour has been rather to ascertain and
demonstrate whatever natural degrees of relationship exist among the
species of this family, than to compose a system for mere convenience
of reference ; but so far from that being any hindrance to the prac-
tical adoption of my views, I think that in-arranging the specimens
in a museum, or the materials of a work, it will generally be found
more convenient to be able to dispose the members of a natural group.
in whatever order may suit our immediate object, than to be com-
pelled to place them in accordance with the stringent laws of a purely
analytical method ; and that for the purpose of referring a new species
to its true location, when we have not the means of observing all
characters that may be necessary for the determination of a series of
natural affinities, the external characters which can be assigned to a
group when its limits are well made out, will be found sufficient ;
while on the other hand, not only the external characters, but some-
times even those of anatomical structure, will, in a group which has
not been previously subjected to a full and careful examination, be as
the letters of an unknown language, often leading into error and
confusion.

With regard to nomenclature, I have used such names as I find
most generally adopted by later naturalists who have given attention to
this subject, generally taking, where I had a choice, such as appeared
to haye been of earliest date; and as I only enumerate such species -
as I have seen, I must not be considered, although I have omitted a
few which appear to be varieties, as rejecting all that are left out.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH,

Thursday, 10th of July, 1851.

Dr. Balfour exhibited specimens of the following monstrosities :—

1. An Arum with a double spathe, the second spathe being alter-
nate with the first. The spadix at the lower end showed the appear-
ance of the adhesion of a second spadix. This specimen was from
the garden of Dr. Neill, Cannonmills Cottage.

2. A monstrosity of Antirrhinum majus, presenting a regular flower —
formed by five personate petals with gibbous bases.

3. Monstrosity of white Digitalis showmg the terminal floret com-
posed of several united, and expanding before the other flowers in
the raceme. There was thus a mixed inflorescence, partly definite
and partly indefinite.

A letter was read from Mr. Wyville Thomson, Lecturer on Botany,
King’s College, Aberdeen, in which he states :—“ A few days ago,
walking along Dee-side about seven miles above Aberdeen, I was much
surprised to see Prunus spinosa covered with large handsome fruit

424 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

of a bright red colour, a pod very like the capsicum. The sloe-trees
grow along the river-side, and are of that half-cultivated variety which
attains the height of 20 or 30 feet, is straight and wants spines. The
trees were closely tangled along the river-side for the distance of about
100 yards, all covered with this strange monstrosity. On examining
the pods a little more closely they proved to be carpels disdaining
their usual tardy progress inte a drupe, and hurrying into a pseudo-
legume. On cutting them open they exposed usually one, some-
times two abortive ovules, attached to a sutural placenta.

«‘ A little further on I saw several trees of Prunus Padus, covered
with long clusters of bright green unripe pods of a similar kind. We
well know that the Rosacee are very prone to eccentricity with regard
to their carpels, and to see one tree in that condition would not sur-
prise me, but why all the individuals of Prunus spinosa in that neigh-
bourhood should have gone wrong, and especially why the other
species should have joined them, I am at a loss to conjecture.”

Dr. Balfour suggested that these teratological appearances might
be caused by the attacks of insects, and that they pointed out the
connection between Rosaceze and Leguminosze, two orders which are
chiefly distinguished by the position of the odd sepal.

A paper was read, “On the Plant Morphologically considered,”
by the Rev. Dr. M‘Cosh. In this paper the author endeavours to
show that the plant consists of three homotypal parts, the root and
its subdivisions, the stem and its branches, and the leaf, with its veins.
He dwelt in an especial manner on the venation of the leaf, which he
considers as representing the mode in which the tree ramifies, as well
as the angles at which the branches are given off. In the case of
woody plants he conceived that the petiole of the leaf may in such
cases represent the trunk. Thus the Beech, the Portugal Laurel, &c.,
which have little or no petiole, send off branches from near the root,
while the Sycamore and Cherry, which have distinct petioles, have
long unbranched trunks. He thought that this did not apply, how-
ever, to herbaceous plants, and he was not prepared to carry out his
views in the case of Palms and other woody Monocotyledones, which
he had not had an opportunity of examining in a normal state. The
angles, also, at which the veins are given off, he considered as repre-
senting generally the angles of the branches.

Prof. Balfour was not prepared to enter into Dr. M‘Cosh’s views
fully, although there were many plausible statements made by him.
Dr. M‘Cosh did not appear to apply his views on the same principle
throughout. There could be no doubt that there were normal angles
at which branches and veins were given off, but it was not an eas
matter to get what might be called typical forms. He hoped that
Dr. M‘Cosh’s remarks would lead to an investigation of the subject.

Prof. Fleming remarked that he was ill qualified to offer any remarks
on the interesting paper which had been read, because he had long
been in the habit of restraining his imagination in all scientific in-
quiries. This paper he considered an imaginative one—a hunting
after resemblances and overlooking differences, so as to give results
by no means to be depended upon. The leaves were organs differing

Miscellaneous. 425

in form, structure, and functions, from the stem and branches, and
could not, homologically, be compared with them. The nerves of
the leaves did not all diverge at the same angle, neither did. the
branches. These last were exposed to various influences during the
life of a tree, and in consequence diverged from the stem at various
angles in the different periods of growth. It was therefore a dream
of the imagination to hope to determine a typical angle of divergence,
when the plant was endowed with a considerable range of variation to
fit it for its place in the ceconomy 6f nature.

Prof. Goodsir had listened to Dr. M‘Cosh’s paper with much
interest, on two accounts: first, because it appeared to him that its
author had, in endeavouring to reach one of the objects he had in
view, embodied another attempt to investigate the laws of organic form
by that precise or geometrical method, which can alone ultimately
elevate natural history to the platform of the perfect sciences; and
secondly, because, although he could not admit all the conclusions
at which its learned author had arrived, he yet believed the paper to
involve a great truth. If he might be allowed to use the expression
in reference to a plant, the specific physiognomy of a tree, as a mass,
appeared to him to depend on the particular bulk, form, and grouping
of its constituent masses. Now, if the form and grouping does not
depend upon, it certainly involves, the mode of branching peculiar to
the species. Dr. M‘Cosh had restricted himself to the investigation
of the law which regulated the latter; but he had, and would meet
with, that apparently at present insuperable difficulty in all such re-
searches, viz. the variation within certain limits of the form of parts,
or of the whole of an organized body, according to the particular con-
ditions under which that part or that individual has been developed. .
Prof. Goodsir suggested that Dr. M‘Cosh might be more successful
if he would limit his inquiry to the law of ramification of a single
judiciously-selected species ; and would endeavour to grow that species
under such invariable conditions as might afford an approach at least
tc the typical form of the species. He also believed that before the
law which regulates the arrangement of the primary and secondary
ramifications of a leaf can be ascertained, attention must be directed
to the law of form in the parenchyma itself.

MISCELLANEOUS.
On Parasitism. By M. Lion Durovur.

ParRasitisM seems to be a law of nature, so generally does it prevail
throughout the living world. This existence imposed in the creation
upon other existences. is at once a law of antagonism, of repression,
and of guarantee for the maintenance of the harmony of nature. The
attentive study of the articulated animals, and particularly of insects,
. to us the prodigies of parasitism in profusion, whether the
ens examines the integument of the animals, or the science of the
scalpel steps in to sound the depths of their organism.

I have already had the honour to present to the Academy the

426 Miscellaneous.

history of a frail gnat,—a Cecidomyia, which, by pricking the floral
envelopes of the birch, causes an irritation productive of tissue, a
vegetable hypertrophy, in one word a gall, the cradle of its young.
But by the law of parasitism their domicile is invaded by two usurpers
whose mission it is to repress the too great multiplication of the
Cecidomyia.

One of these usurpers is a Hymenopterous insect of the genus
Misocampus ;—it divines, in this hermetically closed gall, the presence
of the quiet larva of the Cecidomyia, and by means of an invisible
oviduct introduces an egg into its entrails. From this egg is hatched
a gnawing worm, destined to take its nourishment from the living
tissues of its victim. The latter, although bearing in its bosom this
germ of destruction, continues to devour the substance secreted by
the walls of its gall, and the work of assimilation becomes more active
in consequence of the consumption of the parasite. But when the
time of the metamorphosis arrives, the larva of the Cecidomyia wants
the materials necessary for the completion of this great operation,
whilst the larva of the Misocampus redoubles its nutritive energy in
order to insure its transformation, which is accomplished on the corpse
of its victim.

The second usurper of the gall belongs also to the Hymenoptera,—
it is an Lulophus ; this time, however, it is no longer a single worm,
but a flock of ten or a dozen famished larvee, which consume the food
of the Cecidomyia and consequently that of its parasite the Miso-
campus.

Let us now exhibit another kind of parasitism, that of larvee finding
their nourishment in the bodies of living perfect insects ; and see how,
confined in a prison destitute of communication with the external air,
they are enabled to breathe.

By dissection in water these parasitic larvee are usually detached ;
all that can then be proved by the lens, through the transparent skin,
is the existence of ramified tracheze, and consequently the circulation
of air through all the tissues. The problem to be solved therefore
was the mode in which this air was inhaled, with the condition of a
hermetically sealed prison. Dry vivisection has at last revealed to
me this mystery.

In 1827 I published the history and iconography of the metamor-
phoses of a fly, the Ocyptera bicolor, the larva of which lives in the
abdomen of a Hemipterous insect, the Pentatoma punctipennis. It
is not within the viscera that it passes its larva state; it is always
found outside the intestinal canal, and is nourished at the expense of
the adipose and other tissues of the Pentatoma. I satisfied myself,
that by means of a long, somewhat membranous, caudal tube, termi-
nated by a double hook, it had appropriated one of the stigmata of
its host. By this organic usurpation, it attained the easy and com-
plete exercise of respiratory action.

Ten years later, I made known the larva of a Dipterous insect, the —

species of which is still undetermined, which lived as a parasite in
the abdominal cavity of the Andrena aterrima. This larva had not,
like the preceding, seized upon one of the stigmata of its host, but,

a

a

a nS ae Te ee eee ae

4 het me, Sia Nae aad mT sel de Za
oo ee

ES a ee

i ee ee a

Miscellaneous. 427

such are the infinite resources of the Creator, it peg aan
mysterious operation, its own stigmata upon one e two
trachean reservoirs, situated, in the dndrena, as in many other
Hymenoptera, at the base of the abdomen. Thus, not only does the
Andrena feed with the products of its own nutrition, this larva which
an immutable decree has inflicted upon it, but it is compelled to

ire for it,—to furnish it, in its own ample aériferous reservoirs,
with all the air necessary for its respiration.

Thus we pass, from wonder to wonder, to a recent example of para-
sitism, the circumstances of which seem fabulous.

In the summer of 1850, I had pinned in a box several living speci-
mens of a weevil which lives on the of our pimes,—the Brachy-
deres lusitanicus. The next day I found in the box some small
chrysalids or pupe, issuing without doubt from these weevils. I
perceived without difficulty that these pupz, which the unlearned
would have taken for little red grains, were the cradles or swathes of
a Dipterous insect belonging to the immense family of Muscide. After
a few days I had the satisfaction, always new for my old experience,
of witnessing the exclusion of a pretty little new fly, the colouring of
which differed in the two sexes. I hastened to publish this double
fact, and the fly was christened Hyalomyia dispar. But this was
only two-thirds of the history of the metamorphoses of this fly ;—the
initial phase, that of the larva, was wanting. The discovery of this
I put off to the next year, and I have been able to realise my wishes-
I am not going to describe this larva of an eighth of an inch in length ;
I shall confine myself to exhibiting, in connexion with parasitism, one
of the most interesting facts of organic usurpation. This larva, like
that of the Ocyptera previously mentioned, lives outside the digestive -
viscera, in a cavity without air and without issue. In the vivisection
of one of the weevils, I had the rare good fortune to find two larvee
of the Hyalomyia. One which was detached and free had two
posterior, tubular stigmata, opening to the two lateral trachez ; this
was sufficient to convince me that it had a complete respiratory appa-
ratus. The other remained fixed, and I was able to prove, without the
slightest doubt remaining on my mind, that one of the stigmata of
the weevil had been usurped. There was not here, as in the
ptera, a supple caudal tube; the larva was sessile, and its adhesion
appeared to be the result of a graft by approach,—a sort of organo-
plastia. The two microscopic tubular stigmata of the larva corre-
‘sponded exactly to the respiratory aperture of its host, and thus drew
in the atmospheric air directly.

i the agitation, the patience, the active manceuvres of the
Hyalomyia, when, urged on by a mature gestation, she flies to the
tops of the pines to place her eggs in the stigmata of the Brachyderes!
Judge of the difficulty of this egg-laying on the wing from the
shielded structure of the beetle! Although of a tolerably large size,
it is apterous ; its elytra, soldered together and hard, are closely united
by an imperceptible suture to the equally hard walls of the ventral
segments. What sharpness of vision, what urgency of maternal in-

ion, must drive the fly to seek the one defect in the armour, to
profit by the fugitive moment when the stigma of the beetle is in

428 Miscellaneous.

exercise, to place an egg in it with the quickness of thought! But
think you that this egg is merely laid in the usurped stigma? It must
be fixed there, glued by a gummy liquor; and I have proved that a
sebific gland exists for this purpose in the oviduct of the Diptera.
Without this precaution the egg would be exposed to displacement
during the constant action of the respiration of the beetle.

But this is not all that takes place. When the parasitic larva has
completed its growth, it is called upon to undergo its metamorphosis
to a pupa. No delay is allowed it; it detaches itself from the
borrowed stigma,—its skin breaks its organic adhesions ; its whiteness
and transparency pass to a bright, opaque orange. It is nothing but
a shell, the covering of a nymph, the swathed and mysterious image
of the future fly.

I have said above that the living prison of the larva was without
air and without issue; how then is the exit of these pupe effected?
Alas! this unnatural delivery costs the weevil its life. After its detach-
ment, the larva, no doubt obeying an instinctive mission, tears the
upper membranous coat of the apex of the beetle’s abdomen. It fixes
itself in this breach and there completes its transformation into a
pupa. The maturity of this causes slight movements in the inclosed
nymph, at the same time that by its titillation it provokes the expul-
sive efforts of the weevil. At last the pupa comes to light; it soon
splits and opens at its thoracic region, and the active Hyalomyia
darts into the air.—Comptes Rendus, 11 Aoiit, 1851.

RARE IRISH MOLLUSCA.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Shantalla, September 18th, 1851.

GENTLEMEN,—The following rare Mollusca were recently obtained
by dredging round the South Isles of Aran, Galway Bay :—

Neera cuspidata; in 60 fathoms, about twelve miles to the west-
ward of the Great S. Isle.

Tellina balaustina; two specimens alive with numerous single
valves, in 20 fathoms, South Sound of Aran, opposite the southern
point of the Middle Isle.

Anomia striata ; depth uncertain, South Sound.

Nassa pygmea ; range 10 to 60 fathoms.

Buccinum Humphreysianum ; a single young specimen alive, in
60 fathoms, along with Neera cuspidata, Natica sordida, &c.

I am, Gentlemen, your obedient servant,

ALEXANDER G, MELVILLE.

On the Umbrella Bird (Cephalopterus ornatus), “‘ Veramimbé,”’ L. G.
By Aurrep R. WALLACE.

Having had the opportunity of observing this singular bird in its
native country, a few remarks on its characters and habits may not
perhaps be uninteresting, at a time when a consignment from me
will have arrived in England.

=

Miscellaneous. 429

The Umbrella Bird is about the size of a crow, averaging about
18 inches in length. Its colour is entirely black, but varied with
metallic blue tints on the outer margin of the feathers. The colour
of the iris is greyish white. It is a powerful bird, the bill being very
large and strong, the feet short, and the claws acute.

Were it not for its crest and neck plume, it would appear to an
ordinary observer nothing more than a short-legged crow.

The crest is perhaps the most fully developed and beautiful of
any bird known. It is composed of long slender feathers, rising .
from a contractile skin on the top of the head. The shafts are white
and the plume glossy blue, hair-like, and curved outward at the tip.
When the crest is laid back the shafts form a compact white mass,
sloping up from the top of the head, and surmounted by the dense
hairy plumes. Even in this position it is not an inelegant crest, but
it is when it is fully opened that its peculiar character is developed.
The shafts then radiate on all sides from the tip of the head, reach-
ing in front beyond and below the top of the beak, which is com-
pletely hid from view. The top then forms a perfect, slightly
elongated dome, of a beautiful shining blue colour, having a point of
divergence rather behind the centre, like that in the human head.
The length of this dome from front to back is about 5 inches, the
breadth 4 to 45 inches. The other singular appendage of this bird
is the neck plume. This is a long cylindrical plume of feathers de-
pending from the middle of the neck, and either carried close to the
breast or puffed out and hanging down in front. The feathers lap
over each other, scale-like, and are bordered with fine metallic blue.

On examining the structure of this plume, it is found not to be
composed of feathers only, growing from the neck, as seems to have
been hitherto supposed. The skin of the neck is very loose ; looser
and larger, in fact, than in any bird I know of. From the lower
part grows a cylindrical fleshy process about as thick as a goose-
quill and an inch and a half long. From this grow the feathers to
the very point, thus producing the beautiful cylindrical plume quite
detached from the breast, and forming an ornament as unique and
elegant as the crest itself.

When in motion, either flying or feeding, the crest is laid back
and the plume carried close to the breast, so as not to be conspicuous.
When at rest in the daytime, the crest is fully expanded, and the
plume is rather enlarged and hanging forward. At night, when
asleep, all the feathers are puffed out to their fullest extent, and some-
times the head is turned so as to bring the dome of the crest on the
middle of the back. It then presents a most singular appearance,
the head and feet being quite invisible, the plume and crest alone
being conspicuous amidst the mass of feathers.

These observations I was enabled to make by having a fine male
alive for ten days. He had received a shot in the head, but ap-
peared to suffer no ill effects from it, till on the tenth day he suddenly
fell off his perch and died. I found, on skinning him, that the shot
had broken his skull and entered the brain.

The Umbrella Bird inhabits the islands of the rivers, never having

430 Miscellaneous.

been seen on the main land. It is perfectly arboreal, never de-
scending to the ground. Its food is fruit of various kinds, but when
this is scarce it eats insects: my hunter saw one with a large hai
spider (Mygale) in his mouth. On seizing an insect or fruit, it
strikes its beak against its perch several times, apparently to kill or
soften it, or secure it more firmly in its beak, and then after two or
three bites swallows it entire. Some of the fruits it eats are about
the size of a damson, and have a stone, which it ejects through its
mouth an hour or two after eating.

Its note is very loud and deep, and it is from this that it has re-
ceived its Indian nanie “‘ Ueramimbé,” signifying the “ Piper-bird.”
It utters its note early in the morning and in the afternoon. It fre-
quents the very loftiest forest trees, but is said to build its nest
rather lower. Its nest is said to be formed of sticks very roughly,
and the young are very naked and ugly. The colour or size of the
eggs I have not been able to ascertain.

In ascending the Amazon, it first oceurs opposite the mouth of
the Madeira, in some islands. In the Sohuives, as far as the boun-
daries of Brazil, it also occurs, and probably further. The Rio
Negro, however, is its head-quarters; and there, in the numerous
islands which fill that river, it is very abundant. It extends at least
four hundred miles up. the river, and very probably much further.
I have not heard of its occurring in the Rio Branco, Madeira, or any
of the other great tributaries of the Amazon. I have been informed
by a hunter, that towards the sources of the Rio Negro another
species is found, and this I hope soon to have the means of verifying.
—Proc. Zool. Soc. for July 23, 1850.

Barra do Rio Negro, March 10th, 1850.

On the Genera Hexapus and Arges of De Haan.
By J. D. Dana.

The genus Hexapus of De Haan, in his first publication of its cha-
racters (in Decade I. and II. of the Fauna Japonica, pp. 5 and 35) is
arranged near Pinnothera, which it resembles in its short obese form
and small size. But in his last Decade, published in 1849, which
contains his final remarks on classification, at p. xiv., the genus is re-
ferred to the vicinity of Pilumnus. ‘The outer maxillipeds are as in
Pilumnus. The genus is peculiar in the fifth pair of legs being obso-
lete. The species is the H. sexpes (Jap. p. 63 and pl. 11. f. 6, Cancer
sexpes of Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 344. f. 37).

The genus Arges of De Haan (Faun. Japon. p. 21) includes only
a fossil species. It is Cancroid in its outer maxillipeds, and near P?-
lumnus and also Menippe. The abdomen in both sexes is 7-jointed ;
in the male oblong-trigonal, in the female ovate. The lateral margins
of the carapax are parallel and entire, and the general form is much
like that of Cyclograpsus Audouinii and the allied. Distance between
the eyes one-fifth the breadth of the thorax.—Sp. 4. parallelus (F.
Jap. p. 52, and pl. 5. f. 4) from Japan.—Silliman’s American Journal
of Science and Arts for September 1851.

aol aia! neg
he ager"

Meteorological Observations. 431
Note on the Reproduction of Leeches. By M. Fremonp.

Tn this memoir M. Fremond informs us what are the most: favour-
able conditions for the preservation of leeches, but we must refer our
readers to his paper for all particulars concerning the construction of
reservoirs and the plants most proper to be put into them, merely
giving here some of the details furnished by him on the development
of these animals.

The reproduction of leeches is effected, according to circumstances,
either by cocoons or compound eggs, which are usually hatched at the
end of forty days. The egg is formed of a transparent membrane,
full of a liquid, in which little globules soon begin to appear ; these
globules are in fact so many germs of leeches, and during develop-
ment take the form of little worms, which soon leave the egg by an
opercular hole at its extremity. The young leech is white when just
hatched ; it does not begin to acquire colour until some hours atte
wards, and only arrives at its perfect colouring when two years old;
its first food consists of the mucous matters which cover the leaves of
— plants ; afterwards, when its mouth has attained a more com-
P

development, it feeds on the larve of insects and other small
animals.—Comptes Rendus, 12 Mai, 1851.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR SEPT. 1851.

Chiswick.—September 1. Cloudy and fine: overcast. 2. Drizzly: cloudy and
fine. 3. Hazy: very fine: clear. 4. Foggy: cloudy: fine. 5. Very fine:
clear. 6. Fine: cloudy. 7. Clear: very fine. 8. Overcast: cloudy and fine.
9—13. Mornings foggy: days very fine: nights clear. 14. Slight fog: very
fine. 15. Slight fog: cloudy and fine. 16. Light clouds and fine: over-.
cast. 17. Overcast: fine: cloudy. 18,19. Fine: clear. 20—22. Very fine
23. Slight fog: very fine: rain. 24. Foggy: overcast: foggy at night. 25.
Slightly overcast: rain. 26. Partially overcast: cloudy: clear. 27. Cloudy:

izzly. 28. Clear and fine. 29. Foggy: fine. 30. Rain: overcast. -

Mean temperature of the month .........cese.0« es his aese wear 09-15
Mean temperature of Sept. 1850 .........scccsseeeseees in caeoie 54 -23
Mean temperature of Sept. for the last twenty-five years. 57 *18
Average amount of rain in Sept. .........cecscscecsesseececees 2°61 inches.

Boston.—Sept. 1. Fine. 2. Cloudy: rain early a.m. and p.m. $—5. Cloudy.
6. Fine. 7. Cloudy. 8—11. Fine. 12,13. Foggy. 14. Fine. 15—17. Cloudy.
18,19. Fine. 20. Cloudy. 21—23. Fine. 24. Cloudy. 25. Cloudy: rain p.s.
26. Cloudy: rain a.m. and r.m. 27. Cloudy. 28,29. Fine. 30. Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Sept.1. Drizzle: damp. 2. Cloudy: rain. 3.
Drizzle: cloudy. 4. Clear: aurora. 5. Clear. 6. Bright: cloudy. 7. Cloudy:
clear: aurora. 8. Clear. 9. Bright: hazy. 10. Cloudy: drops. 11. Cloudy:
fine. 12, 13. Bright: fine: clear. 14. Bright: cloudy. 15. Cloudy: clear:
aurora. 16. Bright: clear: aurora. 17. Bright: clear. 18, 19. Fog: cloudy.
20. Showers: clear. 21. Cloudy. 22. Drops: drizzle. 23. Bright: clear:
aurora. 24. Clear: cloudy. 25. Showers: sleet showers. 26. Bright: showers,
27. Clear: showers: aurora, 28, Bright: showers: aurora. 29. Cloudy. 30,
Cloudy : showers.

———

PL-6z

60.08 Love

21-62
0S-6%
796%
L1-6%
12-62
of-6%
OL-6z
89-62
£9-62
99-62
10-0€
oOl.6z
16-62
P0-0€
90.0€
00-0€
16-62%
06-62
[6-62
C0.0€
L0-0€
C0-0€
90-0£
Z0-0€
68-6Z
OL-6Z
GS.6G
09-62
PS.6z
€L-6%

be as
109.62 SoL.6z

£99-6% 06L.6z

S29-6z F9OL-6z
909.62 \P69-6¢
L¥9.6z S18-6z
6£6-62 |Si1-0€
901-08 11-08
[00.0€ $S0-0€
£66.62 90-08
020-0 $90-0€
$20-0€ £90-0€
Li1-0€ €L2-0€
90£.0€ |11P-0€
O9F-0€ |2£6.0€
16P.0€ OFS-0€
OLE.0€ |€6£-0€
‘10£-0€ |O1f-08
'L9@-0€ |10P-0£
‘18£-0€ |1gh-0F
LSP-0€ L6P-0€
6PF-0€ SOP-0€
S9V-0€ 86P-0€
OfP-0€ shP.oF
962-0€ |ELE-0€
1S1-0€ |60Z-0€
620-0€ |6P0-0£
ZL0-0€ |LZ1-0€
L90.0€ |£60-0€
9£1-08 |61Z-0€

*ul'e e3
“uoqysog

‘ui | “xe

“HOTASTY

F rs
116.0 2.0 €.6¢ ser 08:99 PELE |shr.o¢
aie tI. £$| 9b es 2-68
Z0 ee er} 6€ 80-62% | LS.6%
$0. ee gh) of 99.6% | 89-62
Il 10- 6v| 6 | VL.62. | L9-6z
60. ceeee eb) eh | L-62 | bg-6¢
80: - 90: 6S| 2 G8-62 | 01.62
ee Seeeee z9|. LV 0L-6% | 10-0€
¢1. g0- 6S| %S $1-0€ | Z1-0€
Ete. seeeee 9S| 6€ 16-62 | 28-62
Genin seen £S| 6P £0.08 | Lo.0€
l1- Z0- oS| oP 1-08 | L0.0€
es brates 9S| SP F0.0€ | 71.0€
seeees t¢| LP 82-0£ | 1¥.0€
ttteee 6S| St 9F-0€ | ZS.0€
teeeee gS}. as '9S-0€ | LG.0€
Bea main 6S! gf 89-08 | PS.0€
ee 0S! oF 9F.0€ | 9£.08
Stas ag| £¢ 'GE-0F | 1£.08
Pe 6r| gf ZE.0€ | S£-0F
See 1¢| 9€ LE.0€ | LE.0€
pata 2S| -e SE.0€ | €€-0€
9¢| 1€ 9£-0€ | ZF-0€
aie SS| ar 0S.0€ | S¢.0€
ieee Sweene 8S| 8h 8S-0€ | LS.c€
> ebbics' Lg|_t¥ ZS-0€ |zG.0€
ae eae G.eS| 67 8V-0£ | 6£.0€
uesse 10. S-F9| 9V 1Z-0€ | 1%-0€
ol eve 99} 1¢ 23-0€ | L0-08
0. Saar 99| 6S 10-0€ | 76.6%
£0. OT: "MSM ¢.29 8¢ 96-62 £6.6%
eo |g s] ° o| &|& = ‘"¢ | coe
£ |e \23/ 2 ley set ae «Be i.
3 = ae an 3, ~H “ uo a
B8 R) ph te] Fe | Fp seorguing [PF |~csemistag | “apLApues
pum *IOJOULOWIOY J, *19J9WOIe

“AANYU(C) ‘asunpy younpuvg yn “uoysno}D *- *Ady 247 4g pun SKoLsog
ap “TTwoA “a Ag fuopuoT avau ‘xoIMSIHQ yy hjarv0g poLnynoyozy ay} fo Uapevy ay} qo uosdwoyy "jy 49 apm suownasasgy yoorsopo.oajayy

SE a Ny Ip pa St, Meee

—aAGPAHSCROA

~

.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.}

No. 48. DECEMBER 1851.

XXXIV.—Zoological Notes and Observations made on board
H.M.S. Rattlesnake. By Tuomas H. Huxtey, F.R.S., As-
sistant Surgeon R.N.

[With a Plate.]
III. Upon Thalassicolla, a new Zoophyte.

Iw all the seas, whether extra-tropical or tropical, through which
the “ Rattlesnake ” sailed, I found floating at the surface the
peculiar gelatinous bodies which are the subject of the present
communication. They were the most constant of all the various
products of the towing-net, which was rarely used without
obtaining some of them, and which sometimes, for days, would
contain hardly anything else.

The extreme simplicity of structure of these creatures was
more puzzling to me than any amount of complexity would have
been. The difficulty of perceiving their relations with those
forms of animal life with which I was familiar, gave me rather a
distaste to the study of them, and, as I now perceive, has ren-
dered my account of their organization far less complete than I
could wish it.

However, these forms seem completely to have escaped the
notice of voyagers, and therefore I hope to do some service by
directing the attention of future investigators to them, and by
endeavouring tu show what seem to me to be their relations in
the scale of being.

It may not be out of place at the same time to examine what
are the positive characters of those lowest classes of animal life
of which this is a member.

The Thalassicolla* is found in transparent, colourless, gelati-

* Oddacca, the sea; xddda, jelly, glue.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii.

434 Mr. T. H. Huxley on the genus Thalassicolla.

nous masses of very various form ;—elliptically-elongated, hour-
glass-shaped, contracted in several places, or spherical, varying
in size from an inch in length downwards ; showing no evidence
of contractility nor any power of locomotion, but floating pas-
sively on the surface of the water.

Now of such bodies as these there were two very distinct
kinds : the one kind, consisting of all the oval or constricted, and
many spherical masses, is distinguished to the naked eye by pos-
sessing many darker dots scattered about in its substance; the
smaller kind, always spherical, has no dots, but presents a ve
dark blackish centre, the periphery bemg more or less clear. 7
will adopt the provisional name of 7h. punctata for the former
kind, and that of Th. nucleata for the latter, as a mere matter of
convenience, and without prejudging the question as to the ex-
istence of specific distinctions.

Th. punctata. (Pl. XVI. figs. 1, 2, 3.)

The mass consists of a thick gelatinous crust containing a
large cavity. The crust is structureless, but towards its inner
surface minute spherical, spheroidal or oval bodies are imbedded,
from which the appearance of dots arises. These are held to-
gether merely by the gelatinous substance, and have no other
connexion with one another. Each “spheroid” is a cell, with a
thin but dense membrane, 735th to 5th of an inch in diameter,
and contains a clear, fatty-looking nucleus 775th to 35th of an
inch in diameter, surrounded by a mass of granules which some-
times appeared cellzeform.

This fundamental structure—a mass of cells united by jelly—
like an animal Palmella, was subject to many and important
varieties.

Very commonly the central part of each mass, instead of con-
taining a single large cavity, consisted of an aggregation of clear,
large, closely-appressed spaces, like the “ vacuole ” of Dujardin
(figs. 2, 3, 2a, 3a).

Very frequently also each cell was surrounded by a zone of
peculiar crystals somewhat like the stellate spicula of sponge,

consisting of a short cylinder, from each end of which three or ~

four conical spicula radiated, each of these again bearing small
lateral processes (figs. 3 a, 20).

In another kind, much more rarely met with, the spherical
cell contained a few prismatic crystals about +,g55th of an inch
‘in length; it was of a bluish colour, and enveloped in a layer of
densely packed minute granules not more than ;;3g5th of an
inch in diameter. Outside these there was a number of spherical
bright yellow cells -,455th of an inch in diameter, and inclosing the
whole a clear, transparent brittle shell perforated by numerous

Mr. T. H. Huxley on the genus Thalassicolla. 435

rounded apertures, so as to have a fenestrated appearance (fig. 6).
There were no spicula in this kind.

In a single specimen I found a similar sheli, but its apertures
were prolonged into short tubules (fig. 5).

Frequently the connecting substance in which the cells were
imbedded appeared to be quite structureless, but in some speci-
mens delicate, branching, minutely granular fibrils were to be
seen radiating from each cell into the connecting substanee

.25).
shee mentioned certain minute bright yellow spherical cells
contained within the shell of the fenestrated kind ; such coloured
cells are contained in all kinds either diffused through the con-
necting substance or more or less concentrated round each large

cell (figs. 3a, 25). .

Th. nucleata. (Pl. XVI. fig. 4.)

- This form consists of a spherical mass of jelly as large as the
middle-sized specimens of the last variety, with an irregular
blackish central mass. Enveloping this and forming a zone
about half the diameter of the sphere there is a number of clear
spaces—vacuole—-varying in size from znd to 755th of an
inch, the smallest being innermost. Scattered among the vacuole
of the innermost layer, there were many of the yellow cells,
and a multitude of very smali dark granules. Delicate, flat-
tened, branching fibrils radiated from the innermost layer, pass-
ing between the vacuolz, and in one specimen these fibrils were
thickly beset with excessively minute dark granules, like ele-
mentary molecules, which were in active motion, as if circulating
along the fibrils, but without any definite direction. In this case
the whole body looked like a moss agate, so distinct were the ra-
diating fibrils (4.2). Left to itself for less than an hour, however,
this appearance as well as the circulation of granules vanished,
and only a féw scattered radiating fibrils were to be observed, the
rest seeming to have broken off and become retracted.

By rolling under the compressor the outer mass could be
completely separated from the central dark body, which then ap-
peared as a spherical vesicle ,';th of an inch in diameter (fig. 45),
showing obscurely a granular included substance.

The membrane of the vesicle was very strong, resisting and
elastic. When burst it wrinkled up into sharp folds (fig. 4c),
and gave exit to its contents (fig.4d). These were—

1. A very pale delicate vesicle (nucleus?) without any con-
tents, and measuring (but when much compressed) about .,th
of an inch (fig. 4d).

2. A heterogeneous mass consisting of (a) a finely granular
base, (5) oil-globules of all sizes, (c) peculiar cells gi 5th to ypyzth

28%

436 Mr, T. H. Huxley on the genus Thalassicolla.

of an inch in diameter (4.¢). Some of these had a solid greenish
red nucleus about s=4,,th of an inch in diameter. Others re-
sembled the nuclei in colour and appearance, but were larger
(zz‘sth of an inch), and had no cell-membrane :—were these
granule cells ?

Altogether the Thalassicolla nucleata might readily be imagined
to be a much-enlarged condition of single cells of the Th. punc-
tata; but I have no observations to show that it was so, nor can
it be said from which of the varieties of Th. punctata the Th. nu-
cleata arises.

The question may readily arise, Are these perfect forms? I can
only say, as negative evidence, that I have never observed any
trace of their further development, and that the spicula and
‘shells,’ and the capacity of fission, appear to afford positive
grounds for believing that they are not mere transitional stages
of any more highly organized animal. If, further, it can be shown
that their structure is closely allied to that of known organisms,
this probability will, I think, almost amount to a certainty. —

What animals are there then which consist either of simple
cells or of cells aggregated together, which hold the same rank
among animals that the Diatomacez and Desmidiz, the Protococei
and Palmelle hold among plants ?

Ten years ago the general reply of zoologists would have been
—none. The researches of the celebrated Berlin microscopist,
Prof. Ehrenberg (wonderful monuments of intense and unremit-
ting labour, but at least as wonderful illustrations of what zoo-
logical and physiological reasoning should not be), led to the be-
lief that the minutest monads had an organization as complicated
as that of a worm or a snail. In spite, however, of the great
weight of Prof. Ehrenberg’s authority, dissentient whispers very
early made themselves heard, from Dujardin, Focke, Meyen,
Rymer Jones, and Siebold. To these KGlliker, Stein and others
—in fact, I think I may say ad/ the later observers—have added
themselves, until it really becomes a matter of duty on the part
- of those interested in the progress of zoology to pronounce de-
cidedly against the statements contained in the ‘ Infusionsthier-
chen,’ so far as regards anatomical or physiological facts*.

It has been shown in the first place, that a great mass of the
so-called Polygastria are plants—at any rate are more nearly allied
to the vegetable than to the animal kingdom. Such is the case

* That the above assertions will be considered by the majority of En-
glish readers to be unwarrantably severe, and considering the relative
standing of the Professor and his critic, possibly impertinent, is no more
than is to be expected.

I can only beg to disclaim all mere iconoclastic tendencies, and refer to
a comparison of Prof. Ehrenberg’s works with facts for my justification.

a

Mr. T. H. Huxley on the genus Thalassicolla. 437

with the Diatomacee and Desmidiz, the Volvocina, the Mona-
dina, the Vibriones, and to these we must very probably add the

So utter has been the want of critical discrimination in the
construction of genera and species, that Cohn, in his admirable
memoir upon Protococcus pluvialis, enumerates among the twenty-
one forms (to which distinct names have been given by authors)
assumed by the Protococcus, no less than eight of Prof. Ehren-
berg’s genera. The family “ Polygastria,” thus cut down to less
than one-half its original dimensions, contains none but animals
which are either simple nucleated cells, or such cells as have
undergone a certain amount of change, not sufficient however
to destroy their real homology with nucleated cells.

A Pickens has been found in Euglena, Arcella, Ameba, Am-
phileptus, Trachelius, Bursaria, Paramecium, Nassula, Chilodon,
Oxytricha, Stylonichia, Stentor, Vorticella, Euplotes, Trichodina,
Loxodes, and other genera. It may be brought out by acetic
acid just like any other nucleus in Vorticella and Euglena.

The animal is an unchanged cell in Euglena, in Ameba and in
Opalina. In others, as the Vorticelle, there is a more or less di-
stinct permanent cavity in the interior of the cell which opens
externally, an occurrence not without parallel among the secre-
ting cells of insects. Certain genera, such as Nassula, have an
armature of spines, but so have some of the Gregarinidze which
are unquestionably simple cells.

Contractile spaces, —cavities which appear and disappear in dif-
ferent parts of the Infusoria, and ‘sometimes become filled with
the ingesta,—are found no less commonly in the component cells
of the tissues of many of the lower animals, and according to
Cobn in the primordial cells of plants also.

The “ Polygastria,” then, may be justly considered to be sim-
ple cells, and to form a type perfectly comparable with Thalas-
sicolla

The researches of Henle, Stein, and KGlliker have made us
2” neat with another form of cellular animals—the Gregari-
ni

These are nucleated cells, without cilia, but with contractile
walls, which lead an independent parasitic life in the intestines
of many of the Invertebrata, principally insects.

The Gregarinidz, like the Infusoria, are generally, if not in-
variably, single, solitary cells.

A third type is formed by the Foraminifera. The fate of these
animals is somewhat singular. Considered to be Cephalopoda
by D’Orbigny; Bryozoa by Ehrenberg ; rudimentary Gasteropods
by Agassiz ; all careful observation tends to confirm the opinion
of Dujardin, that the fabrication of their remarkable shells is

438 Mr. T. H. Huxley on the genus Thalassicolla.

essentially similar to Ameba and Arcella, both of which have
been shown to be nucleated cells.

Lastly, we have the Sponges. That the tissue of the Sponges
breaks up into masses, each of which is similar to an Amoeba, has
been pointed out by Dujardin, and confirmed by Carter and
others. Dujardin, however, believing that a peculiar formless
substance, “ Sarcode,” constitutes the tissues of the Sponges (as
well as of the Infusoria and many other of the lower animals),
fails to point out that they are mere aggregations of true cells.

This is not the place to discuss the important question, whether
the great law developed by Schwann does or does not hold good
among the whole of the lower animals. I believe that there is
evidence to show that it does ; that everywhere careful analysis
will demonstrate the nucleated cell to be the ultimate histolo-
gical element of the animal tissues ; and that the “ sarcode ” of
Dujardin, and the “ formless contractile substance ” of Ecker, are
either cells or cell-contents, or the results of the metamorphosis
of cells. Be this as it may, however, I can say positively, as the
result of recent careful examination, that Spongilla, Halichondria,
and Grantia are entirely composed of nucleated cells.

The Foraminifera and Sponges then, no less than the Infu-
soria and Gregarinide, are “ unicellular ” animals—animals, that
is, which either consist of a single cell, or of definite aggregations
of such cells, none of which possesses powers or functions differ-
ent from the rest.

Using the word “unicellular” in this extended sense (as it
has been used by Nageli and others with regard to the Algee), it
may be said that there are four families of unicellular animals ;
in two of these, the Infusoria and Gregarinide, the cells are iso-
lated ; in two, the Foraminifera and Sponges, they are aggregated
together.

From these considerations it appears to me that the zoological
meaning and importance of the Thalassicolla punctata first be-
come obvious. Itis the connecting link between the Sponges
and the Foraminifera. Allied to the former by its texture and
by the peculiar spicula scattered through the substance of some
of its varieties, it is equally connected with the latter by the
perforated shell of other kinds. If it be supposed that a Thalas-
sicolla becomes flattened out, and that a deposit takes place not.
only round the cells, but between the partitions of the central
“ vacuole,” it becomes essentially an Orbitoides*.

* Dr. Carpenter, to whom J communicated these observations, writes to
me: “‘ As far as I can understand them, the bodies described (if perfect non-
embryonic forms) seem to constitute that kind of connecting link between
Sponges and Foraminifera, which the relative position I have assigned to
them would lead me to expect. It is interesting to remark that the cullen-

eee CO

Mr. T. H. Huxley on the genus Thalassicolla. 439

To come to a similar understanding of the nature of the Tha-
lassicolla nucleata, it is necessary to recur again to certain general
characteristics of the reproductive processes in the unicellular
animals

If we except Tethya, a sponge*, the ordinary reproductive
elements have as yet been found in no unicellular animal.

Fission occurs in all except perhaps the Gregarinide. Gem-
mation appears to take place in the Foraminifera and Infusoria.
In the Sponges the so-called ova or gemmules seem to be only
a temporary locomotive condition of the cells, such as occurs
in the Vorticelle among the Infusoria, and the Protococci among

lants.

r But in all (except the Foraminifera) a process of multiplication
by endogenous development occurs, and would seem in some
cases to represent sexual propagation. Now the mode of this
endogenous multiplication presents remarkable features of simi-
larity in the Infusoria, the Gregarinidz, and the Sponges.

There is a certain period in the existence of Vaginicola cry-
stallina, when, gorged with food stored up in the shape of fat gra-
nules, &c., within the cavity of its cell-body, it becomes sluggish
and eventually still. The body contracts and becomes rounded,
and the transparent case closes in and seals up its inhabitant.
Eventually long processes are developed from the body, and it
takes on the form of the genus Acineta of Ehrenberg. After a
while a new life stirs within this chrysalis-like form, and the
contained mass gives rise successively (by a sort of fission) to
young ciliated bodies, which leave the Acineta and become Vagi-
nicola.

_ In a similar manner Vorticella microstoma becomes Podophrya
fiza; but sometimes the changed Vorticella has no stalk, and then
is the Actinophrys of some authors (not A. Sol). It is not known
in what way the embryos are brought forth here, but it is a very
significant fact that both the stalked and unstalked forms have
been observed to conjugate.

Epistylis presents similar phenomena.

The Actinophrys Sol, to which more particular reference will
be made by and by, has been observed to conjugate, but it is
not absolutely known to arise by the metamorphosis of any Vor-
ticella, though there is every probability in favour of the suppo-
sition that it does.

The Gregarinide pass through similar changes. Two forms
der-like skeleton of certain Foraminifera is extremely like in its appearance
to a fragment of the shell of an Echinus, or to the plates contained in the
integument of a Holothuria, and we know that these begin with a network
of spicules. Consequently there is not by any means so great a distinction
between the spicular skeleton of a sponge and the cullender-like skeleton of
an Orbitolina as might at first sight appear.”

* See Annals of Nat. History, 8. 2. vol. vii. p. 370.

440 Mr. T. H. Huxley on the genus Thalassicolla.

of these creatures are known; the one consisting of protean
nucleated cells, the other of motionless spherical sacs, containing
a vast number of minute bodies resembling Navicule in shape,
and thence called “ Navicella-sacs.”” Now, according to Stein,
although the fact has been doubted by others, the “ Navicella-
sacs ” result from the conjugation of two Gregarine, which have
become motionless and filled with an accumulation of granules.

Certain it is that the Navicellz are developed within the gra-
nular mass like embryo-cells within the yelk, and that when freed
by the bursting of the Navicella-sac they become Gregarine.

Lastly, in the freshwater sponge (Spongilla), which consists of
an aggregation of nucleated protean cells like a mass of Grega-
rine, a certain number of the cells at various points scattered
through the substance of the Spongilla become motionless and
distended with granules, and receiving first a membranous and
then a siliceous investment, constitute the “ seed-like bodies.”

From Mr. Carter’s account it would appear that when the
“ seed-like body ” germinates its cells burst, and their granular
contents become mixed. Subsequently protean cells, like the
ordinary sponge-cells, make their appearance pari passu with the
disappearance of the granules.

Supposing this account to be correct, the conjugation in Spon-
gilla would be perfectly analogous to that of the Desmidiz and
Diatomacez, while in the Infusoria and Gregarinide it would
resemble that of Zygnema.

Generalizing the above details (full authority for which may
be found in the appended list of works), we may say that with
the exception of the Foraminifera, about whose reproductive pro-
cesses nothing is as yet known, the Protozoa all reproduce their
kind by a process of endogenous development which is accom-
panied by greater or less changes in the structure and powers
of the reproducing cell. We may add that in many cases these
changed cells have been observed to conjugate, previous to the
occurrence of the endogenous development.

Bearing all these facts in mind, let us return to Thalassicolla
nucleata. If the Th. punctata answer to a mass of sponge-cells or
an aggregation of Gregarina, is it not possible that the Th. nu-
cleata may answer to the altered reproductive cell ? I have shown
that the 7h. nucleata may very possibly be nothing more than a
separated and enlarged cell of 7h. punctata, and this possibility
upon structural grounds becomes, | think, converted into proba-
bility, if 7h. nucleata be compared with Actinophrys Sol, which
there is every reason to believe is the reproductive stage of one
of the Vorticelline.

Actinophrys Sol is a spherical gelatinous mass consisting of an
internal dark granular portion and a clearer external zone from
which many radiating threads are given off. Vacuole are scat-

Mr. T. H. Huxley on the genus Thalassicolla. 441

tered through the substance, larger i in the external zone, smaller
and more irregular in the interior.

If the animal is much compressed, nuclei and nockated cells
are forced out from its interior.

Finally, two specimens of Actinophrys have been observed to
fuse together and become one.

It is unnecessary to point out the perfect analogy between
Actinophrys and Thalassicolla nucleata, with one exception, that
the large internal cell was not observed in Actinophrys—a cir-
cumstance which might readily occur if it were delicate, even
though it existed.

The argument derived from this analogy becomes still more
strengthened if we turn to the excellent account of Noctiluca—
a marine phosphorescent body which has long been a zoological
puzzle—by M. de Quatrefages. For the details I must refer to
that observer’s paper in the ‘ Annales des Sciences,’ but I may
state that its structure is essentially similar to that of Thalassi-
colla nucleata, supposing that the latter had given exit to its
central cell by a depression at one point of its surface. Nocti-
luca however appears to feed after the manner of Actinophrys,
and perhaps conjugates also, as M. de Quatrefages “has met
with double individuals two or three times.” This he considers
an evidence of spontaneous fission ; but further observation might
have reversed-this judgement, as it did that of Kolliker with
regard to Actinophrys.

From the invariable adhesion of grains of sand to one part of
the surface of Noctiluca, it would seem to be set free from some
unknown fixed form which is probably analogous in its structure
to Thalassicolla punctata.

To sum up the different lines of argument it may be said—

1. That the Thalassicolla punctata is not an exceptional form
of animal life, but belongs to the same great division as the
Sponges, Foraminifera, Infusoria, and Gregarinide,—the Pro-
tozoa or unicellular animals.

2. That the Protozoa have definite characters as a class, which
are—

a. That they are either simple nucleated cells or aggre-
gations of such cells, which are not subordinated to a
common life.

b. That they have a mode of silo consisting in an
endogenous development of cells, preceded by a process
analogous to the conjugation of the lower plants.

8. That the Thalassicolla nucleata closely resembles Actino-
phrys Sol, which is known to conjugate, and which there is great
reason to believe is the reproductive stage of one of the Vorti-
celline.

442 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

A. That as Th. punctata is one of the Protozoa, it most pro-
bably has a reproductive stage.

5. That Th. nucleata might readily be derived from such an
alteration in one of the cells of Th. punctata as occurs in the
sponge-cells when they go to form the seed-like body, or in the
Gregarina-cells when they become “ Navicella-sacs.”

6. That Thalassicolla nucleata is essentially similar in struc-
ture to Noctiluca.

Finally, I may be permitted to say, that no one can be more
fully conscious than myself of the slender and hypothetical
grounds on which some of these conclusions rest. My chief pur-
pose has been merely to show the tendency of the evidence now
extant as clearly and broadly as possible ;—rather to draw out a
brief than to pronounce a judgment.

The following are the authorities referred to in the text :—
Von SieBoup. Vergleichende Anatomie d. Wirbellosen Thiere, p.7—25.

. Ueber einzellige Pflanzen u. Thiere. Siebold und Kolliker’s
Zeitschrift, 1849.

’ DusarRDIN. Histoire naturelle des Zoophytes Infusoires.

Coun. Nachtraige zur Naturgeschichte des Protococcus fluviatilis.
Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. 1850.

Pineau. Sur le Développement des Infusoires. Annales des Sciences,
1845.

Srern. Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelung d. Infusorien. Wéieg-
mann’s Archiv, 1849.

Ueber die Natur d. Gregarinen. Miiller’s Archiv, 1848.

K6LuLIKER. Ueber die Gattung Gregarina. Siebold und Kolliker’s Zeit-
schrift, 1848.

Das Sonnenthierchen. Ditto. 1849.

QuATREFAGES. Observations sur les Noctiluques. Annales des Sci-
ences, 1851.

Hoge. Upon Spongilla. Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xviii.
CarTER. On Spongilla. Annals of Nat. Hist. 1849.

XXXV.—A Catalogue of British Spiders, including remarks on
their Structure, Functions, Giconomy and Systematic Arrange-
ment. By Joun Buackwatt, F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 339.]
87. Theridion nervosum.

Theridion nervosum, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 301 ;

Hahn, Die Arachn. B. ii. p. 48. tab. 58. fig. 133.

sisyphus, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 115.

Theridium sisyphus, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft,
p- 8; Die Arachn. B. viii. p. 73. tab. 273. fig. 644.

Titulus 13, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p. 51. tab. 1. fig. 13:

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 443

A complex snare, having somewhat of a pyramidal form, is
spun on trees, shrubs, gorse bushes and heath by this common
spider, which is widely distributed in Great Brita. It pairs
in June, and in July the female constructs a globular cocoon of
dull green silk of a loose texture, measuring jth of an inch in
diameter, which includes from 30 to 40 small, yellowish
white, spherical eggs, not adherent among themselves. This
cocoon is placed under a shallow dome-shaped canopy of silk,
about which withered leaves, flowers, and the remains of insects
are accumulated ; it is situated among the foliage near the upper
part of the snare, and in this nidus the young live amicably
together with the female till they are capable of providing for
themselves, when they separate.

Like its congeners, this species envelopes with lines drawn from
the spinners by means of the posterior legs such insects as are
too powerful for it to attack when first entangled in its toils.

88. Theridion denticulatum.

Theridion denticulatum, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii.
p- 305; Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 124.

Branches of trees and shrubs trained against buildings, and
crevices in rocks and walls are the situations usually occupied by
this species. The female, in the month of June or July, attaches
to objects near her retreat a globular cocoon of greenish brown
silk of a very loose texture, measuring 3th of an inch in diame-
ter, in which she deposits from 30 to 60 spherical eggs of a
brown colour, not agglutinated together.

89. Theridion varians.

Theridion varians, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. i. p. 93. tab. 22. fig. 71,
72; Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 314.

Theridium varians, Koch, Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 134. tab. 428.
fig. 1056-1058.

Theridion varians occurs in localities similar to those frequented
by Theridion denticulatum and is a common British ‘spider. It
pairs in June, and in July the female constructs several globular
cocoons of dull white silk of a very loose texture, the largest of
which measures about 7th of an inch in diameter; they are
attached to objects situated near the upper part of the snare,
and contain, according to their size, from 20 to 60 spherical eggs
of a yellowish white colour, not adherent among themselves.
Withered leaves, dried moss, and particles of indurated earth
are generally disposed about the cocoons.

Of the three figures of Theridion varians, 1056, 1057 and
1058, given by M. Koch in the twelfth volume of ‘ Die Arach-

444, Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

niden,’ M. Walckenaer has placed the first and second among
the synonyma of Theridion denticulatum, and the third among
those of Theridion tinctum; he has also referred to fig. 1056 as
a portrait of a female, whereas it most unequivocally represents
a male. My own observations serve to confirm the accuracy of
the view taken by M. Koch.

90. Theridion pulchellum.

Theridion pulchellum, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 311.

JSormosum, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,

vol. x. p. 101.

Theridium vittatum, Koch, Die Arachn. B. iii. p. 65. tab. 94. fig. 217 ;
Die Arachn. B. iv. p. 118. tab. 141. fig. 326.

This species is found in summer and autumn on rails and
gates about Oakland. The plan of its snare is similar to that
on which the snares of other Theridia are constructed. In June
the female deposits about 29 spherical eggs of a yellowish white
colour, not adherent among themselves, in a globular cocoon of
white silk of a fine but compact texture, measuring }th of an
inch in diameter. Near the cocoon, which is sometimes attached
to the under side of a leaf by fine lines of silk, she takes her sta-
tion, and on the approach of danger endeavours to secure her
treasure by seizing it with her falces, palpi, and feet.

91. Theridion carolinum.

Theridion carolinum, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 315.

dorsiger, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. i. p. 82. tab. 20. fig. 61 (mis-

numbered 60 in the plate).

Linyphia bimaculata, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft,
p- 10.

I have taken this rare spider among grass near woods at Oak-
land. In June the female fabricates a globular cocoon of white
silk of a slight texture, measuring ;/>th of an inch in diameter,
in which she deposits about 50 spherical eggs of a pale yellowish
white colour, not agglutinated together. The cocoon is attached
to the spinners by short silken lines, and is transported with her
wherever she goes, in the manner of the Lycose.

92. Theridion versutum.
Theridion versutum, Blackw. Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xviii.
p- 302.
The only specimen of this species which has come under my
observation was a male; it was captured in the neighbourhood
of Winchester in July 1846 by James Franklin Preston, Kasq.,

Ee

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 445

and was comprised in a collection of Araneidea obligingly made
for me by that gentleman in Hampshire and the Isle of Wight.

93. Theridion pallens.
Theridion pallens, Blackw. Research. in Zool. p. 357.
Epéira nubila, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Series,
vol. x. p. 101.

Bushes and coarse herbage growing in the vicinity of woods

in Lancashire and Denbighshire are frequented by this minute
species of Theridion. It pairs in May, and in June the female

deposits about 20 spherical eggs of a pale yellowish colour in a
small globular cocoon of white silk of a loose texture.

The female, both when adolescent and adult, has a design of
a dark brown colour on the upper part of the ‘abdomen, which
almost disappears after she has deposited her eggs. The male
differs from her so widely in structure and colour that I was in-
duced to describe it in the ‘ London and Edinburgh Philosophical
Magazine’ as an Epéira, under the specific name of nubila. A
knowledge of its habits and ceconomy, subsequently acquired,
has enabled me to correct this error.

Theridion fuscum, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xvii. p. 626.

M. Walckenaer appears to regard Theridion fuscum as identical
with Argus formivorus (Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 502),
from which it differs in size, structure and colour, ae all
the essential characters of a Theridion.

Females of this species may be found towards the clots of the
year on rails and under stones in pastures near Llanrwst.

iN 95. Theridion albens.
Theridion albens, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 627 ; Walck.
Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. iv. p. 492.

A female of this minute spider was discovered in July 1837
among strawberry plants in my father’s garden at Hendre House,
near Llanrwst.

96. Theridion angulatum.
Theridion angulatum, Blackw. Loud. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
Series, vol. viii. p. 483.

A single specimen of this remarkable species was detected in
a cleft of a rail at Oakland, in April 1835. It was a female,
and, like Tetragnatha extensa, frequently extended the first and
second pairs of legs forwards, and the fourth pair backwards, in
a line with the body.

446 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

97. Theridion variegatum.

Theridion variegatum, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 332.
thoracicum, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 218. taf. 14.
fig. 11.

callens, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 627.
Ero variegata, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 8.

In the fourth volume of his ‘ Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt.’ p. 496,
M. Walckenaer has very properly added the name Theridion
callens, conferred by me on a small spider described in the
‘ Transactions of the Linnean Society,’ to the synonyma of The-
ridion variegatum, a correction which I had previously made in
ny MS. catalogue of British spiders, having satisfied myself, by
referring to Herrich Schiffer’s ‘Deutschlands Insecten,’ Heft 138,
fig. 5, 6, that the Ero variegata of M. Koch is identical with
Theridion callens, and, like it, must become a synonym of The-
ridion variegatum.

This species occurs among grass growing in and near woods
in the west of Denbighshire. The female fabricates a very re-
markable balloon-shaped cocoon, about 4th of an inch in dia-
meter, which is composed of soft silk of a loose texture and pale
brown colour, inclosed in an irregular network of coarse dark
red-brown filaments ; several of the lines composing this network
unite near the smaller extremity of the cocoon, leaving intervals
there through which the young pass when they quit it, and being
cemented together throughout the remainder of their extent,
form a slender stem, varying from ;',th to 3 of an inch in leugth,
by which the cocoon is attached to the surface of stones and
fragments of rock, resembling in its figure and erect position
some of the minute plants belonging to the class Cryptogamia.
The eggs are large, considering the small size of the spider, five
or six in number, spherical, not agglutinated together, and of a
brown colour.

From a cocoon of Theridion variegatum transmitted to me in
July 1851 by R. H. Meade, Esq., of Bradford, Yorkshire, in
which locality it was found, eight young spiders had made their
escape ; they were included in the small box containing the
cocoon.

98. Theridion signatum.

Theridion signatum, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 333 ;
Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 124.

quadrisignatum, Hahn, Die Arachn. B. i. p, 80. tab. 20. fig. 60
(misnumbered 59 in the plate).
Drassus phaleratus, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1831, p. 133.
Asagena phalerata, Sund. Consp. Arachn. p. 19, 20.

serratipes, Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft, p. 13;
Die Arachn. B. vi. p. 98. tab. 204. fig. 502, 503.

‘
:

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 447

Some difference of opinion has existed among arachnologists
as to the position this spider should occupy in a systematic
arrangement of the Araneidea; but I do not see any sufficient
reason for removing it from the Theridia, to which it appears to
be most nearly allied by its organization.

In Denbighshire this species is found among heath, but it is
of rare occurrence. The radial and digital jomts of the palpi
are so closely connected in the male as scarcely to present any

tible trace of their union; in short, as they appear to be
incapable of separate motion, there seems to be an impropriety
in regarding them as distinct joints.

99. Theridion filipes.

Theridion filipes, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third Se-
ries, vol. viii. p. 484.

Linyphia concolor, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 267. taf. 18.
fig. 3; Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 270.

Theridion filipes is allied to the spiders belonging to the genus
Neriéne by the disposition and relative size of its eyes, and to
those of the genus Linyphia by the length and delicacy of its
limbs ; indeed, on a superficial view, it bears a striking resem-
blance to Linyphia tenuis; but the structure of the maxillze and
the relative length of the legs have induced me to class it with
the Theridia. It occurs under stones in woods in Denbighshire
and Lancashire.

The first individual examined by me was a female, and it pre-
sented an anomaly in organization which I never before witnessed
in this order of animals; it had a supernumerary eye situated
between the two small ones constituting the anterior pair of the
trapezoid.

M. Walckenaer has inadvertently placed the Linyphia concolor
of M. Wider, which is identical with Theridion filipes, among the
synonyma of Argus graminicolis, having previously described it
as a distinct species under the name conferred upon it by M.
Wider (Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. il. pp. 270, 351).

Genus Puo.ucus, Walck.

100. Pholcus phalangioides.

Pholeus phalangioides, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t.i. p. 652 ;
Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. i. p. 99; Hahn, Die Arachn.
B. ii. p. 34. tab. 50. fig. 119 ; Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst.
erstes Heft, p. 20; Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 125.

opilionoides, Koch, Die Arachn. B. iv. p. 95. tab. 135. fig. 311.

Living specimens of Pholcus phalangioides were brought to me

448 Mr. J. Blackwall on the Structure, Functions, Giconomy,

from Barmouth, in Merionethshire, in the summer of 1835, by
Richard Potter, Esq., M.A., of Queen’s College, Cambridge, and
Professor of Natural Philosophy in University College, London.
In 1836 I received an adult male from Mr. T. Glover, which he
had taken in Liverpool, and I have in my possession an im-
mature individual from the Isle of Wight.

The spider referred to by Mr. Jesse in his ‘ Scenes and Tales
of Country Life,’ pp. 202, 203, as remarkable for the rapidity
of its vibratory motions when disturbed, is, I have no doubt,
Pholcus phalangioides, which frequents ancient buildings in the
south of England, and like Epéira diadema, Theridion quadri-
punctatum, and some other species, has the habit of violently
agitating itself when anything suddenly touches its lines. This
vibratory motion, which in the case of Pholcus phalangioides ap-
pears to acquire its maximum velocity, is produced by the partial
contraction and extension of the joints of the legs in quick
succession, as I have ascertained by occasioning specimens of
Epéira diadema to continue the action till it became so slow, in
consequence of the fatigue experienced by the animals, that there
was no difficulty in determining the manner in which it is effected.
This singular proceeding is evidently intended by the spider to
communicate motion to its snare and thus to cause the struggles
of any insect entangled in it, by which means it is directed with
certainty to its victim.

Family Linyphide.
Genus Linyputa, Latr.

101. Linyphia montana.

Linyphia montana, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. il. p. 233.
pl. 16. fig. 4; Koch, Uebers. des Arachn. Syst. erstes Heft,
p- 10; Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 113. tab. 422. fig. 1038, 1039.
triangularis, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Insect. tom. 1. p. 100; Sund.
Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829, p. 215.

This very common spider, which is frequently mistaken for
Linyphia triangularis, constructs in hedges, bushes and rank
herbage an extensive horizontal sheet of web of a fine texture,
on the inferior surface of which it takes its station in an inverted
position and watches for its prey. Connected with the web and
with objects situated above and below it are numerous fine lines
intersecting one another at various angles; those on the upper
side are the most extensive, and not only serve to support the
_ web, but also to precipitate such insects as strike against them

with their wings upon the horizontal sheet, where they are
quickly seized by the vigilant and active occupant.

and Systematic Arrangement of British Spiders. 449
102. Linyphia triangularis.

Linyphia triangularis, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 240.

marginata, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 253. taf. 17.
fig. 5; Koch, Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 118. tab. 423. fig. 1041,
1042.

Linyphia triangularis occurs in the south-eastern counties of

England, but I have not met with it in the northern counties,

nor in Wales.

103. Linyphia marginata.

Linyphia marginata, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
Series, vol. iii. p. 346; Research. in Zool. p. 394.

—— montana, Sund. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1829, p. 217.

resupina, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 252. taf. 17. fig. 4 ;
Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 242; Koch, Die
Arachn. B. xii. p. 109. tab. 421. fig. 1035, 1036.

Titulus 19, Lister, Hist. Animal. Angl. De Aran. p. 64. tab. 1. fig. 19.

- In its habits and ceconomy this species resembles Linyphia
montana, fabricating in low bushes or among coarse herbage
an extensive snare similar in design to the toils constricted by
the Linyphie generally. It pairsin May, and in June the female
spins one or two lenticular cocoons of white silk of a loose texture
which are attached to withered leaves, or other objects situated
near the snare; the larger of these cocoons measures } an inch
in diameter, and contains about 140 spherical eggs of a pale
yellow colour, not agglutinated together. :

104. Linyphia pratensis.

Linyphia pratensis, Wider, Museum Senckenb. B. i. p. 258. taf. 17.
fig. §; Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. ii. p. 250; Koch,
Die Arachn. B. xii. p. 121. tab. 423. fig. 1043.

— sylvatica, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xvill. p. 659.

Since the publication of my description of this spider, under
the specific name of sylvatica, in the eighteenth volume of the
“Transactions of the Linnzan Society,’ the suspicion of its identity
with the Linyphia pratensis of M. Wider, there expressed, has
been converted into absolute certainty by consulting M. Reuss’s
memoir entitled ‘ Arachniden,’ contamed in the first volume of
the ‘Museum Senckenbergianum ;’ consequently the appellation’
bestowed upon it by me must rank as a synonym. It will be
seen that this opinion has-been adopted by M. Walckenaer, on
referring to his ‘ Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt.’ t. iv. p. 499.

This species is common in England and Wales, and in the
spring of 1849 an immature male, which had not undergone its
final change of integument, was forwarded to me by Mr. J. Hardy,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii.

450 Mr. W.H. Benson on a new species of Pterocyclos.

who captured it in Berwickshire. Its snare is usually constructed
among rank herbage growing in and near woods, and it pairs in

May and June.
105. Linyphia fuliginea.

Linyphia fuliginea, Blackw. Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. Third
Series, vol. iii. p. 349; Research. in Zool. p. 401.

Linyphia fuliginea is found in various parts of North Wales
and Lancashire; it pairs in June, and constructs a snare of
moderate dimensions among the grass of meadows and pastures.
The male closely resembles the male of Linyphia pratensis, but
may be distinguished from it by its inferior size, and by the
structure of its palpal organs.

106. Linyphia rubea.
Linyphia rubea, Blackw. Linn. Trans. vol. xviii. p. 661.
In the months of May and June this spider spins a web of
moderate extent among bushes in woods and coppices in North
Wales and Lancashire, where it is not uncommon. An imma-

ture female of this species was transmitted to me from Berwick-
shire by Mr. J. Hardy in December 18-48.

XXXVI.—Description of a new species of Pterocyclos, Benson,
from Southern India. By W. H. Benson, Esq.

Pterocyclos nanus, nobis, n. s.

Testa profunde perspective umbilicata, depressa, discoidea, albida,
fascia media strigisque undulatis castaneis superne ornata; spira
prominula, saturatiore ; anfractibus 44 convexis, ultimo supra so-
luto; apertura obliqua, circulari; peristomate duplicata, margi-
nibus sulco leviter impresso vix discretis, interno superne profunde
recteque inciso, externo reflexiusculo, supra sinum alam angustam
fornicatam, antice breviter descendentem, angulatam, formante.

Diam. major 10, minor 8, alt. 5. mill.

Hab. ad basin montium “ Nilgherries,” Indize Australis.

This interesting addition to the genus was sent to me by
Dr. Jerdon with specimens of Pterocyelos bilabiatus, Sow. Pos-
sessing a similar deep umbilicus, narrower than in the other
known species, it was overlooked as a young and imperfect spe-
cimen. On examination it proves to have arrived at its full
growth, being allied in the characters of the aperture to Pt. ru-
pestris, nobis, but differing from the smallest varieties of that
shell not only in size and in the form of the umbilicus, but also in
the less curvature of the incision under the wing, which is more-
over less expanded, and does not touch nor cover any part of the
preceding whorl. The operculum is. unknown.

London, November 8th, 1851.

tere,

Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion. 451

XXXVII.—Note on the Genus Lithostrotion.
By Wii11am Lonspate, F.G.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Suovxp the following memoranda on the genus Lithostrotion be
deemed admissible, I shall feel obliged by their publication im
the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

I have the honour to be, Gentlemen,
Your most obedient servant,

Melksham, Noy. 1851. W. Lonspate.
Lhwyd* is well known to have applied the definition, “ Litho-

strotion sive Basaltes minimus striatus et stellatus,” to a coral
represented in table 23 of his work on British Fossils; but no
farther description of it is given in the chapter on coralline
stones or in Letter Five (op. cit. p. 122). The rude delineation,
just quoted, expresses fully an aggregate of polygonal columns
longitudinally striated and transversely rugose; the upper sur-
face presents also closely applied stellated areas variable in size
as well as in the number of the facets, but uniformly traversed
by many converging, fine rays. The limited amount of informa-
tion thus communicated renders a satisfactory comparison with
other basaltiform and lamelliferous Zoantharia hazardous; but
Parkinson identified a Welch coral with Lhwyd’s Lithostrotion,
and he describes it as composed “of polygonal columns, exactly
adapted and closely concreted” (p. 43) ; but detachable from the
general mass “by a moderate stroke” applied laterally (p. 44) ;
the facets of the columns are moreover stated “ to be finely and
closely striated longitudinally, the strize being intersected by very
fine and closely set transverse ridges ” (p. 44). Complete apices
are also said to be “ concave and to have a prominent star, one-
third of the diameter of the concavity, arising out of the ceutre”
(p. 44). A longitudinal section is further described as having
“a striated plumose appearance” (/.c.); and allusion is made
to “numerous, exceedingly slender longitudinal lamelle, cor-
responding with the external striz;” also to “ equally delicate
lamellz perpendicularly disposed nearly in concentric circles;
while others answering to’ the external transverse ridges,” are
stated to pass horizontally through both of the perpendicular
sets (p. 44). Parkinson gives therefore a considerable amount

* Lithophylacii Britannici ais gs iT edit. 1699.
+ Organic Remains of a Former World, vol. ii. p. 43-44, pl. 5. figs. 3
and 6, 1808, reprinted 1833.
29*

452 Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.

of detailed information, omitting among essentials simply the
mode of developing additional corallites or columns. His
figures and description, however, can be compared with
Lhwyd’s delineation only as regards the mode of aggregation,
the form and exterior characters of the columns, and the
many rays. It is also probable that Lhwyd’s fossil possessed
equally with that of Parkinson a facility in breaking into
small masses or single corallites; but whether the original
Lithostrotion had an internal structure similar to that of the
coral identified with it, must be a conjecture. Following the
literature of the genus as accurately as possible, the next autho-
rity, accompanied by a description *, which can be quoted is
Dr. Flemimgt, and he is believed to be the first naturalist who
assigned a place to Lithostrotion in a system of zoology. He
cescribes four species: 1. L. striatum; 2. L. floriforme ; 3. L. ob-
longum; and 4. L. marginatum. The first is identified with
Lhwyd and Parkinson’s delineations ; but “the rays of the star”
are stated to “unite with a small, solid, central axis” (op. cit.
p. 508) ; the second species, L. floriforme, is founded on the Der-
byshire fossil represented by Martin}, and designated Erismato-
lithus Madreporites (floriformis) ; and it is said by Dr. Fleming
“to differ chiefly from L. striatum in its greater size, and the
axis occupying a greater space ;” he quotes also the following
statement of Martin—‘“ centres projecting, pointed and writhed
or twisted like a rope §.” The third species, L. oblongum, is the
well-known oolitic Tisbury eoral, figured by Parkinson||, whose
delineations are cited ; and the fourth, L. marginatum, is a moun-
tain limestone fossil of which Dr. Fleming had seen only “ two
detached columns” (p.508). The present inquiry is necessarily
limited to the first two species.

* In the ‘ Outlines of the Geology of England and Wales,’ by the Rev.
W. D. Conybeare and Mr. W. Phillips, Lhwyd’s figure is quoted under the
designation Astrea basaltiformis (p. 359, 1822), but no deseription or rea-
son for a changed generic determination is given.

+ Uistory of British Animals, p. 508, 1828.

} Petrificata Derbiensia, tab. 43. figs. 3& 4; also tab. 44. fig. 5? 1809.

§ ‘Fhe Derbyshire fossil figured by Guettard is probably this species, and
the peculiar detached flower-like character of the terminations to the coral-
lites is stated im an extract from a catalogue to be due to the decomposition
of the cellular tissue—“ la plupart sont évidés par la décomposition de leur
tissu cellulaire, ce qui les rend semblables & des fleurs en entonnoir, garnies
de leur pistil.”” (Mémoires, &e. t. iv. of the complete series, or t.i. Nouvelle
Collection, p. 75. pl. 30, 1786.)

|| Org. Rem. t. 11. p. 56. tab. 6. figs. 12, 13. The fossil has been recently
named Isastrea oblonga by M. Milne-Edwards and M. J. Haime, Archives
du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. vol. v. p. 103, 1851; also volume of the Palzonto-
graphical Society for 1851, Description of British Fossil Corals, Part 2.
p- (3-75.

i

Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion. 453

Lithostrotion was regarded by De Blainville* as only a section
(A) of Columnaria, characterized by “ cellules avec un axe solide au
centre des rayons ;” and he included in it Lith. (Column.) stria-
tum as well as L. (Col.) floriforme, referring in the former species
to Fleming, Lhwyd, and Parkinson ; and in the latter to Martin.
The next authority, known to the compiler of this notice, is Mr.
J. Phillipst, who represents and describes a Yorkshire and Welch
coral under the term Cyathophyllum basaltiforme; and he iden-
tifies it with the L. striatum of Parkinson and Fleming. It is
stated to be composed of adherent prismatic or pyramidal tubes,
striated longitudinally and undulated transversely ; to have thirty-
six to fifty lamellz, ‘‘ the marginal lamellz commencing within a
thin crenulated vertical dissepiment.” No mention is made of an
axis great or little ; on the contrary, an enlarged, transverse sec-
tion (fig. 22) exhibits a direct centre of twisted lamelle—a struc-
ture opposed to Dr. Fleming’s “small, solid, central axis ;” and
nothing like Parkinson’s “‘ prominent star, one-third ef the dia-
meter of the (terminal) concavity arising out of its centre” (Org.
: Rem. ii. 44), is expressed in what appear to be tolerably pre-

served centres (Geol. Yorks. tab. 2. f.21). Lieut.-Col. Portlock,
in his ‘ Report on the Geology of the County of Londonderry,’ &e.
(1843), notices a carboniferous fossil to which is applied the
designation Astrea basaltiformis (p. 333), and it is considered
equivalent to Cyath. basaltiforme (Phillips), Columnaria sulcata
(Goldfuss), and Lithostr. striatum (Fleming). The “mass” of
which a specimen consists is stated to be readily fractured ;
and the long, slightly undulating prismatic tubcs, resembling
_ . basaltie columns in miniature, are transversely undulated and
longitudinally striated (op. cit. p. 333), and under Ast. hexagona
it is said to have a conical, twisted umbo (p. 332). Prof. M‘Coy
also includes in Mr. Griffiths’st work on the Carboniferous Fos-
sils of Ireland Lithosir. striatum (Parkinson), citing Cyath. basal-
tiforme of Mr. Phillips, whose characters are nearly adopted.
The above particulars have been given to show that among the
mountain limestone Zoantharia of England, three composed of
basaltiform columns had been described by Parkinson, Dr. Fle-
ming, and Mr. J. Phillips previously to 1845, but each so far
as known distinguished by peculiarities of structure; and it is
believed that a due consideration of their detailed characters will
raise a doubt, whether any one of them can be truly referred to

* Manuel d’Actinologie, p. 350, Atlas, pl. 52. fig. 3, 1830-34 ; see also

Lamarck’s Anim. s. Vert. ed. 1836, t. ii. p. 343.

dot Sage of the Geology of Yorkshire, Part 2. p. 202. pl. 2. figs. 21,
{ A Synopsis of the Characters of the Carboniferous Limestone Fossils

of Ireland, p. 188, 1844. Printed for private distribution.

454, Mr, W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.
Lhwyd’s fossil, though all three have been identified with it. A

similar impression induced the author of this notice, when he de-
scribed the corals collected by Sir R. I. Murchison in Russia in
Europe and the Ural Mountains*, to state that Lhwyd’s coral
“has probably been mistaken in some cases for other fossils of
similar general aspect, yet of very different structure ;” and as
a subdivision of Dr. Fleming’s genus appeared necessary, he
adopted as the type of Lithostrotion that authority’s second spe-
cies, being “a well- known, strongly marked coral, and excel-
lently figured by Martin in his ‘ Petrificata Derbiensia’ ” (op. cit.
p- 603). In a subsequent portion of that Appendix (p. 619), the
describer applied the term Stylastrea to certain corals, waich he
considered referable to Parkinson’s fossil; and if he erred, as he
feels he did, in positively identifying, on insufficient data, the
latter with Lhwyd’s delineation, the admission of the error only
leaves still more doubtful the actual nature of that body. In
retaining the term Lithostrotion for the second species of Dr. Fle-
ming, who it must be remembered really established the genus,
and in suggesting a new designation for corals which bear only
a certain resemblance to the first species, the author believes he
acted in conformity with one of the rules laid down by the Com-
mittee of the British Association appointed to prepare “ A series
of propositions for rendering the nomenclature of zoology uni-
form and permanentt.” According to that rule, “ When the evi-
dence as to the original type of a genus is not perfectly clear and
indisputable, then the person who first subdivides the genus may
affix the original name to any portion of it at his discretion, and
no later author has a right to transfer that name to any other
part of the original genus” (op. cit. infra, p. 264. § 5).
Martin’s delineation (Pet. Derb. t. 43. f. 3), though taken from
a limited fragment, expresses so completely the general characters
of the fossil, that in the examination of a collection of Derbyshire
zoophy*es no mistake could be made i identifying a specimen,
should one occur. The essential characters given in the Ap-
pendix before mentioned are—“ stems generally coadunated ; in-
terior of stems separable inio three differently constructed areas ;
1. a central axis ; 2. an inner zone composed of vertical lamellee ;
3. an outer zone formed partly of lamellz, but chieily of variously
arched or vesicular plates: the mode of reproduction ” is further
said to have been “ by germs developed within the area of the
parent stem, or without it by an occasional extension of the po-

* Geology of Russia in Europe and the Ural Mountains, by Sir R. I. Mur-
chison, M. Ed. de Verneuil, and Count Alex. von Keyserling, vol. i. App. A.
p- 602 et seq., 1845.

+ Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Ist Series, vol. xi. April 1843,
p- 259 et seq. See also Report of the British Association for 1842, p. 105.

Te

Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion. 455

lype ” (op. cit. p. 603). Martin’s specimen was silicified (Pet.

erb. /. c.), apparently a prevalent mode of mineralization, and
less favourable to the exhibition of minor structures than when
the process has been effected by carbonate of lime; but his
figures 3 and 4 (tab. 43) clearly express a triple composition ;
and many terminal cavities of the specimens examined displayed
no greater amount of detailed composition than is given in those
delineations, while others in the same mass exhibited fully the
peculiarities of each area. The mode of reproduction is neither
represented nor mentioned by Martin; but in a large, siliceous
Derbyshire specimen of very irregular growth, obligingly lent to
the author by Mr. Wilson of Lydstip House near Tenby, in-
stances were detected of what appeared to be young germs deve-
loped within the area of the parent column ; also of others based
upon the united edges of two closely applied mature termina-
tions; and they plainly could not therefore have sprung either
from the side of the old corallites or from an interspace; while
some could not be assigned to a definite position with respect to
pre-existing stems. It is obvious, that where the growth was very
irregular, and the vesicular or outer zone was squeezed into a
vertical position or greatly compressed, germs and young columns
may appear to occupy anomalous situations ; and the difficulty
in forming a right inference is increased when transverse sec-
tions cannot be consulied. Among the staple productions of the
Clifton or Bristol dealers is however one, which possesses all the
essential structures of the Derbyshire coral. It is apparently
included by Mr. Phillips* under the designation Cyathophyllum
crenulare ; which is regarded as different from Cyath. floriforme,
the term applied to Martin’s fossil ; but the distinction is only
specific ; and it remains to be ascertained, if under equally favour-
able opportunities for examination, any real variations exist.
The Clifton specimens being calcareous are easily cut; and
transverse sections containing illustrative examples of the mode
of producing young corallites may usually be obtained. In an
early state, the germ, situated in the vesicular zone and ‘in
general partly in contact with the wall of the parent, presents
a small, round, oval or irregular area, defined by an opake
white uneven line ; and according to the degree of advancement,
rudimentary lamelle, everywhere equally imperfect, issue from
the boundary: an incipient axis is also visible in the centre of
the area. In the next stage, a second defining line appears,
separated from the former by a narrow band, which is crossed
generally by lamelle, but is sometimes occupied in part by

* Geol. Yorkshire, Part 2. p. 202; C. crenulare and C. floriforme; and
for delineations of the former consult pl. 2. figs. 27 & 28.

456 Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.

arched laminz. At first, the line and band are limited te the
free side of the young corallite, or that fronting the mature
centre, and the line is united at each extremity with the wall of
the parent. As however the offspring increased, the portion be-
fore stated to be in contact with the pre-existing mature boun-
dary is separated ; and an interspace is laid open, perfecting the
range of the narrow band; while the second defining line is com-
pleted by an upward extension, on that side, of the old wall, or
by an equivalent structure. In this state, the first-formed limit
constitutes the partition between the lamelliferous and vesicular
zones, and the second is the permanent wall of the added coral-
lite. Remarks on further advanced conditions are unnecessary.
Among the Russian polyparia before mentioned, four species of
Lithostrotion are described*, three of which were believed to be
new, and one to be identical with the L. floriforme of England.
They all displayed fully the triple composition of the Derbyshire
and Clifton fossils ; and the first noticed species exhibited a sufli-
cient number of young corallites within the boundary of the pa-
rent to prove that such was the essential mode of reproduction
(p. 605); in the third species, L. astrotdes, a decided instance
was also noticed (p. 608) ; and in the fourth, L. floriforme, cases
were likewise believed to have been detected (p. 610) ; but in the
second species, L. mammillare, “the young columns projected
irregularly above the general surface, and in positions which
rendered it difficult to imagine that they could have been in a
young state included within the areas of the adjacent mature
columns” (p. 607). The foregoing statements will, it is hoped,
justify the conclusion drawn in 1845 respecting the prevalent
mode of developing additional corallites in the fossils assigned to
Lithostrotion. Many instances will occur to every collector im
which it will be difficult to decide on the real mode; and if only
such be accessible, they would lead to a different conclusion from
that at which he has arrived. He begs to add, that he does not
rest on the reproductive process alone for the establishment of
Lithostrotion as defined in the Appendix before quoted.

It is now necessary, in order to show still further the uncer-
tainty of the fossil originally termed Lithostrotion, to offer a few
additional observations on carboniferous basaltiform corals. It
has been already stated, that in the work on Russia by Sir R. I.
Murchison, M. Ed. de Verneuil, and Count A. von Keyserling

* Count A. von Keyserling has united the four corals under one species,
Lith. floriforme, but itis hoped that a careful consideration of the detailed
characters will justify the original conclusions. He also includes Stylastrea
in Lithostrotion; nevertheless the points of difference, noticed in a para-
graph of this communication, are considered sufficient to justify a generic
separation. (Reise in das Petschora-Land, pp. 152 & 154, i846.)

a

Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion. 457

(p. 619), the name Séy/astrea was proposed for fossils considered
as allied to the one described by Parkinson, and the following
generic characters were given: “ Columnar, lamelle exceeding
twelve ; columns closely aggregated, easily separated ; internal

structure twofold—Ist, a central area occupied by variously

blended lamellz or contorted laminz, without a distinct persist-
ent axis; 2nd, an outer zone, traversed by vertical, continuous,

bi-plated lamellz, not fasciculated ; interstices occupied by nu-

merous arched or vesicular lamine ; additional columns produced |
by subdivisions of the parent column” (op. cit. p. 621). The
leading points of difference from Lithostrotion are a bi-areal in-
stead of a tri-areal composition, and a fissiparous in lieu of a
terminal gemmiferous mode of increase; but the subordinate
distinctions must not be overlooked in estimating the value of
the generic determinations. The agreements with Parkinson’s
fossil consist in the basaltiform configuration and the external
characters of the aggregated columns, in the facility with which
they may be separated:; also in the plumose appearance of a lon-
gitudinal section*, and probably in the nature of the dissepi-
ments between the lamelle; but Parkinson does not allude to
the composition of the centre, except that perfect terminations
have a projecting star; leaving doubtful what would be the cha-
racters presented by a transverse section ; and the comparison is
still farther defective in no complete upper extremities of Sty-
lastrea having been seen by the author ; moreover the mode of
increase is neither delineated nor described in the ‘ Organic Re-
mains’ (t. i. p. 43, 44. tab. 5. figs. 3 & 6). Should the points
of agreement be now considered insufficient to warrant a positive
identification of auy one of the fossils noticed in the remarks on
Stylastrea+ with Parkinson’s coral, still they are deemed enough
not to justify a decided generic separation. It is nevertheless
fully admitted, that an absolute identification of that authority’s
coral, and consequently of those constituting Stylastrea, with
Lhwyd’s delineation was incorrect, the available points of com-
parison being too few. It must also be mentioned, that the pro-
posed genus differs from Dr. Fleming’s Lithostrotion striatum in
wanting the ‘‘ small, solid, central axis ” (Brit. Anim. p. 508).
Prof. M‘Coy{ has more recently described a new species of Sty-

* Parkinson, ‘ Org. Rem.’ vol. ii. p. 44: compare the characters men-
tioned above with fig. 2 a of Styl. inconferta, App. A. pl. A; also with the
description in p. 622, ‘Geol. Russia,’ &c. The Bristol or Welch coral
noticed in pp. 619, 620, exhibits also in fractured vertical sections the plu-
mose structure ; and it is immaterial whether Parkinson alludes to the sur-
face of separated lamella-plates, or to the interlamellz-dissepiments, each
structure when divided having a resemblance to a feather.

+ Geol. Russia, &e. vol. i. p. 619.

} Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 2nd Series, vol. iii. p. 9,
January 1849,

458 Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.

lastrea (Styl. irregularis) ; and he states that it “ is remarkable
for the nearly perfect transverse chambering of the central area ;”
a character delineated however to a certain extent in the Russian
fossil Styl. inconferta (op. cit. pl. A. figs. 2, 2a), but believed
not to be persistent. Prof. M‘Coy* has further described another
carboniferous basaltiform genus, Stylaxis, also composed of ad-
jacent, polygonal, easily separable tubes ; and it is distinguished
by having, “1st, a thin, flat, straight axis; 2nd, a broad imner
area composed of numerous curved, vesicular plates in irregular
rows converging upwards to the axis; 3rd, an outer area com-
posed of smaller and more curved vesicular plates in rows incli-
ning obliquely upwards and outwards.” The mode of increase
is likewise fissiparous (op. cit. woodcut, p. 119. fig. a). ‘Two spe-
cies are described, and one of them, Stylaxis Flemingi, is regarded
by Prof. M‘Coy as probably the Lithostr. striatum of Dr. Fleming ;
but he considers that authority to be wrong, in referring to
Lhwyd and Parkinson’s fossils as specifically identical with that
noticed in the ‘ British Animals.’ In the ‘ Archives du Muséum
d’Histoire Naturelle’ other species of Stylaxis are mentioned,
and one of them, Styl. Porilocki, is stated to occur in the carbo-
niferous series of Wales (Carbonifére, Galles, p. 453). Nema-
phyllum arachnoideum of Prof. M‘Coy is also transferred to the
genus (op. cit. t. v. p. 454).

The reader has thus had brought under his attention the fol-
lowing basaltiform corals found in the carboniferous limestone of
England, independent of the species of Stylaxzis mentioned in the
‘ Archives’ :—

1. Lhwyd’s Lithostrotion sive Basaltes minimus striatus et stel-
latus.

2. Parkinson’s Welch fossil, identified by him, but on insuffi-
cient evidence, with Lhwyd’s Lithostrotion.

3. Dr. Fleming’s Lithostr. striatum, considered by that autho-
rity as equivalent to both the preceding fossils, a determination
regarded as doubtful.

4. Mr. J. Phillips’s Cyathophyllum basaltiforme, identified in
the ‘Geology of Yorkshire’ with Parkinson and Fleming, but
for the reasons before given believed to be distinct.

5. Prof. M‘Coy’s Stylastrea irregularis.

6. Stylaxis major.

7. Flemingi, regarded by Mr. M‘Coy
as possibly the Lithost. striatum of Dr. Fleming.

Each of these fossils possesses the striated and stellated cha-
racters mentioned by Lhwyd in his definition, if such it can be
considered ; each of the latter six might therefore with equal

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2nd Series, vol. iii. p. 119 et seq., Fe-
bruary 1849.

tt ie aa

=e

Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion. 459

propniey be assumed to be the fossil of that authority; and
three of them (Nos. 2, 3 and 4) have been so identified. It
would nevertheless, in the present state of knowledge, and the
demand for detailed information, be altogether unjustifiable to
refer any one of the series positively to Lhwyd’s coral ; and the
author conceives that the subsequent investigations have fully
supported the doubts which he entertained, when the Russian
collection was under examination, as well as the correctness of
the generic determinations then proposed.
In resuming the observations on Lithostrotion, it is neces
to state, that Prof. M‘Coy in January 1849* considered the ge-
nus, as defined by the compiler of these memoranda, to be equi-
valent to the Strombodes of Schweigger +, adopting that natu-
ralist’s first division of the genus (Coni e centro proliferi) as its
limits. It is not known whether the opinion is maintained ;
nevertheless should it be, the author feels assured that a recon-
sideration of the subject will afford grounds for doubting whe-
ther the known structures of Lithostrotion can exist in Fougt’s f
Madrepora composita, confining the attention to figure 11 and
diagram no. 4, to which alone Schweigger refers. The next
known notice of Lithostrotion occurs in the Introduction to M.
Milne-Edwards and M. Jules Haime’s $ first memoir on ‘ British
Fossil Corals’ (op. cit. infra, p. lxxii.). The genus is stated to
consist of the Lithostrotion of Fleming in part ; and the charac-
ters expressly mentioned are—“ columella formed by a fasciculus
of twisted bands, and the septa” (lamell) “ subvesicular exte-
riorly and joining the columella along their inner edge.” Lith.
floriforme of Fleming is also given as the “ typical species ; but
it is not known to what genus Lith. striatum was referred when
the ‘ Introduction’? was written. In the portions of volume v.
of the ‘Archives du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle’ published
during the present year (1851) is a “ Monographie des Poly-
iers Fossiles des Terrains Palzeozoiques,” also by M. Milne-
Plesinds and M. J. Haime ; but Lithostrotion has different ge-
neric characters assigned to it ; and in the General Classification
of corals by which the monograph is preceded (p. 172), L. stri-
atum, Fleming, is the “example” whereby the genus may be
identified. The following are the generic equivalents and cha-
racters given in the bodly of the work (p. 432) :—
Lithostrotion (pars), Fleming; Lithodendron, Phillips (non

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd Series, vol. iii. p. 10, January 1849.
nee auf Naturhistorischen Reisen. Systematic Table, 6
t Dissertatio de Coralliis Balticis, 1745, apud Amcenitates Academicas,
vol. aE 198, illustrative plate, fig. 11, and diagram no. 4.
§ Memoirs of the Paleontographical Society, first volume for 1850.

460 Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.

Schweigger)*; Awxinura, Castelnau; Stylastrea, Lonsdale? ; Colum-
naria, Dana (non Goldfuss) ; Siphonodendron et Nemaphyllum,
M‘Coy ; Acrocyathus et Lasmocyathus, D’Orbigny.

“ Polypier composé, se multipliant par gemmation latérale.
Polypiérites entourés @une épithéque compléte, tantdt restant
libres entre eux latéralement, tantét complétement soudés par
leurs murailles. Cloisons assez bien développées. Chambres
viscérales présentant dans leurs parties extéricures des traverses
vésiculaires, et dans leurs parties centrales des planchers bien
développés, qui sont traversés par une columelle styliforme ”
(p. 432).

The first species described, Lithostrotion Canadense (p. 433,
also explanation of plates, p. 483, with note!), is an American
coral ; but the remarks on the genus contain the accompany-
ing observation :—“ Fleming comprend dans ce groupe quatre
espéces: la premiére avait déja été anciennement nommée par
Lhwyd, Lithosirotion, et ¢’est elle qu’on doit considérer comme le
type du genre” (p. 432). In the following remarks therefore,
those corals which possess the aggregated composition with the
known structures of Lhwyd and Fleming’s Lith. striatum will be
regarded as the measure of generic comparison.

Respecting the genera of M. Castelnau and M. D’Orbigny the
author can offer no remarks, not being able to consult their
works ; but Lithodendron, Axinura, Siphonodendron (M‘Coy), and
Acrocyathus are stated in the ‘ Archives’ to be synonyms, and to
have been separated from the species with laterally united coral-
lites only on account of their free or lax habit of growth (“ qui sont
tous synonymes, et qui n’avaicnt pour but que de séparer les
espéces & polypiérites libres latéralement de celles dont les indi-
vidus sont prismatiques et soudés,” p.433). The comparison with
Lithostrotion (Lhwyd and Fleming) will be confined therefore to
Lithodendron (Phill.), the oldest of the branched genera, to Sty-
lastrea?, Columnaria (Dana, not Goldf.), and Nemaphyllum, with
remarks on one or two illustrative basaltiform fossils. Only the
first of these genera possesses a prevailing branched mode of
growth, the others having uniformly corallites which are closely
aggregated. The corals forming the Lithostrotion of the ‘ Ar-
chives’ are separable therefore into two portions, the first, or
equivalents of Lithodendron, consisting of eleven species, and the
second of eight ; and they are arranged nearly in conformity with
the prevailing habit of growth, though, in consequence of the
views of the authors of the monograph, not in distinct sections.

* Tn the ‘ Introduction to the Memoirs on British Fossil Corals,’ Litho-
dendron of Phillips is retained, but the Lithodendron of Schweigger is said
not to be “ an admissible genus,” p. Ixxi.; see also Appendix A. p. 597
et seg., Geology of Russia, for earlier remarks, 1845.

he , ie a eee

Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion. 461

With regard to the comprising in one genus of corals having
free and united corallites, the ‘ Archives’ contains the following
remark :—“ Nous nous sommes assurés, pour les polypiers pré-
sentant la méme organisation que le Lithostrotion striatum de
Fleming, que le dégré de rapprochement et de soudure des indi-
vidus est trés-variable dans une méme espéce et par conséquent
ne saurait avoir une importance générique ” (p. 433). Reference
is then made to Lithodendron and the other branched genera
above enumerated; and in support of the opinion just given, ©
Lithostr. Canadense may be quoted, though it is the only species
| in which a branched and massive composition is directly men-

tioned. It is however said to be “tantdt en touffe subden-

droide, tant6t moitié dendroide, moitié astréiforme, ou tout &

fait massif, suivant les divers dégrés de rapprochement des indi-
vidus ” (p.433). From this statement it appears that that coral
| was liable to many variations of growth ; and the corallites in the
Lithodendra of Mr. Phillips are well known to be occasionally
united with more or less fiattened sides; but these conditions
are only incidents of development. On the contrary, not one of
2 the massive or asteriform species described in the monograph
Be" (p. 441 to p. 445) is shown to assume a partially branched habit.
| A variable growth marks moreover equally with an invariable
one, important peculiarities in the polype, and may be rightly
assumed as one valuable generic character. But it is not suffi-

cient to state that corallites are partially or wholly united ; the
| nature of the junction as well as the degree of structural blending
should be detailed, so far as it can be ascertained ; likewise the
characters of lateral processes by which a connexion between
F more or less distant branches was effected. In Lithostrotion
; Phillipsi (Archives, the corallites are stated to be frequently
3 united in little series by their sides, so as to call to mind some-
what the arrangement of Halysites (p. 439) or Catenipora; but
P Count Alex. von Keyserling *, who had described the coral, and
’ referred it to Lithod. fasciculatum (Phillips), says they are united
by short, often proliferous transverse tubes (“ verbunden durch
kurze, oft proliferirende Querréhren”’) ; while in Lithostr. Har-
modites (p. 440. pl. 15. figs. 1, 1a) and L. concameratum (p. 441)
connecting tubes are mentioned ; similar in the former species to
those of Syrinyopora ; and in L. Stokesi the union is effected by
expansions issuing from transverse ridges (“ bourrclets,” p. 440,
pl. 20. f. 2). All the other species noticed in the ‘ Archives’
are apparently destitute of such processes; and the junctions
seem to have been accomplished either by simple contact or an
extension of the cellular structure, which occurs immediately

* Reise in das Petschora-Land, pp. 170-171. tab. 3. fig. 2.

462 Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.

within the wall of the corallite. Sometimes contiguous branches
in the Lithodendra of Mr. Phillips are not united, and can be
separated wiihout a fractured surface ; but where a junction had
taken place, the coalesced walls could not, in general, be severed
without producing a scar on one or both of the stems. The
corallites of L. Canadense, which had become prismatic by con-
tact (“ par rapprochement ”’) are also stated to be often detachable
by the hammer without breaking (p. 434). Mr. Phillips’s fig. 14
(Geol. Yorks. pl. 2) of Liihodendron irregulare exhibits two in-
stances of slightly distant branches being united by lateral deve-
lopments; and polished transverse sections of apparently the
same species gave many examples of the mode in which junc-
tions had been formed among corallites very near each other, as
well as in close contact. The latter showed along the line of
junction a strong boundary-wall more or less flattened, and
sometimes the adjacent cellular structure was slightly irregular.
Where a small interval had existed, an outer extension of one of
the corallites effected the union ; and this elongation was wholly
cellular, or similar to the portion of the stem from which it
issued. The cells were as regularly formed and arranged as
within the corallite; and there was no indication of a point,
which might have become an axis, or the centre of an abdominal
cavity. Moreover, no line of separation or partition-wall oc-
curred between the extension and the body of the corallite ; care
being taken to guard against an inner circle of dissepiments ;
but at the junction with the other stem was a distinct wall, si-
milar to that just noticed as existing in united contiguous sur-
faces. These lateral elongations were not regarded as incipient
corallites, which had been impeded in their growth, for reasons
given in the remarks on those productions. So far as observed,
they, however, invariably issued from only one of the united
branches, as if their development had depended upon some pe-
culiar requirement in the polype: M. Milne-Edwards and M. J.
Haime nevertheless state, that in Lithostr. (Lithodendron) irre-
gulare the corallites, especially in the lower part, “ portant des
bourgeons dont beaucoup ont avorté et semblent s’étre soudés
aux polypiérites voisins” (Arch. p. 437). The nature of the
processes above mentioned, and the conditions under which they
were developed, as well as the extent to which their characters
may have been influenced by direct contact in corallites, remain
to be investigated and described. It is enough for the present
inquiry to know, that they exist in certain species ; and that in
others, contiguous branches are often laterally united, and can-
not under such circumstances be separated without fracture.

It is impossible from want of information to determine whether
Lhwyd’s fossil was separable with entire exteriors ; and as Park-

i tl el

Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion. 463

* inson does not allude to the state of his coral when prisms were

detached, it is equally difficult to arrive at a satisfactory inference
respecting the amount of preservation in parted corallites of
Dr. Fleming’s Lithostr. striatum. The cabinet of Mr. D. Sharpe
contains, however, specimens of a basaltiform fossil from the
carboniferous limestone of Kendal, which resembles Parkinson’s
figures 3, 6 (Org. Rem. ii. pl. 5) in external configuration :
rough transverse sections displayed also a “ web-formed star ”
with traces of a centra) projection ; and longitudinal sections ex- —
hibited “a plumose appearance” (consult op. cit. p. 44)—all of
them farther pomts of agreement. The corallites separated
easily, and the parted facets were entirely free from sears or
other indications of fracture; while m one specimen they pre-
sented a continuous, opake white layer of a friable nature, but
which, when viewed with a proper light, exhibited faintly longi-
tudinal ribs, and more or less distinctly transverse rugosities ;
also iainute thread-like transverse lines ranging the whole
breadth of the facet and marking, it is believed, mcrements of
growth; while not a vestige was visible of the minute cellular
composition which occurs immediately within the wall, and is
very conspicuous in purposely abraded or fractured surfaces.
This opake, white layer evidently represented the original coral-
matter, but im a friable state, probably from the abstraction of
the animal portion ; nevertheless as it occurred equally on each
of the parted surfaces, it was inferred, that adjacent corallites are
separable without fracture or the destruction of the minor strue-
tures. The detected characters moreover prevailed throughout
the height (24 inches) as well as breadth (24 inches) of the spe-
cimen ; and they therefore precluded, to that extent, the assump-
tion of a local or periodical union. One specimen more com-
pletely occupied by calcareous spar had lost, to a great extent,
the layer, but between the longitudinal striz remnants of it ex-
isted, traversed by the supposed lines of increment ; and where
the wall had been nearly or entirely removed the internal or cel-
lular composition was visible, but without the slightest indica-
tion of fracture. A basaltiform coral from Gower (South Wales),
also in Mr. Sharpe’s series of carboniferous fossils, presented
characters similar to those of the last specimen ; but some of the
facets had been wholly deprived of their original investment, yet
without fracture ; and they displayed fully the cellular structure,
or an irregular, white reticulation with meshes of dark carbonate
of lime—the laminz of the network agreeing in colour and sub-
stance with the walls above mentioned. It may be added, that
the trarisverse lines of the reticulation had limited ranges, and
that adjacent portions were on different levels ; they were conse-
quently quite dissimilar in character from the minute thread-like

464 Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.

lines of the investing layer. The Nemaphyllum of Prof. M‘Coy
needs no remarks under this head, the corallites being described
as inseparable (op. cit. p. 15). The author is unable from
want of means to extend this portion of the inquiry into the
characters of English basaltiform corals; but the Russian fossil
to which he applied the term Stylastrea inconferta (Geol. Russia,
App. A. p. 621-622) presented exteriors resembling those just
mentioned ; though he is not aware that Styl. wrregularis (M‘Coy,
op. cit. p. 9) has similar minor structures. Lastly, as respects
this character, Mr. Dana states, that his Columnarie break into
columns, without however mentioning the exterior condition of
the parted corallites. A comparison of the limited materials thus
brought under the reader’s attention will afford the following
points of difference as respects the connexion in branched and.
massive or asteriform species of Lithostrotion (Archives). In the
former, juxtaposition, as before stated, is an occasional condition,
and where a junction takes place, whether by processes or con-
tact, a separation produces a fractured surface: on the contrary,
in the massive species examined the corallites were uniformly
contiguous ; and when parted, they did not exhibit a disrupted,
but a perfect exterior, as well as the minute lines of increment ;
while in specimens which had lost the coral matter during mine-
ralization, or had been otherwise deprived of it, there was an
equal absence of fracture—the exposed facets in the one case dis-
playing casts of the original structures; and in the other, a
smooth surface with an unbroken reticulation.

The precise mode in which additional corallites were produced
in Lithodendra or branched species of Lithostrotion, the author
believes, has not been described; and he is able to give but im-
perfect notices of early states in only two, referable he conceives
to Lithod. irregulare and L. sexdecimale (Phillips). Polished trans-
verse sections of the former afforded two examples of incipient
branches. One of them, and probably the younger, presented a
lateral semicircular projection, about half the diameter of the
parent stem. ‘The straight side, or that in contact with the old
corallite, was situated within the substance of the latter, but was
separated from it by a strong partition-wall—a fine, more opake
line defining the boundary beyond the two bodies; while the
curved portion protruded markedly beyond the periphery of the
old branch, and had its own white wall. The minute area thus
cireumscribed was occupied principally by lamell-like plates,
two or three of which ranged directly across it, or from the
straight to the curved side; but the others had a more irregular
outline, and were forked or connected by transverse lamin.
There was however no convergence to a centre; nor any medial
point indicative of an axis; the plates bearing more the semblance

Mr, W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion. 465

of continued, previous lamelle, than those which are originated
in germs. It was impossible to consider this development, with
its free semicircular outline and bold wall towards the parent
stem, as a condition of the cellular extensions before mentioned,
and in which, as already stated, no dividing structure exists: the
composition also of the one differs wholly from that of the other.
The second example of an addition in L. irregulare agreed in posi-
tion, outline, and the existence of a perfectly environing layer
with the first; but the structure within its area was not so
distinct. Nevertheless, in the middle was a white spindle-shaped
spot, possibly an incipient axis; and from the wall, on the
straight side as well as the curved, issued rudimentary plates.
No doubt was entertained that both these bodies were young
corallites ; and from the internal characters of the former, it was
inferred that they were not strictly produced from germs, but
contained within them partial extensions of structures which had
entered into the composition of the parent. No instance was
detected of a very early state in offshoots of Lithod. sexdecimale,
but several of a more advanced stage. They were all smaller than
the stems to which they were attached; and they had on that
side a well-formed straight or curved wall, the concave outline of
the latter being adapted to the convex exterior of the old corallite.
They had more or less the contour of a horse-shoe, in consequence
of oblique intersections ; and around the wall were rudimentary
lamellz, the more prominent plates being generally on the side
niost distant from the parent stem. Other states farther ad-
vanced towards maturity were observed in both species ; but they
did not require special notice. A direct comparison between the
reproductive process above imperfectly noticed, and that in the
fossils of Lhwyd and Parkinson, or in the Lithostrotion striatum
of Dr. Flemmg and the Cyathophyllum basaltiforme of Mr.
Phillips, cannot be established from want of information ; nor was
the mode detected in the basaltiform corals included in Mr.
Sharpe’s collection. The author is also unable to test the ac-
curacy of his statement respecting the plan in Séylastrea, and re-
garding which the ‘ Archives’ contains the following observation :
“La prétendue multiplication par fissiparité signalée par M.
Lonsdale, et qui a servi & cet auteur de caractére pour séparer
cette espéce des Lithostrotion, nous semble étre le résultat d’une
mauvaise observation.” (Lith.? inconfertum, p. 445.) He re-
grets that the grounds for correcting his error are not given ;
and ke only conjectures, that what he believed to be a fissiparous
operation, may be regarded by M. Milne-Edwards and M. Jules
Haime as due to submarginal, gemmiferous developments. He
ventures nevertheless to copy his account of what he noticed, and
principally in the Russian coral to which he applied the termi
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. 30

466 Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.

Styl. inconferta*, that the reader may form his own opinion re-
specting it, and be able to compare the statement with the cha-
racters assigned to young branches in Lithod. irregulare and L.
sexdecimale. ‘The additional columns were produced by a sub-
division parallel to one of the facets of the pre-existing column,
and not by the development of a circular germ. Externally the
partition was rendered visible by a line commencing in outer
walls on opposite sides of a column, and ranging upwards, it
almost immediately marked a clear boundary between two distinct
columns.” * * * * “Tn a section purposely made about half a
line below the point where a subdivision was visible, the trans-
verse under surface exhibited not the least sign of any irregularity
in the lamelle or in the interstitial plates. The young or offset
column, which commenced immediately above the section
(fig. 25), nearly subdivided the facets from which it sprung ; but
its area was much less than half that of the pre-existing column.”
* * %& * “The structure exhibited in this uneven plane” (the
obliquely fractured, upper surface of the young corallite, fig. 2b,
pl. A. op. cit.) “was much less regular than that in the section
beneath, though not very different from the arrangement of the
component laminze near the sides of other columns in which no
subdivisions existed: traces also of extensions upwards of the
tamellee of the undivided column were likewise deteetable, in-
dicating that the polype of the young column possessed, to a
certain extent at least, the secreting membranes of the old.”

From the foregoing statements respecting what had been ob-
served in the reproductive processes of Lithodendron and Stylas-
trea, it is inferred, that additions were somewhat similarly effected
in each case, or by an extension into the offspring of certain por-
tions of the parent structures—that the operation was a modifi-
cation of fissiparous productions—and that it should be carefully
distinguished from purely gemmiferous developments.

The mode of increase in the Columnaria of Mr. Dana is not
given in the deseription of the genust. In Nemaphyllum, small
circular buds were produced within the area of the parent star;
and Prof. M‘Coy’s delineation exhibits the characters of a true

erm. A marked difference therefore exists between the manner
of effecting additions in that genus, and in Lithodendron or in-
Stylastrea. ;

As respects the internal composition of the fossils under con-
sideration, the characters assigned in the ‘ Archives’ to Lithostro-
tion, and before quoted, express very nearly the construction of
the Lithodendra of Mr. Phillips, omitting the words “ tantét

* Geol. Russia, Appendix A. p. 620, commencing line 11, pl. A. fig. 2,

2a-2c.
+ Exploring Expedition, Zoophytes, p. 362-363, 1846.

- Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion. 467

complétement soudés par leurs murailles ” (Gen. Char. p. 432) ;
provided the expression be rightly understood as applied to
those species which are stated to be “massif” or “ astréiforme.”
The existence of an axis is a point of agreement between the
branched species (Lithodendra, Phillips) and certain of the mass-
ive. Mr. Phillips says, that his fossils have “a prominent cen-
tral umbo or axis, generally oval in the section” (Geol. Yorks. ii.
p- 202); while Dr. Fleming in his account of Lithostr. striatum
mentions “a small, solid, central axis” (Brit. Anim. p. 508) ;
and in the ‘Archives’ the only equivalent structure noticed among
the generic characters is “une columelle styliforme ” (p. 432).
Whatever may be the intimate composition of these bodies,—and
it may be stated, that in Lithod. irregulare, or in closely allied
species, the axis is not solid, but formed of laminz,—they appa-
rently agree in presenting a small continuous structure, which
to the unassisted eye is nearly uniform in dimensions and com-
pactness. It is uncertain whether the Cyathophyllum basaltiforme
of Mr. Phillips, and identified by that authority as well as in the
* Archives’ (p. 442) with Lithostr. striatum, has an umbo or axis ;
and a similar doubt exists respecting Parkinson’s Lithostrotion,
likewise considered in the ‘Archives’ (p. 441) as equivalent to Dr.
Fleming’s species. Should however the “ prominent star, one-
third of the diameter of the ” (terminal) “ concavity ” be regarded
as an axis, still the structural composition is markedly different
from what is detectable in the umbo of Lithodendra. Allusion
is made in a former paragraph to a basaltiform coral from the
mountain limestone of Kendal, and among other resemblances
visible in transverse, fractured surfaces, to the characters men-
tioned by Parkinson, traces of a swelling in the centre of the
corallite are noticed. The direct middle of these projections
sometimes exhibited an irregular white spot, or a thickened line
formed by the union of opposite lamellz ; and the two structures,
in specimens purposely worn down, passed into each other, and
often vanished entirely, the absence being evidently not due to
decay, but to an altered mode of union in the lamellz. A verti-
cal section through the centre gave a very narrow area, occupied
by a minute reticulation consisting apparently of the edges of
lamellz with transverse dissepiments, and not by a compact
persistent body. Again, in the Russian fossil, Sty/astrea incon-
Jerta, a styliform axis is manifestly wanting, not from decom-
position, but from such a structure never having existed (consult
Archives, p. 445, Lithostrotion? inconfertum). Prof. M‘Coy in his
description of a British species, Stylast. irregularis, also makes no
allusion to an axis ; on the contrary, he says, the centre of his
fossil “ is remarkable for the nearly perfect transverse chamber-
ing ” (Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser. vol. iii.p. 9). The
30*

ow

468 Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.

centre of the fossils composing the Columnaria of Mr. Dana “ con-
sists of oblique septa and cellules converging upwards into an
axis ;”’ and it is further said, that “this axis appears to be made
by a convolution of the septa or their partial coalescence ” (op. cit-
p- 363; see also pl. 26. figs. 9b & 10). Between this structure and
the solid axis of Dr. Fleming or of Mr. Phillips’s Lithodendra,
there is no resemblance. Nemaphyllum has however “a straight,
thin, flat, fillet-hke solid, or nearly solid axis” (op. cit. p. 15),
which might readily be considered as only a modification of the
structure in Lithodendra and Lithostr. striatum; but an agree-
ment in this particular does not by itself warrant a generic
union.

From these statements it appears, that among the fossils in-
eluded in the Lithostrotion of the ‘ Archives,’ some, as the species
originally described by Mr. Phillips (Lithodendra), the Lithostr,
striatum of Dr. Fleming, and the Nemaphyllum of Prof. M‘Coy,
have a “solid” or an apparently compact axis ; while Parkinson’s
fossil and the supposed Kendal equivalent, also the Columnaria
of Mr. Dana, have a large central projection of lax composition ;
and in Stylastrea as well as in Cyathophyllum basaltiforme, the
existence of an axis cannot be affirmed. An agreement, as before
mentioned, occurs therefore in certain branched and one massive
or basaltiform species, omitting Nemaphyllum on account of its
inseparable corallites ; nevertheless the accordance does not con-
stitute a generic identity even in the fossils in which it exists.

The next structure claiming attention is that which surrounds
the axis. Mr. Phillips does not describe its composition; but
his delineations of vertical sections (op. cit. pl. 2. fig. 17 & 19),
possibly intended only as diagrams, exhibit simple laminz in-
clined upwards and resting against the axis; though in the spe-
cimens examined they were often eomplex ; occupying, however,
as in the figures just quoted, a broad band on each side of the
slender central body. In the ‘ Archives” the “ visceral chambers ””
are stated to present “dans leurs parties centrales. des planchers
bien développés, qui sont traversés par une columelle styliforme ”
(p. 432). The transverse sections which were examined afforded
diversity of character, according to their position with respect to
the upturned lamine. Sometimes the axis was surrounded by
a clouded, ill-defined band, marking apparently a coincidence in
the plane of cutting with the surface of one of those laminee ;
occasionally an open zone occurred traversed by irregular, curved
lines; and not unfrequently lamelle ranged up. to the axis.
The equivalent portion of Lhwyd’s coral is unknown; and Dr.
Fleming in his account of Lathostr. striatum simply mentions the
union of “the rays of the star” with a small solid axis—only
one of the conditions in Lithodendra. The central projection in

ee eS, ae

——

Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion. 469

Parkinson’s Lithostrotion and in the Kendal fossil will possibly
be regarded by most observers as an axis, in which case, as re-
spects at least the latter, the zone under consideration will not
exist. Regarding Cyath. basaltiforme no opinion can be hazarded
whether it has a representative of this intermediate area; but in
Stylastrea, if the transverse lamine be considered an equivalent
structure, then there is no axis. One of Mr. Dana’s delineations
of Columnaria indicates on each side of the central composition a
narrow band (op. cit. pl. 26. fig. 94), which however becomes
evanescent in the upper part of the figure ; and his other vertical
section (fig. 10) gives no analogous zone; while, according to the
following extract from the generic description, he possibly did
not consider that an intermediate band exists—‘ Corallum
having the cells radiate, the middle within consisting of oblique
septa and cellules converging upwards into an axis; texture ex-
terior to the middle portion, cellular” (p. 363). Nemaphylium,
on the contrary, has an intermediate zone, or “a sharply defined
cylinder of very minutely vesicular arched plates, the rows
directed from the axis obliquely downwards and outwards ;” and
the illustrative woodcut expresses very nearly what is sometimes
visible in the equivalent portion of Lithodendra. In that genus
however, so far as is known, the zone is not “a sharply defined
cylinder,” and the circle occasionally shown in transversely cut
corallites is an intersected upward-inclined plate ; and not part of
a continuous, vertical lamina as in Prof. M‘Coy’s figure (op. cit.
p- 15). This will most probably be regarded by many palzon-
tologists as an unimportant distinction, nor is it advanced as a
valid generic difference by itself; but when taken in conjunction
with the mode of reproduction, and the inseparable union of the
stems, it forms one of a series of dissimilarities.

With reference to the agreements or otherwise in this portion
of the Lithostrotion of the ‘ Archives,’ it appears, that in the
branched fossils referable to Mr. Phillips’s Lithodendra, there is
a large intermediate area of somewhat variable character, but
essentially composed of curved lamine inclined upwards and
centrally—that in Lhwyd’s fossil, Dr. Fleming’s Lithostr. stria-
tum and Cyath. basaltiforme, there is no authority for assuming
its existence—that in Parkinson’s Lithostrotion, also in the
Kendal coral, and possibly in Mr. Dana’s Codumnaria, it is want-
ing, if the complicated central laminz be regarded as an axis—
and that in Sty/astrea provided the transverse plates be an equi-
valent, there is no axis ; while in Nemaphyllum an analogous zone
is present, but in conjunction with other peculiar characters.
Hence it may be inferred, that there is no prevalent agreement
in this particular between branched and massive or asteriform
species ; and even in Lhwyd’s Lithostrotion or Dr. Fleming’s L,

470 Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.

striatum, the very existence of the most prominent part of Litho-
dendra remains to be ascertained. ;

The outer zone is simply stated in the ‘ Archives’ to consist
of “des traverses vésiculaires” (Gen.Char. p. 432) ; and Mr. Phil-
lips’s figures 12, 13, 15, 16 and 20, also 17 and 19, exhibit a
narrow band similarly constituted, though each delineation varies
somewhat in character. A specimen which afforded many trans-
verse sections of a species probably referable to L. fascrculatum
(Phill. pl. 2. figs. 16, 17) gave two conditions of this zone—one
which presented simply alternations of very broad and very nar-
row lamellee ; while the other had equivalent plates connected by
a more or less regular circle of arched plates, the narrow lamellze
projecting just beyond it, as in figure 16 (Phillips), or a series of
somewhat quadrangular cells was interposed between the wall of
the corallite and the circle. A polished slab thickly beset with.
transverse and oblique intersections of apparently Lithod. seade-
cimale yielded a few examples almost as regularly constructed as
in figures 12 and 13 (Phillips)—the characters being either a
simple series of broad lamelle united by a circle of diaphragms
and forming a single circle of cells (fig. 12), or analogous cells
indented by rudimentary lamelle (fig. 13). The sections gave,
however, very generally much less uniformity; and in oblique
cuttings there was necessarily a total want of symmetry. The
outer zone of the fossil which was believed to be Lithod. irre-
gulare (Phill. figs. 14 and 15) had a similar composition, or a
row of small cells adjacent to the boundary-wall, and a large
inner series as shown in figure 15 just quoted; but in the speci-
mens examined, care was necessary to reduce the exhibited struc-
tures to that type ; and the arrangement was even then detect-
able only in the most directly transverse sections. The breadth
of the zone was limited in all cases, but greatest in L. irregulare ;
and in some vertically cut corallites it was occasionally almost
wanting. No opinion can be formed respecting the existence of a
similar outer area in Lhwyd’s fossil or in Dr. Fleming’s Lithostr.
striatum. Parkinson says that transverse sections of his coral
resemble a spider’s web, displaying “ numerous and exceedingly
slender longitudinal lamelle corresponding with the external
strie,” and “ disposed perpendicularly from the circumference to
the centre in a stellated form;” also “proportionally numerous and
equally delicate lamellz perpendicularly disposed nearly in con-
centric circles” (Org. Rem. i. p. 44); and his figure 3 (pl. 5)
displays exactly such a structure. No data however are given
whereby the interior of the corallites can be separated into areas,
except that the prominent star may constitute one, and all exterior
to it another. Mr. Sharpe’s Kendal fossil conjecturally associated
with Parkinson’s coral had also numerous delicate lamelle, half

Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion, 471

of which, or every alternate plate, ranged to the centre, not in a
straight line, but more or less waved; and the intermediate
lamellz stopt at what was supposed to have been the boundary
of the central swelling. The dissepiments were likewise very
numerous in the outer portion of the corallite, though not redu-
cible to circles, being extremely irregular in position, distance
and outline ; while in the supposed axeal area they were much
fewer. The breadth of the outer zone was about half that of the
semidiameter of the corallite. In Cyathophyllum basaltiforme
two portions probably exist, as “ the marginal lamelle ” are said
to “commence within a thin, crenulated, vertical dissepiment,”
and judging by the illustrative figures 21 and 22, the width of
the areas is similar to that in the Kendal fossil. The outer part
of Columnaria is “ cellular,’ and its breadth bears to the inner
the proportions just mentioned ; equivalent characters as well as
measurements occur also in Nemaphyllum. Lastly, im Stylastrea
the outer zone is largely cellular, the lamelle and dissepiments
being distant, but the dimensions agree with those in the other
basaltiform fossils.

A comparison of the characters just enumerated in the exte-
rior area of branched and massive species of Lithostrotion (Ar-
chives), so far as they are known in the latter, and m apparently
allied fossils, will give the following differences :—in Mr. Phil-
lips’s fossils the structures are reducible generally to one type—
a series of small! cells adjacent to the walls, and another within
of larger dimensions, the two being separated more or less pro-
minently by a circle of arched plates ; and the breadth of the area
is small, sometimes almost inconspicuous: on the contrary, in
the massive corals the cells cannot be brought to a definite ar-
rangement or shape, except in Parkinson’s fossil, according to
its deseription, and in that case there is no distinction between
the cells next the wall and those situated elsewhere ; the breadth
of the area is also relatively great in every case, equalling almost
uniformly half the semidiameter of the corallites.

Little can be said respecting the lamell, and that little is
given chiefly to excite inquiry. In the ‘ Archives’ they are stated
to be pretty well developed—“ cloisons assez bien développées ;””
and in the ‘Geology of Yorkshire’ to be “ generally twisted or
extinct near the centre.” The latter characters were fully exhi-
bited in the specimens examined during the present inquiry ; but
nothing is believed to have been published respecting the want
of vertical persistence in the inner area ; though such a condi-
tion is intimated in the remark, that the lamellz are sometimes
twisted near the centre, and sometimes extinct, as if the exten-
sion had depended on variations in growth. No evidence wholly
satisfactory respecting this point has been obtained ; nevertheless

472 Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.

in longitudinal sections of the coral, believed to be Lithod. fasci-»
culatum, some of the intervals between the inclined lamin of
the inner area were not wholly traversed by lamelle, but pre-
sented a structure somewhat analogous to that given in the ac-
companying diagram. In the other species before

mentioned no longitudinal sections were examined.

Another particular in the lamelle of Lithedendra,

requiring investigation, is the composition. Ac-

cording to the specimens of L. fasciculatum and L.

irregulare which were examined, the opake, white sub-

stance of the lamelle was traversed along the middle, im trans-
verse sections, by a fine translucent line, resembling in colour the
calcareous spar which filled the cells and other lacune of the
corallites. It was easily detected in the fossils considered identical
with Lithod. fasciculatum and L. irregulare, occurring in the nar-
row plates as well as in the broad; but it was not discovered in
LL. seadecimale. No lamelle vertically divided, as nm Stylastrea,
were observed in a rough, partially fractured specimen of L. ir-
regulare, though in polished, longitudinal sections of L. fascicu-
latum a translucent line often ranged down the middle of the
vertical plates. The massive or basaltiform corals which were
examined had in the inner area straight-edged lamelle ; and in
Mr. Dana’s Columnaria, Parkinson’s Lithostrotion, Cyathophyllum
basaltiforme and Nemaphyllum the structure is probably similar.
How far any of the latter corals have lamellae composed of two
separable laminz remains to be ascertained.

These defective observations afford no data for satisfactory
comparison, as they do not rest on clear structural evidence. It
is however probable that the membranes from which the lamelle
were produced had a periodical extension in one case, but not in
the other ; and in certain instances, as respects both branched
and massive species, the lamelle were apparently biplated.

A survey of the characters noticed in the preceding para-
graphs of this article will afford the following conelusions re-
garding the fossils which have been the subjects of consideration :
lst, the habit of growth, mode of union, and external condition
of parted stems are dissimilar in Lithodendra (Phill.) and the
basaltiform corals which were examined—omitting Nemaphyllum
from the summary, as it is believed not to be truly columnar, and
to be otherwise essentially different from the Zoantharia with
which it is associated in the ‘ Archives’; 2ndly, additional coral-
lites seem to have been produced in branched as well as massive
species by equivalent processes, or by modified fissiparous opera-
tions, and not by simple germs; 3rdly, the internal structures
vary in the number of the component parts to the extent to
which they could be ascertained ; and in the characters of each

a ee oa

Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion. 473

' part, or where an agreement exists in one particular, there are

marked differences in others. Moreover not one of the massive
species was so constituted, that it could be considered as possess-
ing only specific modifications of the structures observed in the
branched ; while all the corals assigned to Lithodendron by
Mr. Phillips have a unity of composition with subordinate dif-
ferences ; and among the massive Zoantharia some, at least, have
also an aggregate of characters, but different from that of Litho-
dendron. Whatever value may be attached to these distinctions
by some, the author conceives that they justify the retention of
Mr. Phillips’s genus—that as respects Lhwyd’s fossil, there is a
want of that amount of information which would warrant its
being adopted as the basis of a genus—and that he was correct
in limiting the term Lithostrotion to Dr. Fleming’s second spe-
cies, L. floriforme.

The author is unable to review each of the nineteen species
described in the ‘ Archives’; but, that the reader may not have
to rest on generic characters only, he begs to offer a few remarks
on “ Lithostrotion basaltiforme,” which is identified with Lhwyd
and Parkinson’s fossils as well as with Dr. Fleming’s Lithostr.
striatum. The following are the assigned synonyms and cha-
racters (op. cit. p. 441-442).

1. Lithostrotion, Lhwyd, Lithophyl. Brit. Ichnog. tab. 23.

2. —————_, Parkinson, Organic Remains, vol. ii. pl. 5.
fig. 3, 6.

3. Astrea basaltiformis, W. D. Conybeare and W. Phillips;
Outlines Geol. England and Wales.

4. Astrea arachnotdes, De France, Dict. Sc. Nat. t. xlii.

5. Lithostrotion striatum, Fleming, British Animals.

6. Columnaria striata, De Blaimyille, Dict. Sc. Nat. t. lx. ; Ma-
nuel d’Actinologie.

7. Lithostrotion striatum, S. Woodward, Synopt. Table, Brit.
Org. Remains.

8. Cyathophyllum basaltiforme, Phillips, Geol. Yorkshire, t. ii.
pl. 2. figs. 21, 22. ;

9. Columnaria striata, Milne-Edwards, Ann. de la 2¢ édit. de
Lamarck, t. ii.

10. Astrea hexagona, Portlock, Report on the Geology of Lon-
donderry, pl. 23. fig. 1.

ll. Astrea basaltiformis, ibid.

Bag Lithostrotion striatum, M‘Coy, Synop. Carb. Foss. of Ire-

13. Lithostrotion microphyllum? Keyserling, Reise in das Pet-
schora-Land, tab. 1. fig. 2.

14, Nemaphyllum minus, M‘Coy, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.
2nd Ser. vol. in.

47 4, Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.

“ Polypier astréiforme. Polypiérites complétement soudés par
leurs murailles et prismatiques ; calices trés-inégaux. Dans une
coupe horizontale, on distingue des murailles extérieures, minces
et trés-nettes, et des murailles internes seulement indiquées par
la limite des traverses vésiculaires qui emplissent les parties ex-
térieures des loges; columelle petite, comprimée, mais un peu
renflée au milieu ; de 40 & 50 cloisons un peu serrées, extréme-
ment minces, trés-finement flexueuses, alternativement un peu
inégales ; les grandes arrivant seules prés de la columelle. Grande
diagonale des grands calices 10, 12 ou méme 15 millimétres
(39370, *47244 and ‘59055, or from more than 4 to more than
3 an inch) ; diamétre des murailles intérieures 5 ou 6 (°19685
and *23622 of an inch).”

First as respects the altered specific name, adopted apparently
from the ‘Outlines.’ The list of carboniferous corals, given in
that work, includes the following announcement :— Astrea ba-
saltiformis. ithostrotion. Luid. t. 23, and three undescribed
species” (op. cit. p. 359). It is however a rule that “a name
which has never been clearly defined in some published work
should be changed for the earliest name by which the object
shall have been so defined * ;” yet in this case an undefined name
has been substituted for one which had been defined, or basalti-
forme for striatum. Moreover a reference in the ‘ Outlines’ to
Lhwyd cannot be regarded as a reference to a clear specific defi-
nition, or even to any definition, the terms employed being all
applicable to more fossils than one and of different genera ; and
though Dr. Fleming’s characters are not so precise as the pre-
sent state of knowledge requires, still they give a limitation which
enables the reader to separate Parkinson’s fossil from Lithostr.
striatum. .

Before any general remarks are offered on the assigned spe-
cific characters and their amount of agreement with the generic,
as well as with the fossils considered in the preceding list to be
identical with Lhwyd and Fleming’s corals, it is thought advi-
sable to notice separately the Astrea arachnoides of De France +
(No. 4 of the list). In the ‘ Archives’ reference is made only to
the ‘Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles’; but De France in
that work quotes Guettard’s ‘ Memoirs’ (t. ii. p. 510. pl. 52. f. 2)
and Parkinson’s ‘ Organic Remains’ (vol. 11. pl. 5. f. 1. p. 40-41).

* Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of Zoology uniform and
permanent. Report British Association, 1842; also Annals and Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1st Series, vol. xi. p. 266, 267, § 11 & 12.

+ Not the Astrea arachnoides included in Lamarck, edit. 1836, t. ii.
p- 420. No. +43, a Maestricht fossil; nor the A. arachnoides of Flemin
(Brit. Anim. p. 510), an oolite coral. (Parkinson, Org. Rem. vol. ii. p. 54,
pl. 6. f. 4, quoted by Fleming.)

Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion. 475

The figures there given have a general resemblance to each
other, presenting an inner and an outer area; and they agree
with Lhwyd’s delineation in their numerous rays or lamellze ; but
Guettard’s fossil in the opinion of De France (op. cit. t. xli.
p- 384) had a centre or “ axis *,” which resisted the action of the
weather, and gave rise to what Guettard terms “un couvercle”
(Mem. t. iii. p.510). This character would agree possibly with
what Parkinson says respecting the centre of his Lithostrotion
(Org. Rem. t. ii. p. 44), but not with Dr. Fleming’s “ small,
solid, central axis” (Brit. Anim. p. 508), or with the “ columelle
styliforme ” and “ columelle petite ” of the ‘Archives’ (Car. gén.
p- 432 ; and Car. spec. p. 442) ; nor is such a structure exhibited
in figure 2. pl. 52 (Mem.). In Parkinson’s brief notice (Org.
Rem. t. ii. p. 41) of the coral referred to by De France, no struc-
tural details are mentioned ; but the figure (pl. 5. f. 1) was taken
from a Swedish specimen, and the fossil is conjecturally iden-
tified with the Baltic fossil represented by Fougt +, and subse-
quently named by Linnzus { Madrepora ananas—points which
necessarily excite doubts respecting a specific agreement with
Lhwyd’s fossil. It is regretted that the data are not given for
associating Astrea arachnoides with Lhwyd’s Lithostrotion and
Dr. Fleming’s L. striatum ; the remarks of De France and those
of the authorities quoted by him being insufficient to satisfy an
inquirer. Moreover the specimen from which the figure given in
the ‘ Mémoires’ and the accompanying explanation were derived,
was obtained from Chaumont near Anvillers, three leagues from
Verdun, a district believed to be geologically of the age of the
oolites. It is possible however that the identification is with the
smaller variety of Guettard’s fossil mentioned only by De France,
and found at Valogns (Manche) “dans les couches anciennes ”
(op. cit. p. 384). Nevertheless it would be satisfactory, had a
note been given to fix the association with Guettard’s original
fossil or with De France’s variety, as well as to define the loca-
lity and formation.

The chief distinction in the detailed specific and generic struc-
tures is the non-allusion in the former to central transverse
lamine or “ planchers bien développés” (Car. gén. p. 432) ; and

* “Ce morceau, dont la surface paroit avoir été détruite, présente, ainsi
que le dit Guettard, un couvercle au milieu de chacune des étoiles; mais ce
couvercle n’est autre chose qu’un axe, qui, ayant présenté plus de solidité
que les rayons, se trouve élevé un peu au dessus d’eux.”’—Dict. Se. Nat.
t. xlil. p. 384. “Ce morceau” alludes to a specimen in De France’s pos-
session.

+ Dissertatio de Corallis Balticis apud Ameen. Acad. t. i. p. 195, and
RE plate, figs. 9, 8. Parkinson quotes only fig. 8 and the diagram

o. 2.

} Systema Nature; edit. 10. t. i. p..797, No. 35.

476 Mr. W. Lonsdale on the Genus Lithostrotion.

it is believed that their absence is a true distinction between the
branched species or Lithodendra and the massive corals enume-
rated among the synonyms of the preceding list, so far as their
composition is known, with the exception of Lithostrotion micro-
phyllum (No. 18) given with a doubt, and Nemaphyllum minus
(No. 14); in both of which an intermediate zone of arched
lamine exists similar to the plates in Lithodendra. It is also
conceived, that the omission of the mode of increase in Lithostr.
basaltiforme is correct, nothing being known respecting it in the
fossils quoted as synonyms, except that in L. microphyllum
(No. 13) new prisms were planted on the edges between the old
corallites (“ durch Einsenkung neuer Prismen in den Randern
zwischen den alteren ”—Reise in das Petschora-Land, p. 156) ;
and in the generic characters of Nemaphyllum (N. minus, No. 14),
additions are stated to have been effected by “ small circular buds
developed within the area of the parent star” (Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser. vol. iii. p. 15, and woodcut). The “colu-
melle petite, comprimée, mais un peu renfiée au milieu” (Ar-
chives, p. 442), agrees with the “columelle styliforme” of the
generic characters (p. 482), and with the “small solid axis ” of
Lithostr. striatum ; also to a certain extent with the central strue-
ture of Nemaphyllum minus (No. 14), and possibly with that of
Astrea hexagona (No. 10); but there are no grounds for con-
cluding that a similar axis occurs in Parkinson’s Lithostrotion
(No. 2), or in Cyathophyllum basaltiforme (No. 8), or perhaps in
Lithostr. microphyllum? (No. 18). Again, the “ polypiérites” are
said to be “ complétement soudés par leurs murailles” (p. 442),
by which the author understands that they are so united as to be
inseparable with smooth exteriors. In the remarks on the mode
of union, given in an early part of this communication, a want
of positive information on this point is mentioned as respects the
original fossils of Lhwyd (No. 1) and Parkinson (No. 2) ; though,
from the facility with which the corallites in No. 2 separated
(Org. Rem. t. il. pp. 43, 44), it may be inferred that an inti-
mate union did not exist. On the contrary, in Astrea hexagona
(No. 10), Lithostrotion microphyllum (No. 13), and Nemaphyllum
minus (No. 14),a perfect union is apparently maintained. Not
one of the fossils included under the head L. basaltiforme, so far
as is known from descriptions or delineations, ever assumes the
branched habit of growth of Lithodendra. ;

Very little remains to be said. The fourteen quotations con-
tained in the foregoing list include seven distinct fossils, which
are numbered 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 13 and 14, the remaining seven,
Nos. 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 11 and 12, being only references to Lhwyd,
Parkinson and Phillips, without any increase of structural de-
tails except in the case of No. 5, Dr. Fleming’s L. striatum. Of

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Genus Rhizochilus. 477

the seven requiring notice, the first or Lhwyd’s fossil has been
shown to be almost wholly undefined ; and it is as little qualified
to be the basis of a species as it was before stated to be that ofa
genus. In the case of L. striatum the difficulties are increased
by quoting Parkinson in addition to Lhwyd. No. 2 differs from
the assigned characters of Dr. Fleming’s fossil in the nature of
. the direct centre ; and the comparison cannot be extended to the
other internal structures. No. 4, Astrea arachnoides, is a doubtful
coral, and does not admit of an identification with any one of |
those with which it is associated till full information is published ;
while No. 8, Cyathophyllum basaltiforme, also differs from L. sért-
atum in the composition of its centre, and the comparison must
be limited to that portion of the interior. Lastly, Nos. 11, 13
and 14 appear to have inseparable corallites ; and it is not known
if the published internal compositions exist in the Lithostrotion
of Lhwyd and Dr. Fleming.

XXXVIII.— Odservations on the Genus Rhizochilus of Steenstrup.
By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

[With a Plate.]

In the Proceedings of the Royal Danish Academy for May 1850,
Professor Steenstrup has described a very interesting genus of
univalve shells under the name of Rhizochilus, found attached
to the axis of Antipathes ericoides. get
Mr. Cuming, knowing the interest I take in the physiology of
Mollusca, has most kindly allowed me to examine the three
specimens which he has received from Dr. Steenstrup. The shell
of this genus while the animal is growing is free, and would be
considered in this state as belonging to the genus Rapana, nearly
allied to R. papyracea, but of a more solid consistence ; but when
the animals have arrived at their full development, two or more
congregate together in groups, each animal forming a more or
less irregular, opake, white, solid shelly extension of the outer
and inner lip, clasping the axis of the coral or the neighbouring
shells, or both, and at length entirely closing the mouth of the
shell, and firmly attaching the shells to the coral, or to one
another, in such a manner that the animal is completely sur-
rounded by a solid shelly case having no communication with
the outer world but through the case of the anterior siphon of
the mantle, which, by the contraction of the mouth of the shell,
has been converted into a shelly tube. (See Pl. XVII. B. figs. 1, 2.)
This self-immurement of the animal within its shell has not
been described in any other mollusk, and one is led to inquire

‘478 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Genus Rhizochilus.

if by so doing the animal commits voluntary suicide, or has a
prolonged existence ; if the latter, one should expect that it must
be of a very torpid or lingering deseription, as the animal is en-
tirely precluded from procuring its usual or indeed any other
food for its subsistence, and the supply of water for respiration
which can enter by the single siphon must be of a very limited
quantity, there being only one aperture for its entrance and exit,
im comparison with the contmued current which usually circu-
lates over the gills when the two apertures (one for entrance and
the other for exit), which always exist in all Mollusca, are open
for the purpose.

Many gill-bearing univalve mollusks are stationary ; some, as
the Magilli for example, live in holes like the bivalves in mass-
ive corals; and the Vermeti in tubes attached to the surface of
marine bodies; but these animals keep themselves on a level
with the surface of these bodies, even when enlarging like corals.
The genera Hipponyx and Calyptra form a free cup-like base be-
neath their foot, and the genera Pedicularia, Sabia, Tectura and
Patella sink pits into the surface of the shell or coral on which
they happen to be attached; but all these animals retain the
power, like the bivalve mollusks, of having two apertures for the
water to their branchial cavity ; but I cannot find in either of the
two closed specimens of the genus Rhizochilus in Mr. Cuming’s
collection any trace of a second aperture.

Many of the lung-breathing Mollusca cover the mouth of their
shell after the animal is withdrawn during the very dry, warm, or
cold weather with a membranaceous or calcareous epiphragma,
the animal during the time sinking into a torpid condition ; but
these animals have the power, at the first recurrence of damp
weather, to remove this cover, which is not the case with the hard
shelly secretions which cover up the mouth of the shell of Rii-
zochalus.

Many years ago I observed a somewhat similar phenomenon
to that noticed by Dr. Steenstrup in a species of Vermetus, but
I did not describe it, hoping to obtain more certain information,
as I could not then assure myself that the contraction of the
mouth of the tubular shell was the work of the animal which
formed it, or of a parasite which adopted it as an habitation after
the mollusk was dead.

These Worm-shells are of a dark brown colour, cancellated on
the surface, much contorted together, with a free, erect end
and a circular aperture. The mouth of many of these erect
tubes are covered over with a thin, convex, shelly arch, with only
a small hole in its centre not more than one-tenth part of the
size of the mouth of the open tubes (Pl. XVII. B. figs. 4, 5, 6).
They were brought from the African coast of the Mediterranean,

——o

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Genus Rhizochilus. 479

and very much resemble the Vermetus subcancellatus, Philippi,
Moll. Sicil. i. 172. t. 9. f. 20, who observes it is very frequent in
Sicily ; but Dr. Philippi does not describe the contraction of the
mouth of the tubes, and hence it may be a different species. He
refers to Chiaje’s continuation of Poli, t. 57. f. 18, as giving a
good figure of the animal of his species.

Chiaje, who gives no description to the plates, figures three

imens ; two of them exhibit the animal of a Vermetus (given
in more detail in fig. 19 of the same plate), and one which has
a rather contracted mouth to the shell, with what appears to be an
Annelide coming out of it. It was the knowledge of this figure
that induced me to defer the account of this structure, but the
interesting discovery of Professor Steenstrup leads me to be-
lieve that it is a peculiarity of the species, which has appeared to
me to be most probably the case, as the shelly matter which
covers up the mouth of the shell is of the same colour, texture,
and structure as the rest of the shell, and only differs from it in
being less strong and thick. These arched cases must as com-
pletely immure the animal as that of Rhizochilus.

Many species of Ammonites more or less completely contract
and arch over the mouth of their shells when the animal has
attained its full development ; several specimens with the mouth
so contracted are figured by D’Orbigny in his ‘ Paléontologie
Francaise,’ as Ammonites Martinsii, t. 125; A. Bratkenridgii,
t. 135 (copied Pl. XVII. B. fig. 3); A. linguiferus, t. 156; A.
Sauzei, t. 1389; A. Bakeria, t. 149; A. bullatus and A. micro-.
stoma, t. 142, &. Mr. Owen, in his Lectures on Invertebrata
(p. 332), mentions one with the mouth so closed which he ob-
served in Mr. Pratt’s collection. This species is from Normandy,
and much resembles A. Bakeria. The mouths of the shells of the
genera Baculites and Scaphites are also partially contracted.

It is to be’observed that the Vermeti are attached the greater
part of their life; the Rhizochili only become attached when the
mouth is closed, but the Ammonites and Baculites and Scaphites
remain free after the mouth is contracted or closed.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. B.

Figs. 1, 2. Rhizochilus antipathicus, from a drawing by Dr. Steenstrup,
showing the shell with the mouth closed.

Fig. 3. Ammonites Braikenridgii, from D’Orbigny, Ter. Jurass. t. 135. fig. 5.

Fig. 4. Vermetus subcancellatus ?, natural size.

Figs. 5 & 6, The same, magnified, to show the arch over the mouth.

480 On the Germination of the Spore in the Conjugate.

XXXIX.—On the Germination of the Spore in the Conjugate.
By the Rev. Witi1am Smrvru, F.L.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Lewes, November 10, 1851.

Permit me briefly to record a circumstance of much interest
as regards the germination of the reproductive body in the
family of the Conjugate, and which may serve to vindicate the
fidelity and discrimination of an eminent pioneer in the study of
algology.

In examining the mud from a ditch in this neighbourhood,
hoping to add to my list of local Diatomacee, I had the pleasure
a few days since of discovering numerous “spores” of a Tyn-
daridea in every stage of germination. This phenomenon has -
hitherto been seen by but few observers, but among these few
may be mentioned the honourable name of Vaucher; and so
faithful are his observations, made nearly half a century since
and with imperfect instruments, that his description will serve to
record the precise facts I have observed, with the exception of
the few words in italics, which are necessary to adapt his account
to the species which has fallen under my notice. I quote from
the passage as it is translated in the ‘ British Freshwater Alge,’

22.

Pe Almost at the same instant and in the same day, or at least
in the same week, all the grains of the Tyndaridea cruciata, of
which I had many thousands, opened themselves by one of their
extremities in the same manner as the two cotyledons of a seed
whose embryo has become developed; and from the base of the
aperture there issued a green sac, at first very small, but which
soon extended itself in such a manner that it surpassed many
times the length of the globule. In the interior of this sac appear
soon the twin masses of endochrome, as in a Tyndaridea fully deve-
loped. The tube itself exhibits divisions, at first one, afterwards
two, then a great number; at last the T’yndaridea detaches itself
from its grain, and floats alone in the liquid, and then nearly in
size, and with two extremities, which are obtuse, it resembles
perfectly the plant which gave it birth.”

This passage is immediately followed in’ Mr. Hassall’s work
by the followimg remark, upon which, with a multitude of speci-
mens exactly according with Vaucher’s description before me, I
fee] that it would be unnecessary to comment :—

“In this description Vaucher is doubtless altogether in error,
and it is difficult to conceive in what way he could have been
imposed upon ; a careful microscopic examination of the ‘ spore’

Le ee, ee

Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Devonian Fossils. 481

alone being quite sufficient to convince the observer that no such
dehiscence as that represented by Vaucher could take place.” (!)
I shall hope in a few weeks, when the Alga is in a more ad-

_ yanced state, and the process fully completed, to detail the cir-

cumstances attending it at greater length ; in the mean time |
hasten, not merely to record a fact of importance to the algolo-
gist, but to redeem from an undeserved censure the reputation
of an observer, whose admirable writings were among the first to —
direct attention to a department of nature which had previously
been treated with comparative neglect.
Yours respectfully,
Wit1iam Smita.

XL.—On some new Devonian Fossils. By Freprricxk M‘Coy,

Professor of Mineralogy and Geology, Queen’s College, Belfast.

Steganodictyum (M‘Coy), n. g.
Etym. =reyavos, covered, and Sixrvoy, a network.

‘Gen. Char. Polymorphous, forming either narrow, rounded,

branch-lke masses, or extended into thin, flat, foliaceous ex-
pansions ; the interior of all the forms composed of rather
large, irregular, polygonal or subhexagonal cells, the three
dimensions of which are approximately equal (commonly about
half a line in diameter), which become rapidly smaller towards
the exterior, blending with the dense covering of the surface,
which is variously sculptured with close waving lines, tuber-
cles or costz according to the species; surface dense, forami-
nated by the contracted, rather distant openings of the small
cell-mouths.

These curious zoophytes abound in a particular layer of dark

Devonian schist near Polperro on the coast of Cornwall,
and are the bodies which have been taken for fossil fishes by

all previous observers—the thick reticulated fragments being
quoted as “bones of Asterolepis ;’ flat sculptured portions
being taken for the scaly parts of various fishes, and the midribs
of some of the fronds being supposed to be “ Ichthyodorulites,
as Diplacanthus, Ctenacanthus, and Upper Silurian species of
Onchus.” The supposed correctness of the latter identifications
induced Sir R. Murchison to colour the part of the Cornish
coast where these fossils occur as Upper Silurian, in his last map
of that region. I first examined a good suite of these supposed
Cornish fossil fishes at the Museum of Economic Geology, Jer-
myn Street, in company with Prof. Sedgwick last July, and at
once demonstrated their true nature to Mr. Salter, who was kind
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. viii. Sl

482 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Devonian Fossils.

enough to allow me to examine them closely. I subsequently
examimed the originally figured and described specimens at the
Museums of Penzanee and Truro, and finally visited the loca-
lities where they are found, and procured numerous specimens,
now in the Geological Museum at Cambridge, as well as examined
a great quantity not worth removing. The most remarkable
character of these sponges is the thin, very dense, superficial
covering to the coarse cellular mternal network ; which however
might be almost paralleled by a suce of the common large eup-
sponge of Ceylon. As so many authorities for whose opinions I
entertain a high respect supposed the reticulation to be the can-
cellated structure of bone, I thought it due to them, that transpa-
rent microscopic sections should be prepared of some of the most
bone-like portions and submitted to powerful microscopes, and
for this purpose I trespassed on the kindness of my friend
J. Carter, Esq., of Petty Cury, Cambridge, who possesses not
only an extremely fine microscope, but admirable skill in the use
of it and in the preparation of the objects. I have to thank him
for not only puttmg slices of the present fossils under a high
power, but making similar slices, for comparison, of fossil bones
of various avimals and of sponges—the results entirely confirm-
mg the opinion I had formed from an examination with my
naked eye, namely, that there was no bone-structure whatever
in the Cornish fossils ; which indeed was obvious enough to any
one reflecting on the way in which bones grow.

Steganodictyum Cornubicum (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Fronds forming large, flat, slightly undulating ex-
pansions, about one line thick, and several inches long and
wide, with irregular broad, transverse undulations or impres-
sions; the middle supported by a thick, simple, gradually
tapering, stem-like portion, which has a thickness and width of
about three lines at 4 inches from the apex ; surface of stem and
frond, or lateral expansions, generally dark-coloured, dense,
and uniformly marked with close, equal, broad, flat, longitu-
dinal ridges, separated by deep sulci only one-fourth or one-
third the width of the ridges (about eleven ridges im the space
of two lines on all parts of the surface) ; the direction of the
ridges is irregular, being sometimes over large spaces perfectly
straight and parallel, but more usually much undulated ; under
a strong lens the ridges are seen to be punctured by nume-
rous minute cell-openings, from one to three irregular rows to
each ridge, rather more than their diameter apart ; cell-struc-
ture of the interior, coarse, polygonal, averaging six cells in
the space of two lines.

The midrib of this species is often found separated from the

Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Devonian Fossils. 483

thin, foliaceous expansions, and has been then described as Ich-
thyodorulites of the genera Onchus, Ctenacanthus and Dipla-
canthus. I have however repeatedly noticed its contact with, and
gradual passage on each side into, the flat, similarly striated
frond.

Extremely abundant in a bed of blackish Devonian shale in
Lantic and Lantivit Bays on the south coast of Cornwall near
Polperro, and striking into Fowey Harbour, accompanied by
occasional specimens of the Bellerophon bisulcatus, Rom. (the
Devonian shell confounded with the Silurian B. trilobatus by
those English geologists who have quoted that species from the
British Devonian strata).

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Steganodictyum Carterit (M‘Coy).

» Sp. Char. Flattened expansions, often less than one line thick ;
internal cellular structure rather finer than that of the S. Cor-
nubicum: surface covered with subequal, elongate oval promi-
nent tubercles, averaging twice as long as wide (half a line
long), arranged sometimes in quincunx, sometimes in irregular
lines, the rows from half a line to one line apart, but usually
three to four tubercles in a space of two lines; flat spaces be-
tween the tubercles marked with a parallel striation, usually
oblique to the tubercles, crossing those which are but slightly
elevated, but obsolete on the more prominent ones (about nine
sulci in a space of one line) ; both tubercles and oblique sulci
punctured by the openings of the minute cell-mouths, which
are about their diameter apart, and averaging eight to nine in
a space of one line.

This species is very much rarer than the S. Cornubicum, from
which it is easily distinguished by its tuberculated surface. I
have great pleasure in dedicating it to my friend Mr. Carter.

Rare in the dark Devonian schists of Lantivit Bay, Cornwall.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Uncites levis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Longitudinally ovate, oblique ; entering valve when
young ovate, with the front and lateral margins broadly
rounded, when old becoming very gibbous and subrhomboidal
from the convergence of the sides to a narrow rounded
front ; receiving valve obtusely subcarinate along the middle
when old by the nearly flat sloping of the sides, the front
margin not perceptibly elevated, and the lateral margins nearly
horizontal ; beak very large, sharply pointed, and widely arched
inwards obliquely to one side, the under part of the beak

31l*

484 Prof. PF. M‘Coy on some new Devonian Fossils.

widely channelled with obtusely angular or rounded lateral
margins ; surface smooth, or only marked by the concentric
hes or imbrications of growth towards the margin. Length
of receiving valve 2} inches, proportional length of entering
valve 7/775, width 5%°,, depth of both valves 35°,. Thickness of
shell in beak of receiving valve 2 lines, above the beak of
entering valve on one side 5 lines, on the other side 4 lines,
diminishing the cavity to 2 lines in diameter; thickness of
shell about the middle of the sides of reeeiving and entering
valve 3 lines, diminishing to little more than 1 line along the
middle, and gradually thinning to the margins; length of
young specimens 9 lines, proportional length of entering
valve ;%% , width 58%, depth of both valves 4%.

The general narrow elongate form, and the oblique torsion of
the long, narrow, claw-like beak in this species, exactly reminds
us of the Uncites gryphus of Defrance, from which it is distin-
guished by the absence of the longitudinal sulcation. Having
first ascertained the true internal characters of that curious Hifel
fossil, it gave me great pleasure to recognise in our British roeks
a second species of this remarkable genus. 1 should have ima-
gined that the smaller of the two figures given in Sowerby’s
“Mineral Conchology ’? under the name of Terebratula porrecta
represented a young individual of this species, on account of the
narrow produced front, but as Mr. Sowerby himself has since
stated (G. T, 2S. vol. v. expl. of t.56) that those figures represented
the Strigocephalus Burtini, and as all writers seem to coincide in
that opinion, I have only to observe, that the present fossil, by
the complete absence of mternal septa, and the external charac-
ters above enumerated, has no affinity whatever therewith.

Not uncommon in the Devonian limestone of Newton Bushel,
Devonshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Orthis persarmentosa (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Transversely oblong, hinge-line nearly the length of
the shell, ends obtusely subtruncate, slightly rounded ; surface
covered with thick, rugged, rounded, flexuous, radiating ridges,
about half their thickness apart (about five in three lines in the
middle of the shell at six lines from the beak), branching four
or five times between the beak and margin, counting about
180 at the margin of a large speeimen, those towards the
sides straighter and finer than those in the middle. Average
width 3 inches ; length probably one-third of the width, but
cannot be stated accurately, owing to the distortion of all the
specimens,

Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Devonian Fossils. 485

This species very closely resembles the O. sarmentosa (M‘Coy)
of the older rocks in form, and the peculiar twig-like mode of
branching of the ribs on the middle of the shell, and the straighter
and finer one of the sides, but is distinguished by the very much
greater number of the ridges. ‘As in the case of that species the
distortion is usually such, that I can make no probable approxi-
mation to the proportional length. The coarseness of the ridging
separates the present species from the American Strophomena
nervosa and S. bifurcata (Hall) of the Chemung group.

Common in the Devonian shale of Polruan, Cornwall; in the
reddish Devonian schists of E. Looe ; schists of Fowey.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Strophomena gigas (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Rotundato-trigonal ; hinge-line equal to the width of
the shell; sides gently convex, converging to a narrow, much-
rounded front ; valves much flattened, slightly convex ; sur-
face radiated with very numerous fine, close, obtuse striz,
separated by narrower finely punctured impressed lines, every
fifth, seventh, or ninth of which seem larger than the rest,
about sixteen striz in two lines at an inch from the beak,
fifteen in the same space at the margin 3 inches from the
beak ; cardinal area broad: internal casts of receiving valve in
adult specimens show the pair of muscular impressions, form-
ing a slightly bilobed or subtrigonal mass, about one-third -
wider than long, and reaching rather more than one-third the
length of the shell, each side marked with six or seven very
coarse radiating ridges ; mesial septum very small. Average
length 3 inches 2 lines, proportional width 533, to +$9, width
of cardinal area nearly 2 lines.

This gigantic species in its elongate-elliptical or subtrigonal
form, arising from the narrow rounded front, precisely agrees
with Orthis subarachnuvidea of MM. D’Archiae and De Verneuil
(Geol. Trans. 2 S. vol. vi. t. 36. f. 3), but differs from it in the
larger striz at subregular intervals between the group of smaller,
as well as its great size. I have seen and made drawings of a
large number of specimens in the private collections of persons
at or near Looe, although there is only one indifferent specimen
im the University collection; I am therefore better prepared to
decide on the characters of the species than I should otherwise
have been. ;

poor in the Devonian shale of Looe, and of Pelruan, Corn-
wall.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

486 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Devonian Fossils.

Strophomena nobilis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Semicylindrical ; entering (?) valve very gibbous near
the beaks, strongly arched downwards into a subcylindrical
deflected front, the sides of which are slightly flattened to join
the obscurely defined ears, which project from the gibbous
beak, and are nearly rectangular; front rounded: surface ra-
diated with narrow distinctly defined ridges, of about equal
thickness throughout ; about twenty originating from the beak,
between each pair of which, after about the length of 1 inch, a
new ridge equal to the primaries in size is developed, so that
nearly over the whole shell the subequal ridges are little more
or less than a line apart ; the intervening spaces slightly con-
cave, three times wider than the ridges, crossed by very deep,
strong, irregularly curved concentric wrinkles, not crossing the
ridges, scarcely four in a longitudinal space of three lines ;
entire surface, ridges and furrows marked with very fine
slightly irregular longitudinal distant strize, nine in the space
of 1 line, strongly punctured when the outer layer of shell is
removed. Width at hinge-line 2 inches 4 lines, proportional
length about the same, depth (greatest at one-third from the
beak) {5%.

This fine species is so completely unlike any other, that it is
unnecessary to point out the distinctions; the nearest analogue
apparently being the comparatively little, flat, few-ribbed Orthis
undulata (M‘Coy, Synopsis of the Silurian Fossils of Ireland,
t. 3. f. 22. of the Silurian Series), with which however it has no
specific affinity.

Devonian limestone of Torquay.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Leptodomus constrictus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Oblong, or subtrigonal from the projection of the very
prominent beaks ; valves very tumid towards the anterior side,
greatest depth at about one-third from the beak, anterior end
subtruncate, projecting but slightly towards the ventral por-
tion beyond the line of the beaks ; anterior lunette very large,
ovate, deep, smooth; a deep narrow sulcus extends from the
beak, slightly widening to the nearly straight ventral margin,
which it meets at about 50°, forming a small sinus ; posterior
side much compressed, posterior slope not defined, posterior
end obtusely subtruncate with a slight obliquity ; hinge-line
straight, rather shorter than the posterior side; anterior side
and middle of the valves deeply marked with coarse concentric
wrinkles, arising from the edge of the smooth anterior lunette,
and most of them becoming abruptly obsolete on the posterior

Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Devonian Fossils. 487

half of the shell ; those near the margin of old specimens about
one line wide,- gradually dimimishing towards the beak.
Length 1 inch 2 lines, proportional width from ‘beak to
opposite ventral margin ;3,, length of anterior lunette 34,
width of posterior end about ;55,, depth of one valve about 4%.

This species in size, shape, subtruncate anterior end, and coarse
concentric wrinkles of the anterior half becoming obsolete on
the posterior portion, almost exactly resembles the L. truncatus —
(M‘Coy) of the Upper Ludlow rock, but may be distinguished
easily by the strong divisional sulcus from the beak. I suspect
the fossil from Baggy Point, referred by Phillips (Pal. Foss.) te
the Silurian so-called Cypricardia impressa of Sowerby, may be
found to belong rather to the present species.

One young specimen, 5 lines long, of the left valve, and two
large specimens in opposition of the right valve, have occurred in
the “ yellow sandstone ” of Marwood, N. Devon.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Clymenia quadrifera (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Discoid, compressed, nearly two-thirds of the whorls
concealed ; whorls about four and a half, crossed by very mi-
nute sigmoid striz; periphery* narrow, obtusely rounded; septa
with the middle portion crossing the periphery small; first sinus
small, oblique, very obtusely rounded ; first lobe nearly in the
middle of the side, nearly square, slightly rhomboidal, length and
width about equal, truncated at the broad extremity, the angle
next the umbilicus rather more obtuse, and the other slightly
more acute than a right angle, sides subparallel ; second sinus
slightly higher than the first, extending with scarcely any cur-
vature to the umbilicus, its width double that of the lateral
lobe, which is placed nearly in the middle of the side; dia-

* In descriptions of discoid Cephalopod shells, as Ammonites, &e., con-
chologists almost invariably use the terms “ back or dorsal, and ventral,”
exactly in the epposite sense to what anatomy or the position of the animal
would indicate. I therefore propose to use the term “periphery” for that
part commonly called by describers of these shells the “ back,” or by ana-
tomists the “ ventral aspect,” as the use, at this late period, of the latter
term would bring much unnecessary confusion into the descriptions ; for
the opposite edge of the mouth I use the term “inner edge.” In descri-
bing the septa of the same shells and for the same reason, instead of “dor-
‘sal lobe”’ l use the term “ mid-lobe,”’ or “ inner mid-lobe,” for the so-called
“ventral lobe” of Von Buch and all other deseribers. Instead of “ first
lateral superior, first lateral inferior, and first, second, &e. auxiliary lobes,”
terms which are unnecessarily complex. I propose to number and describe
the lobes simply as first lobe, second lobe, third lobe, &c., reckoning from
the outer mid-lobe, or, as it has usually been called, the dorsal lobe. The

. word sinus, I think, may be used instead of saddle for the inflexion between
each pair of lobes.

488 Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Devonian Fossils.

meter 1 inch 3 lines, proportional diameter of last whorl ie
width of mouth at edge of umbilicus ;%4,, width of periphery
about 5/55:

This species is easily distinguished from all others by the re-
markably defined, nearly square form of the lateral lobe. It is
most allied to the Clymenia striata, Miinster, from which it is
easily distinguished by the very obtusely rounded, obscurely de-
fined first sinus, and the regular, almost square-formed lobe and
the scarcely curved margin of the second sinus; the cast of that
~ species is also marked by sigmoid ridges, of which there is not
the slightest trace on the second species. I have seen traces
both of the evanescent thread-like middle and lateral keels occa-
sionally noticed on the other species.

Very rare in the limestone of 8S. Petherwin,

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Clymenia Pattisoni (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Discoid, compressed, of about five whorls, rather more
than one-third of saith being concealed by the preceding turn ;
section of the whorls semielliptical, greatest thickness near the
edge of the umbilicus, which is considerably wider than the
whorl ; sides very slightly convex, gradually converging to the
obtusely rounded periphery, to which there is often super-
added a very fine thread-like mesial keel and two lateral ones ;
surface finely striated transversely ; siphon large, close to the
inner margin; septa about one-third the width of the side
apart, with the middle portion nearly transverse, no lateral
lobe, but the edges after about the middle of the side arching
backwards and then forwards again to the edge of the umbi-
licus, forming an obtusely rounded first sinus, which extends
backwards about half the space between the septa farther than
the middle portion. Diameter 9 lines, proportional diameter

of umbilicus +48,, of last whorl 75; width of mouth 34%.

This species belongs to that very restricted first group of Cly-
menia according to Miinster, in which the edges of the septa are
‘only slightly arched ; it is most nearly allied to the C. com-
pressa, Miinster, from which however, on comparing with au-
thentie specimens, I find it differs by the great size of the umbi-
licus, which in that species is much less than the last whorl, form-
ing scarcely ;3,°, of the entire diameter. The septa differ from
all of this group in the greater forward curvature of the umbilical
end of the edge of the septa, thus forming a distinct rounded
sinus, from which the edge passes with very little curvature
across the outer half of the sides and periphery, forming no

Prof. F. M‘Coy on some new Devonian Fossils. 489

lateral lobe or medial saddle (sinus) as in the other allied forms ;
this flection forward to the umbilicus distinguishes this part very
strongly from C. levigata, which also has very much more nu-
merous whorls and larger umbilicus. I have much pleasure in
dedicating this species to Mr. Pattison of Launceston, to whose
labours in collecting, I believe, are due the discovery of nearly
all the British specimens of Clymenia.

Rare in the Devonian limestone of S. Petherwin.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Cyrtoceras subornatum (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Gradually arched, involute; section of the whorls a

regular transverse ellipse, the shortest axis in the plane of in-
volution, tapering at the rate of 5 lines in 2 inches from a
diameter of 1 inch 5 lines; periphery broadly arched, inner
face rather more convex; sides elliptically rounded, with an
obscure spiral ridge on each side along the most prominent
part, bearmg a row of large obtuse conical tubercles, nearly
twice their diameter apart ; on each side of this principal row
of tubercles is a secondary obscure row, about half as far from
the principal ridge as the tubercles of it are from each other,
the outer of these rows most distinct, the inner nearly obsolete ;
these three sets of tubercles are connected by very obscure
transverse wrinkles, which do not extend beyond them across
the inner aspect, or the periphery ; entire surface crossed by
very minute, imbricating waving lines of growth having a very
obtusely angular backward sinus in the middle of the peri-
phery, all crossed by very faint longitudinal folds half a line
apart, never assuming the prominence of strie or ridges ;
siphon close to the outer margim. Proportional length of
mouth as‘compared to the width 545.

This beautiful species is most nearly allied in form, size, septa,
siphon and striation to the C. ornatum (Goldf.), as figured by
D’Archiac and De Verneuil in the ‘ Geol. Trans.’ vol. vi. t. 28. £:5,
but is rather less rapidly curved, and is completely distinguished
by the two or three rows of tubercles being very small, and en-
tirely confined to the sides, leaving the broad periphery com-
pletely free of them.

One fragment in the Devonian limestone of Plymouth.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

490 Bibliographical Notices.

: BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte der Turbellarien. Von Dr. Max. S1-
GISMUND Scuuuze: Greifswald, 1851. .

Contributions to the Natural [History of the Turbellaria. By Dr.
Max. 8. ScuHuuze.

Tuts is an especially German book. To a considerable, and happily
an increasing, number of English naturalists the meaning of this epi-
thet is plain enough, but we fear that there is a still larger number
“s whom it will be very doubtful whether thereby we confer praise or
blame.

To these the term ‘ German” has a dire and mystical import,
compounded of ‘* Rumpel-Stiltskin,” the writings of Mr. Carlyle, and
Oken’s ‘ Physiophilosophy,’ the chief sources whence their knowledge
of the literature and science of our Saxon fatherland is derived; the
resulting impression being, for the most part, that the secret of Ger-
man authorship consists in writing what is unintelligible in the greatest
possible number of capital letters.

Doubtless there is something of truth in this popular impression,
as in all popular impressions ; but it may be worth while to look
further into the matter.

The cloud of dust in the desert may be kicked up by a mere troop
of wild asses ; but the wise traveller will remember that it may also
hide the strength of an army.

Dust enough about the tents of cur German sheiks there indubi-
tably is, and good Mr. Bull, averse in his very nature to everything
that is not neat, trim, close-shaven and well-brushed, will see nothing
else, and passes by on the other side with coughs, curses, and a copious
pouring forth of such adjectives as cloudy, mystical, metaphysical,
and, if the worst come to the worst, perhaps pantheistical.

Yet, as we said before, it may be well not to sit down finally in this
belief.

In the domain of literature and critical learning it is coming to be
a very current opinion, that whatever be the practical results, m pur- .
pose and aim Germany is ahead of us. There is a laborious attention
to details combined with a philosophic breadth of view and freedom
of speculation ;—there is an earnest piety in the search after truth,
joined to the widest toleration for results, which, though not un-
known, is far too little known on this side of the water.

It would be impossible for one branch of human activity to stand
alone in these respects, and German science has not escaped the noble
contagion of the example of German literature. It may be fearlessly
asserted, that in no country does science as a whole stand on so high
a footing as in Germany.

In no other country do the savans so clearly comprehend the great
truth, that the man of science is also an artist—that he should strive
to give a roundness, a symmetry, and a completeness to all his works,
however small and seemingly insignificant, and that in proportion as

Bibliographical Notices. 491

he does so is he nearing the true goal, and freeing himself from the ©
icion of wasting his time on elaborate trifles.

“Eh man! for Guid’s sake leave off skinning slugs and be a
man !’’ quoth a Professor of Greek to a Professor of Natural History ; ;
and though happily the reproach was much misplaced where it was
applied, it might we fear be addressed with great justice to many of
those who follow natural science in England.

We gloat over new species and gather together as many slides with
“ objects” on them as would roof in the Crystal Palace ; we tax our —
mechanists and opticians to make us instruments whereby we may
view these things ; and all the while, the living, moving, feeling works
of God, of which these are but shreds and fragments, are neglected,
and the grand laws which rule their being, undiscovered. ‘As if a
foreigner wishing to become acquainted with the English in the 19th
century were to go to’: Monmouth Street and study the old clothes,
shutting his eyes to the men and women who elbow him.

It is as the antithesis of all this that we called Dr. Schulze’s a
peculiarly German book. The animals which he has investigated are
nearly allied to the well-known Planarie, and are found plentifully
enough in both fresh and salt water. Now two methods of proceed-
ing lay open to him :—either, following the approved Anglican mode
(having first set up an elegant cabinet full of drawers, filled with
neatly-made glass cells), he “night have scoured the country, bored
his friends, and caught his death of cold in seeking these worms,
singing Io Pean whenever they afforded a sufficient pretence for in-
venting: a new dog-latin name (which is called discovermg “a new
species’), and finally have consigned his treasures to the cabinet
aforesaid to be eventually “ figured and described” in some exquisite
and useless work ;—

Or, as Dr. Schalke has fortunately prefeered doing, he might have
acquired a thorough knowledge of a few species, entering, with an
insight which can only result from wide knowledge, into the details
of anatomy, histology, development and chemical composition ; com-
paring and, so far as possible, reconciling the discrepant statements
of other observers, and therefore possessing a thorough acquaintance
with the literature of his subject ; in a word, fulfilling the Horatian rule
in art, and making his work “totus, teres, atque rotundus.” Such
is the German method. If we were to find a fault in this case, it
would be with a certain diffuseness and needless repetition.

We subjoin the chief results at which Dr. Schulze has arrived :—

1. The integument of the straight-intestined (Rhabdocela) Tur-
bellaria consists of a soft homogeneous finely granular base, which
bears the cilia and contains many clear spaces in its interior. In this
it resembles the substance of the body of the Infusoria and Hydre
on sarcode of Dujardin, formless contractile substance of Ecker) ; it is

tinguished from it however by the fact, that on treating it with cer-
tain reagents, especially diluted ammonia, it becomes broken up into

pieces, each of which consists of an aggregation of vacuole
(Hohlraumen) and the appertaining connecting substance. This
breaking up can only be explained on the supposition, that each re-

492 Bibliographical Notices.

gular piece was originally a cell ; the wall and contents of the original
cells are metamorphosed into the sarcode-like substance, whose origin
out of cells has not yet been demonstrated ; the cells themselves
however are not so fused together as to be inseparable by reagents.

2. The columnar bodies of the Rhabdocela and freshwater Den-
drocela consist of a peculiar substance distinguished by its difficult
solubility in alkalies and its ready disintegration by water and dilute
acids. They differ widely from the urticating organs or “Thread-cells””
of the Acalephze and Polypes. In many kinds they have a peculiar
relation to the nervous system, and may be probably regarded as sub-
serving the development of the sense of touch.

3. The green colouring matter of Vortex viridis and Mesostomum
viridatum 1s identical with the chlorophyll of plants; so is that of
Hydra viridis and Stentor polymorphus.

4. The nervous system is developed in all families of Rhabdoceela,
and consists of two ganglia united by a commissure, or of a double
ganglion with the threads proceeding from it.

5. The organs of sense occur as eyes with or-without lenses, and
as auditory organs.

6. The hard parts of the male organ consist of a substance similar
to chitin, distinguished from it however by its solubility in boiling
solution of caustic potass.

7. The hard shell of the ova of Rhabdocela and Dendroceela, of
Clepsine, Nephelis, and Hydra viridis, consists of chitin.

The poiypidom of Sertularide and Campanularide consists of
chitin.

8. In a new species of the Nemertidee, T'etrastemma obscurum,
living young were observed in the body of the parent, while hitherto
the Nemertidee were only known to be oviparous. The development
of the young takes place without metamorphosis.

9. The development of the stylet of Tetrastemma goes on thus—
the handle arises separately as the nucleus of a cell ; the style, on the
other hand, is taken from the preformed lateral style-saes (Spitzen-
taschen) ; hence it may be concluded that the styles of the lateral
saes are afterwards to be regarded as really styles in reserve.

10. In the same Nemertid, as well as in Prorhynchus stagnalis, a
new freshwater species, there exists a water vascular system whose
existence in the Nemertidee was not yet known.

We had intended to comment at some length upen some of these
statements, but our space will allow of only a hasty reference to a few
of the more important :—

1. The conclusion that the tissues of the Turbellaria are the result
of cell-development ; that therefore the law of Schwann prevails here
no less than in the rest of the animal kingdom ; and that thence the
sarcode of Dujardin (the formless contractile substance of Ecker) has
no right to be considered as a special histological element, will, we
believe, be fully borne out in other cases. The substance of the
Polypes (including Hydra), of the Medusze, of the Sponges, may
always, with proper precautions, be shown to be composed of true nu-
cleated cells. These cells frequently manifest “protean”? contractile

Zoological Society. 493.

properties, but so does the white corpuscle of the human blood which
is an indubitable cell.

2. It is interesting to observe that the similarity of the “ columnar
bodies’’ of the Rhabdocela to the “thread-cells” of the Medusse,
Polypes, &c. is only superficial, and that therefore the value of the
existence of the latter bodies, as a character, is not weakened.

We believe it to be very probable that further investigation will
show that the existence of “ thread-cells”’ in Folis is only accidental,
and that the genuine “‘ thread-cell ’’ is as characteristic of the Polypes _
and Acalephee as the mammee of the Mammifera.

3. In all probability, to this list of animals containing chlorophyll
should be added Spongilla fluviatilis. Its oceurrence in so highly
organized animals as the Turbellaria is however very interesting, and
removes one more of the supposed distinctions between plants and
animals.

5. To this catalogue of organs cf sense, we believe that the ciliated
pits of the Nemertidze might be added as either gustatory or olfactory
organs ; such ciliated pits in connection with the nervous centres, and
very probably subserving one or other of these functions, are found
in Amphioxus, the Tunicata, and the Rotifera.

7. The existence of chitin in the Turbellaria, in Clepsine, Nephelis
(which confirms Grube’s statement that it is found in the Annelida),
and the Hydroid Polypes (to which, according to Grube, we must add
the Nematoid worms), is a fact of great value, as its presence has been
regarded as characteristic of the Arthropoda.

_ Finally, the demonstration with which Dr. Schulze furnishes us of
the true structure of the Nemertide, gives a new proof, if any were
wanted, of the extreme value of the microscope, as a means of check-
ing the results of dissection among the Invertebrata. More would be
done for the true knowledge of the structure of the Nematoid worms
by the lucky discovery and careful examination of some very trans-
parent species, than all the labours of the knife and forceps have
hitherto effected.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIEI'Y.
July 9, 1850.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., m the Chair.

DescRIPTION OF FIVE NEW SPECIES OF ANODONT, COLLECTED
By H. CuminG, Es@. In THE East Inpies. BylIsaac Lea.

Anoponta Gracitis. A. testd latd, subcylindraced, inequila-
terali; valvulis tenuibus; natibus subprominentibus ; epider-
mide luted ; margaritd vel alba vel purpured.

Hab. Dingle, Isle of Panay.

Diam. 1; length 1-7; breadth 3:4 inches.

Remarks.—This species is more cylindrical than is usual with the

Anodonta, and ditfers from the other species taken by Mr. Cuming

494: Zoological Society.

in this character: it is rounded anteriorly, and is subangular pos-
teriorly. The dorsal margin is nearly straight, the basal margin is
slightly emarginate, the disc being disposed to be flattish. In the
specimens under examination, the beaks are all more or less eroded, but
in the youngest there are slight indications of undulations. The liga-
ment is thin and long; the marks of growth are distant and rather
dark, and the epidermis in the young is yellow or greenish, in the
older it is darker and brown ; the anterior cicatrices are distinct ; the
dorsal small, and placed in the cavity of the beaks.

The five species herein described are remarkable in the character
of the dorsal line, which rises immediately under the margin into a
dentoid line, somewhat lamellar, and approaching in its character the
more distinct tooth of the genus Dipsas (Leach). In the younger
specimens this is much more distinctly marked, and in the older it
becomes obsolete. This group of Anodonta, having this dentoid
character, would seem to form a natural connexion on one side with
the genus Dipsas, and on the other with the genus Unio, connecting
with U. Bengalensis, brought by Dr. Burrough from India, and
described by me in the ‘Trans. Am. Phil. Soe.’ vol. vi. pl. 2. fig. 3.
This peculiar form of tooth, if it may so be called, is peculiar to that
part of the world, so far as my observation extends; for among the
numerous species examined by me from Europe, Africa and America,
South as well as North, I have never met with this character deve-
loped as in those alluded to above.

ANODONTA CREPERA. A. testd ellipticd, subcompressd, inequi-
laterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus subprominentibus ; epider-
mide tenebroso-fuscd ; margarité vel albé vel purpured.

Hab. Bongabon, Luzon, Philippines. ;

Diam. 1:1; length 1:8; breadth 3-3 inches.

Remarks,—Five of the six specimens under examination are purple,
the sixth whitish. The outline is nearly oval. One of the specimens
is obtusely biangular posteriorly ; the substance of the shell is slightly
thickened anteriorly ; the beaks are too much eroded to observe any
undulations ; the ligament is rather short and thin ; anterior cica-
trices distinct ; dorsal cicatrices small, and placed in the centre of the
cavity of the beaks. The species is closely allied to 4. tenuzs, but is
not quite so thin and is more transverse. Three specimens of the
young have a well-defined anterior lamellar tooth and a distinct pos-
terior raised line, which in the left valve is slightly divided. This is
so marked in these young specimens, that one would scarcely hesitate
to place them among the Uniones if we had not the adult, which have
scarcely a vestige of the elevation on the dorsal line.

~ ANODONTA TENUIS. A. testd ellipticd, compressa, inequilate-
rali; valvulis pertenuibus ; natibus subprominentibus ; epider-
mide tenebroso-fuscd.
Hab. Sual, Luzon, Philippines.
Diam. 1; length 1:7; breadth 3 inches.
Remarks.—This is very closely allied to da. erepera herein de-
scribed, and may, perhaps, when more specimens of the old and young

Zoological Society. 495

of both species are compared, prove only to bea variety. The spe-
cimens before me, however, diifer in the tenuis being rather thinner
and less elliptical, the outline inclinmg to oblong. The existence of
teeth in the young, and the rudiments on the dorsal line in the adult,
are very similar to the crepera. Of the four specimens before me,
two have the nacre purple and two white. The beaks are too much
eroded to observe any marks of undulations. The ligament is rather
long and thin. Anterior cicatrices distinct ; dorsal cicatrices small,
and placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks.

AnoponTa suspcraAssA. A. testd oblongd, subinfiatd, subequi-
laterali; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominentibus undula-
tisque ; epidermide luteo-fuscd ; margaritd albidd, colore sal-
monis tinctd et iridescente.

Hab. Laguna de Bai, Luzon, Philippines.

Diam. 1:2; length 1°7 ; breadth 2-9 inches.

Remarks.—lIt is rare to meet with an Anodonta of the thickness of
this species, but it still is not so ponderous as the arcuata, Fer., or as
lato-marginata (Nobis). It cannot be confounded with either of these
species, not being arcuate, and not having compressed beaks like
the former, and being oblong and thinner than the latter, as well as
also being destitute of the broad margin. The substance of the shell
is slightly thickened anteriorly, and the basal margin is emarginate ;
the beaks are submedial, and when perfect are beautifully ornate
with numerous small folds which form an acute angle from the point
of the beaks, nearly parallel to the line of the umbonal slope; the
ligament is short and rather thick ; anterior cicatrices distinct; dorsal
cicatrices large, and placed in the cavity of the beaks. The colour of
a single young specimen before me is salmon inclining to purple, and
the adults have the cavity of the beaks tinted inthis manner. In the
young specimen the lamellar line on the dorsal margin is very well
defined, in the adults this character is nearly obliterated.

Anoponta Cuminocu. 4. testé ellipticd, compressd, inequilate-
rali; valvulis subcrassis; natibus vix prominentibus; epidermide
atro-fuscd ; margaritd alba et iridescente.

Hab. Malacca.

Diam. 1 ; length 1-9; breadth 3 inches.

Remarks.—This is an interesting species, and remarkable in the
form of the dorsal line, which is thickened and raised immediately
under the beak, where it is slightly incurved. This disposition to
form a curve tooth reminds us of that group of Naiades which M.
D’Orbigny discovered in the rivers of South America, and which
comprise his genus Monocondylea. In fact, this species forms a
perfect link between the Anodonte and his genus, and it is allied very
closely to that species of this group which I described in the ‘ Trans.
of the Am. Phil. Soe.’ vol. viti. pl. 18. fig. 39, under the name of
Margaratina Vonderbuschiana, from Java. ‘The form of the tooth
of the M. Bonellii also approaches to these. The anterior margin of
the Cumingii is rounded, the posterior is somewhat biangular ; the
anterior cicatrices confluent ; the dorsal cicatrices form a line across

496 Loological Society.

the cavity of the beaks. In all the four specimens under examination,
the beaks are too much eroded to observe any undulations. An un-
usually dark line marks the course of the pallial impression.

Note on TraGeLtapnus Ancastt. By Mr. Provproor.

The skins which I exhibit to the Society are those of an old ram
and of a young female Antelope, which I shot on the banks of the
Mapoota River, about sixty miles above its embouchure into Delagoa
Bay. ‘This river flows through the country of Mankazdna, king of
the Mathlengas (or Cutfaces), which people call this animal Inyala.

It is also found on another river called Umcoozi, running into
St. Lucie Bay in the territory of Umpanda, king of the Zoolu, but
very rarely.

On the Mapoota the Inyala are more numerous, and occur in small
troops, composed of one ram and four or five females with their young.
They are always found in the densest bush: they browse chiefly on
shrubs, and resemble the Bush-buck in their general habits.

The average height of an adult male is within a third of an adult
Koodoo, and very much above that of a Bush-buck.

The female has no horns, resembles a female Koodoo in form, and
is rather smaller in size.

July 23.—W. Yarrell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

On NEW SPECIES OF BrirDS FROM AUSTRALIA.
By J. Goutp, F.R.S., F.Z.S. erc.

On the present occasion I propose to characterize seven. more of
the novelties sent home by Mr. MacGillivray, Naturalist to H.M.S.
* Rattlesnake.’ Vide Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. vi. p. 137.

TANYSIPTERA SYLVIA.

Bill and feet sealing-wax red; crown of the head, wings, and five
lateral tail-feathers on each side blue; ear-coverts, back of the neck
and mantle black; in the centre of the latter a triangular mark of
white ; rump and two middle tail-feathers pure white ; all the under
_ surface cinnamon-red.

Total length, 15 inches; bill, 13; wing, 34; lateral tail-feathers,
3; middle tail-feathers, 91; tarsi, }.

Hab. Cape York, Northern Australia.

Remark.—About the size of T. Dea. Fine specimens are con-
tained in the British Museum collection.

Haucyon (Syma?) FLAVIROSTRIS.

Bill fine yellow, passing into brown at the tip; crown of the head,
back of the neck, ear-coverts and flanks cinnamon-red; at the back
of the neck a narrow, broken collar of black; throat and lower part
of the abdomen tawny white; back and wings sordid green; rump
and tail greenish blue.

Total length, 7 inches; bill, 14; wing, 3; tail, 22; tarsi, 3.

Hab. Cape York, Northern Australia.

Remark.—Smaller, but nearly allied to the Syma Tirotoro of M.

Zoological Society. 497

Lesson. Some specimens have the crown of the head black. Fine
specimens are contained in the collection at the British Museum.

DRYMODES SUPERCILIARIS.

Lores white ; immediately above and below the eye a black mark,
forming a conspicuous moustache ; crown of the head and upper sur-
face reddish brown, passing into chestnut-red on the rump and six
middle tail-feathers ; remainder of the tail-feathers black, tipped with
white ; wings black, with the base of the primaries and the tips of
the coverts white, forming two bands across the wing; throat and
centre of the abdomen fawn-white; chest and flanks washed with
tawny ; bill black ; legs fleshy brown.

Total length, 84 inches; bill, 7; wing, 32; tail, 4; tarsi, 14.

Hab. Cape York, Northern Australia.

Remark.—About the size of D. brunneopygia. Fine specimens in
the British Museum collection.

CARPOPHAGA ASSIMILIS.

Head, throat and ear-coverts grey; all the upper surface, wings
and tail golden green ; wing-coverts with a spot of rich yellow at.the
tip, forming an oblique band across the shoulder ; line down the centre
of the throat, chest and abdomen rich purple; under wing-coverts,
vent, thighs and under tail-coverts rich orange-yellow ; basal portion
of the inner webs of the primaries and secondaries purplish cinnamon. _

Total length, 14 inches; bill, 1; wing, 7; tail, 6; tarsi, 2.

Hab. Cape York, Northern Australia.

Remark.—Very similar to C. magnifica, but considerably less in all
its admeasurements. Specimens in the British Museum.

CHLAMYDERA CERVINIVENTRIS.

Upper surface brown, each feather narrowly margined, and marked
at the tip with buffy white ; throat striated with greyish brown and
buff ; under surface of the shoulder, abdomen, thighs and under tail-
coverts light pure fawn colour.

Total length, 113 inches; bill, 14; wing, 53; tail, 5; tarsi, 15.

Hab. Cape York, Northern Australia.

Remark.—Intermediate in size between C. nuchalis and C. macu-
lata, and distinguished from both by the fine fawn colouring of the
under surface. A specimen in the British Museum of the male, appa-
rently somewhat immature.

NEcTARINIA AUSTRALIS.

Crown of the head and upper surface olive-green ; over and under
the eye two very indistinct marks of yellow ; throat and chest steel-
blue ; remainder of the under surface fine yellow ; bill and feet black.

Total length, 43 inches; bill, +; wing, 24; tail, 14; tarsi, &.

Hab. Eastern coast of Australia.

Remark.—Differs from N. frenata in its larger size, in its straighter
bill, and in the stripe of yellow over the eye being almost obsolete.
Specimens in the British Museum.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Voll. viii. 32

498 Zoological Society.

-MoNARCHA LEUCOTIS.

Crown of the head, back of the neck, back, primaries and six middle

tail-feathers black ; the three lateral tail-feathers on each side black
with white tips ; lores; a broad mark over the eye, ear-coverts, sides
ef the neck, scapularies and upper tail-coverts white; throat white,
bounded below with black, the feathers lengthened and protuberant ;
chest and abdomen light grey ; bill and feet Tendecriars

Total length, 53 inches; bill, $; wing, 23; tail, 23; tarsi, §.

Hab. Cape York, Northern Australia.

Remark.—About the size of M. trivirgata. Specimens in the
British Museum.

A Monocraru or Mopvutus, A GENUS OF GASTEROPODOUS
Mo.uusca, OF THE FAMILY Lirrortnip#. By ArTauR
Apams, R.N., F.L.S. r

Mopvuvs, Gray.

Animal with the head proboscidiform, the tentacles tapering, with
the eyes near their distal ends. Foot small, the sides simple, without
lobes or filaments. Operculum thin, horny, orbicular, paucispiral.
Shell globose or conical, whorls nodulous ; ; aperture round, or qua-
drangular, not pearly within ; columella anteriorly with a prominent
lamelliform tooth ; umbilicus more or less open.

Modulus, Gray.—Turbo, sp. 4danson—Monodonta, sp. Lamck.—
Monodonta, Swains.—Morulus, Reeve.

The aperture of the shell not being pearly within, and the animal
being destitute of eye-peduncles, head- and foot-lobes or filaments, at
once distinguishes this genus from Monodonta, and removes it from
the family Trochide.

1. Moputus LENTICULARIS, Chemnitz.

Trochus lenticularis, Chem. Conch. 5. t. 171. f. 1665.

Trochus modulus, Linn. Gmel,

Hab. Mexico. (Mus. Cuming.)

2. Mopvutvus Tectum, Gmel.

Trochus tectum, Gmel. p. 3569. no. 16.

Monodonta retusa, Lamck. Encyclop.

Hab. Siquejar, Philippines; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.)

3. Mopvutus carcHEponicus, Lamck.

Monodonta carchedonicus, Lamck. Hist. An.s.Vert. tom. vii. p. 33;
Chem. Conch. 10. t. 165. f. 1583, 1584.

Monodonta Sayii, Nuttall.

Hab. Atooi, California; Nuttall, (Mus. Cuming.)
' 4, Mopvutus crparis, Reeve.

Morulus cidaris, Reeve, Elements of Conch. p. 141. pl. 13. f. 63.
Hab. St. Estivan; H.C. (Mus. Cuming.)

5. Mopuuvus ceropes, A. Adams. WM. testd turbinatd, umbili-
catd, albidd, fusco sparsim inquinatd, levigatd ; anfractibus

eee

Miscellaneous. 499

rotundatis, supra planulatis, in medio cinguld bituberculatd,
inferné cingulis nodulosis ornatis; apertura rotunda; labio
purpureo tincto, labro intus levigato ; umbilico profundo, callo
columellari subobtecto.

#[ab. ad Fretum Mosambicum. (Mus. Cuming.)

6. Moputws pupticatus, A. Adams. M. testd orbiculato-conicé,
umbilicatd, cerulescenti, fusco variegatd, spird prominuld, acuta;
anfractibus planulatis, transversim sulcatis, ad peripheriam
cingulis duabus tuberculorum compressorum ornatis, tuberculis .
rufo-fusco maculatis, infimd fascid convexd, concentrice suleata ;
apertura intus violascenti ; labro margine angulato, intus li-
rato ; umbilico mediocri.

Hab. ? (Mus. Cuming.)

7. Moputvus osxiiauus, A. Adams. WM. testd orbiculato-conicd,
perobliqud, albd, umbilicatd, spird depressd ; anfractibus sub-
planulatis, liris transversis, elevatis, supra radiatim nodoso-
plicatis, ultimo in medio angulato, carind prominuld instructo,
tnfra cingulis transversis elevatis numerosis ornato ; aperturd
rotundd ; columellé roseo tincté; labro intus lireto.

Hab. Mare Rubrum. (Mus. Cuming.)

Eexista Cuminei, A. Adams. EZ. testd turritd, solidd, albidd,
longitudinaliter fuscoflammulatd ; anfractibus rotundatis, cin-
gulis acutis, transversis (in anfractu ultimo sex), lineisque ele-
vatis, transversis, interpositis, ornatis, interstitiis longitudina-
liter tenuissimé striatis, varicibus tenuibus, longitudinalibus,
tnequidistantibus, instructis ; apertura rotundatd, peristomate
continuo, labio incrassato, anticé producto, calloso, et reflexo ;
labro simplici, acuto. :

Hab. Japonia. (Mus. Cuming.)

The obscure longitudinal varices show the true position of this

genus to be between Turritella and Scalaria.

MISCELLANEOUS.

A Description of some of the Objects which cause the Luminosity of
the Sea. By Cuartes Wixii1AMm Praca, of Peterhead, N.B.*

[With a Plate.]

TueEre is pleasure in knowing, even when far distant from a spot
where so many bright days of our existence have been spent, and
where so many valued friends reside, that institutions with which we
are connected are still in existence, and to feel that a link of that
chain which has so long held us together is still in our possession,
and that the time is fast approaching when those kindred spirits will
be assembled at one of their annual gatherings, to whom that link,

* Communicated by the Author; having been read at the last Annual
Meeting of the Royal Institution of Cornwall in 1850.
32*

500 Miscellaneous.

though ever so small, will prove acceptable. Impressed with that
belief and under such feelings, I have resolved to give you the last of
the observations I was enabled to make, on the luminous objects which
presented themselves to my notice before I left Fowey for this distant
spot: I have only to regret that they are so few, still I trust they will
not be altogether uninteresting. I shall first continue my journal-like
form.

Date 1849. SEA. ANIMALS, &e. WEATHER, &c.
Nov.8th Luminous. [ Sagitta : ‘| Very unsettled indeed ;
& 14th. Very ditto. | Thaumantias octona. | at times cold, then hot;
T. mconspicua. now wet, then dry; in

Mysis, and other crus- | fact, very unstable.
taceans ; very abun- | Herrings the whole time

dant indeed. ~ plentiful in the har-

bour.
Nov. 30th, Luminous. | Some few crustaceans | Full Moon. — Bright,
11 p.m. p, which twinkled in { clear, with occasional
the shadeof the boat ( black clouds and show-
and vessels. ers. A most splendid

lunar rainbow, colours
bright. I never saw
one so brilliant, al-
though I have seen
many, both from fog
and rain, when I was a
y night-wanderer.

The objects figured in the accompanying sketches I observed at
different times when the sea was luminous, and the whole of them
added their twinkle to the illuminations. I am not aware that any
have been noticed before as occurring in Cornwall.

Puate XVII. figs. 1-3.—A Sagitta, very glass-like and perfectly
transparent, and consequently most difficult to see ; it moves by jerks ;
the head has two fin-like appendages, one on each side; the eyes
small, black and square, scolloped on the outer edges. I could di-
stinctly see the working of the jaws.

Fig. 4.—One of the same kind. I obtained it in a small quantity
of sea-water, which Mr. Forbes, artist, of Invernettie, near Peterhead,
N.B., took up for the sake of the exuvie of a Balanus. It was a
trifle larger than the Cornish ones, and had two rounded pieces in
front of the tail-fin, one on each side. As well, I was able to see the
double circulation going on in the tail—(see the direction of the ar-
rows in the sketch)—the circulating medium was granular, slightly
coloured brown, and passed upwards in a narrow stream, on the outer
sides of the tail, until reaching the body, then turned down again on
each side of a line in the centre of the tail, until again joining the
mass from whence it started. The granules left the lower part at
first by one or two at a time, but soon got into a dense stream. I
understand this animal has been fully described in the ‘ Magazine of
Natural History.’

Figs. 5 & 6.—Has occurred to me twice, and is probably the early
state of an Annelide; it was very active, nearly transparent, divided

Miscellaneous. 501

into eighteen segments, with a yellowish line down the centre of the
whole and which was much darker towards the tail ; on each segment
were two dark spots ; and long fine pointed hairs extended the whole
length of the animal beyond the tail. ‘The head had much the ap-
pearance of a cat, and my youngest boy, with child-like simplicity,
ealled it “ the little sea-cat,’’ and would not let me rest until I had
sketched it. The head was divided into three parts, the centre one
being raised ; on each side of this raised part were the crescent-shaped
dark eyes, large in proportion to the animal ; between the eyes three
small dark spots ; on each side of the snout were whisker-like ap-
pendages, spoon-shaped at the end; on each cheek a fan tipped with
pointed hairs, which with the whiskers moved at times rapidly ; at
the hind part of the head two hoop-like ears—these also moved freely.
It had, as well, short hairs on the tail, broadest at the outer end;
these, as well as those on the head, were in rapid motion whenever
the animal moved about, but quiet when it was at rest.

Figs. 7-9.—Thaumantias lucifera, which by some means had got
into contact with a Sagitta. Whether it had employed the Sagitta to
remove a bone which it had in its throat, after one of its delicate
repasts, as the wolf did the crane, or not, I am unable to say: if so,
le was not so honourable as the wolf; for despite of all the exertions
of the Sagitta to free itself, and although the swallower’s stomach
was turned outwards in the struggle, he still refused to let him go;
and the only difference that I could see was, the lips were pressed
tighter round the head of his mouthful than before; for I fre-
quently saw him, previously to the turn-out, smacking his lips, as
if like the smoker of the present day he was enjoying his cigar: no
doubt the dread of separation rendered this tight embrace necessary,
having met with a very rough customer. This appears to me to be a
proof positive that the Medusee prey upon other animals, and hesi-
tate not to attack those of large size, if they fall in their way ; for I
cannot believe this intrusion into the stomach of the Medusa arose
from any Paul-Pry accident on the part of the Sagitta. It was a
fearful struggle, maintained with great obstinacy on both sides, and
which I watched for a quarter of an hour. I left them still locked,
at 2 a.M., hoping at daylight to see the result of the affair, but
found the vanquisher and the vanquished had vanished, and left only
a very minute granular wreck behind. This rapid destruction is not
uncommon among the minute objects which swarm in the sea; for as
soon as the least weakness or sign of decay takes place, the still smaller
scavengers fall upon them, and in a very short time all trace of them
is lost—so abundant and so voracious are-these sweepers.

TIME OF SPAWNING OF BRITISH CRUSTACEA.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Weymouth, Noy. 3, 1851.
I rncLosE you a table of data which may probably assist in deter-
mining the times of spawning of twenty-four species of Crustacea taken
at Weymouth. I have taken many other species, and many other
specimens of the species of which I now inclose the list, but not one

502 Miscellaneous.
carried ova. I think it would be as well to make a list with all the
data, and by this means we might, were the observations carried out
at different parts of the coast, fill wp a hiatus in the ceconomy of the
Crustacea, and that not the least interesting : the depth of water should
also be recorded. The list I propose is of such as are taken not
carrying ova, and this, with the table now sent you, will form a basis
for further calculations.

Since my notice of Acheus Cranchit, in the July number of the
‘Annals,’ I have been fortunate enough to procure two more speci-
mens ; still they must not be considered as otherwise than rare on this

coast.

I am, Gentlemen, yours very obediently,

Species.

Cancer Pagurus.........

Carcinus Menas

eeneee

Corystes Cassivelaunus.
Crangon bispinosus ...

C. VULGATIS ....0-sereeeree
Galathea squamifera...
GSW IGOSE wiese cee yans ses
Hippolyte Cranchii ...
BF AGG sds ones ves
Homarus vulgaris ......
HyGs araneus...+..eeees

H. coarctatus...se.....0-

Pagurus Bernhardus...

P. cuanensis

ee eeereseoee

P. Hyndmanni .........
P. Prideauvit.........06.

Pilumnus hirtellus......
Pinnotheres pisum ......

Pisa tetraodon

eeererese

Date when found
carrying ova.

March 8, 1850.

March 11, 1850.
May 28, 1851.
March 16, 1850.
April 27, 1850.

Feb. 11, 1851.
Jan. 29, Feb. 13,

April 13, 1851.
March 29, 1850.

Nov. 7, 1851.
May 24, July 13,
Aug. 2, 1851.
May 24, 1851.
Feb. 20,1851.
Jan. 18,1851.
Feb. 15,20 & 27,
1851.
Jan. 7, 1850.
May 24,1851.

July 13, 1851.
Jan.11, Feb. 21,
1851.

May 30, 1851.

April 27, July 23,
1850.
May 27,1851.

WILLIAM THOMPSON.

General Remarks.

Caught in a crab-pot: ova
orange colour: the carapace
was 3 inches wide.

Ova of an orange-brown.

I found seven females thrown
up March 16, 1850; of these
only four carried spawn.

The ova is of a bright sea-green.
Specimens taken Feb. 23 and
May 24 had no spawn.

Caught in a lobster-pot: the
ova are very small, and of a
beautiful garnet colour.

Ova of a reddish colour.

Ova of a reddish colour.

Ova of a dark brown.

Ova of arich orange colour and
much developed.

Out of eighteen specimens
eleven carried ova, which are
of a dark purple nearly ap-
proaching to black.

Three out of ten carried spawn
of a rich orange-brown colour.

Ova black.

Ova orange.

Ova very small and of a bright
orange colour. ‘
Ova of an orange colour.

Ova small and of a bright red.
Not sufficient in quan ity to
force back the abdomen.

Te eel

5
Miscollakonnch: 503.
uM

Species. Date.when found = __ General Remarks.
carrying ova.

~ Porcellana longicornis. May 27,1851. Ova small and of a bright

orange-brown; much more

developed in some specimens:
than in others. parr ee)

P. platycheles ......... May 30, 1850.° The ova are larger than in “Pi="
mn ay 30,1851. —-lumnus hirtelles, but_ of the’

: same bright orange colour: -*

Portunus variegatus ... July 23,1850. 4 2 AS
Pyareuatus. ...1:00<.+-- I believein Janu- Ova red. [havea specimen m
ary 1850. ' spawn I obtained from the.

oyster-dredgers, who do not
dredge beyond February,_ but.
unfortunately I omitted to
make a note. pil

PERU. 0.5... scceese.. Feb. 27,1851. Theovaare ofan orange colour:
eaught in a lobster-pot.

Stenorhynchus phalan- Feb.27,May 24, Ova of a dark orange colour.

gium. 1851. In the specimen of Feb. 27,

and one of May 24, the ova
were very much developed, but
in a second of the latter date
very little developed.

Geographical Distribution of Hymenoptera in Arctic North America.
By Apam Wuirr, F.L.S.

*‘ Otho Fabricius first, perhaps, recorded the names of any of the
Hymenoptera of Arctic North America. Doubtless Baffin, Frobisher,
and other manly navigators recognised humble bees and other bees
during their summer voyages, and may have, in print or in manuscript,
with sailor-like earnestness, made mention of every such occurrence in
their journals. It is delightful to read the notices of flowers and
verdure, in their accounts of the hurried spring, summer, and autumn
of a Greenland year, of five-sixths winter. Where flowers and verdure
abound, even for six weeks or a shorter time, there insects must be
found ;—there insects of the order Hymenoptera, the order to which
this notice is limited, must occur. Flowers and Hymenoptera must
be together. .

«Otho Fabricius records two species of Hymenoptera as being
brought by him from Greenland. His book, so admirable a model
of a local fauna as to be even now one of the standards of excellence,
was published in 1780. The next considerable accession to our ac-
quaintance with the Hymenoptera of British America was made by
Redman, who collected in Nova Scotia many fine species now in the
British Museum. Some of these, such as Pelecinus, Sirices, Ichneu-
monide, &c., were very prominent species, ‘and are now being worked
out in the vast collections of the National Museum.

** Sir John Richardson and his brave comrades collected many spe-
cies, which were lost during their disastrous journey. They still,
however, brought many insects to England, and in the ‘ Fauna
Boreali-Americana’ these insects are described by the venerable
Kirby. The species of Hymenoptera are very few ; there are only
thirty-two altogether, including those of Canada and Nova Scotia ;

504 Miscellaneous.

the circumstances attending the journey not admitting of their collec-
tion and preservation.

** An eminent man, reasoning on such data as he had, has recorded
his belief that it will be found that Hymenoptera do not abound in
British North America : now it may be remarked, in making genera-
lizations on the distribution of animals, especially on those of the lower
orders, ‘ that, before generalizing on a collection from any place not
often visited or not often explored, attention be paid to the taste or
tastes, or, in other words, to the bias or direction of the eye, hand,
and mind of the person or persons who collect, supposing such rea-
soning is recorded as on authentic data.’

“ Mr. George Barnston, to whose researches Sir John Richardson
directed public attention in the ‘Edinburgh New Philosophical
Journal’ for April 1841, has published a very admirable summary
of the Progress of the Seasons as affecting Animals and Vegetables
at Martin’s Falls, Albany River, James’s Bay, about lat. 51° 30! N.,
and in long. 86° 20' W. In this fresh and refreshing journal, there
are more than indications that Hymenoptera, Diptera, and Neuro-
ptera abound. In a year or two afterwards Mr. Barnston came to
London and presented his collection to the British Museum.

«* As one instance of his excellence as a collector, I may mention
that Mr. Walker, who named and described the species of Diptera in
the Cabinet of the British Museum, has alluded to or has described
nearly 250 species of dipterous imsects from the single station
mentioned above; there being only 14 species of these insects re-
corded in the ‘ Fauna Boreali-Americana’ of the Rev. Wm. Kirby.
Mr. Barnston’s researches, among the Neuroptera also, were consi-
derable and very valuable. One insect brought by him, the Pteron-
arcys regalis (although previously found in Canada), afforded Mr.
Newport a fit subject for his genius, as an accurate anatomist and re-
corder of facts and reasonings on the insect ceconomy. This gentle-
man discovered persistent dranchie in the imago or perfect state of
the Pteronarcys, and has recorded his discovery and quoted some ob-
servations of Mr. Barnston’s in a paper read at the Linnean Society.
As Mr. Gray’s Catalogues of the collections in the British Museum
(mines of information to the reasoner and writer on geographical dis-
tribution) are published, it will be seen how valuable are Mr. Barn-
ston’s and Sir John Richardson’s collections to our acquaintance with
the articulated animals of British North America, especially in its
more northerly parts.

«TI have mentioned that Kirby describes or alludes to only thirty-
two species of Hymenoptera in his ‘ Insects of North America ;’ while
Mr. Barnston in one spot found 192 distinct species, exclusive of
Chalcididea. I subjoin a comparative list of the families of Hymen-
optera, the comparison being made with the British species existing
in the Museum collection at the time of this record. Mr. Barnston
and myself worked out the Tenthredinide ; my friend and coadjutor
Mr. Frederick Smith, an able hymenopterist, determined the other
species; so the list may be deemed as correct as the circumstances
will admit.

“Tt must be borne in mind that our British collection of Hy-

menoptera has been accumulating for at least thirty years, was a
favourite part of Dr. Leach’s collection, and has been made over a
wide and variegated country ; while Mr. Barnston’s was formed in
three months, on one spot, and under almost unheard-of disadvan-

505—

counterbalanced, however, by an enthusiasm not easily de-

terred by difficulties.
British Collection Collected at
in British Museum Martin’s Falls.
menmaciein i) Ph | aly eee gia ie 4
Tenthredinide ............ > ae I ig anche Aline 76
Siricide, &e. .... ee ee ete 2
Ichneumonide............ ee Se ee 47
Chaleidide .............. ? ?
@nrysidide . 2... ae re 1
St en oe eet ee 7
Nal ai ac ame abe spina aA Ale Ss Le ac. 0
Pee yh dee peg BE jpn 0
Pompilide, &e. .......... Stiri pote 2
Crabronide .............. Oe cee oe ae 16
pe lg ER RE ah pa LY hg Blais eae 4
RS est ee Fees ee ee 33

‘A striking proof that the time has not yet come to reason cor-
rectly on the distribution of Hymenopterous insects,—at least in
British North America.”— Arctic Searching Expedition, by Sir John
Richardson, vol. ii. p. 354.

Mr. Adam White desires to add, that the above paragraphs could
be extended to other branches of articulated animals. When men like
Kroyer go to Spitzbergen and Iceland, and Hallboll to Greenland,
fish and crustacea ‘‘ new to science”’ are found and described by them.
Should his friend Harry Goodsir of the Erebus return to England, or
should Captains Penny, Stewart, Lieutenant Osborne and MacClintock
discover his papers ; the scientific world will find that animal life is not
so rare in these arctic seas as is generally supposed by many clever
and enterprising men, whose researches do not Jie in the direction of
natural history. Captains Penny and Stewart and Dr. Sutherland saw
walruses, narwhals, polar bears and seals in Wellington Channel.
These creatures do not all dive on one another. It is well to remember
the rough but true lines so well known to every naturalist—

“ Large fleas and little fleas have smaller fleas to bite ’em ;
The smaller fleas have lesser fleas, and so ad infinitum.”

ACANTHUS MOLLIS (LINN.).

In the course of last summer I received from the Rev. John P.
Mayne of St. Agnes, Isles of Scilly, some flowers of Acanthus mol-
lis, with a request to be informed of its name, as he found it grow-
ing wild in that island. In answer to questions addressed to him,
he has since informed me that it grows in a spot separated from
some houses by a narrow field, on the south side of a hedge, upon
some heaps of stones collected there on the destruction of an old
Jane that formerly passed the spot. An old man who rents the field

506 Meteorological Observations.

tells him that he remembers having taken notice of the plant fifty
years since; another man vouches for forty years.

The plant occupies a space of about 20 feet by 5 or 6, and is
not found in any other part of St. Agnes, nor, as far as Mr. Mayne
knows, in any of the other islands. ‘I'wenty years since St. Agnes,
as he has ascertained, could not boast of even one garden, and there-
fore floral culture could hardly have caused its introduction more
than fifty years since, when potatoes and rye and an occasional
cabbage were the only things grown in the island by people who
lived wholly by the sea.

Strange birds often visit the Isles during the south-easterly winds,
and may, as Mr. Mayne justly suspects, have brought seeds from
the continent. He adds, that “a brother clergyman, living at
Marazion, near Penzance, has some plants of it growing in his
garden. He has never seen the plant elsewhere, and is quite at a
loss to account for their presence.”” Can this be Dr. Penneck’s
station noticed in ‘ Cybele Britannica,’ vol. ii. p. 232?

I leave it to other botanists to discuss the curious question of the
rank of this plant as “alien” or “‘colonist.” I have no authority
for supposing that it is found upon the Atlantic coasts of France,
but it inhabits damp and stony or rocky places in the south of
that country. The peculiarly mild winter climate of Scilly is not
unfavourable to it, and it may therefore be an old if not “ the oldest
inhabitant.”—Cuartes C, Banineron.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR oct. 1851.

Chiswick.— October 1. Densely clouded: rain, 2. Overcast: showery. 2. Fine:
showery. 4. Rain: very fine: clear. 5. Fine. 6. Rain early: very fine, 7.
Rain. 8. Very fine. 9. Foggy: drizzly: rain. 10. Cloudy. 11. Foggy:
very fine. 12. Cloudy. 13. Very fine: rain. 14, Very fine. 15. Constant
rain. 16,17. Clear: very fine. 18. Fine: rain: cloudy. 19, Fine: overcast,
20. Slight drizzle: uniformly overcast. 21, Foggy: fine. 22. Slight fog: hazy.
23, 24, 25. Overcast. 26. Fine. 27. Overcast: exceedingly fine. 28. Over-
cast: rain. 29. Fine: clear. 30. Clear: fine. 91. Very fine.

Mean temperature of the month .,....... ecussdadecsstcacenias tore
Mean temperature of Oct. 1850 ......... bsavesecsoees Sessenee 44 °32
Mean temperature of Oct. for the last twenty-five years . 50 °50
Average amount of rain in Oct. ......cccececsesecsereeeceeees 2°66 inches,

Boston.—Oct. 1. Fine: raine.m.. 2. Fine. 3. Rain: rain a.m. and p.m,
4, Cloudy: raina.m. 5. Fine: raina.m.andr.m. 6. Fine: rain early a.m.
7,8. Fine. 9, Cloudy: rain a.m, and y.m. 10,11. Fine, 12. Cloudy. 13.
Cloudy: rainr.m. 14. Fine. 15. Cloudy: rain early a.m. and p.m. 16—
19. Fine. 20. Cloudy. 21. Rain. 22. Fine. 23—25. Cloudy. 26,27. Fine.
28. Cloudy: raine.m. 29. Fine: rainy.m. 30. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m.
$1. Fine: rain p.m. :

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Oct. 1. Bright: clear: aurora. 2. Rain: clear:
aurora. 3. Bright: clear. 4. Rain: clear: large lunar halo. 5. Bright:
showers. 6. Cloudy: showers. 7. Cloudy: rain. 8. Bright: lunar rainbow.
9. Bright: showers. 10. Showers: cloudy. 11. Clear: showers, 12, Cloudy:
damp. 13. Cloudy: showers. 14. Bright: showers, 15. Rain: bright:
showers. 16. Bright: clear, 17. Showers: drops. 18. Showers: rain; aurora,
19. Clear: showers: aurora, 20, Bright: cloudy: rain. 21. Bright: cloudy.
22. Bright: clear: aurora. 23. Damp: drops: aurora. 24. Fog: fine. 25.
Fog: rain. 26. Drizzle: rain. 27. Fine: cloudy: rain. 28. Rain: showers:
aurora. 29. Sleet-showers: aurora, 30. Cloudy. 31. Rain: showers; aurora.

96-8 ZIG I10-% ££.gh \6.60 9.6 1S. 00-6 |L19.62 088.68 bp.6z Got6 206-66 "uve
pt | [et zo. [smc a Gal oy | oF ve| ce | gb |6z.62 | 9b-6z £62 209.60 B19-6z “16 C
Or 9% | zo. | oun ‘ma lma | feb | ep gf| O€ | Bh | 12-60 | 90-62 10-62 Coe. 6% (ite 62| “62
0B: reel O66 | sant ‘msm| ms | Pp | Lp LV| 6€ | bg | 82.6% 95-66 $9-6% OLS. 60 OOL-08| “8%
Ze ah Reds Oe ‘mum| emu | Sep | Lp gb| LE | 6g | £0.0€ | £108 199-68 Fg0-08 OL1-0£| “Lz
GO. hes mee ‘m | + | ¢¢| €¢ tr! zh | Lo | £9.6% | 06-62 61-62 660. 0€ PI%-OF| “9B
seevas pesvithrcl a ‘mum| ‘ou | SPO} 46 0S| 6P | So 160.0 | 0f-0€ 00-0€ ShE-0F ORE-08) “Sz
20: teseeleveeeel ogg wea} au | 1¢ | tgb 7$| Le | Lo | ¥E.0€ | 1€-08 86.6% Glo Of |19€-08| “bz@
10. eeern cerry ‘mum! ‘as | oc | LP G.LP| of | Lo |0€.0€ |%z-0F £8-6% 610: Of SSZ-08| *€%
Go. ae Cabtoied AR | wmywo ‘u ) fog 9g og 9g 01-08 V6-6% gg. 6% 986. 6% LEL-O€ ‘OS
Cy. trerleseeeel egg 98 9 "1S 6s $-89 ras] z9 £8-6% 38.6% 59. 6% £66: 6% 9L0-0£ ‘1S
$0. teereelersees| agg ‘ass} m | 6h 1 0S 89) SG | Vo | 06-62 | 66.62 9.6% ‘Sho. ‘OF |080-08 | "0%
eI. serlio. | +g ‘msm | ms | Ob | f6p Lg! $9 | %9 |18-6% |99-6z 08-63 0€6-6% |1P0-08| “61
60- sel rg. [suas “ms | ms | 2h | 2g Lv! zo | 6g | 1b-6z | 0P.6z 25-68 GhL-60|116-62| “gD
Lo. 0 ASS Bogle a ‘mun! m-| Sb | ob 6£| o€ | Lo |8S-6e £9.62 Ev-6% ZOR-6z |F68-6%| *L1
| 12: 90+ [te ) wu ‘m jms | €b | OP S-1¥| gz | Lg |9€-6% | 11-60 01-06% |G0S-6% 909-60 | “OL
ry. 0% | PE. |rmum ‘m | -m | pb | 0S G99) ZE | 99 | 88-88 |18-8% VO-8% \9EE-60 /0Eb-62) “St
Lv. £0. £0. wyRo “M “” OV fap GAG vP 9 CS.6% 5.6% 0S:6% 1P8-6% 826.6% PL
Co. “8 bo, | os “ms | ‘ms | 6b | Feg 09| PG | % |%9-6% |9f-6% 89-62 (686-62 |621.08| “EI
90. asvacelrater'| sue ‘ms | ts | ogg] og G-LS| bo | 89 | 8-60 | 68-62% 8L-6% |PLG-O£ |€8Z-08 | “SI
90: teeeeeleeeerel aay MS sg z¢ | $L¢ oP! ¢g 89 |89-6% | 69-62 GL-6% |881-08 |PZS.0£ | “11
60: +; Ol kd ‘mum| ‘a | og | feg 6S) 9b | 89 |98-6% |09-6z 9.6% |SEG.6% |891-08| *o1O
£0. i[reeeeel on, *g ‘s og | 6b G-2b| of | 09 | 09.6% | 89-62 PS-6Z |Z08-6% 126-60 | *6
op. eeererleneeee “MUM “™’ “M 60 fog Ly oe 6S 19.6% V-6% £v-6% ££9-62 $96.62 2
Gy. | feel Go. | tava ‘mss | ms | Lb | $LP 1S) ob | 09 |61-6e | 08-62 08-62% 699-62 |S8L-62) *L
LY: rg. [reese] casa ‘s | -m | 6b| 9b sb ob | 19 | LE-62 |98-62 LZ.6@ |LL9-62 |PLL-6z| “9
IZ selon. | eas ‘s | mu} og | S09 09| eb | 19 | b8-6z | 02-62 O1-6% |1L9-60 |SPL-6%| °¢
60. it. |Sz. | *as | +s | ems | ob | bg Lo| €b | bo | 20-60 | 91-62% F0.6% |ZOv-62% |Sgh-6%| “P
teeees Po. |90- | *os s | 6 | Fig] es 2G! 6b | 19 | be-6% | 68-62 01-62% [ObP-62 |LL9-6% | *f
91: bp. | Pre | ‘as ‘8 | °8 1g] 9g 6b| Sb | 8S | LE-6% | 96.82 06:83 860-62 |886-62 | “oC
60. solo, | cage ss | os | pol ¢¢ os| Ph | 09 | 11-60 {E16 |. V6-8% |Z10-62 |067-60 | “I
; re) o| ? ‘4 2 | ‘ud | sure | curd | sure : ; ‘PO
| ¥ g a =P | ge | Be | | P lee = P | te | % | 6 | 6 | 23 nes Meee)
az pd. *, g pe ES
: 3 B "8 ie dacttaned #8 “yormsty ro. |2zuesoryun Bs “yomsyqD £5
x. i : e‘a
*uIvy “PUTA, *1OOULOULIOY, *19JOULOAV GT e 2

*AANYUGC sesh yornpung jo ‘u0sno]D *C "Ady ay7 Ag pun SNoxsog
‘HOIMSIH, ungynoysoyy 243 fo at sit yw vosdmoyL, “aN 49 apo #u0}70049890 pworopouoaayy

nn ‘ —_

508

INDEX tro VOL. VIII.

ACANTHUS mollis, notice respect-
ing, 505.

Acheus Cranchii, occurrence of, 77.

Acrosalenia, new species of, 260.

Adams, A., on the species of Scarabus,
66; of Phos, 70; of Macrochisma,
350; of Modulus, 498 ; on Pedicel-
laria, 237.

Addax, on the species of, 217.

Adenota, on the species of, 211.

Agelena, on the British species of,
100, 332.

Aigocerus, on the species of, 215.

Alder, J., on two new species:of Nu-
dibranchiate Mollusks, 290; on the
branchial currents in Pholas and
Mya, 370.

Allman, Prof., on the emission of light
by Anurophorus fimetarius, 152.
Alternation theory, observations on

the, 16, 62.
Anguinaria spatulata, observations on,
356.

Animal remains, on the arrangement
of fossil, in collections, 347.
Anodonte, new species of, 493.
Antelopes, synopsis of the species of,
129, 211.
Antidorcas, on the species of, 134.
Antilocapra, on the species of, 219.
Antilope, on the species of, 135.
Antiopa Spinole, on the anatomy of,
25.

Antiope cristata, notice respecting,
159.

Anurea, new species of, 202.

Anurophorus fimetarius, emission of
light by, 152.

Arbacia, new species of, 278.

Arges, on the genus, 430.

Argyroneta, on the British species of,

Austin, T., on the connexion between
the Crinoidez and the Echinoder-
mata, 280.

Babington, Ch. C.,on Acanthus mollis,
505.

Bailey, J. W., on the cell-membrane
of Diatomaceous shells, 157.

Balfour, Dr., on Belenia prealta, 344;
on the glandular stipules of Cin-
chonacee, 345.

Barbula, new British species of, 314.

Barlee, G., on the Chemnitziz, 78.

Barnia, new species of, 382.

Bartramia, new British species of, 369.

Bate, C.S., on Terebella Medusa, 237;
on the development of the Cirri-
pedia, 324.

Batrichnis, notice of the genus, 95.

Bayfield, T. G., on the occurrence of
Trigonellites, 236.

Belenia prealta, noticerespecting, 344.

Benson, W. H., on new species of Cy-
clostoma, 184; on new species of
Pterocyclos, 195, 450.

Birds, notes on rare Scotch, 73 ; new
species of, from Australia, 496.

Blackwall, J., catalogue of British
spiders, 37, 95, 332, 442.

Bombycilla garrula, notes on, 75.

Books, new :—Babington’s Manual of
British Botany, 121; Nylander’s
Remarks on ‘ Hymenopterologis-
che Studien” by Arnold Foerster,
126; Schulze’s Beitrage zur Natur-
geschichte der Turbellarien, 490.

Boselaphus, on the species of, 221.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, pro-
ceedings of the, 232, 343, 423.

Botany, Babington’s Manual of Bri-
tish, reviewed, 121; of South Ame-
rica, contributions to the, 103.

Bovide, on the generic subdivision
of the, 409.

Brachionus, new species of, 202.

Brongniart, M., report on MM. L. R.
and C. Tulasne’s Memoir on the
ed of the Hypogzous Fungi,
1

Bryozoa, on the avicularium of the,

Bryum, new British species of, 364.

Czlotes, on the British species of,
334.

Callidina, new species of, 202.

Calotragus, on the species of, 136.

Capricornis, on the species of, 217.

Carabus, new species of, 51.

Carcharias Vulpes, occurrence of, 78,
et sr

Carpels, on the position of, when two

Pe when ian, 149. ia

C haga, new species of, 497.

Catchlepes, on hs wrocion of, 220.

Cephalophus, on the species of, 138.

Cephalopterus ornatus, notice of, 428.

Chantransia, remarks on the genus,
302.

Chelaspodos Jardini, 92.

Chelichnus, new species of, 92.

Chemnitziz, notes on British, 48 ; re-
marks on the, 78, 108.

Chlamydera, new species of, 497.

Cidaridz of the Oolites, description
of the, 241.

Cidaris, new species of, 245.

Cinchonacee, on the glandular sti-
pules of, 345.

Ciniflo, on the British species of, 98.

Cirripedia, on the development of the,
324.

Clark, W., on the Skeneadse, 44; on
the Chemnitziz, 108.

Clarke, B., on the position of the car-
pels when two and when single, 149.

Clarke, Dr. W. B., on the Crag of Suf-
folk, 205. -

Cleghorn, Dr. H., on the Government
teak plantations of Mysore and
Malabar, 344.

Cliona, notes on the genus, 87.

Clubiona, on the British species of,
42, 95.

Clymenia, new species of, 487.

Conjugatz, on the germination of the
spore in the, 480.

Corsira, new ies of, 340.

Crag of Suffolk, remarks upon the,
205.

Crinoidez, remarks on the connexion
between the, and the Echinoder-
mata, 280.

Crustacea, localities of rare British,
236 ; time of spawning of British,
501.

Cyclostoma, new species of, 184; geo-

phical distribution of the genus,
for ; observations on the genus,

237

Cycloum papillosum, observations on,
361.

Cyrtoceras, new species of, 489.
Cystidez, observations on the, 289.

INDEX.

509

Cytheropsis, new species of, 387.

Damalis, on the species of, 222.

Dana, J. D., on the genera Hexapus
and Arges, 430.

Dasydytes, characters of the new ge-
nus, 198.

Datura, on poisoning with Indian spe-
cies of, 233.

=" on some British species of,

Diatomaceous shells, on the cell-
membrane of, 157.

Dickieia, remarks on the genus, 204.

Dicranum, new British species of, 309.

Diglena, new species of, 200.

Dill, Dr., on Exidia hispidula, 232.

ee characters of the new genus,

Drassus, on the British species of, 39.

Drymodes, new species of, 497.

Dufour, L., on parasitism, 425.

Echinodermata, on the researches of
Prof. Miiller into the anatomy and
development of the, 1 ; observations
on the, 241; on the connexion be-
tween the Crinoidez and the, 280.

Echinus, new species of, 274.

Egerton, The Hon. F., on wolves suck-
ling children, 153.

Eleotragus, on the species of, 144.

scala new British species of,

Ergatis, on the British species of, 99.

Euchlanis, new species of, 200.

eee hispidula, notices respecting,

Farrella, new species of, 361.

Flustra avicularis, observations on,
353.

Formicidz, notes on, 126.

Fossils, new Cambro-Silurian, 387 ;
new Devonian, 481.

Fremond, M., on the reproduction of
leeches, 43]. ?

Fungi, on the history of the Hypo-
geous, 19; on the reproductive or-
gans of the, 114.

Furcularia, new species of, 199.

' Gazella, on the species of, 131.

Giraud, Dr. H., on poisoning with In-
dian species of Datura, 233.

Golunda, new species of, 339.

Goniopygus, new species of, 266.

Gosse, P. H., catalogue of Rotifera
found in Britain, with descriptions
of new genera and species, 197.

510

Gould, J., on new species of hum-
ming-birds, 341 ; on new species of
birds from Australia, 496.

Gray, J. E., synopsis of the species of
Antelopes and Strepsiceres, 129,
211; on the arrangement of fossil
animal remains in collections, 347 ;
on the arrangement of the Phola-
didz, 380; on the genus Rhizo-
chilus, 477.

Gum, Kauri, notice of, 344.

Gymnetrus Banksii, notice of, 78.

Halcyon, new species of, 496.

Hancock, A., on the anatomy of An-
tiopa Spimolz, 25; on new species
of Nudibranchiate Molluscs, 290 ;
on the branchial currents in Pholas
and Mya, 370.

Harkness. R., on some new footsteps
in the Bunter sandstone of Dum-
fries-shire, 90; on a sea-beach du-
ring the Silurian epoch, 156.

Harpes, new species of, 387.

wee Dr. J., on Carcharias Vulpes,
347.

Hemicidaris, new species of, 252.

Hemithyris, new species of, 391.

Teper of Sussex, list of the, 305,
362.

Hexapus, on the genus, 430.

Hibiscus, notice of a yellow-flowered,
235.

Hincks, the Rev. T., notes on British
zoophytes, with descriptions of new
species, 353.

Hippopotamus, on the blood-coloured
exudation from the skin of the, 340.

Holopella, new species of, 408.

Holostomum cuticola, notice respect-
ing, 235.

Humming-birds, new, 341.

Huxley, iP. H., on the researches of
Prof. Miiller into the anatomy and
development of the Echinoderms, 1 ;
on the genus Thalassicolla, 433.

Hyalomyia dispar, on the habits of 427.

Hymenoptera, on the geographical
distribution of, in Arctic North
America, 503.

Hyoscyamus, notice of a specimen of,
235.

Insects, on new species of coleopte-
rous, 49

Iresia, new species of, 49.

Kelaart, Dr. E. F., on the mammalia
of Ceylon, 339.

INDEX.

Kemas, on the species of, 130.
Kippist, R., on the various forms of
alicornia, 231.

Kobus, on the species of, 213.

Lanius excubitor, notes on, 73.

Lea, I., on new species of Anodonte,
493.

Leeches, on the reproduction of, 43).

Leptena, new species of, 401, 404.

Leptodomus, new species of, 486.

Lichens, on the reproductive organs
of the, 114.

Lingula, new species of, 405.

Linnean Society, proceedings of the,
146, 229.

Linyphia, on the ceconomy of the Bri-
tish species of, 448.

Liriosma, on the genus, 103.

Lithostrotion, notes on the genus,451.

Lonsdale, W., on the genus Litho-
strotion, 451.

Lycett, J., on the hinge of the fossil
genus Platymya, 81.

M‘Cosh, Dr., on the plant morpho-
logically considered, 424.

M‘Coy, Prof., on some new Cambro-
Silurian fossils, 387; on some new
Devonian fossils, 481.

M‘Nab, W., on some sections of oak-
stems found in excavating at Tan-
field, 235.

Macrochisma, monograph of the ge-
nus, 350

Mammalia of Ceylon, on the, 339.

Martesia, new species of, 384.

Mazama, on the species of, 219.

Megalotrocha, new species of, 198.

Melville, Prof. A. G., localities of rare
British Crustacea, 236; notice of
rare Irish Mollusea, 428.

i a pilosa, observations on,

55.

Menageries, early notices of royal, in
London, 348.

Metamorphosis and metagenesis, ob-
servations on, 59.

Meteorological observations, 79, 159,
239, 351, 431, 506.

Metopidia, new species of, 201.

Microscopes, comparative examina-
tion of some objective glasses of,
157; preservation of preparations
for, 155.

Miers, J., on the botany of South
America, 103; on the affinities of
the Olacacee, 161.

Mimosa bark, account of, 345.

Mimosella, description of the new

genus, 359.

Mitten, W., observations on Mosses,
51; on the Mosses and Hepatice of
Sussex, 305, 362.

— , monograph of the genus,
4 .

Mollusca, notice of rare Irish, 428;
new species of Nudibranchiate, 290.
Monarcha, new species of, 498.
new species of, 100,
Monostyla, new species of, 200.
Boom J., palzeontological notes by,

Mosses, remarks on, 51; of Sussex,
305, 362.
Mossman, S., on some Australian pro-
ducts, 344.
Miiller, C., on the preservation of pre-
ions for the microscope, 105.
Miiller, Prof. J., report on the re-
searches of, into the anatomy and
development of the Echinoderms, |.
Murchison, Sir R. I, on the suckling
of children by wolves, 153.
Mya, on the branchial currents in, 370.
M new species of, 51.
Nanotragus, on the species of, 143.
Navea, new species of, 384.
Nectarinia, new species of, 497.
Nemorhedus, on the species of, 218.
Neotragus, on the species of, 137.
Nesotragus, on the species of, 137.
Odontocheila, new species of, 50.
(Epyceros, on the species of, 134.
Oithona, on the anatomy of the genus,

Olacacee, on the affinities of the,
161

Oreas, on the species of, 225.
on the species of, 137.
Se mola, observations on,

Orthis, new species of, 395, 484.

Orthisina, new species of, 400.

Oryx, on the species of, 216.

Owen, Prof., on metamorphosis and
metagenesis, 59.

Palzontological notes, 85.

Parasitism, observations on, 425.

Parthenogenesis, observations on, 16.

Peach, C. W., on some objects which
cause the luminosity of the sea,499.

Pearls, on fossil, 89.

Pedicellariz, note on, 237.

Sil
ere on some species of,

ae iit on the British species

of, 37.

Pholadidz, on the arrangement of
the, into natural groups, 380.

Pholas, on the branchial currents in,
370.

Pholeus, on the British species of, 477.

Phos, monograph of the genus, 70.

Plants, localities for rare British, 232,
234, 346; new species of Australian,
345.

Platymya, on the hinge of the fossil
genus, 81; new species of, 84.

Pleurotrocha, new species of, 199.

Pompholyx, characters of the new
genus, 203.

Portax, on the species of, 228.

Pottia, new British species of, 312.

Procapra, on the species of, 133.

Proudfoot, Mr., on Tragelaphus An-
gasii, 496.

Prunus spinosa, observations on, 423.

Pseudocrania, characters of the new
genus, 387.

slg Te new species of, 195,
4

Ralfs, J., on Dickieia, 204; on Spi-
rulina, 205; on the genus Chan-
transia, 302.

Rhizochilus, observations on the ge-
nus, 477.

Rotifer, new species of, 202.

Rotifera, catalogue of, found in Bri-
tain, with descriptions of new, 197.

Raya Institution, proceedings of the,
59.

Royal Irish Academy, proceedings of
the, 152.

Rupicapra, on the species of, 219.

Sacculus, new species of, 198. —

Saiga, on the species of, 130.

Salicornia, on the various forms of,
229.

Saurichnis, notice of the genus, 94.

Scarabus, monograph of, 66.

Schlagintweit, Dr. A., on the vegeta-
tion of the Alps, 146.

Schulze’s, Dr., Contributions to the
Natural History of the Turbellaria,
reviewed, 490.

Seopophorus, on the species of, 136.

512 INDEX.

Shells, new, 66, 184, 195, 237, 350,
459, 493, 498.

Siphonotreta, new species of, 389.

Skeneadze, on the, 44.

Smith, Dr. J. A., on one or two of the
rarer birds found in the south of
Scotland, 73; on Orthagoriscus
mola, 346.

Smith, Dr. J. L., comparative exami-
nation of some objective glasses of
microscopes, 157.

Smith, Rev. W., on the germination
of the spore in the Conjugate, 480.

Sparassus, on the British species of,

8

Spiders, catalogue of British, 37, 95,
332, 442.

Spirulina, remarks on the genus, 205.

Spondylobolus, characters of the new
genus, 407.

Steganodictyum, characters of the ge-
nus, 481.

Strepsiceres, synopsis of the species
of, 129, 225.

Strophomena, new species of 402,485.

Syncheeta, new species of, 200.

Talpina, on the species of, 86.

Tanysiptera, new species of, 496.

Taphrocampa, characters of the new
genus, 199.

Tatum, T., on new species of coleo-
pterous insects, 49.

Taylor, R., early notices of the royal
menageries in London, 348.

Teak plantations of Mysore and Ma-
labar, on the, 344.

Tegenaria, on the British species of,
Sou,

nai ga Medusa, observations on,
237.

Testacea, on a barytic deposit in cer-
tain, 378.

Tetracerus, on the species of, 135.

Tetracha, new species of, 50.

Textrix, on the British species of, 336.

Thalassicolla, observations on the ge-
nus, 433.

Thaumantias lucifera, notice respect-
ing, 501.

Thecacera, new species of, 290.

Thecidea, notes on the genus, with de-
scription of new species, 85.

Theridion, on the British species of,
337, 442.

Thompson, W., on Achzeus Cranchii,
77; onCarcharias Vulpes, 78, 154;
on the time of spawning of British
Crustacea, 501. :

Thomson, W., on Prunus spinosa,
423,

Tomes, J., on the blood-coloured
exudation from the skin of the
hippopotamus, 340.

Tragelaphus, on the species of, 226.

Tragelaphus Angasii, note on, 496.

Tragops, on the species of, 134.

Triarthra, new species of, 200.

Trigonellites, occurrence of, 236.

Trochilus, new species of, 341.

Truffles, on the mode of reproduction
of the, 19.

Tulasne, MM., on the mode of vege-
tation and reproduction of the Hy-
pogzous Fungi, 19; on the repro-
ductive organs of the Lichens and
Fungi, 114.

Turbellaria, Schulze’s Contributions
to the Natural History of the, re-
viewed, 490.

Turner, H. N., jun., on the generic
subdivision of the Bovide, 409.

Uncites, new species of, 483.

Vegetation of the Alps, on the, 146.

Vioa, notes on the genus, 87.

Viscum, on the structure of the an-
thers in, 177.

Wallace, A. R., on the umbrella bird,
428.

Weissia, new British species of, 317.

Wetherell, N. T., on a barytic deposit
in certain Testacea, 378.

White, A., on the geographical distri-
bution of Hymenoptera in Arctic
North America, 503.

Wigham, R., on Holostomum cuticola,
235.

Wolves suckling children, notice re-
specting, 153.

Woods, J., on the various forms of
Salicornia, 229.

Wright, Dr. T., on the Cidaride of
the Oolites, 241.

Zoological Society, proceedings of the,
66, 129, 211, 339, 409, 493.

Zoophytes, notes on British, 353;
new, 359.

Zygodon, new British species of, 321.

END OF THE EIGHTH VOLUME.

i

Pak earchion xe
Dy,

J Bastre sc.

=

ae Oe De ha NS ee Oe oe, Ce eee ee eo ao eT Oe ee oO ne ee re

J Basire sc. i

Printed by Hulimande? & Wakrorr

eS aS

inn Mag Nat: Hist.S2.V08.0V.

2 o Myxostoma Troscheléi

) A a

dickieta pinnata

TDe C Sowerby we.

2.4
4

Te C Sowerby 30°

ei

Lhe t Sowerby se®

ee Ee ee he, a ee ee et bao.
a eg me Tet al eg ee ek a ea

Ann.& Mag Nat. Hist. 5.2. Vol.8./t. Il.

di b , ‘
wis |i: Ae

=
‘a
4

i A ii aah i a th

JS De C. Sowerby se?

Q y
e

Ann: & Mag: Nak: fist: 5.2. Vob8 Fi11.

1 & Walton

Printed by Hullmand

WiBaly.

Acrosalenia hemici daroides. W

rhe
aasvz

Wr
A
granulosa H
a
Mi

Lycetn.
Cidaris Fowleri

Hemicidaris alpina
propinqua.

*

R-
Spe
si
oY Wy
ox Pos
. Esta, (!
eon
it
CO}
ne
“
Pts)
ret
ys
= a

aa
pale
CA -
eo)
» ¢9"

EO
e.
*)(@)
OOO?

oe.
5
6.
a)
sete
¢
re
:

WHBaiy.

Printed by Nnlimandel & Walton

la,b, c Diadema pseudo-diadema. 4ga%-
LA 8 . deprefsa. Agais.
3.a__d Acrosalenia spinosa 1g as.

Ann.é Mag Nat-fust-§ 2. Vot.8- Pi #3.

anted by Hallmandei & Walon

zt
ce

Pr:
DtsTnares

WEEaly

ins

}

ria
seria

d. Echinus pe

2.a_d

4. au

is

”

Forbesu

Goniopygus ? perforatus Wnghé

"

3.ab Arbacea nodulosa.

4 abe
5.a.b

ter * T. Hincks del.

eT STS SEE eS

2

TIDe C Sowerby se.

Ann. &e Mag. Nat. Hist. $.2.Vo.8. FLV

ss

isies mean

RY SSS WSN
we SY
SOS

NSS

NE XY

N
YY

RAD

NW

N

: RSS SW SSSEY
A\\AASS SSO EY) yyy) \\ oe

ASSES SOY SAAR

N YAY

w

4
-

s
%
>
x
ro
re
?

®

Sui}

$e, coma Laan

Ann & Mag Nat Hist.5.2Vol 8. PLAVL

TDe C. Sowerby se

QH The Annals & magazine of
1 natural history

A6

ser.2

v.8

Biological
& Medical
Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

STORAGE

RSE er
Eanes Das
ebay RL

we

PS. os

ave)
heer

meh iok fas

Bo dihee RS
Robe te
ut 7% ube ~~